You are on page 1of 894

GENERAL CATALOGUE

Cod. 9910204 - N. 2000 - IM12 - 09/2008


Stampa: Euroteam (Bs)

GENERAL CATALOGUE

Presentazione GB:Layout 6

5-11-2008

17:22

Pagina 1

Our team works

together, towards a
common goal: there
is nothing we have done
yesterday that cannot
be improved today.

Presentazione GB:Layout 6

5-11-2008

17:22

Pagina 2

Valves

Units

Presentazione GB:Layout 6

5-11-2008

17:22

Pagina 3

Contents
Introduction
New
Actuators

Cylinders

1.1

Grippers

1.2

Rotary actuators

1.3

Guide and slide units

1.4

Distributors

Valves

2.1

Fieldbus

2.2

Units

Skillair

3.1

Bit

3.2

New Deal

3.3

One

3.4

Fittings and accessories

Fittings

4.1

Line on line

4.2

Accessories

4.3

Europea Directive 99/9/EC (Atex)

Technical documentation

Environment and energy saving

Actuators

Fittings and accessories

Alphanumeric index

Presentazione GB:Layout 6

5-11-2008

17:22

Pagina 4

Presentazione GB:Layout 6

5-11-2008

17:22

Pagina 5

A global company

Metal Work was set up in 1967 for the


production of push-in fittings for compressed
air systems.
The company gradually extended its
production and sales structure to become a
leader in pneumatic systems for automation.
Now the production unit in Concesio has a
staff of about 350, while the national and
international sales organisation staff number
around 450.

One of P Services, the Italian subsidiaries.

In 1992 Metal Work has obtained the ISO


9001 certification.
To the quality managment one, in 2000 we
have add the one related to the enviromental
managment according the ISO 14001.
To these METAL WORK S.p.A. applied the
OHSAS 18001 standard in 2007 to guarantee
a Management System of Occupational Safety
and Health.
All the certifications above mentioned have
been released by the German certification
body DEKRA ITS, accredited by TGA

The main Metal Work production unit in Concesio.

Products are distributed through 38 branches


in Italy and abroad, which offer an efficient
capillary before- and after-sales service.
The product quality and an efficient sales
organisation are the basis on which
Metal Work firmly stands and enable the
company to meet all possible requirements
in pneumatic systems for automation.
One of Metal Work subsidiaries abroad.

Presentazione GB:Layout 6

5-11-2008

17:22

Pagina 6

Quality in design, production and distribution


Metal Work is a fully integrated manufacturing
company. This system guarantees the customer a fully
monitored production process and a consistently
top quality product.
Process engineering and product engineering come
together in the constant quest for perfection.
Virtually all the products are manufactured at the
company's own production site allowing the company
to monitor the entire process from the selection of
raw materials to final assembly, thus cutting wastage
and lead times.
Production data and test results undergo critical
analysis to enable the company to upgrade the
products and the manufacturing process.
Company-wide quality control is a permanent
feature at Metal Work.

Total quality
Metal Work obtained ISO 9001 certification in 1992 and ISO
14001 certification in 2000, and OHSAS 18001 certification
in 2007, ample proof of our way of working and daily
mission. Particular care is taken at all levels, from design to
energy saving, and we can safely state that, compared with
conventional products, the electrical power required to
operate our valves has been cut by 75% over the last few
years.
Certification covers not only the holding company but also the
other companies in the Group, allowing both our products and
our philosophy to gain world-wide recognition.
All Metal Work products meet EC and other standards
including electromagnetic compatibility (EMC certificate).
Metal Work engineers are on ISO, UNI and ASSOFLUID
committees as product standardisation is always a guarantee
of product quality.

Presentazione GB:Layout 6

5-11-2008

17:22

Pagina 7

A customer-oriented policy
The product is not Metal Work's only strong point.
Great care is taken over customer service, with the
aim of providing the best possible solution for a
specific requirement within the allotted time and with
the utmost safety.
The Metal Work or P Service sales personnel work
in close co-operation with the customer, providing the
necessary backup to solve any technical problems,
and search for new materials or information.
Metal Work invests heavily in providing the customers
with the necessary training.
Our range includes all types of special products
suitable for use in a wide variety of applications.

METAL WORK S.p.A.


Head Office
Via Segni, 5-7-9 25062 - Concesio BS Italy
Tel. 030 21 87 11 - Fax 030 21 80 569
www.metalwork.it - metalwork@metalwork.it

ITALIAN SUBSIDIARIES
BARI
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via S. Magno km 0,400
(zona industriale)
70033 Corato BA
Tel. 080 898 73 94 r.a.
Fax 080 898 71 45
www.pservice.it
pservba@pservice.it

MILANO
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via Altiero Spinelli, 57
20043 Arcore MI
Tel. 039 61 80 056
039 61 50 064
Fax 039 60 120 29
www.pservice.it
pservmi@pservice.it

BERGAMO
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via Vienna, 28
Loc. Verdellino Zingonia
24040 Verdellino BG
Tel. 035 88 53 79
Fax 035 48 20 492
www.pservice.it
pservbg@pservice.it

MODENA
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via S. Giovanni Bosco, 267
41100 Modena MO
Tel. 059 23 98 06
Fax 059 23 98 76
www.pservice.it
pservmo@pservice.it

BOLOGNA
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via dellArcoveggio, 190/d
40129 Bologna BO
Tel. 051 70 27 11
Fax 051 70 31 14
www.pservice.it
pservbo@pservice.it

NOVARA
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Piazzale A. Antonelli, 8
28060 S. Pietro Mosezzo
Fr. Nibbia NO
Tel. 0321 43 79 86
Fax 0321 43 79 93
www.pservice.it
pservno@pservice.it

BRESCIA
P SERVICE S.p.A.
Via del Mella, 37 - Z.I. Fornaci
25131 Brescia BS
Tel. 030 35 855 r.a.
Fax 030 35 81 256
www.pservice.it
pservbs@pservice.it

PARMA
P SERVICE S.r.l.
P.za Lunardi 27/A
43100 Parma PR
Tel. 0521 24 09 64
Fax 0521 24 28 47
www.pservice.it
pservpr@pservice.it

CREMONA
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via Sesto, 62
26100 Cremona CR
Tel. 0372 27 64 8 - 32 26 7
Fax 0372 45 71 42
www.pservice.it
pservcr@pservice.it

PAVIA
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via F.lli Cagnoni, 7/9
27029 Vigevano PV
Tel. 0381 83 333
Fax 0381 82 733
www.pservice.it
pservpv@pservice.it

LECCO
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via Provinciale per Dolzago, 39
23848 Oggiono LC
Tel. 0341 26 67 11
Fax 0341 26 67 12
www.pservice.it
pservlc@pservice.it
FILIALE DI VARESE
Via Gasparoli, 197
21012 Cassano Magnago VA
Tel. 0331 28 09 20
Fax 0331 28 09 21
www.pservice.it
pservva@pservice.it

PRATO
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via Onorio Vannucchi, 21
59100 Prato PO
Tel.: 0574 757298
Fax: 0574 757258
www.pservice.it
pservpo@pservice.it

MANTOVA
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Viale d/Libert, 9 - 46030
San Giorgio di Mantova MN
Tel. 0376 37 41 81
Fax 0376 37 47 27
www.pservice.it
pservmn@pservice.it

RIMINI
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via Piane, 23/A
47853 Coriano RN
Tel. 0541 65 87 15
0541 65 81 36
Fax 0541 65 68 69
www.pservice.it
pservrn@pservice.it

TORINO
METAL WORK S.r.l.
Via Bruino, 22/2
10040 Rivalta di Torino TO
Tel. 011 90 32 666
Fax 011 90 03 632
www.pservice.it
metalwto@pservice.it
TREVISO
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via P. A. Gemelli, 34
31040 Postioma di Paese TV
Tel. 0422 48 45 78 r.a.
Fax 0422 48 45 79
www.pservice.it
pservtv@pservice.it
VERONA
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via Del Perlar, 92
37135 Verona VR
Tel. 045 50 31 23
Fax 045 82 50 038
www.pservice.it
pservvr@pservice.it
VICENZA
P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via Progresso, 70
36035 Marano Vicentino VI
Tel. 0445 56 05 90
Fax 0445 56 01 33
www.pservice.it
pservvi@pservice.it
FILIALE DI PADOVA
Via Pelosa, 78
35030 Caselle di Selvazzano PD
Tel. 049 89 78 997
Fax 049 89 86 966
www.pservice.it
pservpd@pservice.it
FILIALE DI ALTE DI MONTECCHIO
MAGGIORE
Via Milano SS.11
36041 Alte di Montecchio
Maggiore VI
Tel. 0444 69 85 95
Fax 0444 69 87 23

ITALY AUTHORISED DEALER


NORTH

CENTRE

SOUTH

PADOVA
ATI s.a.s.
Via Facca, 58
SS Valsugana
35013 Cittadella PD
Tel. 049 94 01 777
Fax 049 94 00 665
www.aticompressori.it
ati@aticompressori.it

MACERATA
TORRESI RAFFAELE & C S.r.l.
Via Sandro Pertini, 51
Zona Industriale A
62012 Civitanova Marche MC
Tel. 0733 81 11 20 r.a.
Fax 0733 81 11 30
torresisrl@tiscali.it

CAMPANIA
A.R.A. s.a.s.
di C. Argenziano & C.
Via Appia, 123/125
83042 Atripalda AV
Tel. 0825 62 56 03
Fax 0825 62 47 19
www.araforniture.it
info@araforniture.it

TRENTINO ALTO ADIGE


ISA TREFIN
E.B.I. GROUP SRL
Via Maccani, 197
38100 Trento TN
Tel. 0461 82 55 75 (4 linee)
Fax 0461 82 48 02
www.ebigroup.it
info@ebigroup.it
UDINE
M.P. A. S.r.l.
Via IV Novembre, 86
33010 Feletto Umberto UD
Tel. 0432 57 52 56
Fax 0432 57 50 31
mail@mpautomazioni.191.it

ITALY AGENCY
SARDEGNA
G.CARLO LAI
Via Ranieri Sampante, 6
09121 Cagliari CA
Tel./Fax 070 280235
Cell. 328 3517832
lai.gianc@tiscali.it

LAZIO
CASA DEL CUSCINETTO S.r.l.
Via Casilina, 57/57A
00182 Roma RM
Tel. 06 70 70 031
Fax 06 70 27 217
www.cdc-srl.com
info@cdc-srl.com

OLEODINAMICA & PNEUMATICA s.a.s.


di Ardolino G. & Co.
Via M.le Manfredi, 24
80039 Saviano NA
Tel. 081 82 11 468
Fax 081 82 11 181
oleodi15@oleodinamicadiardolino.191.it
R.C.P. s.a.s.
di Casale Aniello & C.
Via Nuova delle brecce, 176
80147 Napoli NA
Tel. 081 75 24 238
Fax 081 75 22 067
www.rcpcasale.com
info@rcpcasale.com

FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES
EUROPE
AUSTRIA
Metal Work Pneumatic GmbH
Josef - Wilberger - Strasse 1
A - 6020 Innsbruck - Austria
Tel. 0043 512 26 22 61
Fax 0043 512 26 22 62
metalwork@metalwork.at
BELGIUM
Metal Work Belgi/Belgique
Mechelse Steenweg 277
B-1800 Vilvoorde - Belgium
Tel. 0032 02 75 16 120
Fax 0032 02 75 16 161
metalwork@metalworkpneumatic.be
DENMARK
Metal Work Danmark A/S
Korskildelund 1
2670 Greve - Denmark
Tel. 0045 70 22 23 11
Fax 0045 70 22 27 59
metalwork@metalwork.dk
FINLAND
Metal Work Finland OY
Lkkisepntie 11
00620 Helsinki - Finland
Tel. 00358 10 836 5700
Fax 00358 09 272 2712
metalwork@metalwork.fi
FRANCE
Metal Work France SARL
Parc dActivits de
lEsplanade
14 Rue Enrico Fermi
77462 Saint Thibault des Vignes
France
Tel. 0033 01 60 94 00 00
Fax 0033 01 60 94 01 94
metalwork@metalwork.fr
AGENCE SUD-EST
Parc du Chne
7/9 Rue du 35ime
Rgiment dAviation - BP 50
69672 Bron Cedex - France
Tel. 04 72 15 00 00
Fax 01 60 94 01 94
GERMANY
Metal Work Deutschland GmbH
Rankinestrae 2
D-85095 Landsberg am
Lech - Germany
Tel. 0049 08191 42894-0
Fax 0049 08191 42894-26
metalwork@metalwork.de
HOLLAND
Metal Work Nederland B.V.
Postbus 90 - 6710 BB EDE
Voltastraat 9 - 6716 AJ EDE
Holland
Tel. 0031 0318 66 51 11
Fax 0031 0318 66 51 15
metalwork@metalwork.nl

POLAND
Metal Work Polska Sp. z o.o.
ul. Szamotulska 1, Baranowo
62-081 Przezmierowo
Poland
Tel. 0048 06 16 50 1840
Fax 0048 06 16 50 1849
metalwork@metalwork.pl
PORTUGAL
Metal Work Portugal Lda
Estrada Nacional, 1
P.C. Emiauto Pav-D Sobreiro Torio
3850 - Albergaria a Velha - Portugal
Tel. 00351 23 45 25 425
Fax 00351 23 45 25 426
SPAIN
Metal Work Iberica S.A.
Pol. Ind. Can Mag
c/Can Mag, 9
08210 Barbera del Valles
(Barcelona) Spain
metalwork@metalwork.es
Tel. 0034 937 180 244
Fax 0034 937 188 070
DELEGACION NORTE
Tel. 946 203 999
Fax 946 202 642
48220 Abadio (Bizkaia)
DELEGACION CENTRO
Tel. 91 658 60 48
Fax 91 658 63 51
28700 Sebastian de los
Reyes (Madrid)
DELEGACION LEVANTE
Tel. 96 510 62 92
Fax 96 510 62 93
03113 Alicante
SWEDEN
Metal Work Sverige AB
Modemgatan, 7
235 39 Vellinge - Sweden
Tel. 0046 040 42 07 00
Fax 0046 040 42 07 20
metalwork@metalwork.se
UK
Metal Work Uk Ltd
Blackhill drive - Wolverton Mill
Milton Keynes - MK 12 5TS
Tel. 0044 01908 22 22 88
Fax 0044 01908 22 28 24
sales@metalwork.co.uk
UKRAINE
Metal Work Ukraina
B. Chmielnickiego str. 106
70024 Lviv - Ukraine
Tel. 00380 32 245 94 34
Fax 00380 32 245 94 35

AMERICAS

ASIA - OCEANIA

BRAZIL
Metal Work Pneumtica
do Brasil Ltda
RIO GRANDE DO SUL
Av. Thomaz Edison, 2648
Scharlau CEP. 93125 - 140
So Leopoldo/RS - Brazil
Tel. 0055 51 3590 - 7100
Fax 0055 51 3590 - 7111
metalwork@metalwork.com.br

AUSTRALIA
Metal Work Pneumatic
AUSTRALIA PTY Limited
P.O. Box 6483
Wetherill Park BC NSW 2164
Unit 1/6 Hume Road
Smithfield NSW 2164
Tel. 0061 2 97 25 35 99
Fax 0061 2 97 25 23 61
nswsales@metalwork.com.au
VICTORIA BRANCH
P.O. Box 4209
Dandenong South VIC 3164
10 Mickle Street
Dandenong VIC 3175
Tel. 03 97 06 67 18
Fax 03 97 06 67 19
vicsales@metalwork.com.au

USA
Metal Work Pneumatic USA, Inc.
1120 Eden Road, Suite 106
Arlington, TX 76001
Tel. 001 817 701 4000
Fax 001 817 701 4004
metalwork@metalwork.org

CHINA
Metal Work Pneumatic Components
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
Block C1, N3, Fulian third
Road
201906 - Baoshan District,
Shanghai - China
Tel. 0086 21 36043088
Fax 0086 21 36043077
INDIA
Metal Work Pneumatic India
Private Limited
No. 18-20, 1St Cross,
Bilekahalli Industrial Area
Adj. IIMB Compound,
Bannerghatta Road
Bangalore - 560 076 (India)
Tel. 0091 80 26480076
Fax 0091 80 26480012
sales@metalwork.in
MALAYSIA
Metal Work Pneumatic
(Malaysia) Sdn Bhd
52 Jalan Pju 1A/14(TPJ 5)
Taman Perindustrian Jaya PJU 1A
46050 Petaling Jaya
Selangor Darul Ehsan Malaysia
Tel. 0060 37 84 54 228
Fax 0060 37 84 50 228
mwpmal@streamyx.com
THAILAND
Metal Work Pneumatic
(Thailand) Co. Ltd
29/67 Moo 2, 345 Road
Lumpo, Bangbuatong,
Nonthaburi 11110
Thailand
Tel. 00662 961 7000
Fax 00662 961 7227
metalwork@metalwork.co.th

FOREIGN AUTHORISED DEALER


EUROPE
BULGARIA
Ka Matic Ltd.
9N Kuklensko shose
Plovdiv - Bulgaria
Mob.: 00359 88 827 9840
Fax: 00359 32 694 265
www.kamatic.com

SERBIA
Westpneumatic o.d. Trstenik
Obiliceva br. 15
37240 Trstenik
Srbja i Crna gora
Tel. 00381 37 711301
Fax 00381 37 719040

CYPRUS
Andrew Chr. - Demetriades Ltd.
Corner Aiakos Nemeseos ST
Pollouriotissa - P.O. Box 9068
1620 Nicosia - Cyprus
Tel. 00357 22 43 14 50 (4 lines)
Fax 00357 22 43 73 15
a.c.demetriades@cytanet.com.cy

SLOVENIA and CROATIA


Lipro d.o.o.
Ulica 15.maja 22 - 6000 Koper
Capodistria - Slovenia
Tel. 00386 5 62 51 343
Fax 00386 5 62 51 344
lipro@siol.net
www.lipro.si

EIRE
Pneumatics Ltd
Old Naas Road - Bluebell
Dublin 12 - Eire
Tel. 0035 31 45 68 111
Fax 0035 31 45 68 108

SWITZERLAND
Tri-Matic AG
Bsch 82 - CH 6331
Hnenberg - Switzerland
Tel. 0041 41 780 22 22
Fax 0041 41 780 03 60
www.tri-matic.ch
info@tri-matic.ch

GREECE
Har. E. Akritidis & Co.
26 Str. Monastiriou
P.O. Box 1284 - PC 57022
Thessaloniki - Grecia
Tel. 0030 23 10 52 24 11
Fax 0030 23 10 53 59 92
akritidi@otenet.gr
REPUBLIC OF MACEDONIA
Devit Compressor and
Pneumatic Systems
Ul. Razlovecko Vostante 24/13
MK - 1000 SKOPJE - Macedonia
Tel. 00389 2 3091 660
Fax 00389 2 3061 548
devit@unet.com.mk
NORWAY
SERVI MOTION CONTROL AS
Org. nr. 936 370 446
Haugenvn 2, Pb. 3230,
1402 SKi - Norway
Tel. 0047 64 97 97 97
Fax 0047 64 97 98 99
www.servi.no
servi@servi.no
CZECH REPUBLIC
and SLOVAKIA REPUBLIC
VT-FLEX s.r.o.
Tesinska 288
739 34 Senov
Czech Repubblic
Tel. 00420 59 67 48 577
Fax 00420 59 67 28 010
www.vt-flex.com
sales@vt-flex.com
ROMANIA
Novo trade s.r.l.
Str. Libertaii, 315
Apahida, Cluj - Romania
Tel. 0040 264 434100
Fax 0040 264 403655
novotech@novotech.ro

TURKEY

HPA Teknoloji Gelistirme


Makina ve
Imalat
Yedek Parca
San. Ic ve Dis Tic. Ltd. Sti.

1201/1 Sokak No: 4/A


P21 Yenisehir - Izmir - Turkey
Tel. 0090 232 469 7961
Fax 0090 232 433 9625
HUNGARY
ENTRA-SYS KFT
Bakay Nndor u.24.
H-6724 Szeged - Hungary
Tel. 0036 62 468 478
62 547 267
62 547 268
Fax 0036 62 421 403
www.entra-sys.hu
entra-sys@vnet.hu

AFRICA

AMERICAS

ASIA - OCEANIA

ALGERIA
SARL DELTA CONTROL
Rue Yahia Belhayat, 09
16035 Hydra Alger - Algeria
Tel. 00213 21 69 25 57
00213 21 69 25 59
Fax 00213 21 60 42 50
deltacontrol@gmail.com
www.deltacontrolalger.com

CHILE
Tecnica Thomas C.SargenT S.A.C.I.
Av. Presidente Bulnes, 205
Santiago - Chile
Tel. 0056 25 10 30 43
Fax 0056 26 98 39 89

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES


ACME Industrial Hardware
Trading L.L.C.
P.O. Box 3636
Dubai United UAE
Tel. 00971 42 23 88 97
Fax 00971 42 21 66 98
acmedxb@eim.ae

REPUBLIC OF IVORY
COAST
AIS GROUP
26 BP 1404 Abidjan
Costa dAvorio
Tel. 0022 521250401
Fax 0022 521365774
aisgroup@aviso.ci
EGYPT
El Masry for Industrial Services Ltd
EL-Obour ind.
Asitania - 11371 Cairo
Egypt
Tel. 0020 22 74 57 16
Fax 0020 22 74 29 16
info@el-masry.com
MOROCCO
Afric Roulement
125 - 129, Bd. Ibn Tachfine
Casablanca - Marocco
Tel. 00212 22 40 70 10 13
Fax 00212 22 40 70 14
www.aroulement.com
roulement@iam.net.ma
REPUBLIC OF TOGO
AIS GROUP
Baguida face a la station Texaco
Lom 01 - RP Du Togo
01BP997
Tel. 0022 82719871
Fax 0022 82272094
aisgroup-togo@cafe.tg

ECUADOR
Ecuatoriana Industrial
Termoval Cia Ltda
Concepcion 676 Y Valparasio
Quito - Ecuador
Tel. 00593 22 28 19 21
Fax 00593 22 95 28 88
e_industrial@hotmail.com
www.ecuatorianaindustrial.com
URUGUAY
Fidemar S.A.
Minas 1634 - CP 11200
Montevideo - Uruguay
Tel. 00598 2 40 21 717
Fax 00598 2 40 21 719
www.fidermar.com.uy
info@fidemar.com.uy
VENEZUELA
Neumatica Rotonda c.a.
Prolongacion Av. Michelena
C.C. Atlas, Local B-9
Valencia, Edo. Carabobo
Venezuela
Tel. 0058 241 83 26 464
Fax 0058 241 83 26 283
www.neumaticarotonda.com
ventas@neumaticarotonda.com

SOUTH KOREA
Seowon Corporation
1001 Ilsan Technotown
1141-1 Beksuk-Dong
Ilsandong-Gu, Goyang City
Gyunggi-Do 410-722
South Korea
Tel. 0082 31 90 61 100
Fax 0082 31 90 61 101
mail@seowoncorp.com
www.seowoncorp.com
IRAN
ERA FEAT SANAAT QESHM
TRADING CO
Flat 7 - Building 34
Southern Iranshahr Ave.
P.O. BOX 17445-4
Tehran - Iran
Tel. 0098 21 88 32 28 05
Fax 0098 21 88 30 02 97
info@erafeatco.com
ISRAEL
Conlog Ltd
7 Leshem St.
49134 Petach Tikva - Israel
Tel. 00972 3 92 69 595
Fax 00972 3 92 33 367
www.conlog.co.il
conlog@conlog.co.il
TAIWAN
Century Automatiom Corporation
5F-8, no.1 Wu-Chuan 1
St.Road Hsin
Taipei Hsien- Taiwan
Tel. 00886 22 29 88 436
Fax 00886 22 29 88 436
century@cenauto.com.tw
YEMEN
U-TECH
Al-zera a street
P.O. BOX 3234
Sana a - Yemen
Tel. 00967 1 200415
Fax 00967 1 473393
alhowry@yemen.net.ye

NEWS
COMPACT CYLINDERS SERIES CMPC 3280 TWO-FLAT

PAGE 1

INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE

PAGE 11

HDM + PROFIBUS HEAVY DUTY MULTIMACH

PAGE 20

DP IP67 M8 PROFIBUS INPUT

PAGE 29

MULTIMACH MM AND HDM + B&R

PAGE 33

SKILLAIR PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR

PAGE 37

SKILLAIR PILOT PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR

PAGE 40

BIT PADLOCKABLE MICROREGULATOR

PAGE 43

NEW DEAL PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR

PAGE 46

SKILLAIR ACTIVE CARBON FILTER

PAGE 50

AIR TREATMENT VALVES AND UNITS FOR UL- AND CSA-APPROVED COILS

PAGE 55

DIGITAL PRESSURE SWITCH

PAGE 60

AIR-AIR PRESSURE MULTIPLIER (BOOSTER)

PAGE 63

IN-LINE PROGRESSIVE STARTER VAP 1/4 AND 1/2

PAGE 72

TAPERED THREAD FITTINGS WITH PTFE

PAGE 74

PRECISION PRESSURE REGULATOR WITH HIGH EXAUST FLOW, SERIE GS

PAGE 75

COMPACT CYLINDERS SERIES CMPC


3280 TWO-FLAT
This version is used to keep at an angle the objects fixed
onto the piston rod and to apply torques within the specified
limits.
The piston rod in two-flat cylinders has two opposing
longitudinal surfaces and is made entirely of stainless steel.
The front head of the cylinder includes a sintered bronze
bush that engages the piston rod and prevents it from
rotating.
A special polyurethane gasket guarantees air-tightness and
dirt removal.
This technical solution is more airtight and reliable than
square or hexagonal piston rods.
These compact cylinders come in the following versions:
with or without a magnet
dual-acting, single piston rod
dual-acting, through piston rod one piston rod is
two-flat, and the other is cylindrical
fixing centre distances compatible with ,ISO 15552
( former ISO 6431), or with French standard
NFE 49-004-1 and 2 (UNITOP).
The special profile and the fact that the external heads are
screwed onto the liner give an excellent guide. Numerous
fixing options are available thanks to wide range of anchor
points.
Retractable magnetic limit switches can be mounted in slots
in the cylinder to measure the position.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid
Bores
Design
Maximum strokes 
Versions
Magnet for sensors
Inrush pressure
Max torque on piston rod
Maximum rotation on the rod

POLYURETHANE
max 10 bar (max 1 Mpa - 145 psi)
C -10 +80 C (non-magnetic cylinder)
C -10 +70 C (magnetic cylinder)
Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
mm 32, 40, 50, 63, 80 with ISO 6431 VDMA24562 fixing centre distances.
mm 32, 40, 50, 63, 80 with NFE 49-004-1 and 2 fixing centre distances.
With profile, heads with screws
mm 32 e 40 = 300 50 e 63 = 400 80 = 500
Double-acting, Double-acting Through-rod,
All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.
32 = 0,8 bar da 40 a 80 = 0,6 bar
Nm 32 e 40 = 0,2;
50 e 63 = 0,4;
80 = 1
degrees 32 e 40 = 0,70; 50 e 63 = 0,75; 80 = 0,65
 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems
For no-stick slip versions, are no-lubricated air only

WEIGHT

32
40
50
63
80

SINGLE-ROD
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
261
3.17
394
4.41
595
6.42
845
7.34
1524
12.57

32
40
50
63
80

THROUGH-ROD
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
4.05
297
5.29
432
7.98
648
8.90
129
15.02
1680

FORCES GENERATED DURING THRUST AND TRACTION (THEORETICAL)


Cylinder
bore D
mm
32

Piston rod
diameter d
mm
12

40

thrust
traction

Useful
area
cm2
8.04
6.91

12

thrust
traction

40

16

50

Motion

1 bar

Thrust and traction force in daN depending on the operating pressure in bar.
2 bar
3 bar
4 bar
5 bar
6 bar
7 bar
8 bar
9 bar

10 bar

8.0
6.9

16.1
13.8

24.1
20.7

32.2
27.6

40.2
34.6

48.3
41.5

56.3
48.4

64.3
55.3

72.4
62.2

80.4
69.1

12.57
11.44

12.6
11.4

25.1
22.9

37.7
34.3

50.3
45.7

62.8
57.2

75.4
68.6

88.0
80.0

100.5
91.5

113.1
102.9

125.7
114.4

thrust
traction

12.57
10.56

12.6
10.6

25.1
21.1

37.7
31.7

50.3
42.2

62.8
52.8

75.4
63.3

88.0
73.9

100.5
84.4

113.1
95.0

125.7
105.6

16

thrust
traction

19.63
17.62

19.6
17.6

39.3
35.2

58.9
52.9

78.5
70.5

98.2
88.1

117.8
105.7

137.4
123.4

157.1
141.0

176.7
158.6

196.3
176.2

50

20

thrust
traction

19.63
16.49

19.6
16.5

39.3
33.0

58.9
49.5

78.5
66.0

98.2
82.5

117.8
99.0

137.4
115.5

157.1
131.9

176.7
148.4

196.3
164.9

63

16

thrust
traction

31.17
29.16

31.2
29.2

62.3
58.3

93.5
87.5

124.7
116.6

155.9
145.8

187.0
175.0

218.2
204.1

249.4
233.3

280.6
262.5

311.7
291.6

63

20

thrust
traction

31.17
28.03

31.2
28.0

62.3
56.1

93.5
84.1

124.7
112.1

155.9
140.2

187.0
168.2

218.2
196.2

249.4
224.2

280.6
252.3

311.7
280.3

80

20

thrust
traction

50.27
47.12

50.3
47.1

100.5
94.2

150.8
141.4

201.1
188.5

251.3
235.6

301.6
282.7

351.9
329.9

402.1
377.0

452.4
424.1

502.7
471.2

80

25

thrust
traction

50.27
45.36

50.3
45.4

100.5
90.7

150.8
136.1

201.1
181.4

251.3
226.8

301.6
272.1

351.9
317.5

402.1
362.9

452.4
408.2

502.7
453.6

COMPONENTS
 PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel, two-flat
 HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy
 JACKET: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy
 PISTON GASKET: polyurethane
 MAGNET: 32 neodymium - 40100 plastoferrite
 PISTON ROD GASKET TWO-FLAT: polyurethane
 GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze
STATIC O-rings: NBR

SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel

TECHNICAL DATA
 Compact cylinder available with two separate fixing centre
distances
32 80 to ISO 15552 ( former ISO 6431)
32 80 to NFE 49-004-1 and 2
 Pre-wired retracting sensor with or without connector
 Plastic strip to keep out dirt and/or protect the sensor wire cod.
W0950000160
 Ball-and-socket joint code W095 2030
 Example of cylinder mounting with feet code W095 6001
All mountings come complete with cylinder assembly screws
 Sensor slot
 Piston rod with male or female thread as required

4
7
1

2
3

5
6

FIXING OPTIONS

A - Fixing to structural work with a through screw, using the thread in the heads (Fig. A)
B - Direct fixing from above using long through screws or tie rods. Non-magnetic stainless steel must be used (e.g. AISI 304)
C - Fixing with feet; the ordering code covers the supply of one foot and two screws for fixing to the cylinder.
D - Fixing with a flange mounted on the front or rear head; the ordering code covers the supply of a flange and four screws for
fixing to the cylinder.
E - Fixing with articulated hinge to compensate for slight system misalignment and turn freely.
The ordering code covers the supply of a hinge and four screws for fixing to the cylinder.

VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER


With this type of cylinder, the
valves (D) can be mounted
directly using the retracting
sensor slot, without requiring
the use of intermediate brackets.
This can be done using the
special plates (A) which come
with both M3 and M4 threads,
and screws (B) of the size, type
and quantity shown in the table
below.
The plates are supplied
complete with 2 stud pins, one
M3 and one M4 (C).
After the valve centre distance
and the position of the valve
have been determined, the
plates can be secured to the
cylinder. A position memory
will be created to facilitate
subsequent maintenance on the
valve.

A
C
D

Type of valve
to mount (D)
MACH 11
SERIE 70 1/8
SERIE 70 1/4

Fixing
plate (A)
cod. 0950003000
n. 2
n. 2
n. 2

Position memory:
grub screw (C)
to be used
M4
M3
M3

Screw (B) for


connection to the cylinder
(one per plate)
M3x16 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)
M4x25 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)
M4x30 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)

Washer (B)
(one per screw)
A3.2 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)

A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)

DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING
DE MALE PISTON ROD
G+

+ = ADD THE STROKE


1 = SENSOR SLOT
7 = ONLY FOR 63100
8 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

CH1

H1+
H

C1

230-240
250-260

CH

N+
L

B
32
40
50
63
80

A
47
56
67
80
102

ISO
32.5 +0.1
0.4
38
46.5
56.5
72

UNITOP
32 +0.4
0.1
42
50
62
82

B2

13
17

C
12
12
16
16
20

CH
10
10
13
13
17

C1
9
9
11.5
11.5
13

D
48.5
57.5
69
82
105

CH1
17
17
19
19
24

E H9
6
6
6
8
8

F
4
4
4
4
4

H1
37
38
38
42.5
47.5

H
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
8.5

G
44.5
45.5
45.5
50
56

K
30
35
40
45
45

+ = ADD THE STROKE


1 = SENSOR SLOT
7 = ONLY FOR 6380
8 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

B2

O1

M
14
14
16
16
20

L
4
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5

N
59.5
61
64.5
69
77

ISO
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10

O
UNITOP
M6
M6
M8
M10
M10

ISO
5.2
5.2
6.2
6.2
8.5

O1
UNITOP
5.2
5.2
6.2
8.5
8.5

P
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10

C1

G+

Q
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8

R
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5

S
22
22
24
24
32

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD
N+
C1

G+

H1+

CH1

N2++

M1
M
N2++

CH
L

231-241
251-261

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

B2

O1

1= SENSOR SLOT
7 = ONLY FOR 63 TO 80
8 = SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

32
40
50
63
80

A
47
56
67
80
102

B
ISO
32.5 +0.1
0.4
38
46.5
56.5
72

UNITOP
32 +0.4
0.1
42
50
62
82

B2

13
17

C
12
12
16
16
20

C1
9
9
11.5
11.5
13

CH
10
10
13
13
17

CH1
17
17
19
19
24

D
48.5
57.5
69
82
105

G
44.5
45.5
45.5
50
56

H
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
8.5

H1
37
38
38
42
47.5

K
30
35
40
45
45

L
4
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5

M
14
14
16
16
20

M1xcorse
 5 5
14 9
14 9
16 11
16 11
20 15

N
50.5
52
53
57.5
64

N2
65.5
67.5
72
76.5
85

ISO
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10

O
UNITOP
M6
M6
M8
M10
M10

ISO
5.2
5.2
6.2
6.2
8.5

O1
UNITOP
5.2
5.2
6.2
8.5
8.5

P
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10

Q
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8

R
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5

S
22
22
24
24
32

KEY TO CODE
CIL

Compact cylinder
centre distances
to UNITOP
male piston rod
24
Compact cylinder
centre distances
to UNITOP
female piston rod
25
Compact cylinder
centre distances
to ISO male piston rod
26
Compact cylinder
centre distances
to ISO female piston rod

3 2

23

0
1

Double-acting
Double-acting
through-rod

0
S
G

Magnetic
Nonmagnetic
No stick
slip

STROKE

32
40
50
63
80

0 5 0

BORE

TYPE

Standard

CONFIGURATION
P Polyurethane
gaskets

F Two Flat
piston rod AISI
303 stainless
stell

For the maximum suppliable strokes, look at the technical data

ACCESSORIES
FOOT - MODEL A

32
40
50
63
80

A
45
60
68
84
102

B
35
28
32
39
42

C
32
42
50
62
82

D
24
20
24
27
30

E
7
9
9
11
11

H
s31.9
42.5
47
59.5
65.5

N
74.5
72
77
84.5
94

N1
92.5
85.5
93.5
104
116

S
4
5
6
6
8

Weight [g]
76
88
176
276
392

Codes ISO
W0950322001
W0950402001
W0950502001
W0950632001
W0950802001

32
40
50
63
80

A
45
52
65
75
95

B
35
43
47
47
61

C
32
36
45
50
63

D
24
28
32
32
41

E
7
9
9
9
12

H
31.9
36
45
50
63

N
74.5
80
85
89.5
105

N1
92.5
101.5
109.5
114
138

S
4
4
4
6
6

Weight [g]
76
100
162
266
456

Codes UNITOP
W0950322001
W0950406001F
W0950506001F
W0950636001F
W0950806001

D
C

N+
N1+

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

FEMALE HINGE-MODEL B

B
D

H9

B1H14

Codes UNITOP
W0950322003
W0950406003
W0950506003
W0950636003
W0950806003

32
40
50
63
80

B
45
52
60
70
90

B1
26
28
32
40
50

Codes ISO
W0950322003
W0950402003
W0950502003
W0950632003
W0950802003

32
40
50
63
80

B
45
52
60
70
90

B1
26
28
32
40
50

D
22
25
27
32
36
D
22
25
27
32
36

M
10
12
12
16
16
M
10
12
12
16
16

N
72.5
77
80
89.5
100
N
72.5
77
80
89.5
100

R
11
12.5
12.5
15
15

S
10
9
11
11
13

Weight [g]
116
184
266
470
670

R
11
13
13
17
17

S
10
10
12
12
16

Weight [g]
116
160
252
394
670

N+

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap-rings and 1 pin.

MALE HINGE-MODEL BA
Codes ISO
W0950322004
W0950402004
W0950502004
W0950632004
W0950802004

B
26
28
32
40
50

D
22
25
27
32
36

M
10
12
12
16
16

N
72.5
77
80
89.5
100

R
11
13
13
17
17

S
10
10
12
12
16

Weight [g]
94
124
220
316
578

32
40
50
63
80

H9

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

S
N+

FLANGE - MODEL C (FRONT AND REAR)

32
40
50
63
80

A
50
60
68
87
107

B
80
102
110
130
160

C
64
82
90
110
135

D
32
36
45
50
63

E
7
9
9
9
12

N
54.5
55.5
57.5
65
71

S
10
10
12
15
15

Weight [g]
246
454
655
1255
1900

Codes ISO
W0950322002
W0950402002
W0950502002
W0950632002
W0950802002

32
40
50
63
80

A
50
55
65
75
95

B
80
90
110
120
153

C
64
72
90
100
126

D
32
36
45
50
63

E
7
9
9
9
12

N
54.5
55.5
57.5
62
72

S
10
10
12
12
16

Weight [g]
246
290
522
670
1420

D
N+

Codes UNITOP
W0950322002
W0950406002F
W0950506002F
W0950636002F
W0950806002F

N+

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

ARTICULATED MALE HINGE - MODEL BAS

Codes ISO
W0950322006
W0950402006
W0950502006
W0950632006
W0950802006

B
14
16
16
21
21

D
22
25
27
32
36

32
40
50
63
80

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

S
N+

M
10
12
12
16
16

N
72.5
77
80
89.5
100

R
16
19
19
24
24

S
10
10
12
12
16

Weight [g]
106
142
236
336
572

FLANGE FOR OPPOSITE CYLINDERS


Codes UNITOP
0950323060
0950403060
0950503060
0950633060
0950803060

Codes ISO
0950323060
0950403061
0950503061
0950633061
0950803061

32
40
50
63
80

M
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
16.5

Weight [g]
ISO
UNITOP
88
88
106
106
158
172
258
274
452
470

Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin, 4 screws.

ASSEMBLING OPPOSING CYLINDERS

FORK - MODEL GK-M


Codes UNITOP-ISO
W0950322020
W0950322020
W0950402020
W0950402020
W0950502020

A
20
20
24
24
32

B
10
10
12
12
16

C
20
20
24
24
32

D
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5

F
40
40
48
48
64

L
52
52
62
62
83

M
10
10
12
12
16

N
26
26
32
32
40

Weight [g]
92
92
148
148
340

32
40
50
63
80

Note: Individually packed.

B B12

ROD EYE - MODEL GA-M

G1

CH

Codes UNITOP-ISO
W0950322025
W0950322025
W0950402025
W0950402025
W0950502025

32
40
50
63
80

A
28
28
32
32
42

B
14
14
16
16
21

B1
10.5
10.5
12
12
15

B
36
36
42
42
58

C
30
30
36
36
44

C
15
15
17
17
23

CH
17
17
19
19
22

D
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5

G
15
15
17.5
17.5
22

F
43
43
50
50
64

G1
19
19
22
22
27

L
57
57
66
66
85

M
10
10
12
12
16

Weight [g]
78
78
116
116
226

Note: Individually packed.

B1

+0
-0.12

M H7

F
L

COMPENSATION JOINT - MODEL GA


Codes UNITOP-ISO
W0950326021
W0950326021
W0950406021
W0950406021
W0950506021

D
D1

A
49
49
59
59
79

CH
13
13
15
15
22

D
11
11
14
14
17

D1
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
10.5

D
10
12
12
16
16

E
25
32
32
40
40

F
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x.125
M12x1.25
M16x1.5

G
39.5
39.5
44
44
59

G1
17
17
19
19
26

P
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
10.5

S
12
12
15
15
20

S1
10
10
13.5
13.5
15

Note: Individually packed.

130'

CH

130'

32
40
50
63
80

S1

F
B

COUNTER-HINGE CETOP

32
40
50
63
80

A
26
28
32
40
50

B
19
26
26
33
33

C
7
9
9
11
11

F
20
32
32
50
50

Codes UNITOP-ISO
W0950322008
W0950402008
W0950502008
W0950632008
W0950802008

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 washers.

C
F
H

N
L

E
I

G
32
45
45
63
63

H
37
54
54
75
75

I
41
52
52
63
63

L
18
25
25
32
32

M
8
10
10
12
12

N
10
12
12
15
15

Weight [g]
96
216
212
440
464

SELF ALIGNING ROD COUPLER - MODEL GA-K


C

SW1

Codes UNITOP-ISO
W0950322030
W0950322030
W0950402030
W0950402030
W0950502030

SW4

32
40
50
63
80

A
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5

B
20
20
24
24
32

C
20
20
20
20
32

D
71
71
75
75
103

E
4
4
4
4
4

F
22
22
22
22
32

SW1
12
12
12
12
20

SW2
30
30
30
30
41

SW3
30
30
30
30
41

SW4
19
19
19
19
30

SW5
17
17
19
19
24

Weight [g]
216
216
220
220
620

SW5

SW2

Note: Individually packed.

SW3

SLOTTED FIXINGPLATE
Code
0950003000

M4

M3

10

6.6

2.5

Description
FIXING BLOCK

Weight [g]
2

Note: Supplied complete with 1 M3 grub screw and 1 M4 grub screw.

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE


Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the
cylinder heads do not require a through opening.

WIRING DIAGRAM

brown

blue

M8

REED EFFECT

TECHNICAL DATA

blue

4
1 3

brown
+

brown
black

+
PNP

blue
M8

HALL EFFECT

black
brown

4
1 3

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

BAR FOR GROOVING


Code
W0950000160

5.8

500

Description
BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

4.9

Note: The code corresponds to 1 piece.

SPARE PARTS
COMPACT CYLINDERS, SERIES CMPC TWO-FLAT

12
10

11

13

Type
Complete set of gaskets
Front cylinder head kit for UNITOP
Front cylinder head kit for ISO 32
Front cylinder head kit for ISO
Rear cylinder head kit for UNITOP
Rear cylinder head kit for ISO 32
Rear cylinder head kit for ISO
Piston kit
Magnet
Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for UNITOP
Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO 32
Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO

10

Parts
























Bores
3280
4080
32
4080
4080
32
4080
3280
3280
4080

Codes
009 . . . 7001F
009 . . . 7101F
0090327101F
009 . . . 8101F
009 . . . 7201
0090327201
009 . . . 8201
009 . . . 7401
009 . . . 7501
009 . . . 7901F

32

0090327901F

4080

009 . . . 8901F

INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE


The integrated hydraulic brake is comprised of a pneumatic
cylinder that acts as an actuator and an oleo-dynamic
circuit that acts as a brake.
The dimensions of the pneumatic cylinder (bore 63) comply
with ISO 15552.
The hydraulic circuit is comprised of a brake fluid tank and
one or two flow regulation pins. It can mount one or more
(slow-fast) SKIP or STOP valves that are normally open
(NO) or normally closed (NC), for the piston rod extension
and retraction.
The basic feature of this device is that the driving force and
the braking force are coaxial, so they do not generate
undesired bending moments on the piston rod and the
external structures connected to it. Due to its conception,
this brake is particularly compact and has reduced
dimensions compared to BRK external hydraulic brakes.
After a certain operating time, the brake fluid tank must
be topped up with oil. This needs doing when the oil level
reaches the minimum mark on the rod. With the piston
rod right out, the minimum level mark must not project
less than 8-10 mm from the cap.
Always use Comlube DEXRON ATF hydraulic oil or another
compatible product. During the first operating cycles, excess
oil is expelled through a hole in the tank.

TECHNICAL DATA
Gaskets
Operating pressure

NC valve actuation pressure

Operating temperature range

bar
MPa
psi
bar
MPa
psi
C
F

Pneumatic circuit fluid


Hydraulic circuit fluid
Bore
mm
Thrust force generated at 6 bar
Pull force generated at 6 bar
Speeds at 6 bar and 20C: with regulation pin
with pin and NO STOP valve
with pin and NC STOP valve
with pin and NO SKIP valve
with pin and NC SKIP valve
with pin and NO STOP+SKIP valves
with pin and NC STOP+SKIP valves
without pin nor regulation (Fast retraction)
Standard strokes
Valve Combinations

Sensor magnet

N
N
mm/min
mm/min
mm/min
mm/min
mm/min
mm/min
mm/min
mm/min
mm

NBR-POLYURETHANE
1 8
0.10.8
14.5116
38
0.30.8
43.5116
-10+70
14156
Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air
DEXRON ATF (Comlube) the list of compatible
oils is available on the web site www.metalwork.it
63
1.725
1.150
307.000
306.000
304.500
306.000
305.000
305.000
304.000
30.000
(Speeds measured on the brake with 500 mm stroke and using 10 mm pipes)
50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500
Other special strokes up to 500 available on request.
Piston-out, piston-in and dual regulation
The following combinations of valves can be mounted on each regulated section:
NO STOP, NC STOP, NO SKIP, NC SKIP, DUAL NO STOP, DUAL NC STOP,
DUAL NO SKIP, DUAL NC SKIP, NO STOP+NC STOP, NO SKIP+NC SKIP,
NO STOP+NO SKIP, NC STOP+NC SKIP, NO STOP+NC SKIP, NC STOP+NO SKIP
All versions are provided with a magnet

11

COMPONENTS

22

23

OIL

24

21

25

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

26

27

GUIDE HOLD: galvanised steel


O-RING: NBR
PISTON ROD: thickly chromed steel
PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane
GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze
and PTFE insert
INSIDE PISTON: brass
GUIDE RING: PTFE
HEAD: anodized aluminium
CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR
12

28

BUSH: nickel-plated brass


JACKET: anodised and calibrated
CHECK VALVE
aluminium section
21 OIL FILLING VALVE
INTERNAL PIPE: brass
22 REGULATION UNIT: anodised aluminium
INTERMEDIATE PIPE: steel
PISTON: aluminium
23 REGULATION PIN
PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane
24 OIL RECOVERY TANK
25 OIL LEVEL ROD: galvanised steel
MAGNET: plastoferrite
26 NC VALVE
PISTON GASKET: NBR
27 NO VALVE
PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane
SECURING/ASSEMBLY SCREW: self-tapping 28 CUSHIONING PIN

SKIP AND STOP VALVES


When the NO STOP valve is actuated, it
halts cylinder movement. The NC STOP
valve locks the cylinder when not actuated.
The NO SKIP valve, when actuated, allows
regulation of the cylinder speed via the pin
provided.
The NC SKIP valve allows regulation of
the cylinder speed when not actuated.
FROM CYLINDER

TO TANK

STOP NO

SKIP NO

OVERALL DIMENSIONS OF THE VARIOUS VERSIONS

36

50

36
D

26
MAX

62
U

125

30

45

30

75

56.5

15

M8
56.5

18.5

75

5.5
32

17

38

B U max
25
96
29
96
34
121
38
121
43
161
47
161
52
161
56
206
61
206
65
291

Type
Regulation only
1 valve per side
2 valves per side

A
50
50
82

23

G 1/8

20

D
40
40
72

22

MAX

121+

37

45

35

17

M16x1.5

45

Stroke
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500

/8
G3

10

G 3/8

32

190+

13

KEY TO CODES
W

INTEGRATED BRAKE
W173

Integrated
brake

3
PISTON ROD EXTENSION
CONTROL VALVES

REGULATION
0
1
2

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Out
In
Dual

Without valves
NO Stop
NC Stop
NO Skip
NC Skip
NO Stop NO Skip
NO Stop NC Skip
NC Stop NO Skip
NC Stop NC Skip

1
PISTON ROD RETRACTION
CONTROL VALVES
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

BORE

Without valves
NO Stop
NC Stop
NO Skip
NC Skip
NO Stop NO Skip
NO Stop NC Skip
NC Stop NO Skip
NC Stop NC Skip

STROKE
Specify the desired
stroke in 4 digits
(e.g. 0500
for stroke 500)

D63

N.B. With at least one extension control valve and one retraction control valve, type W1732_ _ _ is required.

ACCESSORIES
FOOT - MODEL A

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

AU TR

UH

H1

H2

W0950632001

63

50

47

32

75

190

185 266

50

Weight [g]

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.


N.B.: M8x40 UNI 5931 screws are required for fixing the rear head (see kit 0950636092)

AH

AT

AB

AU
H1+

TR

AO

UH

H2+

+= ADD THE STROKE

FEMALE HINGE - MODEL B

Code

H3

Weight [g]

W0950632003

63

70

40

32

16

190

17

12

394

G H9

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap rings and 1 pin.


N.B.: M8x40 UNI 5931 screws are required for fixing the rear head (see kit 0950636092)

D
S

E
H3+

+= ADD THE STROKE

14

MALE HINGE - MODEL BA

Code

H3

Weight [g]

W0950632004

63

40

32

17

16

12

190

316

H9

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.


N.B.: M8x40 UNI 5931 screws are required for fixing the rear head (see kit 0950636092)

H
D

E
H3+

+= ADD THE STROKE

ARTICULATED MALE HINGE - MODEL BAS

Code

cil.

H3

Weight [g]

W0950632006

63

32

24

12

190

16

21

336

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.


N.B.: M8x40 UNI 5931 screws are required for fixing the rear head (see kit 0950636092)

H
E
H3 +

+= ADD THE STROKE

CETOP HINGE FOR MODEL B - MODEL GL

Code

W0950632008 63 40 33 11 16
A

40 50 63

75

63

32 12

Weight [g]

15 440

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

C
F
H

N
L

E
I

15

ISO HINGE FOR MODEL B - MODEL GS


B

Weight [g]

W0950632108

63

39.5

56.5

75

50

17

12

16

15 350

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

Code

C
D

FRONT FLANGE - MODEL C

Code

A1

B1

D4

Weight [g]

W0950632002

63

100

120

75

12

50

25

670

B1

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

A1
W

REAR FLANGE - MODEL C

Code

A1

B1

D4

Weight [g]

W0950632002

63

100

120

75

12

50

170

670

B1

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.


N.B.: M8x40 UNI 5931 screws are required for fixing the rear head (see kit 0950636092)

A1
L+

+= ADD THE STROKE

ROD NUT - MODEL S

Code

CH

Weight [g]

0950502010

63

M16x1.5

24

20

Note: Individually packed.

CH

16

FORK MODEL GK-M


L
F

Code

Weight [g]

W0950502020

63

16

32

16

32

83

64

M16x1.5

40

340

Note: Individually packed.

B B12

ROD EYE - MODEL GA-M

Code

M C B1 B

W0950502025 63 16

G CH G1 Weight [g]

22 15 21 42 85 64 M16x1.5 22

22 22

226

CH

G1

Note: Individually packed.

B1

+0
-0.12

M H7

F
L

SELF ALIGNING ROD COUPLER - MODEL GA-K


C

SW1

C D

F E SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 Weight [g]

W0950502030 63 M16x1.5 32 32 103 32 4

20

41

41

30

24

620

SW4

Note: Individually packed.

SW5

Code

SW2

SW3

KIT OF REAR HEAD SCREWS

Code

Description

0950636092

Kit of M8x40 UNI 5931 rear head fixing screws

Note: 4 items per pack.

17

CYLINDER BRACKET - VALVE SERIES KCV

D
B

ISO 1
Code
0950632090

63

A
81.5

B
40

C
42

D
110

E
77

ISO 2
D
E
1124
83

Applicable valves
MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2

KIT FOR FIXING VALVES TO BRACKETS


Code
0950002003
0950002004
0950002001
0950002002

Valve KIT
MACH 16
Series 70 1/8-1/4
ISO 1
ISO 2

Composition
2 HEX. SCREWS M3x25 with WASHER
2 HEX. SCREWS M4x50 with WASHER
ADAPTOR + ISO1 BASE SIDE + SCREWS + WASHERS
ADAPTOR + ISO 2 BASE SIDE + SCREWS + WASHERS

VALVE ASSEMBLY ON HYDRAULIC BRAKE

18

Weight [g]
4
8
230
350

Weight [g]
101

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


SENSOR
Description
SENSOR REED DSM2-C525 HS
SENSOR HALL PNP DSM3-N225
SENSOR HALL NPN DSM3-M225

9.1

11.5

17

Code
W0950000201
W0950000222
W0950000232

34

25.5

SENSOR BRACKETS
Description
BRACKET ACC. D.50 DST 81

M5

14

20.9

20.4

Code
W0950000712

1.6
14.8

1.8

29.8

TECHNICAL DATA
Type
Contact
Max AC/DC voltage
Max current at 25C
Power with inductive load
Power with resistive load
Switch-on time
Switch-off time
Switch-on point
Switch-off point
Operating life
Contact resistance
Cable length
Cable cross section
Cable material
Circuit

V
mA
VA
Watt
m sec
m sec
Gauss
Gauss

m
mm2

REED + VARISTORE + LED 2 wires


REED + VARISTOR + LED NO
348 V(DC); 3220 (AC)
500
10
50
1.2
0.1
110
95
107 impulses
0.1
2.5
0.35
Soft PVC
24V
DC
DC
brown

HALL VERSION PNP/NPN 3 wires


HALL EFFECT NO PNP/NPN
6-24 V DC
250

6
0.8
3
15
8
109 impulses

2.5
0.35
Soft PVC

Version NPN
+

brown

blue
black

blue

AC
24V
AC
brown

Version PNP
~

blue

brown

black
blue
~

19

+ PROFIBUS

HEAVY DUTY MULTIMACH


The HDM+PROFIBUS system has been designed in such a way that the
pneumatic input terminal contains all the electronics, signals and connectors.
It is a very compact and sturdy system where everything is housed in a
thick casing aluminium to protect the delicate components against impact.
The valves and accessories are HDM standard, which means that you
only need to replace the input terminal to convert the valve island with
multiple connector into an PROFIBUS island. All the advantages of the
HDM system can be exploited: the possibility of mounting valves of
different size, with fittings for pipes 4, 6 or 8; the insertion of intermediate
modules with separate power supply or outlets; aluminium valves with
chemical nickel plating enclosed in a protective casing in reinforced
technopolymer, with an index of protection IP65.
The arrangement of the functions continues the traditional optimisation
of the HDM: the user interface of the valves and bus all on one side, so
that the fitter and service engineer have everything within easy reach: all
compressed air connections are on the other side, and the electrical
connectors and selectors are at the end of the island.
It is advisable to earth the system to prevent electrical or electrostatic
discharge from damaging the electronic circuit.

TECHNICAL DATA
Valve port connections
Connection on the end-plate 1-11 for the supply of pilots
Maximum number of pilots
Maximum number of valves
Operating temperature range
C
Fluid
Flow rate at 6 bar P 1bar
Nl/min
Pressure range
- terminal 1-11
- terminal 1
Voltage range
Power for each pilot
Solenoid Pilot Insulation class
Degree of protection
Solenoid rating
TRA/TRR 2X3/2 monostable at 6 bar
TRA/TRR 5/2 monostable at 6 bar
TRA/TRR 5/2 bistable at 6 bar
TRA/TRR 5/3 cc monostable at 6 bar
Note on use

Profibus DP module for HDM valves


Protection
Max input power (all valves ON)
Addressing
Highest settable address number
Default address
Peripheral defect diagnosis
Defects reported

Module status in the event of peripheral defect


Data bit value
Output status in the absence of communication

20

ms
ms
ms
ms

4,6,8 mm fitting for ports 2 and 4 / 8 fitting for inlet port / thread 3/8 or 8 fitting for exhaust port
Automatic fitting 4 mm
16
16 (same as the max. no. of pilots)
-10 +60
Filtered air without lubrication; lubrication, if used, must be continuous
11mm 4 = 200
11mm 6 = 500
14mm 8 = 800
X (pilot supply)
1-11 (valve supply)
3 7 bar
vacuum at 10 bar
3 7 bar
24 VDC 10%
(slave protected against overload and reverse polarity)
0,6
F155
IP65 (with conveyed exhust, and that - in case of no use - the BUS OUT connector gets plugged.)
100% ED
8 / 45
8 / 33
20 / 20
20 / 20
Insert the pipes in the fittings, before passing air through the valves, otherwise the gasket may be pulled out of its seat by the flow of air.
For compatibility with oils, refer to the technical documentation Section 6

Outputs protected against overloads and shortcircuits


500 mA
By rotary selectors
99
3
Local LED indicator and relay to Master
Output shortcircuit or overload.
Auxiliary power supply failure.
Profibus communication active.
The peripheral defect bit is active and accessible at the master station.
0 = not enabled
1 = enabled
Disabled

COMPONENTS
 Exhaust Solenoid pilot 82/84
 Valve supply port 1
 Threaded connection of exhausts 3/5
 Valve supply port 11
 Electrical control supply X
 Blind end-plate
 Screw for valve wall-mounting
Utility port for pipe 8 mm

Utility port for pipe 6 mm


Utility port for pipe 4 mm
Manual control
LED (LED on, solenoid valve energised)
 Pneumatic symbol
 Identification of the monostable or bistable
manual control
 Valve ordering code
 Valve identification code
 Blank space for valve number
 Profibus terminal

11
12

12
14

18

12

14

6
11

9
10
5

1
2

12





14
1

707203053_

I6

3
4

THE MULTIMACH WORLD: FLEXIBILITY

1
16

20

2
7

THE NUMBERS PERMIT RAPID IDENTIFICATION


OF THE FUNCTION AND ASSEMBLY POSITION
OF THE SINGLE ELEMENTS REPRESENTED AS FOLLOWS

21

FIXING THE BASE

A: Fixing from above using the 1 or 1-1 input terminal and the blind terminal.
B-C: Fixing from above using the 1 or 1-1 input terminal and the blind terminal, using the M5 threads on the bottom and the rear
of the terminals.
D: Fixing from above using the 1 or 1-1 input terminal and the blind terminal, using the M5 threads on the front of the terminals.
An opening for the pipes is made in the plate.
E: Fixing on the DIN bar with end-plate 1 or 1-11 and blind and plate , using the push-in bracket code 0227301600.
F:
Lateral fixing using the blind terminal, and its the M4 threads on the side lateral.
Note: The sole fixing admitted is the one showed.

KEY TO CODES MULTIMACH-UNIT


H

D
M
VALVE
Heavy duty
Multimach IP65

2
INPUT END-PLATE
2 End-plate1-11
3
End-plate1

+ PROFIBUS-DP

P
ELECTRICAL BASE
P profibus-DP

M
MANUAL TYPE
M
Monostable
manual
control
B
Bistable
manual
control

*uses a single PIN (like the V) and occupies 2 signals

I
W
L
V
K
O
F*
5
6
7

I6-W8-W6-O4-L8-5
TYPE OF VALVE
n 2 3/2 NC
n 2 3/2 NO
3/2 NO + 3/2 NC
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5/3 monostable
5/2 monostable
blind end-plate
Passing-intermed.
Blind intermediate

20
4
6
8

exhaust section.
cartridge 4
cartridge 6
cartridge 8

1
6
FURTHER DETAILS
16 n 2 brackets
for DIN bar

MANUAL CONTROLS

MONOSTABLE OVERRIDE PORT 4


servo-assisted

BISTABLE OVERRIDE PORT 2


servo-assisted

BISTABLE OVERRIDE PORT 4


servo-assisted

Press and hold the manual control in position


(not necessary for bistable type K valve)
Release the manual control:
- The manual control returns to the home position.
- Valves type I, W, L, V, F, and O reposition.
- The type K valve remains switched

Press and hold the manual control in position


(not necessary for bistable type K valve)
Release the manual control:
- The manual control returns to the home position.
- Valves type I, W, L, V and F reposition.
- The type K valve remains switched

Press the manual control right in then turn it


clockwise 90 degrees and Leave it in position.
Rotate the manual control 90 degrees anticlockwise,
and then release it.
- The manual control returns to the home position.
- Valves type I, W, L, V, F, and O reposition.
- The type K valve remains switched

Press the manual control right in then turn it 90


degrees clockwise and Leave it in position.
Rotate the manual control 90 degrees anticlockwise,
and then release it:
- The manual control returns to the home position.
- Valves type I, W, L and O reposition.
- The type K valve remains switched

With type F and V valves, this manual control is not


present.
N.B.: The pilot power supply X must be present.

N.B.: The pilot power supply X must be present.

The reference code for the monostable control ends in 0 (2 for type F).

Example: 707203053_

1
0

22

MONOSTABLE OVERRIDE PORT 2


servo-assisted

With type F and V valves, this manual control is not


present.
N.B.: The pilot power supply X must be present.

N.B.: The pilot power supply X must be present.

The reference code for the monostable control ends in 1 (3 for type F).

Example: 707203053_

1
0

WIRING DIAGRAM

POWER SUPPLY ( M8 )

1 = +24V bus
2 = +24V valvole
3 = GND
4 = GND

3
4

2
1 24V DC Bus

2 24V DC Out

3 GND
4 GND

ADDRESS
TERMINATING RESISTANCES
EXT FAULT RESET
FUSE

BUS IN

56

3 2

BUS OUT

901

1 = +5V *
2=A
3 = GND *
4=B
5 = NC

78

BUS IN
BUS OUT
(female connector) ( male connector )
( M12 COD. B )
( M12 COD. B )

ON
1 2

1
PROFIBUS 16 OUT
MADE IN ITALY

* DON'T CONNECT: feeding for external termination resistances








Adressing
Terminal resistances
Reset button faulty
Resettable fuse
Indicator LED
Grounding

Bistable
or
n2 3/2

NOTE: The type F monostable


valve uses one PIN only (like
the V) but occupies 2 signals.

5/2 monostable
tipo V

5/2 monostable
tipo F

bit 15
bit 14
bit 13
bit 12
bit 11
bit 10
bit 9
bit 8
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
Common

EV1

EV2

EV3

EV4

(EV5)

NOTES

23

VALVE DIMENSIONS

Symbol

I4
86

W4
87

21.2

2.5

4
31.4

L4
V4

82/84

2
14

82/84

82/84

11.5

3/5

12

14
X

3/5

82/84

1 3/5
2

1 3/5
2

12
1

O4

3/5

VALVE DIMENSIONS

14

12
3/5

I6
86

3.2

W6
21.2

2.5

6
31.4
11.5

L6
V6

2
14

1
2

3/5

14
X

82/84

3/5

14
X

3/5

82/84

1 3/5 11
2 4

14
1 3/5

K6

14

12
X

O6

*uses a single PIN (like the V) and occupies 2 signals

3/5

VALVE DIMENSIONS

12
3/5

86

W8
21.2

87

2.5

31.4

L8
V8

82/84

2
14

1
2

82/84

3/5

82/84

O8

14

1 3/5

1 3/5
2

12
1

3/5

130

monostable 7072030130
bistable 7072030131

115

monostable 7072030132
bistable 7072030133

115

monostable 7072030110
bistable 7072030111

130

monostable 7072030210
bistable 7072030211

130

Manual
Code
Weight [g]
Control
monostable 7073030530
140
bistable 7073030531
monostable 7073030630
bistable 7073030631

140

monostable 7073030730
bistable 7073030731

140

monostable 7073030130
bistable 7073030131

130

monostable 7073030132
bistable 7073030133

130

monostable 7073030110
bistable 7073030111

140

monostable 7073030210
bistable 7073030211

140

11
2

14

12
X 1

monostable 7072030730
bistable 7072030731

11

14

82/84

130

11

14

82/84

monostable 7072030630
bistable 7072030631

11

14

Manual
Code
Weight [g]
Control
monostable 7072030530 130
bistable 7072030531

11
4

14

*uses a single PIN (like the V) and occupies 2 signals

3/5

12

82/84

130

11
4

14

K8

3/5

12

* F8

12

82/84

monostable 7071030210
bistable 7071030211

11

Symbol

I8

24

14

130

11
2

X 1

monostable 7071030110
bistable 7071030111

11

82/84

115

11

14

monostable 7071030132
bistable 7071030133

11
4

12

82/84

115

11
4

12

X
82/84

* F6

12

82/84

monostable 7071030130
bistable 7071030131

11

Symbol
82/84

11
4

X 1

130

11

14
X

monostable 7071030730
bistable 7071030731

11

14

82/84

130

11

14

82/84

monostable 7071030630
bistable 7071030631

11
4

82/84

*uses a single PIN (like the V) and occupies 2 signals

11
4

14

K4

3/5

12

* F4

12

Manual
Code
Weight [g]
Control
monostable 7071030530 130
bistable 7071030531

3/5

11

ACCESSORIES
TERMINAL 1-11PROFIBUS

10.5

M 5x9

M8

1
G 3/8

Code
0227301230

Description
KIT TERMINAL
HDM 1 PROFIBUS

Weight [g]
730

Code
0227301500

Description
BLIND END-PLATE
HDM

Weight [g]
230

M 5x9

M 12

80

3/5

9.7

10

11
4

34.5

10

4.2
M5

M 5x9

13

M 5x9

13

53

14

19

43.7
23.2
10

88.8
80
76.5
64.2

Weight [g]
Description
730
KIT TERMINAL
HDM 1-11 PROFIBUS

M5
82/84

10

2.9

86.1

Code
0227301231

45.6

TERMINAL 1 PROFIBUS

M 5x9

M8

2.9

86.1

M 5x9

M5

M 12

X
11
1

10

10
4.2
M5

10.5

M 5x9

M 5x9

13

53

14

13
19

80

3/5
34.5

76.5

G 3/8

43.7
23.2
10

88.8
80

82/84

45.6

BLIND END-PLATE
86.1
62

M 5x9

12

M 5x9

2.5

2.5

10

11
M 5x9

M 5x9

4.2
M5

M4x6

5.75

11

27

6.6

11.7

5.75

10

34.5

X
10

80

3/5

80

80
88.8

82/84

25

INTERMEDIATE THROUGHT

3/5

86

86

Code
0227301301

Description
INTERMEDIATE
THROUGHT HDM

Weight [g]
120

Code
0227301302

Description
INTERMEDIATE
BLIND HDM

Weight [g]
117

Code
0227301303

Description
INTERMEDIATE
EXHAUST
SWITCH HDM

Weight [g]
125

21.2

2.5

87

X
82/84

31.4

1
11

14

86

INTERMEDIATE BLIND

87

11

31.4

14

X
82/84
3/5

21.2

2.5

INTERMEDIATE EXHAUST SWITCH

2.5

3/5

1
11

52.6

87

X
82/84

14

20

26

CONNECTION BRACKETS ON DIN BAR


Code
0227301600

Description
CONNECTION BRACKETS
ON DIN BAR HDM/CM

60

Weight [g]
30

M4

16

20

13

M4

42.3

10

49.9

Supplied complete with one M4x45 screws and one


M6 grub screw Individually packed

SILENCER FOR FITTING, 8


Code
W0970530084

Description
SILENCER FOR
FITTING, 8

Weight [g]
15

35.7

18

15

6
8

At the 3/5-exhaust port of the intermediate through


reference 6 and of the exhaust switch reference 20

R17 - PIPE RELEASE SPANNER


Code
2L17001

Description
RL17

Tube
from 3 to 10

Notes
For R fitting and Fox fitting

LENGHT = 140 mm

27

M12 MALE CONNECTOR OUT-BUS


Code
0240009035

20

COD. B
4

M12x1

Description
Male connector B coding

* DON'T CONNECT: feeding for external termination resistances

*
62

*1

M12 FEMALE CONNECTOR IN-BUS

M12x1

20

*3

Code
0240009036

* DON'T CONNECT: feeding for external termination resistances

56

1*

Description
M12 female connector B coding

M8 CONNECTOR FOR POWER SUPPLY


Description
M8 connector for power supply wire 5 m

10

Code
0240009037

4
3

2
1

31

Pin
1
2
3
4

Cable color
Brown
White
Blue
Black

M8 - M12 PLUG
Code
0240009039
0240009040

Description
PLUG M8
PLUG M12

Code
0227301800

Description
GRUB SCREW FOR MULTIMACH HDM/CM

SPARES
GRUB SCREW KIT

Comes in 1+1 pc. packs

28

DP IP67 M8 PROFIBUS INPUT


The Profibus DP COMPACT input module is a sturdy and
compact IP67 slave that can be used for connecting up to 8 inputs.
A series of diagnostic functions provides information on the
state of operation through lights and signals to the controller.

TECHNICAL DATA
Application
Power supply
Index of protection
Temperature range
Field Bus technical data

Input technical data

Diagnosis

8 PNP inputs
24 Vdc (13-28 V)
IP67
-20 to +70C RH 5-95% - no condensate
DP-VO Profibus to EN 50170
Synchronous or Freeze-Mode
Up to 12 MBit/s
Rotary switches, 1...99
PNP proximity sensors or IEE 1131-2 compact mechanical stop
24VDC (18 to 28V)
One green LED for each input
2...5V
10...30V
NET LED+alarm signal to master
Red LED for each channel at M8 connection point M8 (600 mA)

Transmission protocol
Transmission mode
Transfer rate
Addresses
Type
Power supply
Signal
Input 0 signal voltage
Input 1 signal voltage
Field bus
INPUT short-circuit sensor

IP67 SLAVE

168
175

30.5

33.4

Description
IP67 M8 PROFIBUS INPUT

23

PWR

8
O

6
5

4
3

MOD

9 0 1
8
2
7
3
6 5 4

NET

9 0 1
8
2
7
3
6 5 4

20

Code
0240008002

3.6
(x2)

29

PIN ASSIGNMENT

PROFIBUS CONNECTORS
BUS OUT
M12 female connector
B coding for profibus
1 - 5 VDC power
2 - Bus A
3 - GND
4 - Bus B
5 - Screen

2
5

5
3

POWER CONNECTOR
M12 male connector
A coding
1 - Power supply module and input
2 - NC
3 - GND
4 - GND
5 - INPUT

1 - 5 VDC power
2 - Bus A
3 - GND
4 - Bus B
5 - Screen

INPUT CONNECTORS
2

NETWORK
(red): slave not configured or
not communicating with master
(green): slave configured and
communicating with master

NET

9 0 1
8
2
7
3
6 5 4

MODULE FAILURE
(red): check signal LEDs

9 0 1
8
2
7
3
6 5 4

MOD

1
2

Channel LEDs (inputs)


(green): input enabled
(red): sensor faulty, +24V power
supply short-circuit

3
4
5
6
7

NOT USED
8

INPUT MODULE POWER SUPPLY


(green): on

M8 three-pole female connector


A coding
1 - 24Vdc
3 - GND
4 - INPUT

LED ASSIGNMENT

O
I
PWR

30

BUS IN
M12 male connector
B coding for profibus

Code
0240009035

Description
M12 male connector, B coding

Code
0240009036

Description
M12 female connector, B coding

Code
0240009039
0240009040

Description
M8 plug
M12 plug

Code
0240009009

Description
M8-M8 straight connector with 3m cable

Code
0240009010

Description
M8 3-pin straight connector

M12x1

20

M12 BUS-OUT MALE CONNECTOR

62

M12x1

20

M12 BUS-IN FEMALE CONNECTOR

56

M8-M12 PLUG

M8 INPUT CONNECTOR WITH CABLE

10

M8x1

37

M8x1

4
1

M8x1

11.6

M8 INPUT CONNECTOR

4
3

45

31

M12 STRAIGHT SUPPLY CONNECTOR


Code
W0970513001

Description
ACC. 5-PIN M12x1 STRAIGHT CONNECTOR

Code
W0970513002

Description
ACC. 5-PIN M12x1 STRAIGHT CONNECTOR WITH 5m CABLE

M12 STRAIGHT SUPPLY CONNECTOR WITH CABLE

Pin
1
2
3
4
5

Cable colour
Brown
White
Blue
Black
Grey

M12 90 SUPPLY CONNECTOR


Code
W0970513003

Description
ACC. M12x1 5-PIN 90CONNECTOR

Code
W0970513004

Description
ACC. M12x1 5-PIN 90 CONNECTOR WITH 5m CABLE

M12 90 SUPPLY CONNECTOR WITH CABLE

Pin
1
2
3
4
5

32

Cable colour
Brown
White
Blue
Black
Grey

Multimach MM and
HDM + B&R
An advanced field bus system interfacing with the Multimach
world.
B&R has developed a new standard for automation, called
FORMULA X.
For further details about features, functions and qualities
of this system, reference must be made to the B&R
documentation, also available on the web site
www.br-automation.com
An overview is given below.
The X-system is a system handling analogue and digital
inputs and outputs for local or remote use, which B&R
defines as decentralised backplane.
Different types of modules are available. We present those
designed for connection with Multimach and HDM valve
islands. We only indicate the B&Rs code root, since each
type of module comes in different variants, that differ by
number of signals handled, that can be 8, 16 or 24, and
by type of signal, that can be input, output or input/output
indifferently. Common to all the modules is the presence
of 4 connections: a signal input, a signal output for the
following modules, a power input (24V DC), a power output
for the following modules.

B&R CONNECTORS AND MODULES


IP20 7XV---50-11 SMART CONNECTOR
It is a plug connector with IP20 protection that contains the
X system electronics. It can be connected:
with Multimach islands, using an axial electric connector
support, code 0226180005
with HDM islands, using the special input end-plate,
type 1, code 0227301207 or the special input end-plate
type 1-11, code 0227301206.

IP67 7XV---50-51 SMART CONNECTOR


It is a plug connector with IP67 protection, that contains
the X system electronics. It can be connected:
with Multimach islands, using an axial electric connector,
code 0226180005
with HDM islands, using the special input end-plate
type 1, code 0227301207, or the special input
end-plate, type 1-11 code 0227301206.

33

X67 1/O SYSTEM MODULES

X2X

X2X

These are modules with IP67 protection, connected to the


X system, for handling inputs and outputs. It is interesting
to note that their size is such that they can be fixed directly
to the HDM input end-plate type 1-11, code 0227301206
(N.B. NOT to be fixed to the HDM end-plate type 1,
code 0227301207).

X67 BUS CONTROLLER MODULES

PROFIBUS-DP
DEVICE-NET
CAN-OPEN
ETHERNET

X2X

These are modules with protection IP67, receiving a signal


according to one of the DP Profibus, CAN open, Device
Net, Ethernet Powerlink protocols (the module code differs
obviously according to the protocol being controlled). The
output signal is according to the X-system. These are
gateways converting the signals of a field bus into an
X-system. These modules control the inputs and/or outputs
via the M8 connectors provided. They can be fixed directly
to the HDM input end-plate type 1-11, code 0227301206
(N.B. NOT to be fixed to the HDM end-plate, type 1,
code 0227301207).

MULTIMACH CONNECTOR SUPPORT FOR B&R

80

Code
0226180005

2.5

24.5

29

34

Description
25-pin connector support kit for B&R

Weight [g]
140

APPLICATION OF B&R MODULES TO THE MULTIMACH CONNECTOR SUPPORT


B&R IP67: 7XV1_ _50-51

20

30

58

65.5

61

70

B&R IP20: 7XV1_ _50-11

HDM 1-11 TERMINAL FOR B&R

M 5x9

10.5

91.1

Code
0227301206

Description
HDM 1-11 end-plate kit for B&R

Weight [g]
340

Code
0227301207

Description
HDM 1 end-plate kit for B&R

Weight [g]
380

M 5x9

M5
82/84

10

88.8
80
76.5
64.2
43.7
23.2
10
9.7

G 3/8

80

3/5

10

34.5

11
4

10

M 5x9

5.5

M 5x9

24.5

14

19

4.2
M5

12.7

13

45.6
51.8

HDM 1 TERMINAL FOR B&R

91.1

M 5x9

M 5x9

M5

G 3/8

80
9

10

34.5

X
11
1

10
23.2
10

4.2
M5

5.5

M 5x9

24.5

13
19

14

10.5

M 5x9

12.7

76.5

3/5
43.7

88.8
80

82/84

45.6
51.8

35

APPLICATIONS OF B&R MODULES TO HDM END-PLATES


End plate 1
or
End plate 1-11

B&R IP67: 7XV1_ _50-51

B&R IP20: 7XV1_ _50-11


20

30

49

70

58

51

B&R X67 BC _ _ _
B&R X67 DV _ _ _

85

End-plate 1-11 ONLY

39.542

use n2
M4x8 or M4x10 screws

KEY TO CODES UNIT


H

D
M
VALVE
Heavy duty
Multimach IP65

53

FOR B&R

2
INPUT END-PLATE
2 End-plate1-11
3
End-plate1

*uses a single PIN (like the V) and occupies 2 signals


36

B&R
ELECTRICAL BASE
B&R fit for B&R

M
MANUAL TYPE
M
Monostable
manual
control
B
Bistable
manual
control

I
W
L
V
K
O
F*
5
6
7

I6-W8-W6-O4-L8-5
TYPE OF VALVE
n 2 3/2 NC
n 2 3/2 NO
3/2 NO + 3/2 NC
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5/3 monostable
5/2 monostable
blind end-plate
Passing-intermed.
Blind intermediate

20
4
6
8

exhaust section.
cartridge 4
cartridge 6
cartridge 8

1
6
FURTHER DETAILS
16 n 2 brackets
for DIN bar

PADLOCKABLE
REGULATOR
The padlockable regulator has a pin with a hole in it that
projects from the top of the knob. When the knob is in the
push-lock position, the padlock can be inserted in the hole,
preventing the knob from being operated. A padlock and
two keys are supplied with the regulator.
The new Skillair regulator uses a rolling diaphragm which
gives a much better performance than the flat version.
Advantages of this system:
Increased stroke, increased valve opening and hence
higher flow rate.
Decreased dynamic and inrush friction; prompter, more
sensitive operation.
Reduced working stress and hence longer life allowing
the use of thinner diaphragms (0.45 mm versus 1.5 mm
for a flat one) which increases regulator sensitivity and
prompt action.
Increased accuracy in maintaining the set pressure with
both variable flow rates and different feed pressures.
Downstream overpressures relieved quickly.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Max. input pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Pressure gauge port
Notes on use

REG 100 KEY REG 100 KEY REG 200 KEY REG 200 KEY REG 200 KEY REG 300 KEY REG 300 KEY REG 300 KEY
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 1/2
G 3/4
G 1
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
1.3
1.3
1.5
13
13
15
188
188
217
3500
2500
1100
124
88
39
7000
3500
1600
247
124
57
Filtered lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
50
50
C
50
122
122
F
122
1.4
0.7
Kg
0.4
M5x70
M5x60
M4x50
In any position
G 1/8
The regulator pressure must always be set upwards. For increased sensitivity, use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure
as close as possible to the required value. Do not take air from pressure gauge ports.

bar
MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm

COMPONENTS
Technopolymer body
Zamak end plate
Technopolymer knob
Technopolymer bell
Nickel-plated brass OT58 adjusting screw
OT58 brass scroll
Steel adjusting spring
Technopolymer ring nut
Rolling diaphragm
NBR relieving gaskets
OT58 brass stem
Valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
Stainless steel valve spring
Technopolymer plug
NBR gaskets
Padlock

16
5

7
8
9

10

1
11
13

12

15

14

37

FLOW CHARTS
REG 100 1/4 - 3/8
Preset pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0,7 MPa - 100 psi
psi

MPa bar

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.

Flow rate

REG 200 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2

REG 300 1/2 - 3/4 - 1

Preset pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0,7 MPa - 100 psi

Preset pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0,7 MPa - 100 psi

psi

psi

MPa bar

MPa bar

Flow rate

Flow rate

REG 100 REG 100 REG 200 REG 200 REG 200 REG 300 REG 300 REG 300
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY

DIMENSIONS
LOCKING
POSITION

A
E

D
F

N
B

38

REGULATION
POSITION

G 1/4
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
N
P

G 3/8
78
95 98
50
43
63
26
G 1/4 G 3/8
30x1.5
21.5
M4 hole
43
101
46

G1/4

G 3/8 G 1/2
93.5
123 125
63
55
78.5
36
G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2
40x1.5
27.5
M5 hole
55.5
127
58

G 1/2 G 3/4
G 1
110
112
145 148
72
65
92
42
G 1/2 G 3/4
G 1
48x1.5
32.5
M5 hole
65
151
69

KEY TO CODES
REG

100

KEY

ELEMENT

SIZE

TYPE

REG = REGULATOR

100

02

1/4
THREADED PORT

KEY =
PADLOCKABLE

200

300

SETTING RANGE

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1

02
04
08
012

=
=
=
=

0
0
0
0

2 bar
4 bar
8 bar
12 bar

ORDERING CODES
SKILLAIR 100 PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR

SKILLAIR 200 PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR

SKILLAIR 300 PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR

Code
3210001A
3210002A
3210003A
3210004A
3210001
3210002
3210003
3210004
3310001
3310002
3310003
3310004

Code
3410001A
3410002A
3410003A
3410004A
3410001
3410002
3410003
3410004
3510001
3510002
3510003
3510004
3610001
3610002
3610003
3610004

Code
4410000A
4410001A
4410002A
4410003A
4410000
4410001
4410002
4410003
4510000
4510001
4510002
4510003
4610000
4610001
4610002
4610003

Description
REG 100 KEY 02 WITHOUT END PLATES
REG 100 KEY 04 WITHOUT END PLATES
REG 100 KEY 08 WITHOUT END PLATES
REG 100 KEY 012 WITHOUT END PLATES
REG 100 KEY 1/4 02
REG 100 KEY 1/4 04
REG 100 KEY 1/4 08
REG 100 KEY 1/4 012
REG 100 KEY 3/8 02
REG 100 KEY 3/8 04
REG 100 KEY 3/8 08
REG 100 KEY 3/8 012

Description
REG 200 KEY 02 WITHOUT END PLATES
REG 200 KEY 04 WITHOUT END PLATES
REG 200 KEY 08 WITHOUT END PLATES
REG 200 KEY 012 WITHOUT END PLATES
REG 200 KEY 1/4 02
REG 200 KEY 1/4 04
REG 200 KEY 1/4 08
REG 200 KEY 1/4 012
REG 200 KEY 3/8 02
REG 200 KEY 3/8 04
REG 200 KEY 3/8 08
REG 200 KEY 3/8 012
REG 200 KEY 1/2 02
REG 200 KEY 1/2 04
REG 200 KEY 1/2 08
REG 200 KEY 1/2 012

Description
REG 300 KEY 02 WITHOUT END PLATES
REG 300 KEY 04 WITHOUT END PLATES
REG 300 KEY 08 WITHOUT END PLATES
REG 300 KEY 012 WITHOUT END PLATES
REG 300 KEY 1/2 02
REG 300 KEY 1/2 04
REG 300 KEY 1/2 08
REG 300 KEY 1/2 012
REG 300 KEY 3/4 02
REG 300 KEY 3/4 04
REG 300 KEY 3/4 08
REG 300 KEY 3/4 012
REG 300 KEY 1 02
REG 300 KEY 1 04
REG 300 KEY 1 08
REG 300 KEY 1 012

NOTES

39

PILOT
PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR
The pilot regulator is used when great accuracy is required
in maintaining the set pressure under changing operating
conditions.
It is ideal for use as:
a precision regulator for flow rates < 100 Nl/min.
a pilot in general typically for large size regulators (see
REG 400).
The systems high operating accuracy and low hysteresis
are determined by the virtually total lack of friction. The
presence of a slight air leak is necessary for the regulator
to operate properly it is not a malfunction.
It is advisable to use filtered air.
The pilot padlockable regulator has a pin with a hole in
it that projects from the top of the knob. When the knob
is in the push-lock position, the padlock can be inserted in
the hole, preventing the knob from being operated. A
padlock and two keys are supplied with the regulator.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Max. input pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Mounting
Pressure gauge port
Notes on use

PILOT PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR


G 1/4
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
1.3
13
188
120 Nl/min - 4,3 scfm
140 Nl/min - 5 scfm
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air.
Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
50
C
122
F
0.6
Kg
In any position
G 1/8
The regulator pressure must always be set upwards. For increased sensitivity,
use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure as close as possible to the required value.
Do not take air from the pressure gauge ports. Mount directly on REG 400.

bar
MPa
bar
psi

COMPONENTS
Aluminium body
Technopolymer knob
Nickel-plated brass OT58 adjusting screw
OT58 brass scroll
Technopolymer bell
Technopolymer ring nut
Steel adjusting spring
Rolling diaphragm
NBR relieving gaskets
OT58 brass stem
Stainless steel ball valve
Stainless steel valve spring
NBR gaskets
Padlock

14
2
3
4
10

11
12
13

40

7
8
9

FLOW CHARTS
REGULATION FEATURES REG. P 1/4 *
Flow: A = 0 Nl/min = 0 scfm
B = 25 Nl/min = 0,88 scfm - C = 50 Nl/min = 1,76 scfm

psi MPa bar

psi MPa bar


Downstream pressure

FLOW FEATURES REG. P 1/4


Preset pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0,7 MPa - 100 psi

bar
MPa
Flow rate
psi
Upstream pressure

REGULATION FEATURES REG. P 1/4 *

REGULATION FEATURES REG. P 1/4 *


Flow: A = 0 Nl/min = 0 scfm
B = 25 Nl/min = 0,88 scfm - C = 50 Nl/min = 1,76 scfm

psi MPa bar

psi MPa bar

Downstream pressure

Downstream pressure

Flow: A = 0 Nl/mi n = 0 scfm


B = 25 Nl/min = 0,88 scfm - C = 50 Nl/min = 1,76 scfm

bar

bar

MPa

MPa

psi

psi

Upstream pressure

Upstream pressure

Pm

Pv

H 2O

test unit

Flow tests carried out at the Department of


Mechanics, Turin Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.

* Pressure stability adjusted according to changes in upstream pressure.


DIMENSIONS

ORDERING CODES

M 48x1.5

Code
3208001
3208002
3208003
3208004

Description
REG. P KEY 1/4 02
REG. P KEY 1/4 04
REG. P KEY 1/4 08
REG. P KEY 1/4 012

REGULATION
POSITION

44

127

121124

LOCKING
POSITION

G1/8
66

G1/4
66

41

ACCESSORIES
MOUNTING BRACKET FOR REG.

Code

Description

CONNECTOR KIT FOR SKILLAIR


CODE A

INPUT/OUTPUT END PLATE KIT

REG VISUAL DOME


DISASSEMBLY SPANNER

Code

Description

9700101
9700102
9800101
9800102

ACC. M 40 1/8 12
ACC. M 40 1/8 04
ACC. M 50 1/8 12
ACC. M 50 1/8 04

Code

Description

Description

9230301 ACC. CONNECTOR KIT 100


9330301 ACC. CONNECTOR KIT 200
9430301 ACC. CONNECTOR KIT 300

9200701 SF100- BIT-ND1/4


9400701 SF200-ND-3/8 1/2
9400702 SF300

PRESSURE GAUGES

Code

POPPET DISASSEMBLY
SPANNER (FOR REG.)

Code

Description

9230401
9330501
9330601
9330701
9330801
9430701
9530901
9531001

ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 100 1/4


ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 100 3/8
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 200 1/4
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 200 3/8
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 200 1/2
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 300 1/2
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 300 3/4
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 300 1

Code

Description

9220501 SPARES R CAP DISASS.


WR. 100
9323501 SPARES R CAP DISASS.
WR. 200
9420501 SPARES R CAP DISASS.
WR. 300

9220401 SPARES DOME


DIS. SPANNER 100
9323401 SPARES DOME
DIS. SPANNER 200
9420401 SPARES DOME
DIS. SPANNER 300

SPARE PARTS
COMPLETE POPPET
FOR REGULATORS

Code

Description

INPUT/OUTPUT COVER PLATE

9250704 SPARES OTR 100


9350704 SPARES OTR 200
9450704 SPARES OTR 300

SPRINGS FOR REGULATORS

42

Code

Description

9250605
9250606
9250607
9250608
9350605
9350606
9350607
9350608
9450605
9450606
9450607
9450608

RIC.MO 100 02
RIC.MO 100 04
RIC.MO 100 08
RIC.MO 100 012
RIC.MO 200 02
RIC.MO 200 04
RIC.MO 200 08
RIC.MO 200 012
RIC.MO 300 04
RIC.MO 300 08
RIC.MO 300 012
RIC.MO 300 02

INTERMEDIATE COVER PLATE

Code

Description

9152103
9152105
9152115
9152116
9152104
9152106

SPARES OUTPUT COVER PLATE 100


SPARES INPUT COVER PLATE 100
SPARES OUTPUT COVER PLATE 200
SPARES INPUT COVER PLATE 200
SPARES OUTPUT COVER PLATE 300
SPARES INPUT COVER PLATE 300

Code

Description

9152107 SPARES INTERM. COVER PLATE 100


9152114 SPARES INTERM. COVER PLATE 200
9152108 SPARES INTERM. COVER PLATE 300

PADLOCKABLE
MICROREGULATOR
The Bit microregulator uses a rolling diaphragm system
that ensures:
stability of the pressure setting when the upstream pressure
changes.
high flow rate with reduced drops in pressure
rapid relief of overpressures.
The padlockable microregulator has a pin with a hole in
it that projects from the top of the knob. When the knob
is in the push-lock position, the padlock can be inserted in
the hole, preventing the knob from being operated. A
padlock and two keys are supplied with the regulator.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 Mpa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Gauge port
Notes:

MR BIT KEY 1/8

MR BIT KEY 1/4

1/8

Bar
MPa
bar
psi

C
F
gr

1/4
0 to 2 - 0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
1.3
13
188
340 Nl/min = 12 scfm
600 Nl/min = 21 scfm
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
50
122
80
M4
In any position
G 1/8
The regulator pressure must always be set upwards.
For increased sensitivity, use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure
as close as possible to the required value.

COMPONENTS
Technopolymer body with OT58 threaded elements
Technopolymer bell
Technopolymer fixing ring nut
Technopolymer knob
Rolling diaphragm
Technopolymer plug
Technopolymer anti-vibration screen
NBR relieving gasket
Nickel-plated brass OT58 adjusting screws
OT58 valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
OT58 brass nut
Steel adjusting spring
Stainless steel valve compression spring
NBR gaskets
Padlock

15

9
11
12

8
7
1
10

13
14

43

FLOW CHARTS
MR
Pm = 0,7 MPa; 7 bar; 102 psi
Inlet pressure
psi MPa bar

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.
Flow rate

DIMENSIONS
40

40

G 1/8-G 1/4

83

LOCKING
POSITION

12

35

7577

30x1.5

31

KEY TO CODES
MR
ELEMENT
MR

44

BIT
SIZE
BIT

ORDERING CODES
KEY
TYPE
PADLOCKABLE

1/8
THREADED
PORT
1/8
1/4

02
SETTING RANGE
02 = 02 bar
04 = 04 bar
08 = 08 bar
012 = 012 bar

Code
5110001
5110002
5110003
5110004
5210001
5210002
5210003
5210004

Description
MR BIT KEY 1/8 02
MR BIT KEY 1/8 04
MR BIT KEY 1/8 08
MR BIT KEY 1/8 012
MR BIT KEY 1/4 02
MR BIT KEY 1/4 04
MR BIT KEY 1/4 08
MR BIT KEY 1/4 012

REGULATION
POSITION

ACCESSORIES
PRESSURE GAUGE

Code

Description

WALL MOUNTING BRACKET (PAIR) Code

9700102 ACC.M 40 1/8 04


9700101 ACC.M 40 1/8 12

Description

9170301 ACC SF 1/8 - 1/4 BIT

4.2

R/FR FIXING BRACKET

Code

Description

7.5

9200701 ACC. SF100 - BIT - ND 1/4


COVER DISASSEMBLY SPANNER

Code

Description

9170401 ACC CS CS BIT

ASSEMBLY PLATE (PAIR)

Code

Description

9170201 ACC PA 1/8 - 1/4 BIT

REDUCER PLUG
DISASSEMBLY SPANNER

Code

Description

9170501 ACC CS OTR BIT

SPARE PARTS
COMPLETE POPPET
FOR MR

Code

Description

9250705 SPARES POPPET FOR MR

SPRING FOR MR

Code

Description

9250610
9250611
9250612
9250613

SPARES MO 02 BIT
SPARES MO 04 BIT
SPARES MO 08 BIT
SPARES MO 012 BIT

45

PADLOCKABLE
REGULATOR
Highly reliable, heavy-duty piston-operated regulator.
Stability of the set pressure as the upstream pressure
varies
Standard overpressure blowoff valve
Can be fixed to the wall using the holes is the sides of
the body.
The New Deal padlockable regulator has a pin with a hole
in it that projects from the top of the knob. When the knob
is in the push-lock position, the padlock can be inserted in
the hole, preventing the knob from being operated. A
padlock and two keys are supplied with the regulator.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Gauge port
Notes:

REG. KEY ND 1/4

REG. KEY ND 3/8

REG. KEY ND 1/2

1/4

bar
MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

3/8
1/2
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
1.8
18
261
200
1100
7
39
650
2500
23
89
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
50
122
0.3
0.8
M4x40
M4x55
In any position
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/8
The regulator pressure must always be set upwards.
For increased sensitivity, use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure as
close as possible to the required value. Do not take off air from gauge ports.

COMPONENTS
Zamak body
Technopolymer bell
Technopolymer knob
Technopolymer piston rod
Technopolymer plug
Nickel-plated brass OT58 adjusting screw
OT58 brass nut
Technopolymer ring nut
OT brass rod
Valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
NBR lip seal
NBR relieving seal
Steel adjusting spring
Steel valve compression spring
NBR gaskets
Padlock

46

16

7
13
2

11
12
1

15

9
10

14

FLOW CHARTS
REG 1/4
Pm = 0,7 MPa; 7 bar; 102 psi
Inlet pressure
psi MPa bar

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.

Flow rate

REG 3/8 - 1/2


Pm = 0,7 MPa; 7 bar; 102 psi
inlet pressure
psi MPa bar

Flow rate

DIMENSIONS

G 1/4
LOCKING
POSITION

D
E
F

42
9094
42
42
32
30x1.5
10
96
25
M4 hole
49
1/8

G 1/2
60
126130
60
60
46
38x2
14
131
35
M4 hole
70
1/8

REGULATION
POSITION

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
N

G 3/8

47

KEY TO CODES
REG KEY
ELEMENT
REG KEY =
padlockable
regulator

NOTES

48

ORDERING CODES
1/4
THREADED
PORT

02
SETTING
RANGE

1/4

02
04
08
012

3/8
1/2

04 = 0 4 bar
08 = 0 8 bar
012 = 0 12 bar

=
=
=
=

0
0
0
0

2 bar
4 bar
8 bar
12 bar

Code
1210011
1210012
1210013
1210014
1310012
1310013
1310014
1410012
1410013
1410014

NOTES

Description
REG KEY 1/4 02
REG KEY 1/4 04
REG KEY 1/4 08
REG KEY 1/4 012
REG KEY 3/8 04
REG KEY 3/8 08
REG KEY 3/8 012
REG KEY 1/2 04
REG KEY 1/2 08
REG KEY 1/2 012

ACCESSORIES
MOUNTING BRACKET FOR REG.

Code

Description

REGULATOR CONNECTION BLOCK Code

9200701 ACC.SF 1/4


9400701 ACC.SF 1/2

Description Weight [g]

9200501 ACC.BC
90
1/4 BLOCK
9400501 ACC.BC
244
1/2 BLOCK

SPACERS FOR FRL WALL


MOUNTING

Code

Description

9200601 ACC.DF 1/4 SPACER


9400601 ACC.DF 1/2 SPACER
PRESSURE GAUGE

Code

Description

9700102
9700101
9800102
9800101

ACC.M 40 1/8 04
ACC.M 40 1/8 12
ACC.M 50 1/8 04
ACC.M 50 1/8 12

ASSEMBLY SCREWS (2 PIECES)

Code

Description

9250001 ACC.CVA 1/4 SCREW M4x40


9250002 ACC.CVA 1/4 SCREW M4x82
V3V+F+R
9450001 ACC.CVA 1/2 SCREW M5x55
9450002 ACC.CVA 3/8 1/2 SCREW
M5x60 V3V+R
9450003 ACC.CVA 3/8 1/2 SCREW
M5x120 V3V+F+R

SPARE PARTS
SPRINGS FOR REGULATORS

Code

Description

9250601
9250602
9250603
9250604
9450601
9450602
9450603

SPARES MO 02 1/4
SPARES MO 04 1/4
SPARES MO 08 1/4
SPARES MO 12 1/4
SPARES MO 04 1/2
SPARES MO 08 1/2
SPARES MO 12 1/2

COMPLETE POPPER
FOR REGULATORS

Code

Description

9250701 SPARES OTR 1/4


9450701 SPARES OTR 1/2

49
12

ACTIVE CARBON FILTER


Active carbon filtering systems are the most efficient in the
industry as they eliminate all traces of oils, solvents and
hydrocarbons, and remove unpleasant odours from the
air.
The operating principle is based on active carbons ability
to absorb the majority of the polluting particles in the air
thanks to the presence of tiny passages inside the carbon
granules.
The incoming air must be filtered (5 m) and purified
(0.01 m) to increase the duration and efficiency of the
cartridge.
The cartridge must be replaced at set intervals since there
is no difference in load loss between an efficient cartridge
and a saturated one.
N.B. To maintain the same performance and duration
specified on the data sheet, the load loss (P) must not
exceed 75 mbar.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Residual oil at 20C *
Duration of cartridge *
Max. inlet pressure

AC 100

AC 100

AC 200

AC 200

G 1/4

G 3/8

G 1/4

G 3/8

mg/m3
Hours
MPa
Bar
psi

Fluid
Max temperature at: 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Notes on use

AC 200

AC 300

AC 300

AC 300

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 3/4

G 1

0,003
4000
1.5
15
217

1.3
13
188
0,01m filtred and depurated air
50
122
0.4
0.9
1.4
M4 x 50
M5 x 60
M5 x 70
In any position
Upstream its necessary to mount a coalescence filter depurator of 0,01mm.

C
F
Kg

* if the load loss of 75 mbar is not exceeded

FLOW CHARTS
AC 100 1/4 - 3/8
P = (Pm - Pv)
Psi KPa bar
30

0,3

25

0,25

20

0,2

15

0,15

10

0,1

0,05

4
3.5
3

A
B
C
D
E

2.5
2
1.5

= 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi


= 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
= 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi
= 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi
= 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi

1
0.5
0

0
200

400

600

800

1000

1200

Nl/min

10

20

30

scfm

40

flow rate

50

AC 200 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2


P = (Pm - Pv)
Psi

KPa

bar

30

0,3

25

0,25

20

0,2

15

0,15

10

0,1

0,05

4
3.5
3

A
B
C
D
E

2.5
2
1.5

= 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi


= 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
= 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi
= 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi
= 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi

1
0.5
0

200

400

800

600

10

20

1000

30

1200

1400

40

1600

50

1800

Nl/min
scfm

60

flow rate

AC 300 1/2 - 3/4 - 1


P = (Pm - Pv)
Psi

KPa

bar

30

0,3

25

0,25

20

0,2

15

0,15

10

0,1

0,05

4
3.5
3

A
B
C
D
E

2.5
2
1.5

= 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi


= 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
= 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi
= 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi
= 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi

1
0.5
0

0
0

500
10

1000

20

30

40

1500
50

2000
60

70

2500
80

90

3000
100

110

3500
120

130

4000
140

Nl/min
scfm

flow rate

DIMENSIONS

AC 100 AC 100 AC 200 AC 200 AC 200 AC 300 AC 300 AC 300


A
E
H

D
F

Th. p.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M

G 1/4

G 3/8
78
144
50
43
63
26
G 1/4 G 3/8
43
21.5
M4 hole
137

G1/4

G 3/8 G 1/2
93.5
175
63
55
78.5
36
G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2
55.5
27.5
M5 hole
196

G 1/2 G 3/4
110
195
72
65
92
42
G 1/2 G 3/4
65
32.5
M5 hole
215

G 1
112

G 1

51

400
ACTIVE CARBON FILTER
Active carbon filtering systems are the most efficient in the
industry as they eliminate all traces of oils, solvents and
hydrocarbons, and remove unpleasant odours from the
air.
The operating principle is based on active carbons ability
to absorb the majority of the polluting particles in the air
thanks to the presence of tiny passages inside the carbon
granules.
The incoming air must be filtered (5 m) and purified
(0.01 m) to increase the duration and efficiency of the
cartridge.
The cartridge must be replaced at set intervals since there
is no difference in load loss between an efficient cartridge
and a saturated one.
N.B. To maintain the same performance and duration
specified on the data sheet, the load loss (P) must not
exceed 75 mbar.

TECHNICAL DATA

AC 400
G 1

Threaded port
Residual oil at 20C *
Duration of cartridge *
Max. inlet pressure

mg/m3
Hours
MPa
Bar
psi

Fluid
Max temperature at: 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi

C
F
Kg

Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Notes on use

G 11/4

G 11/2
G 2
0,003
1000
1.3
13
188
0,01m filtred and depurated air
50
122
4.2
5
M6x110
In any position
Upstream its necessary to mount a coalescence filter depurator of 0,01mm.
Series 400 end plates come with a patented system with a rotary sliding end joint to allow the unit
to be adapted to the pipe cutting distance.

* if the load loss of 75 mbar is not exceeded

DIMENSIONS
A
E
H

C
G

52

Threaded port
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M

AC 400

AC 400

AC 400

AC 400

G 1

G 11/4
225255

G 11/2

G 2
283313

320
116
105
141.4
80
G 1

G 11/4

G 11/2
105.4
52.5
M6 hole
378

G 2

FLOW CHARTS
AC 400 1

AC 400 2

P = (Pm-Pv)

P = (Pm-Pv)

psi KPa bar

psi

KPa bar

Flow rate

Flow rate

A
B
C
D
E

= 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi


= 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
= 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi
= 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi
= 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi

A
B
C
D
E

= 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi


= 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
= 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi
= 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi
= 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi

KEY TO CODES
AC

100

ELEMENT

SIZE

AC:

ACTIVE
CARBON

100
200

300

400

1/4
THREADED
PORT

RMSA

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

RMSA

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain.

TYPE

ORDERING CODES
Code
Description
SKILLAIR 100 ACTIVE CARBON FILTER
3288003A FIL AC 100 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3288003
FIL AC 100 1/4 RMSA
3388003
AC 100 3/8 RMSA
SKILLAIR 200 ACTIVE CARBON FILTER
3488003A FIL AC 200 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3488003
FIL AC 200 1/4 RMSA
3588003
FIL AC 200 3/8 RMSA
3688003
FIL AC 200 1/2 RMSA

Code
Description
SKILLAIR 300 ACTIVE CARBON FILTER
4488003A FIL AC 300 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
4488003
FIL AC 300 1/2 RMSA
4588003
FIL AC 300 3/4 RMSA
4688003
FIL AC 300 1 RMSA
SKILLAIR 400 ACTIVE CARBON FILTER
6188003A FIL AC 400 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
6188003
FIL AC 400 1 RMSA
6288003
FIL AC 400 1 1/4 RMSA
6388003
FIL AC 400 1 1/2 RMSA
6488003
FIL AC 400 2 RMSA

53

ACCESSORIES
CONNECTOR KIT FOR SKILLAR
CODE A

Code

Description

9230301
9330301
9430301
9630301

ACC. CONNECTOR KIT 100


ACC. CONNECTOR KIT 200
ACC. CONNECTOR KIT 300
ACC. CONNECTOR KIT 400

Code

Description

9251713
9351713
9451713
9651712

SPARES CARTRIDGE 100 AC


SPARES CARTRIDGE 200 AC
SPARES CARTRIDGE 300 AC
SPARES CARTRIDGE 400 AC

Code

Description

INPUT/OUTPUT END PLATE KIT

Code

Description

ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 100 1/4


ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 100 3/8
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 200 1/4
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 200 3/8
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 200 1/2
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 300 1/2
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 300 3/4
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 300 1
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 400 1
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 400
11/4
9631201 ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 400
11/2
9631301 ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 400 2
9230401
9330501
9330601
9330701
9330801
9430701
9530901
9531001
9631001
9631101

SPARES
CARTRIDGE AC

INPUT/OUTPUT COVER PLATE

9152103 SPARES OUTPUT


COVER PLATE 100
9152105 SPARES INPUT
COVER PLATE 100
9152115 SPARES OUTPUT
COVER PLATE 200
9152116 SPARES INPUT
COVER PLATE 200
9152104 SPARES OUTPUT
COVER PLATE 300
9152106 SPARES INPUT
COVER PLATE 300
9152118 SPARES OUTPUT
COVER PLATE 400
9152119 SPARES INPUT
COVER PLATE 400

54

INTERMEDIATE COVER PLATE

Code

Description

9152107 SPARES INTERMEDIATE


COVER PLATE 100
9152114 SPARES INTERMEDIATE
COVER PLATE 200
9152108 SPARES INTERMEDIATE
COVER PLATE 300
9152117 SPARES INTERMEDIATE
COVER PLATE 400

FILTER BOWL

Code

Description

9253301
9353301
9453301
9653301

SPARES TF 100 RMSA


SPARES TF 200 RMSA
SPARES TF 300 RMSA
SPARES TF 400 RMSA

AIR TREATMENT VALVES AND UNITS


FOR UL- AND CSA-APPROVED COILS

The following air treatment valves and units come in a version


for use with UL- and CSA-approved coils.
- Series 70 valves, sizes 1/8, 1/4 and 1/2
- Series 70 valves on base
- Namur valves
- ISO 5599/1 valves, sizes 1 and 2
- ISO 5599/1 valves with in-line pilot
- Skillair VAP, APR and V3V

UL certification refers to the coil system and pilot; CSA


certification refers to the coil only.

NOTES
UL is an independent organisation involved in the safety certification of products for the North American market. Coils and solenoid
pilots are certified under UL 429 - Electrically operated valves.
The UR mark concerns UL-recognised components and is used for ones that are part of a larger product or system. This is why UR
can be read on the coil. The certification of these components is only valid if they are used in the manufacturers stated conditions
(in our case voltage 10% etc.).
The company that manufactures the certified components is included in a UL-listing of certified manufacturers. The list does not
include the name Metal Work, but rather the name Nass Magnet (UL file: MH13513), with which we have an agreement for the
supply and customisation of coils and solenoid valves.
The use of approved coils and pilots does not automatically certify the whole valve or unit, nor application of a specific machine
or plant. Such approval will therefore be up to the manufacturer of the machine or plant.
CSA (Canadian Standard Association) safety standards are applicable in Canada. The coil complies with CSA 22.2.

The valves and units on which these coils can be mounted have the same code and description as those of the corresponding
standard valves, followed by the suffix L.
Example:

Code

STANDARD VERSION
7020020400

APPROVED VERSION
7020020400L

Description

SOV 33 SOS NO

SOV 33 SOS NO L

All valves and units of this type have a painted or anodized aluminium control and can only mount Metal Work coils having a code
that begins with W0217 (approved coil).
For the technical data, a diagram of the components and the code key, please refer to the section in the catalogue of the corresponding
family of standard valves or units.

55

UL AND CSA COILS

16
11

8.1

8.5 6

15

29.5

28.2

M3

Voltage tolerance: 10%


Insulation class: F155
Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector
Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents
Temperature range:
from +20C at +50C (DC version)
from +20C at +40C (AC version)
Max coil temperature at ED 100%:
from +58C at +20C (DC version)
from +81C at +20C (AC version)
Nominal voltage
12Vcc
24Vcc
24V 50Hz
24V 60Hz
110V 50Hz
110V 60 HZ
48 Vcc
230V 50Hz
230V 60HZ

22

9.2

17.7
28.5

Absorption
2.9 W
2.6 W
6VA
4.9VA
6 VA
4.9 VA
2.7 VA
6 VA
4.9 VA

Abbrev.
Bobina 22 9 2,9W 12VDC UR
Bobina 22 9 2,6W 24VDC UR
Bobina 22 9 6/4.9 VA 24V 50/60Hz UR

Code
W0217000151
W0217000101
W0217000111

Bobina 22 9 6/4.9 VA 110V 50/60Hz UR

W0217000121

Bobina 22 9 6/4.9 VA 230V 50/60Hz UR

W0217000131

UR-marked coils are therefore components that can form part of a larger product of system. Approval of the component is
valid in the above operating conditions only.
The coils must be mounted on suitable air treatment valves or units, ones for which the Metal Work code ends with L.
ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: SERIES 70 VALVES 1/8, SERIES 70 VALVES ON BASE, SKILLAIR 100 VAP

M5

17.7

31

35.5

1 Nm

16.7
22

SERIES 70 VALVES 1/8


Symbol

56

32

SERIES 70 VALVES ON BASE


Abbrev.
SOV 23 SOS NO L

Codice
7010020400L

Weight [g]
130

SOV 23 SOS NC L

7010020200L

SOV 25 SOS OO L

Abbrev.
SOV B5 SOS OO L

Code
7011021100L

Weight [g]
172

130

SOV B5 SOB OO L

7011021200L

234

7010021100L

158

SOV B6 SOS CC L

7011022100L

264

SOV 25 SOB OO L

7010021200L

220

SOV B6 SOS OC L

7011022200L

264

SOV 23 SOB OO L

7010020100L

195

SOV B6 SOS PC L

7011022300L

264

SOV 26 SOS CC L

7010022100L

250

SOV 26 SOS OC L

7010022200L

250

SOV 26 SOS PC L

7010022300L

250

Symbol

SKILLAIR 100 VAP


Description
VAP 100 ELPN WITHOUT END PLATES L
VAP 100 1/4 ELPN L
VAP 100 3/8 ELPN L

Code
3271600AL
3271600L
3371600L

ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: SERIES 70 VALVES 1/4, NAMUR VALVES, SKILLAIR 100 APR, SKILLAIR 100 V3V

M5

17.7

32

35.5

1 Nm

16.7
25

SERIES 70 VALVES 1/4


Symbol

Code
Abbrev.
SOV 33 SOS NO L 7020020400L

32

Weight [g]
197

7020020200L

197

SOV 35 SOS OO L 7020021100L

245

SOV 35 SOB OO L 7020021200L

326

SOV 33 SOB OO L 7020020100L

280

SOV 36 SOS CC L

7020022100L

364

SOV 36 SOS OC L

7020022200L

364

SOV 36 SOS PC L

7020022300L

364

SOV 33 SOS NC L

VALVES NAMUR
Symbol

Abbrev.
SOV A5 SOS OO L

Code
7021020100L

Weight [g]
280

SOV A5 SOB OO L

7021020200L

360

Code

Weight [g]

SKILLAIR 100 APR


Description
APR 100 ELPN WITHOUT END PLATES L
APR 100 ELPN 1/4 L
APR 100 ELPN 3/8 L

Code
3267051AL
3267051L
3367051L

SKILLAIR 100 V3V


Description
V3V 100 ELPN WITHOUT END PLATES L
V3V 100 ELPN 1/4 L
V3V 100 ELPN 3/8 L

Code
3269001AL
3269001L
3369001L

ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: SERIES 70 VALVES 1/2


Symbol
M5

1 Nm

17.7

Abbrev.

SOV 43 SOS NO L 7030020400L

930

7030020200L

930

SOV 45 SOS OO L 7030021100L

1120

SOV 45 SOB OO L 7030021200L

1140

SOV 43 SOB OO L 7030020100L

955

SOV 46 SOS CC L

7030022100L

1265

SOV 46 SOS OC L

7030022200L

1265

SOV 46 SOS PC L

7030022300L

1265

30

35.5

SOV 43 SOS NC L

16.7
40

70

57

ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: ISO 5599/1 VALVES, V3V and APR SKILLAIR 200 CNOMO,
V3V and APR SKILLAIR 300, V3V SKILLAIR 400 CNOMO, APR SKILLAIR 400

M5

17.7

20

35.5

1 Nm

16.3
30

ISO 5599/1 VALVES


Symbol

I
S
O
1
I
S
O
2

32

Abbrev.
ISV 55 SOS OO L

Code
7051021100L

Weight [g]
374

ISV 55 SOB OO L

7051021200L

448

ISV 56 SOS CC L

7051022100L

432

ISV 56 SOS OC L

7051022200L

432

ISV 56 SOS PC L

7051022300L

432

ISV 65 SOS OO L

7052021100L

745

ISV 65 SOB OO L

7052021200L

800

ISV 66 SOS CC L

7052022100L

780

ISV 66 SOS OC L

7052022200L

780

ISV 66 SOS PC L

7052022300L

780

- Overall length of monostable valves 5/2 (included solenoid pilot): add 2 mm to the
length of the corresponding standard ones.
- Overall length of bistable valves 5/2 and monostable valves 5/3 (included solenoid pilot):
add 4 mm to the length of the corresponding standard ones.

CNOMO SOLENOID VALVE


Description
CNOMO 3/2 CON COMANDO MAN.BISTABILE

SKILLAIR 200 V3V CNOMO


Description
V3V 200 ELPN CNOMO WITHOUT END PLATES L
V3V 200 ELPN CNOMO 1/4 L
V3V 200 ELPN CNOMO 3/8 L
V3V 200 ELPN CNOMO 1/2 L

58

Code
9453922L

Code
3469004AL
3469004L
3569004L
3669004L

APR SKILLAIR 200 CNOMO


Description
APR 200 ELPN CNOMO WITHOUT END PLATES L
APR 200 ELPN CNOMO 1/4 L
APR 200 ELPN CNOMO 3/8 L
APR 200 ELPN CNOMO 1/2 L

Code
3471004AL
3471004L
3571004L
3671004L

SKILLAIR 300 V3V CNOMO


Description
V3V 300 ELPN CNOMO WITHOUT END PLATES L
V3V 300 ELPN CNOMO 1/2 L
V3V 300 ELPN CNOMO 3/4 L
V3V 300 ELPN CNOMO 1 L

Code
4469004AL
4469004L
4569004L
4669004L

SKILLAIR 300 APR CNOMO


Description
APR 300 ELPN CNOMO WITHOUT END PLATES L
APR 300 ELPN CNOMO 1/2 L
APR 300 ELPN CNOMO 3/4 L
APR 300 ELPN CNOMO 1 L

Code
4471901AL
4471901L
4571901L
4671901L

APR SKILLAIR 400


Description
APR 400 ELPN WITHOUT END PLATES L
APR 400 ELPN 1 L
APR 400 ELPN 1 1/4 L
APR 400 ELPN 1 1/2 L
APR 400 ELPN 2 L

Code
6171003AL
6171003L
6271003L
6371003L
6471003L

SKILLAIR 400 V3V CNOMO


Description
V3V 400 ELPN CNOMO WITHOUT END PLATES L
V3V 400 ELPN CNOMO 1 L
V3V 400 ELPN CNOMO 1 1/4 L
V3V 400 ELPN CNOMO 1 1/2 L
V3V 400 ELPN CNOMO 2 L

Code
6169004AL
6169004L
6269004L
6369004L
6469004L

ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: VALVES ISO 5599/1 WITH IN-LINE SOLENOID PILOT

M5

17.7

35.5

1 Nm

20 per 5/2
28.5 per 5/3

A=

16.3
40

Symbol

35.8

Abbrev.
ISV 55 DOS OO L

Code
7053021100L

Weight [g]
396

ISV 55 DOB OO L

7053021200L

450

ISV 56 DOS CC L

7053022100L

516

Symbol

Abbrev.
ISV 56 DOS OC L

Code
7053022200L

Weight [g]
516

ISV 56 DOS PC L

7053022300L

516

ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: SKILLAIR 200 APR, SKILLAIR 200 V3V

M5

17.7

17

35.5

1 Nm

16.7
22

SKILLAIR 200 APR


Description
APR 200 ELPN WITHOUT END PLATES L
APR 200 ELPN 1/4 L
APR 200 ELPN 3/8 L
APR 200 ELPN 1/2 L

Code
3471001AL
3471001L
3571001L
3671001L

32

SKILLAIR 200 V3V


Description
V3V 200 ELPN WITHOUT END PLATES L
V3V 200 ELPN 1/4 L
V3V 200 ELPN 3/8 L
V3V 200 ELPN 1/2 L

Code
3469001AL
3469001L
3569001L
3669001L

59

DIGITAL PRESSURE SWITCH


The digital pressure switch can be used to transmit electric
pressure signals and also display the pressure instantly.
The signal is transmitted for two settable pressure values
and with an analogue voltage signal. The values are clearly
displayed on a LED video and different parameters can be
entered from the keypad. Hysteresis can be adjusted and
the unit of measurement for pressure can be modified.
Two compressed air ports are provided, one at the back
and one on the bottom. The pressure switch comes with a
threaded plug in the bottom port. If you wish to connect
to this port, merely unscrew the plug and screw it into the
back port.
A kit of accessories is provided for fixing to the top or wall,
or to a panel.

TECHNICAL DATA
Working pressure range
Maximum admissible pressure
Readable resolution:

Power supply
Current consumption
Digital outputs
Digital output repeatability
Hysteresis
Actuation response time
Interference suppression selectable at
Short-circuit protection at the outputs
LED 7 segment display
Display accuracy
Indicators
Analogue output
Thermal characteristic
Compressed air ports
Power cable
Weight

bar
Mpa
bar
Mpa
bar
Mpa
kg/cm2
Psi
VDC
mA

ms

0 10
01
15
1.5
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.1
12 24 10%, max ripple10%
55
2 type PNP, with max current 80 mA, max voltage 30 VDC;
residual voltage 1V (at 80 mA)
0,2 % full scale 2 digits
Adjustable or fixed at 3 digits for operation within a pressure range
2.5
24 ms, 192 ms, 768 ms
Yes
3 1/2 digit display (image update 5 times/ s)
2% full scale 1 digit, ambient temperature 25 3C
green LED (output 1), red LED (output 2)
1-5 V 2.5 %
Linearity 1% full scale
2% full scale of the calibration pressure (at 25C), in the temperature range 0 - 50C
Two 1/8
2 m, with five 0.15 mm2 wires, oil-resistant
135, including 2 m cable

AMBIENT CONDITIONS:
Fluid
Degree of protection
Temperature range
Storage temperature
Ambient humidity
Insulation voltage
Resistance of Insulation
Vibration admitted
Impact

60

Filtered and unlubricated air, inert non-corrosive and non-explosive gas


IP 40
0 50
C
-20 to +60, but without condensate or ice
C
35 85% relative humidity; no condensate
1000 VAC for one minute between casing and cable
Min. 50 M Ohm minimo (at 500 VDC between casing and cable)
1.5 mm amplitude with scanning every minute from 10 to 55 Hz at 10 Hz, for 2 hours in each direction x, y and z
980 m/s2 (100 g), 3 times in each direction x, y and z

DIMENSIONS
Code
9000600
36.5

Description
DIGITAL PRESSURE SWITCH

31

G1/8''

31

G1/8''

USER INTERFACE

3 1/2 digit display: showing the pressure reading, all setting


information, and the error code
Digital output 1: green LED
Digital output 2: red LED
Button: modifies the value of the selected parameter
Button: modifies the value of the selected parameter
Setting button: selects the parameter to modify

WIRING DIAGRAM

PNP output
(Brown)
Analog output
(Orange)
OUT1
(Black)
OUT2
(White)
DC(-)

Load

1KOhm

Load

Switch main circuit

DC(+)

DC
12-24V

(Blue)

61

ACCESSORIES
FIXING BRACKET KIT
Description
KIT OF FIXING BRACKETS FOR DIGITAL PRESSURE SWITCHES

NB: Each kit contains a bracket for fixing on the back and one for fixing at the
bottom.

4.2

26.2

45.5

5
20

13

6.1

12.9

4.2

37.1

Code
9000601

BT-2

BT-1

25

MOUNTING
BRACKET BT-2

MOUNTING
BRACKET BT-1

PANEL FIXING KIT


Code
9000602

Description
KIT FOR PANEL FIXING FOR THE DIGITAL PRESSURE SWITCH

Code
9000603

Description
KIT FOR PANEL FIXING WITH SCREEN FOR THE DIGITAL PRESSURE
SWITCH

PA-1
4.5

40

35.5

40

PANEL ADAPTER
PA-1

PA-2

4.5 max

PANEL ADAPTER
PA-2

PANEL FIXING KIT WITH VIDEO SCREEN

47.4

42.4

42.4

FRONT PROTECTIVE LID

FPC-1

4.5 max

62

AIR-AIR PRESSURE MULTIPLIER


(BOOSTER)
The air-air pressure multiplier, or booster, is an automatic
device that compresses air to give an outlet pressure that
is double the inlet pressure.
It is normally used to locally intensify the input pressure of
one or more actuators. As it is entirely pneumatic it can be
used when electric devices are not recommended.
The booster can be supplied with or without a pressure
regulator.
It is fitted with check valves that maintain the outlet pressure
even when the supply of compressed air is switched off.
This means it is necessary to interrupt the supply and relieve
the circuit before intervening on the device in any way.
It is advisable to install a tank after the booster to prevent
fluctuations in outlet pressure.

TECHNICAL DATA
Bore
Fluid
Threaded port
Inlet pressure

Outlet pressure

Operating temperature
Weight
Mounting
Installation

Booster 40

MPa
bar
psi
MPa
bar
psi
C
F
gr

max 2
max 20
max 290
-10+60
14140
1.380

Booster 40 with regulator

Booster 63

Booster 63 with regulator

40
63
Filtered unlubricated compressed air, Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
G 1/8
G 3/8
0,21
210
29145
max 1.6 (regulated)
max 2
max 16 (regulated)
max 20
max 232 (regulated)
max 290
-10+50
-10+60
14122
14140
1.600
4.240
Wall or panel
In any position

max 1.6 (regulated)


max 16 (regulated)
max 232 (regulated)

5.350

OPERATING LAYOUT
The pressure booster is comprised of a central body (with one 3-2
valve, one 5-2 valve and four check valves), two side liners and a
through rod on which two pistons are mounted.
The supply air is compressed alternately by the two pistons in one
of the two central chambers (B and C); the other central chamber
and one of the two side chambers (A and D) operate the pistons;
the external chamber, which is not involved in compression, is
relieved.
Air compressed at a ratio of 2:1 passes through a check valve that
maintains the output pressure even when compressed air is no
longer supplied.
The valves in the central body, which are operated by mechanical
pusher pistons, switch the function of the two pairs of chambers (A
and D, B and C) at each piston stroke.

3-5
2

63

COMPONENTS

2
18

17

16

19

15

14

13

12

11 10

6
23

PRESSURE REGULATOR (for 9002200 - 9002600 only)


INTERFACE BLOCK (for 9002200 - 9002600 only):
anodized aluminium
CENTRAL BODY: anodized aluminium
OR SEAL: NBR rubber
BARREL: anodized aluminium alloy section
GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert
POPPET: NBR rubber
CHECK VALVE: brass
PISTON GASKET: NBR rubber
PISTON: aluminium
SELF-LOCKING NUT: stainless steel

22

21

20

CYLINDER BASE: anodized aluminium


VALVE CONTROL: anodized aluminium
VALVE CONTROL GASKET: NBR rubber
VALVE PISTON: technopolymer
GASKET: NBR rubber
SPACER: technopolymer
SPOOL: nickel-plated aluminium
DIFFERENTIAL BUSHING: brass
PUSHER: stainless steel
21 SILENCER: technopolymer
22 SPRING: stainless steel
23 GUIDE BUSHING: brass

MOUNTING

On a wall using the M4x40 - M6x10 screws provided with the Booster
64

A MAX

A min

A
M

40 63
8
12
M4 M6

On a panel using M5 - M8 screws

A
M

40 63
8
10
M5 M8

TANK FILLING CURVES


with regulator
2.2

1.8

1.8

1.6

1.6
Compression ratio [p2:p1]

Compression ratio [p2:p1]

without regulator
2.2

1.4
1.2
1
0.8

1.4
1.2
1
0.8

0.6

0.6

0.4

0.4

0.2

0.2
0

0
0

10

15

20

25

30

35

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

10-litre tank filling time [sec]

10-litre tank filling time [sec]

40
63

The graphs refer to the filling of a 10-litre tank and show the ratio of outlet to inlet pressure (= p2:p1) as a function of time (sec).
The graphs are valid for any inlet pressure between 2 and 10 bar.
The following formula can be used to calculate the time t (sec) required to switch from pressure ratio 1 to pressure ratio 2 in a tank
of volume V (litres):
t = V (t2 t1)
10
where t1 and t2 are the times shown on the x-axis, corresponding to ratios 1 and 2.
E.g.
1 = 0.4 =>
2 = 1.2 =>

t1 = 2.5 sec
t2 = 10 sec

The time required to switch from 1 to 2 with a 25-litre tank is:


t = 25 (10 2.5) sec = 18.75 sec
10

65

FLOW CHARTS
with regulator 40

14

14

12

12

10

10
Outlet pressure [bar]

Outlet pressure [bar]

without regulator 40

0
0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Outlet flow rate [Nl/min]

50

100

150

200

250

Outlet flow rate [Nl/min]

INLET
PRESSURE
p1=7 bar
p1=6 bar
p1=5 bar
p1=4 bar
p1=3 bar

with regulator 63
14

12

12

10

10
Outlet pressure [bar]

Outlet pressure [bar]

without regulator 63
14

0
0

50

100

150 200 250 300 350 400 450


Outlet flow rate [Nl/min]

66

500 550 600 650

700

50

100 150 200 250 300

350 400

Outlet flow rate [Nl/min]

450 500 550

600 650 700

DIMENSIONS
PRESSURE MULTIPLIER (Booster 40 - 63)

M4

15.3

7.4

64.2

40

G 1/8
OUTLET (P2)

85.6

194

30

18

3
1
3

Made in Italy

58

18

-10 +60C

9002100

2
3

IN 210 bar

OUT max 20 bar

G 1/8
EXHAUST

G 1/8
INLET (P1)
G 1/8
EXHAUST

G 3/8
OUTLET (P2)

M6

27.8

10

98

63

290

98
48

Code
9002100
9002300

86

22

Made in Italy

2
3

22

9002300

IN 210 bar
OUT max 20 bar
-10 +60C

G 3/8
EXHAUST

G 3/8
INLET (P1)

Description
40 BOOSTER
63 BOOSTER

67

PRESSURE MULTIPLIER ( 40 - 63 Booster with regulator)

40
G 1/8
INLET (P1)

15.3

64.2
7.4

76.2

143

G 1/8
OUTLET (P2)

M4

VIEW FROM "A"

85.6

194

31
30

12

58

G 1/8
EXHAUST

Made in Italy

9002200
1

2
3
5

63
44

12.5

9002600
1

2
3
5

IN 210 bar
OUT max 16 bar
-10 +60C

M6
98

G 3/8
OUTLET (P2)

86

G 3/8
INLET (P1)

2
3

Code
9002200
9002600

68

Description
40 BOOSTER WITH REGULATOR
63 BOOSTER WITH REGULATOR

290

48

27.8

10

98

183

G 3/8
EXHAUST

IN 210 bar
OUT max 16 bar
-10 +50C

ACCESSORIES
40 REGULATOR UNIT
Code
9002180

Description
40 Regulator unit

Note: Supplied with 2 screws, 3 O-ring

63 REGULATOR UNIT
Code
9002380

Description
63 Regulator unit

Nota: fornito completo di N. 4 viti, N. 4 O-ring

PRESSURE GAUGE
Code
9700101

Description
ACC. M 40 1/8 12

69

SILENZIATORE
MW
SPL-F SILENCER
MW SPL-F
FOR PER
BOOSTER
BOOSTER
40 40

CH

A
B+-0.2 F+-0.5 L+-3%
G1/8 16.3 5.5 29

Materials:
Black acetal resin
Felt

CH
10

Code
W0970530072

A
B+-0.2 F+-0.5 L+-3% CH
G3/8 19
8.5 29.2 10

Code
W 097053 0014

Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: -10C+60C

SILENZIATORE
MW
SCQ SILENCER
MW SPL-F
FOR BOOSTER
PER BOOSTER
63 40

Materials:
Nickel-plated brass
Sintered nickel-plated
bronze

CH

Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: -10C+80C

A
B

SILENCER FLOW GRAPH

MW SPL-F

MW SCQ

3.600

4.500

3.000

3.750

2.400

3.000

1.800

2.250

1.200

SPL-F 1/8"

600
0

1.500
750

bar

70

Nl/min

Nl/min

SCQ 3/8"

bar

SPARES
SET OF GASKETS

18

1
1

11

63

40

13 12 11

10 9

4
17

Code
9002190
9002390

16 15 14 13

Description
Set of gaskets for 40 Booster (includes all gaskets numbered 1 to 17)
Set of gaskets for 63 Booster (includes all gaskets numbered 1 to 18)

71

IN-LINE PROGRESSIVE
STARTER VAP 1/4 AND 1/2
The in-line progressive starter is a valve that regulates the
flow of air until the outlet pressure reaches a certain value,
at which the valve opens and allows air to flow at full rate.
This valve can be used to control a group of valves or a
single valve, or it can be mounted between another valve
and an actuator. The air that enters inlet 1 passes through
a choke that has a knob adjustment to control the flow.
The valve opens completely when the outlet pressure reaches
about 60% of the inlet pressure.
If the air supply is switched off, the valve discharges air
from outlet 2 to inlet 1.

TECHNICAL DATA

VAP 1/4

Threaded ports
Type of valve
Minimum operating pressure

1/4

Maximum operating pressure

Switching pressure
Operating frequency
Flow rate at 6.3 bar, p=0.5 bar:
Flow rate at 6.3 bar, p=1 bar:
Maximum flow rate through flow regulator at 6.3 bar:
Operating temperature

1050
37
1500
53
200
7

2350
83
3100
110
300
11
-10 to +70
14 to 158
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated, compressed air.
Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.

Fluid
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting

1/2
2/2 NC
2
29
0.2
10
145
1
about 60% of inlet pressure
Max. 5

bar
psi
Mpa
bar
psi
Mpa
Hz
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
C
F

VAP 1/2

90
Min. M4x25

220
Min. M4x35
in any position

COMPONENTS
 BODY: anodized aluminium
 BALL: steel
 INSERT: nickel-plated brass
 O-Ring: NBR
 POPPET: NBR
 PISTON: anodized aluminium
 PISTON GASKET: NBR
O-Ring: NBR

SPRING : steel
PIN: nickel-plated brass
NUT: nickel-plated brass
PIN HOLDER: nickel-plated brass
 SNAP RING: galvanized steel

10
11

12
13
OUT

IN

9
72

OPERATION
Pressure [p]

Pi = inlet pressure
Po = outlet pressure
Pc = switching pressure
Pi

_ 0.6*Pi
Pc ~

Pc

Pi
Po

Time [t]

DIMENSIONS

Ch

Code
W3606000002
W3606000004

Description
VAP 1/4
VAP 1/2

F
G 1/4
G 1/2

F1
G 1/4
G 1/2

A
56
75.8

A1
50
65

B
20
30

C
30
40

D
4.5
4.5

I2
A1
A

E
10
13

H
4952
5962

I
25.5
35.5

I1
18
26.5

I2
16
16

L
10
15

P
9
12

P1
9
12

73

TAPERED THREAD FITTINGS


WITH PTFE
Metal Work can supply fittings with a tapered thread coated
in polytetrafluorethylene.
This system provides the pneumatic seal between the fitting
and the female thread. It is therefore not necessary to add
other sealing systems during assembly, such as adhesives
or Teflon tape. This significantly reduces assembly times.
The physical and technical features of the material used
ensure that the properties are maintained through time
and in a wide range of operating temperatures.
This coating can be used with all Metal Work products that
have a 1/8 to 1/2" gas taper thread, particularly the
following;
push-in fittings type R1C, R31C, R32C and R39C
series A fittings types A2, A4, A5, A10, A12, A13, A15,
A16, A17, A18 and A25
series B bicone fittings, types B1, B5, B7 and B8
series C push-in fittings, types C1, C5, C7, C8.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded coupling covered by PTFE:
Temperature range for PTFE

Pressure range
Fluid

C
F

1/8 - 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2


45 + 80
49 + 176
except for limitations established for the fitting on which PTFE is applied.
The same as for the fitting on which PTFE is applied.
Vacuum, compressed air

KEY TO CODES
Fittings with a PTFE thread have the same code as the standard fitting, with the addition of the suffix T.
Example
The 1/8 1/8 A2 fitting has code 2102001, so the PTFE version has code 2102001T.

NOTES

74

PRECISION PRESSURE REGULATOR


WITH HIGH EXAUST FLOW, SERIE GS
GS is a series of precision regulators, designed for rapid relief of overpressure
and a high flow rate.
They feature identical and opposing regulation valves on the inlet and outlet
sides. This enables the regulator to behave symmetrically precise regulation
with a high rate of flow both in and out.
The pressure setting is virtually insensitive to changes in the upstream pressure
(see diagram below), which guarantees accuracy even when the mains
pressure fluctuates considerably.
A slight escape of air is required for correct operation of the regulator it
must not be considered a defect.
The regulator can be fixed using the through holes in the body or a bracket
accessory.
The body has a 1/8 pressure gauge fitting.
GS regulators are suitable for applications requiring good accuracy in
maintaining the pressure and a certain sensitivity in relieving pressure peaks,
e.g. to supply low-friction cylinders, reel tensioners and coil winders.
Two sizes of compressed air fitting are available: 1/8 and 1/4.
Three different setting ranges are available: 02 bar, 04 bar and 08 bar.

1/8

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Max. input pressure
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid

bar
Nl/min
Nl/min

Max temperature
C
Mounting position
Pressure gauge port
Weight
gr
Exaust flow rate at 4 bar (regulated pressure)
P 0,1 bar
Nl/min
P 0,5 bar
Nl/min
Variation in regulated pressure (2 bar) with changes in upstream pressure (4-10 bar) mbar
Relieving sensitivity
mbar
Air consumption continuous escape
Nl/min
Notes

1/4
1/8 - 1/4
02 bar - 04 bar - 08 bar
10

900
1200

1170
1380

Unlubricated filtered air


The air must be at least 10 m pre-filtered
50
In any position
G 1/8
600
450
900

810
1190

20
30
< 0,1
The regulator pressure must always be set upwards.
For increased sensitivity, use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure
as close as possible to the required value.
Do not take air from pressure gauge ports.

COMPONENTS
 Spring: stainless steel
 Cartridges: nickel-plated brass
 Poppet: nickel-plated brass
 Ring: vulcanized NBR
 Control lever: brass
 Bodies: painted aluminium
 Control diaphragm: oil-proof rubber
Filter: sintered bronze

Throttle cartridge: brass


Ball: stainless steel
Ball valve: brass
Regulation diaphragm: NBR
 Ring nut: technopolymer
 Adjusting spring: steel
 Scroll: brass
 Bell: technopolymer
 Adjusting screw: brass
 Knob: technopolymer

18
17
16
12

15
14

13

11

10

7
6
6

1
2

5
4

75

FLOW RATE

1/8
ON EXHAUST

Upstream pressure = 10 bar

ON REGULATION

8
7

P reg = 4 bar
P reg = 6,3 bar

Regulated pressure (bar)

P reg = 2 bar
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-1800 -1600 -1400 -1200 -1000 -800

-600 -400

-200

200

400

600

800

1000 1200 1400

1600 1800

Flow rate (Nl/min)

1/4
ON EXHAUST

ON REGULATION

Regulated pressure (bar)

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-1800 -1600 -1400 -1200 -1000 -800

-600 -400

-200

200

400

600

800

1000 1200 1400

1600 1800

Flow rate (Nl/min)

UPSTREAM PRESSURE SENSITIVITY

Upstream pressure (bar)

12

10
8

0
0

2,005

2,01

2,015

Regulated pressure (bar)

76

2,02

2,025

INSTALLATION

4.5

5.5

17

24

80

14.2

50
72
MIN 55 / MAX 61

MIN 13.5 / MAX 26.5

54
4.5

24

39.5

12

MIN 58 / MAX 88
97

On the wall with 2


M3 hex screws

On the base with legs


code 9200710

On the wall with legs


code 9200710

DIMENSIONS

On the wall with bracket


code 9200701

ORDERING CODES
Code
5511200
5511300
5511400
5512200
5512300
5512400

30x1.5

GAUGE PORT
G1/8"

Description
REG. GS 1/8 02
REG. GS 1/8 04
REG. GS 1/8 08
REG. GS 1/4 02
REG. GS 1/4 04
REG. GS 1/4 08

*
OUT
G1/8" - G1/4"
71

60

54

Pmax 10 bar
Temp. -10 +50C

G1/8
G1/4

21
(42)

5.5

21

2
3
4

14

1
2

551_ _ 00

18.5

17

Made in Italy

EXHAUST
G 1/8"
G 1/4"

INLET
G1/8" - G1/4"

02 bar
04 bar
08 bar

21

21

11.5 9.5
(42)

(42)

* M3 hole

77

ACCESSORIES
R/FR FIXING BRACKET

Code

Description

9200701 ACC. SF100 - BIT - ND 1/4

FIXING BRACKET KIT

Code

Description

9200710 FIXING BRACKET KIT

N.B. supplied complete with four


M4X6 screws

PRESSURE GAUGE

Code

Description

9700102 ACC.M 40 1/8 04


9700101 ACC.M 40 1/8 12

SPARES
UPPER COVER FOR REG GS

Code

Description

9250835 SPARES CS REG GS 02


9250836 SPARES CS REG GS 04
9250837 SPARES CS REG GS 04

78

NOTES

CYLINDER
GRIPPERS
ROTARY ACTUATORS
GUIDE UNITS AND SLIDES

ACTUATORS

PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS

CHAPTER 1.1

GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA

PAGE 1.1/02

MICRO-CYLINDER SERIES ISO 6432 8-25 mm AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 1.1/08

ROUND CYLINDER SERIES RNDC 32-50 mm AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 1.1/19

CARTRIDGE MICRO-CYLINDER SERIES CRTC 6-16 mm

PAGE 1.1/24

SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS SERIES SSCY 12-100 mm AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 1.1/26

COMPACT CYLINDER 12-100 MM AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 1.1/34

COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER 20-30-50-80 mm AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 1.1/54

CYLINDERS SERIES ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431) 32-125 mm AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 1.1/63

CYLINDERS SERIES ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431) 32-125 mm TYPE A


RETRACTABLE SENSOR AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 1.1/72

CYLINDER SERIES ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431) 32-63 TWO-FLAT AND ACCESSOIRES

PAGE 1.1/89

CYLINDER SERIES ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431) 32-63 TYPE A RETRACTABLE SENSOR
TWO FLAT AND ACCESSOIRES

PAGE 1.1/94

CYLINDERS SERIES ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431) 160-200 mm AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 1.1/103

TWIN-ROD CYLINDER SERIES TWNC 32-100 mm AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 1.1/110

RODLESS CYLINDER 16-63 MM AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 1.1/117

RODLESS CYLINDER DOUBLE SERIES 16-32 AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 1.1/125

RODLESS CYLINDER 16-40 WITH BALL CIRCULATION GUIDE

PAGE 1.1/127

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE V 25-63 AND ACCESSOIRES

PAGE 1.1/135

COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDER 12-100 MM AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 1.1/143

STAINLESS STELL CYLINDER AND ACCESSOIRES

PAGE 1.1/149

HYDRAULIC BRAKE SERIES BRK FOR ISO CYL. 40-80 MM AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 1.1/165

TESTER FOR MAGNETIC SENSORS

PAGE 1.1/171

1.1/01

GENERALE TECHNICAL DATA


Compressed air
The cylinders have been designed for use with unlubricated air,
in which case no maintenance is required. If lubricated air is
used, lubrication must be continuous because the additional
lubrication removes the lubricant applied at the factory.
With reference to ISO/DIN 8573-1, the compressed air to
use is class 3-4-3, i.e.:
oil residue: 1 mg/m3
powder residue: filtering 40 um, 10 mg/m3
water residue: dew point -20C, 0.88 mg/m3.
Gasket material
Please refer to page 6.1/08 of the technical
documentation for compatibility data.
Some families of Metal Work cylinders are available with
gaskets made of different materials.
Polyurethane: the best in terms of long-life, resistance to
wear and reduced friction.
Chemically compatible with:
Pure aliphatic hydrocarbons (butane, propane, gasoline).
Any impurities (moisture, alcohol, acid or alkaline
compounds) can chemically attack polyurethane.
Mineral oil and grease (some additives can chemically
attack the material)
Silicone oil and grease
Water up to +50C
Resistance to ozone and ageing
Not compatible with:
Ketones, esters, ethers
Alcohos, glycols
Hot water, steam, alkali, amines, acids.
Good elasticity down to 35C (for low temperature PU
version only).
NBR: These gaskets have a shorter life than polyurethane
gaskets. However, they are recommended for use in
environments causing the formation of water condensate,
such as tropical climates, where polyurethane gaskets may
tend to deteriorate quickly due to hydrolysis.
Chemically compatible with:
Methane, butane, propane, oily acids
Aliphatic hydrocarbons
Lubrication oils
Gasoline
Not compatible with:
Ozone and exposure to sunlight.
Good elasticity down to 35C (for low temperature NBR
version only).
FKM/FPM: Can withstand temperatures as high as 150C.
This makes them ideal for use on rodless cylinders, highspeed applications, involving high temperatures at the
sliding lips.
Chemically compatible with:
Mineral oil and grease, slight swelling with oil grade
ASTM no. 1 and 3.
Silicon oil and grease
Animal and vegetable oil and fat
Aliphatic hydrocarbons (gasoline, butane, propane,
natural gas)
Aromatic hydrocarbons (benzol, toluene)
Chlorinated hydrocarbons (tetrachloroethylene)
Fuels
Ozone, atmospheric agents, ageing
Not compatible with:
Polar solvents (acetone, methylethylchetone, diethyl ether,
dioxane)
Glycol-based brake fluids
Ammonia gas, amines, alkali
Superheated water vapour
Low molecular organic acids (formic and acetic acid)
1.1/02

No-stick-slip cylinders:
Standard cylinders are designed to ensure trouble-free
operation under any conditions, particularly at high speed.
Operation tends to be irregular and jerky at very low speeds
in the presence of side loads. In this case, no-stick-slip
cylinders are recommended as they allow smooth operation.
These versions feature specific tribological properties and
polyurethane gaskets.
Radial oscillation of the piston rod
These cylinders have been designed to apply forces in the
direction of the axis and not to withstand side loads. If you
intend to use the cylinder piston rod with side loads, the
play between the piston rod and guide bushing must be
taken into account. Indicatively, each 100-mm stroke
corresponds to 1-mm radial oscillation measured at the
end of the piston rod.
Cylinder operating life
The life of cylinders depends on numerous factors including
axial and radial loads, speed, frequency of use, temperature,
shocks, air loss (limits). Below are a few factors that must
be taken purely as a reference. They are not binding or
guaranteed due to the variability of different factors.
Without radial load:
ISO 15552 cylinders and round cylinders with polyurethane
gaskets: 15,000 km.
ISO 15552 cylinders and round cylinders with NBR gaskets:
8,000 km.
ISO 6432 cylinders, SSC cylinders and compact cylinders
with polyurethane gaskets: 30 million cycles.
ISO6432 cylinders and SSC cylinders with NRB gaskets:
15 million cycles
Rodless cylinders: 5,000 km
Stroke tolerances
The actual cylinder stroke has a tolerance with respect to
the nominal stroke, in compliance with any applicable laws,
within the following ranges:
ISO 15552 cylinders 32-50
-0
+2
mm
63-200
-0
+2.5
mm
ISO 6432 6432
8-25
-1
+1
mm
Round cylinders
32-50
-0,5
+1.5
mm
SSC cylinders
12-50
-1
+1
mm
63-100
-1
+1.5
mm
Compact cylinders
12-100
-0,5
+1.5
mm
Rodless cylinders
16-40
-1
+2
mm
Strokes exceeding the maximum value specified in
the catalogue
Metal Work can supply cylinders with strokes greater than
those specified in the catalogue, considering the production
technological limits. The Metal Work Sales Department can
provide you will full details. However, it is up to the end
user to use these special cylinders properly, by guiding the
piston rod, avoiding peak loads, etc.
Magnetic sensors
The magnetic field generated by permanent magnets
housed in the piston assembly changes in shape and
intensity depending on the presence of magnetic metal
masses in the vicinity of the cylinder. These masses may
prevent the sensors from switching correctly, in which case
non-magnetic materials should be used. In particular, the
tie rods of short-stroke and compact cylinders should
preferably be made of stainless steel.

CALCULATING PEAK LOAD ON THE PISTON ROD


During operation, the piston rod of the
cylinder behaves like a rod subjected
to peak load (bending + compression).
In the case of long strokes, it is necessary to make sure the diameter of the
piston rod is correct for the load applied
and the type of cylinder and piston rod
mounting. The following formulae can
be used to do this.

CONSTRAINT

A. Calculating the maximum force with


a given stroke and piston rod diameter:

0.7

20.350
F
C2. K2
4

B. Calculating the minimum acceptable


piston rod diameter with a given stroke
and force:
4

0.5

F . C2. K2

20.350

Where:
F force applied
[N]
diameter of the piston rod [mm]
C stroke
[mm]
K free length coefficient depending
on the mounting see diagrams

1.5

CHART OF SPEED / MAXIMUM ABSORBABLE LOAD


For the cylinder to reach the end-ofstroke position without suffering
damaging impact due to intensity and
repetition, it is necessary to annul the
kinetic energy of the moving mass and
the relative work generated. The
maximum absorbable load depends
on the transference speed and the
absorption capacity of the standard
pneumatic cushion in the various
cylinders. The chart gives the speed
and absorbable mass in various
diameters at a pressure of 6 bar.

25

32

1.1/03

CONSUMPTION OF AIR IN THE CYLINDERS


Cylinder
bore D
mm
12

Piston rod
diameter
d mm
4

16

thrust
traction

Useful
area
cm2
1,13
1,00

thrust
traction

20

25

Motion

Air consumption during thrust and traction in Nl/cm of stroke, depending on the working pressure P in bar at 20C.
1 bar
2 bar
3 bar
4 bar
5 bar
6 bar
7 bar
8 bar
9 bar
10 bar
0,0023
0,0020

0,0034
0,0030

0,0045
0,0040

0,0057
0,0050

0,0068
0,0060

0,0079
0,0070

0,0090
0,0080

0,0102
0,0090

0,0113
0,0100

0,0124
0,0110

2,01
1,73

0,0040
0,0035

0,0060
0,0052

0,0080
0,0069

0,0100
0,0086

0,0121
0,0104

0,0141
0,0121

0,0161
0,0138

0,0181
0,0156

0,0202
0,0173

0,0221
0,0190

thrust
traction

3,14
2,64

0,0063
0,0053

0,0094
0,0079

0,0126
0,0106

0,0157
0,0132

0,0188
0,0158

0,0220
0,0185

0,0251
0,0211

0,0283
0,0238

0,0314
0,0264

0,0346
0,0290

12

thrust
traction

4,91
3,78

0,0098
0,0076

0,0147
0,0113

0,0196
0,0151

0,0245
0,0189

0,0295
0,0227

0,0344
0,0264

0,0393
0,0302

0,0442
0,0340

0,0491
0,0378

0,0540
0,0415

32

12

thrust
traction

8,04
6,91

0,016
0,014

0,024
0,021

0,032
0,028

0,040
0,035

0,048
0,042

0,056
0,049

0,064
0,058

0,072
0,063

0,080
0,070

0,088
0,076

40

16

thrust
traction

12,56
10,55

0,025
0,021

0,038
0,032

0,050
0,042

0,063
0,053

0,076
0,063

0,088
0,074

0,100
0,088

0,113
0,095

0,126
0,106

0,138
0,116

50

20

thrust
traction

19,63
16,49

0,039
0,033

0,059
0,050

0,079
0,066

0,098
0,082

0,118
0,099

0,137
0,115

0,157
0,132

0,177
0,149

0,196
0,165

0,216
0,181

63

20

thrust
traction

31,16
28,02

0,062
0,056

0,093
0,084

0,125
0,112

0,156
0,140

0,187
0,168

0,218
0,196

0,249
0,224

0,280
0,252

0,312
0,280

0,343
0,308

80

25

thrust
traction

50,24
45,36

0,100
0,091

0,150
0,138

0,200
0,181

0,250
0,227

0,301
0,272

0,351
0,318

0,402
0,363

0,452
0,408

0,502
0,454

0,552
0,500

100

32

thrust
traction

78,54
70,50

0,157
0,141

0,238
0,211

0,314
0,282

0,382
0,352

0,471
0,423

0,549
0,493

0,628
0,564

0,706
0,635

0,785
0,705

0,862
0,775

125

32

thrust
traction

122,66
114,67

0,245
0,229

0,368
0,344

0,490
0,459

0,613
0,573

0,736
0,688

0,859
0,803

0,981
0,917

1,104
1,032

1,226
1,147

1,349
1,262

160

40

thrust
traction

201,06
188,49

0,402
0,377

0,603
0,565

0,804
0,754

1,005
0,942

1,206
1,130

1,407
1,319

1,608
1,508

1,809
1,696

2,010
1,884

2,211
2,673

200

40

thrust
traction

314,15
301,59

0,628
0,603

0,942
0,905

1,257
1,206

1,571
1,508

1,885
1,810

2,199
2,111

2,513
2,413

2,827
2,714

3,145
3,016

3,456
3,318

FORCE OF SPRINGS IN SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS (THEORETICAL)


Bore
mm
32
40
50
63

ISO 15552 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS


Force with spring
Max. stroke
compressed N
mm
63
250
88
250
102
250
102
250

Force with spring


extended N
35
51
64
64

Bore
mm
8
10
12
16
20
25

ISO 6432 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS


Force with spring
Max. stroke
compressed N
mm
50
3
50
5
50
7
50
20
50
22
50
28

Force with spring


extended N
1
1
3
5
12
17

(P2 P1)
P = P1 + Cx
Cmax
P1 = Force with spring extended
P2 = Force with spring compressed
Cx = Required stroke
Cmax = Max stroke

1.1/04

Bore
mm
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63

Bore
mm
32
40
50
Bore
mm
6
10
16
6
10
16
6
10
16

SSC SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS


Force with spring
Max. stroke
compressed N
mm
25
6
25
7
25
12
25
14
50
33
50
45
50
70
50
81
ROUND SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS
Force with spring
Max. stroke
compressed N
mm
86
250
95
250
108
250
SINGLE-ACTING CARTRIDGE CYLINDERS
Force with spring
Max. stroke
compressed N
mm
5
3.7
5
7.8
5
7.2
10
3.9
10
9.6
10
13.3
15
3.9
15
9.1
15
13.3

Force with spring


extended N
1,5
3
4
5
6
15
20
25

Force with spring


extended N
34
50
62
Force with spring
extended N

FORCES GENERATED DURING THRUST AND TRACTION (THEORETICAL)


Cylinder
bore D
mm
8

Piston rod
diameter d
mm
4

10

thrust
traction

Useful
area
cm2
0.50
0.38

thrust
traction

12

16

Motion

1 bar

Thrust and traction force in daN depending on the operating pressure in bar.
2 bar
3 bar
4 bar
5 bar
6 bar
7 bar
8 bar
9 bar

10 bar

0.5
0.4

1.0
0.8

1.5
1.1

2.0
1.5

2.5
1.9

3.0
2.3

3.5
2.6

4.0
3.0

4.5
3.4

5.0
3.8

0.79
0.66

0.8
0.7

1.6
1.3

2.4
2.0

3.1
2.6

3.9
3.3

4.7
4.0

5.5
4.6

6.3
5.3

7.1
5.9

7.9
6.6

thrust
traction

1.13
0.85

1.1
0.8

2.3
1.7

3.4
2.5

4.5
3.4

5.7
4.2

6.8
5.1

7.9
5.9

9.0
6.8

10.2
7.6

11.3
8.5

thrust
traction

2.01
1.73

2.0
1.7

4.0
3.5

6.0
5.2

8.0
6.9

10.1
8.6

12.1
10.4

14.1
12.1

16.1
13.8

18.1
15.6

20.1
17.3

16

thrust
traction

2.01
1.51

2.0
1.5

4.0
3.0

6.0
4.5

8.0
6.0

10.1
7.5

12.1
9.0

14.1
10.6

16.1
12.1

18.1
13.6

20.1
15.1

20

thrust
traction

3.14
2.64

3.1
2.6

6.3
5.3

9.4
7.9

12.6
10.6

15.7
13.2

18.8
15.8

22.0
18.5

25.1
21.1

28.3
23.8

31.4
26.4

20

10

thrust
traction

3.14
2.36

3.1
2.4

6.3
4.7

9.4
7.1

12.6
9.4

15.7
11.8

18.8
14.1

22.0
16.5

25.1
18.8

28.3
21.2

31.4
23.6

25

thrust
traction

4.91
4.41

4.9
4.4

9.8
8.8

14.7
13.2

19.6
17.6

24.5
22.0

29.5
26.4

34.4
30.8

39.3
35.2

44.2
39.7

49.1
44.1

25

10

thrust
traction

4.91
4.12

4.9
4.1

9.8
8.2

14.7
12.4

19.6
16.5

24.5
20.6

29.5
24.7

34.4
28.9

39.3
33.0

44.2
37.1

49.1
41.2

32

12

thrust
traction

8.04
6.91

8.0
6.9

16.1
13.8

24.1
20.7

32.2
27.6

40.2
34.6

48.3
41.5

56.3
48.4

64.3
55.3

72.4
62.2

80.4
69.1

40

12

thrust
traction

12.57
11.44

12.6
11.4

25.1
22.9

37.7
34.3

50.3
45.7

62.8
57.2

75.4
68.6

88.0
80.0

100.5
91.5

113.1
102.9

125.7
114.4

40

16

thrust
traction

12.57
10.56

12.6
10.6

25.1
21.1

37.7
31.7

50.3
42.2

62.8
52.8

75.4
63.3

88.0
73.9

100.5
84.4

113.1
95.0

125.7
105.6

50

16

thrust
traction

19.63
17.62

19.6
17.6

39.3
35.2

58.9
52.9

78.5
70.5

98.2
88.1

117.8
105.7

137.4
123.4

157.1
141.0

176.7
158.6

196.3
176.2

50

20

thrust
traction

19.63
16.49

19.6
16.5

39.3
33.0

58.9
49.5

78.5
66.0

98.2
82.5

117.8
99.0

137.4
115.5

157.1
131.9

176.7
148.4

196.3
164.9

63

16

thrust
traction

31.17
29.16

31.2
29.2

62.3
58.3

93.5
87.5

124.7
116.6

155.9
145.8

187.0
175.0

218.2
204.1

249.4
233.3

280.6
262.5

311.7
291.6

63

20

thrust
traction

31.17
28.03

31.2
28.0

62.3
56.1

93.5
84.1

124.7
112.1

155.9
140.2

187.0
168.2

218.2
196.2

249.4
224.2

280.6
252.3

311.7
280.3

80

20

thrust
traction

50.27
47.12

50.3
47.1

100.5
94.2

150.8
141.4

201.1
188.5

251.3
235.6

301.6
282.7

351.9
329.9

402.1
377.0

452.4
424.1

502.7
471.2

80

25

thrust
traction

50.27
45.36

50.3
45.4

100.5
90.7

150.8
136.1

201.1
181.4

251.3
226.8

301.6
272.1

351.9
317.5

402.1
362.9

452.4
408.2

502.7
453.6

100

25

thrust
traction

78.54
73.63

78.5
73.6

157.1
147.3

235.6
220.9

314.2
294.5

392.7
368.2

471.2
441.8

549.8
515.4

628.3
589.0

706.9
662.7

785.4
736.3

125

32

thrust
traction

122.72
114.68

122.7
114.7

245.4
229.4

368.2
344.0

490.9
458.7

613.6
573.4

736.3
688.1

859.0
802.7

981.7
917.4

1104.5
1032.1

1227.2
1146.8

160

40

thrust
traction

201.06
188.50

201.1
188.5

402.1
377,0

603.2
565.5

804.2
754.0

1005.3
942.5

1206.4
1131.0

1407.4
1319.5

1608.5
1508.0

1809.6
1696.5

2010.6
1885.0

200

40

thrust
traction

314.16
301.59

314.2
301.6

628.3
603.2

942.5
904.8

1256.6
1206.4

1570.8
1508.0

1885.0
1809.6

2199.1
2111.1

2513.3
2412.7

2827.4
2714.3

3141.6
3015.9

NOTES

1.1/05

WEIGHT OF CYLINDERS

8
10
12
16
20
25

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
200

32
40
50
63
80
100

1.1/06

Micro-cylinder series ISO 6432


Through-rod
Single-rod
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
Stroke=0
each mm
0.334
55
0.234
40
0.371
59
0.257
41
0.635
111
0.419
77
0.708
133
0.491
93
1.121
233
0.732
181
1.722
334
1.100
241

32
40
50

Round cylinder series RNDC


Single-rod
Through-rod
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
each mm
Stroke=0
each mm
Stroke=0
404
1.44
455
2.04
660
1.58
808
3.14
1235
3.59
1507
6.03

Single-rod
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
1.24
45
1.65
63
2.14
91
3.04
144
4.14
185
5.05
275
7.09
412
9.32
587
14.41
393
21.94
673

Short-stroke cylinder series SSCY


Through-rod
Non-ratating
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
Stroke=0
each mm
1.35
64
1.47
52
1.6
88
2.05
72
2.37
126
2.75
104
3.25
189
3.65
167
4.56
260
4.72
200
5.49
373
5.94
295
7.89
592
8.9
437
10.57
854
10.91
621
25.87
1740
16.9
1485
30.77
2692
25.9
2841

Single-rod
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
1.59
96
1.51
105
2.35
171
2.73
201
3.17
246
4.41
370
6.42
552
7.34
779
12.57
1468
16.11
2988

Compact cylinder
Through-rod
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
1.82
104
1.90
124
2.95
204
3.32
233
4.05
282
5.29
408
7.98
605
8.90
656
15.02
1624
19.93
3100

Cylinder series ISO 15552, ISO 15552 TWO-FLAT


Through-rod
Single-rod
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
Stroke=0
each mm
3.09
494
2.2
433
4.73
783
3.15
660
7.04
1348
4.57
1087
7.44
1718
5.03
1443
10.16
3260
7.49
2815
12.33
4425
8.79
3897
18
8040
13.42
6988
30
13800
22.92
12979
39
18000
28
17000

Standard
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
2.57
749
2.81
1000
3.96
1498
5.72
1800
9.59
3400
10.89
4800

Non-ratating
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
1.90
105
1.81
109
2.78
181
3.15
220
3.96
306
5.20
457
7.64
709
8.56
977
14.33
1851
17.87
3710

Oscillating
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm

272
386
620
889

4.14
5.05
7.09
9.32

Through-rod non-rotating
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
2.12
114
2.20
129
3.39
214
3.76
252
4.84
343
6.08
495
9.21
768
10.13
1054
16.78
2027
21.70
3850

Cylinder series ISO 15552 type A, ISO 15552 type A TWO-FLAT


Through-rod
Single-rod

Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
Stroke=0
each mm
3.98
576
3.09
32
460
5.66
916
4.08
40
716
8.33
1513
5.86
50
1155
8.33
1945
5.92
63
1524
11.74
3520
9.07
80
2886
13.02
4779
9.48
100
3965
18.69
8642
14.11
125
7093

Twin-rod cylinder series TWNC


Single through-rod
Through-rods
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
Stroke=0
each mm
3.45
1028
3.79
1028
4.38
1348
4.03
1348
6.41
2103
5.72
2103
8.17
2887
8.85
2887
13.4
5205
15.52
5205
14.7
7557
16.8
7557

16
25
32
40
63 (Std)
63 (Heavy)

Weight [g]
Stroke=0
244
746
1707
2911
7280

Speed adjustment
Weight [g] Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
1290
4.2

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Standard
Weight [g]
each mm
0.86
1.79
3.84
5.55
9.22

Rodless cylinder
Series Double
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
1.72
561
3.58
1607
7.68
3737

Hydraulic brake series BRK


Adjustment + skip or stop Adjustment + skip and stop
Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
Stroke=0
each mm
1430
4.2
1570
4.2

Guide unit
Type GDS
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
0.78
150
0.78
150
1.22
420
1.22
420
1.76
772
1.76
1000
3.13
1900
3.13
2300
4.9
3800
4.9
7000

Type GDH and GDM


Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
0.78
374
0.78
374
1.22
759
1.22
759
1.76
1200
3.13
2000
4.9
3300
4.9
4750
7.26
8500
7.26
12000

with Guide
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
1.79
460
2.99
1.421
5.04
3.025
6.75
4.434
10.65
10.860
14.02
13.275

16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

with Guide V
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
each mm
1.98
953
3.21
2.150
4.67
3.210
9.27
9.230
-

Compact guided cylinder


Non-cushioned (approximate)
Cushioned (approximate)
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Stroke=0
Stroke=0
each mm
each mm
4.77
4.77
295
414
6.38
6.38
486
543
10.01
10.01
550
735
16.51
16.51
942
1.354
18.04
18.04
1028
1.479
23.76
23.76
1355
1.949
32.56
32.56
1900
2.714
55.77
3910
73.48
5710
-

Compact Stopper cylinder


Trunnion version
x Stroke
20x15
32x20
50x30
80x30
80x40

Roller version

Weight [g]

Weight [g]

210
420
1.190
-

220
460
1.300
4.500
4.750

NOTES

1.1/07

MINI-CYLINDER SERIES ISO 6432


8-25 mm AND ACCESSORIES
Mini-cylinders to ISO 6432 with a chamfered stainless steel
barrel.
The cylinder head dimensions have been reduced for some
sizes so that they can be used where there are space
restrictions.
Can be used with different types of sensors.
Available in various versions with a wide range of accessories:
with or without magnet
single and double acting single or through rod
with pneumatic cushioning (16-20-25)
gaskets made of NBR, POLYURETHANE, and FKM/FPM
(for high temperatures), and low-temperature gaskets
special executions on request
fixing accessories, guide units and mechanical rod locking

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid
Bores
Design
Standard strokes 

Versions
Magnet for sensors
Inrush pressure
Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction
Weights

Polyurethane

NBR

FKM/FPM

Low temperature

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa)


10C+80C
10C+150C (non-magnetic cylinders)
35C to +80C
Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
8; 10; 12; 16; 20, 25;
Chamfered barrel
Single-acting:
for bores 8-25 strokes from 0 to 50 mm
Double-acting:
for bores 8-10 strokes from 0 to 100 mm
for bores 12-16 strokes from 0 to 200 mm
for bores 20-25 strokes from 0 to 500 mm
Double-acting, cushioned:
for bores 16 strokes from 0 to 300 mm
for bores 20-25 strokes from 0 to 500
Double-acting, Double-acting cushioned, Single-acting retracted piston rod,
Through-rod, Through-rod cushioned, Version with piston rod block, no-stick slip*
All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.
8 to 12: 0.8 bar - 16 to 25: 0.6 bar
See GENERAL CATALOGUE PAGE 1.1/05
See GENERAL CATALOGUE PAGE 1.1/06
10C+80C

 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems


*For no-stick slip versions, are no-lubricated air only

COMPONENTS
 PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless
steel, thick chromed
 HEAD: anodised aluminium alloy
 PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane,
NBR or FKM/FPM
 GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze
and PTFE insert
 BARREL: AISI 304 steel
 HALF-PISTON: acetal resin
 PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane
, NBR or FKM/FPM
MAGNET: plastoneodymium

CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM


NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out
movement safety system even when fully
open
BUSHING (optional): self-lubricating
bronze
1.1/08

10

11

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS


KV

L6+

D1

CH

101

L5+
L3

KW

106

L4
EE

T.R.P

SW

L4

L3

MR

110

CD

KK

NB

109

BE

102

NA
111
EW

112

AM (+0.0;-2.0)
12
12
16
16
20
22

WF

L2

XC+

113

8
10
12
16
20
25

AM

L1+

+ = ADD STROKE

BE
M12x1,25
M12x1,25
M16x1,5
M16x1,5
M22x1,5
M22x1,5

CD (H9)
4
4
6
6
8
8

D
16.7
16.7
19
19.7
27.9
33

D1
4
4
6
6
8
10

E
M5
M5
M5
1/8
1/8
1/8

G
6
6
6
6
8
9

EW (d13)
8
8
12
12
16
16

EE
M5
M5
M5
M5
G 1/8
G 1/8

L
6.5
6.5
9
9
12
12

L1
86
86
104
111
129
143

L2
10
10
13
13
14
17

L3
12
12
17
17
17
20

L4
10
10
10
10
15.5
17.1

L5
46
46
49
56
68
73

L6
46
46
47
53
61
66.5

KK
M4
M4
M6
M6
M8
M10x1,25

XC1)
64
64
75
82
95
104

WF (1,2)
16
16
22
22
24
28

KW
7
7
8
8
7
7

KV
19
19
24
24
32
32

MR
12
12
16
16
18
21

NA
15
15
17
20
28
30

NB
15
15
17
18
24
30

CH
3
3
5
5
7
8

SW
7
7
10
10
13
17

K
3
3
3,5
3,5
4,6
5

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS WITH THROUGH-ROD


KV

BE

D1

CH

L5+
L3

KW

104

8
10
12
16
20
25

AM (+0.0;-2.0)
12
12
16
16
20
22

BE
M12x1,25
M12x1,25
M16x1,5
M16x1,5
M22x1,5
M22x1,5

L3

T.R.P

NA

114
115

L4
EE

KK

NB

T.R.P

SW

L4

AM

WF+

WF

+ = ADD STROKE
++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

D
16.7
16.7
19
19.7
27.9
33

D1
4
4
6
6
8
10

G
6
6
6
6
8
9

EE
M5
M5
M5
M5
G 1/8
G 1/8

AM

LL++

LL
102
102
125
132
156
173

L3
12
12
17
17
17
20

L4
10
10
10
10
15.5
17.1

L5
46
46
49
56
68
73

KK
M4
M4
M6
M6
M8
M10x1,25

WF (1,2)
16
16
22
22
24
28

KW
7
7
8
8
7
7

KV
19
19
24
24
32
32

NA
15
15
17
20
28
30

NB
15
15
17
18
24
30

SW
7
7
10
10
13
17

CH
3
3
5
5
7
8

K
3
3
3,5
3,5
4,6
5

1.1/09

KEY TO CODES
CYL

1 6

TYPE
101
102







104
106
109
110
111
112
113
114

 115

DE:
DEM:
DEMA:
DEA:
SE:

116

117

DIAMETER

SE axial
coupling
DEM axial
coupling
SE through-rod
SE cushioned
DEA
DE
SE
DEM
DEMA
DEM
through-rod
DEMA
through-rod
DEM for
mechanical lock
DEMA for
mechanical lock

0
Standard
U Bronze rear
head bushing
V
Without
head nut
S
Nonmagnetic
G No stick slip





08
10
12
16
20
25

STROKE
For the maximum
suppliable strokes,
look at the technical
data

A
C

C45 chrome rod,


aluminium piston rod
C45 chrome rod,
technopolymer
piston rod
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut
aluminium piston
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut
technopolymer piston

P polyurethane
N
NBR
V
FKM/FPM
B
low
temperature

Only available for non-magnetic versions (S) and with aluminium piston (A or Z)
Not available for NBR (N) versions
 Stainless steel piston rod
 Available from 16
 Available from 12
 For 1625 aluminium piston, stainless stell piston rod

Double-acting (non-cushioned, not magnetic)


Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned)
Magnetic double-acting (cushioned)
Cushioned double-acting (non-magnetic)
Single-acting (magnetic)

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS
FOOT MODEL A

Code

NH *

T.R.P.

AU *

AB *
AO *

TR *

XS *

UR *

T.R.P.

1.1/10

12
12
16
16
22
22

11
11
14
14
17
17

24
24
32
32
36
40

5
5
6
6
8
8

16
16
20
20
25
25

25
25
32
32
40
40

35
35
42
42
54
54

10
10
13
13
20
20

4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
6.5
6.5

3
3
4
4
5
5

22
22
42
42
90
90

Note: Individually packed

Code

B*
F

W0950080001 8
W0950080001 10
W0950120001 12
W0950120001 16
W0950200001 20
W0950200001 25
*ISO 6432 values

S Weight [g]

US *

FLANGE MODEL C

W*

D XS (1.4) AU AO NH (0.3) TR (Js14) US AB (H13) R

TF *
UF *

W0950080002 8
W0950080002 10
W0950120002 12
W0950120002 16
W0950200002 20
W0950200002 25
*ISO 6432 values

W (1.4)

FB (H13)

TF (Js14)

UF

UR

Weight [g]

12
12
16
16
22
22

13
13
18
18
19
23

4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
6.5
6.5

30
30
40
40
50
50

40
40
52
52
66
66

22
22
30
30
40
40

3
3
4
4
5
5

10
10
26
26
52
52

Note: Individually packed

COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC
T.R.P.

Code

NH

AB

AO
AB

AO LG TR (Js13) NH (0.2) MO AB1 AB (H13) R

W0950080005 8
W0950080005 10
W0950120005 12
W0950120005 16
W0950200005 20
W0950200005 25
*ISO 6432 values

22
22
25
25
32
32

2.5
2.5
2
2
4
4

18
18
25
25
30
30

24
24
27
27
30
30

12.5
12.5
15
15
20
20

4
4
6
6
8
8

6
6
7
7
10
10

4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
6.5
6.5

Weight [g]

2.5
2.5
3
3
4
4

24
24
40
40
78
78

TR
LG

NUT FOR HEADS MODEL D

Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin and 2 snap rings

Code

CH

Weight [g]

0950080010
0950080010
0950120010
0950120010
0950200010
0950200010

8
10
12
16
20
25

M12x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M22x1.5
M22x1.5

19
19
24
24
32
32

7
7
8
8
7
7

12
12
20
20
44
44

Note: Individually packed


H

CH

NUT FOR PISTON RODS MODEL DA

Code

CH

Weight [g]

0950080011
0950080011
0950120011
0950120011
0950200011
0950322010

8
10
12
16
20
25

M4
M4
M6
M6
M8
M10x1.25

7
7
10
10
13
17

3
3
4
4
5
6

0.6
0.6
1
1
3
7

Note: Individually packed


H

CH

FORK MODEL GK-M


L

Weight [g]

W0950080020
W0950080020
W0950120020
W0950120020
W0950200020
W0950322020

8
10
12
16
20
25

4
4
6
6
8
10

8
8
12
12
16
20

4
4
6
6
8
10

8
8
12
12
16
20

21
21
31
31
42
52

16
16
24
24
32
40

M4
M4
M6
M6
M8
M10x1.25

11
11
16
16
22
26

8
8
20
20
48
92

Note: Individually packed


D

B B12

Code

ROD EYE MODEL GA-M


C

M C

W0950080025
W0950080025
W0950120025
W0950120025
W0950200025
W0950322025

8
10
12
16
20
25

5
5
6
6
8
10

10
10
11
11
13
15

B1

G1 CH Weight [g]

8
8
9
9
12
14

6
6
6.75
6.75
9
10.5

18
18
20
20
24
28

36
36
40
40
48
57

27
27
30
30
36
43

M4
M4
M6
M6
M8
M10x1.25

9
9
10
10
12.5
15

11
11
13
13
16
19

9
9
11
11
14
17

22
22
28
28
50
78

Note: Individually packed


D

B1

+0
-0.12

M H7

G1

CH

Code

F
L

1.1/11

SENSORS MOD. DSM

34

Bore

Model

W0950000201
W0950000222
W0950000232

825
825
825

REED SENSOR ACC. DSM2 - C525 HS


E. HALL PNP SENSOR ACC. DSM3-N225
E. HALL NPN SENSOR ACC. DSM3-M225

Note: Individually packed

11.5

17

9.1

Code

25.5

TECHNICAL DATA
Type
Contact
Max AC/DC voltage
Max current at 25C
Power with inductive load
Power with resistive load
Switch-on time
Switch-off time
Switch-on point
Switch-off point
Operating life
Contact resistance
Cable length
Cable cross section
Cable material
Circuit

V
mA
VA
Watt
m sec
m sec
Gauss
Gauss

m
mm2

HALL VERSION PNP/NPN 3 wires


HALL EFFECT NO PNP/NPN
6-24 V DC
250

6
0.8
3
15
8
109 impulses

2.5
0.35
Soft PVC

REED+VARISTOR+LED 2 wires
REED+VARISTOR+LED NO
3 to 48 (DC): 3 to 220 (AC)
500
10
50
1.2
0.1
110
95
107 impulses
0.1
2.5
0.35
Soft PVC
24VDC
DC
brown

Version NPN
+

brown

blue
black

blue

AC

Version PNP

24V AC
brown

brown

blue

black
blue
~

SENSOR CIRCLIP MOD. DXF

Code

B
A

1.1/12

Bore

FOR ALUMINIUM BARREL


W0950000108
8
W0950000110
10
W0950000112
12
W0950000116
16
W0950000120
20
W0950000125
25
Note: Individually packed
FOR STAINLESS STEEL BARREL
8
W0950000508
10
W0950000510
12
W0950000512
16
W0950000516
20
W0950000520
25
W0950000525
Note: Individually packed

Model

FASCETTA DXF 12- 8


FASCETTA DXF 14-10
FASCETTA DXF 16-12
FASCETTA DXF 20-16
FASCETTA DXF 24-20
FASCETTA DXF 29-25

12
14
16
20
24
29

17
18
19
21
23
28

10
10
10
10
10
10

FASCETTA DXF - 09
FASCETTA DXF - 11
FASCETTA DXF - 13
FASCETTA DXF - 17
FASCETTA DXF - 21
FASCETTA DXF - 26

9.3
11.3
13.3
17.3
21.3
26.3

15
16.5
17.5
18.5
21
23.5

10
10
10
10
10
10

RETRACTING SENSOR

5.1 max

SENSOR PROFILE
6.5

4.3

Code

Description

W0950025390
W0950029394
W0950022180
W0950028184

Hall sensor DSL, 3 wires, NO 2.5 m


Hall sensor DSL, 3 wires, NO 300 mm M8
REED sensor DSL, 2 wires, NO 2.5 m
REED sensor DSL, 2 wires, NO 300 mm M8

Note: Individually packed

29
31

WIRING DIAGRAM
brown

blue

Type of contact
Switch
DC voltage range
AC voltage range
Absorption
DC power
AC power
Temperature range
Activation time
Risk time
Life
Contact resistance
Degree of protection
Voltage drop
Number of wires

M8

REED EFFECT

TECHNICAL DATA

4
1 3

blue
brown
+

brown

HALL EFFECT

black

PNP

M8

blue
4
1 3

black
brown

blue

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH


INSERTION FROM ABOVE

Code

WIRING DIAGRAM

brown

blue

blue

4
1 3

brown
+

brown
black

+
PNP

blue
M8

HALL EFFECT

black
brown

4
1 3

blue

-20 +85
0.8s
0.3s
103 million

0.5s
0.1s
10 million
0.1
65
3
2

1
3

Description

W0952025390
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
W0952029394
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
W0952022180
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
W0952028184
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
W0952125556
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX
Note: Individually packed

TECHNICAL DATA

M8

REED EFFECT

V
V
A
W
VA
C
s
s
imp

IP
V

Hall effect
N.O.
PNP
630

0.2
4

Reed
N.O.

330
330
0.1
6
6

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

1.1/13

SENSOR CIRCLIP MOD. DSW


B

Bore

Model

W0950000608
W0950000610
W0950000612
W0950000616
W0950000620
W0950000625

8
10
12
16
20
25

CIRCLIP DSW - 08
CIRCLIP DSW - 10
CIRCLIP DSW - 12
CIRCLIP DSW - 16
CIRCLIP DSW - 20
CIRCLIP DSW - 25

9.3
11.3
13.3
17.3
21.3
26.3

12.3
14.3
16.3
20.3
24.3
29.3

11
12
13
15.5
17.5
20

24
26
28
32
36
41.5

12.3
12.3
12.3
12.3
14
14

9
9
9
9
9
9

Code

Note: Individually packed

UNIVERSAL SENSOR CIRCLIP

Code

Bore

Model

W0950001103

825

SENSOR CIRCLIP

G
35

Note: Individually packed


22
14

9.5

MATERIAL
Circlip: stainless steel
Sensor holder: plastic

15
13

USE SENSORS

OLD

NEW

(aluminium barrel)

(steel barrel)

DXF
W09500001_ _

DXF
W09500005_ _

DSW
W09500006_ _

W0950000201
...
...
...

1.1/14

W0950001103

W0950022180
...
...
...

W0952022180
...
...
...

ACCESSORIES FOR MECHANICAL


PISTON ROD LOCK
1

TECHNICAL DATA
3-6 bar (0.3-0.6 Mpa)
Max 80C
Max 70C
in any position
double shoe with mechanical locking
NC bidirectional
lubricated or unlubricated compressed air
12-16: 180 N / 20: 250 N / 25: 400 N
M5
Aluminium
Brass
NBR
Synthetic, with added teflon
NBR

Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid temperature
Installation
Mechanics
Operation
Fluid
Locking force
Pilot port
Body material
Shoe material
Spring material
Piston material
Gasket material

OPERATING PRINCIPLE

Fig.1

The mechanical piston rod lock is a normally-closed mechanism.


In the absence of pneumatic piloting, the two shoes (A) lock the
cylinder rod in both directions (Fig. 1). With pneumatic piloting,
the piston rod guide forces the shoes to come right up to each
other and overcome the counter spring (B) force and the piston
rod can slide (Fig. 2). It is important to remember that the
mechanical piston rod lock is a static type, which means that it
is necessary to stop the cylinder piston rod pneumatically before
locking the part mechanically.

Fig. 2

DIMENSIONS
BLOCK WITH THREADLOCKER
B

f9

I
L

M
P

N+

+ = ADD STROKE

Code
W5010001099
W5010001099
W5010001100
W5010001101

12
16
20
25

A
25
25
27
27

B
25
25
38
38

C
31.5
31.5
40
40

D
20
20
20
20

E
M5
M5
M5
M5

F
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M22x1.5
M22x1,5

G
12
12
23
23

H
19
19
21
21

I
23
23
24
24

L
47
47
58
58

M
50
50
65
68

N
53
60
71
76

P(1.2)
55
55
72
76

Weight [g]
100
100
100
100

1.1/15

GUIDE UNIT FOR ISO 6432 CYLINDERS

Guide units series DS-DH-DM ensure optimal alignment


and anti-rotation effect of the pneumatic cylinder connected
to it. The guide units can be used separately or combined
in order to get complete handling units: in which case the
guide units can be coupled using the type A and C
anchorage (foot and flange).
The guide unit can be coupled to ISO 6432 cylinders (
12 - 25). The following versions are available:
U PROFILE*: for limited loads and speeds (GDS)
H PROFILE*: for high loads (GDH)
H PROFILE**: for high speeds (GDM)
(For weights, see GENERAL CATALOGUE page 1.1/07)

**With bronze guide bushing


**With ball guide bushing
GUIDE ELEMENTS
SERIES GDS-GDH

SERIES GDM

aluminium alloy
self-lubricating syntered bronze and wiper rings
chromed rolled steel
aluminium alloy
linear guide ball bearings and wiper rings
tempered and chromed steel

Body:
Guide bushing:
Piston rod:
Body:
Guide bushing:
Piston rod:

GUIDE UNIT LOAD DIAGRAM

300

200

P (N)

120

25
0
H2 5
GD 0 2
M2
GD

160

P
S=PROJECTION
B=BARYCENTRE
P=USEFUL LOAD

100
80

50
30

GD
H1
2
GD
16
M
GD
1
S1 2
2 16
16

GDS 20

25

10
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

S (mm)

1.1/16

DIMENSIONS OF TYPE GDH-GDM

C
U

E7

CH 1

CH

H7

L1 +

L
130
130
159
159

L1
53
60
71
76

E6

F
F

L+

+ = ADD THE STROKE


 = CENTERING PINHOLES

12
16
20
25

A
30
30
34
34

A1
27
27
32
32

B
65
65
79
79

B1
63
63
76
76

C
75
75
108
108

C1
10
10
12
12

Ch
8
8
12
12

Ch1
19
19
27
27

D
4
4
6
6

E
15
15
20
20

E1
32
32
40
40

E2
54
54
68
68

E3
6,5
6,5
8,5
8,5

E4
24
24
38
38

Cylinder stroke

Note:
Thanks to the dimensional features, it is
possible to extend the use of GDH/GDM
guides to cylinders with strokes up to 25
mm above the nominal guide stroke. The
table here shows the stroke/cylinder range
that can be used depending on the nominal
stroke of the guide.
Bore
12
16
20
25

E5
32,5
32,5
32,5
32,5

E6
22
22
23
23

E7
11
11
15
15

from mm.
0
75
125
175
225
275
345
425

F
M4
M4
M6
M6

F1
M4
M4
M5
M5

F2
8,5
8,5
10,5
10,5

F3
5,1
5,1
6,5
6,5

F4
7,5
7,5
9
9

F5
4,5
4,5
5,5
5,5

to mm.
75
125
175
225
275
345
425
525

Ordering codes GDH (bronze guide bushing)


Code
Type
W0700122
UNIT MW DH 012
W0700162
UNIT MW DH 016
W0700202
UNIT MW DH 020
W0700252
UNIT MW DH 025

G
12
12
22
17

H
15
15
20
20

I
46
46
58
58

M
51
51
65
65

N
15
15
15
15

P
5,5
5,5
6,5
6,5

S
8
8
10
10

U
37
37
58
58

Guide stroke
50
100
150
200
250
320
400
500
Ordering codes GDM (ball guide bushing)
Code
Type
W0700123
UNIT MW DM 012
W0700163
UNIT MW DM 016
W0700203
UNIT MW DM 020
W0700253
UNIT MW DM 025

1.1/17

DIMENSIONS OF TYPE GDS


C
A

CH 1

CH

H7

L +
L1 +

+ = ADD THE STROKE


 = CENTERING PINHOLES

F
F

3
2

E
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 F
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 G H I
L
L1 M N P
S P1
15 32 54 6,5 24 25 22 M4 M4 8,5 5,1 7,5 4,5 15 15 46 70 53 54 13 5,5 10 4.5
15 32 54 6,5 24 25 22 M4 M4 8,5 5,1 7,5 4,5 15 15 46 70 60 54 13 5,5 10 4.5

A A1 B B1 C C1 Ch Ch1 D
12 30 27 65 63 38 10 8 19 4
16 30 27 65 63 38 10 8 19 4

C
A

CH 1

CH

H7

L +

F
F

+ = ADD THE STROKE


 = CENTERING PINHOLES

3
2

E E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 F F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 G H I
L L1 M N
15 70 55 8,5 46,5 32 10 30 M8 M6 14 9 11 6,5 22 20 76 77 71 65 17
15 70 55 8,5 46,5 32 10 30 M8 M6 14 9 11 6,5 22 20 76 77 76 71 17
Cylinder stroke

Note:
Thanks to the dimensional features, it is
possible to use the range of strokes cylinders, as shown in the table here, without
the guide piston rods projecting beyond
the cylinder fixing value (L1 +).

L1+

A A1 A2 B
B1 C C1 Ch Ch1 D
20 40 38 24 100 90 48 12 13 27 6
25 40 38 24 100 90 48 12 13 27 6

1.1/18

from mm.
0
51
101
151
201

Guide stroke
50
100
150
200
250

to mm.
50
100
150
200
250

Ordering codes GDS (bronze guide bushing)


Bore
Type
12
UNIT MW DS 012
16
UNIT MW DS 016
20
UNIT MW DS 020
25
UNIT MW DS 025

Code
W0700121
W0700161
W0700201
W0700251

P
9
9

S P1
12 6.5
12 6.5

ROUND CYLINDER SERIES RNDC


32 TO 50 mm AND ACCESSORIES
1
Clean profile cylinders available in different versions:
configuration with or without magnet
single- and double-acting - single or through-rod
pneumatic cushioning on request
range of gaskets available in NBR, POLYURETHANE and
FKM/FPM (for high temperatures).

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure
Temperature range

Fluid
Bores
Design
Versions
Magnet for sensors
Standard strokes 
Inrush pressure
Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction
Weights

Polyurethane

NBR

FKM/FPM

Low Temperature

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa - 145 psi)


20C to +80C
10C to +150C
35C to +80C
(non-magnetic cylinders)
(non-magnetic cylinders)
20C to +70C
(magnetic cylinders)
Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
32; 40; 50
Screwed heads
Double-acting, Double-acting through-rod, Double-acting cushioned, Double-acting through-rod cushioned,
Single-acting, Single-acting through-rod, no-stick slip*
All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request
Single-acting: for bores 32-50 strokes from 0 to 250 mm
Double-acting: for bores 32-50 strokes from 25 to 500 mm
32 to 40: 0.4 bar - 50: 0.3 bar
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/05
20C to +80C
(non-magnetic cylinders)
20C to +70C
(magnetic cylinders)

 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems


*For no-stick slip versions, use no-lubricated air only

COMPONENTS
 PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless
steel, thick chromed
 PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane,
NBR or FKM/FPM
 GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze
and PTFE insert
 BARREL: drawn anodised aluminium
alloy
 HALF-PISTON: self-lubricating technopolymer with integrated cushioning olives
 MAGNET: in plastoferrite
 PISTON GASKET: polyurethane, NBR or
FKM/FPM

HEAD: anodised aluminium alloy

1.1/19

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS

L+
F

I+

V
E

CH

G
P

SW

109
110

CH1

R+
R 1+

111
112
113
+ = ADD STROKE

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSIONS

L 1 ++
F

W+

I+

CH

G
P

SW

CH 1
T

R+

T+

R 1+

104
114
115

+ = ADD STROKE
++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD DOUBLE-ACTING AND THROUGH-ROD

32
40
50

D
M30x1.5
M38x1.5
M45x1.5

E
M8x1
M10x1
M12x1.5

F
22
24
32

G
30
38
45

CH1
10
13
17

I
96
113
120

L
172
198
220

M
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5

N
14
16
18

O
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4

R
78
89
96

P
38
46
57

S
12
16
20

SW
17
19
24

T
49
57
62

CH2
36
43
54

V
30
35
38

W
40
45
50

L1
220
251
284

L1
40
251
283.5
316
348.5
381

50
284
319.5
355
390.5
426

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD SINGLE-ACTING AND THROUGH-ROD


L
I
40
32
50
40
32
Upper limit
Stroke
Lower limit
198
172
120
113
96
50
<C
0
230.5
201
155.5
145.5
125
100
<C
50
263
230
191
178
154
150
<C
100
295.5
259
226.5
210.5
183
200
<C
150
328
288
262
243
212
250
<C
200
For all the other values, see previous table, except for T and R which are both replaced by R1.

1.1/20

50
220
255.5
291
326.5
362

32
127
156
185
214
243

R1
40
146
178.5
211
243.5
276

50
158
193.5
229
264.5
300

32
220
249
278
307
336

KEY TO CODES
CYL

TYPE
104
109
110
111
112
113
114
115

DE:
DEM:
DEMA:
DEA:
SE:

SE axial coupling
DEA
DE
SE
DEM
DEMA
DEM through-rod
DEMA through-rod

3 2
BORE

0 Standard
G No stick
slip
S
Nonmagnetic

Double-acting (non-cushioned, not magnetic)


Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned)
Magnetic double-acting (cushioned)
Cushioned double-acting (non-magnetic)
Single-acting (magnetic)

32
40
50

C45 chrome rod,


aluminium piston rod
C
C45 chrome rod,
technopolymer
piston rod
Z
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut
aluminium piston
X
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut
technopolymer piston

P polyurethane
N
NBR
V
FKM/FPM
B
low
temperature

STROKE
For the maximum
suppliable strokes,
look at the technical
data

Only available for non-magnetic versions (S) and with aluminium piston (A or Z)
 Not available for NBR (N) versions
 Only available for versions with aluminium piston (A or Z)

NOTES

1.1/21

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS
FOOT MODEL AC

Code

W0950320002 32
W0950400002 40
W0950500002 50

G H

124
153
160

50
60
64

7
10
10

4
5
6

14
20
20

52
60
70

7
9
9

14 28
18 30
20 40

150 66
178 80
190 90

Weight [g]

49
58
70

28
33
40

104
190
296

L+
M

Note: Individually packed

N
O

A+

+ = ADD STROKE

COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC

SW

W0950320005
W0950400005
W0950500005

32
40
50

40
50
54

35
40
45

24
30
34

4
5
6

7
9
9

8
10
10

12
13
14

46.1 20
56.1 28
69.1 36

SW Weight [g]

127
146
158

60
72.5
89

12
13
14

13
17
19

152
262
401

Note: Supplied with 2 screws

L+

Code

+ = ADD STROKE

HEAD LOCK RING MODEL G

Code

Weight [g]

W0950320010
W0950400010
W0950500010

32
40
50

M30x1.5
M38x1.5
M45x1.5

45
50
58

7
8
9

46
56
126

Note: Individually packed

FORK MODEL GK-M


L
F

Code

Weight [g]

W0950322020
W0950402020
W0950502020

32
40
50

10
12
16

20
24
32

10
12
16

20
24
32

52
62
83

40
48
64

M10x1,25
M12x1,25
M16x1,5

26
32
40

92
148
340

Note: Individually packed

B B12

1.1/22

SPHERICAL JOINT MODEL GA-M


C

G1

CH

Code

B1

CH

Weight [g]

W0950322025
W0950402025
W0950502025

32
40
50

10
12
16

15
17
22

10,5
12
15

14
16
21

28
32
42

57
66
85

43
50
64

M10x1,25
M12x1,25
M16x1,5

15
17,5
22

17
19
22

78
116
226

Note: Individually packed

+0
-0.12

B1

M H7

F
L

ARTICULATED JOINT MODEL GA-K


C

SW1

SW4

SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4

SW5

Weight [g]

W0950322030
W0950402030
W0950502030

32
40
50

M10x1,25
M12x1,25
M16x1,5

20
24
32

20
20
32

71
75
103

4
4
4

22
22
32

12
12
20

30
30
41

30
30
41

19
19
30

17
19
24

216
220
620

S1

Weight [g]

SW5

Code

Note: Individually packed


B

SW2

SW3

FLEXIBLE COLLAR - MODEL GA


D

CH D D1 F

W0950326021
W0950406021
W0950506021

32 49 36 30 13
40 59 42 36 15
50 79 58 44 22

11
14
17

6.5
8.5
10.5

G1 P

M10x1.25 39.5 17
19
M12x.125 44
26
M16x1.5 59

6.5 12 10
172
8.5 15 13.5 286
10.5 20 15
628

130'

G
1

CH

D1

130'

Code

S1

F
B
A

Note: Individually packed.

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


SENSOR

11.5

17

9.1

34

Codes

Description

W0950000201
W0950000222
W0950000232

REED SENSOR ACC. DSM2 - C525 HS


E. HALL PNP SENSOR ACC. DSM3-N225
E. HALL NPN SENSOR ACC. DSM3-M225

N.B.: For technical data on sensors, see page 1.1/12


25.5

SENSOR CIRCLIP

Code

Model

Bore

W0950000132
W0950000140
W0950000150

CIRCLIP DXF 36- 32


CIRCLIP DXF 45- 40
CIRCLIP DXF 52- 50

32
40
50

36
45
55

29.5
34.5
38.5

10
10
10

1.1/23

CARTRIDGE MICROCYLINDER
SERIES CRTC, 6-16 mm
Single-acting micro-cylinders with threaded body for fixing
in small space or directly inside the machine body, owing
to the external O-ring which ensures perfect seal.
ATTENTION: in case of cycles with high frequences it's
advisable that the piston doesn't reach the end of the
stroke during the rod coming out stage

TECHNICAL DATA
Gaskets
Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid
Bores
Strokes
Port
Versions
Design
Seal OR on the body (not included in the supply)

NBR
2 to 6 bar (0.2 to 0.6 Mpa)
C 10 to +80
Lubricated or unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
mm 6 ; 10 ; 16
mm 5 ; 10 ; 15
M5
Single-acting
Mechanically edged
OR

6
7x1
10
9.5x1.5
16
16x1.5

Weight

[g]
6
10
16

5
14
30
76

STROKE
10 15
16 19
35 40
84 90

COMPONENTS
 Nickel-plated brass body
 NBR rubber piston rod gasket
 AISI 303 steel piston/piston rod
(for 6 - 10)
 Brass piston (for 16)
 Steel spring
 Zinc-plated steel nut
 Brass bushing
 AISI 303 steel piston rod (for 16)
Zinc-plated steel nut

1.1/24

CARTRIDGE CYLINDER
DIMENSIONS, 6, 10, 16

6
10
16

10

19.5
23
27

26.5
29.5
32

Stroke B
5
15
14.5
16
21

33.5
36.5
37

10

Stroke
15

C CH CH1

21.5
22.5
26

28.5
29.5
31

5 9 5.5 8 M3 8.5 M10x1 M5 2.4 3 14


7 14 7 10.5 M4 12 M15x1.5 M5 2 4 19
13 M5 19 M22x1.5 M5 4 5 27
6 20 8

N S SW

SW

CH

CH1

C
A

ASSEMBLY SEAT DIMENSIONS

L
L
L

6
10
16

L
5

10

5
6
7

5
6
7

Stroke L1
5
15
5
6
7

10
11
15

Stroke L2
5
10 15
17
17
20

24
24
25

12
13
17

Stroke L3
5
10 15
19
19
21

26
26
27

16
20
26

Stroke
10 15

24
26
31

8.5
12
19

31
34
36

M1
M10x1
M15x1.5
M22x1.5

2
1

+0.12
+0.05

M1

KEY TO CODES
CYL

ORDERING CODES
C

0 1 0

0 0 1 0

S 0 0 0

0 0

0 0

TYPE

DIAMETER

STROKE

TYPE

FURTHER
DESCRIPTION

SPECIAL
DESIGN

CARTRIDGE
MICROCYLINDER

006
010
016

0005
0010
0015

Singleacting
retracted
piston
rod

Codes
W1000060005
W1000060010
W1000060015
W1000100005
W1000100010
W1000100015
W1000160005
W1000160010
W1000160015

Description
CYL. CRTC-006-0005-S000-00
CYL. CRTC-006-0010-S000-00
CYL. CRTC-006-0015-S000-00
CYL. CRTC-010-0005-S000-00
CYL. CRTC-010-0010-S000-00
CYL. CRTC-010-0015-S000-00
CYL. CRTC-016-0005-S000-00
CYL. CRTC-016-0010-S000-00
CYL. CRTC-016-0015-S000-00

FURTHER DESCRIPTIONS
= NOT ENVISAGED
SPECIAL DESIGN

1.1/25

SHORT-STROKE CYLINDER
SERIES SSCY, 12-100 mm
AND ACCESSORIES
Compact cylinders suitable for installation in limited spaces:
configuration with or without magnet
single or double-acting - single or through-rod
anti-rotation version and with built-in fixings
possible choice of NBR, POLYURETHANE or FKM/FPM
gaskets
special design on request.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid
Bores
Design
Standard strokes 

Versions
Magnet for sensors
Inrush pressure
Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction
Weight

Polyurethane

NBR

FKM/FPM

Low Temperature

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa - 145 psi)


10C to +80C
10C to +80C
10C to +150C (non-magnetic cylinders)
35C to +80C
Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
12 ; 16 ; 20 ; 25 ; 32 ; 40 ; 50 ; 63 ; 80 ; 100
With profile
Double acting:
12 to 25, stroke 5 to 50 mm
32 to 40, stroke 5 to 70 mm
50 to 63, stroke 5 to 110 mm
80 to 100, stroke 5 to 150 mm
Single-acting:
12 to 25, stroke 5 to 25 mm
32 to 63, stroke 5 to 50 mm
Anti-rotation:
12 to 63, stroke 5 to 120 mm
80 to 100, stroke 5 to 150 mm
Perforated through-rod: 20 to 40, stroke 5 to 100 mm
50 to 63, stroke 5 to 130 mm
80 to 100, stroke 5 to 165 mm
Double-acting, Double-acting through-rod, Single-acting retracted piston rod, Single acting extended piston rod, Singleacting through-rod, Perforated through-rod, Anti-rotation, Oscillating male, Oscillating female, no-stick slip*
All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request
12 to 32: 0.6 bar - 40 to 100: 0.4 bar
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/04
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06
 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems
*For no-stick slip versions, use unlubricated air only

COMPONENTS
PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel, thick chromed
HEAD: 12 to 25 nichel-plated brass
32 to 100 anodised aluminium
PISTON ROD GASKET:
12 to 63 SFR (PARKER PRADIFA) NBR or FKM/FPM
80 to 100 polyurethane (PARKER PRADIFA), NBR or FKM/FPM
GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert
BARREL: drawn anodised aluminium alloy
HALF-PISTON:
12 to 63 acetal resin
80 to 100 in aluminium with PTFE guide pad
PISTON GASKET:
12 to 63 polyurethane (PARKER PRADIFA), NBR or FKM/FPM
80 to 100 SFR (PARKER PRADIFA) NBR or FKM/FPM
MAGNET: 12 to 25 in neodymium - 32 to 100 in plastoferrite
Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM
1.1/26

FIXING METHOD FOR SSC CYLINDERS


Fix directly from above using long through-screws or tie rods. Non-magnetic stainless
steel must be used (e.g. AISI 304).

DIMENSIONS STANDARD VERSIONS


H

S
Q

S
Q

F
J

E
R

O
C
C 1
P

CH
208

B
A

G+
G1+
N+

210
212

+ = ADD THE STROKE

213

DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE ACTING

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

A
23.5
28
32
37
45
54.5
66
80
100
124

B
13
20
22
26
32
40
50
62
82
103

C
6
8
10
10
12
12
16
16
20
25

C1
5.5
7.5
9
9
11
11
15
15
19
24

D
28
33
37
47.5
56
62.7
73
88
110
134

E
26
28
32
39
48
54.5
66
80
100
124

F
11
11
11
18
18
18
18
23
26
26

G
32.5
33
32
33
37
39.5
39.5
42
57
64

G1

H
6.5
6.7
6.5
8.5
10
10
11
12
14
15

36.5
40.8
44.7
46.2
48.7
67.2
74.7

H1
10.5
10.5
10.5
8.5
10
10
11
12
14
15

K
6
6
7.5
7.5
10
10
11
15
15
18

J
3.7
3.7
4.6
4.6
5.5
5.5
6.6
9
9
11

M
7
10
10
10
15
15
18
18
18
20

L
3.7
3.7
4.6
4.6
5.7
5.7
6.8
9
9
11

N
38
37.5
36.5
42.5
48.3
53.2
53.2
57.7
75.2
84.3

20
25
30
35
35
44
56

P
M3
M5
M5
M5
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M12

Q
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4

R
20
22
28
36
40
50
62
82
103

S
8
8
8
15
15
15
15
15
19
19

CH
5
7
8
8
10
10
13
13
17
22

T
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
3.5
3.5
4
5

U
9.5
10
11
14
18
20
25
31
41
51.5

S
8
8
8
15
15

CH
5
7
8
8
10

T
2
2
2
2
2.5

U
9.5
10
11
14
18

V
16.5
19
21
28
32

V
16.5
19
21
28
32
35.5
40
48
60
72

DIMENSIONS OF SINGLE-ACTING, RETRACTED PISTON ROD


stroke
525
525
525
525
525
>2550
40 525
>2550
50 525
>2550
63 525
>2550

12
16
20
25
32

A
23.5
28
32
37
45

B
13
20
22
26
32

C
6
8
10
10
12

C1
5.5
7.5
9
9
11

D
28
33
37
47.5
56

54.5

40

12

11

62.7 54.5

66

50

16

15

73

66

18

80

62

16

15

88

80

23

E
26
28
32
39
48

F
11
11
11
18
18
18

G
32.5
33
32
33
37
45
39.5
47.5
39.5
47.5
42
50

G1

36.5
40.8
48.8
44.7
52.7
46.2
54.2
48.7
56.7

M
7
10
10
10
15

H
6.5
6.7
6.5
8.5
10

H1
10.5
10.5
10.5
8.5
10

J
3.7
3.7
4.6
4.6
5.5

K
6
6
7.5
7.5
10

L
3.7
3.7
4.6
4.6
5.7

10

10

5.5

10

5.7 15

11

11

6.6

11

6.8 18

12

12

15

18

N
38
37.5
36.5
42.5
48.3
56.3
53.2
61.2
53.2
61.2
57.7
65.7

Q
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8

20
25

P
M3
M5
M5
M5
M6

30

M6 G1/8

40 15

10

2.5 20

35.5

35

M8 G1/8

50 15

13

3.5 25

40

35

M8 G1/8

62 15

13

3.5 31

48

20
22
28
36

1.1/27

DIMENSIONS OF SINGLE-ACTING EXTENDED PISTON ROD


H

F
J

E
R
C

CH

O
P

B
A

G+
G 1+
209

N++

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

211

stroke
525
525
525
525
525
>2550
40 525
>2550
50 525
>2550
63 525
>2550

12
16
20
25
32

A
23.5
28
32
37
45

B
13
20
22
26
32

C
6
8
10
10
12

C1
5.5
7.5
9
9
11

D
28
33
37
47.5
56

54.5

40

12

11

62.7 54.5

66

50

16

15

73

66

18

80

62

16

15

88

80

23

E
26
28
32
39
48

F
11
11
11
18
18
18

G
32.5
33
32
33
37
45
39.5
47.5
39.5
47.5
42
50

G1

36.5
40.8
48.8
44.7
52.7
46.2
54.2
48.7
56.7

M
7
10
10
10
15

H
6.5
6.7
6.5
8.5
10

H1
10.5
10.5
10.5
8.5
10

J
3.7
3.7
4.6
4.6
5.5

K
6
6
7.5
7.5
10

L
3.7
3.7
4.6
4.6
5.7

10

10

5.5

10

5.7 15

11

11

6.6

11

6.8 18

12

12

15

18

N
38
37.5
36.5
42.5
48.3
56.3
53.2
61.2
53.2
61.2
57.7
65.7

Q
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8

S
8
8
8
15
15

CH
5
7
8
8
10

T
2
2
2
2
2.5

U
9.5
10
11
14
18

V
16.5
19
21
28
32

20
25

P
M3
M5
M5
M5
M6

30

M6 G1/8

40 15

10

2.5 20

35.5

35

M8 G1/8

50 15

13

3.5 25

40

35

M8 G1/8

62 15

13

3.5 31

48

20
22
28
36

DIMENSIONS OF 12 ANTI-ROTATION
AA

N+

B
F

G+
L

H1

C1
FF

U
Z2

DD

CC

GG

BB

CH

Z1

215
217

12

1.1/28

A
23.5

B
13

+ = ADD THE STROKE


C
6

C1
5.5

D
28

E
26

F
11

G
32.5

H
6.5

H1
10.5

J
M6

L
12

N
38

Z1
16

Z2
11

Q
M5

S
8

U
9.5

V
16.5

AA
8

BB
3.5

CC
6

DD
3.5

FF
M3

GG
4

DIMENSIONS OF 16 TO 100 ANTI-ROTATION


CC

BB

H
V

EE

K
Z

FF

GG

S
Q

G 1+

G+

N+

AA

DD

CH

R
215

E
D

217

+ = ADD THE STROKE

16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

A
28
32
37
45
54.5
66
80
100
124

V
19
21
28
32
35.5
40
48
60
72

C
8
10
10
12
12
16
16
20
25

B
20
22
26
32
40
50
62
82
103

AA
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
14
17

BB
3.5
5
5
6
6
7
9
9
9

CC
6
7.5
7.5
10
10
11
14
14
14

C1
7.5
9
9
11
11
15
15
19
24

DD
3.5
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
6.5
9
9
9

D
33
37
47.5
56
62.7
73
88
110
134

EE
6
7.5
8
10
10
11
15
15
18

E
28
32
39
48
54.5
66
80
100
124

FF
M3
M4
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6
M8
M8

F
11
11
18
18
18
18
23
26
26

GG
4
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
12

G
33
32
33
37
39.5
39.5
42
57
64

G1

36.5
40.8
44.7
46.2
48.7
67.2
74.7

H
6.7
6.5
8.5
10
10
11
12
14
15

H1
10.5
10.5
8.5
10
10
11
12
14
15

J
3.7
4.6
4.6
5.5
5.5
6.6
9
9
11

K
6
7.5
7.5
10
10
11
15
15
18

L
3.7
4.6
4.6
5.7
5.7
6.8
9
9
11

N
37.5
36.5
42.5
48.3
53.2
53.2
57.7
75.2
84.3

Z1
20
22
22
26
34
43
55
70
94

Z2
15
18
22
26
34
43
55
70
94

Q
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4

R
20
22
28
36
40
50
62
82
103

S
8
8
15
15
15
15
15
19
19

CH
7
8
8
10
10
13
13
17
22

U
10
11
14
18
20
25
31
41
51.5

20
25
30
35
35
44
56

1.1/29

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD

S
Q

S
Q

F
J

CH

E
R

O
P

L
G2+
G3+

X+

B
=

A
X

N 1++
214
218

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

223

DIMENSION OF DOUBLE ACTING THROUGH-ROD AND PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD


d** E
C C1 D
B
A

26
12 23.5 13 6
5.5 28
20 8
28
16 28
7.5 33
1.5
22 10 9
32
37
20 32
26 10 9
39
47.5 1.5
25 37
2.5
32 12 11 56
48
32 45
54.5
40 54.5 40 12 11 62.7 2.5
2.5
50 16 15 73
66
50 66
4
62 16 15 88
80
63 80
100
80 100 82 20 19 110 5
124
100 124 103 25 24 134 6
*for 12, 16, 20: (N1++) = (G2+) + (X) + (X+)
**column for perforated through-rod only

F
11
11
11
18
18
18
18
23
26
26

G2
36.7
36.8
36
35.7
37
39.5
39.5
42
57
64

G3

42.7
44.5
49.9
52.9
55.4
77.4
85.4

H
10.5
10.5
10.5
8.5
10
10
11
12
14
15

H1
10.5
10.5
10.5
8.5
10
10
11
12
14
15

J
3.7
3.7
4.6
4.6
5.5
5.5
6.6
9
9
11

K
6
6
7.5
7.5
10
10
11
15
15
18

L
3.7
3.7
4.6
4.6
5.7
5.7
6.8
9
9
11

M
7
10
10
10
15
15
18
18
18
20

N1
47.7
45.8
45.0
54.7
59.5
66.9
66.9
73.4
93.4
104.6

M
7
10
10
10
15

20
25
30
35
35
44
56

P
M3
M5
M5
M5
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M12

Q
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4

S
8
20 8
22 8
28 15
36 15
40 15
50 15
62 15
82 19
103 19
R

CH
5
7
8
8
10
10
13
13
17
22

T
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
3.5
3.5
4
5

U
9.5
10
11
14
18
20
25
31
41
51.5

V
16.5
19
21
28
32
35.5
40
48
60
72

T
2
2
2
2
2.5

U
9.5
10
11
14
18

V
16.5
19
21
28
32

X*
5.5
4.5
4.5
6
7.5
8.5
7
9
8
9.6

DIMENSION OF SINGLE-ACTING THROUGH-ROD


B C C1 D
E
stroke A
26
525 23.5 13 6
5.5 28
20 8
28
525 28
7.5 33
22 10 9
32
525 32
37
26 10 9
525 37
47.5 39
32 12 11 56
48
525 45
>2550
40 525 54.5 40 12 11 62.7 54.5
>2550
50 16 15 73
66
50 525 66
>2550
62 16 15 88
80
63 525 80
>2550
*for 12, 16, 20: (N1++) = (G2+) + (X) + (X+)

12
16
20
25
32

1.1/30

F
11
11
11
18
18
18
18
23

G2
36.7
36.8
36
35.7
37
45
39.5
47.5
39.5
47.5
42
50

G3

42.7
44.5
52.5
49.9
57.9
52.9
60.9
55.4
63.4

H
10.5
10.5
10.5
8.5
10

H1
10.5
10.5
10.5
8.5
10

J
3.7
3.7
4.6
4.6
5.5

K
6
6
7.5
7.5
10

L
3.7
3.7
4.6
4.6
5.7

10

10

5.5

10

5.7 15

11

11

6.6

11

6.8 18

12

12

15

18

N1
47.7
45.8
45.0
57.7
59.5
67.5
66.9
74.9
66.9
74.9
73.4
81.4

Q
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8

S
8
8
8
15
15

CH
5
7
8
8
10

20
25

P
M3
M5
M5
M5
M6

30

M6 G1/8 40 15 10

2.5 20

35

M8 G1/8 50 15 13

3.5 25

35

M8 G1/8 62 15 13

3.5 31

20
22
28
36

X*
5.5
4.5
4.5
6
7.5
7.5
35.5 8.5
8.5
40 7
7
48 9
9

KEY TO CODES
CYL

208

Single-acting retracted rod,


non-magnetic
Single-acting extended rod,
non-magnetic
Single-acting, retracted rod
Single acting, extended rod
Double acting, magnetic
Double acting, non-magnetic
Double acting, through-rod
Single-acting,
retracted, anti-rotation
Double acting, anti-rotation
Double acting,
perforated through-rod
Oscillating male hinge
(up to 63 only)
Oscillating female hinge
(up to 63 only)
Single-acting, through-rod

209
210
211
212
213
214
215

217
218
221
222

223

BORE

TYPE
0
S

Magnetic
Nonmagnetic
G No stick slip

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

STROKE
For the maximum
suppliable
strokes, look at
the technical data

C45 chrome rod,


aluminium piston rod
1263 mm
C
C45 chrome rod,
technopolymer
piston rod
(standard 80100 mm)
Z
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut
aluminium piston
1263 mm
X
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut
technopolymer piston
(standard 80100 mm)

P
N
V
B

polyurethane
NBR
FKM/FPM
low
temperature

In the code of cylinder with letter in fourth position 100 becomes A1


Available up to 63
Available from 20
Only available for non-magnetic versions (S) and with aluminium piston (A or Z)
Not available for NBR (N) versions

stroke

D2

G1

H6

H8

S1

S2

32
40
50
63

570
570
5110
5110

10
12
12
16

59
64.5
66.5
74

62.8
69.7
73.2
80.7

22
25
27
32

10
10
12
12

70.3
78.2
80.2
89.7

11
13
13
17

26
28
32
40

45
52
60
70

DIMENSIONS: SAME AS 222 VERSION


(FEMALE HINGE MOD. B)

Note: For other dimensions, refer to the standard version.

G+
G1 +
+= ADD THE STROKE

N+

stroke

D2

G1

H6

H8

S1

32
40
50
63

570
570
5110
5110

10
12
12
16

59
64.5
66.5
74

62.8
69.7
73.2
80.7

22
25
27
32

10
10
12
12

70.3
78.2
80.2
89.7

11
13
13
17

26
28
32
40

DIMENSIONS: SAME AS 221 VERSION


(MALE HINGE MOD. BA)

Note: For other dimensions, refer to the standard version.

G+
G1 +
+= ADD THE STROKE

N+

1.1/31

Code

CH

Weight [g]

DIMENSIONS OF MALE NIPPLE FOR PISTON ROD

219001200
219001600
219001600
219002500
219003200
219004000
219005000
219005000
219008000
219010000

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

M6
M8
M8
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M20x1.5
M20x1.5

M3
M5
M5
M5
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M12

16
20
20
22
22
24
32
32
40
40

6
9
9
9
12
12
15
15
15
18

4
6
6
7
7
10
13
13
17
17

3
8
8
12
14
14
20
20
96
102

11 12 13

10

CH

SPARES FOR SSCY

3
2

8
7

5
6

16

Type
Complete polyurethane front head kit
Complete NBR front head kit
Complete NBR rear head kit
Complete polyurethane piston kit
Complete NBR piston kit
Complete set of polyurethane gaskets
Complete set of NBR gaskets
Complete polyurethane front+rear head kit + piston
Complete NBR front+rear head kit + piston
Magnet

1.1/32

15

Parts
1-2-3-4-5-6
1-2-3-4-5-6
7-8-9-10
11-12-13-14-15
11-12-13-14-15
2-4-5-8-10-13-15
2-4-5-8-10-13-15
1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-12-13-14-15
1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-12-13-14-15
16

14

Bores
12100
12100
12100
12100
12100
12100
12100
12100
12100
12100

Code
009 . . . 0010
009 . . . 0011
009 . . . 0015
009 . . . 0021
009 . . . 0023
009 . . . 0005
009 . . . 0006
009 . . . 0031
009 . . . 0033
009 . . . 0001

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


Code

Version

Bore

Model

11

28

26

W0950000252 Reed connector


12-100 REED SENSOR DCB 2C-425
+ bracket - CB
W0950000253 Hall PNP connector 12-100 SENSOR AND HALL PNP DCB3-N225
+ bracket - CB

10

23

PROXIMITY SENSORS TECHNICAL DATA


Type
Contact
Max AC/DC voltage
Max current at 25C
Power with inductive load
Power with resistive load
Switch-on time
Switch-off time
Switch-on point
Switch-off point
Operating life
Contact resistance
Cable length
Cable cross section
Cable material
Circuit

V
mA
VA
Watt
m sec
m sec
Gauss
Gauss

m
mm2

REED+VARISTOR+LED 2 wires
REED+VARISTOR+LED NO
3 to 48 (DC): 3 to 110 (AC)
300
8
15
0.5
0.1
110
60
107 impulses
0.1
2.5
0.35
Soft PVC

24V DC
brown

HALL VERSION PNP/NPN 3 wires


HALL EFFECT NO PNP/NPN
6-24 V DC
250

6
0.8
3
15
8
109 impulses

2.5
0.35
Soft PVC

Version NPN
+

blue

brown

black

blue

Version PNP

AC
24V AC
brown

brown

black

blue

blue
~

1.1/33

COMPACT CYLINDERS
SERIES CMPC 12100
Compact cylinder series CMPC available in numerous
versions to meet a full range of requirements:
With or without magnet
Single-acting extended rod, retracted or through-rod
Dual-acting non-rotating and dual-acting through-rod
versions
Tandem with two, three or four stages
Multi-position with two and three stages
Fixing centre distances to ISO 15552 from 32 to
100 and from 20 to 100 complying with French
standard NFE 49-004-1 and 2 (UNITOP). 12 and 16
have centre distances compatible with trade cylinders.
The special profile and outer heads locked onto the jacket
by screws ensure optimal guiding of the cylinder and
multiple fixing options with a wide range of mountings.
To determine the position in the relevant cylinder slots, it
is possible to mount retracting magnetic limit switches.
Available also in a version having FKM/FPM gaskets (for
high temperature) from 20 to 100.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid
Bores

Design
Versions

Magnet for sensors


Inrush pressure
Notes
Inrush pressure
Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction
Weights

POLYURETHANE

FKM/FPM

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa-145 psi)


10C +60C (2063)
10C +150 (non-magnetic cylinders)
10C +80C (80100)
mm
Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
mm
12, 16; interchangeable with similar products
mm
30, 40, 50, 63, 80 and 100 with ISO 15552 fixing centre distances.
20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80 and 100 with NFE 49-004-1 and 2 fixing centre distances.
With profile, heads with screws
Double-acting, Single-acting extended or retracted rod, Through-rod, Through-rod perforated, Single-acting through-rod,
Through-rod non-rotating, no-stick slip*
All versions are available with male or female piston rod.
All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.
As required
For correct operation, it is advisable to use 50m filtered air
12 to 32: 0.6 bar - 40 to 100: 0.4 bar
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/05
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06

*For no-stick slip versions, use no-lubricated air only

COMPONENTS 1225
 PISTON ROD: stainless steel, thick chromed
 HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy
 BARREL: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy
 PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM
 MAGNET: neodymium-plastic
 PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM
 GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert.
STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM

SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel

1.1/34

COMPONENTS 32100
 PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel, thick chromed
 HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy
 JACKET: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy
 PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM
 MAGNET: 1232 neodymium-plastic
- 40100 plastoferrite
 PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM
 GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert.
STATIC O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM

SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel

TECHNICAL DATA
4
7
1

2
3

5
6

 Compact cylinder available with two separate fixing centre distances


32100 to ISO 15552
20100 to NFE 49-004-1 and 2
 Pre-wired retracting sensor with or without connector
 Plastic strip to keep out dirt and/or protect the sensor wire cod. W0950000160
 Ball-and-socket joint code W095 2030
 Example of cylinder mounting with feet code W095 6001
All mountings come complete with cylinder assembly screws
 Sensor slot
 Piston rod with male or female thread as required

1.1/35

COMPACT CYLINDER FIXING OPTIONS

Fixing to structural work with a through screw, using the thread in the heads (Fig. A)
Direct fixing from above using long through screws or tie rods (Fig. B). Non-magnetic stainless steel must be used (e.g. AISI 304)
Fixing with feet; the ordering code covers the supply of one foot and two screws for fixing to the cylinder (Fig. C).
Fixing with a flange mounted on the front or rear head; the ordering code covers the supply of a flange and four screws for fixing
to the cylinder (Fig. D).
Fixing with articulated hinge to compensate for slight system misalignment and turn freely (Fig. E).
The ordering code covers the supply of a hinge and four screws for fixing to the cylinder.

FORCE OF SPRINGS IN SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS (THEORETICAL)


Bore
Min. load (N)
Max. load (N)

12
4.40
9.80

16
4.90
14.20

20
8.40
20.90

25
13.90
33.20

32
19.00
35.90

40
24.80
53.70

50
36.30
62.20

63
50.20
82.30

80
77.60
118.90

100
131.80
183.30

STROKES FOR COMPACT CYLINDERS


Standard stroke for single-acting cylinders
12
 10 mm
16; 100  25 mm

Standard stroke for other types


12; 16  from 5 to 40 mm
20; 25  from 5 to 50 mm
32 100  from 5 to 80 mm

Max recommended strokes for through-rod perforated


20 40  from 5 to 80 mm
50; 63  from 5 to 100 mm
80; 100  from 5 to 160 mm

1.1/36

Max. recommended strokes for other types


12 25  200 mm
32; 40  300 mm
50; 63  400 mm
80; 100  500 mm

Max. recommended strokes for non-rotating cylinders


12 63  120 mm
80; 100  150 mm

VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER


With this type of cylinder, the
valves (D) can be mounted
directly using the retracting
sensor slot, without requiring
the use of intermediate brackets.
This can be done using the
special plates (A) which come
with both M3 and M4 threads,
and screws (B) of the size, type
and quantity shown in the table
below.
The plates are supplied
complete with 2 stud pins, one
M3 and one M4 (C).
After the valve centre distance
and the position of the valve
have been determined, the
plates can be secured to the
cylinder. A position memory
will be created to facilitate
subsequent maintenance on the
valve.
A
C
D

MACH 11
SERIE 70 1/8
SERIE 70 1/4

Washer (B)
(one per screw)

Screw (B) for


connection to the cylinder
(one per plate)
M3x16 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)
M4x25 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)
M4x30 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)

Position memory:
grub screw (C)
to be used
M4
M3
M3

Fixing
plate (A)
cod. 0950003000
n. 2
n. 2
n. 2

Type of valve
to mount (D)

A3.2 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)

A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)

MAXIMUM LOADS FOR NON-ROTATING VERSION


TRANSVERSAL FORCE
FOR NON-ROTATING
200

TRANSVERSAL FORCE FOR


NON-ROTATING THROUGH-ROD

80-100

240

160

200

F (N)

F (N)

120

80

140

12

20-25

100
80
60

12-16

80

16
14

120

32

160

40

60
40

50-63

180

100

Mt (Nm)

50-63

140

18

Mt

220

100

20

100
80

180

TORQUE DEPENDING
ON STROKE

40

10

32
20-25

63
50

8
6
40

12-16

40

20

32

20

0
0

0
0

20

40

60
L (mm)

80

100

120

20

40

60
80
L (mm)

100 120

25
20
12-16

0
0

20

40

60 80 100 120 140


Stroke
Corsa (mm)

1.1/37

DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING 1225 AND SINGLE-ACTING 1225


G+

SE-DE MALE PISTON ROD

H1+

CH1

B
H

+ = ADD THE STROKE


1 = SENSOR SLOT

CH

SE EXTENDED PISTON ROD

S1+

N+

SE MALE EXTENDED PISTON ROD


CH1

O1

230-240

233-243
L
234-244

12
16
20
25

A
29
29
36.5
40.5

B
18
18
22
26

C
6
8
10
10

CH
5
7
8
8

CH1
10
13
17
17

S1+

D
30
30
37.5
41.5

E H9
6
6
6
6

F
4
4
4
4

G
38
38
38
39.5

H
8
8
8
8

L
18.5
18.5
18.5
19

H1
30
30
30
31.5

M
8
10
12
12

N
42.5
42.5
42.5
45

O
M4
M4
M5
M5

O1
3.2
3.2
4.2
4.2

P
M3
M4
M5
M5

Q
M5
M5
M5
M5

R
M6
M8
M10x1.25
M10x1.25

S
16
20
22
22

S1
4.5
4.5
4.5
5.5

NORMA

UNITOP
UNITOP

DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING 32100 AND SINGLE-ACTING 32100


SE-DE MALE PISTON ROD
G+

CH1

H1+
H

+ = ADD THE STROKE


1 = SENSOR SLOT
7 = ONLY FOR 63100
8 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

CH

SE EXTENDED PISTON ROD


F
S1+
M
1

N+

CH1

B
A
32 47
40 56
50 67
63 80
80 102
100 123

1.1/38

ISO
32.5 +0.1
0.4
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

UNITOP
32 +0.4
0.1
42
50
62
82
103

234-244
254-264

8
O1

233-243
253-263

SE MALE EXTENDED PISTON ROD

B2

230-240
250-260

B2

13
17
21

C
12
12
16
16
20
25

CH
10
10
13
13
17
22

CH1
17
17
19
19
24
30

D
48.5
57.5
69
82
105
126

E H9
6
6
6
8
8
8

F
4
4
4
4
4
4

G
44.5
45.5
45.5
50
56
66.5

H
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
8.5
10.5

H1
37
38
38
42.5
47.5
56

L
4
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
5.5

M
14
14
16
16
20
24

N
50.5
52
53
57.5
64
76.5

ISO
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10

O
UNITOP
M6
M6
M8
M10
M10
M10

ISO
5.2
5.2
6.2
6.2
8.5
8.5

O1
UNITOP
5.2
5.2
6.2
8.5
8.5
8.5

P
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M12

S1+

Q
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4

R
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M20x1.5

S
22
22
24
24
32
40

S1
6
6.5
7.5
7.5
8
10

DIMENSIONS OF NON-ROTATING 1225

G+

H1+

*T

B
H

B1

V
Z

C1

CH

N+

B1

O1

N1+

247

+ = ADD THE STROKE


* = SECTION WITH TOLERANCE
1 = SENSOR SLOT

NON-ROTATING FEMALE THROUGH-ROD

NON-ROTATING MALE THROUGH-ROD

CH1

M1

N2++

N2++

23A

24A

++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

12
16
20
25

A
29
29
36.5
40.5

B
18
18
22
26

B1
9.9
9.9
12
15.6

C
6
8
10
10

C1
5
5
6
6

12
16
20
25

O
M4
M4
M5
M5

O1
3.2
3.2
4.2
4.2

P
M3
M4
M5
M5

Q
M5
M5
M5
M5

R
M6
M8
M10x1.25
M10x1.25

CH1
10
13
17
17

CH
5
7
8
8
S
16
20
22
22

T
2
2
3.5
4

D
30
30
37.5
41.5

E H9
6
6
6
6

U H9
6
8
10
14

F
4
4
4
4

V H8
3
3
4
5

G
38
38
38
39.5
Z
M3
M3
M4
M5

H
8
8
8
8

H1
30
30
30
31.5

L
18.5
18.5
18.5
19

M1 x strokes
5
<5
8
5
10
5
12
7
12
7

N
42.5
42.5
42.5
45

N1
48.5
48.5
50.5
53

N2
53
53
55
58.5

STANDARD

UNITOP
UNITOP

1.1/39

DIMENSIONS OF NON-ROTATING 32100

G+

H1+
H

B1

B3

CH

B3

*T

C1

N+

1
B1

N1+

+
*
1
7
8

B3

B2

O1

8
247
267

= ADD THE STROKE


= SECTION WITH TOLERANCE
= SENSOR SLOT
= ONLY FOR 63 TO 100
= SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

NON-ROTATING FEMALE THROUGH-ROD

NON-ROTATING MALE THROUGH-ROD

CH1

M1

N2++

N2++

24A
24A
26A

23A
23A
25A

++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

B
32
40
50
63
80
100

A
47
56
67
80
102
123

32
40
50
63
80
100

N
50.5
52
53
57.5
64
76.5

ISO
32.5 +0.1
0.4
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

UNITOP
32 +0.4
0.1
42
50
62
82
103

B2

13
17
21

B1
19.8
23.3
29.7
35.4
46
56.6
O

1.1/40

N1
60.5
62
65
69.5
78
90.5

N2
66.5
68.5
72.5
77
86
100.5

ISO
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10

UNITOP
M6
M6
M8
M10
M10
M10

B3
16.1
20
24
30
38.5
48

C1
C
8
12
8
12
10
16
10
16
12
20
12
25
O1
UNITOP
ISO
5.2
5.2
5.2
5.2
6.2
6.2
8.5
6.2
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5

CH
10
10
13
13
17
22
P
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M12

CH1
17
17
19
19
24
30

D
48.5
57.5
69
82
105
126

Q
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4

E H9
6
6
6
8
8
8
R
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M20x1.5

G
44.5
45.5
45.5
50
56
66.5

F
4
4
4
4
4
4
S
22
22
24
24
32
40

H
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
8.5
10.5
T
4.5
4.5
6
6
8
9

H1
37
38
38
42.5
47.5
56
U H9
17
17
22
22
28
30

L
4
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
5.5

M1 x strokes
<5
5
9
14
9
14
11
16
11
16
15
20
19
24

V H8
5
5
6
6
8
10

Z
M5
M5
M6
M6
M8
M10

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD 1225


N+

SE-DE MALE PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD

G+

B
H

P2

P1

H1+

MIN

A
Q

CH

CH1

M1

231-241

N2++

O1

O
235-245

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE
1 = SENSOR SLOT

236-246

C
6
8
10
10

N2++

232-242

B
A
18
12 29
18
16 29
20* 36.5 22
25* 40.5 26
*Built to UNITOP

G
38
38
38
39.5

D
30
30
37.5
41.5

CH1
10
13
17
17

CH
5
7
8
8

H
8
8
8
8

L
18.5
18.5
18.5
19

H1
30
30
30
31.5

M1xstrokes
<5 5
8
5
10
5
12
7
12
7

M
8
10
12
12

N2
47
47
47
50.5

N
42.5
42.5
42.5
45

O
M4
M4
M5
M5

O1
3.2
3.2
4.2
4.2

P
M3
M4
M5
M5

P1

Q
M5
M5
M5
M5

P2

1.5
1.5

R
M6
M8
M10x1.25
M10x1.25

S
16
20
22
22

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD 32100

MIN

P2

N+

SE-DE MALE PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD


P1

1= SENSOR SLOT
7 = ONLY FOR 63 TO 100
8 = SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

G+

H1+

CH

CH1

S1+
N2++

S
M1
M
N2++

1
L

235-245
255-265

B2

O1

32
40
50
63
80
100

ISO
32.5 +0.1
0.4
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

232-242
252-262

236-246
256-266

B
A
47
56
67
80
102
123

231-241
251-261

UNITOP
32 +0.4
0.1
42
50
62
82
103

B2

13
17
21

C
12
12
16
16
20
25

CH
10
10
13
13
17
22

CH1
17
17
19
19
24
30

D
48.5
57.5
69
82
105
126

G
44.5
45.5
45.5
50
56
66.5

H
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
8.5
10.5

H1
37
38
38
42
47.5
56

L
4
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
5.5

M
14
14
16
16
20
24

M1xstrokes
 5 5 N
14 9 50.5
14 9 52
16 11 53
16 11 57.5
20 15 64
24 19 76.5

N2
56.5
58.5
60.5
65
72
86.5

ISO
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10

O
UNITOP
M6
M6
M8
M10
M10
M10

ISO
5.2
5.2
6.2
6.2
8.5
8.5

O1
UNITOP
5.2
5.2
6.2
8.5
8.5
8.5

P
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M12

P1

1/8
1/4

P2
2.5
2.5
4
4
5
6

Q
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4

R
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M20x1.5

S
22
22
24
24
32
40

1.1/41

DIMENSIONS OF TANDEM 2025 - 4-STAGES

CH1

H1

G++++
5

CH

B
A

E
O

B
A

N++++

230-240

1 = SENSOR SLOT
2 = CYLINDERS OUT
5 = CYLINDERS IN

++++ = ADD FOUR TIMES THE STROKE

TANDEM 3 STAGES

TANDEM 2 STAGES

G1+++

G2++
N2++

N1+++

230-240

230-240

+++ = ADD THREE TIMES THE STROKE

1.1/42

20
25

A
36.5
40.5

N2
68
71.5

O
M5
M5

B
22
26

P
M5
M5

C
10
10

Q
M5
M5

CH
8
8

R
M10x1.25
M10x1.25

++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

CH1
17
17

S
22
22

D
37.5
41.5

E H9
6
6

Standard
UNITOP
UNITOP

F
4
4

G
114.5
118

G1
89
92

G2
63.5
66

H
8
8

H1
8
8

L
10
10

M
12
12

N
119
123.5

N1
93.5
97.5

DIMENSIONS OF TANDEM 32100 - 4-STAGES

CH
K

6
2
9

5
C

K1

H1

B
A

G++++

D
N++++
L

CH1

7
1

B2

O1

2 = CYLINDERS OUT FOR 3263


5 = CYLINDERS IN FOR 3263
6 = CYLINDERS IN FOR 80; 100
9 = CYLINDERS OUT FOR 80; 100
1 = SENSOR SLOT
7 = ONLY FOR 63100
8 = SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

230-240
250-260

++++ = ADD FOUR TIMES THE STROKE

TANDEM 3-STAGES

TANDEM 2-STAGES

6
2
9

2
9

G2++

G1+++

N2++

N1+++
230-240
250-260 +++ = ADD THREE TIMES THE STROKE

230-240
250-260

++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

B
32
40
50
63
80
100

A
47
56
67
80
102
123

ISO
32.5 +0.1
0.4
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

32
40
50
63
80
100

L
4
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
5.5

M
14
14
16
16
20
24

UNITOP
32 +0.4
0.1
42
50
62
82
103

B2

13
17
21

C
12
12
16
16
20
25

CH1
17
17
19
19
24
30

CH
10
10
13
13
17
22
O

N
160
169
171
189.5
212.5
253

N1
123.5
130
131.5
145.5
163
194

N2
87
91
92.5
101.5
113.5
135.5

ISO
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10

UNITOP
M6
M6
M8
M10
M10
M10

F
E H9
4
6
4
6
4
6
4
8
4
8
4
8
O1
UNITOP
ISO
5.2
5.2
5.2
5.2
6.2
6.2
8.5
6.2
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5

D
48.5
57.5
69
82
105
126

G
154
162.5
163.5
182
204.5
243
P
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M12

G1
117.5
123.5
124
138
155
184
Q
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4

G2
81
84.5
85
94
105.5
125.5
R
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M20x1.5

H
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
8.5
10.5

H1
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5

10.5
14.5

K1

10.5
14.5

S
22
22
24
24
32
40

1.1/43

DIMENSIONS OF MULTI-POSITION 1225 - 3-STAGES

CH1

G+X3+X2+X1
H3+X2+X1
H2+X1

S
H

H1

Q
5

CH

1 = SENSOR SLOT
2 = CYLINDER 1 OUT
3 = CYLINDER 2 OUT
4 = CYLINDER 3 OUT
5 = CULINDERS 1-2-3 IN

N+X3+X2+X1

X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKE
X2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKE
X3 = CYLINDER 3 STROKE

230-240

MULTI-POSITION 2-STAGES

N1+X2+X1
G1+X2+X1
H2+X1
5

2 = CYLINDER 1 OUT
3 = CYLINDER 2 OUT
5 = CULINDERS 1-2 IN
X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKE
X2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKE
A
B
29
18
12
29
18
16
20* 36.5 22
25* 40.5 26
*Standard UNITOP

1.1/44

C
6
8
10
10

230-240

CH
5
7
8
8

CH1
10
13
17
17

D
30
30
37.5
41.5

E H9
6
6
6
6

F
4
4
4
4

G
89
89
89
92

G1
63.5
63.5
63.5
66

H
8
8
8
8

H1
8
8
8
8

H2
33.5
33.5
33.5
34

H3
59
59
59
60

L
10
10
10
10

M
8
10
12
12

N
93.5
93.5
93.5
97.5

N1
68
68
68
71.5

O
M4
M4
M5
M5

P
M3
M4
M5
M5

Q
M5
M5
M5
M5

R
M6
M8
M10x1.25
M10x1.25

S
16
20
22
22

DIMENSIONS OF MULTI-POSITION 32100 - 3-STAGES


G+X3+X2+X1

1
F

CH

6
2
9

K1

H1

H2+X1

H3+X2+X1

N+X3+X2+X1

CH1

7
R

1 = SENSOR SLOT
2 = CYLINDER 1 OUT FOR 3263
3 = CYLINDER 2 OUT FOR 32100
4 = CYLINDER 3 OUT FOR 32100
5 = CYLINDER 1-2-3 IN FOR 3263
6 = CYLINDER 1-2-3 IN FOR 80100
7 = ONLY FOR 63100
8 = SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS
9 = CYLINDER 1 OUT FOR 80100

B2

S
L

O1

X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKE
X2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKE
X3 = CYLINDER 3 STROKE

230-240
250-260

MULTI-POSITION 2-STAGES
G1+X2+X1

6
2
9

H2+X1

2 = CYLINDER 1 OUT FOR 3263


3 = CYLINDER 2 OUT FOR 32100
5 = CYLINDER 1-2 IN FOR 3263
6 = CYLINDER 1-2 IN FOR 80100
9 = CYLINDER 1 OUT FOR 80100

N1+X2+X1

X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKE
X2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKE

230-240
250-260

B
32
40
50
63
80
100

A
47
56
67
80
102
123

ISO
32.5 +0.1
0.4
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

32
40
50
63
80
100

10.5
14.5

K1

10.5
14.5

UNITOP
32 +0.4
0.1
42
50
62
82
103

B2

13
17
21

C
12
12
16
16
20
25

CH
10
10
13
13
17
22

D
48.5
57.5
69
82
105
126

CH1
17
17
19
19
24
30
O

L
4
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
5.5

M
14
14
16
16
20
24

N
123.5
130
131.5
145.5
163
194

N1
87
91
92.5
101.5
113.5
135.5

ISO
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10

UNITOP
M6
M6
M8
M10
M10
M10

H1
H
G1
G
F
7.5
7.5
81
117.5
4
7.5
7.5
84.5
123.5
4
7.5
7.5
85
124
4
7.5
7.5
94
138
4

8.5
105.5
155
4

10.5
125.5
184
4
O1
R
UNITOP
Q
ISO
P
M10x1.25
5.2
G1/8
5.2
M6
M10x1.25
5.2
G1/8
5.2
M6
M12x1.25
6.2
G1/8
6.2
M8
M12x1.25
8.5
G1/8
6.2
M8
M16x1.5
8.5
G1/8
8.5
M10
M20x1.5
8.5
G1/4
8.5
M12

E H9
6
6
6
8
8
8

H2
44
46.5
47
51.5
58
69.3

H3
80.5
85.5
86
95.5
107.5
128

S
22
22
24
24
32
40

1.1/45

FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS

LEGENDA

MULTI-POSITION

P = Stage 1 stroke
R = Stage 2 stroke
T = Stage 3 stroke

TANDEM
T

R
P

F1

F2

F1

F2

Fa
Fb
Fc
Fd

Fd

Fa
F5
Fb

Fd

F3

F5
Fd

Fc
F1

F2

F3

= F1+F2 [N]
= F1+F2+F3 [N]
= F1+F2+F3+F4 [N]
= F5 [N]

F4

F5

1 = STAGE 1
2 = STAGE 2
3 = STAGE 3

KEY TO CODE
CYL

Compact
cylinder
centre distances
to UNITOP
male piston rod
24
Compact
cylinder
centre distances
to UNITOP
female piston rod
25 
Compact
cylinder
centre distances
to ISO male
piston rod
26 
Compact
cylinder
centre distances
to ISO female
piston rod

0 5 0

0
1

Double-acting
Double-acting
through-rod
2
Double-acting
through-rod
perforated
3
Single-acting
retracting piston rod
4
Single-acting
extended piston rod
5
Single-acting
through-rod
6 
Single-acting
through
piston rod
perforated
7
Double-acting
non-rotating
A
Double-acting
through-rod
non-rotating

0 Magnetic
S
Nonmagnetic
G No stick
slip

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

STROKE 

BORE

TYPE
23

2 5

0
 A
 B
 C
P
R
T

P
CONFIGURATION
P

Standard
2-stage
tandem
3-stage
tandem
4-stage
tandem

 V

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

C45 piston rod


Chromium-plated
Stainless steel
piston rod, and nut
C45 chromed rod,
taluminium piston
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut
aluminium piston

 For the maximum suppliabe stroke,


see page 1.1/36

See example below

 In the code of cylinder with letter in fourth position 100 becomes A1


 Codes only for cylinders 32100
Can also be used as double-acting with spring return
 For versions 24 and 26 only (female piston rod)
 Available from 20
 For 2025 the standard version (0 or S) its already no stick slip
 Only for standard double acting and standard through rod double acting version
Compulsory for 20 and 25 version Z
 Only for 3263 P version (Polyurethane gaskets)
 Only for 2063 P version (Polyurethane gaskets)
 Only for 32100 V version (FKM/FPM gaskets) and for 80 and 100 P version (Polyurethane gaskets)

Only for 20100 V version (FKM/FPM gaskets) and for 80 and 100 P version (Polyurethane gaskets)
The ordering codes for a Multi-position cylinder is a combination of several codes, each describing a stage.
Coding example for a UNITOP multiposition cylinder 2 stages 20 strokes 40 + 10 (total stroke 50 mm) male rod:
1 STADIO (P) : 230020P040XP +
2 STADIO (R): 230020R050XP
Coding example for a UNITOP multiposition cylinder 3 stages 20 strokes 15 + 30 + 40 (total stroke 85 mm) smale rod:
1 STADIO (P): 230025P015XP +
2 STADIO (R): 230025R045XP +
3 STADIO (T): 230025T085XP

1.1/46

Polyurethane
gaskets
FKM/FPM
gaskets

ACCESSORIES
1

FOOT - MODEL A

W0950206001
W0950256001
W0950322001
W0950406001
W0950506001
W0950636001
W0950806001
W0951006001

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

A
30
30
36
40
45
60
68
84
102
123

ISO Codes
W0950322001
W0950402001
W0950502001
W0950632001
W0950802001
W0951002001

32
40
50
63
80
100

A
45
52
65
75
95
115

UNITOP Codes

 W0950126001 12
 W0950126001 16

D
C

N+
N1+

B
17.5
17.5
22
22
35
28
32
39
42
45

C
18
18
22
26
32
42
50
62
82
103

D
13
13
16
16
24
20
24
27
30
33

E
5.5
5.5
6.6
6.6
7
9
9
11
11
13.5

H
22
22
27
30
31.9
42.5
47
59.5
65.5
78

N
55.5
55.5
58.5
58.5
74.5
72
77
84.5
94
109.5

N1
64
64
70
70
92.5
85.5
93.5
104
116
132.5

S
3
3
4
4
4
5
6
6
8
8

Weight [g]
26
26
46
52
76
88
176
276
392
558

B
35
43
47
47
61
65

C
32
36
45
50
63
75

D
24
28
32
32
41
41

E
7
9
9
9
12
14

H
31.9
36
45
50
63
71

N
74.5
80
85
89.5
105
117.5

N1
92.5
101.5
109.5
114
138
148.5

S
4
4
4
6
6
6

Weight [g]
76
100
162
266
456
572

M
10
12
12
16
16
20

N
72.5
77
80
89.5
100
117.5

 Non UNITOP norm fixing distance


Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

+ = ADD THE STROKE

FEMALE HINGE-MODEL B

B
D

32
40
50
63
80
100

B
45
52
60
70
90
110

B1
26
28
32
40
50
60

ISO Codes
W0950322003
W0950402003
W0950502003
W0950632003
W0950802003
W0951002003

32
40
50
63
80
100

B
45
52
60
70
90
110

B1
26
28
32
40
50
60

D
22
25
27
32
36
41

R
11
12.5
12.5
15
15
20

S
10
9
11
11
13
15

Weight [g]
116
184
266
470
670
1110

R
11
13
13
17
17
21

S
10
10
12
12
16
16

Weight [g]
74
116
176
468
536
925

M H9

B1H14

UNITOP Codes
W0950322003
W0950406003
W0950506003
W0950636003
W0950806003
W0951006003

S
N+

D
22
25
27
32
36
41

M
10
12
12
16
16
20

N
72.5
77
80
89.5
100
117.5

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap-rings and 1 pin.

+ = ADD THE STROKE

MALE HINGE-MODEL BA
UNITOP Codes

W0950206004
W0950256004

12
16
20
25

B
12
12
16
16

D
16
16
20
20

M
6
6
8
8

N
58.5
58.5
62.5
62.5

R
6
6
8
8

S
6
6
6
6

Weight [g]
24
24
44
48

ISO Codes
W0950322004
W0950402004
W0950502004
W0950632004
W0950802004
W0951002004

32
40
50
63
80
100

B
26
28
32
40
50
60

D
22
25
27
32
36
41

M
10
12
12
16
16
20

N
72.5
77
80
89.5
100
117.5

R
11
13
13
17
17
21

S
10
10
12
12
16
16

Weight [g]
94
124
220
316
578
850

 W0950126004
 W0950126004
D

h14

H9

 Non UNITOP norm fixing distance

N+

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers


+ = ADD THE STROKE

1.1/47

FLANGE 1225 - MODEL C (FRONT AND REAR)


Codes

 W0950126002
 W0950126002

W0950206002
W0950256002

12
16
20
25

A
29
29
36
40

B
55
55
70
76

C
43
43
55
60

E
5.5
5.5
6.6
6.6

S
10
10
10
10

N
48
48
48
49.5

Weight [g]
112
112
184
226

 Non UNITOP norm fixing distance


B

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

S
N+

N+

+ = ADD THE STROKE

FLANGE 32100 - MODEL C (FRONT AND REAR)

D
N+

N+

UNITOP Codes
W0950322002
W0950406002
W0950506002
W0950636002
W0950806002
W0951006002

32
40
50
63
80
100

A
50
60
68
87
107
128

B
80
102
110
130
160
190

C
64
82
90
110
135
163

D
32
36
45
50
63
75

E
7
9
9
9
12
14

N
54.5
55.5
57.5
65
71
81.5

S
10
10
12
15
15
15

Weight [g]
246
454
655
1255
1900
2700

ISO Codes
W0950322002
W0950402002
W0950502002
W0950632002
W0950802002
W0951002002

32
40
50
63
80
100

A
50
55
65
75
95
115

B
80
90
110
120
153
178

C
64
72
90
100
126
150

D
32
36
45
50
63
75

E
7
9
9
9
12
14

N
54.5
55.5
57.5
62
72
82.5

S
10
10
12
12
16
16

Weight [g]
246
290
522
670
1420
2040

N
72.5
77
80
89.5
100
117.5

R
16
19
19
24
24
30

S
10
10
12
12
16
16

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.


+ = ADD THE STROKE

ARTICULATED MALE HINGE - MODEL BAS

ISO Codes
W0950322006
W0950402006
W0950502006
W0950632006
W0950802006
W0951002006

B
14
16
16
21
21
25

D
22
25
27
32
36
41

32
40
50
63
80
100

S
N+

+ = ADD THE STROKE

1.1/48

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

M
10
12
12
16
16
20

Weight [g]
106
142
236
336
572
840

FLANGE FOR OPPOSITE CYLINDERS


UNITOP Codes

 0950123060
 0950123060
0950203060
0950253060
0950323060
0950403060
0950503060
0950633060
0950803060
0951003060

ISO Codes

0950323060
0950403061
0950503061
0950633061
0950803061
0951003061

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

M
12.5
12.5
12.5
13
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
16.5
19.5

Weight [g]
ISO
UNITOP

29

29

45

57
88
88
106
106
158
172
258
274
452
470
801
826

 Non UNITOP norm fixing distance


Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin, 4 screws.

ASSEMBLING OPPOSING CYLINDERS

FORK - MODEL GK-M


UNITOP-ISO Codes
W0950120020
W0950200020
W0950322020
W0950322020
W0950322020
W0950322020
W0950402020
W0950402020
W0950502020
W0950802020

A
12
16
20
20
20
20
24
24
32
40

B
6
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
16
20

C
12
16
20
20
20
20
24
24
32
40

D
M6
M8
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M20x1.5

F
24
32
40
40
40
40
48
48
64
80

L
31
42
52
52
52
52
62
62
83
105

M
6
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
16
20

N
16
22
26
26
26
26
32
32
40
48

Weight [g]
20
48
92
92
92
92
148
148
340
690

Note: Individually packed.


D

B B12

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

1.1/49

ROD EYE - MODEL GA-M

G1

CH

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

B
9
12
14
14
14
14
16
16
21
25

A
20
24
28
28
28
28
32
32
42
50

B1
6.75
9
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
12
12
15
18

C
11
13
15
15
15
15
17
17
23
27

CH
11
14
17
17
17
17
19
19
22
30

D
M6
M8
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M20x1.5

F
30
36
43
43
43
43
50
50
64
77

G
10
12.5
15
15
15
15
17.5
17.5
22
27.5

G1
13
16
19
19
19
19
22
22
27
34

L
40
48
57
57
57
57
66
66
85
102

M
6
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
16
20

Weight [g]
28
50
78
78
78
78
116
116
226
404

Note: Individually packed.


D

B1

+0
-0.12

M H7

UNITOP-ISO codes
W0950120025
W0950200025
W0950322025
W0950322025
W0950322025
W0950322025
W0950402025
W0950402025
W0950502025
W0950802025

F
L

COMPENSATION JOINT - MODEL GA


UNITOP-ISO Codes
W0950326021
W0950326021
W0950326021
W0950326021
W0950406021
W0950406021
W0950506021
W0950806021

D
D1

B
36
36
36
36
42
42
58
65

C
30
30
30
30
36
36
44
51

CH
13
13
13
13
15
15
22
27

D
11
11
11
11
14
14
17
19

D1
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
10.5
12.5

B
19
26
26
33
33
44

C
7
9
9
11
11
14

D
10
12
12
16
16
20

E
25
32
32
40
40
50

F
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x.125
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M20x1.5

G
39.5
39.5
39.5
39.5
44
44
59
69

G1
17
17
17
17
19
19
26
31

P
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
10.5
12.5

S
12
12
12
12
15
15
20
20

S1
10
10
10
10
13.5
13.5
15
20

Weight [g]
172
172
172
172
286
286
628
1200

G
32
45
45
63
63
90

H
37
54
54
75
75
103

I
41
52
52
63
63
80

L
18
25
25
32
32
40

M
8
10
10
12
12
16

N
10
12
12
15
15
22

Weight [g]
96
216
212
440
464
985

130'

A
49
49
49
49
59
59
79
89

CH

130'

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Note: Individually packed.


S1

F
B

COUNTER-HINGE CETOP 32100

UNITOP-ISO Codes
W0950322008
W0950402008
W0950502008
W0950632008
W0950802008
W0951002008

32
40
50
63
80
100

A
26
28
32
40
50
60

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 washers.

C
F
H

1.1/50

N
L

E
I

F
20
32
32
50
50
70

COUNTER-HINGE 1625 - MODEL BC


UNITOP Codes
W0950120005
W0950120005
W0950200005
W0950200005

B
25
25
30
30

C
15
15
20
20

D
5.5
5.5
6.5
6.5

E
2
2
4
4

F
27
27
30
30

M
6
6
8
8

R
7
7
10
10

S
3
3
4
4

Weight [g]
40
40
78
78

A
25
25
32
32

12
16
20
25

Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin and and 2 snap rings

C
D

SELF ALIGNING ROD COUPLER - MODEL GA-K

SW1

SW4

SW5

UNITOP-ISO Codes
W0950120030
W0950200030
W0950322030
W0950322030
W0950322030
W0950322030
W0950402030
W0950402030
W0950502030
W0950802030

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

A
M6
M8
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M20x1.5

B
10
20
20
20
20
20
24
24
32
40

C
10
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
32
40

D
35
57
71
71
71
71
75
75
103
119

E
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

F
8.5
12.5
22
22
22
22
22
22
32
32

SW1
5
7
12
12
12
12
12
12
20
20

SW2
13
17
30
30
30
30
30
30
41
41

SW3
13
17
30
30
30
30
30
30
41
41

SW4
7
11
19
19
19
19
19
19
30
30

SW5
10
13
17
17
17
17
19
19
24
30

Weight [g]
24
56
216
216
216
216
220
220
620
680

Note: Individually packed.


B

SW2

SW3

SLOTTED FIXINGPLATE
Code
0950003000

2.5

Weight [g]
2

Note: Supplied complete with 1 M3 grub screw and 1 M4 grub screw.

M4

10

M3

6.6

Description
FIXING BLOCK

1.1/51

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE


Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the
cylinder heads do not require a through opening.

WIRING DIAGRAM

brown

blue

M8

REED EFFECT

TECHNICAL DATA

blue

4
1 3

brown
+

brown

HALL EFFECT

black

+
PNP

M8

blue
black
brown

4
1 3

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

BAR FOR GROOVING


Code
W0950000160

Description
BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

Note: The code corresponds to 1 piece.

4.9

5.8

1.1/52

500

SPARE PARTS
1

COMPACT CYLINDERS, SERIES CMPC

12
10

11

13

Type
Complete set of gaskets polyurethane
Front cylinder head kit for UNITOP polyurethane
Front cylinder head kit for ISO 32 polyurethane
Front cylinder head kit for ISO polyurethane
Rear cylinder head kit for UNITOP polyurethane
Rear cylinder head kit for ISO 32 polyurethane
Rear cylinder head kit for ISO polyurethane
Piston kit polyurethane
Magnet
Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for UNITOP polyurethane
Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO 32 polyurethane
Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO polyurethane

Parts



















Bores
12100
12100
32
40100
12100
32
40100
12100
12100
12100

Codes
009 . . . 7001
009 . . . 7101
0090327101
009 . . . 8101
009 . . . 7201
0090327201
009 . . . 8201
009 . . . 7401
009 . . . 7501
009 . . . 7901

32

0090327901

40100

009 . . . 8901

1.1/53

COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER


20, 32, 50, 80
Compact stopper cylinders designed for stopping moving
parts or chucks.
With or without magnet execution
Single-acting, oversize extended piston rod
Can be also used as double-acting whith spring return
Fixing centre distances to ISO 15552 for 32, 50,
80 and French standard NFE 49-004-1 and 2 (UNITOP).
In the relevant cylinder slots, it is possible to mount
retracting magnetic sensor.

Chuck impact direction

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid
Stroke bore
Design
Versions
Magnet for sensors
Notes
Inrush pressure
Weight

mm
mm

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa-145 psi)


10C+80C
Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
20 x15; 32 x 20; 50 x 30; 80 x 30; 80 x 40 awith NFE 49-004-1 and 2 fixing centre distances (UNITOP)
32 x 20; 50 x 30; 80 x 30; 80 x 40 with ISO 15552 fixing centre distances.
With profile, heads with screws
Single-acting extended rod, Can be also used as double-acting whith spring return
All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.
For correct operation, it is advisable to use 50m filtered air
20: 1,2 bar; 32 e 50: 1 bar; 80: 0,5 bar
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/07

COMPONENTS 20
 PISTON ROD: Stainless steel, thick chromed
 HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy
 BARREL: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy
 PISTON GASKET: polyurethane

MAGNET: neodymium-plastic
 PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane
 GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert
 STATIC O-RINGS: NBR
 SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel
RETURN SPRING: spring stainless steel
WHEEL: zinc-plated steel

11

1.1/54

10

COMPONENTS 32, 50, 80


 PISTON ROD: Stainless steel, thick chromed
 HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy
 JACKET: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy
 PISTON GASKET: polyurethane

MAGNET: 32 neodymium-plastic - 5080 plastoferrite


 PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane
 GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert.
 STATIC O-rings: NBR
 SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel
RETURN SPRING: spring stainless steel
WHEEL: zinc-plated steel

10

11

COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER FIXING OPTIONS

Fixing with screws, using the thread in the rear heads (Fig. A).
Direct fixing from above using long through screws or tie rods (Fig. B). Non-magnetic stainless steel must be used
(e.g. AISI 304)
Fixing with screws, using the thread in the front heads (Fig. C).
Fixing using flange fixed onto the cylinder (Fig. D)

FORCE OF SPRINGS IN COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDERS (THEORETICAL)


Stroke bore
Min. load (N)
Max. load (N)

20 x 15
13,7
21,2

32 x 20
22,4
36,0

50 x 30
50,2
115,9

80 x 30
97,9
178,5

80 x 40
71,0
178,5

1.1/55

VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER


With this type of cylinder, the
valves (D) can be mounted
directly using the retracting
sensor slot, without requiring
the use of intermediate brackets.
This can be done using the
special plates (A) which come
with both M3 and M4 threads,
and screws (B) of the size, type
and quantity shown in the table
below.
The plates are supplied
complete with 2 stud pins, one
M3 and one M4 (C).
After the valve centre distance
and the position of the valve
have been determined, the
plates can be secured to the
cylinder. A position memory
will be created to facilitate
subsequent maintenance on the
valve.

A
C
D

B
E

MACH 11
SERIE 70 1/8
SERIE 70 1/4

Washer (B)
(one per screw)

Screw (B) for


connection to the cylinder
(one per plate)
M3x16 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)
M4x25 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)
M4x30 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)

Position memory:
grub screw (C)
to be used
M4
M3
M3

Fixing
plate (A)
cod. 0950003000
n. 2
n. 2
n. 2

Type of valve
to mount (D)

A3.2 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)

A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)

LOAD GRAPH
ROLLER VERSION

TRUNNION VERSION

Impact mass [kg]

Impact mass [kg]

80

150

150

100

50

50

100

50

50

32

32

20

20

0
0

10

15

20

25

30

Impact velocity [m/min]

35

40

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Impact velocity [m/min]

With stopper cylinders it is important to keep to the values shown in the graph to prevent early breakage of the mechanical parts.
The values shown are only valid with about 1 mm plastic deformation (stopper on chuck).
1.1/56

20 STROKE 15 mm TRUNNION VERSION

53

1 = SENSOR SLOT

36.5

45

22
8

37.5

22

36.5

12

26

H9

M5

4
15

64.5

M5

4.2

23B

18.5

ORDERING CODES
Code
23B0200015XP
23BS200015XP

Description
Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion 20, stroke 15
Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion 20, stroke 15 (non-magnetic version)

32 STROKE 20 mm; 50 STROKE 30 mm TRUNNION VERSION


G

H1

B
H

D1

1 = SENSOR SLOT
8 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

N1

N
1
8

A
32x20 47
50x30 67

B
ISO
UNITOP
+0.4
32.5 +0.1
0.4 32 0.1
46.5
50

23B
25B

O1

O
C
20
32

D
48.5
69

D1
38
53

E H9 F
6
4
6
4

G
64.5
75.5

H
7.5
7.5

H1
57
68

L
4
4.5

N
80.5
99.5

N1
20
30

ISO
M6
M8

UNITOP
M6
M8

ISO
5.2
6.2

O1
UNITOP
5.2
6.2

Q
G1/8
G1/8

ORDERING CODES
Code
23B0320020XP
25B0320020XP
23BS320020XP
25BS320020XP
23B0500030XP
25B0500030XP
23BS500030XP
25BS500030XP

Description
Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion
Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion
Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion
Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion
Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion
Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion
Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion
Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion

32, stroke 20 UNITOP


32, stroke 20 ISO 15552
32, stroke 20 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)
32, stroke 20 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)
50, stroke 30 UNITOP
50, stroke 30 ISO 15552
50, stroke 30 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)
50, stroke 30 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)

1.1/57

20 STROKE 15 mm ROLLER VERSION


53

1 = SENSOR SLOT

36.5

45

22
M5

36.5

37.5

22
B

2
4.5

12

26

H9

R5

24

M5

4.2

64.5

23C
18.5

ORDERING CODES
Code
23C0200015XP
23CS200015XP

Description
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 20, stroke 15
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 20, stroke 15 (non-magnetic version)

32 STROKE 20 mm; 50 STROKE 30 mm; 80 STROKE 30 AND 40 mm ROLLER VERSION


G

1 = SENSOR SLOT
7 = ONLY FOR 80
8 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

H4

H5

B
H

H3

D1

H1

H2
N1

L1

B
32x20
50x30
80x30
80x40
32x20
50x30
80x30
80x40

1.1/58

A
47
67
102
102

ISO
32.5
46.5
72
72
L
4
4.5
5.5
5.5

UNITOP
+0.1
+0.4
0.4 32 0.1
50
82
82
L1
N
8
80.5
10
99.5
18
141
18
151

B2

8
23C
25C

O1

O
B2
17
17

C
20
32
50
50
N1
38
50.5
63
73

D
48.5
69
105
105
Q
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8

D1
38
53
76
76

E H9
6
6
8
8
R
9
12.5
18
18

G
64.5
75.5
126
136

F
4
4
4
4

H
7.5
7.5
8.5
8.5

H1
57
68
117.5
127.5

H2
3
4
8
8

H3
6
6
10
10

H4
3.5
7
11
11

H5
7.5
12
18
18

ISO
M6
M8
M10
M10

UNITOP
M6
M8
M10
M10

ISO
5.2
6.2
8.5
8.5

O1
UNITOP
5.2
6.2
8.5
8.5

ORDERING CODES
Code
23C0320020XP
25C0320020XP
23CS320020XP
25CS320020XP
23C0500030XP
25C0500030XP
23CS500030XP
25CS500030XP
23C0800030XP
25C0800030XP
23CS800030XP
25CS800030XP
23C0800040XP
25C0800040XP
23CS800040XP
25CS800040XP

Description
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 32, stroke 20 UNITOP
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 32, stroke 20 ISO 15552
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 32, stroke 20 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 32, stroke 20 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 50, stroke 30 UNITOP
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 50, stroke 30 ISO 15552
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 50, stroke 30 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 50, stroke 30 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 80, stroke 30 UNITOP
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 80, stroke 30 ISO 15552
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 80, stroke 30 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 80, stroke 30 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 80, stroke 40 UNITOP
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 80, stroke 40 ISO 15552
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 80, stroke 40 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)
Compact stopper cylinder, roller 80, stroke 40 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)

NOTES

ACCESSORIES
FLANGE 32, 50, 80

C
B

UNITOP codes
W0950326302
W0950506302
W0950806302

32
50
80

A
50
68
107

ISO codes
W0950326302
W0950506312
W0950806312

32
50
80

A
50
65
95

B
80
110
160

B
80
110
153

C
64
90
135

C
64
90
126

D
32
45
63

E
7
9
12

N
54.5
57.5
111

S
10
12
15

Weight [g]
210
502
1575

D
32
45
63

E
7
9
12

N
54.5
57.5
112

S
10
12
16

Weight [g]
210
447
1190

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.


S
N+

D
A

+ = ADD THE STROKE

1.1/59

SLIM SENSOR
Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the
cylinder heads do not require a through opening.

WIRING DIAGRAM

brown

blue

M8

REED EFFECT

TECHNICAL DATA

4
1 3

blue
brown

brown

HALL EFFECT

black

+
PNP

M8

blue
4
1 3

black
brown

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

STRIP
Code
W0950000160

Description
SLOT STRIP 500 mm

Note: The code corresponds to 1 piece.

4.9

5.8

1.1/60

500

OPERATING DIAGRAMS
TRUNNION VERSION

Direction of
movement

1 - Deceleration of the chuck as it comes into contact with the piston rod, with plastic deformation of about 1 mm.
2 - The cylinder is pressurized to release the chuck.
3 - The pressure in the front chamber is maintained until the chuck has passed the stopper cylinder. The piston rod
extends due to the effect of the spring and any pressure in the opposite chamber. The system is now ready to stop
the next chuck.
ROLLER VERSION

Direction of
movement

1 - Deceleration of the chuck as it comes into contact with the piston rod, with plastic deformation of about 1 mm.
2 - The cylinder is pressurized to release the chuck.
3 - When the pressure in the front chamber drops, the piston rod extends due to the effect of the spring or any pressure
until the wheel reaches the chuck and moves it on.
4 - After the chuck has passed, the cylinder extends the piston rod fully. The system is now ready to stop the next chuck.

1.1/61

SPARE PARTS
COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDERS

13

12

Type
Complete set of gaskets
Front cylinder head kit for UNITOP
Front cylinder head kit for ISO 32
Front cylinder head kit for ISO
Rear cylinder head kit for UNITOP 20 - 32
Rear cylinder head kit for UNITOP
Rear cylinder head kit for ISO 32
Rear cylinder head kit for ISO
Piston kit 20
Piston kit
Magnet
Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for UNITOP
Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO 32
Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO

1.1/62

11

Parts






















10

Bores
20, 32, 50, 80
20, 32, 50, 80
32
50, 80
20, 32
50, 80
32
50, 80
20
32, 50, 80
20, 32, 50, 80
20, 32, 50, 80

Codes
009 . . . 7060
009 . . . 7160
0090327160
009 . . . 8160
009 . . . 7201
009 . . . 7260
0090327201
009 . . . 8260
0090207401
009 . . . 7460
009 . . . 7501
009 . . . 7960

32

0090327960

50, 80

009. . . 8960

CYLINDER SERIES ISO 15552


(EX ISO 6431) 32125 mm
1
Cylinders made to ISO 15552 VDMA available in various
versions and with a wide range of accessories:
Configuration with or without magnet
Single- or double-acting single- or through-rod
Wide choice of NBR, POLYURETHANE and FKM/FPM
gaskets (for high temperatures)
Special versions on request
Fixing accessories, guide units and mechanical piston
rod lock.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure
Temperature range 32 63
80 125
Fluid
Bore
Design
Standard stroke 

Versions
Sensor magnet
Inrush pressure

Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction


Weights

Polyurethane

NBR

FKM/FPM

Low Temperature

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa - 145 psi)


20C to +80C (non-magnetic cyl.) 10C to +80C (non-magnetic cyl.) 10C to +150 (non-magnetic cyl.)
35C to + 80C
20C to +70C (magnetic cyl.)
10C to +70C (magnetic cyl.)
10C to +80C (non-magnetic cyl.) 10C to +80C (non-magnetic cyl.) 10C to +150 (non-magnetic cyl.)
35C to + 80C
10C to +70C (magnetic cyl.)
10C to +70C (magnetic cyl.)
Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
32 ; 40 ; 50 ; 63 ; 80 ; 100 ; 125
Heads with Tap Tite screws
Single-acting:
for bores 32-63, strokes 0-250 mm
Double-acting:
for bores 32-80, strokes 25-2800 mm
for bores 100-125, strokes 25-2600 mm
 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems
Double-acting cushioned, Single-acting retracted piston rod cushioned, Through-rod cushioned, Long cushioning,
High-temperature, Piston rod lock, Oil seal, Through-rod oil seal, Low friction, Non-stick-slip*.
All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.
32; 40: 0.4 bar
50;63 strokes < 1500 mm: 0.3 bar; strokes 1500 mm: 0.4 bar
80;100;125 strokes < 1500 mm: 0.2 bar; strokes 1500 mm: 0.4 bar
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/05
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06
For no-stick slip versions use no-lubricated air only

COMPONENTS
 PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel, thick
chromed
 HEAD: die cast aluminium
 PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane, NBR or
FKM/FPM
 GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE
insert

BARREL: drawn anodised calibrated aluminium


 HALF-PISTON: self-lubricating technopolymer with
built-in cushioning olives (aluminium with PTFE pad
for diameters 80-100-125)
 PISTON GASKET: polyurethane, NBR or FKM/FPM
 MAGNET: plastoferrite
 BUFFER + Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM
CUSHIONING GASKET: polyurethane, NBR or
FKM/FPM
CUSHIONING NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out
movement safety system even when fully open
SCREWS: Tap Tite for assembly

10

11

12

1.1/63

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSION


L+
F

WH

L0+

VA

C1
RT

VD

B
P

KK

B1

TG

CH3

BG

121

CH2

TG

CH1

124

EE

PL

PL

126

+ = ADD THE STROKE

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSION


ZM++
WH+

L0+

WH

BG

C1
CH3

VD

RT

TG

B1

KK

122

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

PL
10
12
14
16
18
20
25

VD
6.5
8
13
14
12
14
20

A
10
10
10
10
12
12
10

B
30
35
40
45
45
55
60

CH1

EE

PL

CH2

TG

PL

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE
B1
28
33
38
40
43
49
54

WH
26
30
37
37
46
51
65

C1
16
20
25
25
33
38
45

CH1
10
13
17
17
22
22
27

CH2
17
19
24
24
30
30
41

CH3
6
6
8
8
10
10
12

KK
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M20x1.5
M20x1.5
M27x2

D
12
16
20
20
25
25
32

TG
32.5
38
46.5
56.5
72
89
110

VA
4
4
4
4
4
4
6

F
22
24
32
32
40
40
54

EE
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2

RT
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10
M12

E
46
54
64.5
75.5
94
111
135

L
120
135
143
158
174
189
225

L0
94
105
106
121
128
138
160

ZM
146
165
180
195
220
240
290

BG
14.5
14.5
17.5
17.5
21.5
21.5
25..5

N
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
6.5

P
6
6
6
6
10
10
12

VERSION 126 (SINGLE-ACTING)


ISO
ISO
NON ISO
NON ISO
NON ISO
NON ISO
NON ISO
NON ISO
NON ISO
NON ISO

1.1/64

Upper limit
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225

Stroke
<C
<C
<C
<C
<C
<C
<C
<C
<C
<C

Lower limit
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250

L0- 32
94
94
115
136
157
178
199
220
241
262

L0 - 40
105
105
129.5
154
178.5
203
227.5
252
276.5
301

L0 - 50
106
106
130.5
155
179.5
204
228.5
253
277.5
302

L0 - 63
121
121
145.5
170
194.5
219
243.5
268
292.5
317

L - 32
120
120
141
162
183
204
225
246
267
288

L - 40
135
135
159.5
184
208.5
233
257.5
282
306.5
331

L - 50
143
143
167.5
192
216.5
241
265.5
290
314.5
339

L - 63
158
158
182.5
207
231.5
256
280.5
305
329.5
354

Q
4
4
6
6
7
7
8

DIMENSIONS OF 100 mm CUSHIONING VERSION

L1+
F

WH1

L0+

VA1

C2
RT

VD

B
P

KK

B1

TG

CH3

BG

CH2

TG

CH1

CH4

CH4

EE

PL

PL

131

+ = ADD THE STROKE

32
40
50
63

PL
10
12
14
16

VD
6.5
8
13
14

A
10
10
10
10

B
30
35
40
45

B1
29
34
38
38

WH1
106
107
113.5
113.5

C2
96
97
101.5
101.5

CH1
10
13
17
17

CH2
17
19
24
24

CH3
6
6
8
8

CH4
27
30
35
35

KK
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5

DIMENSIONS OF 150 mm CUSHIONING VERSION

32
40
50
63

WH1
156
157
162.5
162.5

C2
146
147
150.5
150.5

VA1
129
121.5
119.5
123.5

L1
250
262
268.5
283.5

D
12
16
20
20

TG
32.5
38
46.5
56.5

VA1
79
76.5
76.5
76.5

F
22
24
32
32

EE
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8

RT
M6
M6
M8
M8

E
46
54
64.5
75.5

L1
200
212
219.5
234.5

L0
94
105
106
121

BG
14.5
14.5
17.5
17.5

N
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5

P
6
6
6
6

Q
4
4
6
6

DIMENSIONS OF 200 mm CUSHIONING VERSION

32
40
50
63

WH1
206
207
213.5
213.5

C2
196
197
201.5
201.5

VA1
179
176.5
176.5
176.5

L1
300
312
319.5
334.5

1.1/65

DIMENSIONS OF TANDEM VERSION

L1++
WH

L++

VA

127

++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

WH
26
30
37
37
46
51
65

VA
4
4
4
4
4
4
6

R
55
55
68
68
92
92
120

L
243
265
280
310
348
368
440

L1
273
299
321
351
398
423
511

Refer to standard cylinders for other values.

DIMENSIONS OF OPPOSED VERSION

L1 + X1 + X2
WH

L + X1 + X2

125

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

1.1/66

WH
26
30
37
37
46
51
65

R
55
55
68
68
92
92
120

L
243
265
280
310
348
368
440

L1
295
325
354
384
440
470
570

X1 = STROKE CYLINDER 1
X2 = STROKE CYLINDER 2

Refer to standard cylinders for other values.

WH

LOW-FRICTION VERSION CODE 123


1
 Rear chamber piston gasket made of
polyurethane ( 32-125);
 Front chamber piston gasket made of
polyurethane ( 32-125);
 Rear chamber cushioning gasket made
of polyurethane;
 Front chamber cushioning gasket made
of polyurethane;

Piston rod gasket made of polyurethane.

Rear chamber pressure


Rear chamber pressure and cushioning in case of impact
Rear chamber pressure and piston rod gasket
Rear chamber pressure, cushioning in case of impact and piston rod gasket
Front chamber pressure
Front chamber pressure and cushioning in case of impact

Type
A
B
C
D
E
F

Gaskets
1
1+3
1+5
1+3+5
2+5
2+5+4

The low-friction cylinder is typically used as a dandy or tensioning cylinder since it is a single-acting cylinder without a return spring.
The configurations are shown below:
1) The best type is A as it involves less friction.
2) Type B should be used when the cylinder is working under normal conditions outside the pneumatic cushioning area. Cushioning
is only for emergency use. It acts as a shock absorber in the case of malfunction.
3) Type C differs from type A due to the presence of a piston rod gasket that prevents dirt getting in when operating in dirty
environments.
4) Type D differs from type B due to the presence of a piston rod gasket that prevents dirt getting in when operating in dirty
environments.
5) Type E should be used when the pressurized chamber is the front one.
6) For type F, see point 2.
NB. THE CYLINDER IS ALWAYS SINGLE-ACTING WITHOUT A RETURN SPRING.

NOTES

1.1/67

KEY TO CODES
ISO 15552 STD CYLINDER
CYL

TYPE
120

Double-acting,
cuschioned,
non-magnetic
Double-acting,
cushioned
Through-rod
Double-acting,
non-cuschioned
Opposed
Single-acting
Tandem
Rod lock version
Version with
piston rod lock
Piston rod lock +
guide unit

121
122
124
125
 126
127
134
136
 137

0
S

Diameter
Nonmagnetic
G No stick slip

BORE

STROKE

32
40
50
63
80
 100
 125

For the maximum


suppliable strokes,
look at the technical
data

C45 chromed rod,


aluminium piston rod:
standard for all cylinders
with 1000 mm-stroke
cylinders and for cylinder
with 80 mm and over
C
C45 chromed rod,
technopolymer piston:
standard for cylinders of
32 to 63 mm with
< 1000 mm strokes
Z
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut aluminium piston
X
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut
technopolymer piston

NBR
gaskets
polyurethane
gaskets
FKM/FPM
gaskets
low
temperature

P
V
B

 In the code of cylinder with letter in fourth position 100 becomes A1; 125 becomes A2
Only available for versions with aluminium piston (A or Z)
 Available until 63 and only the versions with piston in aluminum (A or Z)
 Not available for NBR (N) versions
 Available up to 100

ISO 15552 LOW-FRICTION CYLINDER


CYL

1 2 3

TYPE
A
B
C
D
E
F

3280
stroke 252800 mm
100125
stroke 252600 mm

C45 chromed rod,


aluminium piston rod:
standard for all cylinders
with 1000 mm-stroke
cylinders and for cylinder
with 80 mm and over
C
C45 chromed rod,
technopolymer piston:
standard for cylinders of
32 to 63 mm with
< 1000 mm strokes
Z
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut aluminium piston
X
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut
technopolymer piston

N
NBR gaskets
P Polyurethane gaskets
V
FKM/FPM gaskets

DIAMETER

Low friction, type A


Low friction, type B
Low friction, type C
Low friction, type D
Low friction, type E
Low friction, type F

32
40
50
63
80
A1=100
A2=125

STROKE
A

ISO 15552 LONG-CUSHIONING CYLINDER


CYL

1 3 1

A
TYPE

1.1/68

A
B
C
D
E
F
G

200 mm front/rear cushioning cone 200mm ext.


150 mm front/rear cushioning cone 150mm ext.
100 mm front/rear cushioning cone 100mm ext.
150 mm front/rear cushioning cone 200mm ext.
100 mm front/rear cushioning cone 200mm ext.
50 mm front/rear cushioning cone 100mm ext.
100 mm front/rear cushioning cone 150mm ext.

H
I
L
M
N
O

200 mm front cushioning cone 200 mm ext.


150 mm front cushioning cone 150 mm ext.
100 mm front cushioning cone 100 mm ext.
150 mm front cushioning cone 200 mm ext.
100 mm front cushioning cone 150 mm ext.
50 mm front cushioning cone 100 mm ext.

Q
R
S
T
U
V

200 mm rear cushioning cone 200 mm ext.


150 mm rear cushioning cone 150 mm ext.
100 mm rear cushioning cone 100 mm ext.
150 mm rear cushioning cone 200 mm ext.
100 mm rear cushioning cone 200 mm ext.
50 mm rear cushioning cone 100 mm ext.

DIAMETER

STROKE

32
40
50
63

252600 mm

C45 chromed rod,


aluminium piston rod
for all sizes
Z
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut aluminium piston

NBR
gaskets
P polyurethane
gaskets
V FKM/FPM
gaskets

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS
INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN

TM

TL

TK

TD

MIN

XV+1/2
X+

X (min)

XV

X (max)

TM

TL

TD e 9

TK

UW

Weight [g]

0950322007
0950402007
0950502007
0950632007
0950802007
0951002007
0951252007

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

63
72
83
86.5
104
113.5
135

73
82.5
90
97.5
110
120
145

83
93
97
108.5
116
126.5
155

50
63
75
90
110
132
160

12
16
16
20
20
25
25

12
16
16
20
20
25
25

22
28
32
35
40
45
50

65
75
95
105
130
145
175

282
582
880
1230
2030
2600
3900

Note: Supplied complete with 4 grub screws, 2 pins

TL

Code

UW

MAX

+
= ADD THE STROKE
+ 1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE

COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN - MODEL EL


A
D H7

0.1

D1

D2
0.2

A1

C1 D1 D2 D

W0950322009
W0950402009
W0950402009
W0950632009
W0950632009
W0951002009
W0951002009

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

46
55
55
65
65
75
75

32
36
36
42
42
50
50

18
21
21
23
23
28.5
28.5

30
36
36
40
40
50
50

15
18
18
20
20
25
25

11
15
15
18
18
20
20

7
9
9
11
11
13
13

12
16
16
20
20
25
25

L Weight [g]

6.5
8.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
12.5
12.5

10.5
12
12
13
13
16
16

22
28
28
35
35
40
40

162
278
278
414
414
715
715

Note: Supplied with 4 securing screws

A1

Code

FIXING BRACKET SERIES KCV


A

D
B

VALVE FIXING BRACKET - CYLINDER

(Fig. A)
ISO 1

Code
0950322090
0950402090
0950502090
0950632090
0950802090
0951002090
0951252090

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

A
54
59.5
71.5
81.5
99
119.5
148

B
40
40
40
40
60
60
60

C
29.5
32.2
37
42
53.5
63.5
76.5

D
110
110
110
110
110
110
110

ISO 2
E
64.5
67.2
72
77
88.5
98.5
111.5

D
124
124
124
124
124
124
124

E
70.5
73.2
78
83
94.5
104.5
117.9

Applicable valves
MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2
MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2
MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2
MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2
Series 70 1/8-1/4-1/2 ISO 1 - ISO 2
Series 70 1/8-1/4-1/2 ISO 1 - ISO 2
Series 70 1/8-1/4-1/2 ISO 1 - ISO 2

Weight [g]
80
86
93
101
222
258
298

1.1/69

KIT FOR FIXING VALVES TO BRACKETS


Code
0950002003
0950002004
0950002006
0950002001
0950002002

Valve kit
MACH 16
Series 70 1/8-1/4
Series 70 1/2
ISO 1
ISO 2

Composition
2 HEX. SCREWS M3x25 with WASHER
2 HEX. SCREWS M4x50 with WASHER
2 HEX. SCREWS M5x50 with WASHER
ADAPTOR + ISO1 BASE SIDE + SCREWS + WASHERS (Fig. B)
ADAPTOR + ISO 2 BASE SIDE + SCREWS + WASHERS (Fig. B)

Weight [g]
4
8
20
230
350

VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER


FOR 32-40-50-63

FOR 80-100-125

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


ORDERING CODES
Description
REED SENSOR ACC. DSM2-C525 HS
E.HALL PNP SENSOR ACC. DSM3-N225
E. HALL NPN SENSOR ACC. DSM3-M225

9.1

11.5

17

Code
W0950000201
W0950000222
W0950000232

34

25.5

SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKETS


5063

13.2

14
5.9

1.7
20.6

1.6

7.5

47.8
14.8

29.5

26

20.9

20.4

19.2

18.5

2.7

25.9

M5

M5

14

80100125

1.8

M5

3240

14

29.8

Code
W0950000711

1.1/70

Description
BRACKET ACC. D.32 DST 80

Code
W0950000712

Description
BRACKET ACC. D.50 DST 81

Code
W0950000713

Description
BRACKET ACC. D.80-100-125 DST 82

TECHNICAL DATA
Type
Contact
Max AC/DC voltage
Max current at 25C
Power with inductive load
Power with resistive load
Switch-on time
Switch-off time
Switch-on point
Switch-off point
Operating life
Contact resistance
Cable length
Cable cross section
Cable material
Circuit

V
mA
VA
Watt
m sec
m sec
Gauss
Gauss

m
mm2

REED + VARISTORE + LED 2 fili


REED + VARISTORE + LED N.O.
348 V(DC); 3220 (AC)
500
10
50
1.2
0.1
110
95
107 impulsi
0.1
2.5
0.35
PVC Morbido

HALL VERSION PNP/NPN 3 wires


HALL EFFECT NO PNP/NPN
6-24 V DC
250

6
0.8
3
15
8
109 impulses

2.5
0.35
Soft PVC

24VDC
DC
brown

Version NPN
+

brown

blue

black

blue

AC

Version PNP

24V AC
brown

brown

blue

black
blue
~

ADAPTOR FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR


Code
W0950001001

Description
Adaptor DSS005 for DST/ST brackets

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
 ISO 15552 cylinder with traditional barrel
 Sensor bracket mod. DST (32125)
 Adaptor
 Retractable sensor with insertion from above
 Retractable sensor

1.1/71

CYLINDERS SERIES ISO 15552


(EX ISO 6431) 32125 mm
TYPE A RETRACTABLE SENSOR
The sensor can be inserted from the side thanks to the new
shape of the heads. The profiles of the liners have been
redesigned and the new shape means that dedicated
intermediate hinges can be applied. Cylinders available in
various versions and a wide range of accessories:
Configuration with or without magnet
Single- or double-acting single- or through-rod
Wide choice of NBR, POLYURETHANE and FKM/FPM
gaskets (for high temperatures)
Special versions on request
Fixing accessories, guide units and mechanical piston
rod lock.

TECHNICAL DATA

Polyurethane

Operating pressure
Temperature range 32 63

NBR

FKM/FPM

Low Temperature

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa - 145 psi)


20C to +80C (non-magnetic cyl.) 10C to +80C (non-magnetic cyl.) 10C to +150 (non-magnetic cyl.)
35C+80C
20C to +70C (magnetic cyl.)
10C to +70C (magnetic cyl.)
10C to +80C (non-magnetic cyl.) 10C to +80C (non-magnetic cyl.) 10C to +150 (non-magnetic cyl.)
35C+80C
10C to +70C (magnetic cyl.)
10C to +70C (magnetic cyl.)
Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
32 ; 40 ; 50 ; 63 ; 80 ; 100 ; 125
Heads with Tap Tite screws
Single-acting:
for bores 32-63, strokes 0-250 mm
Double-acting:
for bores 32-80, strokes 25-2800 mm
for bores 100-125, strokes 25-2600 mm
 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems
Double-acting cushioned, Single-acting retracted piston rod cushioned, Through-rod cushioned, Long cushioning,
High-temperature, Piston rod lock, Oil seal, Through-rod oil seal, Low friction, Non-stick-slip*.
All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.
32; 40: 0.4 bar
50;63 strokes < 1500 mm: 0.3 bar; strokes 1500 mm: 0.4 bar
80;100;125 strokes < 1500 mm: 0.2 bar; strokes 1500 mm: 0.4 bar
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/05
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06
*For no-stick versions, use no-lubricated air only

80 125
Fluid
Bore
Design
Standard stroke 

Versions
Sensor magnet
Inrush pressure

Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction


Weights

JACKET CROSS SECTION

53

13.3

18.4

1
44.5

 SLOTS FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR

40

32

125
6.6

100

18.4
44.5

53

80

63

50

1.1/72

134

108

52.6

44

89

74

31.9

23.5

63.3

57.6

1
1

23.5

31.9

44

52.6

63.3

74

57.6

89

108

134

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSION


L+
F

WH

L0+

VA

C1
RT

VD

B
P

KK

B1

TG

CH3

BG

121

CH2

TG

CH1

124

EE

PL

PL

126

+ = ADD THE STROKE

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSION

ZM++
WH+

L0+

WH

BG

C1
CH3

VD

RT

TG

B1

KK

CH1

EE

PL

CH2

TG

PL

122

.
32
40
50
63
80
100
125

PL
10
12
14
16
18
20
25

VD
6.5
8
13
14
12
14
20

A
10
10
10
10
12
12
10

B
30
35
40
45
45
55
60

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE
B1
28
33
38
40
43
49
54

WH
26
30
37
37
46
51
65

C1
16
20
25
25
33
38
45

CH1
10
13
17
17
22
22
27

CH2
17
19
24
24
30
30
41

CH3
6
6
8
8
10
10
12

KK
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M20x1.5
M20x1.5
M27x2

D
12
16
20
20
25
25
32

TG
32.5
38
46.5
56.5
72
89
110

VA
4
4
4
4
4
4
6

F
22
24
32
32
40
40
54

EE
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2

RT
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10
M12

E
46
54
64.5
75.5
94
111
135

L
120
135
143
158
174
189
225

L0
94
105
106
121
128
138
160

ZM
146
165
180
195
220
240
290

BG
14.5
14.5
17.5
17.5
21.5
21.5
25..5

N
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
6.5

P
6
6
6
6
10
10
12

Q
4
4
6
6
7
7
8

VERSION 126 (SINGLE-ACTING)


ISO
ISO
NON ISO
NON ISO
NON ISO
NON ISO
NON ISO
NON ISO
NON ISO
NON ISO

Upper limit
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225

Stroke
<C
<C
<C
<C
<C
<C
<C
<C
<C
<C

Lower limit
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250

L0 - 32
94
94
115
136
157
178
199
220
241
262

L0 - 40
105
105
129.5
154
178.5
203
227.5
252
276.5
301

L0 - 50
106
106
130.5
155
179.5
204
228.5
253
277.5
302

L0- 63
121
121
145.5
170
194.5
219
243.5
268
292.5
317

L - 32
120
120
141
162
183
204
225
246
267
288

L - 40
135
135
159.5
184
208.5
233
257.5
282
306.5
331

L - 50
143
143
167.5
192
216.5
241
265.5
290
314.5
339

L - 63
158
158
182.5
207
231.5
256
280.5
305
329.5
354

1.1/73

DIMENSIONS OF 100 mm CUSHIONING VERSION

L1+
F

WH1

L0+

VA1

C2
RT

VD

B
P

KK

B1

TG

CH3

BG

CH2

TG

CH1

CH4

CH4

EE

PL

PL

130

+ = ADD THE STROKE

32
40
50
63

PL
10
12
14
16

VD
6.5
8
13
14

A
10
10
10
10

B
30
35
40
45

B1
29
34
38
38

WH1
106
107
113.5
113.5

C2
96
97
101.5
101.5

CH1
10
13
17
17

CH2
17
19
24
24

CH3
6
6
8
8

CH4
27
30
35
35

DIMENSIONS OF 150 mm CUSHIONING VERSION

32
40
50
63

1.1/74

WH1
156
157
162.5
162.5

C2
146
147
150.5
150.5

VA1
129
121.5
119.5
123.5

L1
250
262
268.5
283.5

KK
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5

D
12
16
20
20

TG
32.5
38
46.5
56.5

VA1
79
76.5
76.5
76.5

F
22
24
32
32

EE
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8

RT
M6
M6
M8
M8

E
46
54
64.5
75.5

L1
200
212
219.5
234.5

L0
94
105
106
121

BG
14.5
14.5
17.5
17.5

N
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5

P
6
6
6
6

DIMENSIONS OF 200 mm CUSHIONING VERSION

32
40
50
63

WH1
206
207
213.5
213.5

C2
196
197
201.5
201.5

VA1
179
176.5
176.5
176.5

L1
300
312
319.5
334.5

Q
4
4
6
6

DIMENSIONS OF TANDEM VERSION

L1++
WH

L++

VA

127

++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

WH
26
30
37
37
46
51
65

VA
4
4
4
4
4
4
6

R
55
55
68
68
92
92
120

L
243
265
280
310
348
368
440

L1
273
299
321
351
398
423
511

Refer to standard cylinders for other values.

DIMENSIONS OF OPPOSED VERSION

L1 + X1 + X2
WH

L + X1 + X2

WH

125

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

WH
26
30
37
37
46
51
65

R
55
55
68
68
92
92
120

L
243
265
280
310
348
368
440

L1
295
325
354
384
440
470
570

X1 = STROKE CYLINDER 1
X2 = STROKE CYLINDER 2

Refer to standard cylinders for other values.

1.1/75

LOW-FRICTION VERSION CODE 129

 Rear chamber piston gasket made of


polyurethane ( 32-125);
 Front chamber piston gasket made of
polyurethane ( 32-125);
 Rear chamber cushioning gasket made
of polyurethane;
 Front chamber cushioning gasket made
of polyurethane;
 Piston rod gasket made of polyurethane.

Rear chamber pressure


Rear chamber pressure and cushioning in case of impact
Rear chamber pressure and piston rod gasket
Rear chamber pressure, cushioning in case of impact and piston rod gasket
Front chamber pressure
Front chamber pressure and cushioning in case of impact

Type
A
B
C
D
E
F

Gaskets
1
1+3
1+5
1+3+5
2+5
2+5+4

The low-friction cylinder is typically used as a dandy or tensioning cylinder since it is a single-acting cylinder without a return spring.
The configurations are shown below:
1) The best type is A as it involves less friction.
2) Type B should be used when the cylinder is working under normal conditions outside the pneumatic cushioning area. Cushioning
is only for emergency use. It acts as a shock absorber in the case of malfunction.
3) Type C differs from type A due to the presence of a piston rod gasket that prevents dirt getting in when operating in dirty
environments.
4) Type D differs from type B due to the presence of a piston rod gasket that prevents dirt getting in when operating in dirty
environments.
5) Type E should be used when the pressurized chamber is the front one.
6) For type F, see point 2.
NB. THE CYLINDER IS ALWAYS SINGLE-ACTING WITHOUT A RETURN SPRING.

NOTES

1.1/76

KEY TO CODES
1

CYLINDER ISO 15552 TYPE A, RETRACTABLE SENSOR


CYL

TYPE
121
122
124
125
 126
127
134
136
137

Double-acting,
cushioned
Through-rod
Double-acting,
non-cuschioned
Opposed
Single-acting
Tandem
Rod lock version
Version with piston
rod lock
Piston rod lock +
guide unit

Standard
No stick slip
C
Nonmagnetic

B

DIAMETER

STROKE

32
40
50
63
80
A1=100
A2=125

For the maximum


suppliable strokes,
look at the technical
data

C45 chromed rod,


aluminium piston rod:
standard for all cylinders
with 1000 mm-stroke
cylinders and for cylinder
with 80 mm and over
C
C45 chromed rod,
technopolymer piston:
standard for cylinders of
32 to 63mm with
< 1000 mm strokes
Z
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut aluminium piston
X
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut
technopolymer piston

NBR
gaskets
P polyurethane
gaskets
V
FKM/FPM
gaskets
B
low
temperature

Only available for versions with aluminium piston (A or Z)


 Available until 63 and only the versions with piston in aluminum (A or Z)
 Not available for NBR (N) versions
 Available up to 100

CYLINDER ISO 15552 LOW-FRICTION TYPE A, RETRACTABLE SENSOR


CYL

1 2 9

TYPE
A
B
C
D
E
F

Low friction, type A


Low friction, type B
Low friction, type C
Low friction, type D
Low friction, type E
Low friction, type F

DIAMETER

STROKE

32
40
50
63
80
A1=100
A2=125

3280
stroke 252800 mm
100125
stroke 252600 mm

C45 chromed rod,


aluminium piston rod:
standard for all cylinders
with 1000 mm-stroke
cylinders and for cylinder
with 80 mm and over
C
C45 chromed rod,
technopolymer piston:
standard for cylinders of
32 to 63 mm with
< 1000 mm strokes
Z
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut aluminium piston
X
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut
technopolymer piston

N
NBR gaskets
P Polyurethane gaskets
V
FKM/FPM gaskets

CYLINDER ISO 15552 LONG-CUSHIONING TYPE A, RETRACTABLE SENSOR


CYL

1 3 0

A
TYPE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G

200 mm front/rear cushioning cone 200mm ext.


150 mm front/rear cushioning cone 150mm ext.
100 mm front/rear cushioning cone 100mm ext.
150 mm front/rear cushioning cone 200mm ext.
100 mm front/rear cushioning cone 200mm ext.
50 mm front/rear cushioning cone 100mm ext.
100 mm front/rear cushioning cone 150mm ext.

H
I
L
M
N
O

200 mm front cushioning cone 200 mm ext.


150 mm front cushioning cone 150 mm ext.
100 mm front cushioning cone 100 mm ext.
150 mm front cushioning cone 200 mm ext.
100 mm front cushioning cone 150 mm ext.
50 mm front cushioning cone 100 mm ext.

Q
R
S
T
U
V

200 mm rear cushioning cone 200 mm ext.


150 mm rear cushioning cone 150 mm ext.
100 mm rear cushioning cone 100 mm ext.
150 mm rear cushioning cone 200 mm ext.
100 mm rear cushioning cone 200 mm ext.
50 mm rear cushioning cone 100 mm ext.

DIAMETER

STROKE

32
40
50
63

252600 mm

C45 chromed rod,


aluminium piston rod
for all sizes
Z
Stainless steel piston
rod and nut aluminium piston

NBR
gaskets
P polyurethane
gaskets
V FKM/FPM
gaskets

1.1/77

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS
INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN
TD

TM

TL

TK

Code

X (min)

XV

X (max)

TM

TL

TD e 9

TK

UW

Weight [g]

0950322107
0950402107
0950502107
0950632107
0950802107
0951002107
0951252107

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

63
72
83
86.5
104
113.5
135

73
82.5
90
97.5
110
120
145

83
93
97
108.5
116
126.5
155

50
63
75
90
110
132
160

12
16
16
20
20
25
25

12
16
16
20
20
25
25

22
28
28
36
36
45
50

65
75
95
105
130
145
175

170
360
580
950
1480
2140
2950

UW

TL

Note: Supplied complete with 4 grub screws, 2 pins


MIN

XV+1/2
X+

MAX

+
= ADD THE STROKE
+ 1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE

COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN - MODEL EL

0.1

D1

A
D H7

Code

A1

C1 D1 D2 D

L Weight [g]

W0950322009
W0950402009
W0950402009
W0950632009
W0950632009
W0951002009
W0951002009

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

46
55
55
65
65
75
75

32
36
36
42
42
50
50

18
21
21
23
23
28.5
28.5

30
36
36
40
40
50
50

15
18
18
20
20
25
25

6.5
8.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
12.5
12.5

10.5
12
12
13
13
16
16

22
28
28
35
35
40
40

11
15
15
18
18
20
20

7
9
9
11
11
13
13

12
16
16
20
20
25
25

162
278
278
414
414
715
715

D2

Note: Supplied with 4 securing screws

0.2

A1

VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER


With this type of cylinder, the valves (D) can
be mounted directly using the retracting
sensor slot, without requiring the use of
intermediate brackets.
This can be done using the special plates
(A), which come with both the M3 and M4
threads, and screws (B) of the size, type
and quantity shown in the table below.
For ISO 1 and ISO 2 valves, the kit on
which the valve is to be mounted (codes
shown in the tables) will be fitted to the
cylinder using the special plates (A) and
the screws (B) listed in the table.

A
Type of valve
to mount (D)
MACH 11
SERIE 70 1/8
SERIE 70 1/4
SERIE 70 1/2
ISO 1
ISO 2

1.1/78

M3 fixing
plate (A)
code 0950003002
n 2

M4 fixing
plate (A)
code 0950003001

n 2
n 2
n 2
n 2
n 2

Screw (B)
for connection to cylinder
(one per plate)
M3x16 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)
M4x25 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)
M4x30 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)
M4x45 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)
M4x8 UNI 7688 (DIN 965A)
M4x8 UNI 7688 (DIN 965A)

D
Washer (B)
(one per screw)

A3.2 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)

A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)


A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)

B
Valve
assembly
kit

0950002001
0950002002

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH
INSERTION FROM ABOVE

Code

Description

W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m


HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR VETICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the
cylinder heads do not require a through opening.

WIRING DIAGRAM

brown

blue

M8

REED EFFECT

TECHNICAL DATA

blue

4
1 3

brown
+

brown

HALL EFFECT

black

+
PNP

M8

blue
black
brown

BAR FOR GROOVING

4
1 3

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

Code

Description

W0950000160

BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

Note: The code corresponds to 1 piece.


500

4.9

5.8

SLOTTED FIXING PLATE

Code

Description

Weight [g]

0950003001
0950003002

ACC M4 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE


ACC M3 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE

1
1

Note: Individually packed

1.1/79

ACCESSORIES ISO 15552 STD AND TYPE A


RETRACTABLE SENSOR:
MECHANICAL ROD BLOCK
Pilot pressure
Ambient temperature
Fluid temperature
Operation
Mechanics
Locking force

Pp
Te
tg

F
(N)

Body material
Shoe material
Spring material
Piston material
Gasket material
Pilot port

4-8 bar (0.4-0.8 Mpa)


Max 80C (176F)
Max 70C (154F)
NC - bidirectional
Double shoe with mechanical lock
32 40 50 63 80 100 125
650 1100 1600 2500 4000 6300 8700
Aluminium
Brass
NBR
Synthetic material with added teflon
NBR
1/8

OPERATING PRINCIPLE

Fig. 1

The mechanical piston rod lock is a normally-closed mechanism.


In the absence of pneumatic piloting, the two shoes (A) lock the
cylinder rod in both directions (Fig. 1). With pneumatic piloting,
the piston rod guide forces the shoes to come right up to each
other and overcome the counter spring (B) force and the piston
rod can slide (Fig. 2). It is important to remember that the
mechanical piston rod lock is a static type, which means that it
is necessary to stop the cylinder piston rod pneumatically before
locking the part mechanically.

Fig. 2
B

DIMENSIONS
L+
L1

L0+

L2

L7

1.1/80

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

D3 f8

L7

Z
L8

+ = ADD THE STROKE


Code
W5010001102
W5010001103
W5010001104
W5010001109
W5010001106
W5010001107
W5010001108

D2

L4

D1

T1

L1
58
65
82
82
110
115
167

L2
48
55
70
70
90
100
122

L4
8
8
15
15
18
18
22

L7
45
50
60
70
90
105
140

L8
34
38
48
49.5
61
68
86.5

D
12
16
20
20
25
25
32

D1
30
35
40
45
45
55
60

D2
35
40
50
60
80
100
130

D3
25
28
35
38
48
58
65

H
46.5
53
64
75
95
110.5
150

A
32.5
38
46.5
56.5
72
89
110

T1
13
13
16
16
20
20
30

M
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10
M12

Z
M6x20
M6x20
M8x30
M8x30
M10x35
M10x35
M12x40

Q
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8

L0
94
105
106
121
128
138
160

L
162
180
200
215
251
266
347

Weight [g]
150
200
500
700
1700
2700
5600

ACCESSORIES ISO 15552 STD AND TYPE A


RETRACTABLE SENSOR: FIXINGS
FOOT - MODEL A

AT

AH

XA+

AB

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

AU

TR

XA

SA

Weight [g]

W0950322001
W0950402001
W0950502001
W0950632001
W0950802001
W0951002001
W0951252001

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

7
9
9
9
12
14
16

32
36
45
50
63
71
90

11
15
15
15
20
25
15

4
4
4
6
6
6
7

24
28
32
32
41
41
45

32
36
45
50
63
75
90

45
52
65
75
95
115
140

144
163
175
190
215
230
270

142
161
170
185
210
220
250

76
100
162
266
456
572
1130

Note: ndividually packed with 2 screws.

TR

AU

A0

SA+

+= ADD THE STROKE

CB

UB

FL

CD H9

M
R

FEMALE HINGE - MODEL B

Code

UB

CB

FL

CD XD

W0950322003
W0950402003
W0950502003
W0950632003
W0950802003
W0951002003
W0951252003

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

45
52
60
70
90
110
130

26
28
32
40
50
60
70

22
25
27
32
36
41
50

10
12
12
16
16
20
25

142
160
170
190
210
230
275

MR

Weight [g]

10
12
12
16
16
20
25

10
10
12
12
16
16
20

116
160
252
394
670
1085
2000

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap-rings, 1 pin.

XD+

+= ADD THE STROKE

EW

CD H9

M
R

MALE HINGE - MODEL BA

XD

Weight [g]

12
15
15
20
20
25
30

142
160
170
190
210
230
275

94
124
220
316
578
850
1590

Code

EW

FL

MR

CD L

W0950322004
W0950402004
W0950502004
W0950632004
W0950802004
W0951002004
W0951252004

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

26
28
32
40
50
60
70

22
25
27
32
36
41
50

11
13
13
17
17
21
26

10
12
12
16
16
20
25

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

FL
XD+

+= ADD THE STROKE

EX

CX H9

MS

ARTICULATED MALE HINGE - MODEL BAS

Code

cil.

DL

MS

XN

CX

EX

Weight [g]

W0950322006
W0950402006
W0950502006
W0950632006
W0950802006
W0951002006
W0951252006

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

22
25
27
32
36
41
50

16
19
19
24
24
30
36

12
15
15
20
20
25
30

142
160
170
190
210
230
275

10
12
12
16
16
20
25

14
16
16
21
21
25
31

106
142
236
336
572
840
1520

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

DL
XN+

+= ADD THE STROKE

1.1/81

CETOP HINGE FOR


MODEL B - MODEL GL
A

Weight [g]

W0950322008
W0950402008
W0950502008
W0950632008
W0950802008
W0951002008
W0951252008

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

26
28
32
40
50
60
70

19
26
26
33
33
44
44

7
9
9
11
11
14
14

10
12
12
16
16
20
25

25
32
32
40
40
50
50

20
32
32
50
50
70
70

32
45
45
63
63
90
90

37
54
54
75
75
103
103

41
52
52
63
63
80
80

18
25
25
32
32
40
40

8
10
10
12
12
16
16

10
12
12
15
15
22
22

96
216
212
440
464
985
1000

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

C
F

Code

N
L

ISO HINGE FOR MODEL B - MODEL GS


B

Weight [g]

W0950322108
W0950402108
W0950502108
W0950632108
W0950802108
W0951002108

32
40
50
63
80
100

25.5
27.5
31.5
39.5
49.5
59.5

32.5
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

45
52
65
75
95
115

7
7
9
9
11
11

32
36
45
50
63
73

11
13
13
17
17
21

10
10
12
12
16
16

10
12
12
16
16
20

10
12
12
15
15
22

106
138
252
350
655
980

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

Code

C
D

FRONT FLANGE - MODEL C

TF

FB

UF

MF

Code

TF

UF

MF

FB

Weight [g]

W0950322002
W0950402002
W0950502002
W0950632002
W0950802002
W0951002002
W0951252002

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

64
72
90
100
126
150
180

80
90
110
120
153
178
220

50
55
65
75
95
115
140

10
10
12
12
16
16
20

32
36
45
50
63
75
90

7
9
9
9
12
14
16

16
20
25
25
30
35
45

246
290
522
670
1420
2040
4300

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.


W+

R
E

REAR FLANGE - MODEL C


MF

TF

UF

FB

Code

TF

UF

MF

FB

ZF

Weight [g]

W0950322002
W0950402002
W0950502002
W0950632002
W0950802002
W0951002002
W0951252002

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

64
72
90
100
126
150
180

80
90
110
120
153
178
220

50
55
65
75
95
115
140

10
10
12
12
16
16
20

32
36
45
50
63
75
90

7
9
9
9
12
14
16

130
145
155
170
190
205
245

246
290
522
670
1420
2040
4300

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.


R
E

+= ADD THE STROKE

1.1/82

ZF+

Code

CH

Weight [g]

0950322010
0950402010
0950502010
0950802010
0951252010

32
40
50/63
80/100
125

M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M20x1.5
M27x2

6
7
8
9
12

17
19
24
30
41

6
12
20
32
74

ROD NUT - MODEL S

Note: Individually packed.


H

CH

FORK MODEL GK-M


L

Code

Weight [g]

W0950322020
W0950402020
W0950502020
W0950502020
W0950802020
W0950802020
W0951252020

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

10
12
16
16
20
20
30

20
24
32
32
40
40
54

10
12
16
16
20
20
30

20
24
32
32
40
40
55

52
62
83
83
105
105
148

40
48
64
64
80
80
110

M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M20x1.5
M20x1.5
M27x2

26
32
40
40
40
48
65

92
148
340
340
690
690
1835

B B12

Note: Individually packed.

ROD EYE - MODEL GA-M


C

G1

CH

Code

M C B1

W0950322025
W0950402025
W0950502025
W0950502025
W0950802025
W0950802025
W0951252025

32
40
50
63
80
100
125

10
12
16
16
20
20
30

15
17
22
22
26
26
36

10.5
12
15
15
18
18
25

G CH G1 Weight [g]

14
16
21
21
25
25
37

28
32
42
42
50
50
70

57
66
85
85
102
102
145

43
50
64
64
77
77
110

M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M20x1.5
M20x1.5
M27x2

15
17.5
22
22
27.5
27.5
40

17
19
22
22
30
30
41

19
19
22
22
27
27
50

78
116
226
226
404
404
1190

M H7

B1

+0
-0.12

Note: Individually packed

F
L

SELF ALIGNING ROD COUPLER - MODEL GA-K


C

SW1

SW4

C D

W0950322030
W0950402030
W0950502030
W0950502030
W0950802030
W0950802030

32
40
50
63
80
100

M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M20x1.5
M20x1.5

20
24
32
32
40
40

20
20
32
32
40
40

71
75
103
103
119
119

F E SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 Weight [g]


22
22
32
32
32
32

4
4
4
4
4
4

12
12
20
20
20
20

30
30
41
41
41
41

30
30
41
41
41
41

19
19
30
30
30
30

17
19
24
24
30
30

216
220
620
620
680
680

SW5

Code

Note: Individually packed


B

SW2

SW3

1.1/83

CYLINDERS ISO 15552 STD AND TYPE A


RETRACTABLE SENSOR: SPARES
NEW RELEASE

15

13

11

17

STANDARD

16

10

12

18

TYPE A

Type
Complete set of polyurethane gaskets
Complete set of NBR gaskets
Complete polyurethane front head kit
Complete NBR front head kit
Complete polyurethane rear head kit
Complete NBR rear head kit
Complete polyurethane piston kit
Complete polyurethane piston kit
Complete NBR piston kit
Complete NBR piston kit
Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit
Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit
Complete NBR head A+P+pistion kit
Complete NBR head A+P+piston kit
Magnet

Code
009 . . . 0101
009 . . . 0502
009 . . . 0110N
009 . . . 0304N
009 . . . 0111N
009 . . . 0305N
009 . . . 0604
009 . . . 0604
009 . . . 0602
009 . . . 0602
009 . . . 0704N
009 . . . 0704N
009 . . . 0702N
009 . . . 0702N
009 . . . 0800

Bore
32125
32125
32125
32125
32125
32125
3263
80125
3263
80125
3263
80125
3263
80125
32125

Parts
2-4-5-9-10
2-4-5-9-10
1-2-3-4-5-17-18
1-2-3-4-5-17-18
4-5-8-17-18
4-5-8-17-18
9-10-16-17
9-10-11-13-15-18
9-10-16-17
9-10-11-13-15-18
1-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-16-17-18
1-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-11-13-15-17-18
1-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-14-16-17-18
1-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-11-13-15-17-18
12

OLD RELEASE

15

13

11

17

14

STANDARD

16

10

12

18

TYPE A

Type
Complete set of polyurethane gaskets
Complete set of NBR gaskets
Complete polyurethane front head kit
Complete NBR front head kit
Complete polyurethane rear head kit
Complete NBR rear head kit
Complete polyurethane piston kit
Complete polyurethane piston kit
Complete NBR piston kit
Complete NBR piston kit
Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit
Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit
Complete NBR head A+P+pistion kit
Complete NBR head A+P+piston kit
Magnet

1.1/84

Parts
2-4-5-9-10
2-4-5-9-10
1-2-3-4-5-6-7-14-17-18
1-2-3-4-5-6-7-14-17-18
4-5-6-7-8-14-17-18
4-5-6-7-8-14-17-18
9-10-16-17
9-10-11-13-15-18
9-10-16-17
9-10-11-13-15-18
1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-14-16-17-18
1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-13-14-15-17-18
1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-14-16-17-18
1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-13-14-15-17-18
12

Bore
32125
32125
32125
32125
32125
32125
3263
80125
3263
80125
3263
80125
3263
80125
32125

Code
009 . . . 0101
009 . . . 0502
009 . . . 0110
009 . . . 0304
009 . . . 0111
009 . . . 0305
009 . . . 0604
009 . . . 0604
009 . . . 0602
009 . . . 0602
009 . . . 0704
009 . . . 0704
009 . . . 0702
009 . . . 0702
009 . . . 0800

ACCESSORIES:
GUIDE UNITS FOR CYLINDERS ISO 15552
STD AND TYPE A RETRACTABLE SENSOR
1
Guide units series DS-DH-DM ensure optimal alignment
and anti-rotation effect of the pneumatic cylinder connected
to it. The guide units can be used separately or combined
in order to get complete handling units, in which case the
guide units can be coupled using the type A and C
anchorage (pin and flange).
The guide units can be coupled to ISO 15552 cylinders
( 32 - 100). The following versions are available:
U PROFILE*: for limited loads and speeds (GDS)
H PROFILE*: for high loads (GDH)
H PROFILE**: for high speeds (GDM)
STANDARD STROKES:
32-100: 50-100-150-200-250-320-400-500

**Bronze guide bushings


**Ball guide bushings
(For weights, refer to the data sheet on page 1.1/06)
GUIDE UNIT ELEMENTS
SERIES GDS-GDH

SERIES GDM

Body:
Guide bushing:
Piston rod:
Body:
Guide bushing:
Piston rod:

aluminium alloy
self-lubricating sintered bronze and wiper rings
chromed rolled steel
aluminium alloy
ball linear bearings and scraper ring
tempered stainless steel

1.1/85

GRAPH OF GUIDE UNIT LOADS

1000
900

800

700

600

P
0
00
10

1
80
80
H
DM
GD
G

500
GD
M

P (N)

63
DH
G
50

S8

GD

2
M3

GD

200

H
GD

0
H4
GD 63
M
GD
0
M4
GD

300

50

400

S = PROJECTION
B = BARYCENTRE
P = PAY LOAD

10

160

S3

GD

120

DS

40

100

H
32

80

50

63

50
30
10
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

S (mm)

1.1/86

DIMENSIONS TYPE GDS


E1

G C1

B1

E3

D*

E2

F2 depth 10
CH

F
F1
E

L1+

M
X

L+
F2 depth 10

A1

VIEW X-Y
E

+ = ADD THE STROKE


 CENTERING PINHOLES

32
40
50
63
80
100

A
48
56
66
76
98
118

A1
45
53
63
73
95
115

B
100
106
125
132
165
185

O1

B1
95
101
120
127
160
180

C
48
58
59
76
90
110

C1
12
15
15
15
16
16

DH7
6
6
6
6
6
6

E
32.5
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

E1
32.5
38
46.5
56.5
50
70

E2
78
84
100
105
130
150

E3
58
64
80
95
130
150

F
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10

F1
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
11
11

I
74
80
96
104
130
152

H
31
36
45
45
56
56

G
18
21
24
24
31
31

F2H7
6
6
6
6
6
6

L
108
120
130
145
170
190

L1
94
105
106
121
128
138

M
46
52
65
65
71
71

N
17
21
25
25
34
39

O
7.8
10
6.3
9.8
20
20

O1
7.8
10
6.3
9.8
9
10.5

S
12
12
16
16
20
20

Ch
15
15
22
22
27
27

DIMENSIONS TYPE GDH-GDM


E
H

B1

E3

D*

E2

G C1

F2 depth 10
CH

F
F1
L1+

L+

F2 depth 10

A1

VIEW X-Y
F

+ = ADD THE STROKE


 CENTERING PINHOLES

32
40
50
63
80
100

A
49
58
69
85
105
129

A1
45
54
63
79
99
120

B
97
115
137
152
189
213

B1
90
110
130
145
180
200

C
125
139
148
182
215
220

C1
12
15
15
15
20
20

Ch
13
15
22
22
27
27

DH7
6
6
6
6
6
6

E
32.5
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

E2
78
84
100
105
130
150

E3
61
69
85
100
130
150

F
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10

F1
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
11
11

F2H7
6
6
6
6
6
6

G
18
21
24
24
31
31

H
31
36
45
45
56
56

I
74
87
104
119
148
172

L
177
192
205
237
280
280

L1
94
105
106
121
128
138

M
47
53
63
62
76
76

N
17
21
26
26
34
39

O
4.3
11
18.5
15.3
21
24.5

S
12
16
20
20
25
25

U
76
81
78
111
128
128

1.1/87

GUIDE UNIT
Version
Sliding on bronze bushings (GDS)

Sliding on bronze bushings (GDH)

Sliding on ball bearing (GDM)

Bore
32
40
50
63
80
100

Type
UNIT MW DS 032...
UNIT MW DS 040...
UNIT MW DS 050...
UNIT MW DS 063...
UNIT MW DS 080...
UNIT MW DS 100...

Code
W 0700321...
W 0700401...
W 0700501...
W 0700631...
W 0700801...
W 0701001...

32
40
50
63
80
100

UNIT MW DH 032...
UNIT MW DH 040...
UNIT MW DH 050...
UNIT MW DH 063...
UNIT MW DH 080...
UNIT MW DH 100...

W 0700322...
W 0700402...
W 0700502...
W 0700632...
W 0700802...
W 0701002...

32
40
50
63
80
100

UNIT MW DM 032...
UNIT MW DM 040...
UNIT MW DM 050...
UNIT MW DM 063...
UNIT MW DM 080...
UNIT MW DM 100...

W 0700323...
W 0700403...
W 0700503...
W 0700633...
W 0700803...
W 0701003...

Note: To complete the type and code, add the 3-digit stroke (e.g. 50=050)

DIMENSIONS PISTON ROD LOCK + GUIDE UNIT COD. 137

32
40
50
63
80
100
126

1.1/88

C
74
85
107
107
136
143
187

CYLINDER SERIES ISO 15552


(EX ISO 6431), 32-63 mm TWO-FLAT
1
This version of cylinder is used to keep the parts fixed to the
piston rod at an angle and to apply torques within the
specified limits.
The piston rod of the Two Flat has two opposing longitudinal
surfaces; it is made of stainless steel.
The front cylinder head includes a sintered bronze bush that
matches the profile of the piston rod and prevents it from
rotating on its own axis. A special polyurethane gasket
ensures pneumatic seal and prevents the accumulation of
dirt. This technical solution is more reliable and gives a better
pneumatic seal than with square or hexagonal piston rods.
The cylinders are made to ISO15552 standards. They are
available in several versions and with a wide range of
accessories:
with or without magnet
double acting, single piston rod
double acting, through rod; one piston rod is Two Flat,
the other cylindrical
fixing accessories.

TECHNICAL DATA

POLYURETHANE

Operating pressure
Temperature range

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa - 145 psi)


20 +80 (non-magnetic cyl.)
20 +70 (magnetic cyl.))
Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
32 ; 40 ; 50 ; 63
Heads with Tap Tite screws
32= 300
40= 400
50= 500
63= 500
 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems
Double-acting cushioned, Through-rod cushioned, no-stick slip*
All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.
32= 0.4
40= 0.4
50= 0.3
63= 0.3
32= 0.2
40= 0.4
50= 1
63= 1
32= 0.70
40= 0.75
50= 0.65
63= 0.65
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/05
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06

C
Fluid
Bore
Design
Maximun stroke 
Versions
Sensor magnet
Inrush pressure
Max torque on piston rod
Maximum rotation on the rod
Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction
Weights

mm

Nm
degrees

*For no-stick slip versions, use no-lubricated air only

COMPONENTS
 PISTON ROD: stainless steel.
 HEAD: die cast aluminium, fully machined
 PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane
 GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze
 BARREL: drawn anodised calibrated aluminium
 HALF-PISTON: self-lubricating technopolymer with
built-in cushioning olives
 PISTON GASKET: 3263 polyurethane
MAGNET: plastoferrite

Static O-rings: NBR


CUSHIONING GASKET: polyurethane
CUSHIONING NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out
movement safety system even when fully open
SCREWS: Tap Tite for assembly

10

11 12

1.1/89

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS

L0 +

120

CH1

121

CH

L+
F

L1+

+ = ADD THE STROKE

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSION


D

L0 +

CH 2

L 2 ++
C+

CH

L1 +

CH 1

122

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

.
32
40
50
63

1.1/90

A
10
12
14
16

A1
7
9
14
14

A2
10
10
10
10

B
30
35
40
45

C
26
30
37
37

C1
16
20
25
25

CH
10
13
17
17

CH1
6
6
8
8

CH2
10
13
17
17

D
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5

D1
12
16
20
20

D2
15
19
19
23

E
32.5
38
46.5
56.5

E1
5
5
5
5

F
22
24
32
32

G
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8

G1
M6
M6
M8
M8

H
47
53
65
75

L
120
135
143
158

L0
94
105
106
121

L1
74
81
78
89

L2
146
165
180
195

M
9
9
12
12

N
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5

P
6
6
6
6

Q
4
4
6
6

KEY TO CODES
CYL

TYPE
120

Double-acting,
cuschioned,
non-magnetic
Double-acting,
cushioned
Through-rod

121
122

BORE
0
S

Diameter
Nonmagnetic
G No stick slip

32
40
50
63

STROKE
 32
stroke 0300 mm

Two Flat
piston rod
AISI 303
stainless steel
nut

 40
stroke 0400 mm

P polyurethane
gaskets

 5063
stroke 0500 mm

 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS
INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN

TD

MIN

XV+1/2
X+

A3 (min)

A7

A8 (max)

N1

N2

N3 e 9

N4

N5

Weight [g]

0950322007
0950402007
0950502007
0950632007

32
40
50
63

63
72
83
86.5

73
82.5
90
97.5

83
93
97
108.5

50
63
75
90

12
16
16
20

12
16
16
20

22
28
32
35

65
75
95
105

282
582
880
1230

Note: Supplied complete with 4 grub screws, 2 pins

TL

TM

TL

TK

Code

UW

MAX

+
= ADD THE STROKE
+ 1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE

COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN - MODEL EL

A
D H7

A1

C1 D1 D2 D

L Weight [g]

W0950322009
W0950402009
W0950402009
W0950632009

32
40
50
63

46
55
55
65

32
36
36
42

18
21
21
23

30
36
36
40

15
18
18
20

6.5
8.5
8.5
10.5

10.5
12
12
13

22
28
28
35

11
15
15
18

7
9
9
11

12
16
16
20

162
278
278
414

NOTE: Supplied with 4 securing screws

0.1

D1

Cod.

D2
0.2

A1

1.1/91

CYLINDER BRACKET - VALVE SERIES KCV


A

D
B

VALVE FIXING BRACKET - CYLINDER

(Fig. A)
ISO 1

Code
0950322090
0950402090
0950502090
0950632090

32
40
50
63

A
54
59.5
71.5
81.5

B
40
40
40
40

C
29.5
32.2
37
42

D
110
110
110
110

ISO 2
E
64.5
67.2
72
77

D
124
124
124
124

Applicable valves
MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2
MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2
MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2
MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2

E
70.5
73.2
78
83

KIT FOR FIXING VALVES TO BRACKETS


Code
0950002003
0950002004
0950002006
0950002001
0950002002

Valve kit
MACH 16
Series 70 1/8-1/4
Series 70 1/2
ISO 1
ISO 2

Composition
2 HEX. SCREWS M3x25 with WASHER
2 HEX. SCREWS M4x50 with WASHER
2 HEX. SCREWS M5x50 with WASHER
ADAPTOR + ISO1 BASE SIDE + SCREWS + WASHERS
ADAPTOR + ISO 2 BASE SIDE + SCREWS + WASHERS

VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER

1.1/92

(Fig. B)
(Fig. B)

Weight [g)
4
8
20
230
350

Weight [g)
80
86
93
101

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


1

SENSOR
Code
W0950000201
W0950000222
W0950000232

Description
SENSOR REED DSM2-C525 HS
SENSOR HALL PNP DSM3-N225
SENSOR HALL NPN DSM3-M225

9.1

11.5

17

N.B.: for tecnical data on sensor, see page 1.1/71

34

25.5

SENSOR BRACKETS

14

5063

2.7
13.2

20.9

20.4

19.2

18.5

3240

1.6

14

5.9

14.8

29.5
Code
W0950000711

Description
BRACKET ACC. D.32 DST 80

25.9

M5

M5

1.8

29.8
Code
W0950000712

Description
BRACKET ACC. D.50 DST 81

ADAPTOR FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR


Code
W0950001001

Description
Adaptor DSS005 for DST/ST brackets

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
 ISO 15552 cylinder with traditional barrel
 Sensor bracket mod. DST (32125)
 Adaptor
 Retractable sensor with insertion from above
 Retractable sensor

1.1/93

CYLINDERS SERIES ISO 15552


(EX ISO 6431) 32-63 mm TYPE A
RETRACTABLE SENSOR TWO FLAT
This version of cylinder is used to keep the parts fixed to
the piston rod at an angle and to apply torques within the
specified limits.
Type A cylinders have a jacket with grooves for housing
retractable sensors.
The piston rod of the Two Flat has two opposing longitudinal
surfaces; it is made of stainless steel.
The front cylinder head includes a sintered bronze bush
that matches the profile of the piston rod and prevents it
from rotating on its own axis. A special polyurethane gasket
ensures pneumatic seal and prevents the accumulation of
dirt. This technical solution is more reliable and gives a
better pneumatic seal than with square or hexagonal piston
rods.
The cylinders are made to ISO15552 standards. They are
available in several versions and with a wide range of
accessories:
with or without magnet
double acting, single piston rod
double acting, through rod; one piston rod is Two Flat,
the other cylindrical
fixing accessories.
TECHNICAL DATA

POLYURETHANE

Operating pressure
Temperature range

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa - 145 psi)


20 +80 (non-magnetic cyl.)
20 +70 (magnetic cyl.))
Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
32 ; 40 ; 50 ; 63
Heads with Tap Tite screws
32= 300
40= 400
50= 500
63= 500
 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems
Double-acting cushioned, Through-rod cushioned, no-stick slip*
All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.
32= 0.4
40= 0.4
50= 0.3
63= 0.3
32= 0.2
40= 0.4
50= 1
63= 1
32= 0.70
40= 0.75
50= 0.65
63= 0.65
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/05
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06

C
Fluid
Bore
Design
Maximun stroke 

mm

Versions
Sensor magnet
Inrush pressure
Max torque on piston rod
Maximum rotation on the rod
Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction
Weights

Nm
degrees

*For no-stick slip versions, use no-lubricated air only

JACKET CROSS SECTION


 SLOTS FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR

40

32

63

50
1
1

1.1/94

74

31.9

23.5

53

44.5

18.4

13.3

44.5

6.6

63.3

18.4

23.5

31.9

53

63.3

74

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS

L0 +

CH

A
A

CH1

121

L+

L1+

+ = ADD THE STROKE

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSION


D

L0 +

CH 2

L 2 ++
C+

G
D

CH

L1 +

CH 1

122

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

32
40
50
63

A
10
12
14
16

A1
7
9
14
14

A2
10
10
10
10

B
30
35
40
45

C
26
30
37
37

C1
16
20
25
25

CH
10
13
17
17

CH1
6
6
8
8

CH2
10
13
17
17

D
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5

D1
12
16
20
20

D2
15
19
19
23

E
32.5
38
46.5
56.5

E1
5
5
5
5

F
22
24
32
32

G
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8

G1
M6
M6
M8
M8

H
47
53
65
75

L
120
135
143
158

L0
94
105
106
121

L1
74
81
78
89

L2
146
165
180
195

M
9
9
12
12

N
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5

P
6
6
6
6

Q
4
4
6
6

1.1/95

KEY TO CODES
CYL

TYPE
120

Double-acting,
cuschioned,
non-magnetic
Double-acting,
cushioned
Through-rod

121
122

BORE
0
S

Diameter
Nonmagnetic
G No stick slip

32
40
50
63

STROKE
 32
stroke 0300 mm

Two Flat
piston rod
AISI 303
stainless steel
nut

 40
stroke 0400 mm

P polyurethane
gaskets

 5063
stroke 0500 mm

 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS
INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN

TD

MIN

XV+1/2
X+

X (min)

XV

X (max)

TM

TL

TD e 9

TK

UW

Weight [g]

0950322007
0950402007
0950502007
0950632007

32
40
50
63

63
72
83
86.5

73
82.5
90
97.5

83
93
97
108.5

50
63
75
90

12
16
16
20

12
16
16
20

22
28
32
35

65
75
95
105

282
582
880
1230

Note: Supplied complete with 4 grub screws, 2 pins

TL

TM

TL

TK

Code

UW

MAX

+
= ADD THE STROKE
+ 1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE

COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN - MODEL EL

A
D H7

A1

C1 D1 D2 D

L Weight [g]

W0950322009
W0950402009
W0950402009
W0950632009

32
40
50
63

46
55
55
65

32
36
36
42

18
21
21
23

30
36
36
40

15
18
18
20

6.5
8.5
8.5
10.5

10.5
12
12
13

22
28
28
35

11
15
15
18

7
9
9
11

12
16
16
20

162
278
278
414

NOTE: Supplied with 4 securing screws

0.1

D1

Cod.

D2
0.2

A1

1.1/91

VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER


With this type of cylinder, the valves (D) can
be mounted directly using the retracting
sensor slot, without requiring the use of
intermediate brackets.
This can be done using the special plates
(A), which come with both the M3 and M4
threads, and screws (B) of the size, type
and quantity shown in the table below.
For ISO 1 and ISO 2 valves, the kit on
which the valve is to be mounted (codes
shown in the tables) will be fitted to the
cylinder using the special plates (A) and
the screws (B) listed in the table.

A
D

Type of valve
to mount (D)
MACH 11
SERIE 70 1/8
SERIE 70 1/4
SERIE 70 1/2
ISO 1
ISO 2

M3 fixing
plate (A)
code 0950003002
n 2

M4 fixing
plate (A)
code 0950003001

n 2
n 2
n 2
n 2
n 2

Screw (B)
for connection to cylinder
(one per plate)
M3x16 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)
M4x25 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)
M4x30 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)
M4x45 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)
M4x8 UNI 7688 (DIN 965A)
M4x8 UNI 7688 (DIN 965A)

Washer (B)
(one per screw)
A3.2 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)

A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)


A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)

Valve
assembly
kit

0950002001
0950002002

NOTE

1.1/97

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION
FROM ABOVE

Code

Description

W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m


HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the
cylinder heads do not require a through opening.

WIRING DIAGRAM

brown

blue

M8

REED EFFECT

TECHNICAL DATA

blue

4
1 3

brown
+

brown

HALL EFFECT

black

+
PNP

M8

blue
black
brown

4
1 3

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

STRIP

500

4.9

5.8

KIT FOR CYLINDER ASSEMBLY


WITH SENSOR SLOTS

Code
W0950000160

Description
SLOT STRIP 500 mm

Note: The code corresponds to 1 piece.

Code

Description

Weight [g]

0950003001
0950003002

ACC. M4 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE


ACC. M3 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE

1
1

Note: Individually packed

1.1/98

ACCESSORIES ISO 15552 STD AND TYPE A


RETRACTABLE SENSOR TWO-FLAT: FIXINGS
LEGS - MODEL A

AB

AH

AO

AT

AU

TR

UH

H1

H2

Weight [g]

W0950322001
W0950402001
W0950502001
W0950632001

32
40
50
63

7
9
9
9

32
36
45
50

35
43
47
47

4
4
4
6

24
28
32
32

32
36
45
50

45
52
65
75

144
163
175
190

142
161
170
185

76
100
162
266

AT

AH

AB

Code

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.


TR

AU

UH

AO
H2 +
H1+

+= ADD THE STROKE

FEMALE HINGE - MODEL B


E

GH9
G

Code

H3

Weight [g]

W0950322003
W0950402003
W0950502003
W0950632003

32
40
50
63

45
52
60
70

26
28
32
40

22
25
27
32

10
12
12
16

142
160
170
190

11
13
13
17

10
10
12
12

116
160
252
394

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap-rings, 1 pin.

S
H3 +

+= ADD THE STROKE

MALE HINGE - MODEL BA

H3

Weight [g]

W0950322004
W0950402004
W0950502004
W0950632004

32
40
50
63

26
28
32
40

22
25
27
32

11
13
13
17

10
12
12
16

10
10
12
12

142
160
170
190

94
124
220
316

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

H9

Code

H
H3 +

+= ADD THE STROKE

ARTICULATED MALE HINGE - MODEL BAS

Code

H3

Weight [g]

W0950322006
W0950402006
W0950502006
W0950632006

32
40
50
63

22
25
27
32

16
19
19
24

10
10
12
12

142
160
170
190

10
12
12
16

14
16
16
21

106
142
236
336

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

H
H +
3

+= ADD THE STROKE

1.1/99

CETOP COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL B


MODEL GL
A

Weight [g]

W0950322008
W0950402008
W0950502008
W0950632008

32
40
50
63

26
28
32
40

19
26
26
33

7
9
9
11

10
12
12
16

25
32
32
40

20
32
32
50

32
45
45
63

37
54
54
75

41
52
52
63

18
25
25
32

8
10
10
12

10
12
12
15

96
216
212
440

Code

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

C
F

N
L

ISO COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL B


MODEL GS
B

Code

Weight [g]

W0950322108
W0950402108
W0950502108
W0950632108

32
40
50
63

25.5
27.5
31.5
39.5

32.5
38
46.5
56.5

45
52
65
75

7
7
9
9

32
36
45
50

11
13
13
17

10
10
12
16

10
12
12
12

10
12
12
15

106
138
252
350

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

C
D

FRONT FLANGE - MODEL C

A1
A

Code

A1

B1

D4

Weight [g]

W0950322002
W0950402002
W0950502002
W0950632002

32
40
50
63

64
72
90
100

80
90
110
120

50
55
65
75

10
10
12
12

32
36
45
50

7
9
9
9

16
20
25
25

246
290
522
670

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

B1

W S

REAR FLANGE - MODEL C

A1

B1

D4

L+corsa

Weight [g]

W0950322002
W0950402002
W0950502002
W0950632002

32
40
50
63

64
72
90
100

80
90
110
120

50
55
65
75

10
10
12
12

32
36
45
50

7
9
9
9

130
145
155
170

246
290
522
670

A1
A

Code

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

B1
B

+= ADD THE STROKE

1.1/100

L+

Code

CH

Weight [g]

0950320200
0950400200
0950500200

32
40
50/63

M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5

6
7
8

17
19
24

6
12
20

NUT FOR PISTON RODS - MODEL S

Note: Individually packed.

CH

FORK MODEL GK-M


L

Weight [g]

W0950322020
W0950402020
W0950502020
W0950502020

32
40
50
63

10
12
16
16

20
24
32
32

10
12
16
16

20
24
32
32

52
62
83
83

40
48
64
64

M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5

26
32
40
40

92
148
340
340

Code

B B12

Note: Individually packed.

ARTICULATED JOINT - MODEL GA-M


C

G1

CH

Code

M C B1

W0950322025
W0950402025
W0950502025
W0950502025

32
40
50
63

10
12
16
16

15
17
22
22

10.5
12
15
15

G CH G1Weight [g]

14
16
21
21

28
32
42
42

57
66
85
85

43
50
64
64

M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5

15
17.5
22
22

17
19
22
22

19
19
22
22

78
116
226
226

M H7

B1

+0
-0.12

Note: Individually packed

F
L

ARTICULATED JOINT - MODEL GA-K


C

SW1

SW4

C D

W0950322030
W0950402030
W0950502030
W0950502030

32
40
50
63

M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5

20
24
32
32

20
20
32
32

71
75
103
103

F E SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 Weight [g]


22
22
32
32

4
4
4
4

12
12
20
20

30
30
41
41

30
30
41
41

19
19
30
30

17
19
24
24

216
220
620
620

SW5

Code

Note: Individually packed


B

SW2

SW3

1.1/101

CYLINDERS ISO 15552 STD AND TYPE A


RETRACTABLE SENSOR TWO-FLAT: SPARES

17
Type
Complete set of polyurethane gaskets
Complete polyurethane front head kit
Complete polyurethane rear head kit
Complete polyurethane piston kit
Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit
Magnet

1.1/102

15 13 11 12 10

9 16

Parts
2-4-5-6-9-10
1-2-3-4-5-6-7-14-17-18
4-5-6-7-8-14-17-18
9-10-16-19
1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-14-16-17-18
12

19
Bore
3263
3263
3263
3263
3263
3263

7 14

18
Code
009 . . . 0101F
009 . . . 0110F
009 . . . 0111
009 . . . 0604
009 . . . 0704F
009 . . . 0800

CYLINDER SERIES ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431),


160-200 mm WITH ROUND BARREL
1
Cylinders made to ISO 15552 available in various versions
and with a wide range of accessories:
Configuration with or without magnet
Double-acting single- or through-rod
NBR gaskets or FKM/FPM (high temperature)
Available with mounted intermediate hinge
Special configurations on request

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid temperature
Design
Materials

Forces generated at 6 bar (tensile stress)


Standard strokes
Weight

P
Te
Tf

mm

max 10 b ar (1 MPa)
10C to +70C
10C to +70C
Round barrel with tie rods
Heads: die cast aluminium
Piston rod: thick chromed steel
Jacket: aluminium
Piston: aluminium with technopolimer guide belt
Gaskets: NBR or FKM/FPM
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/05
25-50-75-80-100-125-150-200-250-300-350-400-500-600-700-800-900-1000
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06

COMPONENTS
 PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel, thick
chromed
 HEAD: die cast aluminium
 PISTON ROD GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM
 GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze
 BARREL: drawn anodised aluminium alloy
 PISTON: aluminium
 PISTON GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM
MAGNET: plastoferrite

CUSHIONING CAP: aluminium


CUSHIONING GASKET+ Static O-rings: NBR or
FKM/FPM
CUSHIONING NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out
movement safety system even when fully open
SCREWS: galvanised steel
 TIE RODS: galvanised steel
 GUIDE BELT: technopolimer

10

14

7 5

11

12 13

1.1/103

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSION


L2+
72

M16

180 +
20

W121

W124

L1 +

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSION

L 3 ++
72

M16

Q+

180 +
20

G3/4

22.5
22.5

55

W122

40

M36x2

14

W123

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

160
200

B
180
220

C
65
75

E
65
75

D
140
175

G
50
60

L1
124
122

L2
260
275

L3
338
370

Q
80
95

L1 +

K
28
29

DIMENSIONS OF VERSION WITH INTERMEDIATE HINGE

L2 +
max H2 +

F
min H1
Q

+ = ADD THE STROKE


W120

W121
W124
S

160
200

1.1/104

E
200
250

F
32
32

H1
150
165

H2
190
205

I
32
32

L2
260
275

Q
80
95

S
40
40

For the missing values, refer to standard cylinders.


In your order, please specify the desired value for H1

G3/4

22.5

55

W120

40

M36x2

+ = ADD THE STROKE

22.5

14

KEY TO CODES FOR ROUND BARREL


CYL

W
W120
W121
W122
W123
W124

1 2
TYPE

Double-acting,
cylinder cushioned,
non magnetic
Double-acting
cylinder, cushioned
Double-acting
cylinder, cushioned,
through-rod
Double-acting
cylinder, cushioned,
through-rod, non magnetic
Double-acting
cylinder, non-cushioned

XA3
XA4
VA3
VA4
KA3
KA4
AA3
AA4

1
6
0
DIAMETER-EXECUTION
160
200
160 stainless steel
piston rod
200 stainless steel
piston rod
160 FKM/FPM gasket,
stainless steel piston rod
200 FKM/FPM gasket,
stainless steel piston rod
160 FKM/FPM gasket,
C45 piston rod
200 FKM/FPM gasket,
C45 piston rod
160+intermediate hinge
200+intermediate hinge

0 5 0
STROKE
 00252800 mm

2 0 0
EXECUTION
Specify H1 value ONLY
for version with
intermediate hinge

 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

VERSION WITH SHAPED BARREL


An alternative to the round barrel version is a version with a
shaped barrel.
The technical data, components and dimensions are the same
as for the round barrel version
Note: Type with intermediate hinge not available

KEY TO CODES FOR SHAPED BARREL


CYL

1
120
121
122
124

2
1
TYP
Double-acting,
cuschioned,
non-magnetic
Double-acting,
cushioned
Through-rod
Double-acting,
non-cuschioned

1
6
0
DURCHMESSER
160
200
SA3 160 ohne Magnet

0 0 5 0
HUBLNGE
+ 00252800 mm

A
A
Z

C45 chromed piston rod,


Stainless steel chromed,
piston rod

N
N
V

NBR
gaskets
FKM/FPM
gaskets

SA4 200 ohne Magnet

 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

1.1/105

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS
FOOT - MODEL A
H1 +

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

AU

H1

H2

TR

UH

Weight [g]

W0951602001
W0952002001

160
200

18
22

115
135

80
120

10
10

60
70

319
345

300
320

115
135

180
220

2400
4000

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

AT

AH

AB

TR

AU

UH

AO
H2 +

+ = ADD THE STROKE

FEMALE HINGE - MODEL B


N
O

Code

F3

Weight [g]

W0951602003
W0952002003

160
200

170
170

90
90

30
30

20
25

35
35

314
335

25
25

3300
4300

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap rings.

F3 +

+= ADD THE STROKE

MALE HINGE - MODEL BA


N

Code

O1

F3

Weight [g]

W0951602004
W0952002004

160
200

90
90

30
30

20
25

35
35

314
335

25
25

2150
3550

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 washers.

V
O

F3 +

+= ADD THE STROKE

FLANGE - MODEL C (FRONT AND REAR)


P

W0951602002
W0952002002

160
200

180
225

270
312

Note: Individually packed with 4 screws.

Code

+= ADD THE STROKE

1.1/106

F1+

B2

D1

R1

F1

Weight [g]

230
270

115
135

18
22

59
70

20
25

279
300

6900
12800

CETOP COUNTER-HINGE - MODEL GL


B

B5

D4

D5

N2 N3

S3

K3 P

W0951602008 160 110 154 63 110 55 140 50 18


W0951602008 200 110 154 63 110 60 140 50 18

F3

Weight [g]

20 314 2300
20 335 2300

B4

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 washers.

Code

+= ADD THE STROKE

COUNTER-HINGE MODEL EL

Code

A1

C1 D1 D2 D

L Weight [g]

60 30 25 17 32 16.5 22.5 48
60 30 25 17 32 16.5 22.5 48

W0951602009 160 92 60 40
W0951602009 200 92 60 40

A
D H7

2740
2740

0.1

D1

D2
A1

0.2

Note: Supplied with 4 securing screws


L

ROD EYE - MODEL GA-M

Code

M C

W0952002025 160 35
W0952002025 200 35
G

G CH G1 Weight [g]

41 28 43 80 165 125 M36x2 46


41 28 43 80 165 125 M36x2 46

50 58
50 58

1645
1645

G1

CH

B1 B

Note: Individually packed

B1

+0
-0.12

H7

F
L

FORK - MODEL GK-M


L

Code

Weight [g]

W0951602020
W0951602020

160
200

35
35

72
72

35
35

70
70

188
188

144
144

M36x2
M36x2

84
84

3850
3850

Note: Individually packe

B B12

Code

CH

Weight [g]

W0951602010
W0951602010

160
200

M36x2
M36x2

14
14

55
55

170
170

ROD NUT - MODEL S

Note: Individually packe


CH

1.1/107

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


MAGNETIC SENSOR

Description

W0950000201
W0950000222
W0950000232

REED SENSOR ACC. DSM2-C525


E.HALL PNP SENSOR ACC. DSM3-N225
E.HALL NPN SENSOR ACC. DSM3-M225

Hinweis: Technische Daten siehe Katalog sieite 1.1/93

11.5

17

9.1

Code

34

25.5

SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKET FOR STANDARD VERSION


(WITH ROUND BARREL)

32

Code

Description

0951602093

BRACKET ACC. 160-200

15

M5

40

33.5

M3

9.5

8
41.5

SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKET FOR OLD VERSION BARREL


(SHAPED)
160

200
M4

26

18

4
16.5

42.5

Code
W0950000715

Description
BRACKET ACC. ST 160

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE

26

46
Code
W0950000716

Description
BRACKET ACC. ST 200

Code

Description

W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m


HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

For technical data, refer to page 1.1/97

1.1/108

49

M6

14
15.5

52

42

45

M6

M4

ADAPTOR FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR


Code
W0950001001

Description
Adaptor DSS005 for DST/ST brackets

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
 ISO 15552 cylinder with traditional barrel
 Sensor bracket mod. ST (160 e 200)
 Adaptor
 Retractable sensor with insertion from above
 Retractable sensor

2
5

NOTES

1.1/109

TWIN RODS CYLINDER


SERIES TWNC, 32-100 mm
Anti-rotation cylinders with axial dimensions to ISO 15552.
Standard configuration with magnet
Double-acting passing twinner rods and single passing
rod
Polyurethane gasket

TECHNICAL DATA
Gaskets
Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid
Bores
Strokes 

C
mm
mm

Design
Esecution
Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction

Weight

NBR - POLYURETHANE
Max. 10 bar (max. 1 Mpa - 145 psi)
10C to +80C
Filtered, unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
32; 40; 50; 63; 80, 100;
25 to 500 mm
 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems
Extruded profile
Magnetic standard cushioned
32: 434N / 350N
40: 678N / 597N
50: 1060N / 940N
63: 1683N / 1471N
80: 2714N / 2295N
100: 4241N / 3812N
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06

COMPONENTS
 PISTON ROD: thick chromed steel
 HEAD: aluminium alloy
 PISTON ROD GASKET: NBR rubber
 GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze
 BARREL: drawn anodised aluminium alloy
 PISTON: aluminium alloy
 PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or NBR.
MAGNET: plastoferrite

Static O-rings: NBR rubber


CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR rubber
NEEDLE: OT 58 brass
SCREWS: Tap Tite for fixing and assembly
 SHOE: PTFE
 REAR CUSHIONING CONE: aluminium
 FRONT CUSHIONING CONE: OT58 brass
 FLANGE: burnished steel

1.1/110

16

12

10

15 7 8

6 13 14

11

TWIN RODS CYLINDER

T
H

V
O

L1+

G1

CH

h9

L+

W140

32
40
50
63
80
100

B
30
35
40
45
45
55

A
13
11.5
14
14
15
15

+ = ADD THE STROKE

F
5
5
5
5
8
8

E
32.5
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

C
15
15
18
22
25
25

G
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2

G1
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10

G2
M6
M8
M8
M10
M12
M12

G3

M8
M10
M12
M12

H
47
53
65
75
95
115

I
18
22
30
38
48
60

K
32
40
50
63
80
100

L
100
100
106
116
131
138

L1
77
76.5
78
86
98
103

N
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5

M
9
9
12
12
16
16

O
4
4
5
5
5
5

S
10
10
12
16
22
22

Q
4
4
6
6
7
7

P
19
22
30
38
50
70

U
45
50
55
70
90
110

T
47
52
65
75
95
115

CH1
6
6
8
8
10
10

V
40
40
43
47
50
50

SINGLE THROUGH-ROD CYLINDER

T
H

L+

B+

L1+

U
J

H
E

K h9
I

CH

W142

32
40
50
63
80
100

A
13
11.5
14
14
15
15

B
26
30
37
37
46
51

C
15
15
18
22
25
25

E
32.5
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

F
7
9
14
14
12
17

G
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2

G1

CH

+ = ADD THE STROKE

G1
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10

G2
M6
M8
M8
M10
M12
M12

G3

M8
M10
M12
M12

G4
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M20x1.5
M20x1.5

H
47
53
65
75
95
115

J
30
35
40
45
45
55

K
32
40
50
63
80
100

I
18
22
30
38
48
60

L
100
100
106
116
131
138

L1
77
76.5
78
86
98
103

M
9
9
12
12
16
16

N
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5

O
4
4
5
5
5
5

P
19
22
30
38
50
70

Q
4
4
6
6
7
7

S
12
16
20
20
25
25

S1
10
10
12
16
22
22

T
47
52
65
75
95
115

U
45
50
55
70
90
110

V
40
40
43
47
50
50

W
22
24
32
32
40
40

Z
16
20
25
25
33
38

CH
10
13
17
17
22
22

CH1
6
6
8
8
10
10

1.1/111

W141 THROUGH-RODS CYLINDER

T
V

L+
A

R+

L1+

E
G

G
U

K h9

CH

E
W141

32
40
50
63
80
100

A
13
11.5
14
14
15
15

C
15
15
18
22
25
25

E
32.5
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

+ = ADD THE STROKE

G
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2

G1
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10

G2
M6
M8
M8
M10
M12
M12

G3

M8
M10
M12
M12

K
32
40
50
63
80
100

I
18
22
30
38
48
60

L
111
104
113
125
135
142

L1
85
81
85
97
105
112

O
4
4
5
5
5
5

N
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5

M
9
9
12
12
16
16

P
19
22
30
38
50
70

R
40
40
43
47
50
50

S
10
10
12
16
22
22

U
45
50
55
70
90
110

T
47
52
65
75
95
115

V
40
40
43
47
50
50

KEY TO CODES
CYL

1
TYPE

W140

W141

W142

double-acting
cylinder, magnetc,
cushioned
double-acting
cylinder, magnetic,
cushioned,
through-rod
double-acting
cylinder, magnetic,
cushioned,
single through-rod

 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

1.1/112

BORES
032
040
050
063
080
100

STROKE
 00250500 mm

CH1
6
6
8
8
10
10

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS
FOOT - MODEL A/S

AB

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

AU

TR

UH

H1

H2

Weight [g]

W0950323001
W0950403001
W0950503001
W0950633001
W0950803001
W0951003001

32
40
50
63
80
100

7
9
9
9
12
14

32
36
45
50
63
71

35
43
47
47
61
66

4
4
4
6
6
6

24
28
32
32
41
41

32
36
45
50
63
75

45
52
65
75
95
115

164
168
181
195
222
229

148
156
170
180
213
220

76
98
156
246
406
540

AU
TR

AT

AH

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

AO

UH

H2+

For fixing the leg to the supporting surface, it is advisable to use a DIN 7984 sunk-headed screw.

H1+

+ = ADD THE STROKE

FEMALE HINGE - MODEL B

E
D

G
F

Code

H3

Weight [g]

W0950322003
W0950402003
W0950502003
W0950632003
W0950802003
W0951002003

32
40
50
63
80
100

26
28
32
40
50
60

22
25
27
32
36
41

11
13
13
17
17
21

10
12
12
16
16
20

10
10
12
12
16
16

162
165
176
195
217
229

45
52
60
70
90
110

116
160
252
394
670
1085

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap-rings and 1 pin.

H
H3+

+= ADD THE STROKE

MALE HINGE - MODEL BA

E
D

Code

H3

Weight [g]

W0950322004
W0950402004
W0950502004
W0950632004
W0950802004
W0951002004

32
40
50
63
80
100

26
28
32
40
50
60

22
25
27
32
36
41

11
13
13
17
17
21

10
12
12
16
16
20

10
10
12
12
16
16

162
165
176
195
217
229

94
124
220
316
578
850

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.


F

H
H3+

+= ADD THE STROKE

1.1/113

ARTICULATED MALE HINGE - MODEL BAS

H3

Weight [g]

W0950322006
W0950402006
W0950502006
W0950632006
W0950802006
W0951002006

32
40
50
63
80
100

22
25
27
32
36
41

16
19
19
24
24
30

10
10
12
12
16
16

162
165
176
195
217
229

10
12
12
16
16
20

14
16
16
21
21
25

106
142
236
336
572
840

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

Code

H
H3+

+ = ADD THE STROKE

REAR FLANGE - MODEL C

Code

B1

B2

B3

B4

D4

Weight [g]

W0950322002
W0950402002
W0950502002
W0950632002
W0950802002
W0951002002

32
40
50
63
80
100

64
72
90
100
126
150

80
90
110
120
153
178

50
55
65
75
95
115

10
10
12
12
16
16

32
36
45
50
63
75

7
9
9
9
12
14

140
140
149
163
181
188

246
290
522
670
1420
2040

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

L+

+= ADD THE STROKE

FRONT FLANGE - MODEL C

Code

B1

B2

B3

B4

D4

V1

Weight [g]

W0950323002
W0950403002
W0950503002
W0950633002
W0950803002
W0951003002

32
40
50
63
80
100

64
72
90
100
126
150

80
90
110
120
153
178

50
55
65
75
95
115

10
10
12
12
16
16

32
36
45
50
63
75

7
9
9
9
12
14

30
30
31
35
34
34

228
288
486
569
1145
1760

1.1/114

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN

N1

N2

N3

N4

N5

A6

A7

A8

Weight [g]

0950322007
0950402007
0950502007
0950632007
0950802007
0951002007

32
40
50
63
80
100

50
63
75
90
110
132

12
16
16
20
20
25

12
16
16
20
20
25

22
28
32
35
40
45

65
75
95
105
130
145

79
82
91.5
95.5
108
110.5

91
90
97.5
104.5
115.5
119

103
98
103.5
113.5
123
127.5

282
582
880
1230
2030
2600

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 2 pin.

6 (min)

Code

A 7 + 1/2
A8 +(max)

+
= ADD THE STROKE
+1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE

COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN - MODEL EL

A
D H7

A1

C1 D1 D2 D

W0950322009
W0950402009
W0950402009
W0950632009
W0950632009
W0951002009

32
40
50
63
80
100

46
55
55
65
65
75

32
36
36
42
42
50

18
21
21
23
23
28.5

30
36
36
40
40
50

15
18
18
20
20
25

11
15
15
18
18
20

7
9
9
11
11
13

L Weight [g]

12 6.5 10.5
16 8.5 12
16 8.5 12
20 10.5 13
20 10.5 13
25 12.5 16

22
28
28
35
35
40

162
278
278
414
414
715

0.1

D1

Code

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

D2
0.2

A1

COUNTER-HINGE CETOP FOR MODEL B


MODEL GL

Weight [g]

W0950322008
W0950402008
W0950502008
W0950632008
W0950802008
W0951002008

32
40
50
63
80
100

26
28
32
40
50
60

19
26
26
33
33
44

7
9
9
11
11
14

10
12
12
16
16
20

25
32
32
40
40
50

20
32
32
50
50
70

32
45
45
63
63
90

37
54
54
75
75
103

41
52
52
63
63
80

18
25
25
32
32
40

8
10
10
12
12
16

10
12
12
15
15
22

96
216
212
440
464
985

Code

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

C
F
H

N
L

E
I

1.1/115

COUNTER-HINGE ISO FOR MODEL BMODEL GS

Code

Weight [g]

W0950322108
W0950402108
W0950502108
W0950632108
W0950802108
W0951002108

32
40
50
63
80
100

25.5
27.5
31.5
39.5
49.5
59.5

32.5
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

45
52
65
75
95
115

7
7
9
9
11
11

32
36
45
50
63
73

11
13
13
17
17
21

10
10
12
16
16
20

10
12
12
16
16
20

10
12
12
15
15
22

106
138
252
350
655
980

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

C
D

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


ORDERING CODES
Description
REED SENSOR ACC. DSM2-C525 HS
E.HALL PNP SENSOR ACC. DSM3-N225
E.HALL NPN SENSOR ACC. DSM3-M225

9.1

17

NB: For technical features of sensors see page 1.1/93

11.5

Code
W0950000201
W0950000222
W0950000232

34

25.5

SENSOR BRACKET
5063

13.2

14
5.9

1.7
20.6

1.6

7.5

47.8
14.8

29.5

26

20.9

20.4

19.2

18.5

2.7

25.9

M5

M5

14

80100

1.8

M5

3240

14

29.8

Code
W0950000711

1.1/116

Description
BRACKET ACC. D.32-40 DST 80

Code
W0950000712

Description
BRACKET ACC. D.50-63 DST 81

Code
W0950000713

Description
BRACKET ACC. D.80-125 DST 82

RODLESS CYLINDER
16, 25, 32, 40, 63
1
Rodless cylinders come in five different bores - 16, 25,
32, 40 and 63 mm and the design incorporates numerous
innovations.
Calibrated extruded anodized aluminium alloy jacket.
Sensor slots and accessory slots in the jacket itself.
Longitudinal seal by means of specially-shaped
indeformable stainless steel strips.
Strokes 100 to 5700 mm with 1mm intervals.
Adjustable integrated pneumatic cushioning
Adjustable limit switches and decelerations can be applied
at any time.
For this type of cylinder (size 32 and upwards), the valves
can be fitted directly using the retracting sensors without
requiring any intermediate brackets.
Refer to the table on page 1.1/97.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure

Temperature range
Fluid
Bores
Type of construction
Strokes

NBR
bar
MPa
psi
C
F

FKM/FPM

18
0.1 0.8
14.5 116
15 80
- 5 176
50m unlubricated filtered air Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
16, 25, 32, 40 and 63
Double-acting rodless cylinder with direct transmission system
for 16 :100 to 5000 mm with 1mm interval
for 25, 32 and 40 :100 to 5700 mm with 1mm interval
for 63 :100 to 5500 mm with 1mm interval
V<1 m/s (NBR)
V>1 m/s (FKM/FPM)
< 1 m/s (NBR)
2 m/s (FKM/FPM)
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/07

mm

Recommended speeds
Max. speed with decelerators
Weight

For versions no-stick slip, use no-lubricated air only

COMPONENTS
CYLINDER HEAD: aluminium alloy
BARREL: profiled anodized aluminium
alloy
PISTON GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM
CENTRAL ELEMENT: aluminium alloy
SCRAPER: Hostaform
O-RING: FKM/FPM
PISTON: Hostaform
CUSHIONING CONE: aluminium alloy
STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM
SLIDE: aluminium alloy
OUTER STRIP: stainless steel
INNER STRIP: stainless steel
BAND SUPPORT: Hostaform

13

11

12

10

1.1/117

DIMENSIONNG - FORCE AND TORQUE


Bore

16
25
32
40
63

Centre Distance
Y
9
14
18
22
44

Actual Force
F at 6 bar [N]
110
250
420
640
1550

Max. load
L [N]
120
300
450
750
1650

Cushioning stroke
[mm]
15
21
26
32
40

Mr
max [Nm]
0.3
1
2
4
8

Ma
max [Nm]
4
15
30
60
200

Mv max
[Nm]
0.5
3
4
8
24

Mr

Ma
L
G

hv

ha

hr

NB: When the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force, it is advisable to keep to the following equations.
Ma = F x ha
Mr = L x hv + G x hr
Mv = F x hv

MV

Mv
1;
Mv max

Mv
Ma
Mr
L
+
+ 0.22 x
+ 0.4
1
Mv max
Ma max Mr max
L max

L
1;
L max

DIAGRAM OF SPEED AND MAXIMUM CUSHIONABLE LOAD


For the cylinder to reach the end-of-stroke
position without intense or repeated impact
which would damage it, it is necessary to
annul the kinetic energy of the moving mass
and the work generated. The maximum
cushionable load depends on the traversing
speed and the absorption of the air buffer
supplied standard with the various cylinders.
The diagram shows the speeds and
cushionable mass for the various diameters
at a pressure of 6 bar.

Diagramma di ammortizzamento
Cushioning diagram
Velocit
Piston
pistone
rate
[m/sec]
(m/sec.)

10
5

3
2
6 25

0.5

0.2
0.1
0.1

0.2

0.5

3 4 5

10

20

50

100

200

500 1000

Mass to be buffered (kg)


Massa da ammortizzare [Kg]

MAXIMUM LOAD ACCORDING TO THE DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS

Load L (N)

Diagram of maximum load

2000

63

1500

1000

40
500

32
25

K
L
16
100

10
100

0.1

500

1500

1000

2500

2000

3500

3000 4000

Distance K (mm)

1.1/118

BARREL CROSS SECTION

100
63.6

16

12.8

10

25

32

24

0.5

1.5

24

36

53

60

38

24

18.6

36

100

22.2

38

50

12

40

63

DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER 1640

A+
D
E
F
K

C
R
T

M2

U
H
O

G
Z4

M1

W2
W1

W
V

Z1

Z3

Z2

N1

VS
WS

270
+ = ADDED STROKE

16
25
32
40

A
130
200
250
300

B
12
17
23
45

C
15
23
27
30

D
76
120
150
150

N
E
64
100
110
110

F
48
80
90
90

G
M5
1/8
1/4
1/4

H
12
18.5
22
24

J
6.4
8.5
10.5
15

K
32
50
55
55

M
M4
M5
M6
M6

M1
M3
M5
M6
M6

M2
M5
M6
M8
M8

N
7
12
14
17.5

N1
8
11
12
12

O
6
13
12
12

P
43.5
66
86
97

R
23.5
29.6
36
36.8

S
18
23
27
28

T
2.75
3.3
4.4
4.4

U
10
15
18
18

V
18
27
40
54

VS
18
27
36
54

W
27
40
56
69

WS
27
40
52
72

W1
13.5
20
30
36

W2
9
13.5
22
27

Y
4.5
6.5
8
9

Z1
37.5
53
74
85

Z2
24
33
44
49

Z3
4.5
6.5
8
11.8

Z4
28
42
70
70

1.1/119

DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER 63


430 +
47

257

39

218

140

14.5

50
N 4 x M8
depth 9

34

9.2

N 8 x M8

M8 depth 17

32

12

15

180

120
48

G3/8

G3/8

G3/8

11.5

78

103

Basic supply
A, B, C, D to feed to left chambers
E, F, G, H to feed the right chambers
Note: B, C, D, F, G and H are supplied closed with threaded plugs.

E
B
C

59.5

78

103

A
B

F
If you modify the position of an inner plug following the instructions provided with the cylinder, you can arrange:
G
all feeds from the left
A, B feed the left chambers
C, D feed the right chambers

all feeds from the right


E, F feed the right chambers
G, H feed the left chambers

+ = ADDED STROKE

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH SWING CARRIAGE

L
A
G

16; 25

32; 40

E
F
B

E
F

L
A

A
D

63

271

NOTE: For other dimensions see code 270

16
25
32
40
63

1.1/120

A
25
37
70
70
80

B
4.5
5.5
6.5
6.5
M8

C
13
20
38
38
32

D
2
3
5
5
8

E
20
30
90
90
80

F
10
16
75
75
65

55
55
37

H
47-50
72-75
91-100
111-120
155-162

L
28
42
70
70
82

DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER + ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS

2540

WS4
Y1

Y1

Z4

Z4

WS4

Z5

Z5

16

B max

W8

W7

W7
W8

B max

C1
C1

Z4

WS4

Z5

63

B max

B Max

C1

W7

38
M12x1
22
16 42
9
17
53
M14x1.5
44
25 72
11
29
74
M20x1.5
56
32 90
14
32.8
89
M25x1.5
74
40 105

128.5
M36x1.5
65
63 105
For graphs to help choose shock absorbers see page 1.1/124

W8

WS4

Y1

Z4

Z5

Stroke

46
67
89
108
153

42
50
60
75
103

7.5
5
4
1.5

7
8
10
12.5
16

7.5
9.8
12.2
12.7
19

10
16
22
25
25

W8

W7

273

C1

Max. impact
force [N]
1000
2800
3750
5500
11120

Max. cushioned force


for stroke [J] for hour [J]
14125
4.5
34000
18
53700
40
70000
65
91000
125

Max. thrust
force [N]
220
530
890
1550
2220

KEY TO CODES
CYL

27

Rodless
cylinder

2 5

BORE

TYPE
0
1
2
3

Standard
With swing drive
Twin cushioned
series Double
Double-acting cushioned
Magnetic + adjustable limit
switches
and shock absorbers

0 magnetic
S
nonmagnetic
IG No stick
slip

16
25
32
40
63

For speed 0.2 m/s

16:
from 100 to 5000mm
2540:
from 100 to 5700 mm
63
from 100 to 5500 mm

STROKE

For speed 1m/s

CONFIGURATION
C

N
GV

NBR
FKM/FPM

 Available up to 32

1.1/121

ACCESSORIES
FOOT 16; 25
+ = ADDED STROKE

Weight [g]

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

AU

TR

UH

W0950167001
W0950257001

16
25

3.6
5.5

1.5
2

14
22

1.6
2.5

4
6

18
27

26
40

150 10
232 32

AH

AT

AB

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

AU

TR

AO

UH

H+

FOOT 32; 40
+ = ADDED STROKE

Weight [g]

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

AU

AV

TR

UH

W0950327001
W0950407001

32
40

6.6
9

4
2

25
25

20
20

8
11.5

20
30

36
54

51
71

284 88
327 112

AH

AT

AB

AV

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

AU
AO

TR
UH

H+

FOOT 63
+ = ADDED STROKE

AB

AT

AO AU

TR

UH

Weight [g]

W0950637001

63

11

64

78

103

460

360

15

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

AT

AB

Code

TR

AO

AU
H+

UH

INTERMEDIATE FOOT 16; 25

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

TR

UH

Weight [g]

W0950167031
W0950257031

16
25

5.5
5.5

3
4

20
20

5
6

41
48

53
60

4
6

AT

Note: Individually packed.


AH

AB
AO

TR
UH

INTERMEDIATE FOOT 32; 40

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

AV

TR

W0950327032
W0950407032

32
40

6.5
6.5

5
7

55
60

8
8

40
45

61.5
73 72
7075 85 104

UH Weight [g]

AT

AB

AH

Note: plate supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 fixing plates


AV

TR
UH

AO

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

TR

UH

Weight [g]

W0950637032

63

8.5

7.5

55

7.5

78

103

330

AT

INTERMEDIATE FOOT 63

AB
TR
UH

1.1/122

Note: plate supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 fixing plates


AO

KIT TO TRANSFORM INTO SWING VERSION


1640

63

Code

Weight [g]

W0950167035
W0950257035
W0950327035
W0950327035
W0950637035

16
25
32
40
63

34
118
450
450
810

Note: 1640: Supplied complete with 1 adaptor, 1 support, 1 pin, 1 bushing


63: Supplied complete with 1 plate, 1 support, 1 pin, 2 bushings, 4 screws

DRIVE PIN
A

SWING SUPPORT 16; 25


E

Weight [g]

W0950167034
W0950257034
W0950327034
W0950327034
W0950637034

16
25
32
40
63

2.9
5
8
8
10

28
42
70
70
82

5
8
12
12
14

6
16
52
52
100

Note: Individually packed.

Code

Code

Weight [g]

W0950167033
W0950257033

16
25

25
37

4.5
5.5

13
20

2
3

20
30

10
16

14
40

F
D

Note: Individually packed.

SWING SUPPORT 32; 40; 63


E
F

Weight [g]

W0950327033
W0950327033
W0950637033

32
40
63

70
70
80

6.5
6.5
M8

38
38
32

5
5
8

90
90
80

75
75
65

55
55
37

274
274
400

Code

Note: Individually packed.


B

SLIM SENSOR

Code

Description

W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m


HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

For technical data, refer to page 1.1/98

SENSOR SUPPORT 16; 25

Code

Description

0950164001

SENSOR SUPPORT STD

Note: Supplied with 1 stud pin, 2 screws

1.1/123

BAR FOR GROOVING

5.8

Code

Description

W0950000160

BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

500

4.9

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

SLOTTED FIXING PLATE

Code

Description

Weight [g]

0950003001
0950003002

ACC. M3 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE


ACC. M4 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE

1
1

Note: Individually packed

ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND


SHOCK ABSORBERS KIT
16

Code

2540

Weight [g]

Description

0950164002 ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 16 125
0950254002 ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 25 260
0950324002 ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 32 460
0950404002 ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 40 730
0950634002 ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 63 1620
Note: Supplied complete with 1 shock absorber support, 1 standard shock absorber , 1 shock
absorber nut, 1 limit switch grub screw, 1 grub screw nut ( 2 for 63) , 1 bracket, 1 bracket screw,
4 locking grub screws (for 16 and 25), 4 locking plates and 4 screws (for 32 and 40).

63

SHOCK ABSORBERS

Code

Bore

Description

0950004003
0950004004
0950004005
0950004006
0950004007

16
25
32
40
63

Shock absorbers PR015 MF1 + nut M12x1.5


Shock absorbers PR025 MC2 + nut M14x1.5
Shock absorbers PR050 MC2 + nut M20x1.5
Shock absorbers PR0100 MF2 + nut M25x1.5
Shock absorbers PR0125 MF3 + nut M36x1.5

GRAPHS TO HELP CHOOSE THE RIGHT SHOCK ABSORBERS


16

25

32
standard

standard

standard
2

-1

m/sec

m/sec

-2
1
-3

0.5

-3

2
3
J/stroke

8 10 12 14 16 18 20

63

-1

standard

1.5

-3

-1

2
-2

0.5

10

20

30

40

J/stroke

1.1/124

m/sec

m/sec

3
1

50

60

70

-3

-3

20

40

60

80

J/stroke

8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40

The dotted areas indicate that the SHOCK


ABSORBERS is supplied standard.
Other options can be selected depending
on the speed [m/sec] and the maximum
work force [J/stroke] to dissipate at each
stroke
Refer to the diagrams above to select the
correct option.

-2

J/stroke

J/stroke

standard

-2

0.5

0.5

40
2

1.5

-1
-2

1.5

m/sec

-1

1.5

100

120

RODLESS CYLINDER
DOUBLE SERIES 16, 25, 32
1

DIMENSIONS FORCES AND MOMENTS


Bore

2x16
2x25
2x32

Actual force
F at 6 bar [N]
200
480
820

Cushioning stroke
[mm]
15
21
26

Ma
max. [Nm]
8
30
60

Max load
L [N]
240
600
900

Mr
max. [Nm]
2.4
8
16.5

Mv
max [Nm]
1
6
10

Mr

Ma
L
G

NB: When the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force, it is advisable to keep to the following equations.
Ma = F x ha
Mr = L x hv + G x hr
MV = F x hv
L
1;
L max

hv

Ma
Mr
L
Mv
+
+ 0.22 x
+ 0.4
1
Ma max Mr max
L max
Mv max
hr

Mv
1;
Mv max

ha

(For the weights see GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/07)

MV

DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER, DOUBLE SERIES


A+

R
D

H
J

M1

WS
VS

N1

VW
WW

272

2x16
2x25
2x32

A
130
200
250

B
12
17
23

C
15
23
27

+ = ADD THE STROKE

D
76
120
150

E
64
100
110

F
48
80
90

G
M5
1/8
1/4

H
12
18.5
22.5

J
6.4
8.5
10.5

K
32
50
55

M
M5
M6
M6

N
10
15
12

M1
M3
M5
M6

N1
7
12
14

P
53.5
74
95

O
16
20
20

R
52
74
92

S
42
59
78

T
5
7.5
7.5

U
34
50
70

VW
42
63
86

VS
18
27
40

WW
51
72
100

WS
27
41
56

Y
4.5
7
8

Z
37.5
53.5
74

DIAGRAM OF SPEED AND MAXIMUM CUSHIONABLE LOAD


Diagramma didiagram
ammortizzamento
Cushioning

For the cylinder to reach the end-of-stroke


position without intense or repeated impact
which would damage it, it is necessary to
annul the kinetic energy of the moving mass
and the work generated. The maximum
cushionable load depends on the traversing
speed and the absorption of the air buffer
supplied standard with the various cylinders.
The diagram shows the speeds and
cushionable mass for the various diameters
at a pressure of 6 bar.

Velocit
Piston
pistone
rate
[m/sec]

(m/sec.)

10
5

2
x25
x16

x32

1
0.5

0.2
0.1
0.1

0.2

0.5

3 4 5

10

20

50

100

200

500 1000

Mass
to da
beammortizzare
buffered (kg)
Massa
[Kg]

1.1/125

DOUBLE ACCESSORIES
FOOT 16; 25

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

AU

TR

UH

Weight [g]

W0950168001
W0950258001

2x16
2x25

3.6
5.5

1.5
2

14
22

1.6
2.5

4
6

42
63

51
72

150
232

18
54

AH

AT

AB

Note: Individually packed complete with 2 screws

AU
AO

TR
UH

H+

FOOT 32

Code

Description

Weight [g]

W0950328036

PIEDINO DOUBLE 32

156

6.5

20

Note: Individually packed complete with 2 screws

62.4
86
100

7
25

286 +

VERTICAL FOOT 16; 25

AT

AH

AB

AB

AH

AO

AT

AU

TR

UH

Weight [g]

W0950167001
W0950257001

2x16
2x25

3.6
5.5

1.5
4

14
22

1.6
2.5

4
6

18
27

26
40

150
232

10
32

Note: Individually packed complete with 2 screws

AU

TR
UH

Code

AO

H+

VERTICAL FOOT 32

Code

Description

Weight [g]

W0950328035

VERTICAL FOOT 32

92

20

6.6

Note: Individually packed complete with 2 screws

20
40

8
26

56

286 +

AB

AH

AO

AT

AV

TR

UH

Weight [g]

W0950168037
W0950258037
W0950328037

2x16
2x25
2x32

3.5
5.5
6.5

3
4
5

12
20
55

6
6
8

6
10.5
40

60.5
84.5
111.5

64
96
123

16
34
96

AT

Note: Supplied complete with 8 screws, 8 fixing plates (plates for 32 only)

AB

AV

TR
UH

1.1/126

Code

AH

INTERMEDIATE FOOT 1632

AO

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL


RECIRCULATING GUIDE 16, 25, 32, 40, 63
1
The range of rodless cylinders with ball circulation guides is available
with five different bores 16, 25, 32,40 and 63.
The bore 63 can be supplied in two versions: the "standard" one for
intermediate loads and the "heavy" one for considerably weighty loads.
Besides the general features specified for standard rodless cylinders, the
other main features are:
Very high load capacity, acting in all directions without discharging
onto the cylinder slide.
Hardened steel guide connected firmly to the cylinder jacket.
Ball circulation shoes constructed using special technology that make
them very silent when the guide slides, with very long maintenance
intervals. For example, they only need lubricating every 2000 km or
once a year.
Extra sturdy slide support with various holes for fixing the loads. Holes
for centring pins are also provided.
100 to 2650 stroke at intervals of 1 mm.
Integrated pneumatic adjustable cushioning.
Adjustable limit switches and decelerations can be applied at any time.
For this type of cylinder (size 32 and upwards), the valves can be fitted
directly using the retracting sensors without requiring any intermediate
brackets.
Refer to the table on page 1.1/97.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure

Temperature range

NBR
bar
MPa
psi
C
F

FKM/FPM

0.58
0.050.8
7116
1580
- 5176
50m unlubricated filtered air lubrication, if used, must be continuous
16, 25, 32, 40 and 63
Doubl-acting rodless cylinder with direct transmission system
16: 100 to 1350 with 1 mm interval
25: 100 to 2300 with 1 mm interval
32: 100 to 2300 with 1 mm interval
40: 100 to 2250 with 1 mm interval
63 standard: 100 to 2100 with 1 mm interval
63 heavy: 100 to 2650 with 1 mm interval
M5, G1/8, G1/4, G3/8
as required
<1 m/s (NBR)
1 m/s (FKM/FPM)
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/07
<1 m/s (NBR)
2 m/s (FKM/FPMs)
For no-stick slip versions, use no-lubricated air only

Fluid
Bores
Type of construction
Strokes

Threaded ports
Assembly
Recommended speed
Weight
Max. speed with decelerators

COMPONENTS
For version 275
CYLINDER: see construction details on
page 1.1/117
GUIDE: hardened steel
SHOE: steel with hardened ball
circulation
SLIDE SUPPORT: anodised aluminium
For version 276
Besides the details specified above:
END-OF-STROKE STUD PIN: zinc-plated
steel, complete with 2 zinc-plated nuts for
fixing.
DECELERATOR: burnished steel,
complete with 2 zinc-plated or burnished
nuts for fixing
DECELERATOR SUPPORT: anodised
aluminium
BRACKET: hardened-and-tempered and
zinc-plated steel

1.1/127

DIMENSIONES - FORCES AND MOMENTS


Y Z Max load Max load Ma max. Mr max. Mv max
X
Actual force Cushioning K
[Nm] [Nm] [Nm]
F at 6 bar [N] stroke [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] L [N]
G [N]

15
16
35 16 29 33
16
16
110
15
500
500

50
100
50.5 21 44 51.5 1500
100
25
250
21
1500

100
200
59 22.5 53.5 70
200
32
420
26
3000
3000

140
200
68 24.7 58 73
200
40
640
32
4000
4000
140
400
84 23.1 79 100 6000
400
63 standard
1550
40
6000
400
600
91 29.2 79 88 10000 10000
600
63 heavy
1550
40
Version

L
hr

G
Mr

Ma

L
F

G
Z

N.B.: when the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force, it is advisable to keep to the
following equations
Ma = F x (hr + Y)
Mr = G x (hr + z) + Lx (hv + X)
Mv = F x (K + hv)

Ma
Mv
L
G
Mr
+
+
+
+
1
Ma max Mr max Mv max L max
G max

MV

hv

DIAGRAM OF SPEED AND MAXIMUM CUSHIONABLE LOAD


For the cylinder to reach the end-of-stroke
position without intense or repeated impact
which would damage it, it is necessary to
annul the kinetic energy of the moving mass
and the work generated. The maximum
cushionable load depends on the traversing
speed and the absorption of the air buffer
supplied standard with the various cylinders.
The diagram shows the speeds and
cushionable mass for the various diameters
at a pressure of 6 bar.

Piston
rate
(m/sec.)

Cushioning diagram
2

5 32

0.5

0.2
0.1
0.1

0.2

0.5

3 4 5

10

20

50

100

200

500 1000

Mass to be buffered (kg)

MAXIMUM LOAD ACCORDING TO THE DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS


Diagram of maximum load
Load L
(N)

10000

63 HEAVY

6000

63 STANDARD

4000

40

3000

32

2000

25

1500

1000

16

500

100

10
0.1

100

500

1500

1000

2500

2000

3500

3000

4000

Distance K (mm)

1.1/128

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE 16


60
42

48.5
27

N2 x 4
depth 7

M4

H9

33

55

N4 x M4

13.5

18

27

37.5

43.5

M3
4.5

30

22.5

4.5

M5

13.5

M5

18

53.5

+ = ADD THE STROKE

6.4

12

10

48

48

76

12

15

275

130 +

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE 25


70.5

30

40
27

27

53
40

11

66

20

M5
6.5

24

38

19

G1/8

51.5
76.5

6.5

12
G1/8

68.5

30
16

N8 x M5

30

13.5

+ = ADD THE STROKE

N2 x 5 H9
depth 8

M5

8.5

5
15

18.5

80
120

17

67

23

275

200 +

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE 32; 40


40
20

WS1

35

WS
VS

12

W1
W2

W4

Z3

Z1

W
V

M6

40

45

W1

G1/4

G1/4

10

W5

35

N8 x M6
W3

+ = ADD THE STROKE

J
N2 x 6 H9
depth 10

M6

6
18

90

W6

150
A+

32
40

A
250
300

B
23
45

C
27
30

H
22
24

J
10.5
15

N
14
17.5

275
P
86
97

V
40
54

VS
36
54

W
56
69

WS
52
72

WS1
85
104

W1
30
36

W2
22
27

W3
95
98

W4
70
73

W5
99
102

W6
78.5
88

Y
8
9

Z1
74
85

Z3
8
11.8

1.1/129

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE 63


430 +
292

30

34

260

36
12

14.5

M8 depth 17

G3/8

G3/8

N2 x 8H9
depth 12

50.5

11.5

48

103
59.5

70

14

78

65
15

N2 x M8
depth 9

32

N10 x M8
136

130

N4xM8
depth 12

50

39

138.5

HEAVY

G3/8

78

103

275

Basic supply
142.5
A, B, C, D to feed to left chambers
E, F, G, H to feed the right chambers
Note: B, C, D, F, G and H are supplied closed with threaded plugs.

If you modify the position of an inner plug following the instructions provided with the cylinder, you can arrange:
all feeds from the left
all feeds from the right
A, B feed the left chambers
E, F feed the right chambers
+ = ADD
C, D feed the right chambers
G, H feed the left chambers

D
H

THE STROKE

430 +
39

47

B
60

G
H

G3/8

G3/8

N2 x 6H9
depth 10

11.5

F
D

138.5

12

78

15

103

M8 depth 17

32
14.5

N8 x M6

80
40

275

29

N2 x M8
depth 9

160

N 4 x M8
depth 12

54
34

127

61

38.5

230

59.5
48

STANDARD

G3/8
78
103
135.5

275

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAMS
275/276 (vertical)
1640

276 (horizontal)
1640

B min

A min

275 (horizontal)
1640

275/276 (horizontal)
63

16
25
32
40
63

1.1/130

A
min
8
10
4
3

275/276 (verticall)
63

Horizontal layout
Leg code (2)
Interm. support code (1)
W0950167001
W0950164004
W0950257001
W0950254004
W0950328035
W0950324004
W0950407001
W0950404004
W0950637001
W0950637032

B
min
12
10
11
5

Vertical layout
Interm. support code (1)
W0950164004
W0950254004
W0950324004
W0950404004
W0950637036

Leg code (2))


W0950167001
W0950257001
W0950327001
W0950407001
W0950637001

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE + SHOCK ABSORBERS 1663

25; 32; 40

Z5

WS4

Z4

Z5

Y1

Z4

WS4

WS2

WS3

WS3

WS2

16

B max

W8

W7

W7
W8

Y1

B max

C1

C1

63 STD

Z5
Z4

WS4

WS4

Z4

Z5

63 HEAVY

C1

W8

W7

W8

W7

C1

B max
B max

276

B
G
W7
E
C1 D
max

38

50 22 M12x1
16
53
17 9
72 44 M14x1
25
74
90 56 M20x1.5 29 11
32
89
105 74 M25x1.5 32.8 14
40

128.5
63 standard 105 65 M36x1.5

128.5
105 65 M36x1.5
63 heavy
For graphs to help choose shock absorbers see page 1.1/124

Version

W8

WS2 WS3 WS4 Y1

46
67
89
108
153
153

52
71
82.5
92

56
80.5
91
108

42
50
60
75
103
103

7.5
5
4
1.5

Z4

Z5

Stroke

7
8
10
12.5
16
16

7.5
9.8
12.2
12.7
19
19

10
16
22
25
25
25

Max. impact
Max. cushioned force
force [N]
Per stroke [J] Per hour [J]
1000
14125
4.5
2800
34000
18
3750
53700
40
5500
70000
65
11120
91000
125
11120
91000
125

Max. thrust
force [N]
220
530
890
1550
2220
2220

KEY TO CODES
CIL
27

2 7
TYPE
Rodless
cylinder

5
Double-acting cushioned
magnetic with ball circulation guides
6
Double-acting cushioned
magnetic with ball circulation guides
 For speed 0.2 m/s
+ adjustable limit switch
 For speed 1 m/s
and shock absorbers

2 5
BORE

0
S

STD Magnetic
STD Non magn.
STD No stick slip
A HEAVY Magnetic
 B HEAVY No stick slip
C HEAVY Non magn.
G

16
25
32
40
63

0
5
0
STROKE
16: from 100 to 1350 mm
25-32: from 100 to 2300 mm
40: from 100 to 2250 mm
63 std: from 100 to 2100 mm
63 heavy: from 100 to 2650 mm

C
N
CONFIGURATION
N
NBR
V
FKM/FPM

1.1/131

ACCESSORIES
INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT 1625

TR2

Code

AB

AB1

AH

AO

AV

TR

TR1

TR2

UH]

W0950164004
W0950254004

16
25

3.5
5.5

M3
M5

3
4

12
20

6
10.5

20
30.5

4
6

8
12

32.5
49

AH

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws.

AV

AB

AO

TR1

AB1

TR
UH

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT 3240

AB

AB1

AH

AO

AT

AV

TR

TR1

TR2

UH

W0950324004
W0950404004

32
40

6.5
6.5

M6
M6

5
6.6

55
60

5
8

40
45

55
63

6
7.5

13
15

66
77

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 plates.

AT

AH

TR2

Code

AV

AB

AO

TR1

AB1

TR
UH

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT KIT 63


FOR HORIZONTAL POSITION

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

TR

UH

W0950637036

63

8.5

7.5

55

8.5

78

103

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 plates.

AT

AB
TR

AO

UH

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT KIT 63


FOR VERTICAL POSITION

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

TR

UH

W0950637032

63

8.5

7.5

55

7.5

78

103

AT

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 plates.


AB
TR

AO

UH

SENSOR SUPPORT 16

1.1/132

Code
Description
sensor support sensor support

Type
Mounting on the
Mounting on the
sensor support carriage opposite side guide opposite side

0950164003 sensor support corto


0950164001 sensor support std

A
B

Note: Supplied complete with 2 screws, 1 pin.

SENSOR SUPPORT 25

Code
Description
sensor support sensor support

Type
Mounting on the
Mounting on the
sensor support carriage opposite side guide opposite side

0950164001 sensor support std

Note: Supplied complete with 2 screws, 1 pin.

SLIM SENSOR

Code

Description

W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m


HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the cylinder
heads do not require a through opening.
For technical features, refer to page 1.1/98

BAR FOR GROOVING

5.8

Code

Description

W0950000160

BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

500

4.9

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

KIT FOR CYLINDER ASSEMBLY


WITH SENSOR SLOTS

Code

Description

Weight [g]

0950003001
0950003002

ACC. M3 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE


ACC. M4 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE

1
1

Note: Individually packed

ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND


SHOCK ABSORBERS KIT
16

2540

Code

63

Weight [g]

Description

0950164002 ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 16 125
0950254002 ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 25 260
0950324002 ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 32 460
0950404002 ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 40 730
0950634002 ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 63 1620
Note: Supplied complete with 1 shock absorber support, 1 standard shock absorber, 1 shock
absorber nut, 1 limit switch grub screw, 1 grub screw nut ( 2 for 63) , 1 bracket, 1 bracket screw,
4 locking grub screws (for 16 and 25), 4 locking plates and 4 screws (for 32 and 40).
For graphs to help choose shock absorbers, see page 1.1/124

SHOCK ABSORBERS

Code

Bore

Description

0950004003
0950004004
0950004005
0950004006
0950004007

16
25
32
40
63

Shock absorbers PR015 MF1 + nut M12x1.5


Shock absorbers PR025 MC2 + nut M14x1.5
Shock absorbers PR050 MC2 + nut M20x1.5
Shock absorbers PR0100 MF2 + nut M25x1.5
Shock absorbers PR0125 MF3 + nut M36x1.5

1.1/133

SPARE PARTS
LAST RELEASE CYLINDER

10
6

X
10

Round-headed
Allen screw
9

Solid orange
scraper

Spare parts label


on one cylinder side

Code
Code
White
Black
0090165080 0090165081
0090255080 0090255081
0090325080 0090325081
0090405080 0090405081
*0090635080 *0090635081

PISTON

Type A
Type 0
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3

White
Black
Orange
Light Grey
Dark Grey
Yellow

BANDS KIT (inner and outer)


pos 8-9

BANDS SUPPORT KIT POS 1 (Y)

16
25
32
40
63

Y
BANDS
SUPPORT

 Bands support Kit


 Piston kit
     NBR gaskets Kit (FKM/FPM for )
     FKM/FPM gaskets Kit

Bands Kit (inner/outer)

Code
Orange
0090165082
0090255082
0090325082
0090405082
*0090635082

Code
Light grey
0090165083
0090255083
0090325083
0090405083
*0090635083

Code
Dark grey
0090165084
0090255084
0090325084
0090405084
*0090635084

Code
Yellow
0090165085
0090255085
0090325085
0090405085
*0090635085

Code

16
25
32
40
63

0090166
0090256
0090326
0090406
0090636

...= STROKE

* For 63, the kit includes a strip support and a shim in the colour ordered.
Therefore, two kits must be ordered for each cylinder.

NBR GASKET KIT


posn. 3,4,5,6,7,10

FKM/FPM GASKET KIT


posn. 3-4-5-6-7-10

Code

Code

16
25
32
40
63

0090165022
0090255022
0090325022
0090405022
0090635022

16
25
32
40
63

0090165023
0090255023
0090325023
0090405023
0090635023

PISTON KIT POS 2 (X)

16
25
32
40
63

Code
Type 0 (0 rings)
0090165015
0090255015
0090325015
0090405015
0090635015

Code
Type 1 (1 rings)
0090165016
0090255016
0090325016
0090405016
0090635016

Code
Type 2 (2 rings)
0090165017
0090255017
0090325017
0090405017
0090635017

Code
Type 3 (3 rings)
0090165018
0090255018
0090325018
0090405018
0090635018

Code
Type A (4 rings)

0090255019
0090325019

NOTES
IF THE ENDS OF THE CARRIAGE APPEAR AS BELOW INDICATED, PLEASE CONTACT OUR COMMERCIAL
DEPARTMENT FOR THE SPARE PARTS
INTERMEDIATE RELEASE

OLD RELEASE
Allen screw
with self-locking nut

Solid orange scraper

1.1/134

Allen screw
with self-locking nut

Black Finned
scraper

RODLESS CYLINDER
WITH GUIDE V 25, 32, 40, 63
1
Two opposed V-shaped guide units are obtained directly
in the anodized aluminium cylinder liner, on which a cover
with two acetalic resin wear-resistant pads slides.
The cover has a tip-up-type carriage-piston rod coupling.
In this way the carriage only transfers loads axially and
does not support loads and moments in other directions.
The play of the pads can be adjusted by means of side
threaded grub screws. Therefore, it is possible to recover
the wear of pads, which can be replaced without the need
for dismantling the cylinder.
This family of rodless cylinders has the same features as
the basic versions: such as an integrated adjustable pneumatic cushioning, sensor slots and accessory holding slots.
A version is available with adjustable limit switches and
hydraulic decelerators. They can be purchased separately
and applied at any time to the basic cylinders as well.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure

Temperature range
Fluid
Bores
Type of construction
Strokes

NBR
bar
MPa
psi
C
F

FKM/FPM

1.5 8
0.15 0.8
21.8 116
15 80
- 5 176
50m unlubricated filtered air Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
25, 32, 40 and 63
Double-acting rodless cylinder with direct transmission system
for 25, 32 and 40 :100 to 5700 mm with 1mm interval
for 63 :100 to 5500 mm with 1mm interval
V<1 m/s (NBR)
V>1 m/s (FKM/FPM)
< 1 m/s (NBR)
2 m/s (FKM/FPM)
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/07

mm

Recommended speeds
Max. speed with decelerators
Weight

For no-stick slip versions, use no-lubricated air only

COMPONENTS
 CYLINDER HEAD: aluminium alloy
 BARREL: profiled anodized aluminium
alloy
 PISTON GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM
 CENTRAL ELEMENT: aluminium alloy
 SCRAPER: Hostaform
 O-RING: FKM/FPM
 PISTON: Hostaform

CUSHIONING CONE: aluminium alloy


STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM
SLIDE: aluminium alloy
OUTER STRIP: stainless steel
INNER STRIP: stainless steel
 BAND SUPPORT: Hostaform
 V GUIDE PLATE: Hostaform

13

11

12

10

14

1.1/135

DIMENSIONNG - FORCE AND TORQUE


Bore

25
32
40
63

Actual Force
F at 6 bar [N]
200
300
490
1300

Centre Distance
Y
14
18
22
44

Mr max
[Nm]
5
10
26
80

Ma max
[Nm]
22
40
70
250

Max. load
L [N]
350
400
700
1800

Cushioning stroke
[mm]
21
26
32
40

Mv max
[Nm]
22
40
70
250

Mr

Ma

hv

hr

N.B.:The loads can be applied for speeds below 0.2 m/s. For higher speeds, it is advisable not to exceed 1 m/s.

Mv
1;
Mv max

ha

NB: When the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force, it is advisable to keep to the following equations.
Ma = F x ha
Mr = L x hv + G x hr
Mv = F x hv

MV

Mv
Ma
Mr
L
+
+ 0.22 x
+ 0.4
1
Mv max
Ma max Mr max
L max

L
1;
L max

DIAGRAM OF SPEED AND MAXIMUM CUSHIONABLE LOAD


For the cylinder to reach the end-of-stroke
position without intense or repeated impact
which would damage it, it is necessary to
annul the kinetic energy of the moving mass
and the work generated. The maximum
cushionable load depends on the traversing
speed and the absorption of the air buffer
supplied standard with the various cylinders.
The diagram shows the speeds and
cushionable mass for the various diameters
at a pressure of 6 bar.

10

Piston
rate
(m/sec.)

3
2 2
5

6
3
0.5

0.2
0.1
0.1

0.2

0.5

3 4 5

10

20

50

100

200

500 1000

Mass to be buffered (kg)

MAXIMUM LOAD ACCORDING TO THE DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS

Load L (N)
2000

63

1500

1000

40
500

32
25

K
L
100

10
100

0.1

500

1500

1000

2500

2000

3500

3000 4000

Distance K (mm)

1.1/136

BARREL CROSS SECTION


100

38

63.6

100

18.6

60
10

25

32

0.5

36

53

38

22.2

38.9

24

50

12.8

12

40

63

DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE V 2540

A+
D

M2
T

AG
H

W2
G

VS

M2
277

W1

AO

N
G

M1

Z1

Z3

Z2

N1

WS

Only for 25
+ = ADDED STROKE

A AG AO B C D E
2 17 23 120 90
25 200 32 250 25 2.6 23 27 150 110
40 300 25 9.4 45 30 150 110

K
J
H
F G
45 1/8 18.5 8.5 45
40 1/4 22 10.5 55
40 1/4 24 15 55

M
M5
M5
M6

M1
M5
M6
M6

M2 N N1 O P
80 12 8 5.5 67.5
90 15 12 6.4 88
90 17.5 12 6.4 98.5

R
46
66
80

S T V VS
26 10 27 27
45 10.5 40 36
45 17.5 54 54

W
40
56
69

WS
40
52
72

Z2 Z3
Z1
W1 W2 Y
20 13.5 6.5 57.5 37.5 6.5
8 79.5 49.5 8
30 22
9 89.9 53.9 11.8
36 27

1.1/137

DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE V 63


430 +
257

47.5

39

240
190
100

120
100
M8 (8 fori)

11

49.85

32
9

25

14.5

G3/8

G3/8

11.5

G3/8

Basic supply
A, B, C, D to feed to left chambers
E, F, G, H to feed the right chambers
Note: B, C, D, F, G and H are supplied closed with threaded plugs.

E
B
C

F
G

144

127.5

48
C

59.5

78

136.5

A
B

103

M8

17

78
103

If you modify the position of an inner plug following the instructions provided with the cylinder, you can arrange:

all feeds from the left


A, B feed the left chambers
C, D feed the right chambers

277

all feeds from the right


E, F feed the right chambers
G, H feed the left chambers

+ = ADDED STROKE

DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE V + ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND DECELERATORS

25

32; 40

63

Z4

WS4

Z5

WS4
Z4

Z4

WS4

Z5

Z5

F
F

B max

W8

W7

W8

W7

W7
D

C2

W8

C2

B max

C1

C1

C1

278

1.1/138

B Max

C1

C2

W7

W8

WS4

Z4

Z5

Stroke

25
32
40
63

84
110
120
122

35
45
60
65

9
11
14
-

M14x1.5
M20x1.5
M25x1.5
M36x1.5

80
100
100
120

53
74
89
128.5

67
60
75
153

50
64
80
103

8
10
12.5
16

9.8
12.2
12.7
19

16
22
25
25

Max. cushioned force


for stroke [J] for hour [J]
34000
26
53700
54
70000
90
91000
160

Max. impact
force [N]
2800
3750
5500
11120

Max. thrust
force [N]
530
890
1550
2220

KEY TO CODES
CYL

27

2 5

BORE

TYPE
Rodless
cylinder

Double-acting cushioned
Magnetic with guide V
Double-acting cushioned
Magnetic with guide V +
adjustable limit switches
and decelerator

*For speed 0.2 m/s

0 magnetic
S
nonmagnetic
G* No stick
slip

25
32
40
63

CONFIGURATION

STROKE
2540:
from 100 to 5700 mm
63
from 100 to 5500 mm

N
V**

NBR
FKM/FPM

**For speed 1m/s

ACCESSORIES
FOOT 25
+ = ADDED STROKE

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

AU

TR

UH

Weight [g]

W0950257001

25

5.5

22

2.5

27

40

232

32

AT

AB

AH

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.


TR

AU
AO

UH
H+

FOOT 32; 40
+ = ADDED STROKE

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

AU

AV

TR

UH

Weight [g]

W0950327001
W0950407001

32
40

6.6
9

4
2

25
25

20
20

8
11.5

20
30

36
54

51
71

284
327

88
112

AB

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

AT
AH

AV

AU
AO

TR
H+

UH

FOOT 63
+ = ADDED STROKE

Code

AB

AT

AO

AU

TR

UH

Weight [g]

W0950637001

63

11

64

15

78

103

460

360

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.


AT

AB

TR

AO

AU
H+

UH

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT 25

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

TR

UH

Weight [g]

0950254094

25

5.5

20

48

60

TR

AO

AH

AT

Note: Individually packed.


AB

UH

1.1/139

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT 32; 40

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

AV

TR

UH

Weight [g]

W0950327032
W0950407032

32
40

6.5
6.5

5
7

55
60

8
8

40
45

61.5
7075

73
85

72
104

AT

AB

Note: plate supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 fixing plates


AH

AV

TR

AO

UH

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

TR

UH

Weight [g]

W0950637032

63

8.5

7.5

55

7.5

78

103

330

AT

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT 63

AB

Note: plate supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 fixing plates

AO

TR
UH

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH


INSERTION FROM ABOVE

Code

Description

FOR 25
W0952022500
W0952128184
W0952025500
W0952029395

REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m


REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8

FOR 3263
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
W0952022180
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
W0952028184
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
W0952025390
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
W0952029394
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX
W0952125556
This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the
cylinder heads do not require a through opening.

WIRING DIAGRAM

REED EFFECT

brown

+
-

+
M8

blue

TECHNICAL DATA

blue

4
1 3

brown

HALL EFFECT

brown
black

+
PNP

M8

blue
black
brown

1.1/140

4
1 3

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

SENSOR SUPPORT 25

Code

Description

0950164001

SENSOR SUPPORT STD

Note: Supplied with 1 stud pin, 2 screws

SLOT STRIP

Code

Description

W0950000160

SLOT STRIP 500 mm

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece


500

4.9

5.8

KIT FOR CYLINDER ASSEMBLY


WITH SENSOR SLOTS

Code

Description

Weight [g]

0950003001
0950003002

ACC. M3 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE


ACC. M4 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE

1
1

Note: Individually packed

ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND


SHOCK ABSORBERS KIT
2540

63

Code

Description

Weight [g]

0950254004
0950324004
0950404004
0950634004

ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 25


ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 32
ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 40
ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 63

260
460
730
1620

Note: Supplied complete with 1 shock absorber support, 1 standard shock absorber , 1 shock
absorber nut, 1 limit switch grub screw, 1 grub screw nut ( 2 for 63) , 1 bracket, 1 bracket screw,
4 locking grub screws (for 25), 4 locking plates and 4 screws (for 32 and 40).
For graphs to help shock absorbers, see page 1.1/124

SHOCK ABSORBERS

Code

Bore

Description

0950004004
0950004005
0950004006
0950004007

25
32
40
63

Shock absorbers PR025 MC2 + nut M14x1.5


Shock absorbers PR050 MC2 + nut M20x1.5
Shock absorbers PR0100 MF2 + nut M25x1.5
Shock absorbers PR0125 MF3 + nut M36x1.5

1.1/141

SPARE PARTS
NEW GENERATION CYLINDER
 Bands support Kit
 Piston kit
     NBR gaskets Kit (FKM/FPM for )
     FKM/FPM gaskets Kit

Bands Kit (inner/outer)


V guide plate Kit

10
6
7

11

10

Y
Type A

PISTON

3 5 4

Type 0
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3

White
Black
Orange
Light Grey
Dark Grey
Yellow

BANDS
SUPPORT

X
Spare parts label
on one cylinder side

9 8 1

BANDS SUPPORT KIT POS 1 (Y)

25
32
40
63

Code
Black
0090255081
0090325081
0090405081
*0090635081

Code
White
0090255080
0090325080
0090405080
*0090635080

Code
Orange
0090255082
0090325082
0090405082
*0090635082

Code
Light grey
0090255083
0090325083
0090405083
*0090635083

Code
Dark grey
0090255084
0090325084
0090405084
*0090635084

Code
Yellow
0090255085
0090325085
0090405085
*0090635085

* For 63, the kit includes a strip support and a shim in the colour ordered.
Therefore, two kits must be ordered for each cylinder.

BANDS KIT (inner and outer)


pos 8-9

PISTON KIT POS 2 (X)

25
32
40
63

Code
Type 0 (0 rings)
0090255015
0090325015
0090405015
0090635015

Code
Type 1 (1 rings)
0090255016
0090325016
0090405016
0090635016

NBR GASKET KIT pos. 3-4-5-6-7-10

Code
Type 3 (3 rings)
0090255018
0090325018
0090405018
0090635018

FKM/FPM GASKET KIT


pos. 3-4-5-6-7-10

Code
Type A (4 rings)
0090255019
0090325019

Code

25
32
40
63

0090256
0090326
0090406
0090636

...= STROKE

V GUIDE PLATE KIT posn. 11

Code

Code

Code

25
32
40
63

0090255022
0090325022
0090405022
0090635022

25
32
40
63

0090255023
0090325023
0090405023
0090635023

25
32
40
63

0090255060
0090325060
0090325060
0090635060

NOTES

1.1/142

Code
Type 2 (2 rings)
0090255017
0090325017
0090405017
0090635017

GUIDED COMPACT CYLINDERS


16100
1
The guided compact cylinder series CMPG is a robust and
practical solution with a built-in guide unit. The rod guiding
bushes are mounted directly in the anodized aluminium
alloy lining.
Two guiding solutions are available: sintered bronze bushes
coupled with ground carbon chromed steel rods, or ball
recirculation bushes coupled with tempered, chromed and
ground steel rods.
There are grooves on one side of the body to house the
retractable sensors.
In the non-cushioned version, the stop is silenced by NBR
front gaskets, and the cushioned version has adjustable
pins to graduate braking.
Threaded holes and calibrated holes are provided for fixing
the dowel pins.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure

Temperature range
With dry air
Bores
Strokes

CUSHIONED
bar
MPa
psi
C
F
C
F
mm

NO-CUSHIONED
110
0.11
14.5145
080C
32176F
20
4

16; 20; 25; 32; 40; 50; 63


16: 20-30-40-50
20; 25: 20-30-40-50-75-100-150
3263: 25-50-75-100-150-175

Version
Weights

16; 20; 25; 32; 40; 50; 63; 80; 100


16: 10-20-25*-30-40-50-75-100-150-200
20; 25: 20-25*-30-40-50-75-100-150-200
32100: 25-50-75-100-150-200
Other strokes on request but with the same cylinder
dimensions as the standard stroke immediately above.
With bronze bushings
With ball bearings
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/07
* only bronze bushings version

COMPONENTS
 JACKET: anodized aluminium alloy
 PISTON ROD: grinded chrome steel
 GUIDE ROD: grinded chrome steel
 GUIDE ROD: hardened and tempered chrome steel
 REAR BASE: anodized aluminium alloy
 FRONT BASE: anodized aluminium alloy
 GUIDE BUSHING: self-lubricating bronze

BUFFER GASKET: NBR


PISTON: aluminium alloy
MAGNET: plastoferrite
PISTON GASKET: (PARKER PRADIFA) NBR
GUIDE RING: PTFE
 SLIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze
 BALL BEARINGS
 DUST SCRAPER RING: NBR or FKM/FPM
 GREASE NIPPLES: zinc-plated or stainless steel

1.1/143

MAXIMUM SIDE LOAD

mm

Guide unit

16

Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls

20
25
32
40
50

F
63
80
100

10

20

25

30

40

35
29

29
31
52
56
71
72

27

50

67

197
89
197
89
295
138
295
138
354
236
540
471

26
27
45
48
61
62

23
38
39
79
54
78

Stroke (mm)
75
50
20
34
35
70
48
73
168
60
168
60
256
89
256
89
305
158
471
314

100

150

175

200

14
24
49
50
66
52
109
217
109
217
177
314
177
314
207
687
344
1074

10
12
38
27
50
37
78
138
78
138
125
184
125
184
153
413
254
629

70
122
70
122
112
163
112
163

8
8
31
32
41
30
65
110
65
110
103
148
103
148
128
335
213
511

75

100

150

175

200

0.24
0.54
1.05
1.24
1.70
1.66
2.46
2.96
2.96
6.38
4.90
10.8
5.40
11.77
7.84
31.38
16.68
63.72

0.20
0.45
0.90
1
1.44
1.4
1.97
2.44
2.46
5.4
4.4
8.35
4.9
9.3
6.88
24.5
14.7
49.1

0.46
0.35
0.69
0.61
1.10
1.02
1.55
2.40
1.70
3
3
4.5
3.4
5
5.30
10.40
10.65
26.6

1.38
2.43
1.55
2.73
2.78
4.06
3.05
4.46

0.12
0.25
0.56
0.49
0.90
0.82
1.24
2.18
1.40
2.40
2.50
3.60
2.80
4
4.40
11.7
8.90
21.6

16
29
58
54
78
60
138
276
138
276
216
393
216
393
256
864
413
1374

NB: Forces are expressed in N

MAXIMUM TORQUE ON PLATE

mm

Guide unit

16

Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls
Bushes
Balls

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

10

20

25

30

0.51
0.74

0.45
0.60
0.92
1.28
1.55
1.98

0.40

0.85

1.42

3.94
1.97
4.40
2.46
7.36
3.45
7.85
3.94
11.78
9.34
22.55
21.56

0.36
0.50
0.79
1.08
1.32
1.70

Stroke (mm)
50
40
0.32
0.72
0.72
1.78
1.18
2.16

0.28
0.65
0.64
1.59
1.04
2.20
2.95
1
3.45
1.45
5.9
2.44
6.38
2.46
9.80
5.88
19.62
13.73

NB: Forces are expressed in Nm

ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
If the compact guided cylinder is mounted as shown in figure A,
there need to be two through holes in the frame for the guide
columns.

1.1/144

STOPPER FUNCTIONS
3000
100
80

1000
500

63

m
l = 50 mm

Moving
mass (kg)
m (Kg)

50

40

100

32

50

25
20
16

10
5

1
1

10

20

30

40

50

V (m/min)
Conveying
speed (m/min)

The graph refers to a 50mm-stroke cylinder.

LIFTING FUNCTIONS
4000
100
80
63

Eccentric
load (N)
P (N)

1000

50
40
32
25

100

20
16

10

1
1

10

100

300

Distance
(mm)
L (mm)

The graph refers from 25 to 50 mm-stroke cylinders with ball re-circulation guide unit.
4000

1000

Eccentric
load (N)
P (N)

50
40
32
25

100

20
16

10

1
1

10

100

300

Distance
(mm)
L (mm)

The graph refers from 75 to 100 mm-stroke cylinders with ball re-circulation guide unit.
4000
100
80
63

1000

Eccentric
load (N)
P (N)

100
80
63

50
40
32
25

100

20
16

10

1
1

10

100

300

Distance (mm)

L (mm)
The graph refers to 50mm-stroke cylinders with bushing guide unit.
1.1/145

DIMENSIONS OF NO-CUSHIONED COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS


A
Z1

M2

A1

M3

Z2
D

N 4 x F1 Depth T

M1

B1

N 4 x F2

E2

N 4 x F1

C+

C1

P+

16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Ball
BronzeBushings Bearings
10
10
10
12
16
16
20
20
20
20
**
**
**
**
25
28
30
35

E1+

N 4 x F1 Depth U

E3

L+

** for stroke 25 e 50 = 20
for stroke 75
= 25
+ = ADD THE STROKE
W143___2
W143___3

1.1/146

16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

A
33
36
42
51
51
59
72
92
112

A1
25
29
38
49
49
56
69
88
108

B
64
74
88
114
124
140
150
188
224

16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

P
45
49
49.5
49.5
56
58
63
74.5
84

Q
8
10
12
16
16
20
20
25
30

R
13
13
16.5
16
17
17
20
21
25

B1
62
72
86
112
122
138
148
185
221
T
20
20
25
20
20
25
25
30
35

U
8
8
9
11
11
12.5
15
18
21

C
33
37
37.5
37.5
44
44
49
56.5
66

C1
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
16
16

Z1
5.5
4.5
2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2

Z2
2.5
2.5
2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2

D
9
9
9
9
11
11
11
15.5
19

E
16
18
26
30
30
40
50
60
80

E1
7
10
10
5
10
10
10
15
15

E2
52
60
70
96
106
120
130
160
190

E3
54
64
76
100
110
124
132
166
200

F
M5
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8

F1
M5
M5
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10
M12
M14

F2

M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10

G
10.5
11
11.5
12.5
14
14
14
19
23

32.5
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

KH7
4
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
8

I
38
46
56
80
90
100
110
140
170

L
*
*
*
73.5
73.5
83
83
93
105

M
22
26
32
38
38
44
44
56
62

M1
42
52
62
80
90
100
110
140
170

*=

16
20
25

M2
15
17
21
25.5
25.5
29.5
36
46
56

M3
18
19
21
25.5
25.5
29.5
36
46
56

N
8
9
8
15
21
27
31.5
37
40

L stroke
050 75200

45
76
49
79.5
49.5

DIMENSIONS OF CUSHIONED COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS

A
Z1

M2

A1

M3

Z2
D

N 4 x F1 Depth T

M1

E2
N 4 x F2

B1

N 4 x F1

C+

C1

P+
L+

S
Ball
BronzeBushings Bearings
10
10
10
12
16
16
20
20
20
20
**
**
**
**

16
20
25
32
40
50
63

E1+

N 4 x F1 Depth U

E3

** for stroke 25 e 50 = 20
for stroke 75 = 25

+ = ADD THE STROKE

W143___4
W143___5

16
20
25
32
40
50
63

A
33
36
42
51
51
59
72

A1
25
29
38
49
49
56
69

16
20
25
32
40
50
63

P

78
78.5
82.5
89
93
98

Q
8
10
12
16
16
20
20

B1
62
72
86
112
122
138
148

B
64
74
88
114
124
140
150

R
13
13
14
16.5
17
17
20

T
20
20
25
20
20
25
25

U
8
8
9
11
11
12.5
15

C
58
62
62.5
62.5
69
69
74

Z1
5.5
4.5
2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

Z2
2.5
2.5
2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

C1
10
10
10
10
10
12
12

D
9
9
9
9
11
11
11

E
16
18
26
30
30
40
50

E1
32
35
35
30
35
35
35

E2
52
60
70
96
106
120
130

E3
54
64
76
100
110
124
132

F
M5
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4

 for bronze bushings = 78


for ball bearing = 75

F1
M5
M5
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10

F2

M6
M6
M8
M8

G
10.5
11
11.5
12.5
14
14
14

32.5
38
46.5
56.5

KH7
4
5
5
6
6
6
6

I
40
46
56
80
90
100
110

L
*
*
*
106.5
106.5
118
118

M
22
26
32
38
38
44
44

M1
42
52
62
80
90
100
110

*=

16
20
25

M2
15
17
21
25.5
25.5
29.5
36

M3
18
19
21
25.5
25.5
29.5
36

N
8
9
8
15
21
27
31.5

L stroke
050 75150

70
105.5
74
108.5
74.5

1.1/147

KEY TO CODES
W

16
20
25
32
40
50
63
*80
*A1=100

3
4
5

STROKE

VERSION

DIAMETER

TYPE

bronze
bushings
ball bearings
cushioned with
brass bushings
cushioned with
ball bearings

CUSHIONED VERSION
16: 20, 30, 40, 50
2025: 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 150
3263: 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 175
NOT CUSHIONED VERSION
16: 10, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200
2025: 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200
32100: 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200
Other strokes on request but with the same
cylinder dimensions as the standard stroke
immediately above.

* Not cushioned version only


Bronze bushings version only

ACCESSORIES
RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE
Code
Description
W0952025390
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
W0952029394
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
W0952022180
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
W0952028184
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
W0952125556
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX
This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the
cylinder heads do not require a through opening.

WIRING DIAGRAM

brown

blue

M8

REED EFFECT

TECHNICAL DATA

4
1 3

blue
brown

brown

HALL EFFECT

black

+
PNP

M8

blue
4
1 3

black
brown

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

BAR FOR GROOVING

4.9

5.8

1.1/148

500

Code
W0950000160

Description
BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

STAINLESS STEEL MINI-CYLINDER


SERIES ISO 6432 1625 mm
1
ISO 6432 stainless steel micro-cylinders are available in
various versions with a wide range of accessories
with or without magnet execution
double-acting - single or through-rod
gaskets: Polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperatures)
fixing accessories

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid
Bores
Design
Standard strokes 
Versions
Magnet for sensors

POLYURETHANE
C
mm
mm

FKM/FPM

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa)


10+80
10+150 (non-magnetic cylinders)
Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
16 ; 20 ; 25
Chamfered heads
max 500
Double-acting, Double-acting through-rod
All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.
 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

COMPONENTS
 PISTON ROD: AISI 316 steel
 HEAD:AISI 304 steel
 PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or
FKM/FPM
 GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze
 JACKET: AISI 304 steel
 PISTON: brass
 PISTON GASKET: polyurethane
or FKM/FPM

MAGNET: plastoferrite
Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM

8 7

1.1/149

KK

CH

D1

DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING

L5+
L4
EE

L3

MR

NB

CD

AM

W180S

WF

EW

BE

L3
T.R.P

L2

XC+
L1+

W1800

+ = ADD STROKE

16
20
25

AM
16
20
22

BE
M16x1,5
M22x1,5
M22x1,5

CD (H9)
6
8
8

D
19
27
30

CH
5
7
9

EW (d13)
12
16
16

EE
M5
G 1/8
G 1/8

D1
6
8
10

KK
M6
M8
M10x1,25

G
5
8
8

L
9
12
12

L1
109
131
140

L2
11
16
14

L3
18
20
22

L5
55
67
68

MR
16
18
21

NB
18
25,5
28,5

WF
22
24
28

L5+

KK

BE

CH

D1

DIMENSIONS DOUBLE-ACTING THROUGH-ROD

L3

L3
G

W181S

W1810

AM

WF

1.1/150

AM
16
20
22

BE
M16x1,5
M22x1,5
M22x1,5

CH
5
7
9

LL++

D
19
27
30

T.R.P

WF+

+ = ADD STROKE
++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

16
20
25

EE

NB

T.R.P

D1
6
8
10

EE
M5
G 1/8
G 1/8

G
5
8
8

KK
M6
M8
M10x1,25

LL
129,5
156
169

L3
18
20
22

L5
55
67
68

NB
18
25,5
28,5

WF (1,2)
22
24
28

AM

XC
82
95
104

KEY TO CODES
W

Stainless steel
cylinder

0
1

1 6

TYPE

VERSION

DIAMETER

STROKE

16
20
25

 1625
stroke 0500 mm

0
S
V
I

DEM
DEM
through-rod

Standard (magnetic)
Not magnetic
FKM/FPM gasket
Longer piston rod

DEM: Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned)


 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS
STAINLESS STEEL LEG MODEL A

Code

AB AU AO D

W095X120001 16 5,5
W095X200001 20 6,6
W095X200001 25 6,6

16,1 20
22,1 25
22,1 25

22
36
40

13 4 32 42 42
20 5 40 54 90
20 5 40 54 90

*ISO 6432 values

D
R

T.R.P.

14 6
17 8
17 8

S TR US Weight [g]

NH XS (1.4) R

NH *

Note: Individually packed

AU *

AB *
AO *

TR *

XS *

US *

T.R.P.

STAINLESS STEEL FLANGE MODEL C

B
F

Code

FB

W (1.4)

TF

UF

UR

Weight [g]

W095X120002
W095X200002
W095X200002

16
20
25

16
22
22

5.5
6.6
6.6

18
19
23

4
5
5

40
50
50

52
66
66

30
40
40

26
52
52

*ISO 6432 values

UR *

Note: Individually packed

S
W*

TF *
UF *

1.1/151

STAINLESS STEEL COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC


MO
T.R.P.

AB1 AB

W095X120005
W095X200005
W095X200005

16 6
20 8
25 8

5.5 2
6.6 4
6.6 4

25
32
32

NH

AB

Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin and 2 snap rings

0.1

AO
AB

+0.18
-0

TR

0.1

LG

STAINLESS STEEL NUT FOR HEADS

Code

CH

W095X120010
W095X200010
W095X200010

16
20
25

22
27
27

M16x1.5
M22x1.5
M22x1.5

5
8
8

Note: Individually packed

CH

STAINLESS STEEL NUT FOR PISTON RODS

Code

CH

Weight [g]

W095X120011
W095X200011
W095X322011

16
20
25

10
13
17

M6
M8
M10x1.25

4
5
6

1
3
7

Note: Individually packed

CH

STAINLESS STEEL FORK-MODEL GK-M

Code

W095X120020
W095X200020
W095X322020

16
20
25

12
16
20

6
8
10

12
16
20

M6
M8
M10x1.25

24
32
40

31
42
52

6
8
10

Note: Individually packed


C
L

1.1/152

Weight [g]

7 3 15 40
10 4 20 78
10 4 20 78

12.1 27
16.1 30
16.1 30

24
31
31

S TR

NH R

AO LG MO N

+0.2
0

Code

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


1

SLIM SENSOR
Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

WIRING DIAGRAM

REED EFFECT

brown

TECHNICAL DATA

+
-

+
M8

blue

4
1 3

blue
brown

HALL EFFECT

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

brown
black

+
PNP

M8

blue
4
1 3

black
brown

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

SENSOR CIRCLIP
Codice
W0950001103

13

22
14

Alesaggio
863

Modello
SENSOR CIRCLIP

Note: Individually packed


MATERIAL
Circlip: stainless steel
Sensor holder: plastic

15

35

9.5

1.1/153

STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDER


SERIES RNDC 32 TO 63 mm
Stainless steel clean profile cylinders available in different
versions:
with or without magnet execution
double-acting - single or through-rod
pneumatic cushioning on request
gaskets:Polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperatures).

POLYURETHANE

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid
Bores
Design
Standard strokes 
Versions
Magnet for sensors

FKM/FPM

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa)


10+80
10+150 (non-magnetic cylinders)
Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
32 ; 40 ; 50 ; 63
Chamfered heads
max 500
Double-acting, Double-acting through-rod
All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.
 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

C
mm
mm

COMPONENTS
 PISTON ROD: AISI 316 steel
 PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM
 GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze
 JACKET: AISI 304 steel
 PISTON: aluminium
 MAGNET: plastoferrite
 PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM

HEAD:AISI 304 steel


BUFFER: polyurethane
GUIDE RING: PTFE

1.1/154

10

11

DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING

L+
F

I+

W180S

CH1

G
P

R+
R 1+

W1800

+ = ADD STROKE

DIMENSIONS DOUBLE-ACTING THROUGH-ROD

L 1 ++
F

W+

I+

G
P

CH1
T

R+

T+

R 1+
W181S

W1810

+ = ADD STROKE
++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

32
40
50
63

A
36.5
44
55
67.5

CH1
10
13
17
17

D
M30x1.5
M38x1.5
M45x1.5
M45x1.5

E
M8x1
M10x1
M12x1.5
M14x1.5

F
20
24
32
32

G
30
38
45
45

I
96
113
120
124

L
168
198
220
224

L1
212
251
284
288

M
M10x1.5
M12x1.75
M16x2
M16x2

N
14
16
18
18

O
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8

P
38
46
57
70

R
78
89
96
98

S
12
16
20
20

T
47
57
62
63

V
30
35
38
38

W
38
45
50
50

1.1/155

KEY TO CODES
W

3 2

TYPE

VERSION

DIAMETER

STROKE

32
40
50
63

 3263
stroke 0500 mm

Stainless steel
cylinder

0
1

DEM
DEM
through-rod

0
S
V
I

Standard (magnetic)
Not magnetic
FKM/FPM gasket
Longer piston rod

DEM: Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned)


 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS
STAINLESS STEEL LEG MODEL AC

L+
E

Code

D E

W095X320002
W095X400002
W095X500002
W095X630002

32
40
50
63

124
153
160
164

48
60
64
64

7
10
10
10

4
5
6
6

14
20
20
20

14
18
20
20

28
30
40
50

148
178
190
194

66
80
90
96

49
58
70
80

28
33
40
45

G H

52
60
70
76

7
9
9
9

N
O

Note: Individually packed

A+

+ = ADD STROKE

STAINLESS STEEL COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC

L+

Code

D E

W095X320005
W095X400005
W095X500005
W095X630005

32
40
50
63

40
50
54
65

35
40
45
50

24
30
34
35

4
5
6
6

SW

+ = ADD STROKE

1.1/156

Nota: Supplied complete with 2 screws

7
9
9
9

8
10
10
15

12
13
14
16

46.1
56.1
69.1
82.1

20
28
36
42

125
146
158
161

58.1
70.1
86.1
99.1

12
13
14
16

STAINLESS STEEL HEAD RING NUT MODEL G

Code

W095X320010
W095X400010
W095X500010
W095X500010

32
40
50
63

M30x1.5
M38x1.5
M45x1.5
M45x1.5

45
52
58
58

7
8
9
9

Note: Individually packed

STAINLESS STEEL FORK-MODEL GK-M

Code

W095X320020
W095X400020
W095X500020
W095X500020

32
40
50
63

20
24
32
32

10
12
16
16

20
24
32
32

M10x1.5
M12x1.75
M16x2
M16x2

40
48
64
64

52
62
83
83

10
12
16
16

Note: Individually packed


L

STAINLESS STEEL NUT FOR PISTON RODS

Code

CH

Weight [g]

W095X320011
W095X400011
W095X500011
W095X500011

32
40
50
63

M10x1.5
M12x1.75
M16x2
M16x2

17
19
24
24

6
7
8
8

6
12
20
20

Note: Individually packed

CH

STAINLESS STEEL OSCILLATING PIN


F

+ = ADD STROKE

CH D

W095X320007
W095X400007
W095X500007
W095X630007

32
40
50
63

M8X1
M10X1
M12X1.5
M14X1.5

5
6
6
8

8
9.5
11
13

F H

L1

L4

14
16.5
20
26

10
12
14
16

125
146
158
161

47
57
62
63

51
61
75
92

CH

Code

L1 +
A

Note: 2- piece pack

L4

1.1/157

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


SLIM SENSOR
Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

WIRING DIAGRAM

REED EFFECT

brown

TECHNICAL DATA

+
-

+
M8

blue

4
1 3

blue
brown

HALL EFFECT

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

brown
black

+
PNP

M8

blue
4
1 3

black
brown

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

SENSOR CIRCLIP
Codice
W0950001103

13

22
14

Alesaggio
863

Note: Individually packed


MATERIAL
Circlip: stainless steel
Sensor holder: plastic

1.1/158

15

35

9.5

Modello
SENSOR CIRCLIP

STAINLESS STEEL CYLINDER SERIES


ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431), 32-100 mm
1
Stainless steel cylinders made to ISO 15552 available in
various versions and with a wide range of accessories:
with or without magnet execution
Double-acting single- or through-rod
Gaskets: Polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperatures)
Fixing accessories, guide units and mechanical piston
rod lock.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid
Bores
Design
Standard strokes 
Versions
Magnet for sensors

POLYURETHANE

FKM/FPM

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa - 145 psi)


20+80
10+150
Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
32 ; 40 ; 50 ; 63 ; 80 ; 100
heads with tie rods
max 1000
Double-acting cushioned, Double-acting through-rod cushioned
All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.
 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

C
mm
mm

COMPONENTS
 PISTON ROD: AISI 316 steel
 HEAD:AISI 304 steel
 PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM
 GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze
 JACKET: AISI 304 steel
 ENBLOC GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM
 MAGNET: plastoferrite

Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM


CUSHIONING GASKET: polyurethane or
FKM/FPM
CUSHIONING NEEDLE: AISI 304 steel
TIE ROD: AISI 316 steel
NEEDLE-RETAINING RING: technopolymer

10 9

8 12

11

1.1/159

DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING

L+
F

CH

L0 +

CH

L1 +

W184

+ = ADD STROKE

DIMENSIONS DOUBLE-ACTING THROUGH-ROD

L 2 ++
L0+

C+

C
C

CH
G

A
L 1+

W185

.
32
40
50
63
80
100

1.1/160

A
14
14
14
16
16
18

A1
9
9
9
9
9
9

A2
11.3
13
12.7
15.8
16.3
15.5

B
30
35
40
45
45
55

CH 1

+ = ADD STROKE
++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

C
26
30
37
37
46
51

C1
18
22
25.5
25
35
38

CH
10
13
16
16
21
21

CH1
6
6
8
8
10
10

D
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M20x1.5
M20x1.5

D1
12
16
20
20
25
25

E
32.5
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

E1
4
4
4
4
4
4

F
22
24
32
32
40
40

G
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2

G1
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10

H
50
55
65
75
95
110

L
121
135
143
158
174
189

L0
95
105
106
121
128
138

L1
67
77
78
89
96
102

L2
147
165
180
195
220
240

P
6
8
11.8
11.7
15.5
15.5

KEY TO CODES
W

Stainless steel
cylinder

4
5

3 2

TYPE

VERSION

DIAMETER

DEMA
DEMA
through-rod

0
S
V
I

Magnetic
Standard (magnetic)
FKM/FPM gasket
Longer piston rod

STROKE
 32100
stroke 01000 mm

32
40
50
63
80
A1=100

DEMA: Magnetic double-acting (cushioned)


 Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems
 For this version the cylinder will be not magnetic

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS
STAINLESS STEEL INTERMEDIATE HINGE MODEL EN

N1

N2

N3

N4

N5

W095X322007
W095X402007
W095X502007
W095X632007
W095X802007
W095XA12007

32
40
50
63
80
100

50
63
75
90
110
132

12
16
16
20
20
25

12
16
16
20
20
25

22
28
32
35
40
45

65
75
95
105
130
145

Note: Supplied complete with 8 grub screws

Code

STAINLESS STEEL SHORT FOOT MOUNTING

Code

AB

AH

AO

AT

AU

TR

UH

H1

H2

W095X322001
W095X402001
W095X502001
W095X632001
W095X802001
W095XA12001

32
40
50
63
80
100

7
9
9
9
12
14

32
36
45
50
63
71

35
36
47
45
55
57

4
4
5
5
6
6

24
28
32
32
41
41

32
36
45
50
63
75

45
52
65
75
95
115

145
163
175
190
215
230

143
161
170
185
210
220

AT

AH

AB

TR

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

AU

UH

AO
H2 +
H1 +

+= ADD THE STROKE

1.1/161

STAINLESS STEEL FEMALE HINGE - MODEL B

H3

W095X322003
W095X402003
W095X502003
W095X632003
W095X802003
W095XA12003

32
40
50
63
80
100

45
52
65
75
95
115

26
28
32
40
50
60

22
25
27
32
36
41

10
12
12
16
16
20

142
160
170
190
210
230

10
12
12
16
16
20

9
9
11
11
14
14

H9

Code

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.


WITHOUT PIN.

S
H3 +

+= ADD THE STROKE

FEMALE HINGE INOX PIN


A
B

+0.30

f7

W095X322050
W095X402050
W095X502050
W095X632050
W095X802050
W095XA12050

32
40
50
63
80
100

53
60
68
78
98
118

46
53
61
71
91
111

1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.3

10
12
12
16
16
20

9.6
11.5
11.5
15.2
15.2
19

H 13

h 11

Code

Note: Supplied with 2 snap-rings

STAINLESS STEEL MALE HINGE - MODEL BA

H3

W095X322004
W095X402004
W095X502004
W095X632004
W095X802004
W095XA12004

32
40
50
63
80
100

26
28
32
40
50
60

22
25
27
32
36
41

10
12
12
16
16
20

10
12
12
16
16
20

9
9
11
11
14
14

143
160
170
190
210
230

H9

Code

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

H
H3 +

+= ADD THE STROKE

STAINLESS STEEL ISO COUNTER-HINGE


FOR MODEL B - MODEL GS
A

W095X322008
W095X402008
W095X502008
W095X632008
W095X802008
W095XA12008

32
40
50
63
80
100

26
28
32
40
50
60

20
22
26
30
30
38

6.6
6.6
9
9
11
11

10
12
12
16
16
20

38
41
50
52
66
76

18
22
30
35
40
50

32
36
45
50
63
71

31
35
45
50
60
70

51
54
65
67
86
96

3
2
3
2
7
5

8
10
12
14
14
17

10
15
16
16
20
20

Code

C
F
H

1.1/162

Note: Individually packed


N

E
I

STAINLESS STEE FRONT FLANGE - MODEL C

A1

B1

W095X322002
W095X402002
W095X502002
W095X632002
W095X802002
W095XA12002

32
40
50
63
80
100

80
90
110
120
150
170

64
72
90
100
126
150

45
52
65
75
95
115

32
36
45
50
63
75

10
10
12
12
16
16

7
9
9
9
12
14

16
20
25
25
30
35

A1

Code

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.


B1

W S

STAINLESS STEE REAR FLANGE - MODEL C

A1

Code

A1

B1

W095X322002
W095X402002
W095X502002
W095X632002
W095X802002
W095XA12002

32
40
50
63
80
100

80
90
110
120
150
170

64
72
90
100
126
150

45
52
65
75
95
115

32
36
45
50
63
75

10
10
12
12
16
16

7
9
9
9
12
14

105
115
118
133
144
154

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.


S

B1
L+

+= ADD THE STROKE

Code

CH

Weight [g]

W095X322011
W095X402011
W095X502011
W095X502011
W095X802011
W095X802011

32
40
50
63
80
100

M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M20x1.5
M20x1.5

6
7
8
8
9
9

17
19
24
24
30
30

6
12
20
20
32
32

STAINLESS STEEL NUT FOR PISTON RODS

Note: Individually packed

CH

STAINLESS STEEL FORK-MODEL GK-M

Code

W095X322020
W095X402020
W095X502020
W095X502020
W095X802020
W095X802020

32
40
50
63
80
100

20
24
32
32
40
40

10
12
16
16
20
20

20
24
32
32
40
40

M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M20x1.5
M20x1.5

40
48
64
64
80
80

52
62
83
83
105
105

10
12
16
16
20
20

Note: Individually packed

1.1/163

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


SLIM SENSOR
Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

WIRING DIAGRAM

brown

REED EFFECT

TECHNICAL DATA
Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

+
-

+
M8

blue

blue

4
1 3

brown
+

brown

HALL EFFECT

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

black

+
PNP

M8

blue
black
brown

4
1 3

blue

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

SENSOR BRACKET
Modello
SENSOR BRACKET

28.4

Codice
W0950001100

Note: Individually packed


35.1

20

15.7

35

11.8

1.1/164

MATERIAL
Bracket: zinc-plated aluminium
Sensor holder: zinc-plated aluminium
Fixing screw: zinc-plated aluminium

Alesaggio
32100

HYDRAULIC BRAKE SERIES BRK


FOR ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431) CYLINDER
40-80 mm
1
The hydraulic brake is the closed loop type without its own
power source. It is normally linked to an ISO 15552
pneumatic cylinder. It consists of a cylinder full of oil, one
or more flow regulation valves and a top-up tank to
compensate for any oil leakage.
The following versions are available:
With piston rod adjustment in either direction or both;
With SKIP valve (slow-fast) or stop valve or both.
The compensation tank needs to be topped up from time
to time. This should be done when the oil reaches the
minimum level marked on the rod. With the piston rod
right out, the stick must project not less than 20 mm from
the tank cap. COMLUBE-DEXRON ATF oil should be used.
During the first few cycles, any excess oil is ejected through
a hole in the tank.

TECHNICAL DATA
Gaskets
Temperature range
Fluid

Adjustable load

Speed
Standard strokes

V
mm

NBR
10C to +70C
Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air.
Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
6000N standard version
5000N with valves
10 mm/min. to 6000 mm/min.
50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500
On request other special strockes, up to 1000
Piston rod thrust adjustment; Piston rod retract adjustment
Adjustment on both strokes; Thrust adjustment + skip valve
Retract adjustment + skip valve; Double adjustment + double skip valve
Thrust adjustment + stop valve; Retract adjustment + stop valve
Twin adjustment + double stop valve; Thrust adjustment + skip/stop valve
Retract adjustment + skip/stop valve
with flange kit
ISO 15552 cylinders with bores 40 to 80
See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/07

Configurations

Fixing to cylinder
Connectable cylinders
Weights

mm

COMPONENTS
 PISTON ROD: thick chromed steel
 HEADS: die cast aluminium alloy
 PISTON ROD GASKET: NBR rubber
 PISTON ROD GUIDE BUSHING: steel
strip with bronze and PTFE insert
 JACKET: drawn anodised aluminium alloy
 PISTON: aluminium alloy
 PISTON GASKET: NBR rubber

OIL SEAL GASKET: polyurethane


Static O-rings: NBR rubber
SEALING DISK: plastic
SPRINGS: zinc-plated steel
SECURING/ASSEMBLY SCREW: Tap Tite
screw
 OIL LEVEL STICK: zinc-plated steel
 OIL RECOVERY TANK
 VALVE for OIL FILLING
 FLOW REGULATION NEEDLE
 MINIMUM LEVEL

12

10 7

14

11

16

15

13
17

1.1/165

HYDRAULIC BRAKE + ISO 6431 CYLINDER 40-80

SKIP-STOP VALVE

A
D

Both the skip valve and the stop valve are normally open and the
fluid flows freely from A to D.
With supply from port C, the skip valve is controlled and the fluid
is forced to pass through a choke generated by the regulation
pin.
With supply from port B, the stop valve is controlled and the flow
of fluid is interrupted.

DIMENSIONS OF HYDRAULIC BRAKE


TYPE: BRK-P STD/SKV/STV/SKT

BRK-N STD/SKV/STV/SKT
30

G 1/8

35

110(BRK-N/P SKV/STV/SKT)
75

G 1/8

MAX

16

U
28
37
44
52
60
68
77
85
92
100

14.5

U
85+
114+

14.5

101

TYPE: BRK-D STD/STV/SKT


35

B
MAX

G 1/8

(x STOP)

(x STOP)

14.5

85+
114+

22

(x SKIP)

G 1/8

M 10

16

32

14.5

1.1/166

38
55

22

13

+ = ADD THE STROKE

M6

35

B
90
110
110
135
135
155
155
185
185
205

125 (BRK-D SKV/STV)


110 (BRK-D STD)
G 1/8
75

Stroke
150
51100
101150
151200
201250
251300
301350
351400
401450
451500

M 10

32

13

M6

38
55
90

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-P STD.

Code

PISTON ROD THRUST ADJUSTMENT


W170001 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-N STD.

Code
PISTON ROD RETRACT ADJUSTMENT
W170011 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-D STD

Code
PISTON ROD RETRACT ADJUSTMENT
W170021 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

HYDRULIAC BRAKE BRK-N SKV/BRK-N STV

Code
RETRACT ADJUSTMENT + SKIP VALVE
W170111 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

RETRACT ADJUSTMENT + STOP VALVE


W170211 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

1.1/167

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-P SKV/BRK-P STV

Code
THRUST ADJUSTMENT + SKIP VALVE
W170101 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

THRUST ADJUSTMENT+STOP VALVE


W170201 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-N SKT

Code
RETRACT ADJUSTMENT + SKIP/STOP VALVES
W170311 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-P SKT

Code
THRUST ADJUSTMENT + SKIP/STOP VALVE
W170301 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-D STV

Code
PISTON ROD THRUST RETRACT ADJUSTMENT
+ DOUBLE STOP VALVE
W170221 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

NOTE: minimum stroke 150 mm

1.1/168

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-D SKV

Code
PISTON ROD THRUST RETRACT ADJUSTMENT
+ DOUBLE SKIP VALVE
W170121 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

KEY TO CODES
W

W170

Hydraulic
brake

001
Piston rod thrust adjustment
011
Piston rod retract adjustment
021
Piston rod retract/thrust adjustment
101
Thrust adjustment + SKIP VALVE
111
Retract adjustment + SKIP VALVE
121
Double adjustment + DOUBLE SKIP VALVE
201
Thrust adjustment + STOP VALVE
211 
Retract adjustment + STOP VALVE
221
Double adjustment + DOUBLE STOP VALVE
301
Thrust adjustment + SKIP/STOP VALVE
311
Retract adjustment + SKIP/STOP VALVE

Enter the desired


stroke in 4 digits.
Example: for a
50mm-stroke cylinder
enter 0050.

 Minimum stroke 150 mm

NOTES

1.1/169

ACCESSORIES: FLANGE
FLANGE 40

FLANGE 50

55

38

7
9

12

46.5

FLANGE 80

38

38

(151)
76
47.5

72

16

75

95

ORDERING CODES

NOTES
Weight [g]
418
540
792
1216

Note: Supplied complete with 4+4 screws.

SET OF SCREWS FOR FLANGE


KIT BRK-P/C-040
W0950402111
KIT BRK-P/C-050
W0950502111
KIT BRK-P/C-063
W0950632111
KIT BRK-P/C-080
W0950802111
Note: the code corresponds to 4+4 screws.

11

47.5

56.5

Description
Code
BRAKE CYLINDER CONNECTING FLANGE
FLANGE ACC. MODEL CF-040
W0950402012
FLANGE ACC. MODEL CF-050
W0950502012
FLANGE ACC. MODEL CF-063
W0950632012
FLANGE ACC. MODEL CF-080
W0950802012

72

56.5

37.5

38

2
3

27.5

38

55

55

27.5

12

65

FLANGE 63

37.5

46.5

55

(131)
66

38

27.5

38

1.1/170

32.5

38

26.5

5
3

32.5

(121)
61

38

32

55

(109)

27.5

38

58
93
97
151

16

SENSOR TESTER
1
This sensor tester features the following:
a green light and acoustic signal indicating correct
operation
sensors can be checked without having to be disassembled.
M8 and M12 connections, and terminal board for direct
connection to the wires
PNP or NPN switching button
9V battery power supply
automatic switch-off

TECHNICAL DATA
Container material
Degree of protection
Connections
Additional connections
Power supply
Internal voltage
Green light
Yellow light
Red light

PA 6.6 blue
IP00
M8 and M12 plug-socket type with 40 cm cable
3 terminals for wire connection
9V DC (battery type 6LR61)
15V DC
tester switched on
sensor in operation
battery flat

COMPONENTS
 CONTAINER (PA 6.6 blue)
 START BUTTON
 WIRE CONNECTION + (brown)
 WIRE CONNECTION (blue)
 OUTPUT CONNECTION (black)
 PNP/NPN SELECTOR
 M8x1 CONNECTOR

M12x1 CONNECTOR
LED COVER

1
7

Code

Description

Dimension [mm]

Weight [g]

W0950060000

SENSOR TESTER

63x88x24

192

1.1/171

TABLE OF CONTENTS
GRIPPERS

CHAPTER 1.2

INTRODUCTION

PAGE 1.2/02

GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS, SERIES P1

PAGE 1.2/12

GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS, SERIES P2

PAGE 1.2/14

PRECISION GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS, SERIES P3

PAGE 1.2/17

GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS, LONG STROKE, SERIES P4

PAGE 1.2/21

GRIPPERS WITH TWO HINGED JAWS, SERIES P7

PAGE 1.2/26

TECHNOPOLYMER HINGED GRIPPERS, SERIES P8

PAGE 1.2/29

GRIPPERS 180 WITH 2 HINGED JAWS SERIES P9

PAGE 1.2/32

TOGGLE GRIPPERS, SERIES P10

PAGE 1.2/34

GRIPPERS WITH THREE PARALLEL JAWS, SERIES P11

PAGE 1.2/38

1.2/01

PNEUMATIC GRIPPERS
GENERAL
FIG. 1.1

6
2
3

Pneumatic gripper
Jaws
Clamping finger
Sensor slot
F = clamping force of one jaw only
If a gripper has three jaws, with
F = 25N, so the total clamping force is
25 x 3 = 75N.
Load
L = distance between the barycentre of
the load and the reference surface
C = stroke of a single jaw

F
C

GENERAL
Parallel gripper: the jaws move in a straight line. There may be two, three or even four
jaws.

Hinged gripper: the jaws are hinged and move along the arc of a circle. It is generally
cheaper than a parallel gripper but there are some limitations (see drawing 1.6):
- If the part has varying dimensions, the contact area changes.
- If the part is cylindrical with varying dimensions, the position of the axis of the clamped
part varies.

Gripper with retracting jaws: the jaws have an opening angle of about 90. The
clamping fingers can retract fully from the work top, and so, in certain cases, it is
possible to avoid one linear retraction motion (see drawing 1.5).

Toggle gripper: a hinged gripper with a toggle-action mechanism to achieve high


clamping forces. Clamping is irreversible even when there is no pressure, so the part
cannot be released accidentally. The opening angle is 90 so it acts as retracting gripper.
The clamping force is high within a limited angle only.

Number of jaws: two-jaw grippers are used for prism-shaped parts or cylindrical ones
with a single diameter. Three-jaw grippers can be used for cylindrical parts with different
diameters.

1.2/02

CLAMPING FINGERS
FIG. 1.2

FIG. 1.3

F (N)
300

F
250

200

150

6 bar

100

4 bar

50

2 bar

NO

OK

0
0

20

40

60

80

100

120
L (mm)

The clamping fingers must be as light and short as possible to keep inertia to a minimum.
The longer the clamping fingers, the less force is available (see fig. 1.2).
Wider fingers are only heavier, they do not increase friction (see fig. 1.3).

FEATURES
FIG. 1.4

1.2/03

EXAMPLE OF RETRACTING HINGED GRIPPERS


FIG. 1.5

EXAMPLE OF USE LIMITATIONS OF HINGED GRIPPERS


FIG. 1.6

FIG. 1.7

1.2/04

CALCULATIONS
First of all, determine the necessary clamping force.
Then decide which type of gripper can ensure this force with required pressure and clamping distance.
To help designers calculate the clamping force, we propose two levels of calculation.

DRAWING TO CALCULATE GRIPPER CLAMPING FORCE


FIG. 1.8

APPROXIMATION METHOD
Clamping force of each jaw [N] 200 x weight of part [kg] / number of jaws.
Data
M Mass of part
n Number of jaws
F Clamping force of each jaw

Unit of
Formula
measurement
kg

N
200 x M / n

Example
1.2
3
200 x 1.2 / 3 = 80

1.2/05

PRECISION COMPUTING METHOD


Data
M
a

T
d
ax
ay
az


Fx
Fy
Fz

Mass of part
Acceleration
Angle speed
Width of clamping finger
Clamping diameter of part
Distance along X of the barycentre from clamping centre
Distance along Y of the barycentre from clamping centre
Distance along Z of the barycentre from clamping centre
Finger/part friction coefficient
Some examples:
Smooth steel on smooth metal
Rough steel on smooth metal
Soft material, e.g. Vulkolan
Coupled shape (vedi fig. 1.4)
Forces applied to barycentre of part.
When determining the forces, assess for each direction:
Force x weight
Force of inertia x linear acceleration
Force of inertia x angular velocity
Force along gripper axis
Force perpendicular to jaw
Force tangent to jaw

Unit of
measur.
Kg
m/s2
rad/s
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm

Formula

Example
1,2
5 in direction X
0
8
16
0
0
25
0,2

 = 0,1
 = 0,2-0,3
 = 0,4
=1

N
N
N
N
N
N

M x 9,81
Mx a
M x 2 x r
Fx = peso 1.2 x 9.81 = 11.8 N
Fy = F.of inertia = 1.2 x 5 = 6 N
Fz = O

Force equivalent to clamping centre:

[
]
[(
)
]

2
az + T ay + d
ax
ax
2
2
Fx
+
+ Fz + Fy
+ Fz2
T
d
T
d

25+ 8
2
+ O = 42.8 N
8

Ft eq

Equivalent tangential force

Fy eq

Equivalent perpendicular force

Fy

Fs teo

Theoretical clamping force

Greater of (Fteq/2) and (Fyeq)

Greater of (42.8/2.02) and 75 = 107

Clamping force

FsTeo 1.5 (safety coefficient)

= 107 1.5 = 160 N

az + T
2
ay
+ Fz
T
T

11.8

=6

(25 + 82 )= 75 N
8

COMPARATIVE CHARTS FOR GRIPPERS


The lines plotted on the graphs below show the following for each series of gripper:
Clamping force (at 6 bar)
Stroke (linear or angular)
This allows you to determine the most appropriate series to meet your requirements. For instance, if you want a gripper with two
parallel jaws, a clamping force greater than 100 N and stroke greater than 12 mm, you can find it in series P2 or P4.
1.2/06

COMPARATIVE CHART - GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS


1000
500

P1
P4

P2

P3

P (N)

100
50

10
5

1
4

10

40

20

60

80 100

300

S (mm)

COMPARATIVE CHART - GRIPPERS WITH TWO HINGED JAWS


400

P9
P7

P (N)

100

50

P8

P10

10
1

10

20

40

60

80

100

()

1.2/07

COMPARATIVE CHART - GRIPPERS WITH THREE JAWS


2000

P11
1000

P (N)

500

100

50

10
1

NOTES

1.2/08

10
S (mm)

20

30

40

50

GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS

Serie P1
This is a gripper with an excellent quality-to-price ratio.
Double action with internal or external clamping. All size come with magnets and
sensor slot. The materials used and the heat and chemical treatments applied means
that the parts subject to stress are extra-resistant.

Serie P2
This is a gripper with rollers recirculation jaw guides.
Starting from very small sizes minimum thickness 10 mm.
Larger sizes have a system for taking up jaw guide play.
Double action with internal or external clamping.
Comes with magnet and sensor slot.

Serie P3
High-precision sturdy gripper guaranteed for 1,500,000 cycles with max load without
maintenance.
Top quality materials, accurately worked: body made of highly-resistant hardened
aluminium alloy body. Moving parts made of hardened and tempered steel.
Double action with internal or external clamping.
Special versions available on request:
With induction sensors
5-position monitoring using a positionable sensor.
With spring lock device for when there is no pressure.
Double clamping force and half stroke.

Serie P4
Gripper with a long stroke.
The shape of the jaws makes them particularly suitable for clamping parts of large size
with respect to the weight.
Double action with internal or external clamping.
Magnets for position sensors.

1.2/09

GRIPPERS WITH TWO HINGED JAWS


Serie P7
This is a double-acting gripper with an excellent quality-to-price ratio. Designed for
application of a retracting magnetic sensor. The body is in a single piece.
Simplified jaw replacement method.
Provided with magnets and sensor slots.

Serie P8
Single-acting normally open grippers. Virtually all the component parts are made of
technopolymer to make the device lighter. The smallest version is really tiny it weighs
a mere 36 g.

1.2/10

GRIPPERS WITH TWO RETRACTING JAWS

The following two series of wide-opening grippers can be used for specific applications.
Serie P9
Toggle-type pivoted grippers for external clamping, up to 180 opening angle and high
clamping forces.
The workpiece is not released, even when the power is cut off. Provided with magnets
and sensor slots.

Serie P10
Grippers with 20-180 adjustable opening designing for gripping the part from the
outside. With high clamping forces. There is also a version with springs for extra safety
during pressure drops. Each of the two fingers can be adjusted by about 1. Top quality
materials and accurate working. Highly resistant hardened aluminium alloy body.
Moving parts made of tempered steel. 2,000,000 cycles without maintenance. Induction
sensors can be mounted.

GRIPPERS WITH THREE JAWS


Serie P11
Grippers with a good quality-to-price ratio. Double action with internal or external
clamping. Magnets for position sensors, slim type.
Four-jaw self-centring version available on request.

1.2/11

GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS


SERIES P1
Dual-acting parallel gripper for internal and external
clamping.
Anodized aluminium alloy body and tempered steel jaws.
Bottom or side fixing.
All sizes come with magnets and sensor slots.

TECHNICAL DATA

P1-20

Gaskets
Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid

Bores
Clamping force (at 6 bar) 20 mm from the top surface
Single jaw stroke
Weight

mm
N
mm
Kg

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P1-20

18

35

1.5

85.5

M5 (close)

N4 x M4
depth 7.5

16.5
8

M6

14

23closed

14

33 open
2

39

25

G6

12

25

39

N4 x M4
depth 8

1.2/12

180
5
0.50

420
6.5
0.70

Code
W1550200001

8
21
69

M5 (open)

18

NBR
2-8 bar (0.2 - 0.8 Mpa)
570
Filter lubricated or lubricated air.
Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
20 - 32

ORDERING CODES
18

P1-32

22

H7

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS
P1-20

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P1-32

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1550320001

25

20
78

105.5

M5 (open)
M5 (close)

N4 x M5
depth 7.5

20

27.5

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS
P1-32

38.5

25

2.2

11.7

M4
15

20

31close

20

G6

41open

18

48
2

32.5

48

32.5

N4 x M5
depth 8

34

H7

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE
Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

See page 1.2/28 for wiring diagram.

NOTES

1.2/13

GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLEL


ROLLER-RECIRCULATION JAWS
SERIES P2
These are grippers with 2 parallel jaws with a rollerrecirculation guiding system. Double-acting system with
clamping in both directions. All the grippers come with
magnet and sensor slots.

TECHNICAL FEATURES

P2 - 6

Min./max. operating pressure


Temperature range
Maximum operating frequency
Fluid
Size
Bore
Single jaw stroke
Closing force at 6 bar
Opening force at 6 bar
Weight

bar
C
cycles/s
6
6
2
5.3
7.4
0.027

mm
mm
N
N
Kg

P2 - 10

P2 - 16

P2 - 20

1.5 - 7
5 - 60
2
20 m dried or lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continous
10
16
20
12
16
20
2
3
5
28
83
97
35
95
115
0.048
0.12
0.24

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P2-6


7

4.8

12open

4.4

2.5

10

N4 x M2
depth 4

N4 M2

13.5

8 close

53

M3 air port
(close)

18.6
7

N2 x M3
throught

1.5

24.5

22

39.5

M3 air port
(open)

12
20

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1570060200

1.2/14

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P2-6 (For sensor see W0950044180 or W0950045390 page 1.2/24)

+0.1
0

P2- 25

25
25
7
180
210
0.45

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P2-10


+ 0.02

N2 x 3 - 0
depth 3

12

16

18

15.6

N2 x M3
depth 6

29.7

10

9.5 open
5.5 close

N4 M2.5

12

5.7

N2 x M3
depth 5
M3 air port
(close)

26.5

57
18

23

N2 x M3
depth 5.5

1.5

27

37.5

M3 air port
(open)

12

16

+0.1
0

11.5

23

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1570100200

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P2-10 (For sensor see W0950044180 or W0950045390 page 1.2/24)

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P2-16

N2 x 4 +0.02
-0
depth 4

15

22

22

N2 x M4
depth 8

42.2

21.6
5

13

14.5 open
6.5 close

15

N4 M3

N2 x M4
depth 8
67.5

M5 air port
(close)
39

30

22.5

N2 x M4
depth 7

1.5

19.5

42.5

M5 air port
(open)

17

+0.1
0

24

16

31

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1570160200

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P2-16 (For sensor see W0950044180 or W0950045390 page 1.2/24)

1.2/15

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P2-20


+0.02

32

N2 x M5
depth 8

N2 x 5 -0
depth 4

19

18

* Pins for backlash adjustment

38

30

27.5

64

10

N4 M4

18.6

26open

16close

N2 x M5
depth 8

15

20

(85)

M5 air port
(close)

60

15

30

26

42

35

1.5

N2 x M5
depth 8

26

29

65

M5 air port
(open)

21

+0.1
0

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1570200200

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P2-20 (For sensor see W0950044180 and following, page 1.2/24)

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P2-25


40

* Pins for backlash adjustment

N2 x 6
depth 5

26 dp1.6

+0.02
0

23

22

N2 x M6
depth 12

36.5
46

12

75
10

33open

N4 M5

33.5
10

19close
12

25

N2 x M6
depth 10

103

19

M5 air port
(close)

36.5

73

30

31

M5 air port
(open)

11

N2 x M6
depth 12
18

36

33.8

52

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1570250200

1.2/16

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P2-25 (For sensor see W0952025390 and following, page 1.2/28)

22

GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS


SERIES P3
1
These are grippers with 2 parallel double-acting jaws with
internal and external clamping. The grippers are guaranteed
for a minimum operation of 1.5 million cycles.
Body made of hardened aluminium alloy, jaws made of
ground, hardened and tempered steel.
Air can be supplied from below or from the side. Various
types of fixing are available. The supply includes sensor
haolders (if necessary), fixing screws for all directions and
O-rings for direct pneumatic connection.
(the inductive sensors are not supplied by Metal
Work)

TECHNICAL FEATURES

P3 - 50

Pressure range
Temperature range
Fluid
Life
Jaw force
Clamping force per jaw at 6 bar
Applicable weight (recommended)
Air consumption per cycle
Opening time
Closing time
Weight of grippers
Moment of inertia
Repeatability
Maximum length of clamping fingers

bar
C

mm
N
Kg
cm3
sec
sec
Kg
Kg cm2
mm
mm

P3 - 64

P3 - 80

P3 - 100

P3 - 125

2 to 8
5C to 85C
20m dried or lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continous
over 1.5 million cycles
4
6
8
10
6
50 (L=20mm)
110 (L=20mm)
180 (L=25mm)
225 (L=32mm)
750 (L=32mm)
0.5
1.2
1.8
2.8
8.5
5
10
20
40
70
0.02
0.02
0.03
0.05
0.08
0.02
0.02
0.03
0.05
0.08
0.125
0.27
0.43
0.75
1.3
0.5
1.2
2
10
21
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
50
64
80
100
125

CLAMPING FORCE ACCORDING TO FINGER LENGTH


840
800

My

760

Mz

Mx

720

P3 -

125

680

Fa

640
P (N)

600
320
280

P3 - 1
00

240
200
P3 - 8
0

160

GRIPPER
P3 - 50
P3 - 64
P3 - 80
P3 - 100
P3 - 125

F (N)
250
450
600
800
900

Mx (Nm)
10
30
90
95
100

My (Nm)
10
25
35
45
70

Mz (Nm)
12
15
30
45
60

L (mm)
20
20
25
32
32

P (N)
50
110
180
225
750

120

P3 - 64

80

P3 - 50

40
0
0

25

50

25
L (mm)

100

25

150

1.2/17

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P3-50

12
3.5

Adaptor

Gripper

7.6

28

22

0.2

0.02 for 3H7

M3

35

18
3

View
B
Vista from
da "B"

50

O-Ring 3x1
0.5
24

M5 (Open)

4 (stroke)

30

35

6
3.4

14.5

18.5

12 14

25.2

N 2 x M5

24 0.02

N 2 x 4 m6

0.6

+0

31 -0.1

Sez. A-A

5.5

13

20

M5 (Closed)

N 4 x M3

13.5

"B"

M3 (Open)

min

M3 (Closed)

H7

N 4 x M4

N 2 x 3 H7
depth 5

42

N 2 x 3

H7

64

* inductive sensor 4

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1560500200

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P3-50

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P3-64


64

21
4 13

5
10.2

Gripper
M3

Adaptor

10

27

36 +0
-0.2

0.02 for 4 H7

View from
B
Vista
da "B"

42

O-Ring 3x1
0.5

28

M3 depth 5
(Open)

5H7

19 min.

"B"

Sez. A-A

N 4 x M4

10.2

6 (stroke)

7.6
2

2.5

M5 depth 6
(Open)

28
42

52

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1560640200

1.2/18

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P3-64

N 2 x M5
depth 6

12

4.5

38
23
10

17

* inductive sensor M8x1

20 0.2

N 2 x 4 H7
depth 4
18 0.02

8
+0
-0.1

36
M5 depth 6
(Closed)

N 2 x 4 m6

20

N 4 x M5

N 2 x 4 H7
depth 4

13

18 0.1

M3 depth 5
(Closed)

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P3-80


25
52

16

0.1

Adaptor

36

M4 depth 5
(Closed)
N 4 x M5

M4 depth 5
(Open)

"B"

6 H7

24 min.
Sez. A-A
12.2

8 (stroke)

m6
7.6

2.5

40

M5 depth 6
(Closed)

N 4 x M5

52

N 2 x 4
depth 6

64

* inductive sensor 6.5

0.1

5.1

16

N 2 x M5
depth 6

M5 depth 6
(Open)

0.02 for 4H7

14

0.2

20

10

22

31

+0
-0.1

48

H7

20

N 2 x 4
depth 6

45

N 2 x 5

25

Gripper

O-Ring 4x1.5

12.2

42

32

+0
-0.2

0.02 for 4H7

M4

View da
from
Vista
"B"B

80

H7

69

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1560800200

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P3-80

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P3-100


32
6

Adaptor

M5 depth 5
(Closed)

M5 depth 5
(Open)

44

Gripper

O-Ring 4x1.5

14

38

50

13

+0
-0.2

0.02 for 5H7

200.1
6

M5

View da
from
Vista
"B"B

100
66

8H7

30 min.

"B"
Sez. A-A
10 (stroke)

G1/8" depth 7
(Open)

11
19

N 2 x M5
depth 6

N 4 x M6
N 2 x 5H7
depth 6

25 0.1

2.5

N 2 x 5H7
depth 6

6.6

54
35
14

28

9.1
2

12
51 -0.1

+0

48
66

N 2 x 6 m6

G1/8" depth 7
(Closed)

14.2

25 0.02

50 0.02
25

N 4 x M6

19

80
90

* inductive sensor 6.5

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1561000200

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P3-100

1.2/19

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P3-125


40

View
B
Vista from
da "B"

240.1
8

Adaptor

16.2

14

60

45

+0
-0.2

0.02 for 6H7

Gripper
M5

8.5

125
82

O-Ring 4x1.5

0.2 min.
M5 depth 5
(Closed)

M5 depth 5
(Open)

56

H7

38 min.

"B"
Sez. A-A
6 (stroke)

16.2

61
82

m6

11

G1/8" depth 7
(Open)

N 2 x M5
depth 6

N 4 x M8
N 2 x 6H7
depth 8

28

100
111

* inductive sensor M8x1

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1561250200

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P3-125

ACCESSORIES
INDUCTION SENSOR FOR P3-50
Code
W0950037391

1.2/20

Description
INDUCTION SENSOR 4 mm PNP-NO-2 m

30 0.1

15

N 2 x 6H7
depth 8

21

40
15

32

62

+0

59 -0.1

G1/8" depth 7
(Closed)

N 2 x 6

30 0.02

60 0.02
36

12

3.5

N 4 x M6

GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLEL


LONG-STROKE JAWS SERIES P4
1
These are grippers with 2 parallel long-stroke jaws. The
mechanical design makes them suitable for clamping bulky
parts. All grippers, except for the smallest ones, can mount
a retracting magnetic proximity sensor.

TECHNICAL FEATURES

P4 - 10

Min./max. operating pressure


Temperature range
Maximum operating frequency
Fluid
Bore
Single jaw stroke
Closing force at 6 bar
Opening force at 6 bar
Weight

P4 - 12

bar
C
cycles/s
mm
mm
N
N
kg

P4 - 16

P4 - 25

3-7
5 - 60
1
Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air; if used, it must be continuous
2x12
2x16
2x30
10
15
30
41
75
260
41
75
260
0.3
0.5
2.95

2x10
5
28
28
0.18

P4 - 30

2x30
60
260
260
3.7

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-10


17
8

10

26

13
36

M5
(close)
M5
(open)

22
46 open
36 close

+0.02
0

depth 4
+0.02
0

19 -0
depth 4

+0.1

22

N4 x M4
depth 6

N2 x M4
depth 6

12

15
38

28
15

N4 x M4

40
46
36
15

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1580100200

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 LONG-STROKE JAWS P4-10

1.2/21

N2x2 M4
through

12

10

19

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 LONG-STROKE JAWS P4-12

N2x2 M5
through

20

5
14

50

20

28

38

15

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-16

12

44
58

36

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 LONG-STROKE JAWS P4-16

15

38

24

54 close

84 open

M5 air port
(open)

10

12

1.2/22

10

12

deep 3
3

ORDERING CODES

05
0.
+
0

6
2
1 ep
de

3
0
de 0+0.05
ep
4

36

25

M5 air port
(close)

+0.02
0

+0.02
0

38

dp.3

27

25

Code
W1580160200

55

N4 x M5
depth 6

2.

N2 x M4
depth 5

M5 air port
(open)

ORDERING CODES

t
ep

32

20

84
30

Code
W1580120200

0.
0

12

+0.02
0

30

22

05

M5 air port
(close)

2
de 5 0+0.05
pth
4

22

22

10
8

depth 3

N4 x M4
depth 6

18 12
40
50
46

64 open
44 close

29.5

10

10
8

44

18
13

32

7 18

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-12

14

19

N2 x M5
depth 5

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-25

40
N2x2 M8
3.5
through

105

66
24

43.5

24
12

12.5

100 close

3.5

15

160 open

72

25

72

36

35

5 0+0.03
deep
5

44

23

29

82

49

90

30

15

18.5 35

G1/8 air port


(open)
10

G1/8 air port


(close)

.1

+0

+0.03
0
0 5 50
3 pth
deep 5
de

N2x4 M8
depth 9

50

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1580250200

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 LONG-STROKE JAWS P4-25

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-30


+0.1
0

deep 8.6

N4 x M8
depth 9

44

32

72
36

102

G1/8 air port


(close)

35

G1/8 air port


(open)

80

22

12.5

24

24

90

66

28

28

130 close

12

23

24

105

.7

15

10

18.5

40

N2 M8x1.25
through

15

102
3 +
2 0.1
dee 0
p5

25

65
5

+0.02
0

+0.02
0

N4 x M8
depth 9

44

36

65

250 open

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1580300200

Description
GRIPPER WITH 2 LONG-STROKE JAWS P4-30

1.2/23

ACCESSORIES
SENSOR FOR P4-10
Code
W0950044180
W0950045390

WIRING DIAGRAM FOR W0950045390

HALL EFFECT

TECHNICAL DATA

brown
black

Description
Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1m
Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2m

+
PNP

M8

blue
black
brown

4
1 3

blue

Switch
Tension in DC
Tension in AC
Current at 25C
Power (ohmic load)
On time
Off time
On point
Off point
Electric life (pulses)
On voltage drop
Nominal operating point
Operating frequency
Polarity reversal protection
Short-circuit protection
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
LED display
Wiring NO.

V
V
A
W
s
s
Gauss
Gauss
V
Gauss
Hz

Effetto Hall
PNP
630
--0,2
max 6
0,8
0,3
30
25
109
<1
3050
max 200
Yes
NO
IP 67
-10 +70
PA (+G)
Yellow
3

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE FOR P4-1230


Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

N.B.: for technical data of sensor, see pag. 1.2/28

1.2/24

GRIPPERS WITH 2 HINGED


JAWS SERIES P7
Hinged grippers with 30 opening angle.
Bores 16, 20, 32 and 50 mm.
All grippers are magnetic with slots in the body with retracting
sensors.

TECHNICAL FEATURES

P7 - 16

Clamping force at 6 bar


Weight
Operating pressure
Fluid
Temperature range
Materials

P7 - 20

30N (L*=15 mm)


0.12
1.510

kg
bar

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P7-16

ORDERING CODES
21.5

20
18 16.5

g7

23

18
34

23

19 H7

7 30'

Code
W1590160200

10.5

M5 (Closed)

N 4 x M4
depth 8

M5 (Open)

28

24
N 4 x M4
depth 8

-0.05
-0.25

N 4 M4

10

54
76.5

1.2/26

P7 - 50

55N (L*=15 mm)


105N (L*=25 mm)
225N (L*=30mm)
0.19
0.5
1.6
210
210
110
Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air; if used, it must be continuous.
+5C to 70C
+5C to 70C
+5C to 70C
Anodized aluminium body: NBR/polyurethane seal
*L = length of clamping finger

+5C to 70C

15

P7 - 32

Description
GRIPPER WITH
2 HINGED JAWS P7-16

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P7-20

ORDERING CODES
N 4 x M4
depth 8

g7

18 16.6

25

Description
GRIPPER WITH
2 HINGED JAWS P7-20

18

20

12

24 H7

39
25

Code
W1590200200

16.5

N 4 x M4
depth 8

32

28
18.5 13

-0.05
-0.25

7.2

M5 (Closed)
4 10

M5 (Open)

53

N 4 M4

75.5

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P7-32

32.5

N 4 x M5
depth 10

Code
W1590320200

14.5

Description
GRIPPER WITH
2 HINGED JAWS P7-32

14

32.5

28

34

H7

16

2.5

32.5

49

ORDERING CODES

g7

32.5

N 4 x M5
depth 10

45

42

G1/8 (Open)
22.5

13.5

G1/8 (Closed)
6

20

9.5

12

N 4 x M6

75
110

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P7-50

ORDERING CODES

5.5

Description
GRIPPER WITH
2 HINGED JAWS P7-50

35

2.5
48

48

g7

22

56

71

G1/8 (Closed)
G1/8 (Open)

48
6

20

60

11

22

52 -0

76

+0.1

8 30 8 30'
'

N 4 x M8
depth 12

5.5

Code
W1590500200

N 2 x M8

N 4 x M8

29

10

95
150

1.2/27

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE


Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

WIRING DIAGRAM

TECHNICAL DATA

brown

blue

M8

REED EFFECT

blue

4
1 3

brown

HALL EFFECT

brown
black

+
PNP

M8

blue
black
brown

NOTES

1.2/28

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

4
1 3

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

TECHNOPOLYMER HINGED GRIPPERS


SERIES P8
1
Single-acting hinged grippers, normally open, made entirely
of technopolymer. Three sizes with clamping force 25-80
N at 6 bar.
This solution makes the entire system lighter.
This gripper is corrosion-resistant and antimagnetic. It
comes complete with spring-loaded bracket for pre-loading
the piece (force 1.5-6 N) and sensor holders.

TECHNICAL FEATURES
Pressure range
Temperature range
Fluid
Life
Jaw opening angle
Clamping force per jaw at 6 bar
Applicable weight (recommended)
Air consumption per cycle
Opening time
Closing time
Weight of grippers
Moment of inertia
Repeatability

P8 - 32

P8 - 40

P8 - 50

8
22.5
0.2
0.5
0.04
0.06
36
0.04
0.1

4 to 7
5C to 60C
20m dried or lubricated filtered air
over 2 million cycles
8
48
0.4
1
0.05
0.08
45
0.12
0.1

8
80
0.8
1.8
0.05
0.08
60
0.15
0.1

bar
C

N
kg
cm3
sec
sec
g
kg cm2
mm

TABLE OF MOMENTS
Gripper
P8 - 32
P8 - 40
P8 - 50

FA (N)
3
5
8

Mx (Ncm)
9
23
49

My (Ncm)
10
20
30

Mz (Ncm)
10
20
40

P (N)
22.5
47.5
80

Mz
My

Mx
Fa

P
L

1.2/29

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P8-32


32
25
10.4

3.2

17.5
19.2

32
4.8

N 4 x 3.4

min. 0.5

*
8

+0
-0.1

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P8-40


25
20

M5
(Closed)

4.1

Description
TECNOPOLIMER HINGED GRIPPERS
P8-40

3.4
3.4

40

30

* Removable part clamping system


** Induction sensor

21.5

22

Code
W0710010003

16

10.5

5 ~20

40
33
18

24

28

N 2 x 3H12

5
10

+0
-0.1

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P8-50


50
41
22.5

31
25

M5
(Closed)

4.1
3.4
4.2

50

37.5

27.5

27.5

Descrizione
TECNOPOLIMER HINGED GRIPPERS
P8-50
* Removable part clamping system
** Induction sensor
Code
W0710010004

20

13

6.2 ~18

ORDERING CODES

30

35
2

1.2/30

7.5

N 2 x 4H12
N 4 x 4.4

6
12.5

+0
-0.1

5.2

10

stroke 5

25

31

max 1 Nm

3.4
*

**

N 4 x 3.4

min. 0.5

stroke 4

20

25

5.5

max 0.5 Nm

2.5
*

**

ORDERING CODES

min. 0.5

22.4

max 0.5 Nm

16

20

5.5

6.4
14.4

* Removable part clamping system


** Induction sensor

2.5

stroke 3.2

17.6

8.4

3.4

4.1

24

Description
TECNOPOLIMER HINGED GRIPPERS
P8-32

12.8

M3
(Closed)

Code
W0710010002

20
16

**
4 ~22

ORDERING CODES

10

INDUCTION SENSOR

ORDERING CODES
Code
W0950037391

Description
INDUCTION SENSOR 4 mm PNP-NO-2 m

NOTES

1.2/31

GRIPPER 180 WITH 2 HINGED


JAWS SERIES P9
Toggle-type pivoted grippers, with adjustable opening
angle.
High clamping forces.
Body made of hard anodized aluminium, jaws and
moving parts made of tempered steel.
Bottom or side fixing.
All sizes come with magnets and sensor slots.

TECHNICAL DATA

P9-32

Gaskets
Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid

NBR, POLYURETHANE
2-8 bar (0.2 - 0.8 Mpa)
570
Filter lubricated or lubricated air.
Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
32 - 40
Adjustable 180

Bores
Jaw opening angle
Clamping force (at 6 bar), 20 mm from the jaw pivot
Weight

mm
N
Kg

180
0.85

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P9-32

Code
W1530320180

32.5

N4 x M5
depth 10
3

4H
7

108
opening
adjustement

37

32.5

2
12

32.5

42

54

G1/8 (open)
49

N4 x M5
depth 8

36.5

G1/8 (close)

49

90

26

12

1.2/32

14

40
101.5

120

54

N2+2 M6
through

12

300
1.5

ORDERING CODES
32.5

18 g6

P9-40

Description
HINGED GRIPPER P9-32

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P9-40

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1530400180

38

Description
HINGED GRIPPER P9-40

38

N4 x M8
depth 10
4
4H
7
145
72

N2+2 M8
through

24 g6
16 g6

18

45

30

90

G1/8 (close)

74

G1/8 (open)

85

38

N4 x M8
depth 8

135

156

54

65.4

14

38

49

72

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE
Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

See page 1.2/28 for wiring diagram.

NOTES

1.2/33

TOGGLE GRIPPERS SERIES P10


Toggle-type hinged grippers for gripping from outside with
20-180 adjustable opening angle. One-degree adjustment
for each jaw. The toggle system allows high clamping
forces.
The body of the gripper is made of hardened aluminium,
the moving parts of hardened and tempered steel. The
body is designed to mount induction sensors.
The supply includes sensor holders, centring pins and Orings for direct connection.

TECHNICAL FEATURES

P10 - 34

Pressure range
Temperature range
Fluid
Life without maintenance
Jaw opening angle
Clamping force per jaw at 6 bar
Clamping force of spring alone
Applicable weight (recommended)
Air consumption per cycle
Opening time
Closing time
Closing time with spring only
Weight of grippers
Moment of inertia
Repeatability
Maximum finger length

P10 - 44

bar
C

N
N
Kg
cm3
sec
sec
N
Kg
Kg cm2
mm
mm

32 (L=11 mm)
14
0.3
4.5
0.4
0.3
0.35
0.14
0.2
0.1
75

TABLE OF FORCES AND MOMENTS

P10 - 54

P10 - 80

4.5 to 6.5
5C to 60C
20m dried or lubricated filtered air; if used, it must be continuos
over 2 million cycles
20 -180 adjustable
90 (L=15 mm)
145 (L=17 mm)
40
55
0.9
1.4
16
36
0.5
0.7
0.4
0.6
0.45
0.6
0.34
0.56
0.8
2
0.1
0.1
100
115

275 (L=45 mm)


115
2.7
110
0.8
0.7
0.7
1.6
12
0.1
150

CLAMPING FORCE ACCORDING TO FINGER LENGTH


280
250

200

Fa

P (N)

My

80

P1

MZ

Mx

P1

06

150

P10

100
P10

54

44

50

Gripper
P10 - 34
P10 - 44
P10 - 54
P10 - 80

1.2/34

FA (N)
50
100
180
400

Mx (Nm)
0.7
2.7
4.9
24.8

My (Nm)
0.3
0.5
1
1.6

Mz (Nm)
3.9
6.2
10
17.5

L (mm)
11
15
17
45

PN
32
90
145
225

P10

34

0
0

25

50

75
L (mm)

100

125

150

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P10-34

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1590340201

22

M3
(Open)

N 6 x M4 depth 6

M5 (Open)

Description
TOGGLE GRIPPERS
P10-34

20
6 10
M3
(Closed)

65.5

30.5

N 2 x 3 H7
depth 3

16

11

17 0.2

M5 (Closed)

28

22

10 H7
depth 1.5

7.5 0.2

10 g6

M3
(Closed)

7 0.2

Gripper
M3

12
20

Adaptor
3

M3
(Open)

N 2 x 3.4

3H7depth 3

9
3

7.5

10

22

3H7

O-Ring 3x1.5
1.2

22
34

*INDUCTION SENSOR

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P10-44

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1590440201

N 2 x 3 H7
depth 3

M5 (Open)

12

25

15

18

M3 (Closed)
81

N 2 x M4
depth 8

M5 (Closed)

35

12g6

N 2 x 4.5

Gripper

M3 (Closed)

M3

Adaptor

15 0.2

30
44

4.5 0.2

28

M3
(Open)

N 4 x M4
depth 9

14
5

26

20H7depth 2

12

16

30.5

4 H7
10

18

M3 (Open)

38 0.2
30
10

Description
TOGGLE GRIPPERS
P10-44

O-Ring 3x1.5
1.2

3H7depth 3

*INDUCTION SENSOR

1.2/35

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P10-54

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1590540201

40

5
8
4.2

N 2 x 5 H7
depth 7
44

96

31

24

M5 (Closed)

M3 (Closed)

34

14 g6

N 2 x 5.5

Adaptor

Gripper

20 0.2
12

5 H7 depth 7

depth 2.5

35

15

13.5

M3 (Open)

O-Ring 3x1.5

M3 (Closed)

40

M3

19

N 8 x M5 depth 10

H7

16
5

13

16

35

5 H7
10

20

M5 (Open)

18

16 10

0.2 for 5 H7

31

M3 (Open)

Description
TOGGLE GRIPPERS
P10-54

1.2

54

*INDUCTION SENSOR

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P10-80

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1590800201

N 2 x 6 H7
depth 7

10

16

130

26

M5 (Closed)
N 4 x M8 depth 16

*
6

65

16

22

15

20

6 H7

46

40

11

23

32 6
M3 (Closed)

M5 (Open)

5.5

15

450.2

6.8

64
M3 (Open)

50

N 2 x 6.6
H7

30 depth 2.5
26

H7

3 depth 3

M3 (Closed)

M3 (Open)
32 0.2 for 3H7
64
80

*INDUCTION SENSOR

1.2/36

Gripper
M3

30
50

10

Adaptor
3

N 4 x M6 depth 12

22 g6

O-Ring 3x1.5
1.2

Description
TOGGLE GRIPPERS
P10-80

INDUCTION SENSOR

ORDERING CODES
Code
W0950037391

Description
INDUCTION SENSOR 4 mm PNP-NO-2 m

Gripper
P10 - 34
P10 - 44
P10 - 54
P10 - 80

BH7
10
12
14
22

DIMENSIONS OF CLAMPING FINGER SLOT

A
10
14
17
20

C
9
14
16
20

D
3
4
5
6

E
6
9
10.5
13

F
M3
M4
M5
M6

GH7
3
4
5
6

C
D
E

F
A

NOTES

1.2/37

GRIPPERS WITH 3 PARALLEL


JAWS SERIES P11
Double-acting grippers with three self-centring jaws, internal
and external clamping. The body contains slots for mounting
retracting magnetic sensors.

TECHNICAL FEATURES
Min./max. operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid
Bore
Single jaw stroke
Closing force at 6 bar
Opening force at 6 bar
Weight
Maximum operating frequency

NOTES

1.2/38

P11 - 16
bar
C
mm
mm
N
N
kg
cycles/s

16
3
58
65
0.12
1.5

P11 - 20

P11 - 25

1.57
560
20m dried and lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
20
25
4
5
90
150
108
170
0.21
0.3
1.5
1.5

P11 - 60

60
12.5
880
1000
2.7
1.2

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P11-16

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1570160300

12
N4 x M3
depth 6

Description
GRIPPERS WITH
3 PARALLEL
JAWS P11-16

27.6

0
-0.05

20

40

2.5

11.5

M5 air port M5 air port


(open)
(close)

N4 x M3
depth 6

12

2.5

(34)

open
close

10

12.5

5
2

29

32

19
52

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P11-20

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1570200300

14

open
close

11

M5 air port M5 air port


(open)
(close)

N4 x M4
depth 5

12.5

Description
GRIPPERS WITH
3 PARALLEL
JAWS P11-20

30

29.6

0
-0.05

22.5

15

45

(36)

17

11
2

N6 x M3
depth 6

12.5
30

22

34

56

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P11-25

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1570250300

21

N4 x M5
depth 6
10.5

2x

14

.2
4

31

15

62

0
-0.05

+0.05
0

35.6

M5 air port
(open)

0
-0.05

open

15

close

10

46

M5 air port
(close)

N6 x M4
depth 8

44

16
3.5

Description
GRIPPERS WITH
3 PARALLEL
JAWS P11-25

31

27
(63)

35
44

1.2/39

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P11-60

27

open

31.5

close

19

Code
W1570600300
22
7.5

N6 x M6
depth 12
6

15

ORDERING CODES

24

N4 x M6
depth 10

32

.2

79
4.2

24.5

116

30

14

110

4.2

2x

11
G1/8
(open)

+0.05
0

depth 2.5

G1/8
(close)
71

84
.3

10

37

73
79

2.5

(123.5)

ACCESSORIES
SENSOR FOR P11-1660
Code
W0950044180
W0950045390

Description
Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1m
Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2m

N.B.: for technical data of sensor, see pag. 1.2/28

NOTES

1.2/40

Description
GRIPPERS WITH
3 PARALLEL
JAWS P11-60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ROTARY ACTUATORS

CHAPTER 1.3

INTRODUCTION

PAGE 1.3/02

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R1

PAGE 1.3/06

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R2

PAGE 1.3/09

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3

PAGE 1.3/13

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS

PAGE 1.3/18

1.3/01

ROTARY ACTUATORS
TYPES
Rotary actuators come in the following types in terms of position:
- two positions, fixed or adjustable
- three positions, fixed or adjustable
Rotation is alternating in all the types shown in this catalogue. There also exist rotary actuators that always rotate in the same
direction, with 4, 6, or more positions.
Rotary actuator with single rack
A pinion is keyed onto the rotating part and is rotated by means of a rack. The rack is
driven by two pneumatic pistons, one on either side.
As there is no play take-up system, it is not suitable for applications requiring accurate
positioning. But there is a version with outer adjustable mechanical stops that stop the
rotating part and also take up play.

Rotary actuator with double rack


The pinion keyed onto the rotating element is turned by two opposing racks, each driven
by a pneumatic piston. The system has automatic play take-up, which means it is suitable
for applications requiring accurate positioning. The parallelepiped shape of the design
makes them ideal for use on mechanical arms.

Blade-type rotary actuator


The rotating element is connected to one or two blades inside a cylindrical chamber.
The air pressure on one of the sides of the blade rotates the element. These are compact,
cylindrical actuators designed for manipulation where particularly accuracy and high
loads are not required.

Chain-type rotary actuator


A chain that is stretched at either end by a pneumatic piston winds round and rotates
a pinion. This type of actuator is not included in our catalogue.

NOTES
The use of hydraulic decelerators means it is possible to increase absorbed power. Some models in the catalogue have built-in
decelerators. For those without, the user can mount decelerators outside the actuator.
With horizontal axis rotation, if the masses are distributed asymmetrically it may be difficult to keep a constant rotation speed using
flow regulators only. In this case it is advisable to use a decelerator.

1.3/02

RACK-TYPE ROTARY ACTUATORS


Series R1
These are rotary actuators with a single rack driven by cylinders inside extruded jackets
similar to ISO 15552 cylinders. The range includes thrust cylinders with 32 - 100 mm
bore.
There is a fixed stroke version and one with a mechanically adjustable stroke.
Strokes available: 90, 180, 270 and 360.
Magnets for standard sensors.
The rotating part ends in a shaft or a hole with a spanner slot. This type feature a plain
yet sturdy construction and is relatively inexpensive.

Series R2
These are actuators with a double rack and play take-up, and have a shaft with a
spanner slot.
Strokes 90 and 180. Stroke adjustment using screws. Pneumatic end-of-stroke
cushioning.
Magnets for position sensors.
Compact and inexpensive. The smallest size measures a mere 46 x 65 x 28 mm.

Series R3
These are actuators with a double rack, play take-up and flange.
Strokes available regulation from 0 to 180.
Versions with a mechanical stop or hydraulic end-of-stroke cushioning.
Magnets for position sensors.
There is a hole in the flange for air pipes or wires.

1.3/03

BLADE ROTARY ACTUATORS


This catalogue does not include blade-type rotary actuators, but we can supply models with one or two blades on specific request.
There are numerous options:
- Fixed stroke version: angle of rotation 90, 180 or 270.
- Adjustable stroke version
- Induction sensors
Mounting accessories: flange or one or two brackets.

CALCULATIONS
The following needs to be calculated:
Absorbed kinetic energy
Axial forces on the shaft or rotating flange
Radial force on the shaft or rotating flange
Overturning moment
Then compare each of the 4 sizes with the admissible ones shown in the catalogue for each rotary actuator. Remember that the
application of optional hydraulic decelerator, where envisaged, doubles the kinetic energy that can be absorbed by the actuator.

ROTARY ACTUATOR COMPARATIVE CHART


The lines plotted on the graph below show the following for each series of actuators:
Possible torque (at 6 bar)
Length (for actuator with 180 rotation)
This allow you to determine the most appropriate series to meet your requirements. For instance, if you want a rotary actuator with
torque greater than 100 N and length less than 300 mm, you can find it in series R3.
200
100
50

R3

R1

M (Nm)

10
5

R2

1
0.5

0.1
10

80

90

100

200

for 180 rotation


(mm)
L perL rotazione
180 (mm)

1.3/04

300

400

500

600

SIZING
1

HOW TO CALCULATE KINETIC ENERGY


Denomination

Unit of
measurement

Formula

Example

M
Fr

Fa

Angle of rotation

Rotation time

rad

= degrees
180

Moment of inertia of rotating masses


Jta N.B.: sommare quello delle singole masse

Kg m2

Energia cinetica

Fr

Radial force (Remember to take into


account centrifugal forces)

Fa

Axial force

Overturning moment

Nm

Nm

= 90 = rad.
2

= Ji

= 0.078 + 0.02 + 0.133 = 0.232

2
= 1/2 Jw2 = 1/2 J
t

( )

(Fc = M w2 R)

2
2
= 1/2 0.232
= 0.57
2

( )

50
10

= M + Fr a + Fa b

= 50 x 0.1 + 10 x 0 = 5 Nm

MOMENTS OF INERTIA FOR THE MOST COMMON SHAPES


Denomination

Unit of
measurement

Formula

Example

Disco
d

Disk mass

Kg

Disk diameter

0.3

Moment of inertia of the disk

Kg m2

Md2
=
8

7 0.32
= = 0.0787
8

Mass distant from


rotation axis
R

Mass

Kg

0.5

Distance between barycenter and rotation axis

0.2

Moment of inertia of the mass

Kg m2

= 0.5 x 0.22 = 0.02

= MR2
Parallelepiped
with barycenter
on rotation axis

Mass

Kg

Side of the parallelepiped

Moment of inertia of the mass

Kg m2

10
0.4

L2
= M
12

10 0.42
= = 0.13
12
1.3/05

ROTARY ACTUATORS
SERIES R1, 32-100 mm
Rack-type rotary cylinders in various configurations:
Configuration with standard magnet
Version with male pinion or female hole
Mechanical stroke adjustment
Special configurations on request
The central body has ISO bore holes for wall fixing using
ISO pin and/or flange fittings.

We always suggest to use flow microregulators. During


the setup of the actuator, start with CLOSE flow
microregulators, and open gradually till the achievment
of the required speed.
TECHNICAL DATA

32

Gaskets
Operating pressure
Temperature range
Fluid

P
C

Bores
Rotation angle
Type of construction
Configuration
Axial load
Max. moment (6 bar - 0.6 Mpa)

mm

N
MF (Nm)

2500
4.5

40

50

63

80

100

NBR
10 bar (1 MPa - 145 psi)
10 to +70
Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air.
Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
32 ; 40 ; 50 ; 63 ; 80 ; 100
90; 180; 270; 360
Extruded profile
Magnetic standard cushioned
2800
4500
5600
8500
12.5
16
32
70

12200
120

NB: The product is supplied with negative end-of-stroke piston (in the proximity of head A).
The first cycle involves movement of the piston (towards head B) with consequent anti-clockwise rotation of the pinion.
ACTUAL ROTATION ANGLE
- Cylinders without regulation of the rotation angle: the manufactural tolerance is -1 +4 compared to the nominal value
- Cylinders with regulation of the rotation angle: the possible regulation counts +/- 3.

COMPONENTS
ADJUSTING SCREW: steel
HEAD GASKET: NBR
RACK BUSHING: self-lubricating sintered
bronze
PINION: C40 chromed steel
CENTRAL BODY: anodised aluminium
BALL BEARING
JACKET: aluminium
PISTON GASKET: NBR
PISTON: aluminium
HEAD: die cast aluminium
NEEDLE: OT 58 brass

11

10
1.3/06

DIMENSIONS OF ROTARY CYLINDER 32-100

 DETAIL OF FEMALE PINION

WITHOUT
ADJUSTMENT

2
1

WITH
ADJUSTMENT
( 3)

B
K

WITH
ADJUSTMENT
( 3)

CH

WITHOUT
ADJUSTMENT

M
O

Note: with the key slot in the position specified,


the piston is in contact with head A.

32
40
50
63
80
100

A
15
17.5
19
22
21
21

A1
4
6
5.5
7.5
6.5
9

A2
4
4.5
3
5
4
7

A3
7.5
10
10.5
13
15
15

B
47
54
62
72
92
107

CMh8
14
16
19
24
28
38

CF
10
12
14
16
25
30

S
R
Q
P
O
N
M
9
30
15
10
47
50
46
7
35
20
11
54
60
52
10
40
20
12
64
65
65
11
45
24
15
73.5
73
75
12.5
50
24
20
93.5
100
95
15
60
30
25
109
120
115
L0 = L+ 2SL
L1 = L2 + 2SL
SL =
= Linear displacement (mm) for each degree of rotation

TM
4
5
6
8
10
14.5

D
M6
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
TF
6.5
7.3
9.3
10.3
16
18.5

D1
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10

EM
5
5
6
8
8
10
U
51.2
60
71
78
102
117

EF
3
4
5
5
8
8
V
68
74
85
95
125
150

F
30
30
32
38
48
60
V1
44.5
46
51
56
76
90

G
30
30
45
52
70
80

V2
19
23
25
27.5
39
45

J
34.5
39.5
46.5
52.5
58.5
67

I
32.5
38
46.5
56.5
72
89

H
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
W
30
35
40
45
45
55

W1
30
35
40
45
45
55

X
36
50
54
55
68
75

J1
5
5
7.5
4.5
9.5
7.5
Y
20
25
25
30
35
45

J2
2
-

K
3
3
3
3
3
3
ZM
15
17
20
25
35
45

K1
16
20
25
25
32
35
ZF
15
17
20
25
35
45

L
176
194
209
232
273
299
CH
13
17
17
19
19
22

L2
146
159
171
188
231
257

0.233
0.262
0.311
0.344
0.466
0.555

1.3/07

KEY TO CODES
W

W165
W166

cyl. with male piston


cyl. with female pinion

032
040
050
063
080
100

9
0
ANGLE OF
ROTATION*
090
180
270
360

cyl. without adjustment


of rotation angle
with adjustment
of rotation angle

* expressed in sexagesimal degrees.

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS


ORDERING CODES
Description
REED SENSOR ACC. DSM2-C525 HS
E.HALL PNP SENSOR ACC. DSM3-N225
E.HALL NPN SENSOR ACC. DSM3-M225

9.1

11.5

17

Code
W0950000201
W0950000222
W0950000232

34

25.5

SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKETS


5063

13.2

14
5.9

1.7
20.6

1.6

7.5

47.8
14.8

29.5

26

20.9

20.4

19.2

18.5

2.7

25.9

M5

M5

14

80100

1.8

M5

3240

14

29.8

Code
W0950000711

1.3/08

Description
BRACKET ACC. D.32 DST 80

Code
W0950000712

Description
BRACKET ACC. D.50 DST 81

Code
W0950000713

Description
BRACKET ACC. D.80-100-125 DST 82

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R2


1
Actuator with double rack and play take-up. Four sizes
12, 16, 20 and 25. Two angles of rotation 90 and 180.
Stroke adjustment system for all sizes. Pneumatic cushioning
for all sizes except the smallest.
There are slots in the body to house a magnetic proximity
sensor.
Air supply, stroke adjustment and cushioning adjustment
are all on the same side.

We always suggest to use flow microregulators. During


the setup of the actuator, start with CLOSE flow
microregulators, and open gradually till the achievment
of the required speed.
TECHNICAL FEATURES
Pressure range
Temperature range
Angle adjustment
Fluid
Versions
Ports
Sizes
Theoretical torque (P=pressure in bar)
Max. axial load
Max. radial load
Weight with 90 rotation
Weight with 180 rotation
Rotation time without load
90 angle
180 angle

R2 - 12
bar
C
degrees

Nm
N
N
Kg
Kg
s
s

R2 - 16

R2 - 20

R2 - 25

1.5 to 7
5 to 60
35 (about +10 -25)
10m dried or lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
90/180 rotation
Both at the front
12
16
20
25
0.065 x P
0.14 x P
0.25 x P
0.48 x P
8
14
40
80
8
14
40
80
0.18
0.26
0.63
0.8
0.21
0.31
0.72
1
0.2
0.3

0.2
0.3

0.2
0.3

0.2
0.3

COMPONENTS
ROTARY SHAFT / PINION: hardened and tempered steel
BALL BEARING
FLANGE: anodised aluminium
PISTON / RACK: hardened and tempered steel
PISTON GASKET: NBR
GUIDE SHOE: PTFE
MAGNET: neodymium
CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR
CUSHIONING PIN: zinc-plated steel
HEAD: anodised aluminium
PNEUMATIC CONNECTION / STROKE ADJUSTMENT: steel
JACKET: anodised aluminium
BASE: anodised aluminium
SEAL: NBR

13 6 2 7 4 8 5 12 14 9

10 11

3
1.3/09

ROTARY ACTUATOR R2 12 90/180

N4 6 depth 3.3
+ N2 M3 Thru

N2 x M5
(Air port)

22

2.5

N8 M3
depth 6

29(38.5)

M3
depth 8

46

20

38

+0.02
0

28

0
-0.02

28

20

2.5
17

36
61(80.5)

17
37.5

15

76(95.5)

Dimensions for 180 rotation are given in brackets

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1620122090
W1620122180

Description
ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-12-90
ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-12-180

ROTARY ACTUATOR R2 16 90/180

N2 x M5
(Air port)

N4 9.5 depth 5.5


+ N2 M5 Thru

2.5

M4
depth 10

N8 x M4
depth 6

33(42)

30
21.5

17

27.5

42
1

45.5

Dimensions for 180 rotation are given in brackets

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1620162090
W1620162180

1.3/10

Description
ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-16-90
ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-16-180

64(82)
86(104)

8
22

69

25

46

56

34

25

4 +0.02
-0

+0
-0.02

34

10

ROTARY ACTUATOR R2 20 90/180

N4 11 depth 5.5
+ N2 M6 Thru

N2 x M5
(Air port)

N8 x M4
depth 6

2.5

M4
depth 10

34.5(44)

77

28

56

64

28

34

+0.02
-0

10

9 +0
-0.02

34

10

30

16

42

20

25

69(88)

50

22

91(110)

Dimensions for 180 rotation are given in brackets

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1620202090
W1620202180

Description
ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-20-90
ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-20-180

ROTARY ACTUATOR R2 25 90/180

2 x M6
througth

N2 x G1/8
(Air port)

41.5 (57)

3.5

N4 x M5
depth 8

M5
depth 12

89

39

66

78

45

25
39

15
+0.02
0

12

0
-0.02

45
25
15

10

32
32
1.5

40

1.5

43

17

45

42
50
81 (112)

12
26

15

107 (138)

Dimensions for 180 rotation are given in brackets

ORDERING CODES
Code
W1620252090
W1620252180

Description
ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-25-90
ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-25-180

1.3/11

ACCESSORIES
MAGNETIC SENSOR 4, FOR R2-1225

WIRING DIAGRAM FOR W0950045390

HALL EFFECT

black

+
PNP

M8

blue
black
brown

NOTES

1.3/12

Description

W0950044180
W0950045390

Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1m


Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2m

TECHNICAL DATA

brown

Code

4
1 3

blue

Switch
Tension in DC
Tension in AC
Current at 25C
Power (ohmic load)
On time
Off time
On point
Off point
Electric life (pulses)
On voltage drop
Nominal operating point
Operating frequency
Polarity reversal protection
Short-circuit protection
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
LED display
Wiring NO.

V
V
A
W
s
s
Gauss
Gauss
V
Gauss
Hz

Effetto Hall
PNP
630
--0,2
max 6
0,8
0,3
30
25
109
<1
3050
max 200
Yes
NO
IP 67
-10 +70
PA (+G)
Yellow
3

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3


1
Actuator with double rack and play take-up.
Angle of rotation adjustable from 0 to 180.
The R3 rotary actuator can come with a mechanical stop
or hydraulic end-of-stroke cushioning.
There is a version with flange and one with shaft (for 1620-25-30).
There are slots in the body for retracting magnetic proximity
sensors, two on each side. There is hole in the flange for
air pipes or wires.

We always suggest to use flow microregulators. During


the setup of the actuator, start with CLOSE flow
microregulators, and open gradually till the achievment
of the required speed.
TECHNICAL FEATURES
Pressure range
Temperature range
Angle adjustment
Fluid
Versions
Sizes
Bores
Theoretical torque
Max. axial load
Max. radial load
Weight
Rotation time without load

R3 - 16
bar
C
degrees

mm
Nm
N
N
Kg
s

Admissible kinetic energy


Joule
WITH MECANICAL STOP
(with flange W1630__2180 and with shaft W1630__5180)
WITH HYDRAULIC DECELERATOR
(with flange W1630__2180 and with shaft W1630__5180)

16
2 x 16
0.9
74
78
0.53
0.2

R3 - 20

R3 - 22

R3 - 25

R3 - 30

3 to 7
5 to 60
0-180
20m dried or lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
With mechanical stop / hydraulic decelerator
20
22
25
30
2 x 20
2 x 22
2 x 25
2 x 30
1.8
2.7
4.6
9.3
135
195
300
340
137
360
450
490
0.99
1.29
2.08
3.9
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3

R3 - 40

40
2 x 40
22
360
560
6.7
0.3

0.007

0.025

0.049

0.082

0.090

0.150

0.29

1.10

1.60

COMPONENTS
 ROTARY FLANGE: anodised aluminium
 PINION: hardened and tempered steel
 BALL BEARING
 PISTON / RACK: hardened and tempered steel
 CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR
 GUIDE SHOE: PTFE
 MAGNET: neodymium
HEAD: anodised aluminium

JACKET: anodised aluminium


SEAL: NBR

8 10
A

VERSIONS:
Stroke adjustment
Stroke adjustment with inside hydraulic shock absorbers
(available from 25)
1

1.3/13

DIMENSIONS
ORDERING CODES

ROTARY ACTUATOR R3-16


20

19.75

0.05

0.5
+0.012
+0

W1630165180

M10x1

+0.1
0

+0.012
+0

14

Code
W1630162180

0.05

46

4.5
24.5

45
36
max
+0.05
0

20

N 2 x 11

N2 x M5
Air port

12
6
N8 x M5
depth 10.5

N 2 x M8

48

VERSION WITH SHAFT

0.05
.02
+0
0

3 th
dep

32

3.5

10 +0
-0.015
M4
9
23

12

61

0.05

27

2230'

50

47

20

60

N4 x M5
depth 8

35

16

31

6.5

N2 x M5
Air port

+0

N2 x 2.8-0.1
depth 5

15

102

ORDERING CODES

ROTARY ACTUATOR R3-20


24.75 0.05 25

Code
W1630202180

0.05

+0.1
0

5
M12x1

W1630205180

+0.012
+0

10

+0.012
+0

0.5

16

5.5
59.5

MAX

28

+0.05
0

48

10

N 2 x 14 N2 x M5

N2 x M5
Air port

N4 x M6
depth 6

76

.02
+0

34

0.05

17

65

2230

N2 x 3.8
depth 6

1
+0
-0.1

5
21.

61

0.05

117

1.3/14

54

VERSION WITH SHAFT

4 0 th 4
dep

43

37

27.5

N 2 x M10

'

12

+0
-0.018

M6

30

N8 x M6
depth 10.5

12

9
17

32

15

18

Air port

74

34

Description
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH FLANGE R3-16
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH SHAFT R3-16

Description
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH FLANGE R3-20
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH SHAFT R3-20

ORDERING CODES

ROTARY ACTUATOR R3-22


30

29.75

0.05

+0.012
+0

M12 x1

+0.1
0

5.5
68
+0.05
0

4.5

32

N2 x G1/8
Air port

65
49

N 2 x 14

40

24.5

N 2 x M10

22

32.5

20

8.5

15

N2 x M5
Air port

58.5

MAX

10

35.5

84

N8 x M6
depth 10

48

N4 x M6
depth 6

23

68

+0
-0.1

de

N2 x 3.8
depth 6

4 0+0.02
pth
4
2230
'

37
18.50.05

70

Description
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH FLANGE R3-22

+0.012
+0

10

Code
W1630222180

0.05

0.5

18

0.05

127

ORDERING CODES

ROTARY ACTUATOR R3-25


VERSION WITH
SHOCK ABSORBERS

0.05

M14x1.5

0.5

M14x1.5

+0.01
-0

12

64
6

77
75

35

N2 x G1/8
Air port

+0.05
-0

W1630256180
64

MAX

25

61

N 2 x 18

18

22

100
84

66

38
N 2 x M12
16

+0
-0,020

VERSION
M6
WITH SHAFT

0.05

41

94

80

80

0.05

50

+0
-0,020

M6

41

55

16

94

10
26

46

10

N2 x M5
Air port

W1630255180

Description
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH FLANGE R3-25
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH FLANGE + SHOCK ABS. R3-25
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH SHAFT R3-25
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH SHAFT + SHOCK ABS. R3-25

12

MAX

W1630253180

25

MAX

+0.01
-0

6.5
40

Code
W1630252180

18
12

39

18

35

0.05

+0.1
0

M14x1.5

34.75

.02
+0

5 -0 3
th
dep

26

0'

22

N8 x M8
depth 12

15.5
152

N4 x 3.8
depth 6

+0
-0.1

'
22 30

3.8
6

+0
-0.1

'
22 30

1.3/15

ORDERING CODES

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-30


12

VERSION WITH
SHOCK ABSORBERS

34.8 0.05 35 0.05

64.5

25

MAX

77

6.5

76

25

18
3

43.5

10

78

N 2 x M12

16

42

26

50

6 th 6
dep

60

0.05

68

90

'
22 30

N4 x 3.8
depth 6
N8 x M8
depth 15

16

+0
-0.021

M6

16

0.05

VERSION
WITH SHAFT

16

.0
+0
0

20
M6

50

100
84

+0
-0.021

20

113
113

N4 x M8
depth 6

25

MAX

73

N2 x G1/8
Air port
N 2 x 17.5

N2 x M5
Air port

W1630306180
64

50

+0.05
0

40

MAX

W1630305180

Description
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH FLANGE R3-30
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH FLANGE + SHOCK ABS. R3-30
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH SHAFT R3-30
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH SHAFT + SHOCK ABS. R3-30

15

46.5

W1630303180

12

M14x1.5

+0.012
+0

6
M14 x1.5

18

M14x1.5

+0.1
0
+0.012
+0

0.5

18
12

Code
W1630302180

29

2230'

183

ORDERING CODES

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-40


39.75
0.5

24

0.05

40

Code
W1630402180

0.05

+0.1
0

18

M20x1.5

+0.02
-0

W1630403180

8.5
57

+0.02
-0

92

MAX

90
75
18

46

N2 x G 1/8
Air port

+0.05
-0

33

22
3.5

20
30

67

58

10

98

N2 x 17

N2 x M5
Air port

48

N2 x M12

206
16

120

N8 x M8
depth 18.5

.02
+0

6 -0 th 6
dep

64

VERSION WITH
SHOCK ABSORBERS
18

24

2
31

N4 x 3.8
depth 6

1.3/16

M20x1.5

0.05

90

114

'
2230

+0
-0.1

100

0.05

N4 x M8
depth 10

66

MAX

25

Description
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH FLANGE R3-40
ROTARY ACTUATOR
WITH FLANGE + SHOCK ABS. R3-40

ACCESSORIES
1

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE


Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the
cylinder heads do not require a through opening.

WIRING DIAGRAM

REED EFFECT

brown

+
-

+
M8

blue

TECHNICAL DATA

4
1 3

blue
brown

HALL EFFECT

brown
black

+
PNP

M8

blue
4
1 3

black
brown

BAR FOR GROOVING

500

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

Code

Description

W0950000160

BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

4.9

5.8

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

SPARES
SHOCK ABSORBERS

Code

Bore

Description

0950004008
0950004005

25-30
40

Shock absorbers SA 0410PD3 SB + nut M14x1.5


Shock absorbers PR050 MC2 + nut M20x1.5

1.3/17

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIE R3


WITH EXTERNAL
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Dual-rack actuator with automatic adjustment for wear.
Hydraulic shock absorbers are arranged externally and
operate at a distance from the axis of rotation which is
considerably higher than for internal ones. This means that
the absorbable kinetic energy is 4 to 8 times higher.
It is reduced in length as there are no adjusting screws.
A 90 and a 180 versions are available.
Grooves are provided in the body to fix retractable magnetic
proximity sensors, two on each side.
A hole has been drilled in the flange for the passage of
air pipes or power cables.

We always suggest to use flow microregulators. During


the setup of the actuator, start with CLOSE flow
microregulators, and open gradually till the achievment
of the required speed.
TECHNICAL FEATURES
Pressure range
Temperature range
Angle adjustment
Fluid
Sizes
Bore
Theoretical torque at a 6 bar
Max. axial load
Max. radial load
Max overturning moment
Admissible kinetic energy
Rotation time without load

R3 - 16
bar
C
degrees

mm
Nm
N
N
Nm
J
s

16
2 x 16
0.9
74
78
2,4
0,16
0.2

R3 - 20

R3 - 22

R3 - 25

R3 - 30

da 3 a 7
da 5 a 60
90 o 180 3
20m dried or lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
20
22
25
30
2 x 20
2 x 22
2 x 25
2 x 30
1.8
2.7
4.6
9.3
135
195
300
340
137
360
450
490
4
5,3
9,7
12
0,55
0,85
1,40
1,85
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3

R3 - 40

40
2 x 40
22
360
560
18
3,35
0.3

COMPONENTS
 ROTARY FLANGE: anodised aluminium
 PINION: hardened and tempered steel
 BALL BEARING
 PISTON / RACK: hardened and tempered steel
 CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR
 GUIDE SHOE: PTFE
 MAGNET: neodymium
HEAD: anodised aluminium

JACKET: anodised aluminium


STROKE REGULATOR WITH HYDRAULIC SHOCK ABSORBERS
Block for 90 version

10
8

11
1.3/18

ROTATION ANGLE

90

180
22.5

96

84

90

22.5

174

180

186

position of the holes lower pins

position of the holes lower pins

DIMENSIONES - FORCES AND MOMENTS

16
20
22
25
30
40

T Theoretical torque
at 6 bar [Nm]
0.9
1.8
2.7
4.6
9.3
22

FA
Max. axial load [N]
74
135
195
300
340
360

FR
Max. radial load [N]
78
137
360
450
490
560

M
Averturing momnet [Nm]
2.4
4
5.3
9.7
12
18

Fa

Fr

ADMISSIBLE KINETIC ENERGY Joule [J]

16
20
22
25
30
40

with flange, 90 rotation: W1630__4090


with flange, 180 rotation: W1630__4180
0,16
0,55
0,85
1,40
1,85
3,35

1.3/19

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-16 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180

24

19.75

0.05

Description
Code
W1630164090 ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +
SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-16-90
W1630164180 ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +
SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-16-180

0.05

50

20
105

+0.012
-0

20

+0.012
-0

0.5

ORDERING CODES

+0.1
-0

14

45

12

N2xM5
air port

12

16

20

N2xM5

N 2 x M8

2.5

31

6.5

11 0.5
35

47

N 2 x 11

36

4.5

passante

18
88
M10x1

N8xM5
32
+0.05
-0

20

22.5

Sez. A-A

R50
60

102

Block for 90 version

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-20 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180

25

26

12
0.5

0.05

+0.1
0

65

+0.01
0

25

122

Description
Code
W1630204090 ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +
SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-20-90
W1630204180 ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +
SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-20-180

12

+0.01
0

24.75

0.05

N2x14

N2xM5
air port

N2xM5

N2xM10

15

18

8.5

17
9.5

32

14
54

37

59.5

8.5

0.5

16.5

16
48

passante

17
101

+0.05
0

2230'

28

M12x1

N8xM6

43

Sez. A-A

4
20.

R58.5

57.5

*
1.3/20

Block for 90 version

117.0

ORDERING CODES

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-22 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180

27

12

12

0.5

+0.1
0

+0.01
0

0.05

70

127

30

Description
Code
W1630224090 ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +
SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-22-90
W1630224180 ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +
SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-22-180

26

ORDERING CODES

+0.01
0

29.75

0.05

16
67

8.5

20

15
N2xG1/8

0.5

11.5

32.5

N2xM5
air port

17

14
40

58

65

N2x14
18.5

0.5

49

N2xM10

passante

110
M12X1

N8xM6
48
+0.05
0

Sez. A-A

'

2230

4.5

32

R63

23

62

Block for 90 version

127

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-25 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180

Description
Code
W1630254090 ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +
SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-25-90
W1630254180 ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +
SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-25-180

33
31

*
15.5

15.5
0.05

0.5

80

172.6

+0.1
0

+0.01
0

35

ORDERING CODES

+0.01
0

34.75

0.05

18
77

61

75

20

2.5

18

22

10

10

19.5
N2xG1/8

N2xM5
air port

13

39

46

66

17

N2x18

N2xM12

10

passante

26
130
M14X1.5

55
+0.05
0

Sez. A-A

35

N8xM8

'

2230

5
26.

R72.5

71

Block for 90 version

152

1.3/21

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-30 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180


33
27

16

16

0.5

0.05

Description
Code
W1630304090 ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +
SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-30-90
W1630304180 ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +
SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-30-180

+0.1
0

90

+0.01
0

35
159

ORDERING CODES

+0.01
0

34.75

0.05

18

77
N2x17.5

76
N2xM5
air port

16

N2xG1/8

14

18

25

10

28
17

21

43.5

50

78

19.5

73

N2xM12

passante

26
130

60
+0.05
0

M14x1.5

2230'

Sez. A-A

40

N8xM8

R73

29

72

Block for 90 version

183

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-40 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180

Description
Code
W1630404090 ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +
SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-40-90
W1630404180 ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +
SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-40-180

53

46

*
+0.01
0

0.05

0.5

+0.1
0

113

40
225

16

16

+0.01
0

39.75

0.05

24
92
75

N2x17 90
10

N2xM5
air port

0.5

22

23

20

58

15

31

28
67

98

N2xG1/8

20
30

passante

N2xM12

175
M20X1.5
64

N8xM8

+0.05
-0

'

2230

Sez. A-A

46

31

103

Block for 90 version


206

1.3/22

R105

ORDERING CODES

ACCESSORIES
1

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE


Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the
cylinder heads do not require a through opening.

WIRING DIAGRAM

REED EFFECT

brown

+
-

+
M8

blue

TECHNICAL DATA

4
1 3

blue
brown

HALL EFFECT

brown
black

+
PNP

M8

blue
4
1 3

black
brown

BAR FOR GROOVING

500

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Code

Description

W0950000160

BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

4.9

5.8

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX
Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

SPARES
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Code
0950004009
0950004010
0950004011
0950004005

Bore
16
22
25-30
40

Description
Shock absorbers PMX 10 MF3 + nut M10x1
Shock absorbers PM 15 MF3 + nut M12x1
Shock absorbers SPM 25 MC-C + nut M14x1.5
Shock absorbers PR50 MC2 + nut M20x1.5

1.3/23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
GUIDE UNITS AND SLIDES

CHAPTER 1.4

INTRODUCTION

PAGE 1.4/02

COMPACT PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S8

PAGE 1.4/08

TWIN CYLINDERS SERIES S10

PAGE 1.4/16

TWIN CYLNDERS SLIDE WITH FIXED BODY SERIES S11

PAGE 1.4/20

TWIN CYLNDERS SLIDE WITH FIXED PLATES SERIES S12

PAGE 1.4/26

PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S13

PAGE 1.4/32

1.4/01

GUIDE UNITS AND SLIDES


TYPES
The range of guide units and slides is very extensive.
Guides are grouped into families.
Guide units to couple with standard cylinders
These are separate units to which an ISO 6432 or ISO 15552 cylinder is attached.

Pneumatic single piston cylinders with supports at the end of the piston rod.
The common factor in all the various configurations is that, as well the calibrated hole
for the piston in the cylinder body or front head, there are other slots housing bushes
or guide bearings for additional piston rods.

Guides with pneumatic actuator


The main part of this actuators is the guiding section which determines the shape,
applications, loads, maximum strokes and cost. The pneumatic part is housed in one
of the bodies of the unit or it comes as a complete cylinder housed inside the guide.

Twin pneumatic cylinder


The jacket has two calibrated holes for housing two pistons and rods side by side. There
are versions with a single piston rod, through piston rod and different power supplies
depending on whether you wish to fix the jacket or the flanges to the ends of the piston
rod.

Rodless cylinders
In these cylinders the piston rod is integral with a carriage on the outside of the jacket,
so there is no piston rod. We offer versions in which the jacket is open, with a C-shaped
section, and piston and carriage linked mechanically. There are other versions that
we do not make - in which the jacket is closed and there is no contact with the piston
which is moved by magnetic force.

1.4/02

GUIDE UNITS TO COUPLE WITH STANDARD CYLINDERS

Series S1
GDS, GDH and GDM for ISO 6432 minicylinders and ISO 15552 cylinders.
The GDS series, which has a C-shaped body, is for lesser loads. Series GDH and GDM
have an H-shaped body. GDH guide units guide piston rod with ball re-circulation
bushes and are more suitable for high speed.
There guides for minicylinders with bores 12-25 mm (see catalogue page 1.1/16) and
guides for cylinders with bore 32-100 mm (see catalogue page 1.1/85).

CYLINDERS WITH PISTON ROD SUPPORT SYSTEM


Series S2
Short-stroke anti-rotation cylinders.
Bores available 12 100.
See catalogue pages 1.1/28 - 1.1/29

Series S3
Twin-rod cylinders
These are cylinders with axial movement and ISO 15552 ports.
Bores available 32 100.
See catalogue page 1.1/110.

Series S4
Compact anti-rotation cylinders
These are similar in design to the short-stroke anti-rotation cylinders. They are slightly
sturdier since the guide rod diameter is greater in some sizes and the top plate is fixed
on better.
There are bores 12 100 with dimensions to UNITOP NFE 49-004 1 and, and bores
32-100 with fixing dimensions as for ISO 15552 cylinders.
See catalogue pages 1.1/39 - 1.1/40.

1.4/03

Series S6
Compact guided cylinders
These cylinders have a high load capacity exceeding that of short-stroke anti-rotation
cylinders and compact anti-rotation cylinders.
All come complete with magnets for magnetic sensors.
Bores available 16-100.
See catalogue page 1.1/143.

GUIDES WITH PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR


Series S8
Compact precision slide
The slide is guides by ball re-circulation shoes that run on steel guides fixed directly
onto the cylinder body. The slide runs along the side of the cylinder, which makes the
assembly particularly compact and sturdy.
A sensor magnet is provided.
Slides with cylinder bores 10-32.
Optionals:
Adjustable mechanical stop
Pneumatic cushioning
Hydraulic shock absorber

Serie S13
Series S13 precision slides feature a dual-acting pneumatic cylinder that has the sole
purpose of pushing and pulling the load, a ground steel guide that is integral with the
body, and a ball recirculation pad that is fixed onto the moving table and is designed
to withstand all the loads and movements applied.
The body can be secured on many sides. The load side can be fixed onto the table from
the top or the front. The compressed air supply can be connected on three sides.

TWIN PNEUMATIC CYLINDER


Series S10
Twin cylinder
The main feature of this cylinder is that it is extra flat.
There are sensor slots and air ports in one side.
Bores 12-30.
There are two models, with bronze bushes or with ball re-circulation bearings for high
speeds.

1.4/04

1
Series S11
Twin cylinder guide unit
The main feature of this guide unit is that it is extra flat.
It is similar to the twin cylinder, but has through rods and two flanges at the ends. Bores
12-30.
Two hydraulic shock absorbers can be mounted optionally.
There are two models, with bronze bushes or with ball re-circulation bearings for high
speeds.

Series S12
Twin cylinder slide
This is similar to the twin cylinder guide unit but here it is the central body that moves
while the two end flanges are fixed. The air ports are at the ends of the piston rods.
Two hydraulic shock absorbers can be mounted optionally.
Bores 16-30.
There are two models, with bronze bushes or with ball re-circulation bearings for high
speeds.

RODLESS CYLINDER
Series S15
Standard rodless cylinder
This is the most compact guide unit available. In all the above models the axial length
is equal to a basic value plus double the stroke, but here it is equal to the basic value
plus the stroke, so slightly less than half the length of the other models. The other two
dimensions are also the basic values, comparable only with solutions adopting piston
rod supporting system. There are, however, limitations regarding radial loads and
applicable moments.
Bores 16-25-32-40-63.
See catalogue page 1.1/117.

Series S16
Rodless twin cylinders
These have twice the axial force of the standard cylinder. The radial load capacity and
torque resistance are also much greater.
Bores 16-32.
See catalogue page 1.1/125.

1.4/05

Series S17
Rodless cylinder with ball recirculating guide
For improved load capacity with respect to standard rodless cylinders, this version has
a steel guide on one side of the jacket and the re-circulation shoes fixed onto the bores
16-63 carriage.
See catalogue page 1.1/127.

Series S18
Rodless cylinder with V-guide
Two V-guides are built into the anodized aluminium liner. A cap with two wear-resistant
acetal resin guiding plates run along the guides.
Cylinder bores 25 and 63. Refer to page 1.1/135 of the catalogue.

COMPARATIVE CHART GUIDE UNITS AND SLIDES


The lines plotted on the graph below show the following for each series of guide or slide:
Maximum radial load F
Stroke S
This allows you to determine the most appropriate series to meet your requirements. For instance, if you want a slide able to withstand
radial loads greater than 100 N and with a stroke greater than 100 mm, you can find it in series S15, S16, S17 and S18.

S17
10000

5000
3000

S18
S1

S15

1000

S16

500

F (N)

S6
S4-S2
S13

S3

S8

100

50
S

S10-S11
S12
10
10

20

40

50 60

80 100

200

S (mm)

1.4/06

400

600

800 1000

3000

5000

1
Admitted loads for each guide unit are shown in the catalogue.
If the load is not aligned with the moving plate, it is possible to determine the equivalent load or stroke with a good
approximation.

LOAD CONDITIONS

LOAD OR STROKE EQUIVALENCE

F
L

stro

ke

a+

TO CHECK
THE ADMISSIBLE
LOAD

TO CHECK
THE ARROW

3/2

ac

2F(a/b+1)

F
b

F(2a/b+1)

1.4/07

COMPACT PRECISION SLIDES


SERIES S8
There are two sliding systems available:
Type SB-B with in-line ball bearings
Type S8-C with ball re-circulation bearings
The guides fixed onto the slide body are made of hardened
and tempered steel. There are slots in the body of slide S8C for mounting a retracting sensor. There are also a kits
for mounting adjustable mechanical stops or hydraulic
shock absorbers.
All S8 slides come on request with permanent pneumatic
cushioning.
Slide made with Toss-System.

TECHNICAL DATA
Pressure range
Temperature range
Fluid
Bores
Strokes
Type of guide

S8-B
bar
C
mm
mm

Air ports
Versions

End-of-stroke sensors

S8-C

2-6
-10 to +60
20 unlubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
10-16-20-25-32
20-25-32
10; 25; 50; 80; 100; 125; 160; 200
25; 50; 80; 100; 125; 160; 200
In-line ball bearings
Ball re-circulation
(bars of hardened, tempered and ground steel)
(bars of hardened, tempered and ground steel)
Both on front plate
Double-acting
Double-acting
With permanent pneumatic cushioning
With permanent pneumatic cushioning
With 5 mm adjustable mechanical stops
With hydraulic shock absorbers
With pneumatic cushioning and mechanical stops
Magnetic, only on request
Magnetic, retracting type

COMPONENTS FOR SERIES S8-B


SLIDE BODY: aluminium
GUIDES: high Cr alloy steel
IN-LINE BALL CAGE: steel
MOVING PART: aluminium
FRONT PLATE: aluminium
PISTON ROD: thick chromium plated steel
BASE: Hostaform
PISTON: NBR
AIR PORT PLATE: aluminium
STATIC O-RINGS: NBR
CUSHIONING CONE: OT 58

11

1.4/08

10

COMPONENTS FOR SERIES S8-C


SLIDE BODY: aluminium
GUIDES: high Cr alloy steel
BALL RE-CIRCULATION TRACKS: steel
MOVING PART: aluminium
FRONT PLATE: aluminium
PISTON ROD: thick chromium plated steel
BASE: Hostaform
PISTON: NBR
AIR PORT PLATE: aluminium
STATIC O-RINGS: NBR
CUSHIONING CONE: OT 58
MAGNET: Plastoferrite

1 12

11

10 7

COMPACT PRECISION SLIDE SERIES S8-B


Pneumatic port for slide opening
Pneumatic port for slide closing
Ball system guide

COMPACT PRECISION SLIDE SERIES S8-C


Pneumatic port for slide opening
Pneumatic port for slide closing
Slot cover strip
Retracting sensor
Hydraulic decelerator
Mechanical stop
Sensor slot
Lubrication point for ball re-circulation
system
Ball system guide
Magnet
Hydraulic decelerator/mechanical stop
support
Counter block for hydraulic
decelerator/mechanical stop

5
6

10

4
8
11
12
11
7

1.4/09

CALCULATIONS FOR COMPACT PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S8-B


M1

L2

F 03

F 01

L3

F 02

M3
M2

F01 (L1 + A) M 1

F03 (L3 + B) M 3

M1

F 03
F 02

L2

L1

F 01

F02 (L2 + A) M 2

L3

L1

M2

F01 (L1 + C) M 1

M3

F02 (L2 + B) M 2

F03 (L3 + C) M 3

SERIES S8-B

10-B
16-B
20-B
25-B
32-B

M1/M2
Nm
1.37
1.52
1.67
3.32
4.6

STROKE 10 mm
B
A
M3
mm mm
Nm
1.04 40.6 17.25
1.15 40.6 19.75
1.27 40.6 19.75
2.65 49.2 27.25
3.87 49.7 32.25

C
mm
10.4
11.5
13.6
16
17.7

M1/M2
Nm
1.42
1.58
1.74
3.83
4.78

STROKE 25 mm
B
A
M3
mm mm
Nm
1.04 48.1 17.25
1.15 48.1 19.75
1.27 48.1 19.75
2.65 56.7 27.25
4.56 57.2 32.25

C
mm
10.4
11.5
13.6
16
17.7

M1/M2
Nm
2.12
2.35
2.58
4.86
6.36

STROKE 50 mm
B
A
M3
mm mm
Nm
1.45 66.9 17.25
1.61 66.9 19.75
1.77 66.9 19.75
27.25
4.16 77
5.88 75.8 32.25

C
mm
10.4
11.5
13.6
16
17.7

M1/M2
Nm
2.6
2.88
3.17
6.7
9.31

STROKE 80 mm
B
A
M3
mm mm
Nm
1.76 86.1 17.25
1.96 86.1 19.75
2.16 86.1 19.75
5.68 102.4 27.25
8.48 103.2 32.25

C
mm
10.4
11.5
13.6
16
17.7

10-B
16-B
20-B
25-B
32-B

M1/M2
Nm
3.23
3.59
3.95
8.07
10.84

STROKE 100 mm
B
A
M3
mm mm
Nm
2.18 98.4 17.25
2.42 98.4 19.75
2.67 98.4 19.75
6.82 120.2 27.25
9.75 119.4 32.25

C
mm
10.4
11.5
13.6
16
17.7

M1/M2
Nm
3.93
4.37
4.8
13
13.07

STROKE 125 mm
B
A
M3
mm mm
Nm
2.18 121.2 17.25
2.42 121.2 19.75
2.67 121.2 19.75
6.82 140.5 27.25
9.75 141.2 32.25

C
mm
10.4
11.5
13.6
16
17.7

M1/M2
Nm
5.22
5.8
6.38
11.38
14.78

STROKE 160 mm
B
A
M3
mm mm
Nm
2.18 151.3 17.25
2.42 151.3 19.75
2.67 151.3 19.75
6.82 168.4 27.25
9.75 164.9 32.25

C
mm
10.4
11.5
13.6
16
17.7

M1/M2
Nm
6.13
6.81
7.5
13.71
18.48

STROKE 200 mm
B
A
M3
mm mm
Nm
2.18 178.1 17.25
2.42 178.1 19.75
2.67 178.1 19.75
6.82 201.4 27.25
9.75 200.4 32.25

C
mm
10.4
11.5
13.6
16
17.7

EXAMPLE OF CALCULATION
Values: 25 corsa 80 mm Tipo S8-B
DISTANCE L1 = 40 mm = 0.04 m
LONG MOMENT M1 = 6.7 Nm
CORRECTION FACTOR A = 102.4 mm = 0.1024 m

F1

M1
6.7 Nm
CALCULATION: F1
= = 47 N
L1+A
0.04 + 0.1024
L1

1.4/10

CALCULATIONS FOR COMPACT PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S8-C


M1

L2

F 03

F 01

L3

F 02

M3
M2

F01 (L1 + A) M 1

F03 (L3 + B) M 3

M1

F 03
F 02

L2

L1

F 01

F02 (L2 + A) M 2

L3

L1

M2

F01 (L1 + C) M 1

M3

F02 (L2 + B) M 2

F03 (L3 + C) M 3

SERIES S8-C

20-B
25-B
32-B

M1/M2
Nm
3.2
4.4
7.8

STROKE 25 mm
M3
A
B
Nm
mm mm
1.27 59.5 19.75
2.65 68
27.25
4.56 84.5 32.25

C
mm
15
18
21.8

M1/M2
Nm
3.5
6.5
7.8

STROKE 50 mm
M3
A
B
Nm
mm mm
1.65 66.5 19.75
4.24 84.5 27.25
4.56 84.5 32.25

C
mm
15
18
21.8

M1/M2
Nm
3.3
6.8
8.3

STROKE 80 mm
M3
A
B
Nm
mm mm
1.51 64
19.75
4.77 87
27.25
5
87
32.25

C
mm
15
18
21.8

20-B
25-B
32-B

M1/M2
Nm
6
10
13.2

STROKE 125 mm
B
A
M3
mm mm
Nm
19.75
2.53 87
101.5 27.25
5.3
9.57 112 32.25

C
mm
15
18
21.8

M1/M2
Nm
6.9
12.3
15.8

STROKE 160 mm
B
A
M3
mm mm
Nm
19.75
2.53 97
119 27.25
5.3
8.65 116 32.25

C
mm
15
18
21.8

M1/M2
Nm
8.7
15.5
20.2

STROKE 200 mm
B
A
M3
mm mm
Nm
2.53 117 19.75
144 27.25
5.3
8.65 166 32.25

C
mm
15
18
21.8

M1/M2
Nm
4.5
8.2
10.3

STROKE 100 mm
M3
A
B
Nm
mm mm
2.26 76.5 19.75
6.1
97
27.25
6.83 97
32.25

C
mm
15
18
21.8

EXAMPLE OF CALCULATION
Values: 32 corsa 50 mm
DISTANCE L1 = 20 mm = 0.02 m
LONG MOMENT M1 = 7.8 Nm
CORRECTION FACTOR A = 84.5 mm = 0.0845 m

F1

M1
7.8 Nm
CALCULATION: F1
= = 74.6 N
L1+A
0.02 + 0.0845
L1

1.4/11

DIMENSIONS OF COMPACT PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S8-B


L1

L4

B3

L2

D3

D1

H3

H2

H4

H1

D4

L3

In
B1

D2

B2

L5

Bore
(mm)
10
16
20
25
32

Bore
(mm)
10/16 L 3
L4
L5
L6
Weight [g]
20
L3
L4
L5
L6
Weight [g]
25/32 L 3
L4
L5
L6
Weight [g]

1.4/12

Piston rod
bore (mm)
5
8
8
10
12

10
80
15
31
24
190/290
80
25
31
24
390
101
20
45
27.5
640/840

B1
(mm)
26
30
30
35
45

B2
(mm)
35
40
40
55
65

B3
(mm)
25
30
30
39
49

25
95
30
2 x 23
24
240/380
95
30
2 x 23
24
440
121
40
65
27.5
740/1000

B4
(mm)
12.0
13.0
12.5
17.5
20.0

B5
(mm)
21
25.5
24.5
34.75
40.5

L5

D2 Thread/
Depth (mm)
M6/5.5
M5
M6/5.5
M5
M6/8.0
M5
G 1/8 M8/7.5
G 1/8 M8/7.5
D1

50
135
70
2 x 43
24
340/530
135
70
2 x 43
24
580
156
75
2 x 50
27.5
1000/1300

80
175
2 x 55
3 x 42
24
440/630
175
2 x 55
3 x 42
24
730
211
130
2 x 78
27
1340/1740

B4

Out

B5

L6

D3 Thread/
Depth (mm)
M5/10
M6/12
M6/14
M8/18
M8/20

(mm) Stroke
100
200
2 x 67.5
3 x 50
24.5
540/730
200
2 x 67.5
3 x 50
24.5
830
246
2 x 82.5
2 x 95
27.5
1540/2040

D4 Thread/
Depth (mm)
M6/11.5
M6/11.5
M6/11.5
M8/10.5
M8/10.5

125
245
2 x 90
3 x 65
24.5
590/880
245
2 x 90
3 x 65
24.5
1030
286
2 x 102.5
3 x 77
27
1840/2400

H1
(mm)
26
32
39.5
45
50

H2
(mm)
10.5
12.0
15.5
19.0
20.0

H3
(mm)
5.0
7.5
8.0
12.0
10.8

160
305
2 x 120
3 x 85
24.5
780/1080
305
2 x 120
3 x 85
24.5
1280
341
2 x 130
3 x 95
27.5
2200/2840

H4
(mm)
14.0
15.5
20.0
23.0
28.3

L1
(mm)
12
12
12
15
15

200
360
2 x 147.5
4 x 78
23.5
890/1280
360
2 x 147.5
4 x 78
23.5
1530
411
2 x 165
3 x 115
32.5
2600/3440

L2
(mm)
27
27
22
35
35

DIMENSIONS OF COMPACT PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S8-C

L1

L4

B3

L2

D3
L3

H4

H5

H6

H3

H2

D4

H1

D1

B1

In

D2

B4

B2

B5

Out

L5

Bore
(mm)
20
25
32

Bore
(mm)
20

L3
L4
L5
L6
Weight [g]
25/32 L 3
L4
L5
L6
Weight [g]

Piston rod
bore (mm)
8
10
12

B1
(mm)
28
35
45

25
135
70
2 x 43
24
780
156/ 211
75/130
2 x 50/2 x 78
27.5/27
1400/2100

B2
(mm)
40
55
65

B3
(mm)
30
39
49

B4
(mm)
12.5
17.5
20.0

50
175
2 x 55
3 x 42
24
860
211
130
2 x 78
27
1700/2420

B5
(mm)
24.5
34.75
40.5

D1

D2 Thread/
Depth (mm)
M5
M6/8.0
G 1/8 M8/7.5
G 1/8 M8/7.5

80
200
2 x 67.5
3 x 50
24.5
960
246
2 x 82.5
2 x 95
27.5
2060/2800

L5

D3 Thread/
Depth (mm)
M6/14
M8/15
M8/20

(mm) Stroke
100
245
2 x 90
3 x 65
24.5
1200
286
2 x 102.5
3 x 77
27
2440/3260

L6

D4 Thread/
Depth (mm)
M6/11.5
M8/10.5
M8/10.5

125
305
2 x 120
3 x 85
24.5
1460
341
2 x 130
3 x 95
27.5
2920/3900

H1
(mm)
48
60
70

H2
(mm)
6.2
10.2
10.2

H3
(mm)
26.2
35.2
40.2

160
360
2 x 147.5
4 x 78
23.5
1740
411
2 x 165
3 x 115
32.5
3585/4760

H4
(mm)
8.0
11.0
10.8

H5
(mm)
20.0
24.0
28.3

L1
(mm)
12
15
15

L2
(mm)
27
35
35

200
440
3 x 125
4 x 98
23.5
2160
501
3 x 140
4 x 110
30.0
4345/5640

1.4/13

DIMENSIONS OF COMPACT PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S8-C, COMPLETE

L2

D3

B3

L1

L4

D1

L5

L5

L6

In

B1

B4

D2

B2

B6

H5
H4

H2

H6

H3

H1

D4

L3

B5

Out

L7 max

L8 max

Bore
(mm)
20
25
32

Bore
(mm)
20

Piston rod
bore (mm)
8
10
12

L3
L4
L5
L6
Weight [g]
25/32 L 3
L4
L5
L6
Weight [g]

1.4/14

B1
(mm)
28
35
45

25
135
70
2 x 43
24
830
156/211
75/130
2 x 50/2 x 78
27.5/27
1500/2200

B2
(mm)
40
55
65

B3
(mm)
30
39
49

B4
(mm)
12.5
17.5
20.0

B5
(mm)
24.5
34.75
40.5

50
175
2 x 55
3 x 42
24
910
211
130
2 x 78
27
1800/2520

B6
(mm)
17
22
22

D1

D2 Thread/
Depth (mm)
M5
M6/8.0
G 1/8 M8/7.5
G 1/8 M8/7.5

80
200
2 x 67.5
3 x 50
24.5
1010
246
2 x 82.5
2 x 95
27.5
2160/2900

D3 Thread/
Depth (mm)
M6/14
M8/15
M8/20

(mm) Stroke
100
245
2 x 90
3 x 65
24.5
1250
286
2 x 102.5
3 x 77
27
2540/3360

D4 Thread/
Depth (mm)
M6/11.5
M8/10.5
M8/10.5

H1
(mm)
48
60
70

125
305
2 x 120
3 x 85
24.5
1510
341
2 x 130
3 x 95
27.5
3020/4000

H2
(mm)
6.2
10.2
10.2

H3
(mm)
26.2
35.2
40.2

H4
(mm)
8.0
11.0
10.8

160
360
2 x 147.5
4 x 78
23.5
1740
411
2 x 165
3 x 115
32.5
3685/4860

H5
(mm)
20.0
24.0
28.3

L1
(mm)
12
15
15

L2
(mm)
27
35
35

L7
(mm)
5
5
5

200
440
3 x 125
4 x 98
23.5
2160
501
3 x 140
4 x 110
30.0
4445/5740

L8
(mm)
16
16
16

KEY TO CODES FOR S8-B PRECISION SLIDE


W

TYPE

DIAMETER

Precision slide
series S8 type B

10
16
20
25
32

0
6*

non-magnetic
non-magnetic, cushioned
fixed, pneumatic

* starting from 20 and stroke 80

STROKE

VARIANT
10 mm
25 mm
50 mm
80 mm
100 mm
125 mm
160 mm
200 mm

KEY TO CODES FOR S8-C PRECISION SLIDE


W

TYPE

DIAMETER

Precision slide
series S8 type C

20
25
32

VARIANT
0
6*
7
4
8*

magnetic
magnetic with
fixed pneum. cushioning
magnetic with
mechanical stop
magnetic with
hydraulic shock absorber
magnetic with mech.
stop and fixed pneum.
cushioning
* starting from stroke 50

STROKE
25 mm
50 mm
80 mm
100 mm
125 mm
160 mm
200 mm

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE


Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the
cylinder heads do not require a through opening.

WIRING DIAGRAM

brown

blue

M8

REED EFFECT

TECHNICAL DATA

blue

4
1 3

brown
+

brown
black

+
PNP

blue
M8

HALL EFFECT

black
brown

4
1 3

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

1.4/15

TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10


There are two sliding systems available:
- on bushes
- on ball recirculating bearings
The frame is made up of two paired cylinders with a
common anodized aluminium body containing slots for
retracting sensors.
There are 5 bores available:
2 x 12, 2 x 16, 2 x 20, 2 x 25 and 2 x 30

TECHNICAL FEATURES
Pressure range
Temperature range
Fluid
Piston speed
Versions
Sizes
Bores
Piston rod diameter
Strokes

Weight (C=stroke)
Sliding version
Ball bearing version
Theoretical thrust
Thrust force (P = pressure in bar)
Pull force
Max. loads
Sliding version
Ball bearing version

S10-12
bar
C

S10-20

S10-25

S10-30

3 to 7
5 to +60
20m dried or lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
30 to 100 mm/s
System with sliding bushes / System with ball bushes available with stop screw or hydraulic decelerator
12
16
20
25
30
2 x 12
2 x 16
2 x 20
2 x 25
2 x 30
6
8
10
12
16
15
15
25
25
25
25
25
50
50
50
50
50
75
75
75

75
100
100
100

125
125

mm/s

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm

Kg
Kg

S10-16

0.12 + (0.002 x C)
0.21 + (0.002 x C)

da N
da N
N
N

2.26 x P
1.69 x P
3 to 1.5
6 to 4

0.24 + (0.0025 x C) 0.51 + (0.005 x C)


0.76 + (0.006 x C)
0.48 + (0.0025 x C) 0.77 + (0.005 x C)
0.18 + (0.006 x C)
Multiply the value shown by the pressure in bar
4 x P
6.28 x P
9.8 x P
3 x P
4.11 x P
7.5 x P
(The values shown refer to the min. and max. strokes)
6 to 3
10 to 3.5
12 to 5.6
11 to 6
20 to 7
26 to 8

1.3 + (0.009 x C)
1.92 + (0.009 x C)
14.1 x P
10.1 x P
20 to 7
36 to 11

COMPONENTS
FLANGE: anodized aluminium
REAR BASE: anodized aluminium
BUFFER: rubber
ADJUSTABLE STRIKER PLATE. Zinc-plated steel
bis. HYDRAULIC DECELERATOR
FRONT BASE: brass
PISTON: brass
MAGNET: Plastoferrite
CYLINDER BODY: anodized aluminium
STATIC O-RING: NBR
BALL RE-CIRCULATION BUSH
VERSIONS:
With sliding bushes
With ball bushes

1.4/16

10

4bis

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10

**

AG(x2)

Q depth S(x2)

AB

Q thru(x2)

C3++

W
V

**= 20,25,30

Q1 depth R1(x2)

M thru(x2)

16

N depth P(x4)

Q depth R(x4)

V1

VIEW FROM K
12

16

**= 20,25,30
E

C+

E1
C2+

C1+

V1

for sensor

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

for sensor

Code

W1440122...*
12
W1440162...*
16
W1440202...*
20
W1440252...*
25
W1440302...*
30
*Enter stroke in mm.

12
16
20
25
30

U
28
33
40
42
51

V
38
46
56
66
86

B
46
56
66
78
98

A
18
22
26
32
36

V1

54
64
82

Strokes for bore 12 mm


Strokes for bore 16 mm
Strokes for bore 20 mm
Strokes for bore 25 mm
Strokes for bore 30 mm

W
3
3
3
5
5

C
10
16
10
10
10

X
20
26
30
39
52

C1
50
62
68
74
87

Y
10
12
14
17
19

C2
2
2
2
2
2

Z
1
1
1
1
1

C3
60
74
82
90
105

AB
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12

D
4
5
6
7
8

E
20
26
29
32.5
37.5

E1
20
20
29
31.5
39.5

F
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5

G
9
11
13
16
18

H
10
12
14
17
19

L
8
10
12
14
16

M
4.3
4.3
5.5
6.5
8.5

N
8
8
9
10.5
14

P
4
4
5
6
8

Q
M3
M4
M4
M5
M6

Q1H7
4
4
4
4
6

R
5
6
7
7
8

R1
3
3
3
3
5

S
8
8
10
12
12

T
9
10
11
11
13

AG
M5
M5
M5
M5
G 1/8

15; 25; 50;


15; 25; 50; 75;
25; 50; 75; 100;
25; 50; 75; 100; 125;
25; 50; 75; 100; 125;

1.4/17

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10, ON BALL BEARINGS

**

AG(x2)

Q depth S(x2)

AB

Q thru(x2)

T
C3++

V1

W
V

**= 20,25,30

Q1 depth R1(x2)

M thru(x2)

16

N depth P(x4)

Q depth R(x4)

VIEW FROM K
C+

E
12 for sensor
16

**= 20,25,30

E1
C2+

V1

C1+

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

for sensor

A
18
22
26
32
36

Code
W1440123...* 12
W1440163...* 16
W1440203...* 20
W1440253...* 25
W1440303...* 30
*Enter stroke in mm.

12
16
20
25
30

U
47
57
69
72
88

V
38
46
56
66
86

V1

54
64
82

Strokes for bore 12 mm


Strokes for bore 16 mm
Strokes for bore 20 mm
Strokes for bore 25 mm
Strokes for bore 30 mm

1.4/18

B
46
56
66
78
98

C
10
10
10
10
10

C1
69
90
100
108
124

C2
2
2
2
2
2

C3
79
98
111
120
142

W
3
3
3
5
5

X
20
26
30
39
52

Y
10
12
14
17
19

Z
1
1
1
1
1

AB
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12

15; 25; 50;


15; 25; 50; 75;
25; 50; 75; 100;
25; 50; 75; 100; 125;
25; 50; 75; 100; 125;

D
4
5
6
7
8

E
29.5
42
46.5
51.5
56

AG
M5
M5
M5
M5
G 1/8

E1
29.5
38
43.5
46.5
58

F
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5

G
9
11
13
16
18

H
10
12
14
17
19

L
8
10
12
14
16

M
4.3
4.3
5.5
6.5
8.5

N
8
8
9
10.5
14

P
4
4
5
6
8

Q
M3
M4
M4
M5
M6

Q1H7
4
4
4
4
6

R
5
6
7
7
8

R1
3
3
3
3
5

S
8
8
10
12
12

T
9
10
11
11
13

ACCESSORIES
1

MAGNETIC SENSOR 4, FOR SLIDE S10 12


Code
W0950044180
W0950045390*

Description
Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1m
Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2m

* For tecnical data of sensor see page 1.1/24

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE, FOR SLIDE S10 1630
Codice
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the
cylinder heads do not require a through opening.

WIRING DIAGRAM

brown

blue

M8

REED EFFECT

TECHNICAL DATA

blue

4
1 3

brown

HALL EFFECT

brown
black

+
PNP

M8

blue
black
brown

4
1 3

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

BAR FOR GROOVING


Code
W0950000160

500

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

4.9

5.8

Description
BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

1.4/19

TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE


WITH FIXED BODY SERIES S11
There are two sliding systems available:
on bushes
on ball bearings
The frame is made up of two paired through-rod cylinders
with a common anodized aluminium body containing slots
for retracting sensors.
There are 5 bores available:
2 x 12, 2 x 16, 2 x 20, 2 x 25 and 2 x 30.
The piston rods are united by means of a plate on which
mechanical stops or hydraulic shock absorbers can be
mounted.

TECHNICAL FEATURES
Fluid
Pressure range
Temperature range
Piston speed
Versions
Bores
Piston rod diameter
Strokes

C
mm/s
mm
mm
mm

Weight = X + (Y C)
C= stroke
Sliding version

20 filtered air
1.5 to 7 bar (0.15 to 0.7 MPa)
5 to +60
30 to 200
With sliding bushes / With ball bearing bushes / With stop screw / With hydraulic shock absorbers
12
16
20
25
30
6
8
10
12
16
25
25
25
25
25
50
60
50
50
50
75
75
75
75
75

100
100
100
100

125
125
125

150
150

kg

Ball bearing version


Theoretical thrust (P = relative pressure in bar)
Max. loads
Loads with sliding version

Loads with ball bearing version

X = 0.14
Y = 0.002
X = 0.25
Y = 0.002
16.9xP

X = 0.25
Y = 0.0035
X = 0.37
Y = 0.0035
30xP

X = 0.5
Y = 0.045
X = 0.78
Y = 0.045
47xP

X = 0.7
Y 0.007
X = 1.04
Y = 0.007
75xP

X = 1.24
Y = 0.01
X = 1.98
Y = 0.01
101xP

Ft: 73
Fp: 41.5
Ft: 135
Fp: 63

Ft: 204
Fp: 41.5
Ft: 356.5
Fp: 113

Ft: 354.5
Fp: 123
Ft: 587
Fp: 185

Ft: 505.4
Fp: 153.5
Ft: 808
Fp: 236

Ft: 8012
Fp: 204.5
Ft: 13018
Fp: 508

Ft

Fp

COMPONENTS
FLANGE: anodized aluminium
WASHER: steel
BUFFER: rubber
ADJUSTABEL STRIKER PLATE: Zinc-plated steel
BASE: brass
PISTON: brass
MAGNET: plastoferrite
CYLINDER BODY: anodized aluminium
STATIC O-RINGS: NBR
BUSH: ball bearing

A = Version with sliding bushes


B = Version with ball bearing bushes

10
1.4/20

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS SERIES S11 - 12-30

AL

**

AM
R thru(x4)

AH(x2)

X depth Y(x4)

C4++

AD

AE

AG(x2)

R depth S(x4)

R1 depth S1(x2)

12
B

VIEW FROM K
M

F
C+

E
C2+

C1+

12

16

**= 20,25,30

fo

Z1

T thru(x4)

U depth V(x4)

AC

AB

N thru(x2)

P depth Q(x4)

C3++

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

Codes
12
W1450122...*
16
W1450162...*
20
W1450202...*
25
W1450252...*
30
W1450302...*
*Enter required stroke

12
16
20
25
30

U
6
8
8
9
9

V
3
4
4
5
5

W
14
15
16
19
21

Strokes for bore 12 mm


Strokes for bore 16 mm
Strokes for bore 20 mm
Strokes for bore 25 mm
Strokes for bore 30 mm

A
18
22
26
32
36

X
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6

for sensor

B
46
56
66
78
98

Y
6
8
10
12
12

Z
38
46
56
66
86

Z1

54
64
82

C4
57
64
71
78
90

C3
65
74
83
92
106

C2
2
2
2
2
2

C1
45
50
55
60
70

C
5
10
10
10
10

AB
3
3
3
5
5

AC
20
26
30
39
52

D
4
5
6
7
8

AD
1
1
1
1
1

E
20
20
22.5
25
30

AE
10
12
14
17
19

F
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5

AF
4
5
5
6
6

G
9
11
13
16
18

AG
M5
M5
M5
M5
G 1/8

M
2
2
2
2
2

H
10
12
14
17
19

L
8
10
12
14
16

AH
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12

AM
M8 x 1
M10 x 1
M10 x 1
M12 x 1
M14 x 1.5

N
4.3
4.3
5.5
6.5
8.5

P
8
8
9
10.5
14

Q
4
4
5
6
8

R
M3
M4
M4
M5
M6

R1H7
4
4
4
4
6

S
5
6
7
7
8

S1
3
3
3
3
5

T
3.3
4.3
4.3
5.2
5.2

AL
7
8.5
9
10
12

25; 50; 75
25; 50; 75; 100
25; 50; 75; 100; 125
25; 50; 75; 125; 150
25; 50; 75; 125; 150

1.4/21

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS SERIES S11 - 12-30


AL

**

AM
R thru(x4)

AH(x2)

X depth Y(x4)

C4++

AD

AE

AG(x2)

W
R1 depth S1(x2)

R depth S(x4)

12

F
C+

E
C2+

C1+

VIEW FROM K

D
L

12

fo

16

**= 20,25,30

Z1

T thru(x4)

U depth V(x4)

AC

AB

N thru(x2)

P depth Q(x4)

C3++

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

Codes
12
W1450123...*
16
W1450163...*
20
W1450203...*
25
W1450253...*
30
W1450303...*
*Enter required stroke

12
16
20
25
30

U
6
8
8
9
9

V
3
4
4
5
5

W
28
33
40
42
50

Strokes for bore 12 mm


Strokes for bore 16 mm
Strokes for bore 20 mm
Strokes for bore 25 mm
Strokes for bore 30 mm

1.4/22

A
18
22
26
32
36

X
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6

for sensor

Y
6
8
10
6
12

C2
2
2
2
2
2

C1
71
85
99
105
128

C
5
10
10
10
10

B
46
56
66
78
98

Z
38
46
56
66
86

25; 50; 75
25; 50; 75; 100
25; 50; 75; 100; 125
25; 50; 75; 125; 150
25; 50; 75; 125; 150

Z1

54
64
82

C3
91
109
127
137
164

AB
3
3
3
5
5

C4
83
99
115
123
148

AC
20
26
30
39
52

D
4
5
6
7
8

AD
1
1
1
1
1

E
33
37.5
44.5
47.5
59

AE
10
12
14
17
19

F
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5

AF
4
5
5
6
6

G
9
11
13
16
18

AG
M5
M5
M5
M5
G 1/8

H
10
12
14
17
19

AH
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12

L
8
10
12
14
16

M
2
2
2
2
2

P
8
8
9
10.5
14

N
4.3
4.3
5.5
6.5
8.5

AM
M8 x 1
M10 x 1
M10 x 1
M12 x 1
M14 x 1.5

AL
7
8.5
9
10
12

Q
4
4
5
6
8

R
M3
M4
M4
M5
M6

R1H7
4
4
4
4
6

S
5
6
7
7
8

S1
3
3
3
3
5

T
3.3
4.3
4.3
5.2
5.2

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S11 - 12-30
AL

**

C4++

AG(x2)

AD

AE

R thru(x4)

AH max

AM

X depth Y(x4)

R depth S(x4)

N thru(x2)

R1 depth S1(x2)
12

**

VIEW FROM K

F
C+

AC
M

T thru(x4)

D
C2+

C1+

for sensor

12

16

**= 20,25,30

Z1

U depth V(x4)

16

AB

P depth Q(x4)

C3++

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

Codes
12
W1450124...*
16
W1450164...*
20
W1450204...*
25
W1450254...*
30
W1450304...*
*Enter required stroke

12
16
20
25
30

U
6
8
8
9
9

V
3
4
4
5
5

W
14
15
16
19
21

Strokes for bore 12 mm


Strokes for bore 16 mm
Strokes for bore 20 mm
Strokes for bore 25 mm
Strokes for bore 30 mm

A
18
22
26
32
36

X
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6

for sensor

B
46
56
66
78
98

Y
6
8
10
12
12

C1
45
50
55
60
70

C
5
10
10
10
10

Z
38
46
56
66
86

C2
2
2
2
2
2

Z1

54
69
82

C3
65
74
83
92
106

AB
3
3
3
5
5

C4
57
64
71
78
90

AC
20
26
30
39
52

D
4
5
6
7
8

AD
1
1
1
1
1

E
20
20
22.5
25
30

F
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5

G
9
11
13
16
18

AE
10
12
14
17
19

AF
4
5
5
6
6

AG
M5
M5
M5
M5
G 1/8

H
10
12
14
17
19

AH
30
35
35
36
60

L
8
10
12
14
16

M
2
2
2
2
2

AM
M8 x 1
M10 x 1
M10 x 1
M12 x 1
M14 x 1.5

N
4.3
4.3
5.5
6.5
8.5

P
8
8
9
10.5
14

Q
4
4
5
6
8

R
M3
M4
M4
M5
M6

R1H7
4
4
4
4
6

S
5
6
7
7
8

S1
3
3
3
3
5

T
3.3
4.3
4.3
5.2
5.2

AL
7
8.5
9
10
12

25; 50; 75
25; 50; 75; 100
25; 50; 75; 100; 125
25; 50; 75; 125; 150
25; 50; 75; 125; 150

1.4/23

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS, BALL BEARING VERSION


WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S11 - 12-30 mm
AL

**

Z
R thru(x4)

AH max

C4++

AG(x2)

AD

AE

AM

X depth Y(x4)

R depth S(x4)

R1 depth S1(x2)

12

16

**= 20,25,3

T thru(x4)

U depth V(x4)

Z1

AC

AB

N thru(x2)

P depth Q(x4)

C3++

VIEW FROM K

F
C+

D
C2+

C1+

16 for sensor
**= 20,25,30

12

Z1

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

Codes
12
W1450125...*
16
W1450165...*
20
W1450205...*
25
W1450255...*
30
W1450305...*
*Enter required stroke

12
16
20
25
30

U
6
8
8
9
9

V
3
4
4
5
5

W
28
33
40
42
50

Strokes for bore 12 mm


Strokes for bore 16 mm
Strokes for bore 20 mm
Strokes for bore 25 mm
Strokes for bore 30 mm

1.4/24

A
18
22
26
32
36

X
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6

for sensor

B
46
56
66
78
98

Y
6
8
10
6
12

C1
71
85
99
105
128

C
5
10
10
10
10

Z
38
46
56
66
86

Z1

54
64
82

25; 50; 75
25; 50; 75; 100
25; 50; 75; 100; 125
25; 50; 75; 125; 150
25; 50; 75; 125; 150

AB
3
3
3
5
5

D
4
5
6
7
8

C4
83
99
115
123
148

C3
91
109
127
137
164

C2
2
2
2
2
2

AC
20
26
30
39
52

AD
1
1
1
1
1

E
33
37.5
44.5
47.5
59

AE
10
12
14
17
19

F
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5

AF
4
5
5
6
6

G
9
11
13
16
18

AG
M5
M5
M5
M5
G 1/8

H
10
12
14
17
19

AH
30
35
35
36
60

L
8
10
12
14
16

M
2
2
2
2
2

N
4.3
4.3
5.5
6.5
8.5

AM
M8 x 1
M10 x 1
M10 x 1
M12 x 1
M14 x 1.5

AL
7
8.5
9
10
12

P
8
8
9
10.5
14

Q
4
4
5
6
8

R
M3
M4
M4
M5
M6

R1H7
4
4
4
4
6

S
5
6
7
7
8

S1
3
3
3
3
5

T
3.3
4.3
4.3
5.2
5.2

ACCESSORIES
1

MAGNETIC SENSOR 4, FOR SLIDE S11 12


Code
W0950044180
W0950045390*

Description
Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1m
Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2m

* For tecnical data of sensor, see page 1.1/24

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE, FOR SLIDE S11 1630
Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the
cylinder heads do not require a through opening.

WIRING DIAGRAM

brown

blue

M8

REED EFFECT

TECHNICAL DATA

4
1 3

blue
brown

HALL EFFECT

brown
black

+
PNP

M8

blue
4
1 3

black
brown

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

BAR FOR GROOVING

4.9

5.8

SHOCK ABSORBERS

500

Code
Description
W0950000160
BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm
Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece
Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

Code

Description

0950004001
0950004002
0950004003
0950004004

12
16-20
25
30

Shock absorbers PM8 MC2 + nut M8x1


Shock absorbers PM10 MF2 + nut M10x1
Shock absorbers PR015 MF1 + nut M12x1
Shock absorbers PR025 MC2 + nut M14x1.5

1.4/25

TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE


WITH FIXED PLATES SERIES S12
Two sliding systems are available:
on bushes
on ball bearings
The structure is made up of two paired through-rod cylinders
with a common anodized aluminium body with grooves for
mounting the retractable sensor.
Five bores available: 2x16; 2x20; 2x25; 2x30.
The rods are joined together by means of a plate on which
the mechanical limit switches or hydraulic shock absorbers
can be mounted.
The compressed air ports are at the end of the piston rods.

TECHNICAL FEATURES
Fluid
Pressure range
Temperature range
Piston speed
Versions
Bores
Piston rod diameter
Strokes

C
mm/s
mm
mm
mm

Weight = X + (Y C)
C= stroke
Sliding version

20m filtered air


1.5 to 7 bar (0.15 to 0.7 MPa)
5 to +60
30 to 200 mm/s
With sliding bushes / With ball bearing bushes / With stop screw / With hydraulic shock absorbersi
16
20
25
30
8
10
12
16
25
25
25
25
60
50
50
50
75
75
75
75
100
100
100
100

125
125
125

150
150

kg

Ball bearing version


Theoretical thrust
P = relative pressure in bar
Loads with sliding version

N
N

Loads with ball bearing version

X = 0.25
X = 0.5
X = 0.7
X = 1.24
Y = 0.0035
Y = 0.045
Y 0.007
Y = 0.01
X = 0.37
X = 0.78
X = 1.04
X = 1.98
Y = 0.0035
Y = 0.045
Y = 0.007
Y = 0.01
30xP
47xP
75xP
101xP
(The values shown refer to the min. and max. strokes)
Fr: 204
Fr: 354.5
Fr: 505.4
Fr: 8012
Fp: 41.5
Fp: 123
Fp: 153.5
Fp: 204.5
Fr: 356.5
Fr: 587
Fr: 808
Fr: 13018
Fp: 113
Fp: 185
Fp: 236
Fp: 508

Ft

Fp

COMPONENTS
FLANGE: anodized aluminium
WASHER: steel
BUFFER: rubber
ADJUSTABLE STRIKER PLATE: Zinc-plated steel
BASE: brass
PISTON: brass
MAGNET: Plastoferrite
CYLINDER BODY: anodized aluminium
STATIC O-RINGS: NBR
BUSH: ball bearing
VITE: con alimentazione pneumatica

A = Version with sliding bush


B = Version with ball bearing bush

10
1.4/26

1 11

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE SERIES S12 - 16-30

AL

AC

AM

AG(x2)
R thru(x4)

AH(x2)

X depth Y(x4)

C4++

AD

AE

AG(x2)

W
C3++
R1 depth S1(x2)

N thru(x2)

AC

AB

16

P depth Q(x4)

R depth S(x4)

T thru(x4)

U depth V(x4)

VIEW FROM K
M

C+

C2+

C1+

**= 20,25,30
for se

Z1

16

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE
Codes
W1460162...*
W1460202...*
W1460252...*
W1460302...*

16
20
25
30

A
22
26
32
36

for sensor

B
56
66
78
98

C
10
10
10
10

C1
50
55
60
70

C2
2
2
2
2

C3
74
83
92
106

C4
64
71
78
90

D
5
6
7
8

E
20
22.5
25
30

F
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5

G
11
13
16
18

H
12
14
17
19

L
10
12
14
16

M
2
2
2
2

AH
M6
M8
M10
M12

AM
M10 x 1
M10 x 1
M12 x 1
M14 x 1.5

N
4.3
5.5
6.5
8.5

P
8
9
10.5
14

Q
4
5
6
8

R
M4
M4
M5
M6

R1H7
4
4
4
6

S
6
7
7
8

S1
3
3
3
5

T
4.3
4.3
5.2
5.2

*Enter required stroke

16
20
25
30

U
8
8
9
9

V
4
4
5
5

W
15
16
19
21

Strokes for bore 16 mm


Strokes for bore 20 mm
Strokes for bore 25 mm
Strokes for bore 30 mm

X
M5
M5
M6
M6

Y
8
10
12
12

Z
46
56
66
86

Z1

54
64
82

AB
3
3
5
5

AC
26
30
39
52

AD
1
1
1
1

AE
12
14
17
19

AF
5
5
6
6

AG
M5
M5
M5
G 1/8

AL
8.5
9
10
12

25; 50; 75; 100


25; 50; 75; 100; 125
25; 50; 75; 125; 150
25; 50; 75; 125; 150

1.4/27

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE SERIES S12 - 16-30


AL

*
AG(x2)

AC

AM
R thru(x4)

AH(x2)

X depth Y(x4)

C4++

AD

AE

AG(x2)

W
C3++
R1 depth S1(x2)

N thru(x2)

M
E

VIEW FROM K

F
E

C+

D
C2+

C1+

for se
**= 20,25,30

16

Z1

T thru(x4)

U depth V(x4)

AC

AB

16

P depth Q(x4)

R depth S(x4)

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE
Codes
W1460163...*
W1460203...*
W1460253...*
W1460303...*

16
20
25
30

for sensor

A
22
26
32
36

B
56
66
78
98

C
10
10
10
10

C1
85
99
105
128

C2
2
2
2
2

C3
109
127
137
164

X
M5
M5
M6
M6

Y
8
10
6
12

Z
46
56
66
86

Z1

54
64
82

AB
3
3
5
5

AC
26
30
39
52

C4
99
115
123
148

D
5
6
7
8

E
37.5
44.5
47.5
59

F
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5

G
11
13
16
18

H
12
14
17
19

L
10
12
14
16

M
2
2
2
2

*Enter required stroke

16
20
25
30

U
8
8
9
9

V
4
4
5
5

W
33
40
42
50

Strokes for bore 12 mm


Strokes for bore 16 mm
Strokes for bore 20 mm
Strokes for bore 25 mm

1.4/28

25; 50; 75; 100


25; 50; 75; 100; 125
25; 50; 75; 125; 150
25; 50; 75; 125; 150

AD
1
1
1
1

AE
12
14
17
19

AF
5
5
6
6

AG
M5
M5
M5
G 1/8

AH
M6
M8
M10
M12

AM
M10 x 1
M10 x 1
M12 x 1
M14 x 1.5

AL
8.5
9
10
12

N
4.3
5.5
6.5
8.5

P
8
9
10.5
14

Q
4
5
6
8

R
M4
M4
M5
M6

R1H7
4
4
4
6

S
6
7
7
8

S1
3
3
3
5

T
4.3
4.3
5.2
5.2

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S12 - 16-30

AL

AH max

AC

C4++

AG(x2)

AD

AE

R thru(x4)

AM

X depth Y(x4)

AG(x2)

R depth S(x4)

R1 depth S1(x2)

N thru(x2)

16

**= 20,25

VIEW FROM K
M

T thru(x4)

C+

D
C2+

C1+

16

**= 20,25,30
for sensor

Z1

U depth V(x4)

Z1

AC

AB

P depth Q(x4)

C3++

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE
Codes
W1460164...*
W1460204...*
W1460254...*
W1460304...*

16
20
25
30

A
22
26
32
36

for sensor

B
56
66
78
98

C
10
10
10
10

C1
50
55
60
70

C2
2
2
2
2

C3
74
83
92
106

C4
64
71
78
90

D
5
6
7
8

AB
3
3
5
5

AC
26
30
39
52

AD
1
1
1
1

AE
12
14
17
19

E
20
22.5
25
30

F
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5

G
11
13
16
18

AG
M5
M5
M5
G 1/8

AH
35
35
36
60

H
12
14
17
19

L
10
12
14
16

M
2
2
2
2

N
4.3
5.5
6.5
8.5

P
8
9
10.5
14

Q
4
5
6
8

R
M4
M4
M5
M6

R1H7
4
4
4
6

S
6
7
7
8

S1
3
3
3
5

T
4.3
4.3
5.2
5.2

*Enter required stroke

16
20
25
30

U
8
8
9
9

V
4
4
5
5

W
15
16
19
21

Strokes for bore 16 mm


Strokes for bore 20 mm
Strokes for bore 25 mm
Strokes for bore 30 mm

X
M5
M5
M6
M6

Y
8
10
12
12

Z
46
56
66
86

Z1

54
64
82

AF
5
5
6
6

AM
M10 x 1
M10 x 1
M12 x 1
M14 x 1.5

AL
8.5
9
10
12

25; 50; 75; 100


25; 50; 75; 100; 125
25; 50; 75; 125; 150
25; 50; 75; 125; 150

1.4/29

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S12 - 16-30

AC

C4++

AG(x2)

AD

AE

R thru(x4)

AH max

AM

X depth Y(x4)

AG(x2)

R depth S(x4)

R1 depth S1(x2)

N thru(x2)

16

**= 20,25,3

T thru(x4)

VIEW FROM K

F
E

C+

D
C2+

C1+

16

**=
20,25,30
for sensor

Z1

U depth V(x4)

Z1

AC

AB

P depth Q(x4)

C3++

+ = ADD THE STROKE


++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE
Codes
W1460165...*
W1460205...*
W1460255...*
W1460305...*

16
20
25
30

for sensor

A
22
26
32
36

B
56
66
78
98

C
10
10
10
10

C1
85
99
105
128

C2
2
2
2
2

C3
109
127
137
164

X
M5
M5
M6
M6

Y
8
10
6
12

Z
46
56
66
86

Z1

54
64
82

AB
3
3
5
5

AC
26
30
39
52

C4
99
115
123
148

D
5
6
7
8

E
37.5
44.5
47.5
59

F
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5

G
11
13
16
18

AG
M5
M5
M5
G 1/8

AH
35
35
36
60

H
12
14
17
19

L
10
12
14
16

M
2
2
2
2

*Enter required stroke

16
20
25
30

U
8
8
9
9

V
4
4
5
5

W
33
40
42
50

Strokes for bore 16 mm


Strokes for bore 20 mm
Strokes for bore 25 mm
Strokes for bore 30 mm

1.4/30

25; 50; 75; 100


25; 50; 75; 100; 125
25; 50; 75; 125; 150
25; 50; 75; 125; 150

AD
1
1
1
1

AE
12
14
17
19

AF
5
5
6
6

AM
M10 x 1
M10 x 1
M12 x 1
M14 x 1.5

AL
8.5
9
10
12

N
4.3
5.5
6.5
8.5

P
8
9
10.5
14

Q
4
5
6
8

R
M4
M4
M5
M6

R1H7
4
4
4
6

S
6
7
7
8

S1
3
3
3
5

T
4.3
4.3
5.2
5.2

ACCESSORIES
1

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE, FOR SLIDE S12 1630
Code
W0952025390
W0952029394
W0952022180
W0952028184
W0952125556

Description
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5m
REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8
HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the
cylinder heads do not require a through opening.

WIRING DIAGRAM

brown

blue

M8

REED EFFECT

TECHNICAL DATA

4
1 3

blue
brown

HALL EFFECT

brown
black

+
PNP

M8

blue
4
1 3

black
brown

BAR FOR GROOVING

blue

Type of contact
Switch
Supply voltage (Ub)
Power
Voltage variation
Voltage drop
Input current
Output current
Switching frequency
Short-circuit protection
Over-voltage suppression
Polarity inversion protection
EMC
LED display
Magnetic sensitivity
Repeatability
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Vibration and shock resistance
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
2.5m/2m connecting cable
Connecting cable with M8x1
Wire NO.

ATEX

V
W
V
mA
mA
Hz

Reed
Effetto Hall
Effetto Hall
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
PNP
PNP
10 30 AC/DC
10 30 DC
18 30 DC
3 (peak valve=6)
3
1.7
10% di Ub
10% di Ub
2
2.2
10
10
100
100
70
400
5000
1000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
EN 60 947-5-2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
2,8 mT 25%
2,8 mT 25%
2.6
0,1 mT
0,1 mT
0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)
IP 67
IP 67
IP 68, IP 69K
30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 1055 Hz, 1mm
-25 +75
-25 +75
-20 +45
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA66 + PA6I/6T
PA
PVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2
Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2
2
3
3

Code

Description

W0950000160

BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece


500

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

4.9

5.8

SHOCK ABSORBERS

Code

Description

0950004002
0950004003
0950004004

16-20
25
30

Shock absorbers PM10 MF2 + nut M10x1


Shock absorbers PR015 MF1 + nut M12x1
Shock absorbers PR025 MC2 + nut M14x1.5

1.4/31

PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S13


Series S13 precision slides feature a dual-acting pneumatic
cylinder that has the sole purpose of pushing and pulling
the load, a ground steel guide that is integral with the body,
and a ball recirculation pad that is fixed onto the moving
table and is designed to withstand all the loads and
movements applied. This ensures accurate movement with
virtually no play, and the piston rods do not suffer wear as
there are no lateral loads. All the slides are equipped with
sensor magnets.
The body can be secured on many sides. The load side
can be fixed onto the table from the top or the front. The
compressed air supply can be connected on three sides.
The retractable sensors can be fitted on the right or on the
left. All these possibilities make the application extremely
flexible. The width is extremely reduced to allow installation
in small spaces and the combination of several reducedpitch slides.

TECHNICAL DATA
Pressure range
Operating temperature
Fluid
Minimum and maximum speed
Pneumatic fittings
Type of guide
Versions
Bore
Strokes

Theoretical thrust force, at 6 bar


Theoretical pull force, at 6 bar
Admitted loads
Admitted kinetic energy
Stroke tolerance
Assembly position
Weight

bar
C
mm/s

mm
mm

N
N
Joule
mm
Kg

2 8 (0,2 0,8 MPa)


- 10 to +70
Lubricated and unlubricated compressed air at 20 m, must be uninterrupted when lubricated
30 and 500
M5
Ball recirculation
Magnetic dual-acting with rubber buffer
6
10
16
20
10
10
10
10
25
25
25
25
----50
50
17
47
120
188
13
40
104
158
See diagrams
0,012
0,025
0,050
0,100
0 / +1,0
any (horizontal and vertical)
See table

COMPONENTS
 NUT: stainless steel
 SNAP RING: galvanised steel
 FRONT BASE: bronze
 BODY: anodized aluminium
 GUIDE: tempered stainless steel
 PISTON: aluminium
 BALL RECIRCULATION PAD: stainless
steel
BUFFER: NBR

REAR BASE: anodized aluminium


PLATE: anodized aluminium
PISTON ROD GASKET: type EM, NBR
O-RING: NBR
 PISTON ROD: stainless steel
 PISTON GASKET: type PZ, NBR
 MAGNET: neodymium (6 and 10)
plastoferrite (16 and 20)

1.4/32

10

11

12

13

14

15

12

1
WEIGHT (gr)

WEIGHT OF MOVING PART(gr)


bore

stroke

6
68
90
---

10
25
50

10
125
160
---

16
230
280
350

20
455
550
660

bore

stroke

6
30
40
---

10
25
50

10
50
68
---

16
100
125
167

20
180
220
290

MASS/VELOCITY DIAGRAM
M (kg)
L (mm)

= Mass applied
= Distance between the axis of the piston rod
and the barycentre of the mass
v (mm/s) = Velocity of the slide
vert
= Limit with vertical movement

ADMITTED LOADS DIAGRAM


S13-10
S13-10

S13-6
S13-6
v
[mm/s]

v
[mm/s]

L<=40

L<=40
500

500

L<=100

400
300

L<=100

400

L<=200

L<=200

300

200

200

100

100

vert

50

50
0.05

0.1

0.2

0.85

0.3 0.4 0.5

0.1

M [kg]

0.2

0.3 0.4 0.5

S13-16

M [kg]

2 2.5

S13-20

S13-16

S13-20

v
[mm/s]

v
[mm/s]

L<=40
500

L<=40
500

L<=100

400

L<=200

300
200

L<=100

400

L<=200

300

L<=300

200

vert
100

vert
100

50

50

0.2

0.3 0.4 0.5

5 6 7

M [kg]

0.1

0.2

0.3 0.4 0.5

5 6 7

10

M [kg]

1.4/33

FIXING OPTIONS

FIXING THE BODY:


A Lateral, via the through holes.
B Lateral, on the hole threads.
C Rear, on the threaded holes.
D Vertical, on the threaded holes.
FIXING THE MOVING TABLE:
E Front, on the threaded holes.
F Top, on the threaded holes.
N.B. Since the table is supported by a ball guide/pad, avoid applying excessive torques or forces.
When securing the screws, hold the table, not the body, so that the torque discharges through the ball pad.
COMPRESSED-AIR SUPPLY
The compressed air supply can be from the back, from
the left or from the right. The slide comes with holes on
the left and right that are plugged with screws and Oring seals. If you wish to use the holes, remove the screws
and O-rings and fix them in the holes in the back,
applying a drop of adhesive to the screw thread.

OUT

IN

OUT

IN

OUT
OUT
IN
IN

1.4/34

DIMENSIONS
S

N4 x MA
depth "pf "

N2 x A H7
depth "ps"

L
x
3 pn"
+
"
3 th
p
de

H
L

N3 x ML
through
N4 x MA
through
N 2 x M5
air port (OUT)

N4 x MA
depth "pf "

M5 air port
(OUT)

T+

DL

M5 air port
(IN)

IN

OUT

N 2 x M5
air port (IN)

N2 x A H7
depth "ps"

LT+

I
O

N(Nfx2) x MA
through

N2 x A H7
depth "ps"

6
M5 (OUT)

10
M5 (IN)

M5 (OUT)

M5 (OUT)

M5 (IN)

16

M5 (IN)

20

+ = ADD THE STROKE

LT
B
C
D
E
Code
6
31
19 18 10
39
W1471063...*
10 35
23 20 12.5 47
W1471103...*
16 42
27 25 12.5 53.5
*W1471163...*
20 52.5 34 32 15
64.5
W1471203...*
*Enter the stroke in mm (e.g. 6 stroke 10=W1471063010)
T
5
5
10
10

U
9
13
17
20

V
16
20
25
32

Standard strokes:
Bore 6
Bore 10
Bore 16
Bore 20

W
10.5
13
17
20

->
->
->
->

X
18
20
25
32

Y
19
23
27
34

L
6
7.5
7.5
9.5

pn
3.5
4.5
4.5
7.5

ML
M4
M5
M5
M6

F
38
46
52.5
63.5

G
5.5
7.5
10
11

I
2.9
4
3.75
4.5

J
7.5
9
10
10.5

K
15
18
26
34

MA
M3
M4
M4
M5

pf
5
6
7
9

A
2
2
3
3

ps
4.5
4.5
7.5
7.5

L
9
11
16
20

Stroke
10
25
10
25
10
25
50
10
25
50

M
14.5
15.5
19
23

O
N/2
N/2
N/2
N/2

A
14
30
14
30
20
40
60
20
40
70
P
8
11
14
14

N
10
30
10
30
10
30
25
10
30
25
Q
9
11
16
20

H
42
62
49
69
58
78
98
64
84
104

NF
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
3

R
15
19
24
31

S
10
12
12
15

DL
4
5
5
6

10; 25 mm
10; 25 mm
10; 25; 50 mm
10; 25; 50 mm

1.4/35

ACCESSORIES
4 MAGNETIC SENSOR
CODE
W0950044180
W0950045390

WIRING DIAGRAM FOR W0950045390

HALL EFFECT

TECHNICAL DATA

brown
black

+
PNP

M8

blue
black
brown

NOTES

1.4/36

DESCRIPTION
2-wire reed magnetic sensor 24 VDC 1m
3 wire electronic magnetic sensor

4
1 3

blue

Switch
Tension in DC
Tension in AC
Current at 25C
Power (ohmic load)
On time
Off time
On point
Off point
Electric life (pulses)
On voltage drop
Nominal operating point
Operating frequency
Polarity reversal protection
Short-circuit protection
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
Temperature range
Sensor capsule material
LED display
Wiring NO.

V
V
A
W
s
s
Gauss
Gauss
V
Gauss
Hz

Effetto Hall
PNP
630
--0,2
max 6
0,8
0,3
30
25
109
<1
3050
max 200
Yes
NO
IP 67
-10 +70
PA (+G)
Yellow
3

VALVES
FIELD BUS

DISTRIBUTORS

VALVE SUMMARY

CHAPTER 2.1

MINIVALVES, SERIES VME-1 MECHANICALLY/HAND OPERATED

PAGE 2.1/02

VALVES, SERIES PEV , PEDAL OPERATED

PAGE 2.1/07

TWO HAND SAFETY VALVE

PAGE 2.1/09

VALVES, SERIES 70

PAGE 2.1/09

VALVES, SERIES 70 ON BASE

PAGE 2.1/42

VALVES, NAMUR

PAGE 2.1/52

VALVES ISO 5599/1, SERIES IPV-ISV

PAGE 2.1/55

VALVES ISO 5599/1 M12-CONNECTOR

PAGE 2.1/63

PRESSURE REGULATOR FOR BASES ISO 5599/1

PAGE 2.1/71

VALVES MACH 18 VDMA 24563-02

PAGE 2.1/72

VALVES MACH 11

PAGE 2.1/79

VALVES MACH 16

PAGE 2.1/85

MULTIPLE CONNECTOR

PAGE 2.1/94

REDUCER WITH GAUGE, SERIES RMV

PAGE 2.1/108

MULTIMACH MM

PAGE 2.1/109

MULTIMACH HDM

PAGE 2.1/120

MULTIMACH HDM+AS-INTERFACE

PAGE 2.1/129

SOLENOID VALVES PIV.P 10 mm

PAGE 2.1/141

SOLENOID VALVES PIV.M 15 mm

PAGE 2.1/143

SOLENOID VALVES PIV ON BASE

PAGE 2.1/146

SOLENOID VALVES PIV IN L INE

PAGE 2.1/152

SOLENOID VALVE CNOMO

PAGE 2.1/156

2.1/01

MINIVALVES, MECHANICALLY
AND HAND OPERATED
SERIES VME
Minivalves with 3/2 NO NC poppet,
Installation in any position
Push-in fittings for pipe 4 mm and M5 on the valve
body
Low actuation force
Rapid, accurate signal
Mechanical actuation
The 2 places adapter allows manual actuation of 1 or
2 VME valves with manual 22 panel actuators. Thus it
is possible to obtain 3/2, 5/2, 5/3 open centre and 5/3
pressure centre pneumatic functions.
On request, it is possible to place a NC-NO electric switch
next to a VME valve for mixed solenoid/pneumatic signals.

TECHNICAL DATA
Valve fitting port
Fluid
Type
Versions
Operators:
mechanical
manual
Operating pressure
Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 0.5 Bar
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 1 Bar
Actuation force Plunger at 6 Bar
Recommended lubricant
Installation
Compatibility with oils:

Push-in fitting for pipe diam. 4 and M5 (axial or side)


Filtered air without lubrication; lubrication, if used, must be continuous
with poppet
Mechanical and manual
With Plunger Plunger for wall-mounting Roller lever Unidirectional roller lever
Depending on the type of actuation panel selected
0.5-10 bar
-10+60C
2.5 mm
16.5 Nl/min bar
0.03 bar/bar
35 Nl/min
60 Nl/min
8N
ISO and UNI FD 22
In any position
please refer to page 6.1/08

COMPONENTS
VALVE BODY: Aluminium
BUTTON: chemically nickel-plated brass
DISTANCE PLATES: Brass
GASKETS: NBR nitrile rubber
PUSH-IN FITTING CARTRIDGES: stainless steel, brass and
plastic
SPRINGS: stainless steel

2.1/02

PLUNGER 3/2 NO AXIAL FITTINGS

PLUNGER 3/2 NO SIDE FITTINGS

M5

M5

Description
VME1-10 NO 4
VME1-16 NO M5

10.810.1
15

4.2

8.8
26

2.8
5

2
15

4.5
30

4.5
30

Code
W3501001100
W3501001110

Weight [g]
42
36

PLUNGER 3/2 NC AXIAL FITTINGS


4

M5

4.5
30

15

9
10.8 10.1

2.8

26

2.8
26

4.4

4.5
30

15

Code
W3501000101
W3501000110

M5
10

8.8

10.8 10.1

8.8
30

8.8
10.8 10.1

10

2.8

8.8

2.1

11 9.1

7.5

14.410.2

Description
VME2-00 NO 4
VME2-10 NO M5

Weight [g]
34
34

PLUNGER 3/2 NC SIDE FITTINGS


M5

M5

15

Code
W3501000100
W3501000111

Description
VME1-01 NC 4
VME1-11 NC M5

15

Weight [g]
42
36

4.5
30

15

Code
W3501001101
W3501001111

3.3
26
4.5

M5

30

Description
VME2-01 NC 4
VME2-11 NC M5

10.8 10.1

3.3
4.2

11 8.3

10.8 10.1

4.4

4.5
30

4.2
8.8
10.8 10.1

10

3.3
5

4.2

26

30

10.8 10.1

3.3

10

4.2
M5

26

4.2

2.1

7.5

14.4 10.2

2
15

4.5
30

Weight [g]
34
34

2.1/03

PLUNGER FOR WALL MOUNTING, 3/2 NC


AXIAL FITTINGS
4

PLUNGER FOR WALL MOUNTING, 3/2 NC


SIDE FITTINGS

M5

M5

7.5

14.410.2

Code
W3501000400
W3501000411

3.3

3.3

10.8 10.1

17
26

11 8.3

3
10.8 10.1

26

Code
W3501001401
W3501001411

Weight [g]
54
48

UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER LEVER, 3/2 NC


AXIAL FITTINGS
4

2
15

M5

4.5
30

15

4.5
30

4.5
30

15

Description
VME1-04 NC 4
VME1-14 NC M5

4.2
15

4.4

4.5
30

15

M12x0.75

M12x0.75

26

3.3
17

3
10.8 10.1
15

M12x0.75
15
10.8 10.1

3.3
17
30

M12x0.75
15

M5
10
17

2.1
10
5

8.8

Description
VME2-04 NC 4
VME2-14 NC M5

Weight [g]
46
46

UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER LEVER, 3/2 NC


SIDE FITTINGS

M5

M5

Code
W3501000300
W3501000311

Peso [g]
60
54

15

Code
W3501001301
W3501001311

Description
VME2-03 NC 4
VME2-13 NC M5

5.4
M5

2
15

Peso [g]
52
52

10.8 10.1

0,5

35

8.3
26
11
4.5
30

8.6

5.4
0,5

35

4.2

4
4.5
30

10.8 10.1

26

10.8 10.1
4.2

8.6

5.4
0,5

35
26
15

4.5
30

Description
VME1-03 NC 4
VME1-13 NC M5

M5
8.6

8.6

0,5

35
15

2.1/04

10.8 10.1

30

5.4

2.1

7.5

13 11.6

4.2

4.5
30

ROLLER LEVER, 3/2 NO - AXIAL FITTINGS


4

ROLLER LEVER, 3/2 NO - SIDE FITTINGS

M5

M5

15

Code
W3501000201
W3501000210

15

4.5
30

Description
VME1-05 NO 4
VME1-15 NO M5

4.2

4.5
30

Code
W3501001200
W3501001210

ROLLER LEVER, 3/2 NC - AXIAL FITTINGS

4.5

M5

30

Description
VME2-05 NO 4
VME2-15 NO M5

0,5

28.6

10.8 10.1

9.1

15

Weight [g]
58
52

26
11

10.8 10.1
4.2

6.1

6.1
0,5

28.6
26

10.8 10.1

26

28.6

10.8 10.1

0,5

0,5

28.6
30

M5
6.1

6.1

2.1

7.5

13 11.6

4.2

2
15

4.5
30

Weight [g]
50
50

ROLLER LEVER, 3/2 NC - SIDE FITTINGS

M5

M5

15

Code
W3501000200
W3501000211

15

4.5
30

Description
VME1-02 NC 4
VME1-12 NC M5

Weight [g]
56
50

4.5
30

Code
W3501001201
W3501001211

5.4
28
2
15

4.5
30

Description
VME2-02 NC 4
VME2-12 NC M5

M5

10.8 10.1

8.3
4.2

26
11

10.8 10.1

4
15

0,5

5.4
0,5

28
4.2

26

10.8 10.1

26

28

10.8 10.1

0.5

0.5

28
30

M5
5.4

5.4

2.1

7.5

13 11.6

4.2

4.5
30

Weight [g]
52
50

2.1/05

MANUAL VME VALVES ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM

12
29.5

10

54.5

54.5

73.5

40

27

40

27

47

NEW

29.5

29.5

39

11

30
6

52.5

26
53

38

92.5

OLD

10.5

64

29.5

26

NOTES:
For 5/2 pneumatic operation,
assemble a 3/2 NC plunger
valve and a 3/2 NO one on the
adapter.
For 5/3 pneumatic operation
with open centres, assemble
two 3/2 NC plunger valves on
the adapter.
For 5/3 pneumatic operation
with pressure centres, assemble
two 3/2 NO plunger valves on
the adapter.

R= 0.8 MAX
+0.2
-0

.5

3.5

11.2

24.3

+0.4
-0

22

+0.5
-0

1-6

ORDERING CODES
Symbol

Description
3/2 NC Axial fittings 4
3/2 NC Axial fittings M5
3/2 NC Side fittings 4
3/2 NC Side fittings M5
3/2 NO Axial fittings 4
3/2 NO Axial fittings M5
3/2 NO Side fittings 4
3/2 NO Side fittings M5
2 places adaptor thickness 6.8 mm

Code
W3501000100
W3501000111
W3501001101
W3501001111
W3501000101
W3501000110
W3501001100
W3501001110
0351000050

Weight [g]
42
36
34
34
42
36
34
34
5

Red handler with horizontally pivoted lever

W0351000015

25

W0351000011

15

Fat push button + 2 red/black coloured disks


 Bistable fat push button without disk
Black selector short lever at 2 positions with return
Black selector short lever at 2 positions
Black selector short lever at 3 positions with return
Black selector short lever at 3 positions
Black selector long lever at 2 positions with return
Black selector long lever at 2 positions
Black selector long lever at 3 positions with return
Black selector long lever at 3 positions
2 positions key selector with extractable key in 2 positions
2 positions key selector with extractable key in 0
Red mushroom-head push button 40
Black mushroom-head push button 40
Red mushroom-head push button with lock 40

W0351000030
W0351000031
W0351000032
W0351000033
W0351000034
W0351000035
W0351000036
W0351000037
W0351000016
W0351000018
W0351000013
W0351000017
W0351000014

20
20
20
20
26
26
26
26
50
50
27
27
29

 Reducer from 30 to 22.5 mm


 Adapter for bore 30 G2326
 key for ESC selectors

W0351000049
W0351000050
W0351000021

Green disk for push button

W0351000056

Reference

 It can't be supplied. As working


replaced by selector with bistable short
lever at 2 positions
 Usable only with technopolymer body
selectors
 Usable only with metal body selectors

2.1/06

VALVES SERIES PEV


PEDAL OPERATED
The valves series PEV with pedal are available in a wide
range:
5/2 1/4" monostable and bistable with guarded pedal
3/2 M5 monostable, pedal not guarded
3/2 4 monostable, pedal not guarded
3/2 M5 in monostable and bistable configuration with
guarded pedal
3/2 4 in monostable and bistable configuration with
guarded pedal

TECHNICAL DATA
4

M5
1/4
Filtered air without lubrication; lubrication, if used, must be continuous
Mono/ bistable guarded
Monostable not guarded
Mono/ bistable guarded
Monostable not guarded
Mono/ bistable guarded

2.510 bar - 0.251 MPa - 36145 psi


10C+60C
2.5 mm
2.5 mm
7.5mm
16.5 Nl/min bar
16.5 Nl/min bar
264.26 Nl/min bar
0.03 bar/bar
0.03 bar/bar
0.32 bar/bar
60 Nl/min
60 Nl/min
640 Nl/min
95 Nl/min
95 Nl/min
840 Nl/min
please refer to page 6.1/08

Valve fitting port


Fluid
Type
Operating pressure
Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6.3 bar P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6.3 bar P 1 bar
Compatibility with oils:

FLOW CHARTS for M5/ 4 mm


Flow
rates(Nl/min)
(N/min)
Portate

Flow rates(Nl/min)
(N/min)
Portate

FLOW CHARTS for 1/4"


2500
2000
1500

250
200
150

1000

100

500

50

0
0

2.5

4.0

6.3
Pressure
values
(bar)
Pressioni
(bar)

10.0

2.5

4.0

6.3

10.0

Pressioni
Pressure
values(bar)
(bar)

2.1/07

GUARDED PEDAL WITH VALVES 5/2 1/4" 3/2 M5 3/2 4


Symbol
145

Description
5/2 - 1/4
monostable,
guarded

245

PEV 35 PEB PR W3120000011

1035

W3120000301

883

W3120000321

887

W3120000331

890

W3120000311

914

96

140

5/2 - 1/4 bistable


guarded

Code
Weight [g]
Abbrev.
1027
PEV 35 PES PR W3120000001

G 1/4

3/2 M5 monostable, PEV 03 PES PR


guarded
3/2 4 monostable, PEV F3 PES PR
guarded
3/2 M5 bistable,
PEV 03 PEB PR
guarded
3/2 4 bistable,
PEV F3 PEB PR
guarded

M5

NOT-GUARDED PEDAL WITH VALVES 3/2 M5 3/2 4


Code
Weight [g]
Description
Abbrev.
188
3/2 - M5 monostable PEV 03 PES WP W3120000411
not guarded
192
3/2 4 monostable PEV F3 PES WP W3120000401
not guarded

Symbol
~104

69

95

~31

76

M5

KEY TO CODES
P

FAMILY
PEV

2.1/08

Valve with
pedal

3
0
F

DIMENSIONS

FUNCTION

1/4
M5
4

3
5

3/2
5/2

OPERATION 14
PE

Pedal
operated

REPEATED OPERATION 12
S
C
B

mech. Springs
mechanical block
bistable

FURTHER DETAILS
WP
PR

not guarded
guarded

TWO HAND SAFETY VALVE


The two hand safety valve generates an output signal only
if two synchronised pneumatic input signals are received.
If one input signal is interrupted, the output signal is
interrupted as well.
The most common application involves connecting a manual
button-controlled valve to each of the inputs and using the
output signal as a start-of-cycle control for a pneumaticallyoperated machine.
The two hand safety valve can be secured with through
screws or a DIN bar adaptor.
The complete pushbutton panel includes the dual manual
control valve, two manual pushbuttons, and an emergency
stop valve, all housed in a metal box to be mounted on a
wall or stand.
The pushbutton housing is supplied on request for anyone
wishing to get a personalised pneumatic connection or drill
holes to secure the unit.

TECHNICAL DATA
Push-in fitting for 4 pipe
Filtered, unlubricated compressed air, max 50m
Single-control Complete pushbutton panel
EN574 type IIIA, TUV approved, Certified M6020244919001
0.4
<0.05
pneuamtic
spring operated
2.5 8
-10 +60
2.7
85
in any direction

Compressed air couplings


mm
Fluid
Version
Standard
Synchronisation, max. time between two signals
sec
De-activation time, with pipe L=max 1000 mm
sec
Actuation
Reset
Operating pressure
bar
Temperature range
C
Nominal diameter
mm
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 MPa 87 psi) DP 1 bar (0.1MPa-1.45 psi)) Nl/min
Mounting position
Compatibility with oils: please refer to page 6.1/08

PUSHBUTTON HOUSING

TWO HAND SAFETY VALVE


40
4

22.5
6.5

4.4

Two hand safety valve

100

50

Pressure range 2.5-8 bar


Temperature -10C to 50C
EC-type-eximinationcertificate M6 02 02 44919 001
EN 574: TYPE IIIA

17.7
28.5

19.2

8.8

15

13.2 11

M3
a

Code W3605000001

100

30

400

45

Code
W3605000001

Description
Two hand safety valve

Code
W3120000212

Description
Pushbutton housing

Materials
Body: anodised aluminium
Internal parts: brass and technopolymer
Gaskets: NBR
Spring: alloy steel

2.1/09

COMPLETE PUSHBUTTON PANEL


309

45.5

OUT

37

Pressure range 2.5-8 bar


Temperature -10C to 50C
EC-type-eximinationcertificate __ __ __ _____ ___
EN 574: TYPE IIIA

28

45.5

IN

5.5

137.5

11

121

Code 0227700000

400

100

ORDERING CODES

MAIN COMPONENTS

Code
0227700000

Code
W3605000001
W0351000011
W0351000014
W3501000100
W3501001100
0351000050
2L11001

Description
Dual manual safety valve
Monostable protected button - black disk
Emergency stop button
VME1-01 NC 4
VME2-01 NO 4
Valve-button connecting base
RL10 4

Code
0227300600

Description
CONNECTION BRACKETS ON DIN BAR

Description
Complete pushbutton panel

Materials
Pressure die-cast and painted aluminium alloy

ACCESSORIES
CONNECTION BRACKETS ON THE BAR

~9

14

~50

NOTES

2.1/10

Individually packed

Quantity
1
2
1
2
1
3
2

VALVES SERIES 70
This is Metal Works full range. Available in three sizes:
1/8, 1/4, 1/2. Three versions: 3/2 5/2 5/3, four different
types of actuation (mechanical, manual, pneumatic and
electric). Series 70 valves can be used for a wide range of
applications as they can be mounted in line, on the wall,
on the cylinder using a special bracket, or in series on a
multiple or manifold base.

TECHNICAL DATA
Fluid
Thread on the valve ports
Operating pressure:
monostable
bistable
asserved
Minimum pilot pressure
Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at P 1 bar
Installation
Recommended lubricant
Maximum coil nut torque
Compatibility with oils: please refer to page 6.1/08

1/8
G 1/8

1/4

1/2

Filtered air without lubrication; lubrication, if used, must be continuous


G 1/4
G 1/2

2.510 bar
110 bar
vacuum10 bar
2.5 bar
10C+60C
5 mm
7.5 mm
15 mm
121.43 Nl/min bar
264.26 Nl/min bar
971.43 Nl/min bar
0.32 bar/bar
0.27 bar/bar
0.43 bar/bar
400 Nl/min
750 Nl/min
3,200 Nl/min
550 Nl/min
1100 Nl/min
4,600 Nl/min
In any position (vertical assembly is not recommended for bistable valves subjected to vibration)
ISO and UNI FD 22
1 Nm

SOV

VALVE BODY: Aluminium


CONTROL/END CAP: HOSTAFORM
SPOOL: chemically nickel-plated aluminium
DISTANCE PLATES: plastic
GASKETS: Nitrile rubber NBR
PISTONS: HOSTAFORM
PISTON GASKET: Nitrile rubber NBR
FILTER: sintered bronze
SPRINGS: special steel
OPERATOR: Brass pipe Stainless steel
core

00

COMPONENTS

2.1/11

FLOW CHARTS
VALVES SERIES 70, 1/8
FLOW RATES
(Nl/min)

PRESSURES (bar)

VALVES SERIES 70, 1/4


FLOW RATES
(Nl/min)

PRESSURES (bar)

VALVES SERIES 70, 1/2


FLOW RATES
(Nl/min)

12000
11000
10000
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0

10
PRESSURES (bar)

2.1/12

11

VALVES SERIES 70, HAND OPERATED


TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure range:
version with direct control
Pilot-assisted version
Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C [Nl/min bar]
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 bar P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6 bar P 1 bar

1/8

1/4

1/2

5 mm
121.43
0.32 bar/bar
400 Nl/min
550 Nl/min

Vacuum-10 bar
2.510 bar
-10 to 60C
7.5 mm
264.26
0.27 bar/bar
750 Nl/min
1100 Nl/min

15 mm
971.43
0.43 bar/bar
3200 Nl/min
4600 Nl/min

KEY TO CODES
M

FAMILY
MAV

DIMENSIONS FUNCTION

manual
valves

2
3
4

1/8
1/4
1/2

3
3/2
5
5/2
6
5/3
8 2x3/2

OPERATION 14
PP
VL
LE
BRE

REPEATED OPERATION 12

drawer
axial lever
90 lever
arranged for
manual panel
actuators

FURTHER DETAILS

pneumatic/
mechanical spring*
S
mech. spring
B
bistable
D
differential
O
stable for 5/3
*on demand

NC
NO
OO
CC
OC
PC

normally closed
normally open
no indication
closed centres
open centres
pressure centres

VALVES SERIES 70, HAND OPERATED, 1/8

86.5
1.3

5.8

32

Symbol

18 18

49.5

32
18

10
14

12

G 1/8

18

17

4.2

34
12 31.5

15.5
4.2

G 1/8

23.1

17

34

18

17

86.5
5 MAX

20 Nm
20

MIN

18

86.5
5 MAX

20 Nm
20

MIN

18

86.5
1.3

90 LEVER 3/2 1/8

18

90 LEVER 3/2 1/8

23.4 5.5

22

32

Abbrev.
MAV 23 LES NC

Code
7010000100

Weight [g]
168

MAV 23 LEB OO

7010000200

171

Symbol

10
14
22

Abbrev.
MAV 25 LES OO

Code
7010000300

Weight [g]
194

MAV 25 LEB OO

7010000400

197

2.1/13

FRONT LEVER 3/2, 1/8

FRONT LEVER 5/2, 1/8

50

50

Code
7010001400

Abbrev.
MAV 23 VLB OO

Weight [g]
130

Symbol

89
86.5
1.3

49.5

12

17

23.4 5.5

22.5

2.1/14

Abbrev.
MAV 28 VLO OC

Code
7010001150

Weight [g]
316

MAV 28 VLS OC

7010001160

325

Symbol

18 18

4.2
32
18
G 1/8

19.7

7.5

27

17

17

75

50

34

50

18

17

32

Symbol

Weight [g]
156

89
86.5
5 MAX

20 Nm
20

MIN

G 1/8

139
40

19.4

18

4.2
22.5

28.3

28.3
7.5

Code
7010001700

ANGULAR LEVER 5/3, 1/8

~35

~35

Abbrev.
MAV 25 VLB OO

18

FRONT LEVER 5/3, 1/8

18 18
22

32

Symbol

MAX

68.2
49.5

10
14

23.4 5.5

22

32

18

12

4.2

G 1/8

17

18
10
14

5.8

21.8

MIN

1.3
18

18

32
18

12 31.5 21.8

15.5
4.2

G 1/8

23.1

MAX

MIN

1.3
18

20 Nm
20

68.2

20 Nm
20

10
14
22

Abbrev.
MAV 26 LES CC

Code
7010001000

Weight [g]
242

MAV 26 LES OC

7010000900

242

MAV 26 LES PC

7010001100

242

MAV 26 LEO CC

7010000500

194

MAV 26 LEO OC

7010000600

194

MAV 26 LEO PC

7010000700

194

DRAWER 5/2

5.8

Abbrev.
MAV 23 PPB OO

Code
7010001300

Weight [g]
134

MAV 23 PPS NC

7010001200

134

PILOT-ASSISTED PLUNGER 3/2 1/8


FOR PANEL ACTUATORS

MAX

Symbol

Weight [g]
160

MAV 25 PPS OO

7010001500

160

14.5

4.2

5.8

Abbrev.
MAV 23 BRE NC

32

3.3

10
14

32

Weight [g]
124

Symbol

18 18

49.5
12
23.4 5.5

22

Code
7010001800

4.2

32
18

17
G 1/8

4.2
32

18

12 31.5

32

3.3
15.5

9
G 1/8

23.1

Symbol

Code
7010001600

4.2
9

14.5

Abbrev.
MAV 25 PPB OO

PILOT-ASSISTED PLUNGER 5/2 1/8


FOR PANEL ACTUATORS

7
7

10
14
22

32

Symbol

12

4.2
23.4 5.5

22

32

18
49.5

17
G 1/8

10
14

MIN

1.3

78
23.5

MAX

18

32
18

23.5

18

18
12 31.5

15.5
4.2

G 1/8

23.1

78

MIN

1.3
18

4.5

20 Nm
20

4.5

20 Nm
20

18 18

DRAWER 3/2, 1/8

Abbrev.
MAV 25 BRE OO

10
14
22

Code
7010001900

Weight [g]
150

2.1/15

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM FOR PILOT-ASSISTED HAND-OPERATED VALVES SERIES 70 WITH PANEL ACTUATORS
12
29.5

54.5

54.5

73.5

40

27

40

27

47

10

NEW
29.5

29.5

39

26

53
30

R= 0.8 MAX

OLD

52.5

26

11

38

92.5

10.5

64

29.5

3.5

+0.2
-0

11.2

24.3

+0.4
-0

.5
3

22

+0.5
-0

1-6

ORDERING CODES
Symbol

Reference

Description
Pilot-assisted plunger 3/2, 1/8

Code
7010001800

Weight [g]
124

Pilot-assisted plunger 5/2, 1/8

7010001900

150

2 places adaptor thickness 6.8 mm

0351000050

Red handler with horizontally pivoted lever

W0351000015

25

W0351000011

15

Fat push button + 2 red/black coloured disks


 Bistable fat push button without disk
Black selector short lever at 2 positions with return
Black selector short lever at 2 positions
Black selector short lever at 3 positions with return
Black selector short lever at 3 positions
Black selector long lever at 2 positions with return
Black selector long lever at 2 positions
Black selector long lever at 3 positions with return
Black selector long lever at 3 positions
2 positions key selector with extractable key in 2 positions
2 positions key selector with extractable key in 0
Red mushroom-head push button 40
Black mushroom-head push button 40
Red mushroom-head push button with lock 40

W0351000030
W0351000031
W0351000032
W0351000033
W0351000034
W0351000035
W0351000036
W0351000037
W0351000016
W0351000018
W0351000013
W0351000017
W0351000014

20
20
20
20
26
26
26
26
50
50
27
27
29

 Reducer from 30 to 22.5 mm


 Adapter for bore 30 G2326
 key for ESC selectors

W0351000049
W0351000050
W0351000021

Green disk for push button

W0351000056

 It can't be supplied. As working


replaced by selector with bistable short
lever at 2 positions
 Usable only with technopolymer body
selectors
 Usable only with metal body selectors

2.1/16

VALVES SERIES 70, HAND-OPERATED, 1/4"


90 LEVER 3/2, 1/4"
Symbol

MAV 33 LEB OO

7020000200

244

18
13

22

21

G 1/4

Weight [g]
244

11.2

39

34.5

4.2 15

21.5

50

Code
7020000100

90
5 MAX

20 Nm
20

MIN

18

90
1.3

Abbrev.
MAV 33 LES NC

26.5

40

2
15.2
25

90 LEVER 5/2, 1/4"


Symbol
90
5 MAX
18

20 Nm
20

MIN

18

90
1.3

34.5

Code
7020000300

Weight [g]
290

MAV 35 LEB OO

7020000400

290

Abbrev.
MAV 33 VLB OO

Code
7020001400

Weight [g]
194

11.2

22

62

42
22

13

G 1/4

22

22

4.2

50

15

21.5

Abbrev.
MAV 35 LES OO

26.5

40

15.2
25

FRONT LEVER 3/2, 1/4"


Symbol
50

11.2

18

13

22

38.8

4.2
21

G 1/4

18

26

1.3

MIN

MAX

66

20 Nm
20

26.5
40

15.2
25

2.1/17

FRONT LEVER 5/2, 1/4"


Symbol

Abbrev.
MAV 35 VLB OO

Code
7020001700

Weight [g]
244

Symbol

Abbrev.
MAV 36 LES CC

Code
7020001000

Weight [g]
354

MAV 36 LES OC

7020000900

354

MAV 36 LES PC

7020001100

354

MAV 36 LEO CC

7020000500

288

MAV 36 LEO OC

7020000600

288

MAV 36 LEO PC

7020000700

288

50

11.2

18

13

G 1/4

22

62

42
22

22

22

4.2

18

26

1.3

MIN

MAX

66

20 Nm
20

26.5

15.2

40

25

90 LEVER 5/3, 1/4"


92
90
5 MAX
18

20 Nm
20

MIN

18

92
90
1.3

34.5

11.2

13

22

62

42
22
27.5

G 1/4

22

22

4.2

50

15

21.5

26.5
40

2.1/18

15.2
25

VALVES SERIES 70, HAND OPERATED, 1/2"


90 LEVER 3/2, 1/2"
Symbol

152

152
13

Weight [g]
1443

MAV 43 LEB OO

7030000200

1435

60
G 1/2

88
24

32

62

33.5
5.3

32

Code
7030000100

MAX

30.5

MIN

60

4.5

Abbrev.
MAV 43 LES NC

18.5

33

15
25

70

40

Abbrev.
MAV 45 LES OO

Code
7030000300

Weight [g]
1588

MAV 45 LEB OO

7030000400

1630

Abbrev.
MAV 46 LES CC

Code
7030001000

Weight [g]
1810

MAV 46 LES OC

7030000900

1800

MAV 46 LES PC

7030001100

1800

32 32

MAV 46 LEO CC

7030000500

1615

24

90 LEVER 5/2, 1/2"

MAV 46 LEO OC

7030000600

1605

MAV 46 LEO PC

7030000700

1605

Symbol

152

152
13

G 1/2

60

62

33.5
32

120

32 32

5.3

24

64

34

MAX

30.5

MIN

60

4.5

15
18.5

33

25

70

40

90 LEVER 5/3, 1/2"


Symbol

165

165
152

152
13

MAX

G 1/2

60

30.5

33.5

32

120

5.3
64
40

34

62

MIN

60

4.5

15
18.5

33
70

25
40

2.1/19

VALVES SERIES 70,


MECHANICALLY OPERATED, 1/8
TECHNICAL DATA
Thread at valve ports
Operation force at 6 Bar:
Version with direct control
Pilot-assisted Version
Operating pressure:
Version with direct control
Pilot-assisted version
Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 bar P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6 bar P 1 bar

G 1/8
50 N
6N
Vacuum-10 bar
2.510 bar
-10 to 60C
5 mm
121.43 Nl/min bar
0.32 bar/bar
400 Nl/min
550 Nl/min

KEY TO CODES AND ORDERING CODES


2
PORT
2

1/8

3
5

3/2
5/2

T
A
OPERATORS 14
TA
BR
UR
TS
RS
AS
LL

Plunger
Bidirectional roller
unidirectional roller
sensitive plunger
sensitive roller
sensitive aerial
frontal roller lever

Mechanical spring
pneumatic/
mechanical spring*

NC
OO

*on demand

17
G 1/8

4.2
32

18

12 31.5
5.8

17

10
14
23.4 5.5

22

32

2.1/20

Abbrev.
MEV 23 TAS NC

Code
7001000100

Weight [g]
88

Symbol

18 18

6.5

7
10

4.5

17

MIN

10

MIN

23.1

Symbol

normally closed
5/2

PLUNGER 5/2, 1/8

15.5

6.5
G 1/8

S
A

N
C
FURTHER DETAILS

49.5

PLUNGER 3/2, 1/8

S
RESETTING 12

12

MEV Mechanicallyoperated l valves

3
FUNCTION

4.2

4.5

E
FAMILY

32
18

Abbrev.
MEV 25 TAS OO

10
14
22

Code
7001000110

Weight [g]
114

ROLLER LEVER 5/2, 1/8

16

4.5

17.5
5

23.1

45
12

Weight [g]
130

UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER 3/2, 1/8 LEVERS

18 18

49.5

Abbrev.
MEV 25 BRS OO

Code
7001000510

Weight [g]
156

UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER 5/2, 1/8 LEVERS

10.5

17

14

6
1

12

4.2

Symbol

14

6
1

23.1
32

Symbol

Abbrev.
MEV 23 URS NC

36

12

10
14

32

Weight [g]
136

Symbol

18 18

49.5
12
23.4 5.5

22

Code
7001000600

4.2

G 1/8

32
18

17

12

5.8

18

12 31.5

4.2

15.5

G 1/8

12

36

62

62

13

13

17

22

32

Code
7001000500

2
10
14

23.4 5.5

22

Abbrev.
MEV 23 BRS NC

10.5

32
18

17

18
10
14

5.8

32

Symbol

G 1/8

4.2

G 1/8

15.5

12 31.5

12

45

16

16

4.5

17.5

16

ROLLER LEVER 3/2, 1/8

Abbrev.
MEV 25 URS OO

10
14
22

Code
7001000610

Weight [g]
162

2.1/21

PILOT-ASSISTED PLUNGER 3/2 NC, 1/8

PILOT-ASSISTED PLUNGER 5/2, 1/8

8
8

MIN

M12x0.75

MIN

M12x0.75
6.2

23.1

Code
7001000200

Weight [g]
126

Abbrev.
MEV 25 TSS OO

18 18
15

6.4

5
10
14

23.4 5.5

22

32

Abbrev.
MEV 23 RSS NC

Code
7001000400

Weight [g]
138

Symbol

18 18

49.5
12

4.2

32
18

17
G 1/8

4.2

18

12 31.5

32
50

32
50

5.8

32

2.1/22

Weight [g]
152

PILOT-ASSISTED ROLLER LEVER 5/2, 1/8

6.4

15.5

23.1

Symbol

Code
7001000210

10

10

12

4.2

Symbol

15

22

32

PILOT-ASSISTED ROLLER LEVER 3/2 NC, 1/8

G 1/8

10
14

23.4 5.5

22

Abbrev.
MEV 23 TSS NC

49.5

32
18

10
14

5.8

32

Symbol

17
G 1/8

18

12 31.5

4.2

15.5

G 1/8

32

32

6.2

Abbrev.
MEV 25 RSS OO

10
14
22

Code
7001000410

Weight [g]
164

PILOT-ASSISTED AERIAL 3/2 NC, 1/8

PILOT-ASSISTED AERIAL 5/2 NC, 1/8

20

20

5.8

12

4.2
23.4 5.5

Abbrev.
MEV 23 ASS NC

Code
7001000700

Weight [g]
142

ROLLER-LEVER 3/2 1/8

5.8

32

Weight [g]
168

83

MAX

21

25

25

4.2 12

49.5

32
18

17

52.5

12

G 1/8

18
10
14
22

23.4 5.5
32

Operating torque: 0.5Nm


Symbol

21

25

MIN

18

1.3

MAX

25
12 31.5

15.5

23.1

Code
7001000710

50

50

21

18

83

4.2

G 1/8

52.5

50

12

21

MIN

Abbrev.
MEV 25 ASS OO

ROLLER-LEVER 5/2 1/8

50

1.3

Symbol

10
14
22

32

Symbol

18 18

49.5

32
18

17

18
10
14
22

32

18 18

23.1

G 1/8

4.2

G 1/8

15.5

12 31.5

32

32

133

133

20

20

10
14
22

Operating torque: 0.5Nm


Abbrev.
MEV 23 LLS NC

Code
7001000900

Weight [g]
189

Symbol

Abbrev.
MEV 25 LLS OO

Code
7001000910

Weight [g]
216

2.1/23

VALVES SERIES 70, PNEUMATIC


TECHNICAL DATA

1/8

1/4

1/2

Vacuum to 10 bar

Operating pressure
Minimum operating pressure
monostable
bistable
Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C [Nl/min bar]
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 bar P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6 bar P 1 bar
TRA/TRR monostable at 6 bar
TRA /TRR bistable at 6 bar

2.5 bar
1 bar
-10 to 60C
7.5 mm
264.26
0.27 bar/bar
750 Nl/min
1100 Nl/min
7ms/15ms
7ms/7ms

5 mm
121.43
0.32 bar/bar
400 Nl/min
550 Nl/min
6ms/15ms
7ms/7ms

15 mm
971.43
0.43 bar/bar
3200 Nl/min
4600 Nl/min
16ms/46ms
16ms/16ms

KEY TO CODES
P

FAMILY
PNV

pneumatic
valves

PORT

FUNCTION

2
3
4

1/8
1/4
1/2

3
5
6

OPERATORS 14
PN

3/2
5/2
5/3

pneumatic

RESETTING 12

FURTHER DETAILS

S
mechanical spring
B
bistable
D
differential
O
stable for 5/3
A pneumatic/mechanical spring*

OO
NC
NO
CC
OC
PC

5/2
normally closed
normally open
closed centres
open centres
pressure centres

*on demand

VALVES SERIES 70, PNEUMATIC, 1/8

23.1

5.8

32

Symbol

2.1/24

Abbrev.
PNV 23 PNS NO

8
12

4.2

5.8

32

Weight [g]
82

Symbol

Abbrev.
PNV 23 PNS NC

18

12 31.5

26

G 1/8

23.1

22

Code
7010010400

15.5

G 1/8 18.5

18

15.5

12 31.5

26

4.2

G 1/8 18.5

MONOSTABLE 3/2 NC, 1/8

G 1/8

MONOSTABLE 3/2 NO, 1/8

10
14
22

Code
7010010200

Weight [g]
82

Abbrev.
PNV 25 PNS OO

Weight [g]
108

G 1/8

Abbrev.
PNV 25 PNB OO

Code
7010011200

Weight [g]
122

PNV 25 PND OO

7010011300

128

G 1/8

18 18

26
49.5
15
26

18.5

4.2

32
18

17
G 1/8

26

4.2

18

31.5

26

18.5

G 1/8

8
23.1

5.8

32

10
14

8
23.4 5.5

22

32

Symbol

18 18

26
49.5
26

4.2

Symbol

MONOSTABLE 5/3, 1/8

15.5

18.5

22

32

Code
7010011100

2
10
14

23.4 5.5

BISTABLE 3/2, 1/8

G 1/8 18.5

32
18
8

22

32

18.5

17
G 1/8

4.2

12
10
14

23.4 5.5

Symbol

18 18

49.5

32
18
G 1/8

17

26

18.5

18.5

BISTABLE 5/2, 1/8

G 1/8

MONOSTABLE 5/2, 1/8

Abbrev.
PNV 23 PNB OO

Code
7010010100

Weight [g]
96

Symbol

10
14
22

Abbrev.
PNV 26 PNS CC

Code
7010012100

Weight [g]
150

PNV 26 PNS OC

7010012200

150

PNV 26 PNS PC

7010012300

150

2.1/25

VALVES SERIES 70, PNEUMATIC, 1/4

21.5

26.5

40

13
13.8

26.5

25

40

Code
7020010400

Abbrev.
PNV 33 PNS NO

Weight [g]
124

Weight [g]
122

11.2

21.5

13

13

22

62

42
22

22

13
22
G 1/4

22
22

62

21.5

11.5

21.5

4.2
42
22

Code
7020010200

BISTABLE 5/2, 1/4

G 1/8

13

25

Abbrev.
PNV 33 PNS NC

11.2

22
G 1/4

11.5

15.2

4.2

MONOSTABLE 5/2, 1/4

Symbol

G 1/8

Symbol

22

38.8

4.2
21

22

G 1/4

13

21.5

11.2

13

21

38.8

4.2

13
G 1/4

11.5

9.8

G 1/8

11.5

MONOSTABLE 3/2 NC, 1/4

G 1/8

MONOSTABLE 3/2 NO, 1/4

11.5

40

Symbol

2.1/26

Abbrev.
PNV 35 PNS OO

15.2

26.5

25

40

Code
7020011100

Weight [g]
174

Symbol

15.2
25

Abbrev.
PNV 35 PNB OO

Code
7020011200

Weight [g]
174

PNV 35 PND OO

7020011300

198

MONOSTABLE 5/3, 1/4

13

4.2

22
G 1/4

42
22

40

22
22

62

13

11.5
26.5

21.5 15

22

21.5

13

21

G 1/4

38.8

4.2

21.5

G 1/8

11.2

13

11.5

11.2
21.5

11.5

G 1/8

BISTABLE 3/2, 1/4

15.2

11.5
26.5

25

40

Symbol

Abbrev.
PNV 33 PNB OO

Code
7020010100

Weight [g]
134

Symbol

15.2
25

Abbrev.
PNV 36 PNS CC

Code
7020012100

Weight [g]
124

PNV 36 PNS OC

7020012200

124

PNV 36 PNS PC

7020012300

124

NOTES

2.1/27

VALVES SERIES 70, PNEUMATIC, 1/2

24

2.8

18.5

33

G 1/2
24

18.5

15

70

32

88

5.3
32

32

88
24

32

5.3

G 1/2

11

24

2.8

15.5

G 1/8

15.5

MONOSTABLE 3/2 NC, 1/2

11

G 1/8

MONOSTABLE 3/2 NO, 1/2

33

15

70

25

25
40

40

Code
7030010400

Abbrev.
PNV 43 PNS NO

Weight [g]
905

15.5

2.1/28

Code
7030011100

32

24
15.5

25

32

120

64
32

34
11

32
15

18.5

33
70

40

Abbrev.
PNV 45 PNS OO

G 1/2

24
5.3

32

120
24
33
70

Symbol

Weight [g]
905

2.8

11

G 1/2

24
5.3
64
32

34

G 1/8

15.5

2.8

18.5

Code
7030010200

Abbrev.
PNV 43 PNS NC

BISTABLE 5/2, 1/2

11

G 1/8

MONOSTABLE 5/2, 1/2

Symbol

G 1/8

Symbol

15
25
40

Weight [g]
1090

Symbol

Abbrev.
PNV 45 PNB OO

Code
7030011200

Weight [g]
1077

PNV 45 PND OO

7030011300

1090

15
25

G 1/2

30

32

30
18.5

33
70

40

32

120

64
32
15.5

70

11

24
33

G 1/8

32

34

G 1/2

5.3

24
88

5.3
32
15.5

11

G 1/8

18.5

2.8

11

2.8

15.5

G 1/8

15.5

MONOSTABLE 5/3, 1/2

11

G 1/8

BISTABLE 3/2, 1/2

15
25
40

Symbol

Abbrev.
PNV 43 PNB OO

Code
7030010100

Weight [g]
921

Symbol

Abbrev.
PNV 46 PNS CC

Code
7030012100

Weight [g]
1200

PNV 46 PNS OC

7030012200

1194

PNV 46 PNS PC

7030012300

1196

NOTES

2.1/29

VALVES SERIES 70, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC


TECHNICAL DATA

1/8

Operating
pressure:

monostable
bistable
asserved
Minimum actuation pressure
Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C [Nl/min bar]
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 bar P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6 bar P 1 bar
TRA/TRR monostable at 6 bar
TRA /TRR bistable at 6 bar
Hand operation
Coil voltage values
Power
Voltage tolerance
Insulation class
Maximum coil nut torque

1/4

1/2

2.5 bar10 bar


110 bar
Vacuum10
2.5 bar
-10 to 60C
5 mm
7.5 mm
15 mm
121.43
264.26
971.43
0.32 bar/bar
0.27 bar/bar
0.43 bar/bar
400 Nl/min
750 Nl/min
3200 Nl/min
550 Nl/min
1100 Nl/min
4600 Nl/min
15 ms / 35 ms 19 ms / 45 ms 36 ms / 60 ms
20 ms / 20 ms 21 ms / 21 ms 30 ms / 30 ms
bistable
24VDC24VAC110VAC220VAC 50/60Hz
2 W (DC) 3VA (AC)
2 W (DC) 3VA (AC)
5W (DC) 5VA (AC)
-10%+15%
F 155
1 Nm

KEY TO CODES
S

FAMILY
SOV

Solenoid /
pneumatic

PORT

FUNCTION

2
3
4

1/8
1/4
1/2

3
5
6

3/2
5/2
5/3

Solenoid
Solenoid
assisted

FURTHER DETAILS

RESETTING 12

OPERATORS 14
SO
SE

S
mechanical spring
B
bistable
D
differential
P
pneumatic*
A pneumatic/mechanical spring*
*on demand

NC
NO
CC
OC
PC
OO

normally closed
normally open
closed centres
open centres
pressure centres
5/2

VALVES SERIES 70, SOLENOID/PNEUMATICPILOT-ASSISTED SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, 1/8

1 Nm

16.3

M5

23.1

5.8

32

Symbol

2.1/30

Abbrev.
SOV 23 SOS NO

1 Nm

16.3

31

33.5

12x30

23.1

22

Code
7010020400

15.5

G 1/8

18
8
12

12 31.5

11

12 31.5

15.5
4.2

G 1/8

31

33.5

M5
14.5

12x30

4.2

M5

MONOSTABLE 3/2 NC, 1/8

5.8

18

MONOSTABLE 3/2 NO, 1/8

10
14
22

32

Weight [g]
100

Symbol

Abbrev.
SOV 23 SOS NC

Code
7010020200

Weight [g]
100

SOV 23 SES NC

7010020500

100

MONOSTABLE 5/2, 1/8

BISTABLE 5/2, 1/8


1 Nm
1 Nm

16.3

33.5

M5
14.5

M5

10

49.5

17

32
18
4.2

23.4

5.5

12x30

16.3

22

32

14

33.5

12
10
14

23.4 5.5

Symbol

G 1/8

18 18

49.5

32
18
4.2

G 1/8

17

11

31

11

18 18

31

31

M5
14.5

33.5

12x30

M5

Abbrev.
SOV 25 SOS OO

Code
7010021100

Weight [g]
128

SOV 25 SES OO

7010021500

129

BISTABLE 3/2, 1/8

Symbol

22

32

Abbrev.
SOV 25 SOB OO

Code
7010021200

Weight [g]
160

SOV 25 SOD OO

7010021300

166

SOV 25 SEB OO

7010021600

160

MONOSTABLE 5/3, 1/8


1 Nm
33.5

M5

16.3
32

49.5

32
18

14

33.5

5.5

31

15

4.2

G 1/8

17

23.4

10
14
22

10

18 18

31

M5
14.5
18

31.5
5.8

33.5

23.1

12x30

Symbol

11

31

15.5
4.2

G 1/8

11

31

M5
14.5

33.5

1 Nm

12x30
16.3
M5

Abbrev.
SOV 23 SOB OO

Code
7010020100

Weight [g]
135

SOV 23 SEB OO

7010020300

136

Symbol

32

22

Abbrev.
SOV 26 SOS CC

Code
7010022100

Weight [g]
190

SOV 26 SOS OC

7010022200

190

SOV 26 SOS PC

7010022300

190

SOV 26 SES CC

7010022400

188

SOV 26 SES OC

7010022500

188

SOV 26 SES PC

7010022600

188

2.1/31

VALVES SERIES 70, SOLENOID/PNEUMATICPILOT-ASSISTED SOLENOID/ PNEUMATIC, 1/4


MONOSTABLE 3/2 NO, 1/4

MONOSTABLE 3/2 NC, 1/4

1 Nm

16.3

12x30

32

40

13.8

26.5

25

40

Code
7020020400

Abbrev.
SOV 33 SOS NO

Weight [g]
152

5/2 1/4 MONOSTABLE

Code
7020020200

Weight [g]
152

SOV 33 SES NC

7020020500

152

32
62

42
22

22

22

22
G 1/4

11.5

40

15.2
1 Nm

25

16.3
M5

Symbol

2.1/32

Abbrev.
SOV 35 SOS OO

Code
7020021100

Weight [g]
200

SOV 35 SES OO

7020021500

200

Symbol

15.2

33.5

13

22

26.5

12x30
26.5

11.2

22

13
11.2

62

42
22

22
G 1/4

Abbrev.
SOV 33 SOS NC

G 1/8

4.2

32

13

G 1/8

25

1 Nm

12x30

11.5

15.2

5/2 1/4 BISTABLE

16.3

M5

Symbol

32

Symbol

22

13

4.2

26.5

11.2

38.8

4.2
21

G 1/4

11.5
22

38.8

9.8

13

21

G 1/4

4.2

32

13

12x30

1 Nm

16.3

M5
G 1/8

M5

40

25

Abbrev.
SOV 35 SOB OO

Code
7020021200

Weight [g]
236

SOV 35 SOD OO

7020021300

252

SOV 35 SEB OO

7020021600

242

3/2 BISTABLE

5/3 MONOSTABLE

32

4.2

22
22

62

42
22

40

12x30
1 Nm

25

Abbrev.
SOV 33 SOB OO

Code
7020020100

Weight [g]
190

SOV 33 SEB OO

7020020300

190

Symbol

M5

15.2

33.5

26.5

32

15

22
15.2

16.3

M5

11.2

11.5
22
G 1/4

32
38.8
8

12x30

Symbol

11.2

33.5

26.5

32

21

G 1/4

4.2

13
11.5

16.3
13

G 1/8

G 1/8

1 Nm

40

25

Abbrev.
SOV 36 SOS CC

Code
7020022100

Weight [g]
274

SOV 36 SOS OC

7020022200

274

SOV 36 SOS PC

7020022300

274

SOV 36 SES CC

7020022400

277

SOV 36 SES OC

7020022500

277

SOV 36 SES PC

7020022600

277

NOTES

2.1/33

VALVES SERIES 70, SOLENOID/PNEUMATICPILOT-ASSISTED SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, 1/2

1 Nm

53.3

33

G 1/2
24

15

70

18.5

25

Abbrev.
SOV 43 SOS NO

Code
7030020400

Weight [g]
930

Abbrev.
SOV 43 SOS NC

Code
7030020200

Weight [g]
930

SOV 43 SES NC

7030020500

923

70

30

32
32
25

35

1 Nm

15
25
40

2.1/34

G 1/2

35
120

64
32

34
32
32

33

24
33

15

5.3

30

9.5

G 1/2

30
120

64
32

34

G 1/8

35

15.5 (2.8)

1 Nm

5.3

G 1/8

9.5

15.5 (2.8)

Symbol

18.5

Symbol

25

BISTABLE 5/2, 1/2

53.3

18.5

15
40

MONOSTABLE 5/2, 1/2

M5

33
70

40

Symbol

32

32

24

88

5.3

G 1/2
32

88

5.3
32
18.5

1 Nm

30

30

G 1/8

M5

9.5

15.5 (2.8)

53.3

35

M5

MONOSTABLE 3/2 NC, 1/2

35

MONOSTABLE 3/2 NO, 1/2

M5

53.3
70

Abbrev.
SOV 45 SOS OO

Code
7030021100

Weight [g]
1120

SOV 45 SES OO

7030021500

1113

Symbol

40

Abbrev.
SOV 45 SOB OO

Code
7030021200

Weight [g]
1140

SOV 45 SOD OO

7030021300

1152

SOV 45 SEB OO

7030021600

1127

35

25

1 Nm

M5

33

Symbol

G 1/2
32

120

18.5

25

35

1 Nm

53.3
70

15

30

64
32

34

32

88
33

35

18.5

30

32

5.3

G 1/2

15

32

30

5.3

G 1/8

9.5

15.5 (2.8)

35
30

G 1/8

MONOSTABLE 5/3, 1/2

9.5

15.5 (2.8)

BISTABLE 3/2, 1/2

40

M5

53.3
70

Abbrev.
SOV 43 SOB OO

Code
7030020100

Weight [g]
955

SOV 43 SEB OO

7030020300

942

Symbol

40

Abbrev.
SOV 46 SOS CC

Code
7030022100

Weight [g]
1265

SOV 46 SOS OC

7030022200

1265

SOV 46 SOS PC

7030022300

1265

SOV 46 SES CC

7030022400

1252

SOV 46 SES OC

7030022500

1252

SOV 46 SES PC

7030022600

1252

ACCESSORIES FOR SERIES 70


SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC VALVES

8.2

11

22.2

15.5

17
28

6
14.6

28
29.2

M3

8.5

COILS FOR SERIES 70 SOV 1/8 1/4" VALVES


Voltage tolerance: -10% + 15%
Insulation class: F155
Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector
Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents
Coil temperature 100% ED: from 70C to 20C Ambient temperature
According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 3 GD
Nominal voltage
12Vcc
24Vcc
24V 50/60Hz
110V 50/60Hz
220V 50/60Hz

Absorption
Holding
Inrush
2W
2W
2W
2W
3.5VA
5.3VA
3.5VA
5.3VA
3.5VA
5.3VA

Abbrev.

Code

Coil 22 8 BA 2W-12VDC
Coil 22 8 BA 2W-24VDC
Coil 22 8 BA 3VA-24VAC
Coil 22 8 BA 3VA-110VAC
Coil 22 8 BA 3VA-220VAC

W0215000151
W0215000101
W0215000111
W0215000121
W0215000131

2.1/35

COILS FOR SERIES 70 SOV 1/2" VALVES


Voltage tolerance: -10% + 15%
Insulation class: F155
Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector
Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents
Coil temperature 100% ED: from 70C to 20C Ambient temperature
According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 3 GD
M3

OLD PILOT

11

6
14.6

28
29.2

8.5

8.2

15.5

12Vcc
24Vcc
24V 50/60Hz
110V 50/60Hz
220V 50/60Hz
12Vcc
24Vcc
24V 50/60Hz
110V 50/60Hz
220V 50/60Hz

Absorption
Holding
Inrush
5W
5W
5W
5W
5VA
8VA
5VA
8VA
5VA
8VA
2W
2W
2W
2W
3.5VA
5.3VA
3.5VA
5.3VA
3.5VA
5.3VA

Colour
Black
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent

Cable
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9

22.2

Nominal voltage

17
28

NEW PILOT

 Coils usable with valves having


either new pilot and old pilot
 Coils at low absorption usable
only with valves having new pilot
Abbrev.

Code

Coil 22 8 5W-12VDC
Coil 22 8 5W-24VDC
Coil 22 8 5VA-24VAC
Coil 22 8 5VA-110VAC
Coil 22 8 5VA-220VAC
Coil 22 8 BA 2W-12VDC
Coil 22 8 BA 2W-24VDC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-24VAC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-110VAC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-220VAC

W0215000051 
W0215000001 
W0215000011 
W0215000021 
W0215000031 
W0215000151 
W0215000101 
W0215000111 
W0215000121 
W0215000131 

COIL CONNECTORS

~48

28

8.5

~28

~31
M3

1.5

21
11

Pg9

Type
Standard
LED 24V
LED 110V
LED 220V
LED + VDR 24V
LED + VDR 110V
LED + VDR 220V

KIT COIL EEXM


Code
0227606913
0227606915
0227608013
0227608015
0227608023
0227608025
0227608033
0227608035

30

8.2

29.5

9.2

14.4
66.5

12

Description
KIT FOR COIL 30 24 VDC EEXMT5 CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30 24 VDC EEXMT5 CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30 24 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30 24 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30 110 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30 110 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30 230 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30 230 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 5M

according to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 2 GD

KIT COILS SIDE 22 IP65


Code
0222100100

Description
KIT FOR COILS 22 - IP65

Improved IP65 protection, even after prolonged exposure to atmospheric agents.


Applicable to valves with a technopolymer control.

2.1/36

Code
W0970510011
W0970510012
W0970510013
W0970510014
W0970510015
W0970510016
W0970510017

ACCESSORIES: 1/8 MANIFOLDS FOR SERIES 70


PNV-SOV VALVES
BRACKET SET H30

17.5

17.5

G 1/4

MANIFOLD WITH 2 TO 7 POSITIONS + FITTINGS

19

30

14

8.7

25

37.5

Code
0221000200
0221000300
0221000400
0221000500
0221000600
0221000700

24

Abbrev.
CSA-18-02
CSA-18-03
CSA-18-04
CSA-18-05
CSA-18-06
CSA-18-07

24

24

13.5

55
11

15.5

6.5

15.5

Code
0221000192

Weight [g]
70
99
131
162
192
229

BRACKET SET H60

Description
CSA-18-OE

Weight [g]
181

BRACKET SET H120

17.5

60

120

G 1/4

17.5
19

17.5

G 1/4

19 17.5

10

30

20
13

Code
0221000191

Abbrev.
CSA-18-OC

Weight [g]
213

Code
0221000190

Description
CSA-18-OO

6.5

14

6.5

14

13

40

20

40

10

30

Weight [g]
309

2.1/37

ACCESSORIES: 1/4 MANIFOLDS


FOR SERIES 70 PNV-SOV VALVES
BRACKET SET H30

22 20.5

20.5

30

17

G 3/8

MANIFOLD WITH 2 TO 7 POSITIONS + FITTINGS

11
17.5

Code
0222000200
0222000300
0222000400
0222000500
0222000600
0222000700

27

Abbrev.
CSA-14-02
CSA-14-03
CSA-14-04
CSA-14-05
CSA-14-06
CSA-14-07

27

27

13.5

55

37.5

8.7

25

6.5

17.5

Code
0222000192

Weight [g]
89
131
174
213
252
328

BRACKET SET H60

Description
CSA-14-OE

Weight [g]
209

BRACKET SET H120

22 20.5

60

120

20.5

G 3/8

G 3/8

22 20.5

20.5

10

30

20
13

Code
0222000191

2.1/38

Abbrev.
CSA-14-OC

Weight [g]
242

Code
0222000190

Description
CSA-14-OO

6.5

Weight [g]
338

14

6.5

14

13

40

20

40

10

30

ACCESSORIES: MANIFOLD BASES


FOR SERIES 70 PNV-SOV VALVES
MODULAR BASES FOR SERIES 70 SOV-PNV VALVES

3
1
7
4
6

2
5
2

8
8

6
7

ORDERING CODES
Reference

Description
Modular manifold base
End plate without OR
End plate with OR
Intermediate part for upper feed
Adapter
Intermediate diaphragm
Blanking plate
3/2 cap
Dimensional adapter

1/8
Code
0226004150
0226004201
0226004200
0226004300
0226004600
0226004000
0226004500
0226004001
0226006600

Abbrev.
COMP. MANIFOLD 1/8
T S/Z OR 1/8
MAN. INPUT T. 1/8
SUP. SUPPLY SWITCH 1/8
ADT 1/8
COMP. DIA. 1/8
COMP. PCS 1/8
COMP. PLUG 3/2 1/8
COMP. ADAPT. 1/8, 1/4

1/4
Code
0226005150
0226005201
0226005200
0226005300
0226005600
0226005000
0226005500
0226005001

Abbrev.
MANIFOLD 1/4
T S/Z OR 1/4
MAN. INPUT T. 1/4
SUP. SUPPLY SWITCH 1/4
ADT 1/4
COMP. DIA. 1/4
COMP. PCS 1/4
COMP. PLUG 3/2 1/4

2.1/39

MODULAR BASE 1/8

MODULAR BASE 1/4"

26

Code
0226005150

Weight [g]
110

Abbrev.
Comp. MANIFOLD 1/8

END PLATE WITHOUT OR 1/8

Abbrev.
MAN. INPUT T. 1/8

12.5 12.5

Abbrev.
T. S/ZA OR 1/4

Weight [g]
57

END PLATE WITH OR 1/4"

18

26
8.15

13.2

18

51

12.5 12.5

G 3/8

88

10

3
10

73.5

5.5

G 1/4

5.5

40.4

G 3/8
6

Code
0226005201

Weight [g]
52

12.5

2.1/40

51

10 10

G 1/4

5.5

Abbrev.
T. S/ZA OR 1/8

26
15.5

Code
0226004200

8.15

5.5

END PLATE WITH OR 1/8

18

13.2

73.5

40.4

26

18

12.5

Code
0226004201

Weight [g]
131

END PLATE WITHOUT OR 1/4"

26
15.5

Abbrev.
Comp. MANIFOLD 1/4

88

Code
0226004150

88

73.5

27

26

25

Weight [g]
74

Code
0226005200

Abbrev.
MAN. INPUT T. 1/4

Weight [g]
80

INTERMEDIATE PART FOR UPPER FEED 1/4"

27
13.5
6

25
26

12.5

26

12.5 12.5

88

4
6

40.4

73.5
6

10 10

4.5

51

INTERMEDIATE PART FOR UPPER FEED 1/8

2
Code
0226004300

Abbrev.
SUP. SUPPLY SW. 1/8

Weight [g]
93

ADAPTER FOR BAR BASES 1/8

Code
0226005300

Abbrev.
SUP. SUPPLY SW. 1/4

ADAPTER FOR BAR BASES 1/4"

60
22

60
22

12.5

Code
Abbrev.
0226004600
ADT 1/8
N.B. ALSO FOR MULTIPLE BASES

Weight [g]
46

INTERMEDIATE DIAPHGRAM 1/8

Code
Abbrev.
0226005600
ADT 1/4
N.B. ALSO FOR MULTIPLE BASES

Code
0226004000

Weight [g]
2

Code
0226005000

12.8

Abbrev.
COMP. DIA. 1/8

Weight [g]
46

INTERMEDIATE DIAPHGRAM 1/4"

10.2

12.5

10

10

20

20

10 10

M5

13

M5

13

Weight [g]
109

Abbrev.
COMP. DIA. 1/4

Weight [g]
3

2.1/41

BLANKING PLATE FOR UNUSED POSITIONS 1/8

BLANKING PLATE FOR UNUSED POSITIONS 1/4"

70

Code
0226004500

Abbrev.
COMP. PCS 1/8

Weight [g]
23

PLUG FOR 3/2 1/8

Code
0226005500

25

24

M3

M3

55

Abbrev.
COMP. PCS 1/4

PLUG FOR 3/2 1/4"

13

Code
0226004001

Abbrev.
COMPLETE PLUG 3/2 1/8

Weight [g]
2

DIMENSIONAL ADAPTER 1/8 1/4"

Code
0226006600

2.1/42

27

88

26

Abbrev.
COMP. ADAPT. 1/8, 1/4

Weight [g]
177

Code
0226005001

NOTES

8.5

10

Weight [g]
29

Abbrev.
COMPLETE PLUG 3/2 1/4

Weight [g]
4

ACCESSORIES: MULTIPLE BASES


FOR SERIES 70 PNV-SOV VALVES
MULTIPLE BASES 1/4

7
24

7
25

25

25

24

Description
2-POSITION BASE
3-POSITION BASE
4-POSITION BASE
5-POSITION BASE
6-POSITION BASE
7-POSITION BASE
8-POSITION BASE
9-POSITION BASE
10-POSITION BASE

15.5

Abbrev.
CVM-18-02
CVM-18-03
CVM-18-04
CVM-18-05
CVM-18-06
CVM-18-07
CVM-18-08
CVM-18-09
CVM-18-10

Weight [g]
236
321
407
494
587
711
760
842
923

GASKET KIT

Code
0226004701
0226005701

6
73.5

51
88
G 3/8

12.5
26

Code
0223000201
0223000301
0223000401
0223000501
0223000601
0223000701
0223000801
0223000901
0223001001

12.5 12.5

G 1/4

40.4

10 10

5.1

MULTIPLE BASES 1/8

7
27

Code
0224000201
0224000301
0224000401
0224000501
0224000601
0224000701
0224000801
0224000901
0224001001

27

27

Description
2-POSITION BASE
3-POSITION BASE
4-POSITION BASE
5-POSITION BASE
6-POSITION BASE
7-POSITION BASE
8-POSITION BASE
9-POSITION BASE
10-POSITION BASE

27

27

Abbrev.
CVM-14-02
CVM-14-03
CVM-14-04
CVM-14-05
CVM-14-06
CVM-14-07
CVM-14-08
CVM-14-09
CVM-14-10

13
26

Weight [g]
296
406
515
624
733
845
956
1055
1086

NOTES

Description
GASKET KIT FOR 1/8 BASE
GASKET KIT FOR 1/4 BASE

Weight [g]
5
5

2.1/43

VALVES SERIES 70, ON BASE


The series 70 valves on base, available in the air- and
solenoid-actuated versions, is an excellent clean solution
for use when it is necessary to intervene on the valves
without disconnecting the pipes. Here, the inlet, output and
utility ports are in the base.
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure:

monostable
bistable
pilot-assisted

Minimum pilot pressure


Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 0.5 Bar
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 1 Bar
Maximum torque coil nut

2.510 bar
110 bar
vacuum10 bar
2.5 bar
-10+60C
5 mm
107.69 Nl/min bar
0.29 bar/bar
320 Nl/min
450 Nl/min
1 Nm

COMPONENTS

SOV

00

VALVE BODY: Aluminium


CONTROL/BASE: HOSTAFORM
SPOOL: chemically nickel-plated aluminium
DISTANCE PLATES: plastic
GASKETS: Nitrile rubber NBR
PISTONS: HOSTAFORM
PISTON GASKET: Nitrile rubber NBR
FILTER: sintered Bronze
SPRINGS: special steel
OPERATOR: Brass pipe Stainless steel core

FLOW CHART
1300
1200
1100
1000

Q (Nl/min)

900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0

2.1/44

5
P (bar)

10

MULTI-PURPOSE BASE FOR VALVES SERIES 70 ON BASE

2
3

Abbrev.

Abbrev.
0223100201
0223100401
0223100601
0223100801
0223101001
0223106301
0223106303
0223106302
0223106500
0226004600

Description
2-position base 1/8 on base
4-position base 1/8 on base
6-position base 1/8 on base
8-position base 1/8 on base
10-position base 1/8 on base
Separate feed kit
Exhaust regulation kit
Exhaust feed kit
Blanking plate
bar adaptor

KEY TO CODES
P

FAMILY
PNV
SOV

pneum.
electropneum.

PORT

FUNCTION

1/8 on base

5
6

5/2
5/3

OPERATORS 14
PN
pneumatic
SO Solenoid valve
SE
Solenoid
pilot-assisted
valve

RESETTING 12
S
B
D

mechanical spring
bistable
differential

FURTHER DETAILS
OO
CC
OC
PC

5/2
closed centres
open centres
pressure centres

2.1/45

VALVES, SERIES 70, PNEUMATIC, ON BASE


TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure
Minimum operating pressure

Vacuum 10 bar
Monostable 2.5 bar
Bistable 1 bar
-10 +60C
5 mm
107.69 Nl/min bar
0.29 bar/bar
320 Nl/min
450 Nl/min
6 ms / 15 ms
7 ms / 7 ms

Operating temperature range


Nominal diameter
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 bar P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6 bar P 1 bar
TRA/TRR monostable at 6 bar
TRA /TRR bistable at 6 bar

MONOSTABLE 5/2
Abbrev.
PNV B5 PNS OO

Code
7011011100

Weight [g]
125

Symbol

Abbrev.
PNV B5 PNB OO

Code
7011011200

Weight [g]
136

PNV B5 PND OO

7011011300

142

5.5

32

Symbol

M3

2.5

22

G 1/8

18.5

26

49.5

12

5.5

32

BISTABLE 5/2

14
18.5

26

2.1/46

G 1/8

2.5

22

G 1/8

M3

18.6

49.5

26

MONOSTABLE 5/3
Abbrev.
PNV B6 PNS CC

Code
7011012100

Weight [g]
164

PNV B6 PNS OC

7011012200

164

PNV B6 PNS PC

7011012300

164

5.5

32

Symbol

G 1/8
14

2.5

22

G 1/8

M3

18.5

26

18.6

49.5

15

26

NOTES

2.1/47

VALVES SERIES 70,


SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC ON BASE
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating
pressure

monostable
bistable
pilot-assisted
Minimum pilot pressure
Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 bar P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6 bar P 1 bar
TRA/TRR monostable at 6 bar
TRA /TRR bistable at 6 bar
Electrical technical data
Coil voltages
Capacity
Voltage tolerance
Insulation class
Maximum torque coil nut

2.510 bar
110 bar
vacuum10 bar
2.5 bar
-10 to 60C
5 mm
107.69 Nl/min bar
0.29 bar/bar
320 Nl/min
450 Nl/min
15 ms / 35 ms
20 ms / 20 ms
24VDC24VAC110VAC220VAC 50/60Hz
2 W (DC) 3VA (AC)
-10% +15%
F 155
1 Nm

MONOSTABLE 5/2
Symbol
1 Nm
11

M5

Abbrev.
SOV B5 SOS OO

Code
7011021100

Weight [g]
142

SOV B5 SES OO

7011021500

143

Abbrev.
SOV B5 SOB OO

Code
7011021200

Weight [g]
174

SOV B5 SOD OO

7011021300

180

SOV B5 SEB OO

7011021600

174

5.5

32
16.3

14.5

M3

22
M5

2.5

33.5

31

49.5

12

BISTABLE 5/2
Symbol
M5
11

1 Nm

5.5

32
16.3

14.5

M3

22
M5

2.5

33.5

2.1/48

31

49.5

31

33.5

BISTABLE 5/3
Symbol
M5
11

1 Nm

Abbrev.
SOV B6 SOS CC

Code
7011022100

Weight [g]
204

SOV B6 SOS OC

7011022200

204

SOV B6 SOS PC

7011022300

204

SOV B6 SES CC

7011022400

202

SOV B6 SES OC

7011022500

202

SOV B6 SES PC

7011022600

202

5.5

32
16.3

14.5

M3

22
M5

2.5

33.5

31

49.5

15

31

33.5

ACCESSORIES: VALVES SERIES 70, ON BASE


COILS FOR VALVES SERIES 70 SOV ON BASE

11

6
14.6

28
29.2

M3

8.5

8.2

22.2

15.5

17
28

Voltage tolerance: -10% + 15%


Insulation class: F155
Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector
Avoid prolonged exposure to atmospheric agents
Coil temperature 100% ED: from 70C to 20C Ambient temperature
According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 3 GD

12Vcc
24Vcc
24V 50/60Hz
110V 50/60Hz
220V 50/60Hz

Absorption
Holding
Inrush
2W
2W
2W
2W
3.5VA
5.3VA
3.5VA
5.3VA
3.5VA
5.3VA

Colour
Black
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent

Cable
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9

Nominal voltage

Abbrev.

Code

Coil 22 8 BA 2W-12VDC
Coil 22 8 BA 2W-24VDC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-24VAC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-110VAC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-220VAC

W0215000151
W0215000101
W0215000111
W0215000121
W0215000131

COIL CONNECTORS

8.5
6
Pg9

28

21
11

~28

~48

~31
M3

1.5

Type
Standard
LED 24V
LED 110V
LED 220V
LED + VDR 24V
LED + VDR 110V
LED + VDR 220V

Code
W0970510011
W0970510012
W0970510013
W0970510014
W0970510015
W0970510016
W0970510017

KIT COILS SIDE 22 IP65


Code
0222100100

Description
KIT FOR COILS 22 - IP65

Improved IP65 protection, even after prolonged exposure to atmospheric agents.


Applicable to valves with a technopolymer control.

2.1/49

ACCESSORIES: MULTIPLE BASES


FOR VALVES SERIES 70, ON BASE
MULTIPLE BASE

20

25
10

28

25

G 1/8
30

14

15

Code
0223100201
0223100401
0223100601
0223100801
0223101001

Description
2-POSITION BASE 1/8 ON BASE
4-POSITION BASE 1/8 ON BASE
6-POSITION BASE 1/8 ON BASE
8-POSITION BASE 1/8 ON BASE
10-POSITION BASE 1/8 ON BASE

Weight [g]
341
591
855
1093
1352

Code
0223106301

Description
SEPARATE FEED KIT 1/8

Weight [g]
65

Code
0223106303

Description
EXHAUST REGULATION KIT 1/8

Weight [g]
75

13.5

G 1/4

41

70

10 10

5.1

7
24

25

25

24

23

SEPARATE FEED KIT

7.7

24

6.5

G 1/8

61
15

EXHAUST REGULATION KIT

G 1/8

G 1/8
15

2.1/50

11.2

24

12.8

74

EXHAUST FEED KIT


Code
0223106302

Weight [g]
75

8.9
24

M5

19.7

7.7

4.3

15.1

7.7

Description
EXHAUST FEED KIT 1/8

M5

G 1/8

G 1/8
15

74

BLANKING PLATE
Code
0223106500

Description
BLANKING PLATE 1/8

Weight [g]
15

Code
0226004600

Description
ADAPTER FOR BAR 1/8

Weight [g]
46

M3
24

50

ADAPTER FOR BAR

60

20

M5

10 10

10

13

22

2.1/51

NAMUR VALVES
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure
Monostable, electric
Bistable, electric
pilot-assisted, electric
Minimum pilot pressure
monostable, pneumatic
bistable, pneumatic
Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 bar P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6 bar P 1 bar (0.1 Mpa14.5 psi)
Response time at 6 bar:
TRA/TRR monostable, pneum. at 6 bar
TRA /TRR bistable, pneum. at 6 bar
TRA/TRR monostable, electric, at 6 bar
TRA /TRR bistable, electric, at 6 bar
Compatibility with oils:

2.510 bar
110 bar
vacuum at 10 bar
2.5 bar
1 bar
10 to 60C
7.5 mm
264.26 Nl/min bar
0.27 bar/bar
750 Nl/min
1100 Nl/min
7 ms / 15 ms
7 ms / 7 ms
19 ms/ 45 ms
21 ms / 21 ms
please refer to page 6.1/08

KEY TO CODES
P

FAMILY
PNV
SOV

pneum.
electropneum.

PORT

FUNCTION

Namur

4
5

4/2
5/2

OPERATORS 14
PN
SO

RESETTING 12

pneum.
solenoid

S
B

FURTHER DETAILS
OO
NC

mechanical spring
bistable

5/2
normally closed

COMPONENTS
VALVE BODY: Aluminium
CONTROL/BASE: HOSTAFORM
SPOOL: chemically nickel-plated aluminium
DISTANCE PLATES: plastic
GASKETS: NBR nitrile rubber
PISTONS: HOSTAFORM
PISTON GASKET: NBR nitrile rubber
INTERFACE GASKETS: NBR nitrile rubber
SPRINGS: special steel
OPERATOR: Brass pipe Stainless steel core

10

FUNCTIONING DIAGRAM 4/2 NAMUR VALVE


During the piston retraction stage, the air
for chamber A is taken from the air leaving
chamber B. This prevents the dirty air from
getting in from the outside enviroment.

12

12

2.1/52

12

MONOSTABLE, PNEUMATIC 4/2

BISTABLE, PNEUMATIC 4/2


15.5
14.5

40

Symbol

Code
7021010110

Weight [g]
208

MONOSTABLE, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC 4/2


1 Nm

13

5.4

24

22.3

25
28

Abbrev.
PNV A4 PNS NC

23.7

20

16.5

40

28

13

21.5

13

20

25

G 1/4

62

24

5.4

24

22.3

M5
G 1/4

62

24

32

M5

32

G 1/8

21.5

13

21.5

G 1/8

15.5
14.5

Symbol

Code
7021010210

Abbrev.
PNV A4 PNB OO

Weight [g]
216

BISTABLE, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC 4/2

M5

1 Nm

23.7

M5

12x30

5.4

22.3
24

G 1/4

62

5.4

20

32

22.3

24

M5

13

G 1/4

62

24

24

32

15.5

M5

15.5

32

32

12x30

20

25

Abbrev.
SOV A4 SOS NC

Code
7021020110

Weight [g]
234

MONOSTABLE, PNEUMATIC 5/2

Symbol

BISTABLE, PNEUMATIC 5/2

21.5

32

20

25

Weight [g]
208

Symbol

5.4

24

25
8

Code
7021010100

20

16.5

40

28

Abbrev.
PNV A5 PNS OO

22.3 22.3

62

24

5.4

24

22.3 22.3

M5
G 1/4

13

Symbol

13

21.5

13

G 1/8

21.5
62

24

4
40

Weight [g]
270

15.5
14.5

Code
7021020210

Abbrev.
SOV A4 SOB OO

15.5
14.5

32

28

13

Symbol

25

40

28

G 1/8

M5

G 1/4

32
40

28

Abbrev.
PNV A5 PNB OO

Code
7021010200

Weight [g]
216

2.1/53

MONOSTABLE, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC 5/2


23.7

1 Nm

BISTABLE, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC 5/2

M5

1 Nm

23.7

M5

12x30

22.3 22.3
24

62

24

5.4

20

32

24

22.3 22.3

M5

13

G 1/4

62

24

15.5

5.4

32
32

11.5

M5

15.5

G 1/4

13

32

13

G 1/8

G 1/8

12x30

32

25

40

Symbol

20

Abbrev.
SOV A5 SOS OO

25

40
8

28

Code
7021020100

Weight [g]
234

Symbol

28

Abbrev.
SOV A5 SOB OO

Code
7021020200

Weight [g]
270

ACCESSORIES: NAMUR VALVES


COILS
M3

Voltage tolerance: -10% + 15%

11

6
14.6

28
29.2

8.5

8.2

22.2

15.5

Insulation class: F155


Degree of protection: IP65 DIN 40050 with connector
Avoid prolonged exposure to atmospheric agents
Coil temperature 100% ED: from 70C to 20C Ambient temperature
According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 3 GD
Nominal voltage
12Vcc
24Vcc
24V 50/60Hz
110V 50/60Hz
220V 50/60Hz

17
28

Absorption
Holding
Inrush
2W
2W
2W
2W
3.5VA
5.3VA
3.5VA
5.3VA
3.5VA
5.3VA

Abbrev.

Code

Coil 22 8 BA 2W-12VDC
Coil 22 8 BA 2W-24VDC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-24VAC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-110VAC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-220VAC

W0215000151
W0215000101
W0215000111
W0215000121
W0215000131

COIL CONNECTORS

~48

28

8.5

~28

~31
M3

1.5

21
11

Pg9

Colour
Black
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent

Cable
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9

Type
Standard
LED 24V
LED 110V
LED 220V
LED + VDR 24V
LED + VDR 110V
LED + VDR 220V

Code
W 097051 0011
W 097051 0012
W 097051 0013
W 097051 0014
W 097051 0015
W 097051 0016
W 097051 0017

KIT COIL EEXM

30

8.2

29.5

9.2

14.4
66.5

12

Code
0227606913
0227606915
0227608013
0227608015
0227608023
0227608025
0227608033
0227608035

Description
KIT FOR COIL 30 24 VDC EEXMT5 CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30 24 VDC EEXMT5 CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30 24 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30 24 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30 110 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30 110 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30 230 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30 230 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 5M

Code
0222100100

Description
KIT FOR COILS 22 - IP65

according to Atex 94/9 CE rule,


group 2, category 2 GD

KIT COILS SIDE 22 IP65

Improved IP65 protection, even after prolonged exposure to atmospheric agents.


Applicable to valves with a technopolymer control.

2.1/54

VALVES ISO 5599/1, SERIES IPV-ISV


The assembly surface dimensions of ISO1 and ISO2 valves
are to ISO5599-1. They are available in the 5-way versions
with 2 and 3 positions and with pneumatic or solenoid
actuation.

TECHNICAL DATA
Fluid
Operating pressure:
monostable
bistable
pilot-assisted
Minimum pilot pressure
Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 0.5 Bar
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 1 Bar
Installation
Assembly
Recommended lubricant
Solenoid pilot:
Manual:
Maximum torque nut/coil
Compatibility with oils:

ISO 1

ISO 2

Filtered air without lubrication; lubrication, if used, must be continuous


Vacuum 10 bar pneumatic 2.510 bar solenoid/pneumatic
Vacuum 10 bar pneumatic 110 bar solenoid/pneumatic
Vacuum 10 bar
2.5 bar
-10 +60C
7.5 mm
12 mm
250 Nl/min bar
657.14 Nl/min bar
0.36 bar/bar
0.25 bar/bar
700 Nl/min
1800 Nl/min
1100 Nl/min
2700 Nl/min
In any position (vertical assembly is not recommended for bistable valves subjected to vibration)
On single and manifold bases according to ISO 5599/1
ISO and UNI FD 22
to CNOMO / in-line pilot / M12
bistable on solenoid pilot
monostable on valve body
1 Nm
please refer to page 6.1/08

COMPONENTS
VALVE BODY: Aluminium
END CAP: HOSTAFORM
SPOOL: chemically nickel-plated aluminium
DISTANCE PLATES: plastic
GASKETS: NBR nitrile rubber
PISTONS: HOSTAFORM
PISTON GASKETS: NBR nitrile rubber
FILTER: sintered bronze
SPRINGS: special steel
OPERATOR: Brass pipe Stainless steel core

2.1/55

FLOW CHARTS ISO 1


FLOW RATES
(Nl/min)

PRESSURE (bar)

FLOW CHARTS ISO 2


FLOW RATES
(Nl/min)

8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0

9
10
11
PRESSURE (bar)

KEY TO CODES
I

FAMILY
IPV
ISV

2.1/56

ISO pneumatic
ISO solenoid/
pneumatic

5
6

PORT

FUNCTION

ISO 1
ISO 2

5
6

5/2
5/3

OPERATORS 14

RESETTING 12

FURTHER DETAILS

PN
pneumatic
SO solenoid/pneumatic
SE electric pilot-assisted
DO solenoid/pneumatic
in line
DE
solenoid,
assisted in line
CO
M12
solenoid/pneumatic
CE
M12
solenoid assisted

S mechanical spring
B
bistable
D
differential

OO
5/2
CC closed centres
OC open centres
PC pressure centres

VALVES ISO 5599/1, PNEUMATIC SERIES IPV


TECHNICAL DATA

ISO 1

Operating pressure
Minimum operation pressure:
monostable
bistable
Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 0.5 Bar
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 1 Bar
Response times at 6 Bar:
monostable
bistable
Repositioning response times at 6 Bar:
monostable
bistable
Manual

ISO 2
Vacuum 10 bar
2.5 bar
1 bar
-10 to 60C

7.5 mm
250 Nl/min bar
0.36 bar/bar
700 Nl/min
1100 Nl/min

12 mm
657.14 Nl/min bar
0.25 bar/bar
1800 Nl/min
2700 Nl/min

12 ms
20 ms

24 ms
30 ms

30 ms
43 ms
20 ms
30 ms
monostable on valve body

PNEUMATIC ACTUATION ISO 1


Abbrev.
IPV 55 PNS OO

Code
7051011100

Weight [g]
310

IPV 55 PNB OO

7051011200

310

IPV 55 PND OO

7051011300

310

IPV 56 PNS CC

7051012100

310

IPV 56 PNS OC

7051012200

310

IPV 56 PNS PC

7051012300

310

Abbrev.
IPV 65 PNS OO

Code
7052011100

Weight [g]
705

IPV 65 PNB OO

7052011200

705

IPV 65 PND OO

7052011300

705

IPV 66 PNS CC

7052012100

705

IPV 66 PNS OC

7052012200

705

IPV 66 PNS PC

7052012300

705

42
36

Symbol

ISO 5599 Size 1

max 10 bar

-10 +60 C

M5
120

40

PNEUMATIC ACTUATION ISO 2

56
50

Symbol

10

ISO 5599 Size 2

max 10 bar

-10 +60 C

M6
150

52

2.1/57

VALVES ISO 5599/1,


SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, SERIES ISV
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure:
monostable
bistable
pilot-assisted
Minimum pilot pressure
Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 0.5 Bar
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 1 Bar
TRA / TRR monostable at 6 Bar
TRA / TRR bistable at 6 Bar
Solenoid pilot:
Manual:
Coils:
Maximum torque coil/nut

ISO 1

ISO 2
2.510 bar
110 bar
Vacuum 10 bar
2.5 bar
-10 to 60C

7.5 mm
12 mm
250 Nl/min bar
657.14 Nl/min bar
0.36 bar/bar
0.25 bar/bar
700 Nl/min
1800 Nl/min
1100 Nl/min
2700 Nl/min
24 ms / 50 ms
39 ms / 60 ms
20 ms / 20 ms
25 ms / 25 ms
Standards CNOMO
bistable on solenoid pilot
monostable on valve body
30mm side DIN 43650 Form A ISO
22 mm side
1 Nm

MONOSTABLE 5/2 ISO 1


Symbol
139

Code
7051021100

Weight [g]
344

ISV 55 SES OO

7051021400

344

Abbrev.
ISV 65 SOS OO

Code
7052021100

Weight [g]
715

ISV 65 SES OO

7052021400

715

36

68
51

1 Nm

Abbrev.
ISV 55 SOS OO

ISO 5599 Size 1

max 10 bar

-10 +60 C

M5
120

40
M5

MONOSTABLE 5/2 ISO 2


Symbol
164

82
65
50

1 Nm

10

ISO 5599 Size 2

max 10 bar

-10 +60 C

M6
150

52
M5

2.1/58

BISTABLE 5/2 ISO 1


MONOSTABLE 5/3 ISO 1
Symbol

1 Nm

Code
7051021200

Weight [g]
388

ISV 55 SOD OO

7051021300

375

ISV 56 SOS CC

7051022100

372

ISV 56 SOS OC

7051022200

372

ISV 56 SOS PC

7051022300

372

ISV 55 SEB OO

7051021500

388

ISV 55 SED OO

7051021600

375

ISV 56 SES CC

7051022400

372

ISV 56 SES OC

7051022500

372

ISV 56 SES PC

7051022600

372

Abbrev.
ISV 65 SOB OO

Code
7052021200

Weight [g]
740

ISV 65 SOD OO

7052021300

710

ISV 66 SOS CC

7052022100

720

ISV 66 SOS OC

7052022200

720

ISV 66 SOS PC

7052022300

720

ISV 65 SEB OO

7052021500

740

ISV 65 SED OO

7052021600

710

ISV 66 SES CC

7052022400

720

ISV 66 SES OC

7052022500

720

ISV 66 SES PC

7052022600

720

36

68
51

158

Abbrev.
ISV 55 SOB OO

ISO 5599 Size 1

max 10 bar

M5

-10 +60 C

120

40
M5

BISTABLE 5/2 ISO 2


MONOSTABLE 5/3 ISO 2
Symbol

82
65
50

178

1 Nm

10

ISO 5599 Size 2

max 10 bar

-10 +60 C

M6
150

52
M5

2.1/59

VALVES ISO 5599/1,


PNEUMATIC, SERIES ISV
WITH IN-LINE SOLENOID PILOT
TECHNICAL DATA

ISO 1

Operating pressure:
monostable
bistable
pilot-assisted
Minimum pilot pressure
Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 0.5 Bar
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 1 Bar
TRA / TRR monostable at 6 Bar
TRA / TRR bistable at 6 Bar
Solenoid pilot:
Manual:
Coils:

2.5-10 bar
1-10 bar
Vacuum 10 bar
2.5 bar
-10 to 60C
7.5 mm
250 Nl/min bar
0.36 bar/bar
700 Nl/min
1100 Nl/min
24 ms / 50 ms
25 ms / 25 ms
In line pilot
bistable on solenoid pilot
30mm side DIN 43650 Form A ISO
22 mm side
1 Nm

Maximum torque coil/nut

MONOSTABLE 5/2 ISO 1


Symbol

Abbrev.
ISV 55 DOS OO

Code
7053021100

Weight [g]
396

ISV 55 DES OO

7053021400

396

Abbrev.
ISV 55 DOB OO

Code
7053021200

Weight [g]
450

ISV 55 DEB OO

7053021500

450

19.5
M5

ISO 5599 Size 1

max 10 bar

-10 +60 C

M5

42

36.5

153.5

120

1 Nm

40

BISTABLE 5/2 ISO 1


Symbol

19.5
M5

ISO 5599 Size 1

42

36.5

187.5

max 10 bar

-10 +60 C

M5
120

40

2.1/60

1 Nm

MONOSTABLE 5/3 ISO 1


Symbol

Abbrev.
ISV 56 DOS CC

Code
7053022100

Weight [g]
517

ISV 56 DOS OC

7053022200

516

ISV 56 DOS PC

7053022300

516

ISV 56 DES CC

7053022400

517

ISV 56 DES OC

7053022500

516

ISV 56 DES PC

7053022600

515

19.5
M5

ISO 5599 Size 1

42

36.5

204.5

max 10 bar

-10 +60 C

M5
137
1 Nm

40

NOTES

2.1/61

COILS AND CONNECTORS FOR ISO 5599/1


SOLENOID VALVES SERIES ISV
COILS SIDE 22 mm FOR ISO 5599/1 SOLENOID VALVES
M3

11

6
14.6

28
29.2

8.5

8.2

15.5

Voltage tolerance: -10% + 15%


Insulation class: F155
Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector
Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents
Coil temperature 100% ED: 70C at 20C Ambient temperature
According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 3 GD
Nominal voltage

22.2

12Vcc
24Vcc
24V 50/60Hz
110V 50/60Hz
220V 50/60Hz

17
28

Absorption
Holding
Inrush
2W
2W
2W
2W
3.5VA
5.3VA
3.5VA
5.3VA
3.5VA
5.3VA

Abbrev.

Code

Coil 22 8 BA 2W-12VDC
Coil 22 8 BA 2W-24VDC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-24VAC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-110VAC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-220VAC

W0215000151
W0215000101
W0215000111
W0215000121
W0215000131

COILS SIDE 30 mm
16.3
8.2

M3

27
30

9
15

19

30

16

21.5
36

electric contact DIN43650 shape A ISO 4400


Voltage tolerance: -10% + 10%
Insulation class: F155
Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector
Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents
According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 3 GD
Absorption
Abbrev.
Nominal voltage
Inrush
Holding
Coil 30 8 4W-24VDC
24Vcc
5W
4W
Coil 30 8 4VA-24VAC
24V 50/60Hz
10VA
4VA
Coil 30 8 4VA-110VAC
110V 50/60Hz
10VA
4VA
Coil 30 8 4VA-220VAC
220V 50/60Hz
10VA
4VA

Code
W0210010100
W0210011100
W0210012100
W0210013100

CONNECTOR FOR COILS SIDE 22 mm

~48

28

8.5

~28

~31
M3

1.5

21
11

Pg9

Colour
Black
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent

Cable
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9

Type
Standard
LED 24V
LED 110V
LED 220V
LED + VDR 24V
LED + VDR 110V
LED + VDR 220V

Code
W0970510011
W0970510012
W0970510013
W0970510014
W0970510015
W0970510016
W0970510017

Colour
Black
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent

Cable
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9

Type
Standard
LED 24V
LED 110V
LED 220V
LED + VDR 24V
LED + VDR 110V
LED + VDR 220V

Code
W0970520033
W0970520034
W0970520035
W0970520036
W0970520037
W0970520038
W0970520039

CONNECTOR FOR COILS SIDE 30 mm


~27

18
~49
28
9

~30.5
M3

1.5

28

Pg9

KIT COIL EEXM

30

8.2

29.5

9.2

14.4
66.5

12

Code
0227606913
0227606915
0227608013
0227608015
0227608023
0227608025
0227608033
0227608035

Description
KIT FOR COIL 30 24 VDC EEXMT5 CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30 24 VDC EEXMT5 CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30 24 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30 24 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30 110 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30 110 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30 230 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30 230 VAC EEXMT5 CABLE 5M

according to Atex 94/9 CE rule,


group 2, category 2 GD

KIT COILS SIDE 22 IP65


Code
Description
0222100100
KIT FOR COILS 22 - IP65
Improved IP65 protection, even after prolonged exposure to atmospheric agents.
Applicable to valves with a technopolymer control.

2.1/62

VALVES ISO 5599/1,


SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC,
SERIES ISV WITH M12 CONNECTOR
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure:
monostable
bistable
pilot-assisted
Minimum pilot pressure
Operating temperature range
Nominal diameter
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 0.5 Bar
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 1 Bar
TRA / TRR monostable at 6 Bar
Solenoid pilot:
Manual:
Coil power
Voltage
Electrical connection
Degree of protection
Electrical protection

ISO 1

ISO 2
2.510 bar
110 bar
Vacuum 10 bar
2.5 bar
-10 +60C

7.5 mm
12 mm
250 Nl/min bar
657.14 Nl/min bar
0.36 bar/bar
0.25 bar/bar
700 Nl/min
1800 Nl/min
1100 Nl/min
2700 Nl/min
22 ms / 60 ms
78 ms / 180 ms
with built-in coil
monostable on solenoid pilot
monostable on valve body
1,2 W
24 VDC 10%
M12
IP65 EN60529
Transil

MONOSTABLE 5/2 ISO 1


Symbol

Abbrev.
ISV 55 COS OO

Code
7054021100

Weight [g]
508

ISV 55 CES OO

7054021400

508

Abbrev.
ISV 65 COS OO

Code
7055021100

Weight [g]
901

ISV 65 CES OO

7055021400

901

36

65

76

M12x1

ISO 5599 Size 1

max 10 bar

-10 +60 C

M5

22.5

120

40

MONOSTABLE 5/2 ISO 2


Symbol

50

90
79

M12x1

max 10 bar

-10 +60 C

M6

10

ISO 5599 Size 2

52

22.5

150

2.1/63

BISTABLE 5/2 ISO 1


MONOSTABLE 5/3 ISO 1
Symbol

Abbrev.
ISV 55 COB OO

Code
7054021200

Weight [g]
512

ISV 55 COD OO

7054021300

490

ISV 56 COS CC

7054022100

496

ISV 56 COS OC

7054022200

496

ISV 56 COS PC

7054022300

496

ISV 55 CEB OO

7054021500

512

ISV 55 CED OO

7054021600

490

ISV 56 CES CC

7054022400

496

ISV 56 CES OC

7054022500

496

ISV 56 CES PC

7054022600

496

Abbrev.
ISV 65 COB OO

Code
7055021200

Weight [g]
860

ISV 65 COD OO

7055021300

860

ISV 66 COS CC

7055022100

868

ISV 66 COS OC

7055022200

868

ISV 66 COS PC

7055022300

868

ISV 65 CEB OO

7055021500

860

ISV 65 CED OO

7055021600

860

ISV 66 CES CC

7055022400

868

ISV 66 CES OC

7055022500

868

ISV 66 CES PC

7055022600

868

36

76

65

M12x1

ISO 5599 Size 1

max 10 bar

-10 +60 C

M5

22.5

120

40

BISTABLE 5/2 ISO 2


MONOSTABLE 5/3 ISO 2
Symbol

50

90
79

M12x1

max 10 bar

-10 +60 C

M6

10

ISO 5599 Size 2

52

22.5

150

2.1/64

WIRING DIAGRAM

14

14

12

3-

3-

4
2+
1

MONOSTABLE

2+
1

BISTABLE

NOTES

2.1/65

BASES TO ISO 5599/1


FOR ISO 5599/1 VALVES SERIES IPV-ISV

8
3
10
7
5

13
2

12

Ref.

2.1/66

Description
Manifold base side ports
Manifold base with bottom ports
Input end plate
Additional input end plate
Blind end plate
Intermediate top ports
Intermediate back ports
Blanking plate
Intermediate diaphragm
ISO 1/ISO 2 port adapter
Individual base side ports
Base bottom ports
Assembly kit

11

ISO 1 Code
0228000150
0228000155
0228000200
0228000201
0228000210
0228000300
0228000301
0228000500
0228000400
0228000600
0228000100
0228000110
0228000700

ISO 2 Code
0228001150
0228001155
0228001200
0228001201
0228001210
0228001300
0228001301
0228001500
0228001400

0228001100
0228001110
0228001700

MANIFOLD BASE, SIDE PORTS

ISO 1

ISO 2

120

100

10

52

1
10

G 1/8
G 1/8

89

22

G1/4

G 3/8

105
28

22

75

28

95

55

43

56

42

Code
0228000150
0228001150

14.5

12 14
2 4

14
4

66

14 12
4 2

12
2

12
2

14.5

14
4

Description
MANIFOLD BASE, SIDE PORTS, ISO 1
MANIFOLD BASE, SIDE PORTS, ISO 2

Weight [g]
314
131

MANIFOLD BASE, BOTTOM PORTS

ISO 1

ISO 2
14
G1/8

G 1/4

G3/8

120

95

58
40
20

89

100

69.5
62
30

G 1/8

11

14

105

52

75

66

43

Code
0228000155
0228001155

56

Description
MANIFOLD BASE, BOTTOM PORTS, ISO 1
MANIFOLD BASE, BOTTOM PORTS, ISO 2

Weight [g]
314
505

INPUT END PLATE

39
31

35

28

66
42.5
40.5

26

55
75
100

22

ISO 2

52

68
95
120

ISO 1

10
14

Code
0228000200
0228001200

Description
INPUT END PLATE TIN-1, ISO 1
INPUT END PLATE TIN-1, ISO 2

G 3/8
11.5
15.5

G 1/2

Weight [g]
129
206

2.1/67

ADDITIONAL INPUT END PLATE

ISO 1

26

68
95
120

35

55
75

28

100

31

22

66
42.5
40.5

ISO 2

52
39

10
14

Code
0228000201
0228001201

G3/8
11.5
15.5

Description
ADDITIONAL INPUT END PLATE, ISO 1
ADDITIONAL INPUT END PLATE, ISO 2

G 1/2

Weight [g]
84
162

BLIND END PLATE

ISO 1

ISO 2
14

11
6.5

66

Description
BLIND END PLATE, ISO 1
BLIND END PLATE, ISO 2

95
120

35

28

75
100

8.5

Code
0228000210
0228001210

7.5

52

Weight [g]
79
130

INTERMEDIATE TOP PORTS

ISO 1

ISO 2
27

2.1/68

Description
INTERMEDIATE TOP PORTS, ISO 1
INTERMEDIATE TOP PORTS, ISO 2

Weight [g]
235
299

120

95

56

78

100

75

56

G 3/8

27

Code
0228000300
0228001300

66

G 1/2

27

69

58
52

27

INTERMEDIATE REAR PORTS

ISO 1

ISO 2
69

58
52

G 1/2

66

56

95

56

75

78
100

120

G 3/8

27

27

27
27

Code
0228000301
0228001301

Description
INTERMEDIATE REAR PORTS, ISO 1
INTERMEDIATE REAR PORTS, ISO 2

Weight [g]
237
299

BLANKING PLATE

ISO 1

ISO 2
52

Cod8
0228000500
0228001500

66

80

M5

M6

40

Description
BLANKING PLATE, ISO 1
BLANKING PLATE, ISO 2

Weight [g]
47
96

INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM

DIMENSION ADAPTER

40

52

33.5

66

Code
0228000400
0228001400

Description
INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM, ISO 1
INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM, ISO 2

Weight [g]
4
7

Code
0228000600

Description
DIMENSION ADAPTER ISO 1-2

120

75
95
100

35

10
28

8.5

6.5

Weight [g]
454

2.1/69

INDIVIDUAL BASE SIDE PORTS

ISO 1

ISO 2
10

Code
0228000100
0228001100

26

6.5

14

G 1/8

30

Description
INDIVIDUAL BASE SIDE PORTS, ISO 1
INDIVIDUAL BASE SIDE PORTS, ISO 2

95

30

112
G 3/8

124
56

83

24
G1/8

60.5

98
G1/4

43

110

11

56
14

G1/4

10.5

22

74

46
5.5

G 3/8

19.5

21.5

36

Weight [g]
165
257

INDIVIDUAL BASE BOTTOM PORTS

ISO 2

Description
INDIVIDUAL BASE BOTTOM PORTS, ISO 1
INDIVIDUAL BASE BOTTOM PORTS, ISO 2

36

Weight [g]
197
304

ASSEMBLY KIT

ISO 1

ISO 2

13

Code
0228000700
0228001700

2.1/70

Description
ASSEMBLY KIT, ISO 1
ASSEMBLY KIT, ISO 2

Weight [g]
47
47

G 1/8
57

73

G 3/8

30

Code
0228000110
0228001110

6.5
95

112

G 1/4

124

24

G 1/8

5.5
60
46

83

98

56

12
110

27

6.5

23

46

28.5

ISO 1

SANDWICH REGULATORS
FOR ISO 5599/1 BASES
TECHNICAL DATA

ISO 1

ISO 2
13 bar
012 bar
012 bar

Max upstream pressure


Pressure range
Pressure gauge range
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 1 Bar
Operating temperature range
Fixing screw on ISO 5599/1 base
Installation
Instructions for use

400 Nl/min

550 Nl/min
10+60C
M5 ant-extraction
M6 anti-extraction
in any position
Downstream pressure must always
be set to increasing values

SANDWICH REGULATOR FOR ISO 1 VALVES

40

Symbol

Code
Sandwich
regulator 1
012 bar
ISO 1

Weight [g]
760

0228000814*

Sandwich
regulator 3
012 bar
ISO 1

760

88

14 5 4 1 2 3 12

50

Abbrev.
0228000804

14 5 4 1 2 3 12

M5

175

40

*A pilot-assisted valve needs to be used since


port 1 relieves pressure, it is not under pressure

101

SANDWICH REGULATOR FOR ISO 2 VALVES

40

Symbol

88

9
M6

Weight [g]
900

0228001814*

Sandwich
regulator 3
012 bar
ISO 2

900

14 5 4 1 2 3 12

*A pilot-assisted valve needs to be used since


port 1 relieves pressure, it is not under pressure

52

197

Description
Sandwich
regulator 1
012 bar
ISO 2

14 5 4 1 2 3 12

40

Code
0228001804

123

2.1/71

VALVES TO ISO 15407-1/


VDMA 24563-02 SERIES MACH 18
Mach 18 valve is manufactured according to the ISO 1507-1
standard, which in turn absorbs the VDMA 24563-02 rule.
It comes in 5-way versions with 2 and 3 positions with
solenoid or pneumatic actuation.

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure:
monostable
monostable 5/3
bistable
pilot-assisted
Minimum pilot pressure
Operating temperature range
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 0.5 Bar
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 1 Bar
Installation
Assembly
Recommended lubricant
Solenoid pilot
Manual
Compatibility with oils:

FLOW CHART
Filtered air without lubrication;
lubrication, if used, must be continuous
1.510 bar
Vacuum to 10 bar 1.9 to 10 bar solenoid/pneumatic
Vacuum to 10 bar 1 to 10 bar solenoid/pneumatic
Vacuum to 10 bar
2-10 bar
-10 to 60C
114.86 Nl/min bar
0.25 bar/bar
340 Nl/min
470 Nl/min
in any position (vertical assembly is not recommended for bistable valves subjected to vibration)
on manifold bases
ISO and UNI FD 22
integrated coil to DIN 43650 C-shape
monostable on solenoid pilot
(with manual monostable on request)
please refer to page 6.1/08

1300
1200
1100
1000
900
Q (Nl/min)

Fluid

800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0

5
P (bar)

COMPONENTS
VALVE BODY: Aluminium
CONTROL/END CAP: HOSTAFORM
SPOOL: aluminium
GASKETS: Polyurethane
PISTON: HOSTAFORM
PISTON GASKET: Polyurethane
FILTER: sintered bronze
PILOT: with integrated coil
SPRING: special steel

2.1/72

10

MODULARITY

6
5

4
7
2

2
3

6
6

2
2
1
7
Ref.

Description
VDMA input end plate kit
Manifold side base kit size 2
VDMA intermediate bases size 2
VDMA output end plate kit
VDMA blanking plate size 2
Intermediate diaphragm
Connection bracket on DIN bar

Code
0227100201
0227200150
0227200300
0227100200
0227200500
0227100000
0227300600

KEY TO CODES
M

FAMILY
MSV
MPV

electropneumatic
pneumatic

PORT

FUNCTION

D
ISO
15407-1/
VDMA
24563-02

5
6

5/2
5/3

OPERATORS 14
SO
SE
PN

solenoid/
pneumatic
solenoid-pilotassisted
pneumatic

S
RESETTING 12
S mechanical spring
B
bistable

24VDC

FURTHER DETAILS

VOLTAGE

OO
5/2
CC closed centres
OC open centres
PC pressure centres

24VDC
24VAC
110VAC
220VAC

2.1/73

MACH 18 ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24563-02


MPV PNEUMATIC
TECHNICAL DATA
Vacuum 10 bar

Operating pressure
Minimum operating pressure:
monostable
monostable 5/3
bistable
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 0.5 Bar
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 1 Bar
Actuation response times at 6 Bar:
monostable
bistable
Repositioning response times at 6 Bar:
monostable
bistable
Operating pressure

1.5 bar
1.9 bar
1 bar
114.86 Nl/min bar
0.25 bar/bar
340 Nl/min
470 Nl/min
4 ms
4 ms
8,4 ms
4 ms
-10 to 60C

MONOSTABLE 5/2
Abbrev.
MPV D5 PNS 00

Code
7063010130

Weight [g]
80

Symbol

Abbrev.
MPV D6 PNS CC

Code
7063010210

Weight [g]
93

MPV D6 PNS OC

7063010310

93

MPV D6 PNS PC

7063010410

93

27

Symbol

15

M3

5.5

10.5

50

18

2.5

3
15

M3
50

5.5

27

MONOSTABLE 5/3

10 15

18

2.5

2.1/74

BISTABLE 5/2
Abbrev.
MPV D5 PNB OO

Code
7063010110

Weight [g]
78

3
15

M3
50

5.5

27

Symbol

15

18

2.5

NOTES

2.1/75

MACH 18 ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24563-02


SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC MSV
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure:
monostable
monostable 5/3
bistable
pilot-assisted
Minimum pilot pressure
Operating temperature range
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 0.5 Bar
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 1 Bar
TRA/TRR monostable at 6 Bar
TRA /TRR bistable at 6 Bar
Type of manual actuation

1.510 bar
1.910 bar
110 bar
Vacuum 10 bar
2 bar
-10 +60C
114.86 Nl/min bar
0.25 bar/bar
340 Nl/min
470 Nl/min
12 ms / 26 ms
21 ms / 21 ms
monostable on solenoid pilot
(with bistable manual valve on request)
24 VDC - 24VAC - 110 VAC - 220 VAC
1W
-10% -15%
F 155
IP 65 EN60529 with connector
100% ED
DIN 43650 C Shape

Pilot with integrated coil


Power
Voltage tolerance
Insulation class
Degree of protection
Solenoid rating
Electrical contacts

Symbol

Abbrev.
MSV D5 SOS 00 24VDC
MSV D5 SOS 00 24VAC
MSV D5 SOS 00 110VAC
MSV D5 SOS 00 220VAC
MSV D5 SES 00 24VDC
MSV D5 SES 00 24VAC
MSV D5 SES 00 110VAC
MSV D5 SES 00 220VAC

Code
7063020132
7063020133
7063020134
7063020135
7063030132
7063030133
7063030134
7063030135

Weight [g]
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110

Symbol

Abbrev.
MSV D6 SOS CC 24VDC
MSV D6 SOS CC 24VAC
MSV D6 SOS CC 110VAC
MSV D6 SOS CC 220VAC
MSV D6 SOS OC 24VDC
MSV D6 SOS OC 24VAC
MSV D6 SOS OC 110VAC
MSV D6 SOS OC 220VAC
MSV D6 SOS PC 24VDC
MSV D6 SOS PC 24VAC
MSV D6 SOS PC 110VAC
MSV D6 SOS PC 220VAC
MSV D6 SES CC 24VDC
MSV D6 SES CC 24VAC
MSV D6 SES CC 110VAC
MSV D6 SES CC 220VAC
MSV D6 SES OC 24VDC
MSV D6 SES OC 24VAC
MSV D6 SES OC 110VAC
MSV D6 SES OC 220VAC
MSV D6 SES PC 24VDC
MSV D6 SES PC 24VAC
MSV D6 SES PC 110VAC
MSV D6 SES PC 220VAC

Code
7063020212
7063020213
7063020214
7063020215
7063020312
7063020313
7063020314
7063020315
7063020412
7063020413
7063020414
7063020415
7063030212
7063030213
7063030214
7063030215
7063030312
7063030313
7063030314
7063030315
7063030412
7063030413
7063030414
7063030415

Weight [g]
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156

25.6

27

1.3

MONOSTABLE 5/2

35.6 19.7

M3

5.5

3
50

10.5

18

2.5

25.6

27

1.3

MONOSTABLE 5/3

35.6 19.7

M3
50

5.5

10 19.7 35.6

18

2.5

2.1/76

BISTABLE 5/2
Symbol

27

1.3

25.6

M3

35.6 19.7

50

Code
7063020112
7063020113
7063020114
7063020115
7063030112
7063030113
7063030114
7063030115

Weight [g]
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143

5.5

Abbrev.
MSV D5 SOB 00 24VDC
MSV D5 SOB 00 24VAC
MSV D5 SOB 00 110VAC
MSV D5 SOB 00 220VAC
MSV D5 SEB 00 24VDC
MSV D5 SEB 00 24VAC
MSV D5 SEB 00 110VAC
MSV D5 SEB 00 220VAC

19.7 35.6

18

2.5

ACCESSORIES: MACH 18 VALVES, MSV SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC


CONNECTOR 15 mm DIN 43650 SHAPE C

SPARE PARTS: PILOT MACH 18

40.9

3.5

M2.5
15.2

Pg7

Code
W0970501021
W0970501022
W0970501025

OLD

20.7

15.5
8

~25

M2.5

15.5

Description
CONNECTOR 15 mm C SHAPE DIN 43650
CONNECTOR 15 mm C SHAPE DIN 43650 LED 24 V
CONNECTOR 15 mm C SHAPE DIN 43650 LED+VDR 24V

SPARE PARTS: PILOT MACH 18

Code
W4015101000
W4015101010
W4015101020
W4015101030

Description
IN-LINE PILOT 24 VDC
IN-LINE PILOT 24 VAC 50/60 Hz
IN-LINE PILOT 110 VAC 50/60 Hz
IN-LINE PILOT 220 VAC 50/60 Hz

NOTES

NEW
20.2

23.2

42
15.2

M 2.5

Code
Description
W4015301000 IN-LINE PILOT 24 VDC
W4015301010 IN-LINE PILOT 24 VAC 50/60 Hz
W4015301020 IN-LINE PILOT 110 VAC 50/60 Hz
W4015301030 IN-LINE PILOT 220 VAC 50/60 Hz
NB: if the pilot to be replaced bears the writing , you have to order among the NEW
pilots, otherwise order among the OLD pilots

2.1/77

BASES TO ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24563-02


FOR MACH 18 VALVES
INPUT END PLATE TO VDMA 24563-02

INPUT END PLATE TO VDMA 24563-02


10.3

4.2

M5

G 1/8

13

19

6.8
4.6

40
19

Description
VDMA INPUT END PLATE KIT

Code
0227200150

Weight [g]
125

INTERMEDIATE UPPER PORTS 24563-02

Description
VDMA BASE KIT, MANIFOLD SIDE, DIMENSION 2

OUTPUT END PLATE TO VDMA 24563-02


14.5

G 1/4

40

40

3.8

4.2
17

70

14.1 13.8

34

70

47
9 max

17

48

18

M5

Code
0227200300

13
27.5
29

G1/4

19

Description
VDMA INTERMEDIATE UPPER PORTS KIT

Weight [g]
118

BLANKING PLATE UNUSED POSITION

Code
0227100200

Description
VDMA OUTPUT END-PLATE KIT

Weight [g]
122

INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM
10.2

Code
0227200500

52

Description
ACC. PIASTRA CHIUSURA MACH 18

Weight [g]
24

CONNECTION BRACKETS ON THE BAR

NOTES

~9

14

~50

7
Code
0227300600

2.1/78

Description
CONNECTION BRACKETS ON DIN BAR

Code
0227100000

Weight [g]
7

18

M3

22.8

39.6
70

11.3

10.5

27.5
29

Code
0227100201

7.5

22.5

70

48

14.1 13.8

G1/4

Description
INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM

Weight [g]
2

Weight [g]
125

MACH 11 VALVES
The Mach 11 in-line valves with M7 threaded connection
come in the following versions:
5/2 monostable and bistable
5/3 with closed, open or pressure centres.
Control:
pneumatic
solenoid/pneumatic 24 V
With an exceptional compact design only 11 mm wide,
and excellent high performance, these valves can be used
in numerous applications in industrial automation.

TECHNICAL DATA
Valve port thread
Pilot thread
Maximum external diameter of gaskets
Operating temperature range
Fluid
Screw for valve wall-mounting
Flow rate at 6 bar P 1 bar
Pressure range

mm
C

Nl/min
bar

Voltage range
Power
Insulation class
Degree of protection
Solenoid rating
TRA/TRR monostable at 6 bar
TRA/TRR bistable at 6 bar
TRA/TRR 5/3 monostable at 6 bar
Compatibility with oils:

ms
ms
ms

M7
M5
M5: 11 mm M5: 9 mm
-10 C +60 C
Filtered air without lubrication; lubrication, if used, must be continuous
M3
400 Nl/min
Electric
Electric pilot-assisted
Pneumatic
- monostable: 27 bar
- pilot pressure: 27 bar
- monostable control pressure values: 210 bar
- bistable: 27 bar
- valve: vacuum 10 bar
- bistable control pressure values: 110 bar
- 5/3: 2/7 bar
- control pressure 5/3: 210 bar
- valve: vacuum 10 bar
24 VDC 10%
1,2 W
F155
IP 51
100% ED
10 ms / 45 ms
4 ms / 9 ms
22 ms / 22 ms
4 ms / 4 ms
22 ms / 22 ms
4 ms / 4 ms
please refer to page 6.1/08

COMPONENTS
VALVE BODY: Aluminium
CONTROL/END CAP: HOSTAFORM
SPOOL: Aluminium
GASKETS: Polyurethane
PISTONS: HOSTAFORM
PISTON GASKET: Polyurethane
FILTER: sintered bronze
PILOT: with integrated coil
SPRING: special steel
REMOVABLE IDENTIFICATION PLATE

24 VDC

2.1/79

MACH 11 MODULARITY

5
4

3
9

1
1
1

1
1
6

HOW TO FIX THE BASE

KEY TO CODES
M

FAMILY
MSV
Minisolenoid valve
MPV
Mini
pneumatic
valve

2.1/80

PORT

FUNCTION

M7

5
6

5/2
5/3

OPERATORS 14
SO
SE
PN

Solenoid valve
electric
pilot-assisted
pneumatic

RESETTING

FURTHER DETAILS

B
bistable
S mechanical spring

00
5/2 standard
CC
closed centres
OC
open centres
PC pressure centres

2 4 V D C

24VDC

MACH 11 VALVES, PNEUMATIC


MONOSTABLE 5/2
Symbol

Code
7061010130

Weight [g]
52

14

3.2

M7

Abbrev.
MPV 15 PNS OO

13.9

14

14

50

12

16.9

M5

13.9

2
5.7

26.6

5.7

31

11.5

MONOSTABLE 5/3
Symbol

Abbrev.
MPV 16 PNS CC

Code
7061010210

Weight [g]
62

MPV 16 PNS OC

7061010310

62

MPV 16 PNS PC

7061010410

62

Abbrev.
MPV 15 PNB OO

Code
7061010110

Weight [g]
52

M7
14

3.2
13.9 10

14

14

50

12

33.8

M5

13.9

5.7

26.6

6.5

31

5.7
11.5

BISTABLE 5/2
Symbol

14

14

14

3.2

M7

13.9
50
13.9

12

33.8

M5

5.7

26.6

6.5

31

5.7
11.5

2.1/81

MACH 11 VALVES, SOLENOID-PNEUMATIC


MONOSTABLE 5/2
Code
7061020132

Weight [g]
60

MSV 15 SES OO 24VDC

7061030132

60

Abbrev.
MSV 16 SOS CC 24VDC

Code
7061020212

Weight [g]
82

MSV 16 SOS OC 24VDC

7061020312

82

MSV 16 SOS PC 24VDC

7061020412

82

MSV 16 SES CC 24VDC

7061030212

82

MSV 16 SES OC 24VDC

7061030312

82

MSV 16 SES PC 24VDC

7061030412

82

Abbrev.
MSV 15 SOB OO 24 VDC

Code
7061020112

Weight [g]
72

MSV 15 SEB OO 24 VDC

7061030112

88

14

M7

Abbrev.
MSV 15 SOS OO 24VDC

14

14

21
50

12

13.9

M5

17.1

3.2 13.9

Symbol

5.7

5.7

26.6

5.7

31

11.5

43

MONOSTABLE 5/3

14

M7

3.2 13.9

14

14

50

12

21

5.7

13.9

10

M5

17.1

21

Symbol

26.6
5.7

5.7

31

11.5

43

BISTABLE 5/2

5.7

M7
14
14

14
13.9

3.2 13.9

50
21

12

M5

17.1

21

Symbol

5.7

26.6
31
43

2.1/82

5.7
11.5

ACCESSORIES: MANIFOLD BASES FOR MACH 11VALVES


SEPARATE FEED MANIFOLD BASE

12.5

16

70

56.6

M4

24

Code
0227400200

Description
SEPARATE FEED MANIFOLD BASE FOR MACH 11

Weight [g]
44

10.5
17.8
21

25

Description
90 END PLATE 1/4 MACH 11

3.5

4.5

Weight [g]
82

Code
0227400100

19.3
70

Weight [g]
93

FEED BLOCK

14
14

40

40

11
17.5
27

Description
STRAIGHT END PLATE 1/4 FOR MACH 11

M7

BLANKING PLATE

17.8
21

15

25

19.3

M4

3.3
3.5
12

G 1/4

63.5

63.5

63.5

20.2

70

20.2

3.2

M4

G 1/4

63.5
4.5

6.1

11.5

Description
BLANKING PLATE FOR MACH 11

Weight [g]
13

11.5

Code
0227400500

12

STRAIGHT END PLATE


5.5

Code
0227400101

6.6
12.5

6.6

Weight [g]
94
140
186
282
378

Description
BASE, 2 POSN. FOR MACH 11
BASE, 3 POSN. FOR MACH 11
BASE, 4 POSN. FOR MACH 11
BASE, 6 POSN. FOR MACH 11
BASE, 8 POSN. FOR MACH 11

5.5

4.1
6.2

24

90 END PLATE

16

12
5.9

12.5

Code
0227400201
0227400301
0227400401
0227400601
0227400801

M7

70

5.5
4.1

4.1

16

G 1/8

M4

56.6

16

G 1/8

MULTIPLE MANIFOLD BASE

Code
0227400503

Description
M7 FEED BLOCK FOR MACH 11

Weight [g]
11

2.1/83

DIAPHRAGM

BASE FIXING PLATE

70

56.6

40

10.3

M5

4.2

4.5

7.5

6
4
8

Code
0227400000

Description
DIAPHRAGM FOR MACH 11 BASES

Weight [g]
3

Code
0227400504

15.5
19

Description
FIXING PLATE FOR MACH 11 BASES

Weight [g]
28

ACCESSORIES
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR

CONNECTION BRACKET ON DIN BAR

14

~50

Code
W0970512000

(-)
ck
a
l
b

Description
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR FOR MACH 11 L= 300

~9

(+)
d
e
r

Code
0227300600

SPARE PARTS
PLUG-IN PILOT FOR MACH 11

Codice
W4005001000

2.1/84

Descrizione
PILOTA PLUG-IN MACH 11 24VDC LED

NOTES

Description
CONNECTION BRACKET ON DIN BAR

MACH 16 VALVES
Available in size 1/8 only, versions 5/2 and 5/3 and with
pneumatic and solenoid actuation. The Mach 16 valve is
a typical small size valve, only 16 mm wide, with excellent
performance 750 NL/min flow rate at 6 bar P 1 Bar.
The valve can be used in line, on a panel or on a base
(multiple or manifold)
The Mach design is the result of the miniaturisation concept
with the same durability, sturdiness and reliability.

TECHNICAL DATA
1/8
M5 pneumatic actuation
solenoid/pneumatic operation with integrated coil
Maximum outer diameter of gaskets 15 mm
for ports 1 3- 5
Maximum outer diameter for ports 2 4 15 mm
10C to 60C
Operating temperature range
Minimum actuation pressure pilot monostable with pneumatic spring: see picture on page 2.2/88
1.6 bar for monostable valves mechanical spring
pneumatic controls
1 bar for bistable valves 1.9 bar for valves 5/3
10 bar
Maximum operating pressure
Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air
Fluid
lubrication, if used, must be continuous
ISO and UNI FD22
Recommended lubricant
Integrated coil DIN 43650 C shape
Solenoid pilot
monostable on solenoid pilot (with bistable manual valve on request)
Manual
1-3-5 and pilot exhaust
Number of ways in base
Screws for wall-mounting single valve 2 screws M3
2 screws M2.5x30
Screws for base-mounting valve
in any position (vertical assembly is not recomInstallation
mended for bistable valves subjected to vibration)
540 Nl/min
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 0.5 Bar
750 Nl/min
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 1 Bar
149.8 Nl/min bar
Conductance C
0.525 bar/bar
Critical ratio b
please refer to page 6.1/08
Compatibility with oils:

FLOW CHART

Q (Nl/min)

Valve port thread


Type of control

2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0

5
P (bar)

10

COMPONENTS
VALVE BODY: Aluminium
CONTROL/END CAP: HOSTAFORM
SPOOL: Aluminium
GASKETS: Polyurethane
PISTONS: HOSTAFORM
PISTON GASKET: Polyurethane
FILTER: sintered bronze
PILOT: with integrated coil

2.1/85

MANIFOLD BASES FOR MACH 16

7
5

6
8
2
2
2
3

7
7

2
2
1
8
Ref.

Description
M16/VDMA Input end-plate kit
M16 manifold base kit
M16 separate feed manifold base kit
M16 exhaust feed manifold base kit
M16/VDMA output end-plate kit
M16 blanking plate
Intermediate diaphragm
Connection bracket on DIN-bar

Code
0227100201
0227100150
0227100301
0227100302
0227100200
0225004500
0227100000
0227300600

KEY TO CODES
M

FAMILY
MSV
MPV

2.1/86

solenoid/
pneumatic
pneumatic

PORT

FUNCTION

1/8

5
6

5/2
5/3

OPERATORS 14
SO
SE
PN

solenoid/
pneumatic
solenoid pilot
pneumatic

P
RESETTING 12
P pneumatic spring
S mechanical spring
B
bistable

24VDC

FURTHER DETAILS

VOLTAGE

OO
5/2
CC closed centres
OC open centres
PC pressure centres

24VDC
24VAC
110VAC
220VAC

MACH 16 VALVES MPV, PNEUMATIC


TECHNICAL DATA
vacuum 10 bar

Operating pressure
Minimum operating pressure:
monostable with pneumatic spring
monostable with mechanical spring
monostable 5/3
bistable
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 0.5 Bar
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 1 Bar
Repositioning response times at 6 Bar:
monostable
bistable
Repositioning response times at 6 Bar:
monostable
bistable

see graph page 2.2/88


1.6 bar
1.9 bar
1 bar
149.8 Nl/min bar
0.525 bar/bar
540 Nl/min
750 Nl/min
4 ms
4 ms

8.4 ms
4 ms

MONOSTABLE 5/2

15
3
47
27

10.5

20.9

3.2

16.4

14.8

8.2

7.5

Code
7062010100

Weight [g]
60

MPV 25 PNS OO

7062010130

61

Abbrev.
MPV 25 PNB OO

Code
7062010110

Weight [g]
62

15 15

Abbrev.
MPV 25 PNP OO

G 1/8

7.5

10

8.2

M5

Symbol

9
16.5

BISTABLE 5/2

8.2
47

14.8

20.9
15

16.4
8.2

7.5

M5

15 15

15

G 1/8

7.5

10

3.2

8.2

M5

Symbol

9
6.5

27

16.5

2.1/87

MONOSTABLE 5/3

7.5
15

3
47
15 10

7.5

8.2

20.9

3.2

16.4

14.8

8.2

15 15

8.2

M5

10

M5

9
27

6.5

16.5

OPERATING PRESSURE
10

Minimum
actuation
pressure
(bar)
Pminima
azionamento
(bar)

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0

Supply pressure (bar)


Palimentazione
(bar)

NOTES

2.1/88

Abbrev.
MPV 26 PNS CC

Code
7062010210

Weight [g]
73

MPV 26 PNS OC

7062010310

73

MPV 26 PNS PC

7062010410

73

G 1/8

Symbol

10

MACH 16 VALVES MPV, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC


TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure:
monostable
bistable
pilot-assisted
Minimum pilot pressure
Operating temperature range
Conductance C
Critical ratio b
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 0.5 Bar
Flow rate at 6 Bar P 1 Bar
TRA/TRR monostable at 6 bar
TRA/TRR bistable at 6bar
Type of operation: Manual

1.9-10 bar
1-10 bar
vacuum 10 bar
2 bar
-10 to 60C
149.8 Nl/min bar
0.525 bar/bar
540 Nl/min
750 Nl/min
12 ms / 26 ms
21 ms / 21 ms
monostable on the solenoid pilot
(also with bistable manual valve on request)
24 VDC - 24 VAC - 110 VAC - 220 VAC
1W
-10% +15%
F 155
IP 65 EN60529 with connector
100% ED
DIN 43650 C shape

Pilot with integrated coil


Powers
Voltage tolerance
Insulation class
Degree of protection
Solenoid rating
Electrical contacts

MONOSTABLE 5/2
Symbol

Abbrev.
MSV 25 SOP 00 24VDC
MSV 25 SOP 00 24VAC
MSV 25 SOP 00 110VAC
MSV 25 SOP 00 220VAC
MSV 25 SOS 00 24VDC
MSV 25 SOS 00 24VAC
MSV 25 SOS 00 110VAC
MSV 25 SOS 00 220VAC
MSV 25 SES 00 24VDC
MSV 25 SES 00 24VAC
MSV 25 SES 00 110VAC
MSV 25 SES 00 220VAC

Code
7062020102
7062020103
7062020104
7062020105
7062020132
7062020133
7062020134
7062020135
7062030132
7062030133
7062030134
7062030135

Weight [g]
92
92
92
92
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93

Symbol

Abbrev.
MSV 25 SOB 00 24VDC
MSV 25 SOB 00 24VAC
MSV 25 SOB 00 110VAC
MSV 25 SOB 00 220VAC
MSV 25 SEB 00 24VDC
MSV 25 SEB 00 24VAC
MSV 25 SEB 00 110VAC
MSV 25 SEB 00 220VAC

Code
7062020112
7062020113
7062020114
7062020115
7062030112
7062030113
7062030114
7062030115

Weight [g]
124
124
124
124
125
125
125
125

47

15 15

8.2

14.8

20.9

7.5

10.5

16.4

8.9

7.5

G 1/8

7.5

35.6

25.6
9

3.2

M5

19.7

9
7.6
15
39.6

M5

1.3

27

9
16.5

7.5
8.9

8.2
20.9

27
1.3

G 1/8

7.5

47

16.4

14.8
7.5

3.2

M5

15
39.6

15 15

19.7 35.6

25.6

9
7.6

35.6 19.7

M5

BISTABLE 5/2

16.5

2.1/89

MONOSTABLE 5/3

15 15

20.9

27
1.3

35.6 19.7 10

7.5

47

14.8

7.5
8.9

7.5
8.2

3.2

16.4

15

G 1/8

Abbrev.
MSV 26 SOS CC 24VDC
MSV 26 SOS CC 24VAC
MSV 26 SOS CC 110VAC
MSV 26 SOS CC 220VAC
MSV 26 SOS OC 24VDC
MSV 26 SOS OC 24VAC
MSV 26 SOS OC 110VAC
MSV 26 SOS OC 220VAC
MSV 26 SOS PC 24VDC
MSV 26 SOS PC 24VAC
MSV 26 SOS PC 110VAC
MSV 26 SOS PC 220VAC
MSV 26 SES CC 24VDC
MSV 26 SES CC 24VAC
MSV 26 SES CC 110VAC
MSV 26 SES CC 220VAC
MSV 26 SES OC 24VDC
MSV 26 SES OC 24VAC
MSV 26 SES OC 110VAC
MSV 26 SES OC 220VAC
MSV 26 SES PC 24VDC
MSV 26 SES PC 24VAC
MSV 26 SES PC 110VAC
MSV 26 SES PC 220VAC

35.6
19.7

25.6

9
7.6
39.6

M5

M5

Symbol

9
16.5

Code
7062020212
7062020213
7062020214
7062020215
7062020312
7062020313
7062020314
7062020315
7062020412
7062020413
7062020414
7062020415
7062030212
7062030213
7062030214
7062030215
7062030312
7062030313
7062030314
7062030315
7062030412
7062030413
7062030414
7062030415

Weight [g]
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143

ACCESSORIES: MACH 16 VALVES MSV, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC


CONNECTOR 15 mm SHAPE C TO DIN 43650

NEW

15.5

15.5
8

~25

M2.5

SPARE PARTS: COIL MACH 16

3.5

Description
CONNECTOR 15 mm SHAPE C DIN 43650
CONNECTOR 15 mm SHAPE C DIN 43650 LED 24V
CONNECTOR 15 mm SHAPE C DIN 43650 LED+VDR 24V

42
M 2.5
15.2

Code
W0970501021
W0970501022
W0970501025

20.2

23.2

Pg7

SPARE PARTS: COIL MACH 16

20.7

M2.5
15.2

40.9

Code
W4015101000
W4015101010
W4015101020
W4015101030

2.1/90

Description
IN-LINE PILOT 24 VDC
IN-LINE PILOT 24 VAC 50/60 Hz
IN-LINE PILOT 110 VAC 50/60 Hz
IN-LINE PILOT 220 VAC 50/60 Hz

OLD

Code
Description
W4015301000 IN-LINE PILOT 24 VDC
W4015301010 IN-LINE PILOT 24 VAC 50/60 Hz
W4015301020 IN-LINE PILOT 110 VAC 50/60 Hz
W4015301030 IN-LINE PILOT 220 VAC 50/60 Hz
NB: if the pilot to be replaced bears the writing , you have to order among the NEW
pilots, otherwise order among the OLD pilots

MANIFOLD BASES FOR MACH 16 VALVES


MACH 16 INPUT END-PLATE

MACH 16 MANIFOLD BASE

70

4.2

13

70

19

17

48

14.1 13.8

40

G1/4

40

27.5
29

Code
0227100201

Weight [g]
125

Description
INPUT END-PLATE KIT M16/VDMA

MACH 16 SEPARATE FEED MANIFOLD BASE

Code
0227100150

Description
MANIFOLD BASE KIT M16

Weight [g]
121

MACH 16 EXHAUST FEED MANIFOLD BASE

70

40

40

70

G 1/8

G 1/8

A SEPARATE FEED
B SEPARATE EXHAUST

Code
0227100301

Description
MANIFOLD BASE KIT SEPARATE FEED M16

G 1/8

17

17

A EXHAUST FEED
B SEPARATE EXHAUSTS
C SEPARATE FEED/EXHAUSTS
Weight [g]
119

Code
0227100302

Description
MANIFOLD BASE KIT EXHAUST FEED

Weight [g]
113

2.1/91

MACH 16 OUTPUT END-PLATE

BLANKING PLATE UNUSED POSITION

14.5
40

3.8

M2.5

M5

9 max

50

70

14.1 13.8

47

48

16.7

4.2

13
27.5
29

G1/4

19

Code
0227100200

Description
OUTPUT END-PLATE KIT M16/VDMA

Weight [g]
122

INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM

Code
0225004500

Description
ACCESSORIES BLANKING PLATE FOR MACH 16

Weight [g]
18

CONNECTION BRACKET ON DIN BAR

10.2

~9

14

~50

Code
0227100000

2.1/92

Description
INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM

Weight [g]
1

Code
0227300600

Description
CONNECTION BRACKET ON DIN BAR

Weight [g]
7

MULTIPLE BASES FOR MACH 16 VALVES


MULTIPLE BASE FOR MACH 16

BAR ADAPTER MULTIPLE BASES FOR MACH 16


60
M4

G 1/4

20

13

40.4
73.5

10 10

4.5

22
M4

M5
10 10

5
27.5

17

17

17

11

17.5

15.8

10

26.5

Code
0225000201
0225000401
0225000601
0225000801
0225001001
0225001201

Description
ACC. BASE CVM.PN-08-02-0-000
ACC. BASE CVM.PN-08-04-0-000
ACC. BASE CVM.PN-08-06-0-000
ACC. BASE CVM.PN-08-08-0-000
ACC. BASE CVM.PN-08-10-0-000
ACC. BASE CVM.PN-08-12-0-000

Posn.
2
4
6
8
10
12

INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM

P1

2
Weight [g]
180
286
390
500
613
706

Code
0225004600

Weight [g]
46

GASKET KIT

P2

Code
0226007001

Code
0227100001

Description
ACCESSORIES: OMEGA-ADAPTER MACH 16

Description
ACC. MULTIPLE BASE DIAPHRAGM

Weight [g]
6

Description
M16 MULTIPLE BASE GASKET KIT

Weight [g]
5

KIT OF SPARE INTEGRATED GASKET

Code
0226007003

Description
M16 MULTIPLE BASE GASKET KIT

Weight [g]
5

2.1/93

MULTIPLE CONNECTORS
Mach 16 valves can be mounted on bases with pneumatic or electrical
connection. The electric contacts of the individual valves are connected by
means of a printed circuit board in a sealed conduit to a single connection
point suitable for up to 16 controls. The number 16 was chosen because the
number of outputs of most PLC output boards is 16 or a multiple of it.
The system has numerous alternatives and variants for a wide range of
requirements:
Base for monostable or bistable valves.
Connection via a multiple connector or wired cable.
Supply of individual parts or ready prepared bases or complete valve units
The configuration can be modified at any time to convert bases for
monostable valves into bases for bistable valves.
The return cable can be used to connect two monostable valve units to a
single multiple connector.
All versions are certified for electromagnetic compatibility and hence they
bear the CE mark. The system is prearranged for mounting a slave for field
buses, which can be added at any time.
Valve units with multiple pneumatic/electrical connection are supplied complete
with valves and are tested.
System modularity means that the valve sequence can be ordered to meet
your own requirements (see key to codes).

TECHNICAL DATA
Supply voltage
Maximum absorption
Valve actuation indicator
Protection
Operating temperature range
Degree of protection with valves mounted
Insulation class
Electromagnetic compatibility
Maximum number of solenoid valves which can be applied
Number of contacts
Version with connectors
Connector insulation class
Section of cables to weld to connector
Number of contacts
Pre-wired version
Cable length
Number of wires
Wire section
Shielding
Cable
Cable outside diameter

24VDC 24VAC
50 m A for each position
yellow LED
Fuse
10 to 60C
IP65
in compliance with IEC 664-1and VDE 0110 Group C
in compliance with EEC 366/89
16
19, 16 of which for solenoid valves, 2 common and 1 earth
in compliance with MIL 26485
max. 0.6 mm2
19, 16 of which for solenoid valves, 2 common and 1 earth
5m
19, 16 of which for solenoid valves, 2 common and 1 earth
0.22 mm2
tin plated covering 80-90%
outer oil-proof and flame-proof PVC sheath
8.5 mm

WIRING DIAGRAM FOR PRE-WIRED VERSION

B
C
R

L
K

E
F

Position of
electrical contact
V1
V2
V3
V4
V5
V6
V7

Pin on flying
connector
S
F
U
H
V
G
T

Position of
electrical contact
V8
V9
V10
V11
V12
V13
V14

Pin on flying
connector
J
A
N
M
L
D
C

Position of
electrical contact
V15
V16
EARTH
-COM
-COM

Pin on
flying connector
B
P
K
E
R

WIRING DIAGRAM FOR VERSION WITH CONNECTOR


Position of
Position of
Position of
Colour of the
Colour of the
Colour of the
electrical contact corresponding wire electrical contact corresponding wire electrical contact corresponding wire
V15
V8
V1
green /black
brown/red
orange
V16
V9
V2
yellow
red/white
blue/black
EARTH
V10
V3
white/black
red/black
yellow/red
-COM
V11
V4
blue
green/red
brown/black
-COM
V12
V5
red
blue/red
green
V13
V6
yellow/black
brown
V14
V7
white
orange/black

2.1/94

COMPONENTS
3

V1

V2

V3

V4

11

V5

V6

V7

12

V8

14
1

2
6

13

V16

V15

V14

V13

V12

10

 Multiple base: extruded anodised aluminium


 Modular base: anodised aluminium
 Main assembly, version with connector
 Main assembly, pre-wired version
 Secondary unit/additional secondary unit
 10-wire return cable

V11

V10

V9

15

 Socket for 10-wire return cable


LED (LED on= Solenoid valve energised)

Identification label (for writing on)


Bistable solenoid valve MACH 16
Monostable solenoid valve MACH 16
Flying 19-wire connector for version with
connector: nickel-plated aluminium, silver-

plated contacts
 19-wire cable for pre-wired version
 Blanking plate pneumatic position: anodised aluminium
 Small blanking plate electric connector:
painted aluminium

KEY TO CODES
A
FAMILY
A

multiple
base for
solenoid/pne
umatic
connection
Mach 16

manifold
base for
Mach 16
sol/pneum.
connection

NO. OF POSITIONS
04
06
08
10
12

4
6
8
10
12

Posn.
Posn.
Posn.
Posn.
Posn.

M M 6 V L

SIZE
M
electrical
connection only
for monostable
valves
B
electrical
connection for
bistable valves

MCN

WC5

celectrical
connector

pre-wired
cable
ACM
additional
connection for
monostable battery

08

G 1/8

2 4 V D C
VOLTAGE

M
MSV 25 SMS 00
M6
MSV G5 SMS 00
M8
MSV H5 SMS 00
V
MSV 25 SCS 00
L
MSV 25 SMP 00
L6
MSV G5 SMP 00
L8
MSV H5 SMP 00
J
MSV 25 SMB 00
J6
MSV G5 SMB 00
J8
MSV H5 SMB 00
K
MSV 25 SCB 00
G
MSV 26 SMS CC
G6 MSV G6 SMS CC
G8
MSV H8 SMS CC
O
MSV 26 SCS CC
E
MSV 26 SMS OC
E6
MSV G6 SMS OC
E8
MSV H8 SMS OC
F
MSV 26 SCS OC
B
MSV 26 SMS PC
B6
MSV G6 SMS PC
B8
MSV H8 SMS PC
C
MSV 26 SCS PC
A
BLANKING PLATE
D INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM

24VDC
24VAC

N.B. The valve insertion order inside the descriptive key is the following, starting from the connector, from the left towards the right: the first
left square corresponds to the first valve close to the connector on the base. There are 12 squares available for the description: if you order
a base with less than 12 positions, complete by placing a 0 in the remaining boxes.

2.1/95

MACH 16 VALVES
FOR MULTIPLE CONNECTOR

27

MONOSTABLE 5/2, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC - MECHANICAL SPRING

G1/8

27

16.4

69

34

16.4

Code
7066040132
7067040132
7066040133
7067040133

Description
MSV G5 SMS OO 24 VDC
MSV H5 SMS OO 24 VDC
MSV G5 SMS OO 24 VAC
MSV H5 SMS OO 24 VAC

Weight [g]
92
92

6
8
6
8

H
32.7
34
32.7
34

Weight [g]
96
98
96
98

16.5

6.9

8.2

9.7

10

Description
MSV 25 SMS 00 24VDC
MSV 25 SMS 00 24VAC

16.5

34

8.2

7.5

69
9

10

Code
7062040132
7062040133

MONOSTABLE 5/2, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, PILOT-ASSISTED MECHANICAL SPRING


Weight [g]
93
93

Description
MSV 25 SCS 00 24VDC
MSV 25 SCS 00 24VAC

27

Code
7062060132
7062060133

34

G1/8

15

16.5

19.8
M5
7.5

8.9

69

7.5

9
7.6

10

39.6

27

MONOSTABLE 5/2, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC - PNEUMATIC SPRING

16.4

G1/8

27

L
16.4

2.1/96

34
6.9

8.2

16.5

69
9.7

10

7.5

34

8.2

Description
MSV 25 SMP 00 24VDC
MSV 25 SMP 00 24VAC

Code
7066040102
7067040102
7066040103
7067040103

Description
MSV G5 SMP OO 24 VDC
MSV H5 SMP OO 24 VDC
MSV G5 SMP OO 24 VAC
MSV H5 SMP OO 24 VAC

Weight [g]
93
93

16.5

69
9

10

Code
7062040102
7062040103

6
8
6
8

H
32.7
34
32.7
34

Weight [g]
96
98
96
98

27

BISTABLE 5/2, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC

79

10

8.2

G1/8

27
H

Description
MSV G5 SMB OO 24 VDC
MSV H5 SMB OO 24 VDC
MSV G5 SMB OO 24 VAC
MSV H5 SMB OO 24 VAC

16.4

10

6
8
6
8

H
32.7
34
32.7
34

Weight [g]
143
146
143
146

16.5

79

8.2

6.9

69
9.7

Code
7066040112
7067040112
7066040113
7067040113

Weight [g]
139
139

16.5

16.4

10

Description
MSV 25 SMB 00 24VDC
MSV 25 SMB 00 24VAC

7.5

69
9

10

Code
7062040112
7062040113

BISTABLE 5/2, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, PILOT-ASSISTED


Weight [g]
140
140

Description
MSV 25 SCB 00 24VDC
MSV 25 SCB 00 24VAC

27

Code
7062060112
7062060113

15

G1/8

8.9

19.8
M5 7.5

10

16.5

79
7.5

69

9
7.6

10

39.6

27

MONOSTABLE 5/3, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC CLOSED CENTRES

79

16.4

10

G1/8

27
H

Description
MSV G6 SMS CC 24 VDC
MSV H6 SMS CC 24 VDC
MSV G6 SMS CC 24 VAC
MSV H6 SMS CC 24 VAC

16.4

10

6
8
6
8

H
32.7
34
32.7
34

Weight [g]
146
146
146
146

16.5

79

8.2

6.9

69
9.7

10

Code
7066040212
7067040212
7066040213
7067040213

Weight [g]
142
142

7.5

8.2

Description
MSV 26 SMS CC 24VDC
MSV 26 SMS CC 24VAC

16.5

69
9

10

Code
7062040212
7062040213

2.1/97

MONOSTABLE 5/3, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, PILOT-ASSISTED CLOSED CENTRES


Weight [g]
143
143

Description
MSV 26 SCS CC 24VDC
MSV 26 SCS CC 24VAC

27

Code
7062060212
7062060213

79

10

15

G1/8

8.9

19.8
M5 7.5

16.5

69

7.5

9
7.6

10

39.6

27

MONOSTABLE 5/3 SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC OPEN CENTRES

69

79

10

8.2

27
H

Description
MSV G6 SMS OC 24 VDC
MSV H6 SMS OC 24 VDC
MSV G6 SMS OC 24 VAC
MSV H6 SMS OC 24 VAC

8.2

16.4

10

6
8
6
8

H
32.7
34
32.7
34

Weight [g]
146
146
146
146

16.5

79
6.9

69
9.7

Code
7066040312
7067040312
7066040313
7067040313

Weight [g]
142
142

16.5

G1/8

16.4

10

Description
MSV 26 SMS OC 24VDC
MSV 26 SMS OC 24VAC

7.5

10

Code
7062040312
7062040313

MONOSTABLE 5/3 SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, PILOT-ASSISTED OPEN CENTRES

27

Code
7062060312
7062060313

19.8
M5 7.5

15

G1/8
39.6

2.1/98

10
8.9

79

16.5

69

7.5

9
7.6

10

Description
MSV 26 SCS OC 24VDC
MSV 26 SCS OC 24VAC

Weight [g]
143
143

27

MONOSTABLE 5/3, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC PRESSURE CENTRES

79

10

G1/8

27
H

Description
MSV G6 SMS PC 24 VDC
MSV H6 SMS PC 24 VDC
MSV G6 SMS PC 24 VAC
MSV H6 SMS PC 24 VAC

8.2

16.4

10

H
32.7
34
32.7
34

6
8
6
8

Weight [g]
146
146
146
146

16.5

79
6.9

69
9.7

Code
7066040412
7067040412
7066040413
7067040413

Weight [g]
142
142

16.5

8.2

16.4

10

Description
MSV 26 SMS PC 24VDC
MSV 26 SMS PC 24VAC

7.5

69
9

10

Code
7062040412
7062040413

27

MONOSTABLE 5/3, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, PILOT-ASSISTED PRESSURE CENTRES

79

15

G1/8
39.6

10

16.5

19.8
M5 7.5

Weight [g]
143
143

Description
MSV 26 SCS PC 24VDC
MSV 26 SCS PC 24VAC

8.9

69

7.5

9
7.6

10

Code
7062060412
7062060413

SPARE PARTS
COIL MACH 16

COIL MACH 16

OLD

NEW

23.2

20.2

15.2

M 2.5

Code
W4015201000
W4015201010

Description
PILOT MULTIPLE CONNECTION 24 VDC
PILOT MULTIPLE CONNECTION 24 VAC

42

Code
Description
W4015401000 IN-LINE PILOT 24 VDC
W4015401010 IN-LINE PILOT 24 VAC 50/60 Hz
NB: if the pilot to be replaced bears the writing , you have to order among the NEW
pilots, otherwise order among the OLD pilots

2.1/99

BASES WITH MULTIPLE CONNECTION


MONOSTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 POSITIONS

~76.5
~54.5

17

20.8

84.5
60

69
20.2 20.2

20

24.5

126.3

69

4.5

7.5 max

CH 12

10.7

62

L
L

L2
L1
Pos.-Nr.
86
148.5
4
120
182.5
6
154
216.5
8
188
250.5
10
222
284.5
12
86
148.5
4
120
182.5
6
154
216.5
8
188
250.5
10
222
284.5
12
. . . . . : 24VDC = direct current
24VAC = alternating current

15.5

26.5
53.5

Description
CVM EP 08 04 M MCN . . . . .
CVM EP 08 06 M MCN . . . . .
CVM EP 08 08 M MCN . . . . .
CVM EP 08 10 M MCN . . . . .
CVM EP 08 12 M MCN . . . . .
CVM EP 08 04 M WC5 . . . . .
CVM EP 08 06 M WC5 . . . . .
CVM EP 08 08 M WC5 . . . . .
CVM EP 08 10 M WC5 . . . . .
CVM EP 08 12 M WC5 . . . . .

L3
153
187
221
255
289
153
187
221
255
289

Code 24 VDC
0225100401
0225100601
0225100801
0225101001
0225101201
0225400401
0225400601
0225400801
0225401001
0225401201

Code VAC
0225110401
0225110601
0225110801
0225111001
0225111201
0225410401
0225410601
0225410801
0225411001
0225411201

with connector

with pre-wired cable

Weight [g]
504
644
784
924
1264
3642
3781
3923
4070
4195

BISTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 12 POSITIONS


284.5

~76.5
~54.5
~45.5

17

20.8

84.5
60

79

20

62
35.5

189.6
148

24.5

7.5 max
222

20.2 20.2

69

69

4.5
5

15.5

G1/4
10.7

CH 12
113

26.5
53.5

289

Pos.-Nr.
12
12

Description
CVM EP 08 12 B MCN . . . . .
CVM EP 08 12 B WC5 . . . . .

. . . . . : 24VDC = direct current


24VAC = alternating current

2.1/100

Code 24 VDC
0225201201
0225501201

Code VAC
0225211201
0225511201

with multiple connector


with pre-wired cable

Weight [g]
1315
4700

BISTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 10 POSITIONS


250.5

~76.5
~54.5
~45.5

17
20.8

84.5
60

69

69

4.5

189.6
148

20

62
35.5

15.5

G1/4

79

7.5 max

20.2 20.2

24.5

10.7

188

2
CH 12

147

26.5
53.5

255

Description
CVM EP 08 10 B MCN . . . . .
CVM EP 08 10 B WC5 . . . . .

Pos.-Nr.
10
10

Code 24 VDC
0225201001
0225501001

Code VAC
0225211001
0225511001

Weight [g]
1245
4600

with multiple connector


with pre-wired cable

. . . . . : 24 VDC = direct current


24 VAC = alternating current

BISTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 4, 6, 8 POSITIONS


L

~76.5
~54.5
~45.5

17
20.8

84.5
60

69

15.5

G1/4

79

7.5 max
L2

20.2 20.2

20

62
35.5

189.6
148

24.5

69

4.5
5

10.7

CH 12
L
L

L2
L1
Pos.-Nr.
86
148.5
4
120
182.5
6
154
216.5
8
86
148.5
4
120
182.5
6
154
216.5
8
. . . . . : 24 VDC = direct current
24 VAC = alternating current

L3
153
187
221
153
187
221

26.5

53.5

L4
113
147
181
113
147
181

Description
CVM EP 08 04 B MCN . . . . .
CVM EP 08 06 B MCN . . . . .
CVM EP 08 08 B MCN . . . . .
CVM EP 08 04 B WC5 . . . . .
CVM EP 08 06 B WC5 . . . . .
CVM EP 08 08 B WC5 . . . . .

Code 24 VDC
0225200401
0225200601
0225200801
0225500401
0225500601
0225500801

Code VAC
0225210401
0225210601
0225210801
0225510401
0225510601
0225510801

with multiple connector

with pre-wired cable

Weight [g]
770
965
1200
3910
4086
4264

2.1/101

ADDITIONAL MONOSTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 4, 6, 8 POSITIONS

26.5

L
7.5 max

53.5
26.5

4.5

10.7

15.5

CH 12

20.8

69

126.6
69
20.2 20.2

20

G1/4

24.5
49

~54.5
17
L4
L3

L3
L2
Pos.-Nr.
117.5
86
4
151.5
120
6
185.5
154
8
. . . . . : 24 VDC = direct current
24 VAC = alternating current

NOTES

2.1/102

L4
113
147
181

Description
CVM EP 08 04 M ACM . . . . .
CVM EP 08 06 M ACM . . . . .
CVM EP 08 08 M ACM . . . . .

Code 24 VDC
0225300401
0225300601
0225300801

Code VAC
0225310401
0225310601
0225310801

Weight [g]
500
640
780

MODULAR MULTIPLE CONNECTOR KIT

It is possible to buy the various assembly kits separately, to obtain


a wide range of customised applications.
The main units of the version with connector  or the pre-wired
version  can easily be assembled with the multiple base or
the modular manifold base . The manifold base allows particular
circuits on the individual valves (feed from exhaust outlets, pressure
differentiation, etc.)
Likewise, on the other side it is also simple to mount the secondary
unit . This possibility is very interesting because it allows you to
convert a base for monostable valves into a base for bistable valves.
If you fit an additional secondary unit  on a base, you obtain an
additional solenoid base that can be connected by means of return
cables to a main base for monostable valves. The only thing to
remember is that in all cases the total number of positions (connection
to solenoid valve coil) must not exceed sixteen.
The 10 pin return cable  is used when a main unit and a

secondary unit, or only one additional secondary unit, are mounted


together on the multiple (or manifold) base. It has to be connected
to the sockets shown in the diagram.
For different requirements, it is also possible to have return cables
with a connector at one end only , or just the 10-wire cable .
These types are available in different lengths. A 10-wire connector
kit
is also available if you need to complete the wiring.
In the version with a connector, the 19-wire flying connector 
pilots the entire assembled base. This connector must be welded
onto the 19-wire cable , which is available in different lengths.
The 19-wire connector complete with cable is available in
various lengths.
The male connector  allows the free electrical connection of
the multiple connector to be used, in order to control the valves
placed in the system or to control the bistable valves by a
monostable multiple electrical connection base.

17

11

10

9
13

12
8

9
4

2.1/103

MAIN KIT VERSION WITH CONNECTOR

Code
0226500401
0226510401
0226500601
0226510601
0226500801
0226510801
0226501001
0226511001
0226501201
0226511201

Description
MAIN MULTIPLE CONNECTION KIT,
MAIN MULTIPLE CONNECTION KIT,
MAIN MULTIPLE CONNECTION KIT,
MAIN MULTIPLE CONNECTION KIT,
MAIN MULTIPLE CONNECTION KIT,
MAIN MULTIPLE CONNECTION KIT,
MAIN MULTIPLE CONNECTION KIT,
MAIN MULTIPLE CONNECTION KIT,
MAIN MULTIPLE CONNECTION KIT,
MAIN MULTIPLE CONNECTION KIT,

4 POSITIONS VDC
4 POSITIONS VAC
6 POSITIONS VDC
6 POSITIONS VAC
8 POSITIONS VDC
8 POSITIONS VAC
10 POSITIONS VDC
10 POSITIONS VAC
12 POSITIONS VDC
12 POSITIONS VAC

Weight [g]
245
245
280
280
308
308
344
344
396
396

MAIN MULTIPLE PRE-WIRED CONNECTION KIT

Code
0226400401
0226410401
0226400601
0226410601
0226400801
0226410801
0226401001
0226411001
0226401201
0226411201

Description
PRE-WIRED MULTIPLE MAIN CONNECTOR KIT,
PRE-WIRED MULTIPLE MAIN CONNECTOR KIT,
PRE-WIRED MULTIPLE MAIN CONNECTOR KIT,
PRE-WIRED MULTIPLE MAIN CONNECTOR KIT,
PRE-WIRED MULTIPLE MAIN CONNECTOR KIT,
PRE-WIRED MULTIPLE MAIN CONNECTOR KIT,
PRE-WIRED MULTIPLE MAIN CONNECTOR KIT,
PRE-WIRED MULTIPLE MAIN CONNECTOR KIT,
PRE-WIRED MULTIPLE MAIN CONNECTOR KIT,
PRE-WIRED MULTIPLE MAIN CONNECTOR KIT,

Code
0226200401
0226210401
0226200601
0226210601
0226200801
0226210801

Description
MULTIPLE SECONDARY CONNECTOR KIT,
MULTIPLE SECONDARY CONNECTOR KIT,
MULTIPLE SECONDARY CONNECTOR KIT,
MULTIPLE SECONDARY CONNECTOR KIT,
MULTIPLE SECONDARY CONNECTOR KIT,
MULTIPLE SECONDARY CONNECTOR KIT,

4 POSITIONS VDC
4 POSITIONS VAC
6 POSITIONS VDC
6 POSITIONS VAC
8 POSITIONS VDC
8 POSITIONS VAC

Weight [g]
166
166
210
210
257
257

Code
0226300401
0226310401
0226300601
0226310601
0226300801
0226310801

Description
MULTIPLE SECONDARY CONNECTOR KIT,
MULTIPLE SECONDARY CONNECTOR KIT,
MULTIPLE SECONDARY CONNECTOR KIT,
MULTIPLE SECONDARY CONNECTOR KIT,
MULTIPLE SECONDARY CONNECTOR KIT,
MULTIPLE SECONDARY CONNECTOR KIT,

4 POSITIONS VDC
4 POSITIONS VAC
6 POSITIONS VDC
6 POSITIONS VAC
8 POSITIONS VDC
8 POSITIONS VAC

Weight [g]
158
158
199
199
243
243

4 POSITIONS VDC
4 POSITIONS VAC
6 POSITIONS VDC
6 POSITIONS VAC
8 POSITIONS VDC
8 POSITIONS VAC
10 POSITIONS VDC
10 POSITIONS VAC
12 POSITIONS VDC
12 POSITIONS VAC

Weight [g]
3350
3350
3400
3400
3423
3423
3460
3460
3490
3490

SECONDARY KIT

ADDITIONAL SECONDARY KIT

2.1/104

19-WIRE CONNECTOR KIT


Code
0226170001

Description
19-WIRE CONNECTOR KIT

10-WIRE RETURN CABLE


PLEASE CONTACT OUR SALES OFFICES
0226150022

22 cm

022615------- Length in cm

10-WIRE RETURN CABLE ONE END WITH CONNECTOR


PLEASE CONTACT OUR SALES OFFICES
022613----

---- Length in cm

CABLE WITH 10 CONNECTORS


Code
0226107201

Description
10-WIRES CABLE

8
Please specify the desired length in metres

10-WIRE CONNECTOR KIT


Code
0226170002

Description
10-WIRE CONNECTOR KIT

2.1/105

19-WIRE CABLE, ONE END WITH CONNECTOR

10

Code
0226140250
0226140500
0226141000
0226141500
0226142000
0226143000

Description
19-WIRE CABLE, ONE END WITH CONNECTOR L = 2.5 m
19-WIRE CABLE, ONE END WITH CONNECTOR L = 5 m
19-WIRE CABLE, ONE END WITH CONNECTOR L = 10 m
19-WIRE CABLE, ONE END WITH CONNECTOR L = 15 m
19-WIRE CABLE, ONE END WITH CONNECTOR L = 20 m
19-WIRE CABLE, ONE END WITH CONNECTOR L = 30 m

Code
0226107101

Description
19-WIRE CABLE

19-WIRE CABLE

11
Indicate the desired length in metres

SET OF IDENTIFICATION PLATES


Code
0226107000

Description
SET OF IDENTIFICATION PLATES

12
Package: 10 pieces

ELECTRIC CONTACT GASKETS


Code
0226107001

Description
SET OF ELECTRIC CONTACT GASKETS

13
Package: 10 pieces

SET OF MULTIPLE BASE GASKETS


Code
0226007001

14

2.1/106

Description
SET OF M16 MULTIPLE BASE GASKETS

ELECTRIC CONNECTION BLANKING PLATE


Code
0225004502

Description
ACCESSORIES: MACH 16 ELECTRIC CONNECTION BLANKING PLATE

Code
0225004500

Description
ACCESSORIES: MACH 16 BASE BLANKING PLATE

Code
W0970504021

Description
MALE CONNECTOR 2mm

15
BASE BLANKING PLATE

16
MALE CONNECTOR

17

Max power for each position = 5W


Max total power of multiple connector = 36W

EXAMPLE OF A MALE CONNECTOR

SOV 1/8
SOV 1/4"
SOV 1/2"
SOV on base
MACH 16
MACH 18
ISO 1 ISO 2
PIV valves
APR: progressive starter
V3V: circuit switching valve

KIT OF MULTIPLE BASE GASKETS


Code
0226007003

Description
KIT OF M16 MULTIPLE BASE INTEGRATE GASKETS

18
2.1/107

REDUCER WITH GAUGE


FOR VALVES, SERIES RMV
The RMV-series miniature pressure regulator with pressure
gauge for valves is specifically conceived for mounting on the
outlets of valves with a 1/8 port.
With limited cross dimension, it can be fitted to a series of
small valves. The body is 16.5 mm wide and fits exactly on
the valves of the Mach 16 series for multiple electrical
connection.
Using the RMV, it is possible to differentiate the pressure of
each single output of the valves. For example, if you mount
it on port 2 and not on port 4, the pressure can be reduced
on port 2 only. If you mount one for each port, the pressure
on port 2 will differ from that on port 4, which in turn is less
than the feed pressure (outlet 1).
There are three 1/8 threaded RMV ports that are pneumatically
connected in parallel. A small pressure gauge is mounted in
one port; another port is plugged by an A7-type fitting and
a third can take a fitting. The user, however, can decide whether
the layout of components is to be modified or not. He might,
for example, decide to mount three fittings to create a threeport reduced-pressure distributor.
TECHNICAL DATA

Assembly position
Use instructions

19

16.5

23

G1/8
CH4

CH3

52

CH22

27

bar
MPa
psi
Input pressure
bar
MPa
psi
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa - 91 psi) P 1 bar
Flow rate at free exhaust at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa - 91 psi)
Fluid
Maximum temperature at 10 Bar (1 Mpa - 145 psi)

1/8 external thread


1/8 internal thread
18
0.10.8
14.5116
210
0.21
29145
140 Nl/1
360 Nl/1
filtered lubricated or unlubricated air
-10C +60
+14F + 140F
on valves
The pressure must always be
regulated in increasing values

Threaded input connection


Threaded output connection
Regulation range

G1/8
53

16.5

7985

ORDERING CODE
Code
9061601

7.5

Description
RMV 1/8

APPLICATIONS ASSEMBLY

17 MIN.

23

G 1/8

Fixing the reducer onto the valve


2.1/108

3 outputs with G1/8 thread

12

12

12

When mounting on valve units,


with a pitch of less than 23 mm,
alternate the gauge positions.

MULTIMACH
Multimach is not a mere valve, it is an electropneumatic distribution
island - a single block ready for connection to power and air
delivery pipes and a multi-pin cable.
All the pneumatic connections are situated on one side with builtin push-in fittings. The user interface is on the other side so that
the fitter or serviceman has everything within an easy reach:
manual controls, active valve signalling lights, compressed air
system diagram, valve identification plates. The user can count
on four different orientations for the electric connector.
Multimach provides full flexibility in the application of valves: 1
to 24 valves, power plates and drain for pipes of various sizes,
electric 9- or 25-pin plug connector. But the real novelty, which
is patented by Metal Work, is the possibility of mounting valves
of different flow rates: three different valves can be mounted at
a time and a valve can be replaced with another of a different
flow rate. This revolutionary concept enables the user to optimise
space and costs and adapt the unit to different performance
requirements.
The ratio between the flow rate of the Multimach system and sizes
is incomparable: the top in terms of miniaturisation and efficiency.

TECHNICAL DATA
Valve port connections
Connection on the end-plate for the supply of pilots
Operating temperature range
C
Fluid
Screw for valve - wall-mounting
Flow rate at 6 bar P 1bar
Nl/min
Voltage range
Power
Insulation class
Degree of protection
Solenoid rating
Pressure range
- terminal 1-11
- terminal 1
- terminal 1 reduced
TRA/TRR 2X3/2 monostable at 6 bar
TRA/TRR 5/2 monostable at 6 bar
TRA/TRR 5/2 bistable at 6 bar
TRA/TRR 5/3 cc monostable at 6 bar
Note on use
Compatibility with oils:

quick-connection ports 2 and 4, 4,6,8 mm


threaded exhaust port 3/8 or fitting 8
Automatic fitting 4
-10C to 60C
Filtered air without lubrication; lubrication, if used, must be continuous
according to the end-plate used: see page 2.1/110
11mm 4: 200 Nl/min
11mm 6: 500 Nl/min
14mm 8: 800 Nl/min
24 VDC 10%
1,2 W
F155
IP51
100% ED
X (pilot supply)
1-11 (valve supply)
37 bar
vacuum at 10 bar
3 7 bar
3 7 bar
8 ms / 45 ms
8 ms / 33 ms
20 ms / 20 ms
20 ms / 20 ms
Insert the pipes in the fittings, before passing air through the valves, otherwise the basket may be pulled out of its seat by the flow of air.
please refer to page 6.1/08

COMPONENTS
Exhaust Solenoid pilot
Valve supply port 1
Electrical multiple connection with 9 or 25 pins
Threaded connection of exhausts 3/5
Valve supply
Electrical control supply
LED (LED on, solenoid valve energised)
Removable identification labels
Blind end-plate
Screw for valve wall-mounting
Utility port for pipe 8 mm
Utility port for pipe 6 mm
Utility port for pipe 4 mm
Manual control

14

10

11

12

13

2.1/109

THE MULTIMACH WORLD: FLEXIBILITY


5

14

18

12
10

1
11

19

17

16

9
8

7
2

16

3
20

THE NUMBERS PERMIT RAPID IDENTIFICATION


OF THE FUNCTION AND ASSEMBLY POSITION
OF THE SINGLE ELEMENTS REPRESENTED AS FOLLOWS

FIXING THE BASE:

B
A

C
B

D
C

A: Fixing with reduced end-plate 1, CODE 0227300300, supplied complete with bracket.
B: Fixing with end-plate 1-11 CODE 0227300200 or with end-plate CODE 0227300201
C: Fixing with end-plate 1-11 CODE 0227300200 or with end-plate 1 CODE 0227300201 using the M4-thread found on the M5
end-plate.
D: Fixing on the DIN bar with end-plate 1-11 CODE 0227300 using the reduced end-plate 1 CODE 0227300300 or end-plate
CODE 0227300201 using the push-in bracket CODE 0227300600. If you have to remove the base from the bar, this is rapid and
can be performed without using any tools.

VALVE CODES
N

S
V
FAMILY
NSV
minisolenoid valve

2.1/110

F
PORT
F
11 mm
cartridges 4
G
11 mm
cartridges 6
H
14 mm
cartridges 8

5
FUNCTION
5
5/2
6
5/3
8 3/2x2

S
E
OPERATORS
SE
Solenoid
valve

B
RESETTING
B
bistable
S mechanical spring

0
0
FURTHER DETAILS
00
5/2
3/2 NC+
3/2 NO
CC5/3 closed centres
NC normally closed
NO normally open

2 4 V D C
VOLTAGE
24VDC

KEY TO CODES MULTIMACH-UNIT


M

5
1
VALVE
Multimach IP51

2
INPUT END-PLATE
2
End-plate1-11
3
End-plate 1
4
Reduced
end-plate 1

8
ELECTRICAL BASE
8 Axial 25-wire connector base
9 Axial 9-wire connector base
10 25-wire rear connector base
11 9-wire rear connector base

I
W
L
V
K
O

I6-W8-W6-O4-L8-5
TYPE OF VALVE
no.
n 2 3/2
3/2NC
NC 5 blind end-plate
no.
n 2 3/2
3/2NO
NO 6 Passing-intermed.
3/2
3/2 NO + 3/2 NC 7 Blind intermediate
5/2
5/2monostabile
monostable 20 exhaust section.
5/2
5/2bistabile
bistable 4
cartridge 4
5/3
5/3monostabile
monostable 6
cartridge 6
8
cartridge 8

VALVE DIMENSIONS 4

Symbol
82/84

73.5

I4

W4
80

21.2

L4

14
X

1
4

82/84

29.4
11.5

3/5

3/5

1 3/5
2

14
3/5

3/5

21.2

80

29.4
11.5

14
X

82/84

3/5

14
X

82/84

3/5

1
2

3/5

1 3/5
2

3/5

21.2

80

29.4
14

115

Abbrev.

Code

Weight [g]

NSV G8 SES NC

7069030532

110

NSV G8 SES NO 7069030632

110

NSV G8 SES 00

7069030732

110

NSV G5 SES 00

7069030132

90

NSV G5 SEB 00

7069030112

107

NSV G6 SES CC

7069030212

108

Abbrev.

Code

Weight [g]

NSV H8 SES NC

7070030532

124

NSV H8 SES NO

7070030632

124

NSV H8 SES 00

7070030732

124

NSV H5 SES 00

7070030132

105

NSV H5 SEB 00

7070030112

120

NSV H6 SES CC

7070030212

121

11
2

14

12
X 1

3/5

11

14

12
X

82/84

3/5

11
2

14

12
X

82/84

3/5

11
2

14

12
1
2

3/5

11

14
X

1 3/5
2

11

14

12

X 1
82/84

O8

7068030212

12

82/84

K8

NSV F6 SES CC

11

14

82/84

V8

114

14

7068030112

11

Symbol

L8

NSV F5 SEB 00

12

82/84

100

11
2

14

VALVE DIMENSIONS 8

W8

7068030132

12

82/84

I8

NSV F5 SES 00

11
2

82/84

118

12

73.5

7068030732

11

82/84

O6

NSV F8 SES 00

12
X 1

11
2 4

14

K6

118

12

Symbol

V6

7068030632

11

82/84

L6

NSV F8 SES NO

11

VALVE DIMENSIONS 6

W6

118

14

O4

7068030532

11
2

1
2

82/84

I6

NSV F8 SES NC

12

X 1
82/84

3.2

Weight [g]

11
2

14
X

73.5

Code

12

3/5

14

82/84

K4

Abbrev.

12

82/84

V4

12-14
FURTHER DETAILS
12
9-wire connector
14
25-wire connector
16 Brackets for DIN bar

3/5

11
2 4

14

12
X 1

3/5

11

2.1/111

ACCESSORIES

15
9

M5

10

END-PLATE 1-11

49.5

Code
0227300200

Description
END-PLATE KIT 1-11

Weight [g]
223

82/84

3/5
11
10

X
13
16.5

20.9

4.2
M5

10.5

24.5

81
73.5
61.5
41
20.5
10 G 3/8
9

This end-plate allows for supplies to be differentiated


- port 2
- port 4
- pilot supply

43.7

M5

END-PLATE 1

49.5

Code
0227300201

Description
END-PLATE KIT 1

Weight [g]
224

Code
0227300300

Description
REDUCED END-PLATE KIT 1

Weight [g]
148

3/5

10

X
11
1
10.5

4.2
M5
24.5

13

20.9

41
20.5 10 G 3/8

81
73.5

82/84

43.7

REDUCED END-PLATE 1
4

49.5

7.3
10

8
12.5

2.1/112

4.2

28.4
9 14.5

M5

X
11
1
82/84

51.6
30.4
18

81

3/5

BLIND END-PLATE
Code
0227300500

73.5
1

Description
BLIND END-PLATE

Weight [g]
168

2
81

82/84
3/5

11
10

34

4.2
M5

24

6.5

11.5

11

INTERMEDIATE THROUGH

73.5

Description
INTERMEDIATE THROUGH

Weight [g]
92

Code
0227300302

Description
INTERMEDIATE BLIND

Weight [g]
89

73.5

Code
0227300301

X
82/84

80

21.2

3/5

29.4

1
11

14

INTERMEDIATE BLIND

14

11

21.2

X
82/84
3/5

29.4

80

2.1/113

INTERMEDIATE EXHAUST SWITCH

Description
INTERMEDIATE EXHAUST SWITCH

Weight [g]
95

Code
0226180001

Description
AXIAL CONNECTOR BASE KIT, 25 WIRES

Weight [g]
54

Code
0226180002

Description
AXIAL CONNECTOR BASE KIT, 9 WIRES

Weight [g]
51

73.5

Code
0227300303

X
82/84

20

50.6

3/5

14

1
11

79.5

AXIAL CONNECTOR BASE, 25 WIRES

2.5

20

79.5

AXIAL CONNECTOR BASE, 9 WIRES

2.5

20

2.1/114

REAR CONNECTOR BASE, 25 WIRES


Description
REAR CONNECTOR BASE KIT, 25 WIRES

Weight [g]
73

79.5

Code
0226180003

10
20

2.5

14

REAR CONNECTOR BASE, 9 WIRES


Description
REAR CONNECTOR BASE KIT, 9 WIRES

Weight [g]
77

Code
0226180102

Description
STRAIGHT AND 90 CONNECTOR KIT, 9 WIRES

Weight [g]
31

79.5

Code
0226180004

11
2.5

14

20

STRAIGHT AND 90 CONNECTOR KIT, 9 WIRES

12

2.1/115

STRAIGHT AND 90 CONNECTOR KIT, 25 WIRES


Code
0226180101

Description
STRAIGHT AND 90 CONNECTOR KIT, 25 WIRES

Weight [g]
48

Code
0227300600

Description
CONNECTION BRACKETS ON DIN BAR

Weight [g]
8

Description
CONNECTOR KIT + WIRE 1-6*
CONNECTOR KIT + WIRE 7-12**
CONNECTOR KIT + WIRE13-30***

Weight [g]
3
4
5

14

CONNECTION BRACKETS ON DIN BAR

~9

16

14

~50

Individually packed

CONNECTOR KIT + WIRE

19
17

Code
0226180399
0226180400
0226180401

* For valve connection from 1st to 6th position counting from the connector
** For valve connection from 7th to 12th position, counting from the connector
*** For valve connection from 13th to 30th position, counting from the connector

18
CABLES
Code
0226107201
0226107101
0226107102

Description
10-WIRE CABLE
19-WIRE CABLE
25-WIRE CABLE

Specify the number of metres desired

2.1/116

Weight [g]
86
122
130

SILENCER FOR FITTING, 8


Code
W0970530084

Weight [g]
15

Description
SILENCER FOR FITTING, 8

35.7

18

15

6
8

At the 3/5-exhaust port of the reduced end-plate 1


page 2.1/112 ref. 4 and of the intermediate through of the exhaust switch
page 2.1/114 reference 20

STRAIGHT PRE-WIRED CONNECTOR KIT


Code
0226900100
0226900250
0226900500

Description
CONNECTOR + 9-WIRE AXIAL CABLE L.=1 M
CONNECTOR + 9-WIRE AXIAL CABLE L.=2.5 M
CONNECTOR + 9-WIRE AXIAL CABLE L.=5 M

Weight [g]
90
220
434

0226920100
0226920250
0226920500

CONNECTOR + 25-WIRE AXIAL CABLE L.=1 M


CONNECTOR + 25-WIRE AXIAL CABLE L.=2.5 M
CONNECTOR + 25-WIRE AXIAL CABLE L.=5 M

132
320
636

Code
0226910100
0226910250
0226910500

Description
CONNECTOR + 9-WIRE 90 CABLE L.=1 M
CONNECTOR + 9-WIRE 90CABLE L.=2.5 M
CONNECTOR + 9-WIRE 90CABLE L.=5 M

Weight [g]
90
220
434

0226930100
0226930250
0226930500

CONNECTOR + 25-WIRE 90 CABLE L.=1 M


CONNECTOR + 25-WIRE 90 CABLE L.=2.5 M
CONNECTOR + 25-WIRE 90 CABLE L.=5 M

132
320
636

PRE-WIRED 90 CONNECTOR

Position of
Position of
Position of
Colour of the
Colour of the
Colour of the
electrical contact corresponding wire electrical contact corresponding wire electrical contact corresponding wire
10
19
1
blue/black
brown/white
yellow/black
11
20
2
red/brown
red/orange
white
12
21
3
white/black
light blue
blue/white
13
22
4
red/blue
yellow/white
brown
14
23
5
black/orange
yellow
green/white
15
24
6
yellow/red
red/green
red
16
25
7
black/brown
orange
green/black
17
8
white/red
orange/white
18
9
red/black
green

9 PIN

25 PIN

WIRING DIAGRAM FOR PRE-WIRED PLUG CONNECTORS


Position of
Colour of the
electrical contact corresponding wire
1
green/black
2
white
3
blue/black
4
blue
5
yellow/black
6
yellow
7
red/black
8
green
9
white/black

2.1/117

MALE CONNECTOR KIT + CONTACTS + COMMON TERMINAL


Code
0226180201
0226180202

Description
MALE CONNECTOR KIT - 25 PINS
MALE CONNECTOR KIT - 9 PINS

Code
0226107000

Description
IDENTIFICATION PLATE KIT

IDENTIFICATION PLATE KIT

Comes in 10-pc. packs

GRUB SCREW
Code
0227300800

Description
GRUB SCREW FOR MULTIMACH

Comes in 10-pc. pack

R17 - PIPE RELEASE SPANNER


Code
2L17001

LENGHT = 140 mm

2.1/118

Description
RL17

Tube
Notes
from 3 to 10 For R fitting and Fox fitting

WIRING DIAGRAM OF THE 9-PIN CONNECTOR

Rosso/Red
4
7
Rosso/Red
3
Rosso/Red
5

2
9

Com (-) Nero/Black

Rosso/Red
9 Com (-)
Nero/Black

8
9 Com (-)
Nero/Black
9 Com (-)
Nero/Black
9 Com (-)
Nero/Black

NOTE: AVAILABLE WITH POSITIVE COMMON WIRE ON REQUEST

Rosso/Red

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Com (-) Nero/Black

7
Rosso/Red

20

6
Rosso/Red

21

5
Rosso/Red

22

25 Com (-)
Nero/Black

Rosso/Red
3
25 Com (-)
Nero/Black

9 10 11 12 13

WIRING DIAGRAM OF THE 25-PIN CONNECTOR

Rosso/Red

23

2
25 Com (-)
Nero/Black

Rosso/Red
1
25 Com (-)
Nero/Black

24
25 Com (-)
Nero/Black
25 Com (-)
Nero/Black
25 Com (-)
Nero/Black

NOTE: AVAILABLE WITH POSITIVE COMMON WIRE ON REQUEST.

2.1/119

HEAVY DUTY MULTIMACH


HDMs are the ideal solution for those requiring the unbeatable performance,
flexibility and modularity of Multimach valves combined with sturdy mechanics
and a high degree of protection against external agents. Each valve is enclosed
in a reinforced technopolymer protective shell that acts as a shock-absorber
and prevents the infiltration of dirt. The class of protection is IP65. The smooth,
rounded design makes HDMs ideal for applications requiring frequent washing
without the deposit of residues. All the pneumatic connections are on one
side, with built-in push-in fittings. The user interface is on another side so that
the fitter and the service engineer have everything at hand.
Flexibility is total: there are 1-16 valves, input and output terminals for pipes
of different sizes and intermediate modules for separate inputs and outputs.
One very important new feature is that valves of different capacities can be
mounted as required. Three different valve sizes can be combined at will.
This means a valve can be replaced at any time by another one offering a
different performance. It only takes a few seconds to replace or add a valve.
To do this, merely loosen the two grub screws fixing the valve to the adjacent
ones. Since the electrical signal is relayed from one valve to the next by means
of gold-plated contacts connected to an electronic board, the electrical
connections are entirely automatic.
The ratio of the HDMs flow rate to its dimensions is unrivalled miniaturisation
and efficiency have reached a peak.
TECHNICAL DATA
Valve port connections
Connection on the end-plate for the supply of pilots
Maximum number of pilots
Maximum number of valves
Operating temperature range
C
Fluid
Flow rate at 6 bar P 1bar
Nl/min
Pressure range
- terminal 1-11
- terminal 1
Voltage range
Power
W
Control
Insulation class
Degree of protection
Solenoid rating
TRA/TRR 2X3/2 monostable at 6 bar
ms
TRA/TRR 5/2 monostable at 6 bar
ms
TRA/TRR 5/2 bistable at 6 bar
ms
TRA/TRR 5/3 cc monostable at 6 bar
ms
Note on use
Compatibility with oils:

quick-connection ports 2 and 4, 4,6,8 mm


threaded exhaust port 3/8 or fitting 8 mm
Automatic fitting 4 mm
16
16 ( same as the max. no. of pilots )
-10 +60
Filtered air without lubrication; lubrication, if used, must be continuous
11mm 4 = 200
11mm 6 = 500
14mm 8 = 800
X (pilot supply)
1-11 (valve supply)
3 7 bar
vacuum at 10 bar
3 7 bar
24 VDC 10%
0,6
PNP o NPN
F155
IP65 (with conveyed exhust)
100% ED
8 / 45
8 / 33
20 / 20
20 / 20
Insert the pipes in the fittings, before passing air through the valves, otherwise the basket may be pulled out of its seat by the flow of air.
please refer to page 6.1/08

COMPONENTS

2.1/120

12

11

12

14
12

14

11

9
2

10
5

3
4






12
14

I6

707203053_

 Exhaust Solenoid pilot 82/84


 Valve supply port 1
 Threaded connection of exhausts 3/5
 Valve supply port 11
 Electrical control supply X
 Blind end-plate
 Screw for valve wall-mounting
Utility port for pipe 8 mm

Utility port for pipe 6 mm


Utility port for pipe 4 mm
Manual control
LED (LED on, solenoid valve energised)
 Pneumatic symbol
 Identification of the monostable or bistable
manual control
 Valve ordering code
 Valve identification code
 Blank space for valve number

THE MULTIMACH WORLD: FLEXIBILITY

1
16

2
14

20

2
7
3

THE NUMBERS PERMIT RAPID IDENTIFICATION


OF THE FUNCTION AND ASSEMBLY POSITION
OF THE SINGLE ELEMENTS REPRESENTED AS FOLLOWS

FIXING THE BASE

A: Fixing from above using the 1 or 1-1 input terminal and the blind terminal.
B-C: Fixing from above using the 1 or 1-1 input terminal and the blind terminal, using the M5 threads on the bottom and the rear
of the terminals.
D: Fixing from above using the 1 or 1-1 input terminal and the blind terminal, using the M5 threads on the front of the terminals.
An opening for the pipes is made in the plate.
E: Fixing on the DIN bar with end-plate 1 or 1-11 and blind and plate , using the push-in bracket code 0227301600.
F:
Lateral fixing using the blind terminal, and its the M4 threads on the side lateral.
Note: The sole fixing admitted is the one showed.
2.1/121

KEY TO CODES MULTIMACH-UNIT


H

D
M
VALVE
Heavy duty
Multimach IP65

2
INPUT END-PLATE
2
End-plate1-11
3
End-plate1

8
ELECTRICAL BASE
8 D-Sub 25-wire

M
MANUAL TYPE
M Monostable
manual
control
B
Bistable
manual
control

*uses a single PIN (like the V) and occupies 2 signals

I
W
L
V
KK
O
O
*F

I6-W8-W6-O4-L8-5
TYPE OF VALVE
n 2 3/2 NC 5 blind end-plate
n 2 3/2 NO 6 Passing-intermed.
3/2 NO + 3/2 NC 7 Blind intermediate
5/2
5/2 monostabile
monostable 20 exhaust section.
5/2
cartridge 4
5/2 bistabile
bistable 4
5/3
monostabile
cartridge 6
5/3 monostable 6
cartridge 8
5/2 monostable 8

14-16
FURTHER DETAILS
14 IP65 25-wire shell
16
n 2 brackets
for DIN bar

MANUAL CONTROLS

MONOSTABLE OVERRIDE PORT 2


servo-assisted

MONOSTABLE OVERRIDE PORT 4


servo-assisted

BISTABLE OVERRIDE PORT 2


servo-assisted

BISTABLE OVERRIDE PORT 4


servo-assisted

Press and hold the manual control in position


(not necessary for bistable type K valve)
Release the manual control:
- The manual control returns to the home position.
- Valves type I, W, L, V, F, and O reposition.
- The type K valve remains switched

Press and hold the manual control in position


(not necessary for bistable type K valve)
Release the manual control:
- The manual control returns to the home position.
- Valves type I, W, L, V and F reposition.
- The type K valve remains switched

Press the manual control right in then turn it


clockwise 90 degrees and Leave it in position.
Rotate the manual control 90 degrees anticlockwise,
and then release it.
- The manual control returns to the home position.
- Valves type I, W, L, V, F, and O reposition.
- The type K valve remains switched

Press the manual control right in then turn it 90


degrees clockwise and Leave it in position.
Rotate the manual control 90 degrees anticlockwise,
and then release it:
- The manual control returns to the home position.
- Valves type I, W, L and O reposition.
- The type K valve remains switched

With type F and V valves, this manual control is not


present.
N.B.: The pilot power supply X must be present.

N.B.: The pilot power supply X must be present.

The reference code for the monostable control ends in 0 (2 for type F).

Example: 707203053_

With type F and V valves, this manual control is not


present.
N.B.: The pilot power supply X must be present.

N.B.: The pilot power supply X must be present.

The reference code for the monostable control ends in 1 (3 for type F).

Example: 707203053_

1
0

WIRING DIAGRAM

4
5

NPN - Com (+)

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

PNP - Com (-)

13 12 11 10

25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

1
2

13 12 11 10

K V K V V

25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

Bistable
or
n 2 3/2

1
2

2.1/122

5
6

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

P24
P23
P22
P21
P20
P19
P18
P17
P16
P15
P14
P13
P12
P11
P10
P9
P8
P7
P6
P5
P4
P3
P2
P1

9
13 12 11 10

K F K F F

25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

NOTE: The type F monostable valve uses


one PIN only (like the V) but occupies 2 signals.

5/2 mostable 5/2 mostable


type V
type F

Comune (P25)
Common
EV1

EV2

EV3

EV4

(EV5)

VALVE DIMENSIONS

Symbol

I4
86

W4
87

21.2

2.5

4
31.4

L4
V4

82/84

2
14

82/84

82/84

11.5

3/5

12

14
X

3/5

82/84

1 3/5
2

1 3/5
2

12
1

O4

3/5

VALVE DIMENSIONS

14

12
3/5

6
82/84

86

3.2

W6
21.2

2.5

6
31.4
11.5

L6
V6

2
14

1
2

3/5

14
X

82/84

3/5

14
X

3/5

82/84

1 3/5 11
2 4

14
1 3/5

K6

14

12
X

O6

*uses a single PIN (like the V) and occupies 2 signals

3/5

VALVE DIMENSIONS

14

12

3/5

86

W8
21.2

87

2.5

31.4

L8
V8

82/84

2
14

1
2

82/84

3/5

82/84

O8

14

1 3/5

1 3/5
2

12
1

3/5

130

monostable 7072030130
bistable 7072030131

115

monostable 7072030132
bistable 7072030133

115

monostable 7072030110
bistable 7072030111

130

monostable 7072030210
bistable 7072030211

130

Manual
Code
Weight [g]
Control
monostable 7073030530
140
bistable 7073030531
monostable 7073030630
bistable 7073030631

140

monostable 7073030730
bistable 7073030731

140

monostable 7073030130
bistable 7073030131

130

monostable 7073030132
bistable 7073030133

130

monostable 7073030110
bistable 7073030111

140

monostable 7073030210
bistable 7073030211

140

11
2

14

12
X 1

monostable 7072030730
bistable 7072030731

11

14

82/84

130

11

14

82/84

monostable 7072030630
bistable 7072030631

11

14

Manual
Code
Weight [g]
Control
monostable 7072030530 130
bistable 7072030531

11
4

14

*uses a single PIN (like the V) and occupies 2 signals

3/5

12

82/84

130

11
4

14

K8

3/5

12

* F8

12

82/84

monostable 7071030210
bistable 7071030211

11

Symbol

I8

130

11
2

X 1

monostable 7071030110
bistable 7071030111

11

82/84

115

11

14

monostable 7071030132
bistable 7071030133

11
4

12

82/84

115

11
4

12

X
82/84

* F6

12

82/84

monostable 7071030130
bistable 7071030131

11

Symbol

I6

11
4

X 1

130

11

14
X

monostable 7071030730
bistable 7071030731

11

14

82/84

130

11

14

82/84

monostable 7071030630
bistable 7071030631

11
4

82/84

*uses a single PIN (like the V) and occupies 2 signals

11
4

14

K4

3/5

12

* F4

12

Manual
Code
Weight [g]
Control
monostable 7071030530 130
bistable 7071030531

3/5

11

2.1/123

ACCESSORIES

M 5x9

10.5

86.1

Code
0227301200

80

END-PLATE 1-11-25D

This end-plate allows for supplies to be differentiated


- port 2
- port 4
- pilot supply

M5
82/84

10

88.8
80
76.5
64.2
43.7
23.2
10
9.7

G 3/8

3/5

Description
END-PLATE HDM
KIT 1-11-25D

Weight [g]
370

11
4

10

X
6

M 5x9

4.2
M5

34.5

10

5.5

19

24.5

15.2
14

13

45.6
51.8

 = HOLES FOR 25-PIN IP51 CONNECTORS


(FOR EXAMPLE, CODE 0226180101)

END-PLATE 1-25D

86.1

M 5x9

Code
0227301201

Description
END-PLATE HDM
KIT 1-25D

Weight [g]
370

Code
0227301500

Description
BLIND END-PLATE
HDM

Weight [g]
230

M5
82/84

88.8
80
76.5

80
10

34.5

10.5

5.5

15.2
14

13
19

4.2
M5
24.5

M 5x9

43.7

3/5
X
11
1

10
23.2
10

G 3/8

45.6
51.8

 = HOLES FOR 25-PIN IP51 CONNECTORS


(FOR EXAMPLE, CODE 0226180101)

BLIND END-PLATE
86.1
62

M 5x9

12

M 5x9

2.5

2.5

10

11
M 5x9

M 5x9

4.2
M5

M4x6

5.75

11

2.1/124

27

6.6

11.7

5.75

10

34.5

X
10

80

3/5

80

80
88.8

82/84

INTERMEDIATE THROUGH

2.5

3/5

87

X
82/84

Description
INTERMEDIATE
THROUGH HDM

Weight [g]
120

1
11

31.4

Code
0227301301

21.2

86

14

INTERMEDIATE BLIND

86

86

Code
0227301302

Description
INTERMEDIATE
BLIND HDM

Weight [g]
117

Code
0227301303

Description
INTERMEDIATE
EXHAUST
SWITCH HDM

Weight [g]
125

87

11

31.4

14

X
82/84
3/5

21.2

2.5

INTERMEDIATE EXHAUST SWITCH

2.5

3/5

1
11

52.6

87

X
82/84

14

20

2.1/125

45 CONNECTOR KIT, 25 WIRES IP65


Code
0226180107

Description
45 CONNECTOR KIT, 25 WIRES IP 65

Weight [g]
65

Code
0227301600

Description
CONNECTION BRACKETS ON DIN BAR HDM/CM

Weight [g]
30

14

CONNECTION BRACKETS ON DIN BAR


60
M4

20

16

13

M4

42.3
49.9
10

Supplied complete with one M4x45 screws and one M6 grub screw
Individually packed

CABLES
Code
0226107201
0226107101
0226107102

Description
10-WIRE CABLE
19-WIRE CABLE
25-WIRE CABLE

Weight [g]
86
122
130

Specify the number of metres desired

SILENCER FOR FITTING, 8


Code
W0970530084

Description
SILENCER FOR FITTING, 8

35.7

18

15

6
8

2.1/126

At the 3/5-exhaust port of the intermediate through reference 6


and of the exhaust switch reference 20

Weight [g]
15

PRE-WIRED 45 CONNECTOR KIT, 25 WIRES IP65


Code
0226960100
0226960250
0226960500

Description
ACCESSORIES: CONNECTOR IP 65+ 25-WIRE 45
CABLE L.=1 M
ACCESSORIES: CONNECTOR IP 65+ 25-WIRE 45
CABLE L.=2.5 M
ACCESSORIES: CONNECTOR IP 65+ 25-WIRE 45
CABLE L.=5 M

Weight [g]
190
390
740

25 PIN

WIRING DIAGRAM FOR PRE-WIRED PLUG CONNECTOR


Position of
electrical contact
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Colour of the
corresponding wire
blue/black
red/brown
white/black
red/blue
black/orange
yellow/red
black/brown
white/red
red/black

Position of
electrical contact
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Colour of the
corresponding wire
brown/white
red/orange
light blue
yellow/white
yellow
red/green
orange
orange/white
green

Position of
electrical contact
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Colour of the
corresponding wire
yellow/black
white
blue/white
brown
green/white
red
green/black

IDENTIFICATION PLATE KIT


Code
0226107000

Description
IDENTIFICATION PLATE KIT

Comes in 10-pc. packs

GRUB SCREW KIT


Code
0227301800

Description
GRUB SCREW FOR MULTIMACH HDM/CM

Comes in 1+1 -pc. packs

2.1/127

R17 - PIPE RELEASE SPANNER


Code
2L17001

LENGHT = 140 mm

NOTES

2.1/128

Description
RL17

Tube
Notes
from 3 to 10 For R fitting and Fox fitting

+ AS-INTERFACE
HEAVY DUTY MULTIMACH
The HDM+AS-Interface system has been designed in such a way that the pneumatic input terminal
contains all the electronics, signals and AS-I connectors. It is a very compact and sturdy system where
everything is housed in a thick casing aluminium to protect the delicate components against impact.
The valves and accessories are HDM standard, which means that you only need to replace the input
terminal to convert the valve island with multiple connector into an AS-I island. All the advantages of
the HDM system can be exploited: the possibility of mounting valves of different size, with fittings for
pipes 4, 6 or 8; the insertion of intermediate modules with separate power supply or outlets; aluminium
valves with chemical nickel plating enclosed in a protective casing in reinforced technopolymer, with
an index of protection IP65. The arrangement of the functions continues the traditional optimisation
of the HDMs: the user interface of the valves and bus all on one side, so that the fitter and service
engineer have everything within easy reach: all compressed air connections on the other side; the
connectors for AS-I cables on the opposite side longitudinally, so that several valve islands can be
arranged in line, fixed on a DIN bar.
There are many AS-I terminal variants to meet all possible requirements:
- with 1 node, for controlling up to 4 valve solenoid pilots;
- with 2 nodes, for controlling up to 8 solenoid pilots;
- with 1 note for output and input for controlling up to 4 solenoid pilots and receiving up
to 4 input signals. The input connectors are M8 or M12;
- with 2 nodes for output and input for controlling up to 8 solenoid pilots and receiving
up to 8 input signals with M8 connectors;
- power supply with the AS-I yellow cable only;
- power supply with two cables: the yellow AS-I cable and the black power supply cable.
- traditional V.2.1 addressing or extended AB V.3.0 address for an increase in the node
numbers which can be connected up to 62 and for a better diagnostics

TECHNICAL DATA
Valve port connections
Connection on the end-plate for the supply of pilots
Maximum number of pilots
Maximum number of valves
Operating temperature range
C
Fluid
Flow rate at 6 bar P 1bar
Nl/min
Pressure range
- terminal 1-11
- terminal 1
Voltage range
Power for each pilot
W
Solenoid Pilot Insulation class
Degree of protection
Solenoid rating
TRA/TRR 2X3/2 monostable at 6 bar
ms
TRA/TRR 5/2 monostable at 6 bar
ms
TRA/TRR 5/2 bistable at 6 bar
ms
TRA/TRR 5/3 cc monostable at 6 bar
ms
Note on use
Compatibility with oils:

quick-connection ports 2 and 4, 4,6,8 mm / power supply port for 8 fitting / threaded exhaust port 3/8 or fitting 8 mm
Automatic fitting 4 mm
terminal with 1 node = 4 / terminal with 2 node = 8
terminal with 2 node = 4 ( same as the max. no. of pilots ) / terminal with 2 node = 8 ( same as the max. no. of pilots )
-10 +60
Filtered air without lubrication; lubrication, if used, must be continuous
11mm 4 = 200
11mm 6 = 500
14mm 8 = 800
X (pilot supply)
1-11 (valve supply)
3 7 bar
vacuum at 10 bar
3 7 bar
24 VDC 10%
0,6
F155
IP65 (with conveyed exhust, and that - in case of no use - the BUS OUT connector gets plugged.)
100% ED
8 / 45
8 / 33
20 / 20
20 / 20
Insert the pipes in the fittings, before passing air through the valves, otherwise the basket may be pulled out of its seat by the flow of air.
please refer to page 6.1/08

COMPONENTS

11

12

12

20

14
12

18

14

19
8

21
9

10






12
14
1

11

707203053_

 Exhaust Solenoid pilot 82/84


 Valve supply port 1
 Threaded connection of exhausts 3/5
 Valve supply port 11
 Electrical control supply X
 Blind end-plate
 Screw for valve wall-mounting
Utility port for pipe 8 mm

Utility port for pipe 6 mm


Utility port for pipe 4 mm
Manual control
LED (LED on, solenoid valve energised)
 Pneumatic symbol
 Identification of the monostable or bistable
manual control
 Valve ordering code
 Valve identification code
 Blank space for valve number
 Black cable for 24V (if present)
 AS-INTERFACE yellow cable
 AS-INTERFACE led

I6

5
3
4

2.1/129

THE MULTIMACH WORLD: FLEXIBILITY


3 AP-4 3 AP-3

3 AO-4 3 AO-3

3 AS-4

3 AS-3

2 AP-4 2 AP-3

2 AO-4 2 AO-3

3 AS-8

3 AS-6

2 AS-4

2 AS-3

2 AS-8

2 AS-6

M12

M8

2 AZ-6
2 AZ-8

3 AZ-6
3 AZ-8
2 AE-6
2 AE-8
M8

3 AE-6

2
NODES

3 AE-8

1
M8

2 AZ-3
2 AZ-4
7

3 AZ-3
3 AZ-4
2 AE-3

2 AE-4
M8

3 AE-3

1
NODE

THE NUMBERS PERMIT RAPID IDENTIFICATION


OF THE FUNCTION AND ASSEMBLY POSITION
OF THE SINGLE ELEMENTS REPRESENTED AS FOLLOWS

3 AE-4
M8

FIXING THE BASE

15

60

13 min

A: Fixing from above using the 1 or 1-1 input terminal and the blind terminal.
B-C: Fixing from above using the 1 or 1-1 input terminal and the blind terminal, using the M5 threads on the bottom and the rear
of the terminals.
D: Fixing from above using the 1 or 1-1 input terminal and the blind terminal, using the M5 threads on the front of the terminals.
An opening for the pipes is made in the plate.
E: Fixing on the DIN bar with end-plate 1 or 1-11 and blind and plate , using the push-in bracket code 0227301600.
F:
Lateral fixing using the blind terminal, and its the M4 threads on the side lateral.
Note: The sole fixing admitted is the one showed.
2.1/130

KEY TO CODE - MULTIMACH-UNIT


H

D
M
VALVE
Heavy duty
Multimach IP65

2
INPUT END-PLATE
2
End-plate
1-11
3
End-plate 1

- AS-INTERFACE

AS-4
SUPP. ELETT
Version with standard address
** AS-4
1 node, 4 OUT, yellow cable
** AS-8
2 nodes, 8 OUT, yellow cable
** AO-4
1 node, 4OUT and 4 IN, M8, yellow cable
** AP-4
1 node, 4OUT and 4 IN, M12, yellow cable
** AZ-4
1 node, 4OUT, yellow cable and black cable
** AZ-8
2 nodes, 8 OUT, yellow cable and black cable
** AE-4 1 node, 4 OUT and 4 IN, M8, yellow cable and black cable
** AE-8 2 nodes, 8 OUT and 8 in M8, yellow cable and black cable
Version with extended address
AS-3
1 node, 4 OUT, yellow cable
AS-6
2 nodes, 8 OUT, yellow cable
AO-3
1 node, 4 OUT and 4 IN, M8, yellow cable
AP-3
1 node, 4 OUT and 4 IN, M12, yellow cable
AZ-3
1 node, 4 OUT, yellow cable and black cable
AZ-6
2 nodes, 8 OUT, yellow cable and black cable
AE-3 1 node, 4 OUT and 4 IN, M8, yellow cable and black cable
AE-6 2 nodes, 8 OUT and 8 in M8, yellow cable and black cable

*uses a single PIN (like the V) and occupies 2 signals

M
MANUAL TYPE
M Monostable
manual
control
B
Bistable
manual
control

I6-W8-W6-O4-L8-5
TYPE OF VALVE
I
n 2 3/2 NC
W
n 2 3/2 NO
L 3/2 NO + 3/2 NC
V
5/2 monostable
K
5/2 bistable
O
5/3 monostable
5/2 monostable
*F
5
blind end-plate
6 Passing-intermed.
7 Blind intermediate
20
4
6
8

16
FURTHER DETAILS
16
n 2 brackets
for DIN bar

exhaust section.
cartridge 4
cartridge 6
cartridge 8

**standard versions handled from stock

MANUAL CONTROLS

MONOSTABLE OVERRIDE PORT 2


servo-assisted

MONOSTABLE OVERRIDE PORT 4


servo-assisted

BISTABLE OVERRIDE PORT 2


servo-assisted

BISTABLE OVERRIDE PORT 4


servo-assisted

Press and hold the manual control in position


(not necessary for bistable type K valve)
Release the manual control:
- The manual control returns to the home position.
- Valves type I, W, L, V, F, and O reposition.
- The type K valve remains switched

Press and hold the manual control in position


(not necessary for bistable type K valve)
Release the manual control:
- The manual control returns to the home position.
- Valves type I, W, L, V and F reposition.
- The type K valve remains switched

Press the manual control right in then turn it


clockwise 90 degrees and Leave it in position.
Rotate the manual control 90 degrees anticlockwise,
and then release it.
- The manual control returns to the home position.
- Valves type I, W, L, V, F, and O reposition.
- The type K valve remains switched

Press the manual control right in then turn it 90


degrees clockwise and Leave it in position.
Rotate the manual control 90 degrees anticlockwise,
and then release it:
- The manual control returns to the home position.
- Valves type I, W, L and O reposition.
- The type K valve remains switched

With type F and V valves, this manual control is not


present.
N.B.: The pilot power supply X must be present.

With type F and V valves, this manual control is not


present.

N.B.: The pilot power supply X must be present.

N.B.: The pilot power supply X must be present.

The reference code for the monostable control ends in 0 (2 for type F).

Example: 707203053_

N.B.: The pilot power supply X must be present.

The reference code for the monostable control ends in 1 (3 for type F).

Example: 707203053_

1
0

WIRING DIAGRAM
NOTE: The type f monostable valve uses
one PIN only (like the V) but occupies 2
signals.

Bistabile
Bistable
oppure
or
n2
n2 3/2

Nodo 2

K F K F

K V K V
Nodo 1

5/25/2
monostabile
monostable
tipo"V"
V
tipo

5/2
5/2monostabile
monostable
tipo "F"
F
tipo

04
03
02
01
04
03
02
01

Common
Comune

1
2

5
6

1
2

4
5

EV1

EV2

EV3

EV4

(EV5)

2.1/131

VALVE DIMENSIONS

Symbol

I4
86

W4
87

21.2

2.5

4
31.4

L4
V4

82/84

2
14

82/84

82/84

11.5

3/5

12

14
X

3/5

82/84

1 3/5
2

1 3/5
2

12
1

O4

3/5

VALVE DIMENSIONS

14

12
3/5

6
82/84

86

3.2

W6
21.2

2.5

6
31.4
11.5

L6
V6

2
14

1
2

3/5

14
X

82/84

3/5

14
X

3/5

82/84

1 3/5 11
2 4

14
1 3/5

K6

14

12
X

O6

*uses a single PIN (like the V) and occupies 2 signals

3/5

VALVE DIMENSIONS

12
3/5

86

W8
21.2

87

2.5

31.4

L8
V8

82/84

2
14

1
2

82/84

3/5

82/84

O8

14

1 3/5

1 3/5
2

12
1

3/5

130

monostable 7072030130
bistable 7072030131

115

monostable 7072030132
bistable 7072030133

115

monostable 7072030110
bistable 7072030111

130

monostable 7072030210
bistable 7072030211

130

Manual
Code
Weight [g]
Control
monostable 7073030530
140
bistable 7073030531
monostable 7073030630
bistable 7073030631

140

monostable 7073030730
bistable 7073030731

140

monostable 7073030130
bistable 7073030131

130

monostable 7073030132
bistable 7073030133

130

monostable 7073030110
bistable 7073030111

140

monostable 7073030210
bistable 7073030211

140

11
2

14

12
X 1

monostable 7072030730
bistable 7072030731

11

14

82/84

130

11

14

82/84

monostable 7072030630
bistable 7072030631

11

14

Manual
Code
Weight [g]
Control
monostable 7072030530 130
bistable 7072030531

11
4

14

*uses a single PIN (like the V) and occupies 2 signals

3/5

12

82/84

130

11
4

14

K8

3/5

12

* F8

12

82/84

monostable 7071030210
bistable 7071030211

11

Symbol

I8

2.1/132

14

130

11
2

X 1

monostable 7071030110
bistable 7071030111

11

82/84

115

11

14

monostable 7071030132
bistable 7071030133

11
4

12

82/84

115

11
4

12

X
82/84

* F6

12

82/84

monostable 7071030130
bistable 7071030131

11

Symbol

I6

11
4

X 1

130

11

14
X

monostable 7071030730
bistable 7071030731

11

14

82/84

130

11

14

82/84

monostable 7071030630
bistable 7071030631

11
4

82/84

*uses a single PIN (like the V) and occupies 2 signals

11
4

14

K4

3/5

12

* F4

12

Manual
Code
Weight [g]
Control
monostable 7071030530 130
bistable 7071030531

3/5

11

ACCESSORIES
TERMINAL 1-11AS-4, AS-8, AS-3, AS-6
Code
0227301203

2
M 5x9

98.1

0227301209

2.9 M 5x9

M5
82/84

10

0227301246

1
G 3/8
3/5

80

88.8
80
76.5
64.2
43.7
23.2
10

0227301247

10
34.5

11
4

4.2
M5

13

M 5x9

A A
S S
6 8

10

9.7

19 **
M 5x9

14

19

26

A A
S S
3 4

10.5

Description
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AS-4
1 node, 4 Out, yellow cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AS-8
2 nodes, 8 Out, yellow cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AS-3
1 node extended address, V3.0
4 Out, yellow cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AS-6
2 nodes extended address, V3.0
8 Out, yellow cable

* M7 plug for 2nd node addressing.


N.B. For versions with 2 nodes only

** 21 for AS-8

45.6

TERMINAL 1 AS-4, AS-8, AS-3, AS-6


Code
0227301202

3
M5
82/84

0227301232

G 3/8

88.8
80
76.5

80
10

34.5

0227301233

10

10.5

A A
S S
6 8

4.2
M5

19 **
M 5x9

14

13
19

26

M 5x9

43.7

3/5
X
11
1

10
23.2

A A
S S
3 4

0227301208

2.9 M 5x9

98.1

M 5x9

Description
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AS-4
1 node, 4 Out, yellow cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AS-8
2 nodes, 8 Out, yellow cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AS-3
1 node extended address, V3.0
4 Out, yellow cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AS-6
2 nodes extended address, V3.0
8 Out, yellow cable

* M7 plug for 2nd node addressing.


N.B. For versions with 2 nodes only
** 21 for AS-8

45.6

standard versions handled from stock

TERMINAL 1-11 AO-4, AO-3 M8

M 5x9

10.5

Code
0227301219
98.1

2.9 M 5x9
M8

M5
82/84

10

0227301234

M 5x9

80

19
M 5x9

14

19

10
4.2
M5

13

46

9.7

X
6

11
4

34.5

10
23.2
10

A A
OO
3 4

3/5
43.7

88.8
80
76.5
64.2

1
G 3/8

Description
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AO-4
1 node, 4 Out and 4 In M8,
yellow cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AO-3
1 node extended address, V3.0
4 Out and 4 In M8, yellow cable

45.6

2.1/133

TERMINAL 1 AO-4, AO-3 M8


Code
0227301218

3
2.9

98.1

M 5x9

M 5x9

M8

M5

0227301235

80

3/5

standard versions handled from stock

10

34.5

X
11
1

10

43.7
23.2
10

4.2
M5

10.5

M 5x9

M 5x9

19

46

14

13
19

A A
OO
3 4

G 3/8
76.5

88.8
80

82/84

Description
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AO-4
1 node, 4 Out and 4 In M8,
yellow cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AO-3
1 node extended address, V3.0
4 Out and 4 In M8, yellow cable

45.6

TERMINAL 1-11 AP-4, AP-3 M12


Code
0227301213

10.5

M 5x9

98.1

2.9 M 5x9
M 12

M5
82/84

10

0227301236

G 3/8
80

3/5
10
34.5

11
4

4.2
M5

M 5x9

13

10

9.7

23.2
10

43.7

19
M 5x9

19

46

14

A A
P P
3 4

88.8
80
76.5
64.2

Description
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AP-4
1 node, 4 Out and 4 In M12,
yellow cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AP-3
1 node extended address, V3.0
4 Out and 4 In M12, yellow cable

45.6

TERMINAL 1 AP-4, AP-3 M12


Code
0227301212

3
2.9

M5

M 5x9

M 12

0227301237

80

98.1

M 5x9

10.5

M 5x9

4.2
M5

19

46

13
19

10

34.5

3/5
X
11
1

10

14

76.5

A A
P P
3 4

G 3/8

43.7
23.2
10

88.8
80

82/84

45.6

2.1/134

M 5x9

Description
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AP-4
1 node, 4 Out and 4 In M12,
yellow cable
KIT TERMINALE HDM 1 AP-3
1 node extended address, V3.0
4 Out and 4 In M12, yellow cable

standard versions handled from stock

TERMINAL 1-11 AE-4, AE-3 M8

M 5x9

Code
0227301215

10.5

98.1

2.9 M 5x9
M8

M5
82/84

10

0227301238
80

3/5
10
34.5

11
4

4.2
M5

M 5x9

13

10

9.7

43.7

A A
E E
3 4

G 3/8

23.2
10

88.8
80
76.5
64.2

Description
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AE-4
1 node, 4 Out and 4 In M8,
yellow cable and black cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AE-3
1 node extended address, V3.0
4 Out and 3 In M8,
yellow cable and black cable

19
M 5x9

14

19

46

45.6

TERMINAL 1 AE-4, AE-3 M8


Code
0227301214

2.9

98.1

M 5x9

M 5x9

M8

M5

0227301239

G 3/8
80
10

4.2
M5

10.5

M 5x9

standard versions handled from stock

M 5x9

19

46

14

13
19

A A
E E
3 4

34.5

76.5

3/5
X
11
1

10

43.7
23.2
10

88.8
80

82/84

Description
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AE-4
1 node, 4 Out and 4 In M8,
yellow cable and black cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AE-3
1 node extended address, V3.0
4 Out and 3 In M8,
yellow cable and black cable

45.6

TERMINAL 1-11 AE-8, AE-6 M8

M 5x9

10.5

Code
0227301217
98.1

2.9 M 5x9
M8

M5
82/84

10

0227301240

M 5x9

80
4.2
M5

19
M 5x9

14

19

10

13

46

9.7

X
6

11
4

34.5

10
23.2
10

A A
E E
6 8

3/5
43.7

88.8
80
76.5
64.2

1
G 3/8

Description
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AE-8
2 nodes, 8 Out and 8 In M8,
yellow cable and black cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AE-6
2 nodes extended address, V3.0
8 Out and 8 In M8,
yellow cable and black cable

45.6

2.1/135

TERMINAL 1 AE-8, AE-6 M8


Code
0227301216

2.9

98.1

M 5x9

M 5x9

M8

M5

0227301241

80
34.5

10
13
19

4.2
M5

10.5

M 5x9

76.5

3/5
X
11
1

10

19

standard versions handled from stock

M 5x9

46

14

A A
E E
6 8

G 3/8

43.7
23.2
10

88.8
80

82/84

Description
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AE-8
2 nodes, 8 Out and 8 In M8,
yellow cable and black cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AE-6
2 nodes extended address, V3.0
8 Out and 8 In M8,
yellow cable and black cable

45.6

TERMINAL 1-11 AZ-4, AZ-8, AZ-3, AZ-6


Code
0227301205

2
M 5x9

98.1

2.9 M 5x9

0227301211

M5
82/84

10

1
G 3/8

0227301242
3/5

80

88.8
80
76.5
64.2
43.7
23.2
10

11
4

A A
Z Z
6 8

4.2
M5

13

M 5x9

0227301243
10

34.5

10

9.7

19

**

M 5x9

19

26

14

A A
Z Z
3 4

10.5

45.6

Description
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AZ-4
1 node, 4 Out,
yellow cable and black cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AZ-8
2 nodes, 8 Out,
yellow cable and black cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AZ-3
1 node extended address, V3.0
4 Out, yellow cable and black cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1-11 AZ-6
2 nodes extended address, V3.0
8 Out, yellow cable and black cable

* M7 plug for 2nd node addressing.


N.B. For versions with 2 nodes only
** 21 for AZ-8

TERMINAL 1 AZ-4, AZ-8, AZ-3, AZ-6


Code
0227301204

3
82/84

G 3/8

34.5

0227301245

19 **
M 5x9

26

14

10.5
13
19

4.2
M5

10

43.7
23.2
10

0227301244

80

3/5
X
11
1

10

M 5x9

A A
Z Z
6 8

0227301210

M5

88.8
80
76.5

A A
Z Z
3 4

2.9 M 5x9

98.1

M 5x9

* M7 plug for 2nd node addressing.


N.B. For versions with 2 nodes only

45.6

** 21 for AZ-8

2.1/136

Description
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AZ-4
1 node, 4 Out,
yellow cable and black cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AZ-8
2 nodes, 8 Out,
yellow cable and black cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AZ-3
1 node extended address, V3.0
4 Out, yellow cable and black cable
KIT TERMINAL HDM 1 AZ-6
2 nodes extended address, V3.0
8 Out, yellow cable and black cable

standard versions handled from stock

BLIND END-PLATE
86.1
62

M 5x9

Code
0227301500

12

M 5x9

2.5

Description
BLIND END-PLATE
HDM

Weight [g]
230

2.5

10

11

10

34.5

X
10

80

3/5

80

80
88.8

82/84

M 5x9

5.75

11

27

6.6

11.7

5.75

M 5x9

4.2
M5

M4x6

INTERMEDIATE THROUGHT

3/5

86

Code
0227301301

Description
INTERMEDIATE
THROUGHT HDM

Weight [g]
120

Code
0227301302

Description
INTERMEDIATE
BLIND HDM

Weight [g]
117

21.2

2.5

87

X
82/84

31.4

1
11

14

86

INTERMEDIATE BLIND

11

21.2
31.4

14

X
82/84
3/5

87

2.5

2.1/137

INTERMEDIATE EXHAUST SWITCH


86

X
82/84

2.5

3/5

Code
0227301303

Description
INTERMEDIATE
EXHAUST
SWITCH HDM

Weight [g]
125

Code
0227301600

Description
CONNECTION
BRACKETS
ON DIN BAR
HDM/CM

Weight [g]
30

52.6

87

1
11

14

20

CONNECTION BRACKETS ON DIN BAR

60
M4

20

13

M4

16
42.3

10

49.9

Supplied complete with one M4x45 screws and one


M6 grub screw Individually packed

SILENCER FOR FITTING, 8


Code
W0970530084

Description
SILENCER FOR
FITTING, 8

Weight [g]
15

35.7

18

15

6
8

At the 3/5-exhaust port of the intermediate through


reference 6 and of the exhaust switch reference 20

2.1/138

R17 - PIPE RELEASE SPANNER


Code
2L17001

Description
RL17

Tube
from 3 to 10

Notes
For R fitting and Fox fitting

2
LENGHT = 140 mm

AS-INTERFACE ADDRESS CONNECTOR KIT


Code
0226950150

Description
AS-INTERFACE ADDRESS CONNECTOR CABLE L=1 MT

Code
0240009039
0240009040

Description
PLUG M8
PLUG M12

Pin 3 = blu

Pin 1 = brown

M8 - M12 PLUG

2.1/139

SPARES
GRUB SCREW KIT
Code
0227301800

Description
GRUB SCREW FOR MULTIMACH HDM/CM

Comes in 1+1 pc. packs

AS-INTERFACE CONNECTOR KIT


Code
0226950151

NOTES

2.1/140

Description
AS-INTERFACE CONNECTOR KIT

SOLENOID VALVES
PIV.M 15 mm
3/2 NC/NO direct control microvalves
Possible assembly on single and multiple bases
Monostable manual actuation as standard
Assembly in any position
Operation with filtered lubricated or unlubricated air
Maximum ambient temperature: 50C
Low power absorption

TECHNICAL DATA
Voltage tolerance
Alternating current frequency (AC)
Maximum operation frequency
Solenoid rating
Response time
Type of protection
Electrical connection
Insulation class
Ambient temperature
Fluid temperature
Fluid
Working life
Materials

V
f
f

Weight
Manual control
Assembly position

[g]

10-+15%
50/60 Hz
30 Hz
100% ED
10 msec.
IP 65 EH 60529
9.4 mm micro centre distance
155
10C to 50C
10C to 50C
Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air
100 million cycles
Body: PPS
Spring: 302 stainless steel
FKM/FPM gaskets
30 g
monostable
in any position

F
Te
Tg

KEY TO CODES
P

1
AIR HOLE

FAMILY
1
3
6

1 mm
1.1 mm
1.5 mm

3
NUMBER
OF WAYS
3 3 ways

PORT

THREAD

VERSION

15x15

0 on base

1
3
5
7

24 VDC
24 VAC
110 VAC
220 VAC

FURTHER DETAILS
NC normally closed
NO normally open

2.1/143

PIV.M STD DIMENSIONS


Symbol

3.8

max 0.5 Nm

15.2
9.7

3.8
3

3.5

21.5

7.3

X YZ
321
123

8.3

ORDERING CODES - SPECIFIC TECHNICAL DATA

M3

Description

Voltage

PIV33M01 NC
PIV33M03 NC
PIV33M05 NC
PIV33M07 NC
PIV63M01 NC
PIV63M03 NC
PIV63M05 NC
PIV63M07 NC
PIV13M01 NO
PIV13M03 NO
PIV13M05 NO
PIV13M07 NO

24VDC
24VAC
110VAC
220VAC
24VDC
24VAC
110VAC
220VAC
24VDC
24VAC
110VAC
220VAC

Flow rate
Hole
Watt
diam. mm
2.5W
1.1
2W - 3VA
1.1
2W - 3VA
1.1
2W - 3VA
1.1
2.5W
1.5
2W - 3VA
1.5
2W - 3VA
1.5
2W - 3VA
1.5
2.5W
1
2W - 3VA
1
2W - 3VA
1
2W - 3VA
1

Factor Operating
kv pressure bar
0.42
010
0.42
010
0.42
010
0.42
010
0.55
06
0.55
06
0.55
06
0.55
06
0.33
06
0.33
06
0.33
06
0.33
06

4.7

9.4

M3*

Ordering
code
W4015001000
W4015001010
W4015001020
W4015001030
W4015001100
W4015001110
W4015001120
W4015001130
W4015002000
W4015002010
W4015002020
W4015002030

31.8
41.8

M3

MULTIPLE BASE FOR PIV.M

ORDERING CODES - SPECIFIC TECHNICAL DATA


Code
W0400101001
W0400101002
W0400101003
W0400101004
W0400101005
W0400101006
W0400101007
W0400101008
W0400101009
W0400101010

20
10

M5

8 16

M3

3.2

10
9.7

Weight [g]
6

7
15

15
M5

Description
END PLUG

14
8 16

4.5
M5

Type
B5001
B5002
B5003
B5004
B5005
B5006
B5007
B5008
B5009
B5010

M5

8.5

7.5

M5
4.5

4.5
M5

8.5

9.7

M3
3.2

3.2

3.2

Colour
Single base
Multiple base
Multiple base
Multiple base
Multiple base
Multiple base
Multiple base
Multiple base
Multiple base
Multiple base

7.5

END PLUG UNUSED POSITION

ORDERING CODES
Code
W0400102000

M3

2.1/144

3.5

8.2

14

15
9.7

Weight [g]
6
24
34
46
58
70
82
98
106
114

END PLUG PORT 1

ORDERING CODES
Code
W0400102002

Description
END PLUG PORT 1

Weight [g]
4

13.6

15.2

14.2

MICRO ELECTRIC CONNECTOR 15 mm

ORDERING CODES

15.5
9.4

~25

Type
Standard
LED 24V
LED 110V
LED + VDR 24V
LED + VDR 110V

4.7

M3

Colour
black
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent

15.5

Code
W0970500011
W0970500012
W0970500013
W0970500015
W0970500016

3.5
Pg7

NOTES

2.1/145

PIV VALVES ON BASE


PIV.I PIV.T and PIV.B solenoid valves
Assembly on base
Bistable manual actuation
Normally closed / normally open solenoid valves 2/2
3/2
Installation in any position
Particularly suitable for high operating frequencies and
low response times

TECHNICAL DATA
Absorption
Voltage available

W
V

Voltage tolerance
Maximum operating frequency
Solenoid rating
Response time
Type of protection
Type of coil
Insulation class
Ambient temperature
Fluid temperature
Fluid
Working life
Weight
Maximum coil/nut torque

V
f
ED
t

F
Te
Tg

[g]

PIV.I ON BASE

PIV.T ON BASE

PIV.B ON BASE

5W - 5VA
12-24Vdc - 24-110-220 Vac
50/60 Hz
10 to +15%
30 Hz
100%
815 msec
IP 65
Coil side 22 8 DIN 43650
155
1550C
1550C
Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air
25 million cycles
80 to120 g (according to the version)
1 Nm

3,8W - 6.5VA
24Vdc - 24-110-220 Vac
50/60 Hz
10 to +15%
30 Hz
100%
815 msec
IP 65
Coil side 22 9 DIN 43650
155
1550C
1550C
Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air
25 million cycles
85 g
1 Nm

10W - 13VA
24Vdc - 24-110-220 Vac
50/60 Hz
10 to +15%
15 Hz
100%
1015 msec
IP 65
Coil side 30 DIN 43650
155
1550C
1550C
Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air

250 g
1 Nm

COMPONENTS
 Manual control: technopolymer
 Body: technopolymer
 Sleeve locking plate
 Spring: stainless steel
 Sleeve: brass OT 58
 Ring nut for coil fixing
 Gasket: NBR
Mobile core

Spring: stainless steel


Spring: stainless steel
Gasket: NBR

2.1/146

6
7

10

11

PIV.I VALVES, OPERATOR 8, ON BASE


Symbol
X YZ
123
12

Description

W4018000200
W4018000300

PIV42I0S NC
PIV72I0S NC

Air hole
diameter
mm
1.2
1.6

W4018001200
W4018001300

PIV43I0S NC
PIV73I0S NC

1.2
1.6

kv
Factor
0.65
1

Maximum operating pressure (bar)


DC=
AC
5W
5VA
10
10
8
8

14

Code

M5

14

0.65
1

10
8

10
8

50.7

~4

17

M3

22

22

PIV.T VALVES, OPERATOR 9, ON BASE


Symbol

NO
2
3
1

W4025002100
W4025002300

PIV73T0B NC
PIV83T0B NC

Description

0.75
0.85

Pressure range (bar)


DC =
AC
3,8W
6,5VA
0.57
0.57
0.56.5
0.56.5

0.8
1

0.510
0.58

kv
Factor

14

NC
2
1
3

W4025002101
W4025002301

Air hole
diameter
mm
1.6
PIV73T0B NO
1.8
PIV83T0B NO

Code

14

0.510
0.58

~4

17

51.1

1.6
1.8

M3

22

22

PIV.T VALVES, OPERATOR 9, ON BASE WITH CONVEYED EXHAUST


Symbol

NO
2
3
1

W4025002001
W4025002501

W4025002000
W4025002500

PIV73T00 NC
PIV83T00 NC

Description

0.75
0.85

Pressure range (bar)


DC =
AC
6,5VA
3,8W
0.57
0.57
06
0.56.5

0.8
1

0.510
0.58

kv
Factor

14

NC
2
1
3

Air hole
diameter
mm
PIV73T00 NO
1.6
PIV83T00 NO
1.8

Code

14

0.510
0.58

17

~4

M5

51.1

1.6
1.8

M3

22

22

2.1/147

PIV.T VALVES, OPERATOR 13, ON BASE


NORMALLY CLOSED

Symbol

Code

Description

W4026003000

PIVY3B0S NC

Air hole
diameter
mm.
2.4

kv
Factor
2.2

Maximum operating pressure (bar)


DC
AC
10W
13VA
8
10

32
24

32
7

G 1/8

24

68

14

~6

13

M4

KEY TO CODES
P

3
NUMBER
OF WAYS

AIR HOLE

FAMILY
2
4
5
7
8
Y
W
X
Z

0.8
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.4
3
4
6

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm

2 2 ways
3 3 ways

I
T
B

CONNECTION

THREAD

VERSION

FURTHER DETAILS

on base
with conveyed
exhaust
B
on base
S
standard

NC normally closed
NO normally open

22x22
operator 8
22x22
operator 9
30x30
operator 13

0 on base

ACCESSORIES FOR PIV VALVES ON BASE


MULTIPLE BASES FOR PIV.I SOLENOID VALVES, OPERATOR 8

13

24

24 24

18
26

14
5
13

2.1/148

13
7.2

14

24

6
24 24

13

13

4.2

7.5

15

G1/8

M5

Code
W0400111101
W0400111102
W0400111103
W0400111104
W0400111105
W0400111106
W0400111107
W0400111108
W0400111109
W0400111110

Description
Base 1 positions
Base 2 positions
Base 3 positions
Base 4 positions
Base 5 positions
Base 6 positions
Base 7 positions
Base 8 positions
Base 9 positions
Base 10 positions

Abbrev.
EB 6001
EB 6002
EB 6003
EB 6004
EB 6005
EB 6006
EB 6007
EB 6008
EB 6009
EB 6010

Weight [g]
22
50
76
102
128
154
180
206
232
258

MANIFOLD BASES FOR PIV.I SOLENOID VALVES, OPERATOR 8


Code
W0400111200
W0400111201
W0400111202
4.5

Weight [g]
24
17
15

15

15

15

Abbrev.
EB 8000 I
EB 8000 TI
EB 8000 T2

4.5

G1/8

21
14

25

20

16

G1/8

25
14

10
15

10
15
G1/8

Description
Manifold base
LH end plate
RH end plate

2
BLANKING PLATE FOR PIV.I PIV.T VALVES, UNUSED POSITION
Abbrev.
EB 6000

Weight [g]
5

22
14

Description
Unused position

7.3

Code
W0400112000

14
22

M3

14

4.3

MULTIPLE BASES FOR PIV.T SOLENOID VALVES, OPERATOR 9

7.2

30

8.5
17 15.5

24

39
19.5
14

17

G1/8

14

14

G1/8

M5

12.5

14

14

G1/8

20

M4

Code
W0400101101
W0400101102
W0400101103
W0400101104
W0400101105
W0400101106
W0400101107
W0400101108
W0400101109
W0400101110

Description
ACC. BASE 190, 1POSN. PIV.T
ACC. BASE 190, 2 POSN. PIV.T
ACC. BASE 190, 3 POSN. PIV.T
ACC. BASE 190, 4 POSN. PIV.T
ACC. BASE 190, 5 POSN. PIV.T
ACC. BASE 190, 6 POSN. PIV.T
ACC. BASE 190, 7 POSN. PIV.T
ACC. BASE 190, 8 POSN. PIV.T
ACC. BASE 190, 9 POSN. PIV.T
ACC. BASE 190, 10 POSN. PIV.T

Posn.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Weight [g]
36
104
148
192
236
280
324
368
452
456

Abbrev.
I-9000

Weight [g]
15

16 23 23 16

30

NC/NO ADAPTER FOR PIV.T VALVES

14.6

Code
W0400101190

Description
ACC. NC/NO ADAPTER

8.7
22

14

2.5

10
22

2.1/149

BASE BLANKING PLATE FOR PIV.T VALVES, UNUSED POSITIONS


Code
W0400112000

Abbrev.
B6000

Weight [g]
5

22
14

7.3

Description
Accessories: blanking plate

14
22

M3

MULTIPLE BASES FOR PIV.B VALVES

G1/8
19

G1/4

33

33

33

17.5

18

Function
1 position
2 positions
3 positions
4 positions
5 positions
6 positions
7 positions
8 positions
9 positions

Sigla
B4001
B4002
B4003
B4004
B4005
B4006
B4007
B4008
B4009

Weight [g]
42
94
142
188
234
280
326
372
418

32

5.5

24

24

9.5

17.5

Code
W0400101201
W0400101202
W0400101203
W0400101204
W0400101205
W0400101206
W0400101207
W0400101208
W0400101209

5.5

8.2

11

6
14.6

28
29.2

M3

8.5

COILS, SIDE 22 mm FOR PIV.I SOLENOID VALVES, OPERATOR 8

22.2

15.5

17
28

Voltage tolerance: - 10 to + 15%


Insulation class: F155
Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector
Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents.
Maximum coil temperature at 100% use: 70C at 20 ambient temperature
According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 3 GD
Absorption
Code
Nominal voltage
Abbrev.
Inrush Holding
W 0215 000151
12Vcc
2W
2W
Coil 22 8 BA 2W-12VDC
W 0215 000101
24Vcc
2W
2W
Coil 22 8 BA 2W-24VDC
W 0215 000111
24V 50/60Hz
5.3VA 3.5VA Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-24VAC
W 0215 000121 110V 50/60Hz
5.3VA 3.5VA Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-110VAC
W 0215 000131 220V 50/60Hz
5.3VA 3.5VA Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-220VAC
W 0215 000051
12Vcc
5W
5W
Coil 22 8 5W-12VDC
W 0215 000001
24Vcc
5W
5W
Coil 22 8 5W-24VDC
W 0215 000011
24V 50/60Hz
8VA
5VA
Coil 22 8 5VA-24VAC
W 0215 000021 110V 50/60Hz
8VA
5VA
Coil 22 8 5VA-110VAC
W 0215 000031 220V 50/60Hz
8VA
5VA
Coil 22 8 5VA-220VAC

COILS, SIDE 22 mm FOR PIV.T SOLENOID VALVES, OPERATOR 9

8.2

11

8.5
14

28
29.5

M3

22.2

9.2

17.2
28.2

2.1/150

Voltage tolerance: - 10 / + 15%


Insulation class: F155
Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector
Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents
Maximum coil temperature at 100% use: 70C at 20 ambient temperature
Absorption
Code
Nominal voltage
Abbrev.
Inrush Holding
W0216000101
24Vcc
2W
2W
Coil 22 9 BA 2W-24VDC
W0216000111 24V 50/60Hz
5VA 3.6VA
Coil 22 9 BA 3.6VA-24VAC
W0216000121 110V 50/60Hz
5VA 3.6VA Coil 22 9 BA 3.6VA-110VAC
W0216000131 220V 50/60Hz
5VA 3.6VA Coil 22 9 BA 3.6VA-220VAC
W0216000001
24Vcc
3.8W 3.8W
Coil 22 9 3.8W-24VDC
W0216000011 24V 50/60Hz
9VA 6.5VA
Coil 22 9 6.5VA-24VAC
W0216000021 110V 50/60Hz
9VA 6.5VA
Coil 22 9 6.5VA-110VAC
W0216000031 220V 50/60Hz
9VA 6.5VA
Coil 22 9 6.5VA-220VAC

COILS, SIDE 22 mm FOR PIV.B SOLENOID VALVES

26
13

Voltage tolerance: - 10 / + 15%


Insulation class: M180
Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector
Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents

19

36
40

9
16.3

M3

30

26

Code

Nominal voltage

W0216001001
W0216001011
W0216001021
W0216001031

24Vcc
24V 50/60Hz
110V 50/60Hz
220V 50/60Hz

Power absorption
(average power input)
10W
13VA
13VA
13VA

Abbrev.
Coil 30 13 10W-24VDC
Coil 30 13 13VA-24VAC
Coil 30 13 13VA-110VAC
Coil 30 13 13VA-220VAC

22.5
37

CONNECTORS, SIDE 22 mm FOR PIV.I-PIV.T

21
11

Type
Standard
LED 24V
LED 110V
LED 220V
LED + VDR 24V
LED + VDR 110V
LED + VDR 220V

Code
W0970520033
W0970520034
W0970520035
W0970520036
W0970520037
W0970520038
W0970520039

Colour
Cable diameter
black
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9

Type
Standard
LED 24V
LED 110V
LED 220V
LED + VDR 24V
LED + VDR 110V
LED + VDR 220V

~48

Colour
Cable diameter
black
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9

28

8.5

~28

~31
M3

1.5

Code
W0970510011
W0970510012
W0970510013
W0970510014
W0970510015
W0970510016
W0970510017

Pg9

CONNECTORS, SIDE 30 mm FOR PIV.B

28

~27

18
~49
28
9

~30.5
M3

1.5

Pg9

2.1/151

PIV VALVES IN LINE


PIV.I PIV.B in-line solenoid valves
Threaded ports: M5 G1/8 G1/4
2/2 3/2 solenoid valves - normally closed/normally
open
Installation in any position
Particularly suitable for high operating frequencies and
low response times.

TECHNICAL DATA
Absorption
Voltage available
Voltage tolerance
Maximum operating frequency
Solenoid rating
Response time
Type of protection
Type of coil
Insulation class
Ambient temperature
Fluid temperature
Fluid
Working life
Weight
Maximum coil/nut torque
Note on use

PIV.I IN LINEA
W
V
V
f
ED
t

F
Te
Tg

[g]

PIV.B IN LINE

5.5W - 5.5VA
10W - 13VA
24Vdc - 24-110-220 Vac - 50/60 Hz
24Vdc - 24-110-220 Vac - 50/60 Hz
10 to +15%
10 to +15%
30 Hz
15 Hz
100%
100%
815 msec
1015 msec
IP 65
IP 65
coil side 22 8 DIN 43650
coil side 30 DIN 43650
155
155
1550C
1550C
1550C
1550C
filtered lubricated or unlubricated air
filtered lubricated or unlubricated air
25 million cycles

35 to 140 g (depending on version)


130 g
1 Nm
1 Nm
The 2/2 NC and 2/2 NO valves work only with inlet pressure outlet pressure

COMPONENTS
 Body: aluminium
 Springs: steel
 Sleeve
 Gasket: NBR
 Springs: steel
 Mobile core
 Gasket: FKM/FPM
Coil locking ring

7
3
6
2
5
1
4

2.1/152

PIV.I VALVES, OPERATOR 8 mm, IN LINE M5 1/8


Symbol
YZ
21
23
2
2

14

M3
14

X
3
1
1
1

M5

W4017000100
W4017001300
W4017001100
W4017001200
W4017000101
W4017001201

PIV42I5S NC
PIV92I8S NC
PIV42I8S NC
PIV72I8S NC
PIV72I5S NO
PIV72I8S NO

Diameter
Maximum operating pressure (bar)
kv
Input
of air hole
DC =
AC
factor
thread
5W
mm
5VA
30
0.65
1.2
M5
30
6
2
2.4
G1/8
7
30
0.65
1.2
G1/8
30
15
1.2
1.6
G1/8
14
10
0.8
1.4
M5
10
10
0.8
1.4
G1/8
10

W4017003100
W4017004100
W4017004200

PIV43I5S NC
PIV43I8S NC
PIV73I8S NC

M5
G1/8
G1/8

1.2
1.2
1.6

0.65
0.65
1

10
10
6.5

10
10
6.5

W4017004201

PIV73I8S NO

G1/8

1.4

0.7

52

17.5

M5

22

22

YZ
21
23
2
2

14

M3
14

X
3
1
1
1

Description

Ordesing
code

M5

56.5

8.7

G1/8

22

22

PIV.B VALVES, OPERATOR 13, IN LINE


Symbol

M5

YZ
21
23
2
2

15.5

X
3
1
1
1

15.5
G 1/8

79

MAX.

13

25

44

Diameter
Maximum operating pressure (bar)
Input
kv
of air hole
DC =
AC
thread
factor
13VA
10W
mm
12
6
1.2
1.6
W4026005001 PIV73B8S NO G1/8
12
6
1.2
1.6
W4026005101 PIV73B4S NO G1/4
4
3
2
2.4
W4026005111 PIV93B4S NO G1/4
Ordering
code

Description

W4026005010
W4026005020
W4026005000
W4026005100
W4026005110
W4026005120
W4026004000
W4026004010
W4026004020

PIV93B8S NC
PIVW3B8S NC
PIV73B8S NC
PIV73B4S NC
PIV93B4S NC
PIVW3B4S NC
PIV92B4S NC
PIVX2B4S NC
PIVZ2B4S NC

G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4

2.4
3
1.6
1.6
2.4
3
2.4
4
6

2.8
4
1.4
1.4
2.8
4
3
7
9

8
5.5
14
14
8
5.5
15
6
1.5

10
6
17
17
8
6
30
14
5

W4026004001 PIV92B4S NO G1/4

2.4

2.6

13

15

25

2.1/153

KEY TO CODES
P

7
AIR HOLE

FAMILY
4
7
9
W
X
Z

1.2
1.6
2.4
3
4
6

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm

2
NUMBER
OF WAYS
2 2 ways
3 3 ways

CONNECTION

THREAD

VERSION

I
B

22x22
operator 8
30x30
operator 13

5
4
8

M5
G1/4
G1/8

Standard

FURTHER DETAILS
NC normally closed
NO normally open

COIL, SIDE 30 mm - FOR PIV.B SOLENOID VALVES


Voltage tolerance: - 10 / + 15%
Insulation class: M180
Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector
Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents
26
13

M3

36
40

9
16.3

19

30

26

Code

Nominal voltage

W0216001001
W0216001011
W0216001021
W0216001031

24Vcc
24V 50/60Hz
110V 50/60Hz
220V 50/60Hz

Absorption
(average)
10W
13VA
13VA
13VA

Abbrev.
Coil 30 13 10W-24VDC
Coil 30 13 13VA-24VAC
Coil 30 13 13VA-110VAC
Coil 30 13 13VA-220VAC

22.5
37

COIL, SIDE 22 mm - FOR PIV.I SOLENOID VALVES

11

22.2

15.5

17
28

2.1/154

6
14.6

28
29.2

M3

8.5

8.2

Voltage tolerance: - 10 / + 15%


Insulation class: F155
Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector
Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents
Maximum temperature of coil at 100% use: 70C at 20 ambient temperature
According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 3 GD
Code

Nominal voltage

W 0215 000151
W 0215 000101
W 0215 000111
W 0215 000121
W 0215 000131
W 0215 000051
W 0215 000001
W 0215 000011
W 0215 000021
W 0215 000031

12Vcc
24Vcc
24V 50/60Hz
110V 50/60Hz
220V 50/60Hz
12Vcc
24Vcc
24V 50/60Hz
110V 50/60Hz
220V 50/60Hz

Absorption
Holding
Inrush
2W
2W
2W
2W
3.5VA
5.3VA
3.5VA
5.3VA
3.5VA
5.3VA
5W
5W
5W
5W
5VA
8VA
5VA
8VA
5VA
8VA

Abbrev.
Coil 22 8 BA 2W-12VDC
Coil 22 8 BA 2W-24VDC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-24VAC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-110VAC
Coil 22 8 BA 3.5VA-220VAC
Coil 22 8 5W-12VDC
Coil 22 8 5W-24VDC
Coil 22 8 5VA-24VAC
Coil 22 8 5VA-110VAC
Coil 22 8 5VA-220VAC

CONNECTOR, SIDE 22 mm

21
11

Cable
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9

Type
Standard
LED 24V
LED 110V
LED 220V
LED + VDR 24V
LED + VDR 110V
LED + VDR 220V

~48

Colour
black
transparent
transparent
transparent
transparent
transparent
transparent

28

8.5

~28

~31
M3

1.5

Code
W0970510011
W0970510012
W0970510013
W0970510014
W0970510015
W0970510016
W0970510017

Pg9

CONNECTOR, SIDE 30 mm

28

~27

Colour
black
transparent
transparent
transparent
transparent
transparent
transparent

Cable
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9
PG9

Type
Standard
LED 24V
LED 110V
LED 220V
LED + VDR 24V
LED + VDR 110V
LED + VDR 220V

18
~49
28
9

~30.5
M3

1.5

Code
W0970520033
W0970520034
W0970520035
W0970520036
W0970520037
W0970520038
W0970520039

Pg9

NOTES

2.1/155

CNOMO SOLENOID VALVE


Solenoid valve to CNOMO 060580.
3/2 version normally closed
Bistable and monostable manual actuation
Assembly on manifold base

TECHNICAL DATA
P
T

Operating pressure
Operating temperature range
Solenoid rating
Fluid
System
Nominal flow rate
Response times

Qn
msec

Max. coil/nut torque

Max 10 bar
1060C
100% ED
filtered lubricated or unlubricated air
with poppet
40 Nl/min
TRA 22 msec
TRR 32 msec
10 Nm

COMPONENTS
VALVE BODY: HOSTAFORM
GASKETS: NBR nitrile rubber
OPERATOR: Brass pipe, stainless steel core

DIMENSIONS
Code
9453920
9453922

39.5
17

11

7.5

2.4
21
30

2.1/156

20

4.1

54.5

M5

5.5
0
1

Description
CNOMO 3/2 WITH MONOSTABLE MANUAL ACTUATION
CNOMO 3/2 WITH BISTABLE MANUAL ACTUATION

MODULAR CONFIGURATION OF CNOMO BASES

COMPONENTS
Two fixing screws (included in input kit)
CNOMO manifold base kit
CNOMO manifold base input kit

CNOMO MANIFOLD BASE KIT

8.5

8.5

22

22

CNOMO MANIFOLD BASE INPUT KIT

32
M4

7.5

G 1/8

7.5

32

G 1/8

32

32

Code
Description
0227000200 CNOMO MANIFOLD BASE INPUT KIT

Code
Description
0227000150 CNOMO MANIFOLD BASE KIT

COILS, SIDE 30 mm

16.3
8.2

M3

Solenoid rating: 100% ED


Maximum coil temperature at 100% ED
use 70C at 20 ambient temperature

27
30

9
15

19

Electric contact DIN 43650 Shape A


Voltage tolerance: -10%/-10%
Insulation class: F155
Degree of protection: IP65 EN 60529 with
connector

30

16

21.5
36

Code

Nominal voltage

W0210010100
W0210011100
W0210012100
W0210013100

24Vcc
24V 50/60Hz
110V 50/60Hz
220V 50/60Hz

Absorption
Inrush Holding
5W
4W
10VA
4VA
10VA
4VA
10VA
4VA

Abbrev.
Coil 30 8 4W-24VDC
Coil 30 8 4VA-24VAC
Coil 30 8 4VA-110VAC
Coil 30 8 4VA-220VAC

CONNECTOR ON SIDE 30 mm
28

~27

18
~49
28
9

~30.5
M3

1.5

Pg9

Code
W0970520033
W0970520034
W0970520035
W0970520036
W0970520037
W0970520038
W0970520039

Colour
Cable diameter
black
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9
transparent
PG9

Type
Standard
LED 24V
LED 110V
LED 220V
LED + VDR 24V
LED + VDR 110V
LED + VDR 220V

2.1/157

FIELDBUS

CHAPTER 2.2

PROFIBUS-DP IP 65 MACH 16-DEDICATED

PAGE 2.2/02

PROFIBUS-DP / INTERBUS-S / CAN-OPEN/DEVICE-NET FOR MULTIMACH

PAGE 2.2/06

INPUT/OUTPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP 67 M12

PAGE 2.2/13

2.2/01

IP 65 PROFIBUS-DP
MACH 16-DEDICATED
A high-integration robust system for Mach 16 batteries. The slave
is fixed directly on the multiple connector so a valve island with
multiple connection can be converted into an island with slaves.
The slave is protected from polar inversion and overloads by a
replaceable fuse, and the output drivers protect each valve against
shortcircuiting. In the case of a short-circuit, which is indicated
by the EXT FAULT red LED coming on, only the faulty valve is
disconnected. The fuse and output restart button are situated
below the rectangular cover, where the revolving switches for
addressing and the dip switches for activating termination
resistances are also located. A single power supply for bus and
output, with a DIN-C connector.
A few important precautions must be borne in mind: the slave
must be earthed through a threaded hole at the back of the slave;
the M2 connectors of the bus must be the metal type to ensure
electric insulation.

TECHNICAL DATA
Versions
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Temperature
Field Bus Data

Output Technical Data

Diagnosis

PROFIBUS DP

Transmission protocol
Transmission mode
Transmission speed
Addresses
Voltage
Maximum current for each actuator
Maximum current contemporary
Maximum signal exchange frequency
Indicator LED
Protections
Field Bus
Bus error
Switch-on signal
Peripheral failure

Protections

SLAVE ASSEMBLY, MACH 16 DEDICATED

2.2/02

16 outputs
24 Vdc 10%, approx. 100 mA
IP65
-2055C (-4131 F)
Profibus-DP DIN E 19245
synchronous or Freeze-Mode
12 MBit/s
rotating switches BCD, 0......99
24 VDC ( from 18 to 30V) maximum voltage for each actuator
350mA
450mA OUT 18 + 450mA OUT 916
100 Hz, Ohm 1 Hz induction
One LED for each output
by short-circuit or overload of each single outel
RUN-LED
LED + alarm signal to master
Power LED
Alarm signal to master
Polar inversion, short-circuit or overload

PROFIBUS-DP
16-OUTPUT SLAVE
83.5

POWER SUPPLY

BUS IN
BUS OUT
(M12 COD. A)
1

G 1/4

15.5

G 1/4

40.4

1=B
2=A
3=+5V
4=0V

127

1=24V
2=0V
3=

97.3

74

10.7

74

Code
0240003001
0240003007

87.8

Slave kit
PROFIBUS-DP SLAVE 16 OUT FOR MULTIPLE BASE
PROFIBUS-DP SLAVE 16 OUT FOR MODULAR BASE

The slave kit includes the slave, the fixing screws and the adapter base.

NOTES

2.2/03

16-OUTPUT SLAVE, COMPLETE WITH VALVES

83.5

4.5

90

4.5

40.4
G 1/4

20

10.2

97.3

102
78.6

67

17

17 17

17

10.7

100

G 1/4

37

15.5

15
20

17 17.5

16 OUT

16 IN + 16 OUT

BUS IN
BUS OUT
(M12 COD. A)
1

17 17

127

40.4

1=B
2=A
3=+5V
4=0V

3
1

17

80
26

190

1=24V
2=0V
3=

102
53

POWER SUPPLY

17.5

90

4.2

4.2

16 OUT

27.6
G 1/4

48

48

190

100

G 1/4

13.8
13

29
13

14.1

27.5

127

16 IN + 16 OUT

40

29
3.8

KEY TO CODES
BUS

P Profibus

V IP 65

6
16 OUT

M C N

A Mach 16
Multiple
base
B Mach 16
Modular
base

MCN
electrical
connector

04 4 posit.
06 6 posit.
08 8 posit.
10 10 posit.
12 12 posit.

M
M
M6
M8
V
L
L6
L8
J
J6
J8
K
G
G6

M
MSV 25 SMS 00
MSV G5 SMS 00
MSV H5 SMS 00
MSV 25 SCS 00
MSV 25 SMP 00
SMV G5 SMP 00
MSV H5 SMP 00
MSV 25 SMB 00
MSV G5 SMB 00
MSV H5 SMB 00
MSV 25 SCB 00
MSV 26 SMS CC
MSV G6 SMS CC

G8 MSV H8 SMS CC
O MSV 26 SCS CC
E MSV 26 SMS OC
E6 MSV G6 SMS OC
E8 MSV H8 SMS OC
F
MSV 26 SCS OC
B
MSV 26 SMS PC
B6 MSV G6 SMS PC
B8 MSV H8 SMS PC
C
MSV 26 SCS PC
A BLANKING PLATE
D INTERMEDIATE
DIAPHRAGM

N.B. The valve connection order in the diagram above is as follows - from left to right, starting from the slave. The first left figure corresponds
to the valve close to the slave on the base. There are 12 figures. When ordering a bottom base with less than 12 positions, complete the
code entering 0 in the other boxes.

2.2/04

ACCESSORIES
M12 MALE CONNECTOR IN-OUT BUS
Code
0240009038

Description
Male connector IN-OUT Bus A coding

COD. A

3
2

COD. B
4
1

M12x1

20

3
62

SUPPLY CONNECTOR

Code
0240009040

Description
M12 plug

15.5

15.5
8

~25

Description
CONNECTOR 15mm shape C DIN 43650

M2.5

Code
W0970501021

3.5
Pg7

PLUG M12

CH.14

M 12x1

2.2/05

PROFIBUS-DP / INTERBUS-S /
CAN-OPEN
DEVICE-NET FOR MULTIMACH
The expandable modular slaves for Multimach follow the same application
philosophy of total modularity common to the Multimach system. With
full freedom, the slave can be configured by fitting the various modules
offered:
Slaves are available for 4 alternate bus systems:
PROFIBUS-DP, INTERBUS-S, CAN-OPEN, DEVICE NET.
Each of these can manage 24 outputs.
The slaves are mounted on a 35 mm DIN bar, next to the Multimach
unit.
The electric connection between the slave and the unit is simply obtained
with a kit comprised of pre-wired, 25-pin Sub-D connectors with a 25core cable.
Other modules up to a maximum of 15 (31 for DeviceNet) can be
fitted alongside the slaves to manage other inputs and outputs. These
modules are electrically connected together, using a small plate-connector
(housed under the modules, inside the DIN bar).
There are 4 other types of modules available: for 8 digital inputs; for
8 digital outputs; for 4 analogue inputs and for 4 analogue outputs.
With this system, a maximum of 144 Inputs/Outputs can be managed
with just one slave!
TECHNICAL DATA
Supply voltage
EMC and ESD test
Resistance to vibration and impacts test
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature
Admitted relative humidity
Assembly

24 V DC + 20% - 15%
in compliance with IEC 801-2/IEC 801/4 (up to level 3: 8kV/2kV)
secondo IEC68-2-6/IEC 68-2-27 (1g/12g)
0 C 60 C
-40 C +85 C
95%
35 mm DIN bar

THE MULTIMACH WORLD: SLAVES, INPUTS AND OUTPUTS

5
6
2
7
8

2.2/06

SLAVE PROFIBUS-DP 24 OUTPUT


Code
0240004002

Tecnical Data
PROFIBUS-Interface
Transmission speed
Maximum number of modules
which can be connected
Output interface
Number of outputs
Output data
Nominal supply voltage
Maximum current for each output
Absorption 24V (out excluded)

76
78

50.8

BUS 9 Sub-D socket


1=n.c.
2=n.c.
3=RxD/TxD-P
5
6
4=CNTR-P
4
7
5=GND
3
6=n.c.
8
2
7=n.c.
9
1
8=RxD/TxD-N
9=GND

DC24V
+

RS485: 9 pins SubD


9.6 kBaud up to 12 Mbaud
31 (depending on the maximun corrent)
25 pins SubD
24
4 Byte (3used +1)
24 VDC
1A, max total 4A
800mA

OUTPUTS 25 Sub-D socket

Common (-)

Slave kit
SLAVE PROFIBUS+DO24xDC24V

25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14

13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

SLAVE INTERBUS-S 24 OUTPUT


Code
0240004012

Tecnical Data
INTERBUS-Interface
Transmission speed
Maximum number of modules which
can be connected
Output interface
Number of outputs
Nominal supply voltage
Maximum current for each output
Absorption 24V (out excluded)

76
78

DC24V
1
+
2
-

50.8

9 pins SubD
500k Baud
15
25 pins SubD
24
24VDC
1A, max total 4A
800mA

1=DO BUS IN 9 Sub-D plug OUTPUTS 25 Sub-D socket


2=DI
13
3=GND1
25
5
6
12
4=GND
24
4
7
11
5=n.c.
23
3
6=/DO
8
10
22
2
7=/DI
9
9
21
1
8=+5V
8
20
9=reserved

Common (-)

Slave kit
SLAVE INTERBUS-S+DO24xDC24V

1=DO BUS OUT 9 Sub-D socket


2=DI
3=GND
5
4=reserved 6
4
7
5=+5V
3
6=/DO
8
2
7=/DI
9
1
8=reserved
9=RBST

19
18
17
16
15
14

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

2.2/07

CAN-OPEN SLAVE, 24 OUTPUTS


Code
0240004022

Technical Data
CANopen-Interface
Transmission speed
Maximum number of modules
which can be connected
Output interface
Number of outputs
Nominal supply voltage
Maximum current for each output
Absorption 24 V (out excluded)

76
78

50.8

BUS 9 Sub-D plug


1=n.c.
2=CAN low
3=CAN Ground
5
6
4=n.c.
4
7
5=n.c.
3
6=optional ground
8
2
7=CAN high
9
1
8=n.c.
9=optional pos. Supply
Sub-D 9 plug

DC24V
+

9 pins SubD
10kBaud up to 1 Mbaud
31 (depending on the maximun corrent)
25 pins SubD
24
24 VDC
1A, max total 4A
700mA

OUTPUTS 25 Sub-D socket

Common (-)

Slave kit
SLAVE CAN-OPEN+DO24xDC24V

25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14

13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

DEVICE NET SLAVE, 24 OUTPUTS


Code
0240004032

Technical Data
DEVICE-NET-Interface
Transmission speed
Maximum number of modules
which can be connected
Output interface
Number of outputs
Nominal supply voltage
Maximum current for each output
Absorption 24 V (out excluded)

76
78

50.8

OUTPUTS 25 Sub-D socket

CL

DEVICENET
socket

DR
CH
V+

DC24V

2.2/08

Common (-)

V-

25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14

Slave kit
SLAVE DEVICE-NET+DO24xDC24V

13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

DeviceNet Open Style


125, 250, 500k Baud
31 (depending on the maximun corrent)
25 pins SubD
24
24 VDC
1A, max total 4A
800mA

8-DIGITAL INPUT MODULE


Description
DI 8XDC24V UNIT

76

Code
0240004053

5
13.5

25.4

78

Technical Data
Nominal input voltage
Number of inputs
Input data
Input voltage at 1
Output voltage at 0
Response time
Internal Bus voltage
Absorption 5V BUS

DC 24V
8
1 Byte
1530V
05V
3 ms
5V
20 mA

8-DIGITAL OUTPUT MODULE


Description
DO 8XDC24V 0.5A UNIT

76

Code
0240004051

6
13.5

78

25.4

Technical Data
Nominal voltage
Number of outputs
Output data
Absorption for each channel
Internal Bus voltage
Absorption 5V BUS

DC 24V
8
1 Byte
1A (max 8A)
5V
50 mA

4-ANALOG INPUT MODULE


Code
0240004054

Technical Data
Number of Inputs
Input data
Input range

76

7
13.5

78

Description
AL 4X16 BIT UNIT

25.4

Resolution
Input resistance
Time
Internal Bus voltage
Absorption 5V BUS

4o2
8 Byte
Voltage 050 mV, 0...10V, 4mV, 4V, 10V,
Current 0/420mA, +/-20mA
Temperature Pt100, Pt1000, Ni100, Ni1000
Resistance 60, 600, 3000
Thermoelements J, K, N, R, T, S
12/16 Bit
2M voltage, 50 current
570ms
5V
280 mA

2.2/09

4-ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE

76

Code
0240004055

8
13.5

78

Description
AO 4X12 BIT UNIT

Technical Data
Number of outputs
Output data
Output range

25.4

Resolution
Output resistance
Conversion time
Internal Bus voltage
Absorption 5V BUS

4
8 Byte
Voltage 010V, 10V, 15V
Current 020mA, 420 mA, 20 mA
12 Bit
Minimum voltage 500, Maximum current 500
3 ms
5V
20 mA

SLAVE/MULTIMACH CONNECTION KIT


Code
0226940000

NOTES

2.2/10

Description
SLAVE/MULTIMACH CONNECTION KIT

CONNECTING ONE SLAVE WITH SEVERAL VALVE UNITS

13

11

14
11
13

15

11

12

10

In order to make the best use of the available slave outputs, they can be distributed over several valve units using double-output connectors.
The above drawing refers to one possible configuration, but the user can combine cables and connectors as required.
The connector  mounted on the slave is used to distribute the outputs on two cables.
A cable for a certain number of outputs goes to connectors  and . Some wires are soldered to the connector pins and the unused
ones can be soldered to the wires of another cable from the second output carrying signals to the next unit.

25-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR KIT, DOUBLE OUTPUT FOR SLAVE


Code
0226180105

Description
25-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR FOR SLAVE

10

Complete with 2 cable clamps for wiring 2 cables

2.2/11

25-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR KIT, DOUBLE OUTPUT FOR MULTIMACH


Code
0226180106

Description
25-WIRE CONNECTOR DOUBLE OUTPUT KIT

11

Complete with 2 cable clamps for wiring 2 cables

9-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR, STRAIGHT OR 90 OUTPUT FOR MULTIMACH


Code
0226180102

Description
9-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR

Code
0226107201
0226107101
0226107102

Description
10-WIRE CABLE
19-WIRE CABLE
25-WIRE CABLE

12

CABLES

13
14
15
2.2/12

Indicate the desired length in metres

INPUT/OUTPUT
PROFIBUS-DP IP 67 M12
The Profibus DP IP 67 is a robust metallic slave that can be
connected flexibly sing M12 connectors to outputs and solenoid
valves and/or inputs.
Each connector can be used freely for:
- 1 Output + 1 diagnostic Input
- 2 Outputs
- 1 Output + 1 Input
- 2 Inputs
- 1 Input + 1 diagnostic Input
Each slave can handle a total of 16 signals, each according to
one of the above combinations.
Diagnostics provides information on the type and location of the
error of each channel with:
- de-activation of the coupling point involved and not the
complete module;
- signal to the controller;
- display with local LEDs.
One single slave or an island of solenoid valves complete with
slave and connectors can be ordered.The catalogue shows the
1/8 and 1/4" valve islands in the 70 series and the ISO5599
valve islands, size 1 and size 2.

TECHNICAL DATA
Utilizzo
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Temperature
Field Bus Data

Inputs Output Technical Data

Output Technical Data

Autotest

Autotest

Transmission protocol
Transmission mode
Transmission speed
Addresses
Type
Supply
Indicator
Voltage
Maximum current for each actuator
Maximum current contemporary
Maximum signal exchange frequency
Indicator LED
Field bus
Insufficient voltage signal
Short-circuit sensor INPUT or OUTPUTS
Desina (pin 2)

8 inputs or outputs + 8 inputs or outputs or diagnostic


24 VDC (18V......30,2V), a norma EN 61131-2
IP67
055C (32131 F)
Profibus-DP EN 50170
synchronous or Freeze-Mode
12MBit/s
rotating switches BCD, 0......99
pnp proximnity sensors or EN 61131-2 compatable mechanical limit switch
24VDC (da 18 a 30,2V), a norma EN 61131-2 ; 200 mA per punto dinnesto M12
One LED for each output
24VDC (da 18 a 30,2V), a norma EN 61131-2; I comulativa 9A
1.6 A, system protected by fuse in case of short-circuit
10W
20 Hz Ohm, 20 Hz induction
One LED for each output
RUN-LED
LED + alarm signal to master
Red LED for channel on M12 coupling point
PIN 2 diagnostic with red LED for M12 coupling point and signal to master
N.B.: for the disposition of the contact, please look at the connectors at the following pages

COMPONENTS
  IN-OUT diagnostic connectors
 Led Power, Error, Run
 IN feeding connector
OUT feeding connector

IN BUS connector
OUT BUS connector
Rotaring switches for addressing
Diagnostic LED for single channel

4
1

BUS IN/OUT
1 VP
2 A (green)
3 DGN
4 B (red)
5 Sch
Thread Sch

4
5

2
1

ALIMENTAZIONE IN/OUT
1 GND
2 GND
3 PE
4 Sensor feeding
5 Actuator feeding

9
3
7
2
6

1
5
0

3
2

4
1

IN/OUT CONNECTORS
1 +24 V DC
2 Diagnostic input
Digital input -> Closure contact
Opening contact
Digital output
3 O V DC
4 Digital input -> Closure contact
Opening contact
Digital output
5 PE

4
BUS UA US

UA

RUN ERROR

POWER

POWER IN

US

POWER OUT

4
9 01
8
2
7
3
654

8
6

BUS IN

901
8
2
7
3
654

BUS OUT

2.2/13

SLAVE IP67
Descrizione
8 I/O + 8 I/O/DIAGNOSI IP67 PROFIBUS

BUS OUT

901
8
2
7
3
654

9 01
8
2
7
3
654

POWER OUT

BUS IN

POWER IN

POWER

5
0

6
1

63

US
UA
BUS UA US

RUN ERROR

39

Cod.
0240008001

225

IP67 SLAVE, COMPLETE WITH SERIES 70 VALVES


A

P
K
G
F
E
D
C
A B
1/8 Manifold
25 105 142 225 20 12.5 85.8 103.5 230
1/8 Multiple
115 230
98
25 105 142 225 20 7
1/4 Manifold
85.5 104.5 237
27 112 156 239 25 10
1/4 Multiple
118 237
98
27 112 156 239 25 7
*n= number of mounted valves
N.B.: the unit is supplied complete with cables for valves

305 Q+K+(A x *n-1)


24

Q+K+(A x *n-1)

31.5 Q+K+(A x *n-1)


27

Q+K+(A x *n-1)

BUS OUT

BUS IN

F
901
8
2
7
3
654

POWER

RUN ERROR
BUS UA US

PO
U

US

225

POWER IN

901
8
2
7
3
654

0
5
1
6
2
7
3

KEY TO CODES
BUS

2.2/14

P Profibus

V IP 67

B 70 1/8
C 70 1/4

0 multiple base

0
02
04
06
08

2
2
4
6
8

posit.
posit.
posit.
posit.

D
H
Z
M
J
G
E
B
A

SOV 23 SOS NO - SOV 33 SOS NO


SOV 23 SOS NC - SOV 33 SOS NC
SOV 23 SOB 00 - SOV 33 SOB 00
SOV 25 SOS 0 - SOV 35 SOS 00
SOV 25 SOB 00 - SOV 35 SOB 00
SOV 26 SOS CC - SOV 36 SOS CC
SOV 26 SOS OC - SOV 36 SOS OC
SOV 26 SOS PC - SOV 36 SOS PC
BLANKING PLATE

IP67 SLAVE, COMPLETE WITH ISO VALVES

70

70

3
7

225

0
4
BUS UA US

UA

RUN ERROR

POWER

POWER IN

901
8
2
7
3
654

BUS IN

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
ISO1
43
80
140
158
28
10.5
76.4
ISO2
56
90
165
180
35
12.5
77.5
*n= number of mounted valves
N.B.: the unit is supplied complete with cables for valves

H
22
26

L
11
14

M
47
61

N
150
178

P
230
240

US

POWER OUT

901
8
2
7
3
654

BUS OUT

R
H+L+(A x *n)
H+L+(A x *n)

KEY TO CODES
BUS

P Profibus

V IP 67

D
D
E

ISO1
ISO2

1
1 manifold base side

0
02
04
06
08

2
2
4
6
8

posit.
posit.
posit.
posit.

M
J
G
E
B
A

ISV 55 SOS 00 - ISV 65 SOS 00


ISV 55 SOB 00 - ISV 65 SOB 00
ISV 56 SOS CC - ISV 66 SOS CC
ISV 56 SOS OC - ISV 66 SOS OC
ISV 56 SOS PC - ISV 66 SOS PC
BLANKING PLATE

2.2/15

ACCESSORIES
90 ELBOW WITHOUT CABLE
41

Code
0240009001

Description
90 Elbow without cable

Code
0240009021

Description
Straight fitting without cable

Code
0240009022
0240009023

Description
90 curve with cable 1.5 m
90 curve with cable 5m

Code
0240009002
0240009003

Description
Straight, with 1.5 m cable
Straight, with 5m cable

42

Pg7

M 12x1

20

STRAIGHT FITTING WITHOUT CABLE


56

20

M 12x1

Pg7

90 ELBOW WITH CABLE


40

31

Pin
1
2
3
4
M 12x1

15

Cable colour
brown
white
blue
black

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH CABLE


Pin
1
2
3
4

M 12x1

15

41

Cable colour
brown
white
blue
black

Y-DISTRIBUTOR WITH CABLE AND M12 STRAIGHT CONNECTORS

21
15

M 12x1

Code
0240009031
0240009032

4.2
68

2.2/16

Description
Y-Distributor cable 0.6 m
Y-Distributor cable 1.5 m

MALE CONNECTOR FOR FEEDING IN


4

Code
0240009033

Description
Male connector IN feeding

Code
0240009034

Description
Female connector OUT feeding

Code
0240009035

Description
M12 male connector B coding

Code
0240009036

Description
M12 female connector B coding

Code
0240009040

Description
M12 plug

7/8" - 16 UN

24.5

1
27

83

FEMALE CONNECTOR FOR FEEDING OUT


2

24.5

27

5
7/8" - 16 UN

78.5

20

M12x1

M12 MALE CONNECTOR OUT-BUS

62

3
2

M12x1

20

M12 FEMALE CONNECTOR IN-BUS

4
56

PLUG M12

CH.14

M 12x1

2.2/17

UNITS

SUMMARY

CHAPTER 3.1

MAIN FEATURES

PAGE 3.1/02

FILTER

PAGE 3.1/06

PRESSURE REGULATOR

PAGE 3.1/11

BATTERY REGULATOR

PAGE 3.1/16

PILOT REGULATOR

PAGE 3.1/17

PILOT OPERATED REGULATOR

PAGE 3.1/19

SKILLTRONIC

PAGE 3.1/20

FILTER-REGULATOR

PAGE 3.1/22

LUBRICATOR

PAGE 3.1/25

DEPURATOR

PAGE 3.1/32

SHUT OFF VALVE

PAGE 3.1/36

VALVE 2/2

PAGE 3.1/42

SAFETY CONTROL VALVE

PAGE 3.1/44

AIR TAKE-OFF

PAGE 3.1/48

SKILLAIR PRESSURE SWITCHES

PAGE 3.1/50

DIAPHRAGM DRIER SERIES DRY 100

PAGE 3.1/52

MANIFOLD SUBBASE

PAGE 3.1/56

ASSEMBLYES

PAGE 3.1/58

PRESSURE SWITCHES

PAGE 3.1/74

ACCESSORIES

PAGE 3.1/76

SPARES

PAGE 3.1/78

3.1/01

The superior technology of Skillair FRL units is the expression of


Metal Work innovation. The FRL system is the brainchild of a
joint study by Metal Work engineers and researchers from the
Department of Mechanics in Turin. The integration of metal alloys
and super-resistant techno-polymers is the result of co-operation
between CESAP(European Centre for the Development of Plastic
Applications) and leading international companies such as Du
Pont, EMS Chemie and Hoechst.
The installation of advanced processing and quality control systems
guarantees the reliability of Skillair FRLs.
Technical features
The Skillair units incorporate very interesting technological features:
Compactness with the same flow capacity our unit is one of
the smallest on the market.
Modularity various elements such as filters, reducers, lubricators,
3-way valves, progressive actuators and air take-offs can be
combined at will.
With the modular system the FRL units can be removed without
disturbing the pipes.
Easy maintenance Any of the elements or the entire unit can
be removed without disturbing the remaining part or pipes.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Degree of filtration
Degree of purification
Setting range
Max. input pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Fluid
Temperature range at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Elements comprising the range
Compatibility with oils:

SK 100 SK 100 SK 200 SK 200 SK 200 SK 300 SK 300 SK 300 SK 400 SK 400 SK 400 SK 400
1/4

bar
MPa
bar
psi

C
F

3/8

1/4

1/2
3/4
1
1
1 1/4 1 1/2
2
5m 20m 50m
99.97% at 0.01 m
0-2 0-4 0-8 0-12
1.5
1.3
1.3
1.3
15
13
13
13
217
188
188
188
From 1100 to
20000 Nl/min.
Lubricated or unlubricated compressed air
10C to +50C
14F to 122F
Filter, Depurator, Regulator, Pilot operated regulator, In-series Regulator, Filter-regulator, Lubricator with various lubricant
filling systems, Circuit Shut-off Valve, Progressive Actuator.
please refer to page 6.1/08

SKILLAIR MODULARITY
The FRL units can be removed from the system without disturbing
the pipes. This can be done with a single element or with the
entire system.
Assemble the unit so that the air flows in the direction marked by
the arrows.

3.1/02

3/8

1/2

DISASSEMBLING THE UNIT WALL FIXING

3
How to disassemble Skillair end plates:
Remove the plate A .
Unscrew the screws and remove the cams B to disassemble the unit.
Screws to fix the end plates to the wall C :
Series 100: M4x50
Series 200: M5x60
Series 300: M5x70
Series 400: M6x110

SKILLAIR 400 ROTARY SLIDING JOINT


The series 400 comes with a patented
system with a rotary sliding end joint to
allow the unit to be adapted to the pipe
cutting distance.
For correct assembly and disassembly,
loosen the screw in the end plate before
screwing in or unscrewing the bush.

3.1/03

GENERAL RULES FOR USE AND MAINTENANCE


1

MOUNTING THE PRESSURE GAUGE

1 Do not use a spanner.


2 The gauge must be mounted by hand.
Use liquid sealants only. Do not use Teflon.

SETTING THE PRESSURE

3 NB The pressure in standard regulators


must always be set upwards. Before setting
the pressure, check that the knob is raised.
4 When the required pressure has been
reached, press the knob downwards.

MOUNTING THE REGULATOR


AND FILTER-REGULATOR
5 Panel mounting: remove the knob and
lock the regulator with the ring nut.
6 Wall mounting: use a suitable bracket
(see Skillair accessories).

3.1/04

SEMI-AUTO CONDENSATE DRAIN FOR FILTER, FILTER-REGULATOR AND DEPURATOR

The semi-auto condensate drain is the


normally open type. When there is pressure
in the bowl, the drain closes. When there
is no pressure in the bowl, it opens and
the condensate drains out.

If necessary, it is possible to drain the


condensate whilst the bowl is pressurised.
The simple manual operation of pushing
up the valve will allow the condensate to
drain.

When rotating the button clockwise, the


valve becomes in locked position, and can
only work when the button is returned to
the central position.

CLEANING AND/OR REPLACING THE FILTER ELEMENTS


Before unscrewing the bowl to replace the
filter elements, check that the line is no
longer pressurized. Replace as shown in
the diagram.

3.1/05

FILTER
The Job of the filter is to remove any solid or liquid impurities
from the air generated by the compressor.
Incoming air is rotated by the centrifuge unit. The heaviest
liquid and solid particles are projected against the walls of
the container and forced to adhere to it. As they accumulate
they form drops that deposit on the bottom by gravity. The
remaining solid particles are held back by the porous
element depending on the filtering threshold. The condensate
accumulation area is kept still to prevent previously deposited
impurities from being re-circulated.
The accumulated condensate is drained out through the
drain automatically when there is no pressure in the filter,
or by hand pressing the button. An automatic drain is
available. It automatically eliminates condensate from the
container whenever necessary, whatever the pressure.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Degree of filtration
Max. input pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Drain

Bowl capacity
NOTE ON USE

FIL 100

MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

cm3

FIL 100

1/4
3/8
5m 20m 50m
1.5
15
217
1400
50
2000
71
Compressed air
50
122
0.4
M4x50
Vertical
Manual
Manual/semi-auto (RMSA)
Automatic (SAC)
22

FIL 200
1/4

FIL 200

FIL 200

3/8
1/2
5m 20m 50m
1.3
13
188
2400
85
3100
110
Compressed air
50
122
0.7
M5x60
Vertical
Manual
Manual/semi-auto (RMSA)
Automatic (SAC) - Automatic (RA)
45

FIL 300

FIL 300

FIL 300

1/2

3/4
1
5m 20m 50m
1.3
13
188
3800
135
5300
188
Compressed air
50
122
1.4
M5x70
Vertical
Manual
Manual/semi-auto (RMSA)
Automatic (RA)
75

The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

COMPONENTS
Technopolymer body
Zamak end plate
Technopolymer centrifuge
Bowl: technopolymer for FIL 100 and FIL 200,
metal for FIL 300
Technopolymer baffle
Sintered HDPE filter cartridge
Technopolymer screen
Clear technopolymer glass
NBR gaskets
Drain (RMSA)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

3.1/06

FLOW CHARTS
FIL 100 1/4 - 3/8
P = (Pm-Pv)
psi

KPa bar

Flow rate

FIL 200 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.
(A) = 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi
(D) = 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi
(B) = 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
(E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi

FIL 300 1/2 - 3/4 - 1

P = (Pm-Pv)

P = (Pm-Pv)

psi

psi

KPa bar

KPa bar

Flow rate
Flow rate

DIMENSIONS

FIL 100 FIL 100 FIL 200 FIL 200 FIL 200 FIL 300 FIL 300 FIL 300
G 1/4

A
E
H

D
F

G 3/8
78
144
50
43
63
26
G 1/4 G 3/8
43
21.5
M4 hole
137

G1/4

G 1/4

G 3/8
93.5
175
63
55
78.5
36
G 3/8
55.5
27.5
M5 hole
196

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 1/2 G 3/4
110
195
72
65
92
42
G 1/2 G 3/4
65
32.5
M5 hole
215

G 1
112

G 1

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M

3.1/07

400 FILTER
Filter with different degrees of impurity treatment and high
performance:
minimum load loss with changes in flow rate
maximum degree of condensate separation
360 condensate level display
semi-auto or auto condensate drain

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Degree of filtration
Max. input pressure

Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 MPa-87 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Drain
Bowl capacity
Notes on use

FIL 400
G1

MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

cm3

G11/4
G11/2
G2
5m 20m 50m
5m 20m 50m
1.3
1.3
13
13
188
188
16500
20000
590
710
Compressed air
Compressed air
50
50
122
122
5.2
6
M6x110
M6x110
Vertical
Vertical
Manual/semi-auto (RMSA)
Manual/semi-auto (RMSA)
Automatic (RA)
Automatic (RA)
270
270
Series 400 end plates come with a patented system with a rotary sliding end joint to allow the unit to be adapted to the
pipe cutting distance (see page 3.1/03).
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

COMPONENTS
Aluminium body
Aluminium end plate
OT58 brass retaining ring
OT58 threaded bush, axial adjustment
Technopolymer centrifuge
Aluminium bowl
Sintered bronze filter cartridge
Aluminium screen
Clear technopolymer glass
Technopolymer plug
Drain (RMSA)
NBR gaskets

2
3
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

3.1/08

12

FLOW CHARTS
FIL 400 1
P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar

Flow rate

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.
(A) = 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi
(D) = 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi
(B) = 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
(E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi

FIL 400 2
P = (Pm-Pv)
psi

KPa bar

Flow rate

DIMENSIONS
A
E
H

Threaded port
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M

FIL 400

FIL 400

FIL 400

G 1

G 11/4
225255

G 11/2

G 2
283313

320
116
105
141.4
80
G 1

G 11/4

G 11/2
105.4
52.5
M6 hole
378

G 2

C
G

FIL 400

3.1/09

KEY TO CODES
FIL
FILTER
ELEMENT

100

FIL.

100

SIZE

200

300

400

1/4
THREADED
PORT

20m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

RMSA

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

5 m
20 m
50 m

RMSA
SAC
RMSA
SAC
RA*
RMSA
RA

TYPE OF DRAIN

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain for sizes 100 and
200. Operates by depression
requires variable air take-offs.
RA:
Drain for size 300 and 400. Floattype operation irrespective of the
pressure and flow rate.
*

For SK200 with RA, please contact


our sales assistance department

ORDERING CODES
Code
Description
SKILLAIR 100 FILTER
3280001A FIL 100 5 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3280007A FIL 100 5 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3280002A FIL 100 20 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3280008A FIL 100 20 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3280003A FIL 100 50 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3280009A FIL 100 50 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3280001
FIL 100 1/4 5 RMSA
3280007
FIL 1001/4 5 SAC
3280002
FIL 100 1/4 20 RMSA
3280008
FIL 100 1/4 20 SAC
3280003
FIL 100 1/4 50 RMSA
3280009
FIL 100 1/4 50 SAC
3380001
FIL 100 3/8 5 RMSA
3380007
FIL 100 3/8 5 SAC
3380002
FIL 100 3/8 20 RMSA
3380008
FIL 100 3/8 20 SAC
3380003
FIL 100 3/8 50 RMSA
3380009
FIL 100 3/8 50 SAC
SKILLAIR 200 FILTER
3480001A FIL 200 5 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3480007A FIL 200 5 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3480002A FIL 200 20 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3480008A FIL 200 20 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3480003A FIL 200 50 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3480009A FIL 200 50 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3480001
FIL 200 1/4 5 RMSA
3480007
FIL 200 1/4 5 SAC
3480002
FIL 200 1/4 20 RMSA
3480008
FIL 200 1/4 20 SAC
3480003
FIL 200 1/4 50 RMSA
3480009
FIL 200 1/4 50 SAC
3580001
FIL 200 3/8 5 RMSA
3580007
FIL 200 3/8 5 SAC
3580002
FIL 200 3/8 20 RMSA
3580008
FIL 200 3/8 20 SAC
3580003
FIL 200 3/8 50 RMSA
3580009
FIL 200 3/8 50 SAC
3680001
FIL 200 1/2 5 RMSA
3680007
FIL 200 1/2 5 SAC
3680002
FIL 200 1/2 20 RMSA
3680008
FIL 200 1/2 20 SAC
3680003
FIL 200 1/2 50 RMSA
3680009
FIL 200 1/2 50 SAC

3.1/10

Code
Description
SKILLAIR 300 FILTER
4480001A FIL 300 5 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
4480002A FIL 300 20 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
4480003A FIL 300 50 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
4480004A FIL 300 5 RA WITHOUT END PLATES
4480005A FIL 300 20 RA WITHOUT END PLATES
4480006A FIL 300 50 RA WITHOUT END PLATES
4480001
FIL 300 1/2 5 RMSA
4480002
FIL 300 1/2 20 RMSA
4480003
FIL 300 1/2 50 RMSA
4480004
FIL 300 1/2 5 RA
4480005
FIL 300 1/2 20 RA
4480006
FIL 300 1/2 50 RA
4580001
FIL 300 3/4 5 RMSA
4580002
FIL 300 3/4 20 RMSA
4580003
FIL 300 3/4 50 RMSA
4580004
FIL 300 3/4 5 RA
4580005
FIL 300 3/4 20 RA
4580006
FIL 300 3/4 50 RA
4680001
FIL 300 1 5 RMSA
4680002
FIL 300 1 20 RMSA
4680003
FIL 300 1 50 RMSA
4680004
FIL 300 1 5 RA
4680005
FIL 300 1 20 RA
4680006
FIL 300 1 50 RA

Code
Description
SKILLAIR 400 FILTER
6180001A FIL 400 5 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
6180002A FIL 400 20 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
6180003A FIL 400 50 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
6180004A FIL 400 5 RA WITHOUT END PLATES
6180005A FIL 400 20 RA WITHOUT END PLATES
6180006A FIL 400 50 RA WITHOUT END PLATES
6180001
FIL 400 1 5 RMSA
6180002
FIL 400 1 20 RMSA
6180003
FIL 400 1 50 RMSA
6180004
FIL 400 1 5 RA
6180005
FIL 400 1 20 RA
6180006
FIL 400 1 50 RA
6280001
FIL 400 1 1/4 5 RMSA
6280002
FIL 400 1 1/4 20 RMSA
6280003
FIL 400 1 1/4 50 RMSA
6280004
FIL 400 1 1/4 5 RA
6280005
FIL 400 1 1/4 20 RA
6280006
FIL 400 1 1/4 50 RA
6380001
FIL 400 1 1/2 5 RMSA
6380002
FIL 400 1 1/2 20 RMSA
6380003
FIL 400 1 1/2 50 RMSA
6380004
FIL 400 1 1/2 5 RA
6380005
FIL 400 1 1/2 20 RA
6380006
FIL 400 1 1/2 50 RA
6480001
FIL 400 2 5 RMSA
6480002
FIL 400 2 20 RMSA
6480003
FIL 400 2 50 RMSA
6480004
FIL 400 2 5 RA
6480005
FIL 400 2 20 RA
6480006
FIL 400 2 50 RA

REGULATORS
Each system served by the air supply mains (e.g. actuators
and general appliances) requires its own constant operating
pressure. It is necessary to use a regulator to regulate the
pressure within a set range by means of regulating springs,
with the pressure never exceeding the mains pressure.
The new Skillair regulator uses a rolling diaphragm which
gives a much better performance than the flat version.
Advantages of this system:
Increased stroke, increased valve opening and hence
higher flow rate.
Decreased dynamic and inrush friction; prompter, more
sensitive operation.
Reduced working stress and hence longer life allowing
the use of thinner diaphragms (0.45 mm versus 1.5 mm
for a flat one) which increases regulator sensitivity and
prompt action.
Increased accuracy in maintaining the set pressure with
both variable flow rates and different feed pressures.
Downstream overpressures relieved quickly.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Max. input pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Pressure gauge port
Notes on use

REG 100

REG 100

REG 200

REG 200

REG 200

REG 300

REG 300

REG 300

G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 1/2
G 3/4
G 1
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
1.3
1.3
1.5
13
13
15
188
188
217
3500
2500
1100
124
88
39
7000
3500
1600
247
124
57
Filtered lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
50
50
C
50
122
122
F
122
1.4
0.7
Kg
0.4
M5x70
M5x60
M4x50
In any position
G 1/8
The regulator pressure must always be set upwards. For increased sensitivity, use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure
as close as possible to the required value. Do not take air from pressure gauge ports.

bar
MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm

COMPONENTS
Technopolymer body
Zamak end plate
Technopolymer knob
Technopolymer bell
OT58 brass adjusting screw
OT58 brass scroll
Steel adjusting spring
Technopolymer ring nut
Rolling diaphragm
NBR relieving gaskets
OT58 brass stem
Valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
Stainless steel valve spring
Technopolymer plug
NBR gaskets

7
8
9

10

1
11
13

12
14

15

3.1/01
3.1/11

FLOW CHARTS
REG 100 1/4 - 3/8
Preset pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0,7 MPa - 100 psi
psi

MPa bar

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.

Flow rate

REG 200 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2

REG 300 1/2 - 3/4 - 1

Preset pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0,7 MPa - 100 psi

Preset pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0,7 MPa - 100 psi

psi

psi

MPa bar

MPa bar

Flow rate

Flow rate

DIMENSIONS

REG 100 REG 100 REG 200 REG 200 REG 200 REG 300 REG 300 REG 300
G 1/4

A
E

D
F

3.1/12

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
P

G 3/8

G1/4

G 1/4 G 3/8
30x1.5
21.5
M4 hole
43
46

G 1/4

78
98
50
43
63
26

G 3/8
93.5
125
63
55
78.5
36
G 3/8
40x1.5
27.5
M5 hole
55.5
58

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 1/2 G 3/4
110
148
72
65
92
42
G 1/2 G 3/4
48x1.5
32.5
M5 hole
65
69

G 1
112

G 1

400 REGULATOR
TECHNICAL DATA

REG 400 REG 400 REG 400 REG 400

G 1 G 11/4 G 11/2 G 2
Depending on the pilot operated regulator
MPa
1.3
bar
13
psi
188
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) Nl/min
18000
20000
P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
scfm
363
707
Fluid
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated
compressed air. Lubrication, if used,
must be continuous.
Max temperature
C
50
at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
F
122
Weight
Kg
4.8
5.6
Wall fixing screws
M6x110
Mounting
In any position
Pressure gauge port
G1/4
Notes on use: The regulator pressure must always be set upwards.
Series 400 end plates come with a patented system with a rotary sliding
end joint to allow the unit to be adapted to the pipe cutting distance.
Threaded port
Setting range
Max. input pressure

COMPONENTS
Aluminium body
Aluminium end plate
OT58 threaded bush, axial adjustment
OT58 brass retaining ring
Rolling diaphragm
OT58 brass plug
Stainless steel valve spring
OT58 brass stem with air relief hole
Valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
NBR gaskets.

3
4
1

10

FLOW CHARTS
REG 400 1

REG 400 2

Pre-set pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0,7 MPa - 100 psi

Pre-set pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0,7 MPa - 100 psi

psi MPa bar

psi

Flow rate

MPa bar

Flow rate

3.1/13

DIMENSIONS

Threaded port
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
I
L
M
P
R

REG 400

REG 400

REG 400

REG 400

G 1

G 11/4
225255

G 11/2

G 2
283313

127
116
105
141.4
80
G 1

G 11/4

G 11/2
52.5
M6 hole
105.4
G 1/4
G 1/4

G 2

R
M

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


1 REMOTE PILOT

Fit the A7 M5 plug into the threaded hole


B (close to the entrance).
Fit the M5 fitting into the threaded hole
A as close to the entrance as possible.
Connect the downstream circuit of the
selected pilot operated regulator to the
input A (R1 fitting).
Set the required pressure on the pilot
operated regulator.

A
B

2 DIRECT PILOT WITH SKILLAIR PILOT


OPERATED REGULATOR
Remove the pins C and D under the pilot
operated regulator.
Check that the two gaskets E and F under
the pilot are in place.
Fix the pilot operated regulator to the
base of the regulator using the selfthreading screws G. Make sure the arrows
H point in the same direction as the arrows
in relief under the base of the regulator.

E
C

3.1/14

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


3 PILOT REGULATOR
FOLLOW-UP LINK

E
G
H
D

This is used when the regulator is mounted


downstream of a V3V valve or an APR.
The air can be bled from the V3V or APR
valves instead of from the regulator relieving system.
Remove only the stud pin marked with a
letter D under the pilot regulator.
Check the two gaskets under the pilot
marked E and F.
Secure the pilot regulator to the regulator
base with the self-tapping screws marked
with a letter G. Making sure the arrows
marked H point in the same direction as
the arrows in relief under the regulator
base.
Remove the A7 M5 plug from the V3V or
APR plate and remount the fitting.
Connect the pilot regulator supply to the
fitting.

KEY TO CODES
REG
FILTER
ELEMENT

100

REG

100

SIZE

200

300

400

1/4
THREADED
PORT

02

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

0
0
0
0

SETTING RANGE

The pilot operated regulator is necessary for


size 400.
See pag. 3.1/17.

2 bar
4 bar
8 bar
12 bar

Depending on the pilot used

ORDERING CODES
Code
Description
SKILLAIR 100 REGULATOR
3202001A REG 100 02 WITHOUT END PLATES
3202002A REG 100 04 WITHOUT END PLATES
3202003A REG 100 08 WITHOUT END PLATES
3202004A REG 100 012 WITHOUT END PLATES
3202001
REG 100 1/4 02
3202002
REG 100 1/4 04
3202003
REG 100 1/4 08
3202004
REG 100 1/4 012
3302001
REG 100 3/8 02
3302002
REG 100 3/8 04
3302003
REG 100 3/8 08
3302004
REG 100 3/8 012

Code
Description
SKILLAIR 200 REGULATOR
3402001A REG 200 02 WITHOUT END PLATES
3402002A REG 200 04 WITHOUT END PLATES
3402003A REG 200 08 WITHOUT END PLATES
3402004A REG 200 012 WITHOUT END PLATES
3402001
REG 200 1/4 02
3402002
REG 200 1/4 04
3402003
REG 200 1/4 08
3402004
REG 200 1/4 012
3502001
REG 200 3/8 02
3502002
REG 200 3/8 04
3502003
REG 200 3/8 08
3502004
REG 200 3/8 012
3602001
REG 200 1/2 02
3602002
REG 200 1/2 04
3602003
REG 200 1/2 08
3602004
REG 200 1/2 012

Code
Description
SKILLAIR 300 REGULATOR
4402000A REG 300 02 WITHOUT END PLATES
4402001A REG 300 04 WITHOUT END PLATES
4402002A REG 300 08 WITHOUT END PLATES
4402003A REG 300 012 WITHOUT END PLATES
4402000
REG 300 1/2 02
4402001
REG 300 1/2 04
4402002
REG 300 1/2 08
4402003
REG 300 1/2 012
4502000
REG 300 3/4 02
4502001
REG 300 3/4 04
4502002
REG 300 3/4 08
4502003
REG 300 3/4 012
4602000
REG 300 1 02
4602001
REG 300 1 04
4602002
REG 300 1 08
4602003
REG 300 1 012
SKILLAIR 400 REGULATOR
6102001A REG 400 WITHOUT END PLATES
6102001
REG 400 1
6202001
REG 400 1 1/4
6302001
REG 400 1 1/2
6402001
REG 400 2

3.1/15

100
IN-SERIES REGULATOR
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded inlet port
Threaded user port
Setting range
Max. input pressure
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature
at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Pressure gauge port
Notes on use

G 1/4
G 1/8
0-2 - 0-4 - 0-8 - 0-12
1.5 MPa - 15 bar - 217 psi
500 Nl/min
18 scfm
950 Nl/min
34 scfm
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed
air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
C
50
F
122
Kg
0.4
M4x50
In any position
G 1/8
The regulator pressure must always be set
upwards. For increased sensitivity, use a
pressure regulator with a rated pressure as
close as possible to the required value.

DIMENSIONS

REG 100

A
E

D
F

ORDERING CODES
Cod.
Descrizione
100 IN-SERIES REGULATOR
3202101A 100 IN-SERIES REG. 0-2 WITHOUT TERMINALS
3202102A 100 IN-SERIES REG. 0-4 WITHOUT TERMINALS
3202103A 100 IN-SERIES REG. 0-8 WITHOUT TERMINALS
3202104A 100 IN-SERIES REG. 0-12 WITHOUT TERMINALS
3202101
100 IN-SERIES REG. 1/4 0-2
3202102
100 IN-SERIES REG. 1/4 0-4
3202103
100 IN-SERIES REG. 1/4 0-8
3202104
100 IN-SERIES REG. 1/4 0-12
3302101
100 IN-SERIES REG. 3/8 0-2
3302102
100 IN-SERIES REG. 3/8 0-4
3302103
100 IN-SERIES REG. 3/8 0-8
3302104
100 IN-SERIES REG. 3/8 0-12

3.1/16

Threaded port
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
P

REG 100

G 1/4

G 3/8
78
98
50
43
63
26

G 1/4

G 3/8
30x1.5
21.5
M4 hole
43
46

Several of these Skillair regulators can be mounted in series,


all fed by the same pressure. They can give different set pressures,
each independent of the previous regulator.
Operating compressed air can be taken from the pressure gauge
ports (G 1/8).

PILOT REGULATOR
The pilot regulator is used when great accuracy is required
in maintaining the set pressure under changing operating
conditions.
It is ideal for use as:
a precision regulator for flow rates < 100 Nl/min.
a pilot in general typically for large size regulators (see
REG 400)
The systems high operating accuracy and low hysteresis
are determined by the virtually total lack of friction. The
presence of a slight air leak is necessary for the regulator
to operate properly it is not a malfunction.
It is advisable to use filtered air.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Max. input pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Mounting
Pressure gauge port
Notes on use

PILOT REGULATOR
G 1/4
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
1.3
13
188
120 Nl/min - 4,3 scfm
140 Nl/min - 5 scfm
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air.
Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
50
C
122
F
0.6
Kg
In any position
G 1/8
The regulator pressure must always be set upwards. For increased sensitivity,
use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure as close as possible to the required value.
Do not take air from the pressure gauge ports. Mount directly on REG 400.

bar
MPa
bar
psi

COMPONENTS
Aluminium body
Technopolymer knob
OT58 brass adjusting screw
OT58 brass scroll
Technopolymer bell
Technopolymer ring nut
Steel adjusting spring
Rolling diaphragm
NBR relieving gaskets
OT58 brass stem
Stainless steel ball valve
Stainless steel valve spring
NBR gaskets

2
3
4
10

11
12
13

7
8
9

3.1/17

FLOW CHARTS
REGULATION FEATURES REG. P 1/4 *
Flow: A = 0 Nl/min = 0 scfm
B = 25 Nl/min = 0,88 scfm - C = 50 Nl/min = 1,76 scfm

psi MPa bar

psi MPa bar


Downstream pressure

FLOW FEATURES REG. P 1/4


Preset pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0,7 MPa - 100 psi

bar
MPa
Flow rate
psi
Upstream pressure

REGULATION FEATURES REG. P 1/4 *

REGULATION FEATURES REG. P 1/4 *


Flow: A = 0 Nl/min = 0 scfm
B = 25 Nl/min = 0,88 scfm - C = 50 Nl/min = 1,76 scfm

psi MPa bar

psi MPa bar

Downstream pressure

Downstream pressure

Flow: A = 0 Nl/mi n = 0 scfm


B = 25 Nl/min = 0,88 scfm - C = 50 Nl/min = 1,76 scfm

bar

bar

MPa

MPa

psi

psi

Upstream pressure

Upstream pressure

Pm

Pv

H 2O

test unit

Flow tests carried out at the Department of


Mechanics, Turin Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.

* Pressure stability adjusted according to changes in upstream pressure.


DIMENSIONS

ORDERING CODES

124

Code
3206001
3206002
3206003
3206004

44

M 48x1.5

G1/8
66

3.1/18

G1/4
66

Description
REG. P 1/4 02
REG. P 1/4 04
REG. P 1/4 08
REG. P 1/4 012

300 PILOT OPERATED REGULATOR


Pilot-operated or servo-piloted regulator
Twin rolling diaphragm to ensure improved opening
and hence greater flow rate.
Low load losses
Excellent precision in pressure setting
Excellent sensitivity during relieving.

TECHNICAL DATA

300 PILOT OPERATED REG


G 1/2

Threaded port
Setting range
Max. input pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi

MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
gr

Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Pressure gauge port
Notes on use

G 3/4
G 1
Depending on the pilot regulator
1.3
13
188
4500
160
7000
247
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
50
122
1.3
M5x70
In any position
G 1/8
The regulator pressure must always be set upwards. Do not take air from the pressure gauge ports.

DIMENSIONS

ORDERING CODES
A
92

72
G 1/8
M5 hole
Foro
x M5

Code
4403003A
4403003
4503003
4603003

Description
300 PILOT OPERATED REG WITHOUT END PLATES
300 1/2" PILOT OPERATED REG
300 3/4" PILOT OPERATED REG
300 1" PILOT OPERATED REG

32.5

42

106
65

65

Threadedfilet.
port "G"
Attacco
"G" G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1"
A
110 110 112

3.1/19

SKILLTRONIC
Skilltronic is an electronically-controlled pressure regulator
equipped with an 8-bit microcontroller. The control signal
can be analogic, digital via RS232 or digital from the
keyboard. It is converted into a proportional pressure signal
by means of solenoid valves. The regulator can be used
alone within the indicated flow values, or in combination
with a Skillair 300 or 400 pilot-operated pressure regulator
(power stage).
The advantages are:
Integration with analogic or digital control systems (PC,
PLC, etc.).
Extremely fast response times.
Excellent repeatability and reliability.
Low power absorption.
Skilltronic disponibile in due versioni base:
Version A, with analogic control via voltage or RS232 serial
line.
Version D, with control via RS232 serial line or keyboard
or voltage, with display of the set and regulated pressures.
TECHNICAL DATA
Setting range

Control pressure

Temperature range
Degree of protection
Weight
Fluid
Supply voltage
Max. absorbed power
Control
Flow rate at 6.3 bar P 0.5 bar
Reaction time
Response time rise time*
Response time fall time**

SKILLTRONIC A and D

SKILLTRONIC 300 A and 300 D

IP 60
0.4

0.03 - 0.7
0.3 - 7
4 - 100
0.1 - 0.8
1-8
15 - 115
-10C to +50C
14 - 122
IP 65
1.9
20 m filtered air, de-humidified and unlubricated.
24 V DC
2
0-5V / 0-10V / RS 232
4500

MPa
bar
psi
MPa
bar
psi
C
F
Kg

W
Nl/min
ms
ms
ms

60
<5
60
100

SKILLTRONIC 400 A and 400 D

IP 65
5.6

18000

* Volume 30 cm3 Pal= 8bar, from 2 to 4 bar


** Volume 30 cm3 Pal= 8bar, from 4 to 2 bar

COMPONENTS
Connection for power supply and serial line
3-digit digital display
Led
Instrument configuration and pressure setting keys

1
2
3

4
MAX PRESS.
OUT PRESS.
VOLTAGE

8 bar
O - 7 bar
24 VDC

MADE IN ITALY

SKILLTRONIC A

3.1/20

MAX PRESS.
OUT PRESS.
VOLTAGE

8 bar
O - 7 bar
24 VDC

MADE IN ITALY

SKILLTRONIC D

SKILLTRONIC A/D

15.2

40

GND

M4 L=5
9

15

1/8 G

64
70

PWR
24V DC

OUT
10 V

IN
RX
TX
0-10 V RS 232 RS 232

1/8 G

113.5

OUT
0-7 V

IN

OUT

SKILLTRONIC 300 A/D

M4 L=5

31

SKILLTRONIC 400 A/D

1 9 8

11

3
4

MAX PRESS.
OUT PRESS.
VOLTAGE

8 bar
O - 7 bar
24 VDC

1 9 8

10 12

A
E

7
6

10 12

11

3
4

7
6

1- TX RS232
2- RX RS232
3- IN 0-10 V 0-5V
4- OUT 10V
5- PRW 24V
6- OUT 0-7V
11- GND
12-

MAX PRESS.
OUT PRESS.
VOLTAGE

8 bar
O - 7 bar
24 VDC

1- TX RS232
2- RX RS232
3- IN 0-10 V 0-5V
4- OUT 10V
5- PRW 24V
6- OUT 0-7V
11- GND
12-

MADE IN ITALY

D
F

MADE IN ITALY

M
E
A

G
C

DIMENSIONS
Threaded port
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
I
L
M

G
C

ORDERING CODES

SKILLTRONIC 300
G1/2 G3/4
G1
110
110
112
227
72
65
92
42
G1/2 G3/4
G1
32.5
M5 hole
65

G1

G1

SKILLTRONIC 400
G11/4 G11/2
G2
225255
283313
234
116
105
141.4
80
G11/4 G11/2
G2
74.5
M6 hole
105.4

FEMALE CONNECTOR
Code
W0214100200
W0214100000

R
M

Description
IP60 90-angle technopolymer connector, not shielded
IP60 straight metal connector, shielded

Code
W0214000000
W0214000100
4403010
4503010
4603010
4403011
4503011
4603011
6102010
6202010
6302010
6402010
6102011
6202011
6302011
6402011

Description
SKILLTRONIC A
SKILLTRONIC D
SKILLTRONIC 300 1/2" A
SKILLTRONIC 300 3/4" A
SKILLTRONIC 300 1" A
SKILLTRONIC 300 1/2" D
SKILLTRONIC 300 3/4" D
SKILLTRONIC 300 1" D
SKILLTRONIC 400 1" A
SKILLTRONIC 400 1" 1/4 A
SKILLTRONIC 400 1" 1/2 A
SKILLTRONIC 400 2" A
SKILLTRONIC 400 1" D
SKILLTRONIC 400 1" 1/4 D
SKILLTRONIC 400 1" 1/2 D
SKILLTRONIC 400 2" D

The above items are available in the pre-wired version on request.

3.1/01
3.1/21

FILTER REGULATOR
This device combines a filter and a pressure regulator in
a single unit. It has the dual function of filtering and
regulating air from the compressor.
As the filter regulator is made up of the same elements as
the regulator and the filter, the performance is the same.
High flow rates with low load loss.
Special rolling diaphragm higher flow rate, greater
stability, improved sensitivity.
Rapid relief of downstream overpressures.
Stability of the regulated pressure as the mains pressure
fluctuates.
Maximum degree of condensate separation.
360 condensate level display.
Condensate drain with manual/semi-automatic or automatic function.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Max. input pressure
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature
at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Pressure gauge port
Bowl capacity
Drain
Notes

FR 100
bar

Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

cm3

FR 100

FR 200

FR 200

FR 200

FR 300

FR 300

COMPONENTS
Technopolymer body
Technopolymer knob
OT58 brass adjusting screw
OT58 brass scroll
Technopolymer bell
Steel adjusting spring
Technopolymer ring nut
Rolling diaphragm
NBR relieving gasket
OT58 brass stem
Valve with NBR
vulcanized gasket
Stainless steel valve spring
Technopolymer centrifuge

Technopolymer baffle plug


Technopolymer screen
Sintered HDPE filtered
cartridge
Clear technopolymer glass
Bowl: technopolymer for
FR100 and FR200, metal for
FR 300
Drain (RMSA)
Zamak end plate
21 NBR gaskets

20

11

10

12

13

16

14

18

15

21

17
19

3.1/22

FR 300

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
5m - 20m - 50m
5m - 20m - 50m
5m - 20m - 50m
1.5 MPa - 15 bar - 217 psi
1.3 MPa - 13 bar - 188 psi
1.3 MPa - 13 bar - 188 psi
1100
1600
3500
39
57
125
1600
3000
5600
57
71
200
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
50
50
50
122
122
122
0.5
1
1.8
M4x50
M5x60
M5x70
Vertical
G 1/8"
G 1/8"
G 1/8"
22
45
75
Manual/semi-auto (RMSA)
Manual/semi-auto (RMSA)
Manual/semi-auto (RMSA)
Automatic (SAC)
Automatic (SAC) - Automatic (RA)
Automatic (RA)
The regulator pressure must always be set upwards.
For increased sensitivity, use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure as close as possible to the required value.
Do not take air from pressure gauge ports.
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

FLOW CHARTS
FR 100 1/4 - 3/8
Preset pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0,7 MPa - 100 psi
psi

MPa

bar

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.

Flow rate

FR 200 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2

FR 300 1/2 - 3/4 - 1

Preset pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0,7 MPa - 100 psi

Preset pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0,7 MPa - 100 psi

psi

psi

MPa bar

MPa

bar

Flow rate

Flow rate

DIMENSIONS

FR 100

D
F

FR 200

FR 200

FR 200

FR 300

FR 300

FR 300

G 3/8
78
199
50
43
63
26
G 1/4 G 3/8
30X1.5
122.5
M4 hole
43
147
137

G 1/4

G 3/8
93.5
245
63
55
78.5
36
G 3/8
40x1.5
147.5
M5 hole
55.5
178
196

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 3/4

G 1
112

G 1/4

A
E

L
G
R

FR 100

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
P
R

G 1/4

110

G 1/2

G 1/2

278
72
65
92
42
G 3/4
48x1.5
162.5
M5 hole
65
200
215

G 1

3.1/23

KEY TO CODES
FR
ELEMENT
FR

100
SIZE
100
200

300

1/4
THREADED
PORT
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1

5m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

02
SETTING
RANGE

RMSA
TYPE
OF DRAIN

5 m
20 m
50 m

02 bar
04 bar
08 bar
012 bar

RMSA
SAC
RMSA
SAC
RA*
RMSA
RA

RMSA: Semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain for sizes 100 and 200.
Operates by depression requires variable air take-offs.
RA:
Automatic drain for size 300. Float-type
operation irrespective of the pressure and
flow rate.
* For SK200 with RA, please contact our
sales assistance department

ORDERING CODES
Code
Description
SK 100 FILTER REGULATOR
3283007A
FR 100 5 08 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3283008A
FR 100 20 08 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3283009A
FR 100 50 08 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3283010A
FR 100 5 012 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3283011A
FR 100 20 012 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3283012A
FR 100 50 012 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3283031A
FR 100 5 08 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3283032A
FR 100 20 08 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3283033A
FR 100 50 08 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3283034A
FR 100 5 012 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3283035A
FR 100 20 012 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3283036A
FR 100 50 012 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3283007
FR 100 1/4 5 08 RMSA
3283008
FR 100 1/4 20 08 RMSA
3283009
FR 100 1/4 50 08 RMSA
3283010
FR 100 1/4 5 012 RMSA
3283011
FR 100 1/4 20 012 RMSA
3283012
FR 100 1/4 50 012 RMSA
3283031
FR 100 1/4 5 08 SAC
3283032
FR 100 1/4 20 08 SAC
3283033
FR 100 1/4 50 08 SAC
3283034
FR 100 1/4 5 012 SAC
3283035
FR 100 1/4 20 012 SAC
3283036
FR 100 1/4 50 012 SAC
3383007
FR 100 3/8 5 08 RMSA
3383008
FR 100 3/8 20 08 RMSA
3383009
FR 100 3/8 50 08 RMSA
3383010
FR 100 3/8 5 012 RMSA
3383011
FR 100 3/8 20 012 RMSA
3383012
FR 100 3/8 50 012 RMSA
3383031
FR 100 3/8 5 08 SAC
3383032
FR 100 3/8 20 08 SAC
3383033
FR 100 3/8 50 08 SAC
3383034
FR 100 3/8 5 012 SAC
3383035
FR 100 3/8 20 012 SAC
3383036
FR 100 3/8 50 012 SAC

3.1/24

Code
Description
SK 200 FILTER REGULATOR
3483007A
FR 200 5 08 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3483008A
FR 200 20 08 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3483009A
FR 200 50 08 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3483010A
FR 200 5 012 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3483011A
FR 200 20 012 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3483012A
FR 200 50 012 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3483031A
FR 200 5 08 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3483032A
FR 200 20 08 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3483033A
FR 200 50 08 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3483034A
FR 200 5 012 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3483035A
FR 200 20 012 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3483036A
FR 200 50 012 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3483007
FR 200 1/4 5 08 RMSA
3483008
FR 200 1/4 20 08 RMSA
3483009
FR 200 1/4 50 08 RMSA
3483010
FR 200 1/4 5 012 RMSA
3483011
FR 200 1/4 20 012 RMSA
3483012
FR 200 1/4 50 012 RMSA
3483031
FR 200 1/4 5 08 SAC
3483032
FR 200 1/4 20 08 SAC
3483033
FR 200 1/4 50 08 SAC
3483034
FR 200 1/4 5 012 SAC
3483035
FR 200 1/4 20 012 SAC
3483036
FR 200 1/4 50 012 SAC
3583007
FR 200 3/8 5 08 RMSA
3583008
FR 200 3/8 20 08 RMSA
3583009
FR 200 3/8 50 08 RMSA
3583010
FR 200 3/8 5 012 RMSA
3583011
FR 200 3/8 20 012 RMSA
3583012
FR 200 3/8 50 012 RMSA
3583031
FR 200 3/8 5 08 SAC
3583032
FR 200 3/8 20 08 SAC
3583033
FR 200 3/8 50 08 SAC
3583034
FR 200 3/8 5 012 SAC
3583035
FR 200 3/8 20 012 SAC
3583036
FR 200 3/8 50 012 SAC
3683007
FR 200 1/2 5 08 RMSA
3683008
FR 200 1/2 20 08 RMSA
3683009
FR 200 1/2 50 08 RMSA
3683010
FR 200 1/2 5 012 RMSA
3683011
FR 200 1/2 20 012 RMSA
3683012
FR 200 1/2 50 012 RMSA
3683031
FR 200 1/2 5 08 SAC
3683032
FR 200 1/2 20 08 SAC
3683033
FR 200 1/2 50 08 SAC
3683034
FR 200 1/2 5 012 SAC
3683035
FR 200 1/2 20 012 SAC
3683036
FR 200 1/2 50 012 SAC

Code
Description
SK 300 FILTER REGULATOR
4483004A
FR 300 5 08 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
4483005A
FR 300 20 08 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
4483006A
FR 300 50 08 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
4483007A
FR 300 5 012 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
4483008A
FR 300 20 012 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
4483009A
FR 300 50 012 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
4483013A
FR 300 5 08 RA WITHOUT END PLATES
4483014A
FR 300 20 08 RA WITHOUT END PLATES
4483015A
FR 300 50 08 RA WITHOUT END PLATES
4483016A
FR 300 5 012 RA WITHOUT END PLATES
4483017A
FR 300 20 012 RA WITHOUT END PLATES
4483018A
FR 300 50 012 RA WITHOUT END PLATES
4483004
FR 300 1/2 5 08 RMSA
4483005
FR 300 1/2 20 08 RMSA
4483006
FR 300 1/2 50 08 RMSA
4483007
FR 300 1/2 5 012 RMSA
4483008
FR 300 1/2 20 012 RMSA
4483009
FR 300 1/2 50 012 RMSA
4483013
FR 300 1/2 5 08 RA
4483014
FR 300 1/2 20 08 RA
4483015
FR 300 1/2 50 08 RA
4483016
FR 300 1/2 5 012 RA
4483017
FR 300 1/2 20 012 RA
4483018
FR 300 1/2 50 012 RA
4583004
FR 300 3/4 5 08 RMSA
4583005
FR 300 3/4 20 08 RMSA
4583006
FR 300 3/4 50 08 RMSA
4583007
FR 300 3/4 5 012 RMSA
4583008
FR 300 3/4 20 012 RMSA
4583009
FR 300 3/4 50 012 RMSA
4583013
FR 300 3/4 5 08 RA
4583014
FR 300 3/4 20 08 RA
4583015
FR 300 3/4 50 08 RA
4583016
FR 300 3/4 5 012 RA
4583017
FR 300 3/4 20 012 RA
4583018
FR 300 3/4 50 012 RA
4683004
FR 300 1 5 08 RMSA
4683005
FR 300 1 20 08 RMSA
4683006
FR 300 1 50 08 RMSA
4683007
FR 300 1 5 012 RMSA
4683008
FR 300 1 20 012 RMSA
4683009
FR 300 1 50 012 RMSA
4683013
FR 300 1 5 08 RA
4683014
FR 300 1 20 08 RA
4683015
FR 300 1 50 08 RA
4683016
FR 300 1 5 012 RA
4683017
FR 300 1 20 012 RA
4683018
FR 300 1 50 012 RA

LUBRICATOR
The pneumatic lubricator is the simplest way of properly
lubricating actuators connected to a circuit.
As air flows from the mains through the lubricator, it
encounters the diaphragm which obstruct the flow and the
air is forced through the Venturi tube. The inside of the
Venturi tube is connected to the inspection dome, which
connects with the bowl via a tube with a regulating needle
in between. The drop in pressure caused by the Venturi
tube sucks up air through the dome, the tube and lastly
into the bowl containing oil.
The quantity of oil controlled by the regulating needle then
flows back from the bowl to the circuit.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Type of lubrication
Bowl capacity
Versions
Max. input pressure
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature
at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Recommended oils
Notes on use

LUB 100

LUB 100

1/4
cm3

Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

3/8
Mist
50
Standard - CA - CD

LUB 200
1/4

LUB 200

LUB 200

3/8
1/2
Mist
95
Standard - CA - CD

LUB 300
1/2

1.5MPa - 15bar - 217psi


1100
39
1500
53

LUB 300

LUB 300

3/4
1
Mist
160
Standard - CA - CD - ML
CA ML - CDV - CDML
1.3MPa - 13bar - 188psi
3500
125
5500
196

1.3MPa - 13bar - 188psi


2200
71
3700
131
Filtered compressed air
50
50
50
122
122
122
0.4
0.7
1.4
M4x50
M5x60
M5x70
Vertical
ISO and UNI FD22 (Energol HPL Spinesso Mobil DTE Tellus Oil)
Install the lubricator as close as possible to the point of use. Fill the lubricator bowl with
oil before pressurizing the system. Do not use cleaning oils, brake fluid oils or solvents in general.
For the best lubrication results, set the drip rate to one drop per 300-600 Nl

COMPONENTS
Technopolymer body
Bowl: technopolymer for LUB 100 and 200, metal for LUB 300
Technopolymer plug
Clear technopolymer glass
NBR Venturi tube diaphragm
Rilsan oil suction tube
Filter
Clear technopolymer inspection dome
OT58 brass oil flow regulating needle
OT58 brass oil filling plug
Zamak end plate
NBR gaskets

10

12

2
11
6
7
3
4

3.1/25

FLOW CHARTS
LUB 100 1/4 - 3/8
MINIMUM OPERATING
FLOW CHART

P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar

Pm
psi

KPa

bar

Flow rate

Flow rate

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP RP50R
recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO 5167
diaphragm gauge.
(A) = 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi
(B) = 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi

LUB 200 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2

LUB 300 1/2 - 3/4 - 1


MINIMUM OPERATING
FLOW CHART

P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar

psi KPa bar

Pm

Pm

psi KPa bar

psi KPa bar

Flow rate

Flow rate

DIMENSIONS

Flow rate

LUB 100 LUB 100 LUB 200 LUB 200 LUB 200 LUB 300 LUB 300 LUB 300

A
E
H

T. Port
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M

C
G

MINIMUM OPERATING
FLOW CHART

P = (Pm-Pv)

Flow rate

3.1/26

(D) = 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi


(E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi

G 1/4

G 3/8
78
162
50
43
63
26
G 1/4 G 3/8
43
112
M4 hole
130

G1/4

G 1/4

G 3/8
93.5
193
63
55
78.5
36
G 3/8
55.5
137.5
M5 hole
150

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 1/2 G 3/4
110
214
72
65
92
42
G 1/2 G 3/4
65
153
M5 hole
160

G 1
112

G 1

400 LUBRICATOR
High-performance mist lubricator in various versions.
Activation guaranteed at low flows
High ratio of quantity of lubricant to air flow.
Various oil filling configurations.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Type of lubrication
Bowl capacity
Versions
Max. input pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature
at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Recommended oils
Notes on use

LUB 400
G 1

cm3
MPa
Bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

G 11/4

G 11/2
G 2
Mist
800
Standard - CA - CD - ML - CA ML - CDV - CDML
1.3
13
188
18.000
21.000
640
750
Filtered compressed air
50
122
4.9
5.7
M6 x 110
Vertical
ISO and UNI FD22 (Energol HPL Spinesso Mobil DTE Tellus Oil)
Install the lubricator as close as possible to the point of use. Fill the lubricator bowl with oil before
pressurizing the system. Do not use cleaning oils, brake fluid oils or solvents in general.
For the best lubrication results, set the drip rate to one drop per 300-600 Nl

COMPONENTS
Aluminium body
Aluminium bowl
Clear technopolymer glass
NBR Venturi tube diaphragm
Aluminium end plate
OT58 brass retaining ring
OT48 brass threaded bush with axial
adjustment
Rilsan oil suction pipe
Filter
Technopolymer plug
Clear technopolymer inspection dome
OT58 brass oil flow regulating needle
OT58 brass oil filling plug
NBR gaskets

12

11

13

7
6

14

8
9

10

3.1/27

FLOW CHARTS
LUB 400 1
P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin Polytechnic, using
the computerized test bench following CETOP RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS
6358-2-approved) with ISO 5167 diaphragm gauge.

Flow rate

(A) = 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi


(B) = 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi

(D) = 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi


(E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi

LUB 400 2

MINIMUM OPERATING FLOW CHART

P = (Pm-Pv)

P = (Pm-Pv)

psi KPa bar

psi KPa bar

Flow rate

Flow rate

DIMENSIONS
A
E
H

Threaded port
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M

D
F

3.1/28

LUB 400

LUB 400

LUB 400

LUB 400

G 1

G 11/4
225255

G 11/2

G 2
283313

338
116
105
141.4
80
G 1

G 11/4

G 11/2
105.4
256
M6 hole
285

G 2

LUBRICATORS : MINUMUM LEVEL (ML)


Available in sizes 300 and 400.
This version gives two electric signals
controlling maximum and minimum level.
They can be used to control acoustic alarms,
lights, etc. There is no signal between
minimum and maximum level.

WIRING
Level indicator
White = 1st signal (maximum oil level)
Brown = 2nd signal (minimum oil level)
Orange = Common
Yellow/Green = Earth
Voltage = 24V
Contact = 0.75 A 10W
NB: The unused end plate must be suitably
insulated.
1.2 Maximum level signal

1.3 Minimum and maximum


oil level signal
Oil level indicator

Oil level indicator

Oil level indicator

24V

MAXIMUM OIL LEVEL

MINIMUM OIL LEVEL

White

Brown

Yellow/Green

Orange
White
MINIMUM OIL LEVEL

Brown

Yellow/Green

Orange
White

MINIMUM OIL LEVEL

Brown

Orange

24V

24V

Yellow/Green

1.1 Minimum level signal

LUBRICATORS: AUTOMATIC MINIMUM LEVEL FILLING (ML CA)


Available in size 300 and 400.
Used for filling the bowl with oil during
operation of the system only if the oil inlet
pressure is higher than the pressure inside
the lubricator bowl.
The electric indicator inside the bowl sends
an electric signal that is used to activate
the oil unit.
When the oil reaches the maximum level,
another signal disactivates the unit. In this
case the lubrication system operates with
1.1 Constant minimun level

the oil level between the maximum and


minimum values. If it is necessary to keep
the oil level in the bowl constant, only one
of the two signals can be used. Pressure
range 3-10 bar. Connect the pipe from the
central unit to the G1/4 fitting on the bowl.

1.2 Constant maximun level

Oil level indicator

Oil level between maximun and


minimum

Oil level indicator

Oil level indicator

24V

Orange

24V
Orange

Orange

24V

R1

R1

R1
Yellow/Green

White

Brown

Yellow/Green

White

Brown

Yellow/Green

White

Brown

R1

R2
K1
CENTRAL UNIT

ngresso
olio

R2
MAXIMUM OIL LEVEL

R1
MINIMUM OIL LEVEL

sso

K1
CENTRAL UNIT

R1
CONSTANT MAXIMUM
LEVEL

CENTRAL UNIT

sso

K1
CONSTANT MINIMUN
LEVE

R1

3.1/29

LUBRICATOR: DEPRESSION FILLING WITH MINIMUM LEVEL (ML CD AUTOMATIC)


DEPRESSION FILLING WITH
MINIMUM LEVEL (ML CD AUTOMATIC)
Available in sizes 300 and 400, this
lubricator is controlled by a solenoid valve
(2/2 NC minimum bore 3) situated on the
lubricator body. It reduces pressure inside
the bowl allow it to be filled with oil taken
from a tank at ambient pressure, which
can be located in a lower position than the
lubricator (max. difference in height 2 m).
The electric indicator inside the bowl sends
1.1 Constant minimum level

an electric signal used to activate the valve.


When the oil reaches the maximum level,
another signal disactivates the valve. In this
case, the lubricator system operates with
the oil level between minimum and
maximum. If it is necessary to keep the oil
level in the bowl constant, only one of the
two signals can be used. Pressure range
3-10 bar. Connect the oil tank to the G1/4
fitting on the bowl.

1.2 Constant maximum level

1.3 Oil level between maximum


and minimum

Constant maximum level

Oil level indicator

Oil lever indicator


24V

Orange

Orange

24V

R1

Orange

24V

R1

R1
Yellow-Green

White

Brown

Yellow-Green

White

Brown

Yellow-Green

White

Brown

R1

R2

SOLENOID VALVE

Ingresso
olio

E1

R2

R1
MAXIMUM OIL LEVEL

SOLENOID VALVE

resso

CONSTANT MAX. LEVEL

SOLENOID VALVE

CONSTANT MIN. LEVEL

esso

E1

R1

MINIMUM OIL LEVEL

E1

R1

OTHER VERSIONS SHOWN IN THE CATALOGUE


AUTOMATIC FILLING (CA)
Available in all sizes. The bowl is only filled
with oil during operation of the system if
the oil inlet pressure is about 3 bar higher
than the pressure inside the bowl. In any
case, it must not exceed 15 bar.
The float opens and closes the oil intake
valve. Lubrication continues during oil filling.
The timer can be used to control the central
unit so that cycles are performed between
zero and the filling pressure. These timed
cycles allow the oil level in the lubricator
to be topped up.
Connect the tube from the central unit to
the G1/8 fitting below the bowl.

3.1/30

FILLING BY DEPRESSION (CD MANUAL)


Available in all sizes. It is operated by
means of a button on the lubricator body.
The pressure inside the bowl drops to allow
it to be filled with oil taken from a tank at
ambient pressure, which can be located in
a lower position than the lubricator (max.
difference in height 2 m). Oil filling stops
when the level of oil raises the float and
shuts off a specific valve.
Important The SK4 lubricator is filled with
oil by hand. Filling must stop when the oil
level is visible through the spy-hole in the
bowl release lever. Pressure range 3-10
bar. Lubrication is discontinued during
filling. Connect the oil tank to the G1/4
fitting below the bowl.

FILLING BY DEPRESSION
(CD AUTOMATIC) WITH VALVE
Available in sizes 300 and 400. It is
operated by means of a solenoid valve
(2/2 NC minimum bore 3) situated on the
lubricator body. The pressure inside the
bowl drops to allow it to be filled with oil
taken from a tank at ambient pressure,
which can be located in a lower position
than the lubricator (max. difference in
height 2 m). Oil filling stops when the
level of oil raises the float and shuts off a
specific valve.
Important The SK4 lubricator is filled with
oil by hand. Filling must stop when the oil
level is visible through the spy-hole in the
bowl release lever. Pressure range 3-10
bar. Lubrication is discontinued during
filling. Connect the oil tank to the G1/4
fitting below the bowl.

KEY TO CODES
LUB

100

ELEMENT

SIZE

LUB

100
200

300

400

1/4
THREADED
PORT

STD

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

STD
CA
CD MANUAL
STD
CA
STD
CD MANUAL
ML
ML CA
CD AUTOMATIC
ML CD

TYPE OF OIL FILLING

STD:

Standard version filled with oil by


removing the bowl or through the top
cap. Requires circuit relieving.
CA:
Automatic filling
CD MANUAL:
Filling by depression
ML:
Minimum level indicator
CD AUTOMATIC:
Filling by depression with valve
ML CA: Automatic minimum level filling
ML CD: Depression filling with minimum level
and valve

ORDERING CODES
Code
Description
LUBRICATOR 100
3281001A LUB 100 WITHOUT END PLATES
3281002A LUB 100 CA WITHOUT END PLATES
3281005A LUB 100 CD MANUAL W/END PLATES
3281001
LUB 100 1/4
3281002
LUB 100 1/4 CA
3281005
LUB 100 1/4 CD MANUAL
3381001
LUB 100 3/8
3381002
LUB 100 3/8 CA
3381005
LUB 100 3/8 CD MANUAL
LUBRICATOR 200
3481001A LUB 200 WITHOUT END PLATES
3481002A LUB 200 CA WITHOUT END PLATES
3481005A LUB 200 CD MANUAL W/END PLATES
3481001
LUB 200 1/4
3481002
LUB 200 1/4 CA
3481005
LUB 200 1/4 CD MANUAL
3581001
LUB 200 3/8
3581002
LUB 200 3/8 CA
3581005
LUB 200 3/8 CD MANUAL
3681001
LUB 200 1/2
3681002
LUB 200 1/2 CA
3681005
LUB 200 1/2 CD MANUAL

Code
Description
LUBRICATOR 300
4481001A LUB 300 WITHOUT END PLATES
4481002A LUB 300 CA WITHOUT END PLATES
4481003A LUB 300 ML MANUAL W/END PLATES
4481005A LUB 300 CD MANUAL W/END PLATES
4481006A LUB 300 ML-CD AUTOMATIC W/END PLATES
4481007A LUB 300 ML-CA WITHOUT END PLATES
4481008A LUB 300 CD AUTOMATIC W/END PLATES
4481001
LUB 300 1/2
4481002
LUB 300 1/2 CA
4481003
LUB 300 1/2 ML
4481005
LUB 300 1/2 CD MANUAL
4481006
LUB 300 1/2 ML-CD AUTOMATIC
4481007
LUB 300 1/2 ML-CA
4481008
LUB 300 1/2 CD AUTOMATIC
4581001
LUB 300 3/4
4581002
LUB 300 3/4 CA
4581003
LUB 300 3/4 ML
4581005
LUB 300 3/4 CD MANUAL
4581006
LUB 300 3/4 ML-CD AUTOMATIC
4581007
LUB 300 3/4 ML-CA
4581008
LUB 300 3/4 CD AUTOMATIC
4681001
LUB 300 1
4681002
LUB 300 1 CA
4681003
LUB 300 1 ML
4681005
LUB 300 1 CD MANUAL
4681006
LUB 300 1 ML-CD AUTOMATIC
4681007
LUB 300 1 ML-CA
4681008
LUB 300 1 CD AUTOMATIC

Code
Description
LUBRICATOR 400
6181001A LUB 400 WITHOUT END PLATES
6181002A LUB 400 CA WITHOUT END PLATES
6181003A LUB 400 ML WITHOUT END PLATES
6181004A LUB 400 CD MANUAL W/END PLATES
6181006A LUB 400 ML-CD AUTOMATIC W/END PLATES
6181007A LUB 400 ML-CA WITHOUT END PLATES
6181008A LUB 400 CD AUTOMATIC W/END PLATES
6181001
LUB 400 1
6181002
LUB 400 1 CA
6181003
LUB 400 1 ML
6181004
LUB 400 1 CD MANUAL
6181006
LUB 400 1 ML-CD AUTOMATIC
6181007
LUB 400 1 ML-CA
6181008
LUB 400 1 CD AUTOMATIC
6281001
LUB 400 1 1/4
6281002
LUB 400 1 1/4 CA
6281003
LUB 400 1 1/4 ML
6281004
LUB 400 1 1/4 CD MANUAL
6281006
LUB 400 1 1/4 ML-CD AUTOMATIC
6281007
LUB 400 1 1/4 ML-CA
6281008
LUB 400 1 1/4 CD AUTOMATIC
6381001
LUB 400 1 1/2
6381002
LUB 400 1 1/2 CA
6381003
LUB 400 1 1/2 ML
6381004
LUB 400 1 1/2 CD MANUAL
6381006
LUB 400 1 1/2 ML-CD AUTOMATIC
6381007
LUB 400 1 1/2 ML-CA
6381008
LUB 400 1 1/2 CD AUTOMATIC
6481001
LUB 400 2
6481002
LUB 400 2 CA
6481003
LUB 400 2 ML
6481004
LUB 400 2 CD MANUAL
6481006
LUB 400 2 ML-CD AUTOMATIC
6481007
LUB 400 2 ML-CA
6481008
LUB 400 2 CD AUTOMATIC

3.1/01
3.1/31

DEPURATOR
The role of the depurator is to separate the liquid and solid
particles contained in the compressed air with a high degree
of efficiency. This separation is carried out using a special
filtering element called a coalescence cartridge.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Degree of filtering
Max. inlet pressure

Maximun suggested flow rate


Suggested flow at 6 bar
Fluid
Max temperature
at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Bowl capacity
Drain
Notes on use

MPa
Bar
psi
Nl/min
C
F
Kg

cm3

DEP 100

DEP 100

DEP 200

G 1/4

G 3/8

G 1/4

DEP 200

DEP 200

G 3/8
G 1/2
99.97% at 0.01 m

DEP 300

DEP 300

DEP 300

G 1/2

G 3/4

G 1

1.5
15
217

1.3
13
188
Please look at the flow rate curves at page 3.1/33
230
360
500
5m filtered air
50
122
0.4
0.9
1.4
M4 x 50
M5 x 60
M5 x 70
Vertical
22
45
75
Manual/Semi-auto (RMSA)
Manual/Semi-auto (RMSA)
Automatic (SAC)
Automatic (RA)
It is advisable to mount a 5mm pre-filter in order to separate the solid particles first.
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

HOW THE COALESCENCE CARTRIDGE WORKS


Air from the mains full of impurities flows into the coalescence
cartridge and then passes through the crossed micro-fibres that
make up the cartridge. During this movement the liquid particles
come into contact with the crossed micro-fibres and adhere to
them. Due to the air pressure and gravity they join up with other
micro-drops at each cross-over point and gradually increase in
volume, leading to the physical phenomenon called coalescence.
When they stop moving, the drops deposit on the outside of the
cartridge, from which they detach and drop to the bottom.
Since the volume of liquid leaving the cartridge is exactly the same
as the drops arriving, the coalescence cartridge ought to work
indefinitely. Solid particles are caught with the same efficiency
but, unlike drops, they are not drained out and clog the cartridge.
To get round this problem, it is necessary to mount a 5mm prefilter before the fine oil filter to separate the solid particles first.

3.1/32

COALESCENCE
FILTER

CROSSED
MICRO-FIBRES

FLOW CHARTS
DEP 100 1/4 - 3/8
P = (Pm-Pv)
psi

KPa bar

Flow rate

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.
(A) = 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi
(D) = 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi
(B) = 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
(E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi
(H) = maximum flow rate recommended for optimal operation

DEP 200 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2

DEP 300 1/2 - 3/4 - 1

P = (Pm-Pv)

P = (Pm-Pv)

psi

psi

KPa bar

KPa bar

3
H

Flow rate

Flow rate

DIMENSIONS

DEP 100 DEP 100 DEP 200 DEP 200 DEP 200 DEP 300 DEP 300 DEP 300

A
E
H

D
F

G 1/4

G 3/8
78
144
50
43
63
26
G 1/4 G 3/8
43
21.5
M4 hole
137

G1/4

G 1/4

G 3/8
93.5
175
63
55
78.5
36
G 3/8
55.5
27.5
M5 hole
196

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 1/2 G 3/4
110
195
72
65
92
42
G 1/2 G 3/4
65
32.5
M5 hole
215

G 1
112

G 1

Th. p.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M

3.1/33

400 DEPURATOR
Coalescence cartridge with a very high degree of filtration
Metal bowl with bayonet coupling, safety lock and 360
condensate display
Manual/semi-auto condensate drain
Optional activated carbon cartridge with 0.003 ppm oil
residue (food industry, pharmaceutics, cosmetics).

TECHNICAL DATA

DEP 400

Threaded port
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

G 1

MPa
Bar
psi

Maximun suggested flow rate


Suggested flow at 6 bar
Fluid
Max temperature
at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Drain
Bowl capacity
Notes on use

Nl/min
C
F
Kg

cm3

G 11/4

G 11/2
G 2
99.99% at 0.01 m
1.3
13
188
Please look at the flow rate curves at page 3.1/35
2300
2250
5 m filtered air
50
122
4.2
5
M6x110
Vertical
Manual/semi-auto (RMSA) - Automatic (RA)
270
It is advisable to mount a 5mm pre-filter in order to separate the solid particles first. Series 400 end plates come with a
patented system with a rotary sliding end joint to allow the unit to be adapted to the pipe cutting distance (see page 3.1/03).
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

DIMENSIONS
A
E
H

C
G

3.1/34

Threaded port
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M

LUB 400

LUB 400

LUB 400

LUB 400

G 1

G 11/4
225255

G 11/2

G 2
283313

320
116
105
141.4
80
G 1

G 11/4

G 11/2
105.4
52.5
M6 hole
378

G 2

FLOW CHARTS
DEP 400 1

DEP 400 2 (A) = 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi (D) = 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi

P = (Pm-Pv)

P = (Pm-Pv)

psi KPa bar

psi

KPa bar

(B) = 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi (E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi (H) = Maximum flow rate recommended for optimal operation.

Flow rate

Flow rate

KEY TO CODES
DEP

100

ELEMENT

SIZE

DEP

100
200

300

400

1/4
THREADED
PORT
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

RMSA
TYPE OF DRAIN

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


RA:
Automatic drain. Float-type operation
irrespective of the pressure and flow rate.

RMSA

3
RMSA
RA

ORDERING CODES
Code
Description
SKILLAIR 100 DEPURATOR
3288001A D 100 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3288002A D 100 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3288001
D 100 1/4 RMSA
3288002
D 100 1/4 SAC
3388001
D 100 3/8 RMSA
3388002
D 100 3/8 SAC
SKILLAIR 200 DEPURATOR
3488001A D 200 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
3488002A D 200 SAC WITHOUT END PLATES
3488001
D 200 1/4 RMSA
3488002
D 200 1/4 SAC
3588001
D 200 3/8 RMSA
3588002
D 200 3/8 SAC
3688001
D 200 1/2 RMSA
3688002
D 200 1/2 SAC

Code
Description
SKILLAIR 300 DEPURATOR
4488001A D 300 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
4488002A D 300 RA WITHOUT END PLATES
4488001
D 300 1/2 RMSA
4488002
D 300 1/2 RA
4588001
D 300 3/4 RMSA
4588002
D 300 3/4 RA
4688001
D 300 1 RMSA
4688002
D 300 1 RA

Code
Description
SKILLAIR 400 DEPURATOR
6188001A D 400 RMSA WITHOUT END PLATES
6188002A D 400 RA WITHOUT END PLATES
6188001
D 400 1 RMSA
6188002
D 400 1 RA
6288001
D 400 1 1/4 RMSA
6288002
D 400 1 1/4 RA
6388001
D 400 1 1/2 RMSA
6388002
D 400 1 1/2 RA
6488001
D 400 2 RMSA
6488002
D 400 2 RA

3.1/35

SHUT-OFF VALVE
The job of this valve is to make the circuit independent
from the air supply. It is basically a three-way valve. In the
closed position, it cuts off the air supply and discharges
the downstream circuit at the same time, which is means
it is particularly useful during servicing operations. The
hand-operated version can be padlocked to lock the knob
in a closed position so that it can only be opened by
someone with the right key. An interlocked version is
available for low pressure operation.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Min. inlet pressure for solenoid version **

Max. inlet pressure*

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature

V3V 100
G 1/4
MPa
bar
psi
MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Type of control
* 1 MPa 10 bar 145 psi for solenoid version
** 0.01 MPa 0.1 bar 1.45 psi for manual, pneumatic and
pilot-assisted versions with controls min. 0.3 MPa 3 bar 43.5 psi.

V3V 100

V3V 200

V3V 200

V3V 200

V3V 300

V3V 300

G 3/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 1/2
G 3/4
0.3
0.3
0.2
3
3
2
43.5
43.5
29
1.5
1.3
1.3
15
13
13
217
188
188
1300
2400
3200
46
85
113
1650
3000
4700
58
106
166
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
50
50
50
122
122
122
~ 0.5
~ 0.8
~ 1.2
M4 x 50
M5 x 60
M5 x 70
In any position
Manual Pneumatic Solenoid Solenoid pilot-assisted

V3V 300
G 1

COMPONENTS
Technopolymer body
Operating button
Technopolymer knob
Stainless steel safety lamination
Locking unit
OT58 brass piston rod
OT58 brass top plug
Zamak end plate
Valve with vulcanized NBR gasket
OT58 brass bottom plug
Stainless steel valve spring
NBR gaskets

4
5

12

9
10

3.1/36

1
11

DIMENSIONS OF V3V MANUAL VERSION (LOCKABLE)


A
E
H

Thr. p.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
(relief)

G 1/4

G 3/8
78
106
50
43
63
26
G 1/4 G 3/8
43
33.5
M4 hole
G 1/8

G1/4

G 1/4

G 3/8
93.5
119
63
55
78.5
36
G 3/8
55.5
40
M5 hole
G 1/4

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 1/2 G 3/4
110
132
72
65
92
42
G 1/2 G 3/4
65
46.5
M5 hole
G 3/8

G 1
112

G 1

B
D

V3V 100 V3V 100 V3V 200 V3V 200 V3V 200 V3V 300 V3V 300 V3V 300

L
M

DIMENSIONS OF V3V PNEUMATIC VERSION


100

A
E
H

V3V 100 V3V 100 V3V 200 V3V 200 V3V 200 V3V 300 V3V 300 V3V 300

D
F

V3V 100

Thr. p.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
(relief)
R
(pilot)

G 1/4

G 3/8

G1/4

43
33.5
M4 hole
G 1/8

G 3/8
93.5
96
63
55
78.5
36
G 3/8
55.5
40
M5 hole
G 1/4

G 3/8

G 1/4

G 1/8

G 1/8

78
83
50
43
63
26
G 1/4

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 1/2 G 3/4
110
106
72
65
92
42
G 1/2 G 3/4
65
46.5
M5 hole
G 3/8

G 1
112

3
G 1

G 1/8

200

300
A
E
H

A
E
H

C
R

D
F

V3V 200

D
F

V3V 300

M
L

3.1/37

DIMENSIONS OF V3V SOLENOID/SOLENOID PILOT-ASSISTED VALVE


V3V 100 SOLENOID/SOLENOID PILOT-ASSISTED VALVE
A
E
H

V3V 200

V3V 300

D
F

V3V 100

V3V 100

G 1/4 G 3/8 G1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1


Threaded port
78
110
112
A
93.5
128
152
B Solenoid
129
129

Solenoid pilot-ass.
129

125
CNOMO control
123

138
CNOMO pilot-ass.

124
Microsol control

50
72
C
63
43
65
D
55
63
92
E
78.5
26
42
F
36
G
G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1
43
65
H
55.5
33.5
46.5
I
40
M4 hole
M5 hole
L
M5 hole
G 1/8
G 3/8
M (relief)
G 1/4
G 1/8
M5
* (pilot)
M5

L
M

V3V 200 SOLENOID/SOLENOID PILOT-ASSISTED VALVE

V3V 200 CNOMO


A
E

E
H

*
V3V 200

D
F

D
F

V3V 200

M
M

V3V 300 SOLENOID MICRO VALVE


A
E
H

V3V 300 CNOMO SOLENOID VALVE/


CNOMO SOLENOID PILOT-ASSISTED

*
C
A
E
H

D
F

V3V 300

D
F

V3V 300

3.1/38

400 SHUT-OFF VALVE


The main module of size 400 is now available with manual
key-operated, pneumatic, solenoid and solenoid pilotassisted.
N.B. With size 400, when the V3V is mounted upstream of
the regulator, the pilot regulator must be piloted at a
pressure taken upstream of the V3V, otherwise when the
system is relieved, most of the air downstream will be
relieved by the regulator and not the V3V relief port.
For connecting instruction see page 3.1/15.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Min. inlet pressure **

Max. inlet pressure*

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Fluid
Temperatura max.
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Type of control
Notes:

MPa
bar
psi
MPa
bar
psi

C
F
Kg

V3V 400

V3V 400

G 1

G 11/4

V3V 400

V3V 400

G 11/2

G 2

0.3
3
43.5
1.3
13
188
13000 Nl/min
14000 Nl/min
460 scfm
494 scfm
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
50
122
4.8
5.6
M6x110
In any position
Manual Key-operated- Pneumatic Solenoid Solenoid pilot-assisted

The end plates in the 400 series have a patented system with a rotary and sliding end joint to adapt the unit perfectly
to the pipe cutting distance.

* 1 MPa 10 bar 145 psi for solenoid version


** 0.01 MPa 0.1 bar 1.45 psi for pneumatic and pilot-assisted versions with controls at min. 0.3 MPa 3 bar 43.5 psi.

3.1/39

DIMENSIONS OF V3V 400 VALVE


Threaded port
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M (relief)
P Manual
Key-operated
CNOMO control
Pneumatic control
R (pilot)
* (pilot-assisted)

V3V 400 MANUAL (LOCKABLE)


A
E
H

B
D
F

V3V 400

V3V 400

V3V 400

V3V 400

V3V 400

G 1

G 11/4
225255

G 11/2

G 2
283313

137
116
105
141.4
80
G 1

G 11/4

G 11/2
105.4
72.5
M6 hole
G 1
266
249
169
150
G 1/8
M5

G 2

V3V 400 PNEUMATIC

V3V 200 SOLENOID


CNOMO/SOLENOID PILOT-ASSISTED
A
E
H

A
E
H

B
D

V3V 400

P
B
D

V3V 400

L
G

L
M

V3V 400 KEY-OPERATED

A
E
H

B
D
F

V3V 400

3.1/40

KEY TO CODES
V3V

100

ELEMENT

SIZE

V3V

100
200

300

400

1/4
THREADED
PORT

MANUAL

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1
1/2
3/4
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

MANUAL (LOCKABLE)

TYPE OF COMMAND

PNEUMATIC
SOLENOID PILOT
ASSISTED
SOLENOID
KEY-OPERATED (400)

ORDERING CODES
Code
Description
SKILLAIR 100 3-WAY VALVE
3270001A V3V 100 LOCKABLE WITHOUT END PLATES
3269000A V3V 100 PNEUM. WITHOUT END PLATES
3269001A V3V 100 SOLENOID WITHOUT END PLATES
3269002A V3V 100 SOL. PILOT-ASS. W/END PLATES
3270001
V3V 100 1/4
3269000
V3V 100 1/4 PNEUM.
3269001
V3V 100 1/4 SOLENOID
3269002
V3V 100 1/4 SOLENOID PILOT-ASS.
3370001
V3V 100 3/8
3369000
V3V 100 3/8 PNEUM.
3369001
V3V 100 3/8 ELPN.
3369002
V3V 100 3/8 SOLENOID PILOT-ASS.
SKILLAIR 200 3-WAY VALVE
3470001A V3V 200 LOCKABLE WITHOUT END PLATES
3469000A V3V 200 PNEUM. WITHOUT END PLATES
3469001A V3V 200 SOL. WITHOUT END PLATES
3469002A V3V 200 SOL. PILOT-ASS. W/END PLATES
3469004A V3V 200 SOL. CNOMO COMM. W/END PLATES
3469005A V3V 200 SOL. CNOMO COMM. ASS. W/END PLATES
3470001
V3V 200 1/4 LOCKABLE
3469000
V3V 200 1/4 PNEUM.
3469001
V3V 200 1/4 SOLENOID
3469002
V3V 200 1/4 SOLENOID PILOT-ASS.
3469004
V3V 200 1/4 SOL. CNOMO COM.
3469005
V3V 200 1/4 SOL. CNOMO PILOT-ASS.
3570001
V3V 200 3/8 LOCKABLE
3569000
V3V 200 3/8 PNEUM.
3569001
V3V 200 3/8 SOLENOID
3569002
V3V 200 3/8 SOLENOID PILOT-ASS.
3569004
V3V 200 3/8 SOLENOID CNOMO CMM.
3569005
V3V 200 3/8 SOL. CNOMO PILOT-ASS..
3670001
V3V 200 1/2 LOCKABLE
3669000
V3V 200 1/2 PNEUM.
3669001
V3V 200 1/2 SOLENOID
3669002
V3V 200 1/2 SOLENOID PILOT-ASS.
3669004
V3V 200 1/2 SOL. CNOMO COMM.
3669005
V3V 200 1/2 SOL. CNOMO PILOT-ASS.

Code
Description
SKILLAIR 300 3-WAY VALVE
4470001A V3V 300 LOCKABLE WITHOUT END PLATES
4469000A V3V 300 PNEUM. WITHOUT END PLATES
4469006A V3V 300 SOL. MICRO 24V DC W/END P.
4469007A V3V 300 SOL. MICRO 24V 50/60HZ W/END P.
4469008A V3V 300 SOL. MICRO 110V 50/60HZ W/END
P.4469009A V3V 300 SOL. MICRO 220V 50/60HZ W/END
P.4469004A V3V 300 SOL. CNOMO COMM. WI/ END P.
4469005A V3V 300 SOL. CNOMO COMM. ASS. WI/ END P.
4470001
V3V 300 1/2 LOCKABLE
4469000
V3V 300 1/2 PNEUM.
4469006
V3V 300 1/2 SOLENOID MICRO 24V DC
4469007
V3V 300 1/2 SOL. MICRO 24V 50/60HZ
4469008
V3V 300 1/2 SOL. MICRO 110V 50/60HZ
4469009
V3V 300 1/2 SOL. MICRO 220V 50/60HZ
4469004
V3V 300 1/2 SOLENOID CNOMO
4469005
V3V 300 1/2 SOL. CNOMO ASS.
4570001
V3V 300 3/4 LOCKABLE
4569000
V3V 300 3/4 PNEUM.
4569006
V3V 300 3/4 SOL. MICRO 24V DC
4569007
V3V 300 3/4 SOL. MICRO 24V 50/60HZ
4569008
V3V 300 3/4 SOL. MICRO 110V 50/60HZ
4569009
V3V 300 3/4 SOL. MICRO 220V 50/60HZ
4569004
V3V 300 3/4 SOL. CNOMO
4569005
V3V 300 3/4 SOL. CNOMO ASS.
4669000
V3V 300 1 PNEUM.
4669006
V3V 300 1 SOL. MICRO 24V DC
4669007
V3V 300 1 SOL. MICRO 24V 50/60HZ
4669008
V3V 300 1 SOL. MICRO 110V 50/60HZ
4669009
V3V 300 1 SOL. MICRO 220V 50/60HZ
4669004
V3V 300 1 SOL. CNOMO
4669005
V3V 300 1 SOL. CNOMO ASS.
4670001
V3V 300 1 LOCKABLE

Code
Description
SKILLAIR 400 3-WAY VALVE
6169010A V3V 400 KEY-OPERATED WITHOUT END PLATES
6169000A V3V 400 PNEUM. WITHOUT END PLATES
6169004A V3V 400 SOL. PILOT-ASSISTED W/END PLATES
6169005A V3V 400 SOLENOID CNOMO
PILOT-ASSISTED WITHOUT END PLATES
6170002A V3V 400 LOCKABLE WITHOUT END PLATES
6169010
V3V 400 1 KEY-OPERATED
6169000
V3V 400 1 PNEUMATIC
6169004
V3V 400 1 CNOMO SOLENOID
6169005
V3V 400 1 CNOMO SOL. PILOT-ASSISTED
6269010
V3V 400 1 1/4 KEY-OPERATED
6269000
V3V 400 1 1/4 PNEUMATIC
6269004
V3V 400 1 1/4 CNOMO SOLENOID
6269005
V3V 400 1 1/4 CNOMO SOLENOID
PILOT-ASSISTED
6369010
V3V 400 1 1/2 KEY-OPERATED
6369000
V3V 400 1 1/2 PNEUMATIC
6369004
V3V 400 1 1/2 CNOMO SOLENOID
6369005
V3V 400 1 1/2 CNOMO SOLENOID
PILOT-ASSISTED
6469010
V3V 400 2 KEY-OPERATED
6469000
V3V 400 2 PNEUMATIC
6469004
V3V 400 2 CNOMO SOLENOID
6469005
V3V 400 2 CNOMO SOLENOID
PILOT-ASSISTED
6170002
V3V 400 1 LOCKABLE
6270002
V3V 400 1 1/4 LOCKABLE
6370002
V3V 400 1 1/2 LOCKABLE
6470002
V3V 400 2 LOCKABLE

3.1/01
3.1/41

PROGRESSIVE
START VALVE
The 2/2 progressive valve comes in two versions, with
solenoid or pneumatic actuation.
STD progressive start valve: a differential balanced valve
automatically opens the air port fully when the downstream
pressure is about 50% of the upstream pressure.
Progressive start valve with pneumatic or solenoid
actuation: without a pilot, the upstream air flows downstream
through the regulation needle. When an external or
pneumatic solenoid signal is generated, the valve opens
the main port to create full flow. It does not relieve the
downstream circuit.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Min. inlet pressure **

Max. inlet pressure*

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Type of control

VAP 100
G 1/4

G 3/8
0.3
3
43.5
1.5
15
217
1300
46
2000
71
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
C
50
F
122
Kg
0.5 ~
M4x50
In any position
Automatic - Pneumatic Solenoid Solenoid pilot-assisted

MPa
bar
psi
MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm

** 0.01 MPa 0.1 bar 1.45 psi for pneumatic and pilot-assisted versions with controls at min. 0.3 MPa 3 bar 43.5 psi.
* 1 MPa 10 bar 1.45 psi

3.1/42

DIMENSIONS OF VAP 100 STD/PNEUMATIC VALVE


R

Threaded port
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
R (pilot - pneumatic version)

A
E
C

VAP 100

G 3/8
78
89
50
43
63
26

G 1/4

G 3/8
43
34.5
M4 hole
G 1/8

G 1/4

VAP 100

DIMENSIONS OF VAP 100 SOLENOID/SOLENOID PILOT-ASSISTED VALVE


A

E
C

G 1/4

G 3/8
78
128
50
43
63
26

G 1/4

3
G 3/8

43
34.5
M4 hole
G 1/8
89
M5

VAP 100

Threaded port
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
O
* (pilot assisted)

VAP 100

ORDERING CODES
Code
3271000A
3271500A
3271600A
3271700A
3271000
3271500
3271600
3271700
3371000
3371500
3371600
3371700

NOTES

Description
VAP 100 WITHOUT END PLATES
VAP 100 PNEUM. WIHTOUT END PLATES
VAP 100 SOLENOID WITHOUT END PLATES
VAP 100 SOLENOID PILOT-ASS. WITHOUT END PLATES
VAP 100 1/4
VAP 100 1/4 PNEUM.
VAP 100 1/4 SOLENOID
VAP 100 1/4 SOLENOID PILOT-ASS.
VAP 100 3/8
VAP 100 3/8 PNEUM.
VAP 100 3/8 SOLENOID
VAP 100 3/8 SOLENOID PILOT-ASS.

3.1/43

PROGRESSIVE STARTER
The job of the progressive starter is to feed air into the
circuit gradually with controlled flow. It comes in two versions
with solenoid or pneumatic actuation.
Both control signals cause the valve to open, which allows
the air controlled by the flow regulator to flow slowly towards
the downstream circuit. In the APR, when the pressure in
the downstream circuit reaches 50%-60% of the upstream
pressure, the valve opens the main inlet duct connecting
it directly to the output duct. This supplies the circuit with
the maximum pressure and flow rate available upstream.
The time elapsing between starting and opening the valve
can be adjusted via the built-in flow regulator.
If it is necessary to relieve the downstream circuit quickly,
merely operate the control valve which cuts off air flow in
the pipe. This closes the valve and starts relieving the
downstream circuit.
The progressive starter acts both as an actuator positioner,
which eliminates the risk of sudden kickback, and as a
safety valve that relieves the circuit quickly when the remote
control is operated.
TECHNICAL DATA

APR 100

Threaded port
Min. inlet pressure
Max. inlet pressure*
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature

G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 1/2
G 3/4
G 1
0.3MPa - 3bar - 43.5psi
0.3MPa - 3bar - 43.5psi
0.4MPa - 4bar - 58psi
1.5MPa - 15bar - 217psi
1.3MPa - 13bar - 188.5psi
1.3MPa - 13bar - 188.5psi
1300
2000
2400
46
71
85
2000
3200
3600
71
113
127
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
50
50
50
122
122
122
0.8 ~
0.9 ~
1.5 ~
M4 x 50
M5 x 60
M5 x 70
In any position
Pneumaticc
Pneumatic
CNOMO solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Microsol solenoid
CNOMO solenoid
Pneumatic
For the pneumatic version 200 the pilot
For pneumatic version 300,
pressure must range between the inlet P
the pilot pressure must be greater
and the inlet P + 2 bar
or equal to the input pressure

Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Type of control

Notes

APR 100

APR 200

APR 200

APR 200

APR 300

APR 300

APR 300

* 1 MPa 10 bar 145 psi for solenoid version

APR 100 DIMENSIONS

APR 100

APR 100 SOLENOID

APR 100 PNEUMATIC

A
E
H

A
E

VAP 100

V3V 100

D
F

D
F

VAP 100

V3V 100

L
M

3.1/44

Threaded port
G 1/4 G 3/8
A
121
B APR 100 solenoid
128
APR 100 pneumatic
83
C
50
D
43
E
106
F
26
G
G 1/4 G 3/8
H
43
I
34.5
L
M4 hole
M (relief)
G 1/8
O
89
R (pilot pneumatic
G 1/8
version)

APR 200 DIMENSIONS

APR 200 PN

APR 200 PNEUMATIC


A
E
H

D
F

APR 200

APR 200 ELPN

APR 200 ELPN CNOMO

Threaded port G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2
93.5
A
92
125
120
B
63
C
55
D
78.5
E
36
F
G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2
G
55.5
H
36
I
M5 hole
L
G 1/4
M (relief)
G 1/8

R (pilot)

APR 200 SOLENOID

APR 200 CNOMO SOLENOID


A
E

A
E
H

max 10 bar

D
F

APR 200

D
F

APR 200

APR 300 DIMENSIONS

APR 300 PN

APR 300 PNEUMATIC


A
E
H

APR 300

APR 300 ELPN MICRO APR 200 ELPN CNOMO

Threaded port G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1


110
112
110
112
110
112
A
122
142
152
B
72
C
65
D
92
E
42
F
G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1
G
65
H
74
I
M5 hole
L
G 1/2
M (relief)
G 1/4

R (pilot)

APR 300 SOLENOID

APR 300 CNOMO SOLENOID


A
E

A
E
H

APR 300

D
F

APR 300

3.1/45

400 PROGRESSIVE
STARTER
In the 400 series, an ISO1 monostable solenoid valve
acts as solenoid actuator. With pneumatic actuation, the
valve is the monostable pneumatic type and it is operated
via the M5 thread in the plate.
N.B. With size 400, when the APR is mounted upstream of
the regulator, the pilot regulator must be piloted at a
pressure taken upstream of the APR, otherwise when the
system is relieved, most of the air downstream will be
relieved by the regulator and not the APR relief port.
For connecting instruction see page 3.1/15.

TECHNICAL DATA

DIMENSIONS APR 400 PN

APR 400

Threaded port
Inlet pressure range

G 1

G 11/4 G 11/2
G 2
0.3 to 1.3
3-13
43.5-188.52
13000 Nl/min
14000 Nl/min
460 scfm
494 scfm
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated
compressed air.
Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
50
122
5.6
6.4
M6x110
In any position
Pneumatic/solenoid

MPa
bar
psi
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Fluid

Max temperature

C
F
Kg

Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Type of control

APR 400 PNEUMATIC

Th. p.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
(relief)
P
R
(pilot)

G 1

G 1

DIMENSIONS APR 400 SOLENOID

G 11/4 G 11/2 G 2
G 1
225-255
283-313
193
116
105
141.4
80
G 11/4 G 11/2 G 2
G 1
105.4
80
M6 hole
G 1
119
M5

G 11/4 G 11/2 G 2
225-255
283-313
218

G 11/4 G 11/2

138

APR 400 SOLENOID

A
E
H

E
H

APR 400

APR 400

L
C

3.1/46

F
D

F
D

P
R

G 2

G
C

KEY TO CODES
APR

100

ELEMENT

SIZE

APR

100
200

300

400

1/4
THREADED
PORT

PNEUMATIC

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

PNEUMATIC

TYPE OF CONTROL

SOLENOID

ORDERING CODES
Code
Description
PROGRESSIVE STARTER 100
3267001A APR 100 PNEUMATIC WITHOUT END PLATES
3267051A APR 100 SOLENOID WITHOUT END PLATES
3267001
APR 100 1/4 PNEUMATIC
3267051
APR 100 1/4 SOLENOID
3367001
APR 100 3/8 PNEUMATIC
3367051
APR 100 3/8 SOLENOID
PROGRESSIVE STARTER 200
3471000A APR 200 PNEUMATIC WITHOUT END PLATES
3471001A APR 200 SOLENOID WITHOUT END PLATES
3471004A APR 200 SOLENOID CNOMO CONTROL WITHOUT END PLATES
3471000
APR 200 1/4 PNEUMATOC
3471001
APR 200 1/4 SOLENOID
3471004
APR 200 1/4 SOLENOID CNOMO CONTROL
3571000
APR 200 3/8 PNEUMATOC
3571001
APR 200 3/8 SOLENOID
3571004
APR 200 3/8 SOLENOID CNOMO CONTROL
3671000
APR 200 1/2 PNEUMATIC
3671001
APR 200 1/2 SOLENOID
3671004
APR 200 1/2 SOLENOID CNOMO CONTROL

Code
Description
PROGRESSIVE STARTER 300
4471906A APR 300 SOLENOID MICRO 24V DC WITHOUT END PLATES
4471907A APR 300 SOLENOID MICRO 24V 50/60 HZ WITHOUT END PLATES
4471908A APR 300 SOLENOID MICRO 110V 50/60 HZ WITHOUT END PLATES
4471909A APR 300 SOLENOID MICRO 220V 50/60 HZ WITHOUT END PLATES
4471901A APR 300 SOLENOID CONTROL CNOMO WITHOUT END PLATES
4471900A APR 300 PNEUMATIC WITHOUT END PLATES
4471900
APR 300 1/2 PNEUMATIC
4471906
APR 300 1/2 SOLENOID MICRO 24V DC
4471907
APR 300 1/2 SOLENOID MICRO 24V 50/60 HZ
4471908
APR 300 1/2 SOLENOID MICRO 110V 50/60 HZ
4471909
APR 300 1/2 SOLENOID MICRO 220V 50/60 HZ
4471901
APR 300 1/2 SOLENOID CONTROL CNOMO
4571900
APR 300 3/4 PNEUMATIC
4571906
APR 300 3/4 SOLENOID MICRO 24V DC
4571907
APR 300 3/4 SOLENOID MICRO 24V 50/60 HZ
4571908
APR 300 3/4 SOLENOID MICRO 110V 50/60 HZ
4571909
APR 300 3/4 SOLENOID MICRO 220V 50/60 HZ
4571901
APR 300 3/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CNOMO
4671900
APR 300 1 PNEUMATIC
4671906
APR 300 1 SOLENOID MICRO 24V DC
4671907
APR 300 1 SOLENOID MICRO 24V 50/60 HZ
4671908
APR 300 1 SOLENOID MICRO 110V 50/60 HZ
4671909
APR 300 1 SOLENOID MICRO 220V 50/60 HZ
4671901
APR 300 1 SOLENOID CONTROL CNOMO
PROGRESSIVE STARTER 400
6171002A APR 400 PNEUMATIC WITHOUT END PLATES
6171003A APR 400 SOLENOID WITHOUT END PLATES
6171002
APR 400 1 PNEUMATIC
6171003
APR 400 1 SOLENOID
6271002
APR 400 11/4 PNEUMATIC
6271003
APR 400 11/4 SOLENOID
6371002
APR 400 11/2 PNEUMATIC
6371003
APR 400 11/2 SOLENOID
6471002
APR 400 2 PNEUMATIC
6471003
APR 400 2 SOLENOID

3.1/47

AIR TAKE-OFF
The air take-off takes air from the SKILLAIR FRL unit
irrespective of the assembly position. It is necessary when
air needs to be taken from the FRL unit at any stage of the
treatment (normal, filtered and regulated, lubricated, etc.).
If used separately from the FRL unit, which is infinitely
modular, it acts as a distributor allowing air take-off
through the threaded ports.

TECHNICAL DATA

PA 100 PA 100 PA 200 PA 200 PA 200 PA 300 PA 300 PA 300 PA 400 PA 400 PA 400 PA 400

Threaded port
Max. working temperature
at: 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Max. operating pressure

G 1/4
C
F
MPa
bar
psi

Weight
Wall fixing screws

Kg

G 3/8
50
122
1.5
15
217
M4 x 50
G 1/4
0.3
M4 x 50

G 1/4

G 3/8
50
122
1.3
13
188
M5 x 60
G 1/4
0.5
M5 x 60

PA 100 200 300 DIMENSIONS

I
H

D
F

3.1/48

G 1/2

G 3/4
50
122
1.3
13
188
M5 x 70
G 3/8
0.8
M5 x 70

G 1

G1

G 11/4 G 11/2
50
122
1.3
13
188
M6 x 110
G1
4.3
M6 x 110

G2

5.1

PA 100 PA 100 PA 200 PA 200 PA 200 PA 300 PA 300 PA 300

A
E

G 1/2

Th. p.
A
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L

G 1/4

G 3/8

G 1/4

G 1/4 G 3/8
G 1/4
24
M4 hole

G 1/4

59
50
43
44
26

G 3/8
63
63
55
48
36
G 3/8
G 1/4
25
M5 hole

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 1/2 G 3/4
177
72
65
59
42
G 1/2 G 3/4
G 3/8
32
M5 hole

G 1
179

G 1

PA 400 DIMENSIONS

PA 400 PA 400 PA 400 PA 400

A
E
C
G

G 1 G 11/4 G 11/2
G 2
225255
283313
120
116
105
141.4
80
G 1 G 11/4 G 11/2
G 2
105.4
67.5
M6 hole
G 1

F
D

Threaded port
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M

ORDERING CODES
Code
Description
AIR TAKE-OFF
9200402A PA 100 WITHOUT END PLATES
9200402
PA 100 1/4
9300401
PA 100 3/8
9300402A PA 200 WITHOUT END PLATES
9300404
PA 200 1/2
9300402
PA 200 1/4
9300403
PA 200 3/8
9400402A PA 300 WITHOUT END PLATES
9400402
PA 300 1/2
9500401
PA 300 3/4
9500402
PA 300 1
9700401A PA 400 WITHOUT END PLATES
9700401
PA 400 1
9700402
PA 400 1 1/4
9700403
PA 400 1 1/2
9700404
PA 400 2

NOTES

3.1/49

PRESSURE SWITCHES
Skillair pressure switches feature a high degree of miniaturisation and a modern attractive design.
As they are extremely modular, the Skillair series can be
installed facing up or down.
They come ready assembled with a 2-metre cable or an
M8 connector with a 300-mm cable.
The contact is the switching type, which means it can be
normally open or normally closed.
It can be regulated via a knurled push-lock handle.
On the side opposite the regulation handle is a threaded
air inlet port that can be used by removing the threaded
plug.

TECHNICAL DATA
Adjustable pressure interval
Hysteresis (not adjustable)
Maximum pressure

Operating temperature range at: 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi


Lower threaded port
Maximum current
Maximum voltage
Outside diameter of cable
Number of wires and cross section
Contacts
Protection
Number of switchings
Fluid
Mounting position
Weight

PS 100
bar
bar
bar
MPa
psi
C
F
A
V
mm

Kg

PS 200

PS 300

0.5 10
from 0.4 to 0.8 (See diagram)
15
13
13
1.5
1.3
1.3
217
188
188
50
122
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 3/8
2
250
4.9
3x0.5 mm2
Normally-Open (NO) and Normally-Closed (NC)
IP65
5x106
Filtered lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
In any position
0.160
0.185
0.250

COMPONENTS
 Technopolymer adjusting push-lock handle
 Brass adjusting screw
 Steel piston spring
 Brass piston
 NBR gasket
 Choke to reduce peaks in pressure
 Technopolymer pressure switch body
Resin finish for IP65

Electrical contact
Technopolymer body
Supplementary air inlet port
A7 plug

4
5

10

6
11
12
3.1/50

PS 100

PS 200

PS 300

59
76
50
43
44
26
52
24
M4 hole

63
85
63
55
48
36
58
25
M5 hole

177
99
72
65
59
42
63
32
M5 hole

DIMENSIONS PS 100-200-300
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
L

F
D

WIRING DIAGRAM

HYSTERESIS GRAPH

4.9

VERSION WITH CABLE


BLACK

NC

psi

bar

140

10

130

120

BROWN

BLUE

NO

~2 m

VERSION WITH M8 CONNECTOR


M8

High switching pressure

110
100
90
80

6
5

60

50
40

30

10

70

20

1
0
0

~300 mm

1 - 3 NO
1 - 4 NC

10

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100110120130140

bar
psi

Low switching pressure

ACCESSORIES
ORDERING CODES

SECURITY KNOB

Code
Description
PRESSURE SWITCHES 100
3240000A PS 100 2A NO/NC , 2m CABLE WITHOUT END PLATES
3240001A PS 100 2A NO/NC M8 CONNECTOR WITHOUT END PLATES
PRESSURE SWITCHES 200
3440000A PS 200 2A NO/NC , 2m CABLE WITHOUT END PLATES
3440001A PS 200 2A NO/NC M8 CONNECTOR WITHOUT END PLATES
PRESSURE SWITCHES 300
4440000A PS 300 2A NO/NC , 2m CABLE WITHOUT END PLATES
4440001A PS 300 2A NO/NC M8 CONNECTOR WITHOUT END PLATES

Code
9200703

Description
ACC. SECURITY KNOB

NOTE: Pull outwards to remove the knob from the pressure switch on
the unit. Insert the security knob and regulate the pressure switch. Then
press the handle firmly to lock it in position. If the pressure switch
needs to be reset, remove the security knob by forcing it laterally with
a screwdriver.

3.1/51

DIAPHRAGM DRIER
SERIES DRY 100
Skillair diaphragm driers are used to reduce the airs
moisture content by lowering the dew point, i.e. the
temperature at which condensate starts to form. They use
diaphragms with a new cross-fibre system that guarantees
a lower consumption of regenerated air and hence power.
This is an all-in-one unit complete with a filter, purifier, air
intake and drier. The air intake uses air that has been
filtered and purified, but not dried, and sends it to utilities
not requiring dry air. This is a much more efficient system
as only the required quantity of compressed air is dried.
An alternative proposal is the drier by itself. As the Skillair
system is modular, it can be inserted in any type of assembly.
It is important, however, to remember that only properly
filtered and purified air must be supplied to the drier.
Its advisable that the drier should be used at the highest
pressure as possible

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Max input pressure
Suggested flow rate at 6,3 bar (0,63 MPa, 91 psi)

DRY 100

Minimum temperature
Maximum temperature at 1MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Noise level
Weight
Wall-mounting screws
Mounting position
Condensate drain
Filter bowl and purification bowl capacity
Important note

G 1/4 - G 3/8
1,3 MPa / 13 bar /188 psi
230
8

Nl/min
scfm

20
0,7
2C / 35F
50C / 122F
<45

Nl/min
scfm

dB(A)
Kg

0,84

1,24
M4 x 50

In ogni posizione

cm3

Verticale
Manual semiautomatic (RMSA
Automatic, vacuum (SAC)
22
The drier must always be preceded by a 5 m filter and a purifier

COMPONENTS
Body: painted anodized aluminium
Diaphragm: poliester sulfone resin
Inner tube: salt-water resistant aluminium
O-Ring seals: NBR
Adapter: anodized aluminium
Flanges: brass
Skillair body: technopolymer

7
6
5
4
3

2
1

3.1/52

Compressed air

Compressed air
without condensate
max solid particle size:1m
max oil residue: 0,01mg/m3

Fluid

Consumption of compressed air for regeneration at 6,3 bar

FIL+DEP+PA+DRY 100

OPERATING PRINCIPLE
The drying element is comprised of cross-fibre diaphragms
arranged around an inner tube.
The compressed air passes through the tube (A) and flows back
through the hollow diaphragms (B). At the same time, the
regeneration air required for drying is tapped from the outlet
port, expands as it passes through a nozzle (C), which reduces
the relative humidity, and flows back along the outer side of the
fibres. This allows moist compressed air to flow through the
diaphragms and the dry regeneration air outside. The difference
in moisture content causes the water to pass from the compressed
air to the regeneration air, which is drained through holes (D) at
the bottom of the drier.

ADVANTAGES
- Drying is guaranteed as all the moisture is removed
- Minimum consumption of regeneration air
- Reduce drier maintenance as none of the components are subject to wear
- Environmentally friendly drying process.

FLOW CHARTS

DRY 100

FIL (5m)+DEP+PA+DRY 100

P=(Pm-Pv)

P=(Pm-Pv)

psi

psi

bar
0.6

8
7
6

8
0.5
A

0.4

5
0.3

0.4

0.3
4

0.2

0.2

0.1

0.1

0.5

4
3

bar
0.6

1
0
0

100
2

200
6

300
8

10

400
12

14

Nl/min
scfm

0
0

A = 2.5 bar
B = 4 bar
C = 6.3 bar

Flow rate

100
2

200
6

300
8

10

400
12

14

Nl/min
scfm

Flow rate

3.1/53

DRYING
Dew point of the outgoing air in nominal
reference conditions:
- Dew point referred to atmospheric
pressure
- Incoming air with dew point at 25C
(i.e. saturated at 25C)
- Inlet pressure 7 bar (0,7 MPa)

r
ba

-5
4

Dew point of the outgoing air


at atmospheric pressure

-10
6.3

-15

bar
r

8 ba

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40

50

100
2.5

150

200

250

300

7.5

Nl/min

350

10

scfm

12.5

Outgoing flow rate

In the diagram below is indicated the dew point of the outgoing compressed air for various input air dew points, depending on the rate of
flow of compressed air.
Inlet pressure: 4 bar

Inlet pressure: 6 bar


C

C 40

Inlet pressure: 8 bar

40

10

D
0
-10
-20

25
1

50

75
2

Nl/min

100
3

20

C
Dew point outgoing air

Dew point outgoing air

20

30

scfm

Outlet flow rate

A : Incoming air with dew point at 45C


B : Incoming air with dew point at 35C

30

20

10

D
0
-10
-20

50
2

100
3

150
4

Nl/min

200
6

40

B
Dew point outgoing air

30

B
C

10

D
0
-10
-20

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

scfm

Nl/min
scfm

Outlet flow rate

10

11

12

Outlet flow rate

C : Incoming air with dew point at 25C


D : Incoming air with dew point at 15C

REGENERATION AIR
Thanks to the cross-fiber system, the flow rate loss is much lesser than in traditional linear-fibre
systems.
In the diagram on the right is indicated the drop-in air flow according to the operating pressure

psi

bar
10

140
9

Notice: for the best drying efficiency the higest pressure possible is required, though this
implies an increase of the regeneration air.

120

Inlet pressure

100

6
80
5
60

10

15

20

25

0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9

Flow rate loss

3.1/54

30
1

Nl/min
scfm

DRY 100 DIMENSIONS

ORDERING CODES
Cod.
3290001A
3290001
3390001

78
63
50
21.5

26

43

43

Description
DRY 100 WITHOUT END PLATES
DRY 100 1/4
DRY 100 3/8

G 1/4
G 3/8

359.5

345

M4 hole

DRY

FIL+DEP+PA+DRY 100 DIMENSIONS

187

ORDERING CODES

50

D 100

26

43

FIL 100 5

21.5

172
G 1/4
G 3/8

Cod.
3291001
3291005
3291006
3391001
3391005
3391006

Description
F+D+PA+DRY 100 1/4 RMSA-RMSA
F+D+PA+DRY 100 1/4 SAC-RMSA
F+D+PA+DRY 100 1/4 SAC-SAC
F+D+PA+DRY 100 3/8 RMSA-RMSA
F+D+PA+DRY 100 3/8 SAC-RMSA
F+D+PA+DRY 100 3/8 SAC-SAC

FIL

DEP

359.5

345

M4 hole

DRY

NOTES

3.1/55

SUB-BASE
AND ADAPTER BASE
The adapter base is used to adapt the Skillair FRL system
to various assemblies without affecting modularity or
servicing.
If you use the universal adopter base plus the intermediate
plate, you can assemble several elements of different sizes.

DIMENSIONS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
L

100 - 2 POS.

100 - 3 POS

200 - 2 POS

200 - 3 POS

300 - 2 POS

300 - 3 POS

50
34
113
52
10
G 1/2
30
128

50
34
165
52
10
G 1/2
30
180

55
44
135
65
8.5
G 3/4
40
150

55
44
200
65
8.5
G 3/4
40
215

60
49
155
75
10.5
G 3/4
40
170

60
49
230
75
10.5
G 3/4
40
245

2-POSITION SUB-BASE

C
L
D

A
B

3-POSITION SUB-BASE

C
L

3.1/56

DIMENSIONS OF ADAPTER BASE


A
C
I

BA 200

BA 300

46
34
34
43
10
10
M4 hole
Es. 7
5

59
44
44
55
8.5
15
M4 hole
Es. 7
2

69
49
49
65
10.5
18
M5 hole
Es. 8
5

BA 100 - 200

BA 100 - 300

BA 200 - 300

38.5

40.5

39

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I

BA 100

DIMENSIONS OF SIZE ADAPTERS


A

65

ORDERING CODES

NOTES

Code
Description
MULTIPLE SUB-BASES FOR REGULATORS
9200202
ACC. SB 2 100
9300202
ACC. SB 2 200
9400202
ACC. SB 2 300
9200302
ACC. SB 3 100
9300302
ACC. SB 3 200
9400302
ACC. SB 3 300
ADAPTER BASE
9201801
BA 100
9321801
BA 200
9401801
BA 300
SIZE ADAPTER
9301801
BA 100 - 200
9301802
BA 100 - 300
9301803
BA 200 - 300

3.1/01
3.1/57

FIL+REG+LUB
100-200-300
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar


P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6.3 bar
P 1 bar
Fluid
Max temperature
at 10 bar
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Note on use

MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

DIMENSIONS
THREADED PORT G
A
B
C
E
F
L

FRL 100

FRL 200

FRL 300

1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 1


0 to 8 0 to 12 0 to 8 0 to 12
0 to 8 0 to 12
5m 20m
1.5
1.3
1.3
15
13
13
217
188
188
300
1300
2500
11
46
89
800
3000
4500
28
106
160
Compressed air
50
50
50
122
122
122
0.75
1.5
2.9
M4x50
M5x60
M5x70
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA
automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

FIL+REG+LUB 100
G 1/4

G 3/8

FIL+REG+LUB 200
G 1/4

164
199
50
149
26
M4 hole

G 3/8
204.5
245
63
189.5
36
M5 hole

FIL+REG+LUB 300
G 1/2

G 1/2

G 3/4

G 1
242

240
278
72
222
42
M5 hole

A
E

3.1/58

LUB

REG

FIL

FIL+REG+LUB
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar


P 0.5 bar
Fluid
Max temperature
at 10 bar
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Bowl capacity
Note on use

400
FRL 400

G1

MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

cm3

G11/4
G11/2
G2
Depending on pilot regulator
5m 20m 50m
1.3
13
188
9000
14000
320
500
Compressed air
50
122
10~
M6x110
Vertical
270
The end plates in the 400 series have a patented system
with a rotary and sliding end joint to adapt the unit
perfectly to the pipe cutting distance. This unit does not
include a pilot regulator.
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA
automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

DIMENSIONS

FIL+REG+LUB 400
G1

THREADED PORT G
A
B
C
E
F
L

G11/4
436-466

G11/2

G2
494-524

444
116
352
80
M6 hole

A
C

REG 400

LUB 400

FIL 400

3.1/59

KEY TO CODES
FRL

100

ELEMENT

SIZE

FRL

100
200

300

400

1/4
THREADED
PORT

5m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

08
SETTING
RANGE

RMSA
TYPE OF CONDENSATION DRAIN

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

5m
20m
50m

08 bar
012 bar

RMSA
SAC
RMSA
SAC
RA*
RMSA
RA

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain for sizes 100 and
200. Operates by depression
requires variable air take-offs.
RA:
Drain for size 300 and 400. Floattype operation irrespective of the
pressure and flow rate.
*

For SK200 with RA, please contact


our sales assistance department

ORDERING CODES
Code
3282007
3282008
3282009
3282010
3282011
3282012
3282107
3282108
3282109
3282110
3282111
3282112
3382007
3382008
3382009
3382010
3382011
3382012
3382107
3382108
3382109
3382110
3382111
3382112
3482007
3482008
3482009
3482010
3482011
3482012
3482107
3482108
3482109
3482110
3482111
3482112
3582007
3582008
3582009
3582010
3582011
3582012
3582107

3.1/60

Description
FRL 100 1/4 5 08 RMSA
FRL 100 1/4 20 08 RMSA
FRL 100 1/4 50 08 RMSA
FRL 100 1/4 5 012 RMSA
FRL 100 1/4 20 012 RMSA
FRL 100 1/4 50 012 RMSA
FRL 100 1/4 5 08 SAC
FRL 100 1/4 20 08 SAC
FRL 100 1/4 50 08 SAC
FRL 100 1/4 5 012 SAC
FRL 100 1/4 20 012 SAC
FRL 100 1/4 50 012 SAC
FRL 100 3/8 5 08 RMSA
FRL 100 3/8 20 08 RMSA
FRL 100 3/8 50 08 RMSA
FRL 100 3/8 5 012 RMSA
FRL 100 3/8 20 012 RMSA
FRL 100 3/8 50 012 RMSA
FRL 100 3/8 5 08 SAC
FRL 100 3/8 20 08 SAC
FRL 100 3/8 50 08 SAC
FRL 100 3/8 5 012 SAC
FRL 100 3/8 20 012 SAC
FRL 100 3/8 50 012 SAC
FRL 200 1/4 5 08 RMSA
FRL 200 1/4 20 08 RMSA
FRL 200 1/4 50 08 RMSA
FRL 200 1/4 5 012 RMSA
FRL 200 1/4 20 012 RMSA
FRL 200 1/4 50 012 RMSA
FRL 200 1/4 5 08 SAC
FRL 200 1/4 20 08 SAC
FRL 200 1/4 50 08 SAC
FRL 200 1/4 5 012 SAC
FRL 200 1/4 20 012 SAC
FRL 200 1/4 50 012 SAC
FRL 200 3/8 5 08 RMSA
FRL 200 3/8 20 08 RMSA
FRL 200 3/8 50 08 RMSA
FRL 200 3/8 5 012 RMSA
FRL 200 3/8 20 012 RMSA
FRL 200 3/8 50 012 RMSA
FRL 200 3/8 5 08 SAC

Code
3582108
3582109
3582110
3582111
3582112
3682007
3682008
3682009
3682010
3682011
3682012
3682019
3682020
3682107
3682108
3682109
3682110
3682111
3682112
4482004
4482005
4482006
4482007
4482008
4482009
4482013
4482014
4482015
4482016
4482017
4482018
4582004
4582005
4582006
4582007
4582008
4582009
4582013
4582014
4582015
4582016
4582017
4582018

Description
FRL 200 3/8 20 08 SAC
FRL 200 3/8 50 08 SAC
FRL 200 3/8 5 012 SAC
FRL 200 3/8 20 012 SAC
FRL 200 3/8 50 012 SAC
FRL 200 1/2 5 08 RMSA
FRL 200 1/2 20 08 RMSA
FRL 200 1/2 50 08 RMSA
FRL 200 1/2 5 012 RMSA
FRL 200 1/2 20 012 RMSA
FRL 200 1/2 50 012 RMSA
FRL 200 1/2 5 08 RA
FRL 200 1/2 20 08 RA
FRL 200 1/2 5 08 SAC
FRL 200 1/2 20 08 SAC
FRL 200 1/2 50 08 SAC
FRL 200 1/2 5 012 SAC
FRL 200 1/2 20 012 SAC
FRL 200 1/2 50 012 SAC
FRL 300 1/2 5 08 RMSA
FRL 300 1/2 20 08 RMSA
FRL 300 1/2 50 08 RMSA
FRL 300 1/2 5 012 RMSA
FRL 300 1/2 20 012 RMSA
FRL 300 1/2 50 012 RMSA
FRL 300 1/2 5 08 RA
FRL 300 1/2 20 08 RA
FRL 300 1/2 50 08 RA
FRL 300 1/2 5 012 RA
FRL 300 1/2 20 012 RA
FRL 300 1/2 50 012 RA
FRL 300 3/4 5 08 RMSA
FRL 300 3/4 20 08 RMSA
FRL 300 3/4 50 08 RMSA
FRL 300 3/4 5 012 RMSA
FRL 300 3/4 20 012 RMSA
FRL 300 3/4 50 012 RMSA
FRL 300 3/4 5 08 RA
FRL 300 3/4 20 08 RA
FRL 300 3/4 50 08 RA
FRL 300 3/4 5 012 RA
FRL 300 3/4 20 012 RA
FRL 300 3/4 50 012 RA

Code
4682004
4682005
4682006
4682007
4682008
4682009
4682013
4682014
4682015
4682016
4682017
4682018
6182001
6182002
6182003
6182004
6182005
6182006
6282001
6282002
6282003
6282004
6282005
6282006
6382001
6382002
6382003
6382004
6382005
6382006
6482001
6482002
6482003
6482004
6482005
6482006

Description
FRL 300 1 5 08 RMSA
FRL 300 1 20 08 RMSA
FRL 300 1 50 08 RMSA
FRL 300 1 5 012 RMSA
FRL 300 1 20 012 RMSA
FRL 300 1 50 012 RMSA
FRL 300 1 5 08 RA
FRL 300 1 20 08 RA
FRL 300 1 50 08 RA
FRL 300 1 5 012 RA
FRL 300 1 20 012 RA
FRL 300 1 50 012 RA
FRL 400 1 5 RMSA
FRL 400 1 20 RMSA
FRL 400 1 50 RMSA
FRL 400 1 5 RA
FRL 400 1 20 RA
FRL 400 1 50 RA
FRL 400 1 1/4 5 RMSA
FRL 400 1 1/4 20 RMSA
FRL 400 1 1/4 50 RMSA
FRL 400 1 1/4 5 RA
FRL 400 1 1/4 20 RA
FRL 400 1 1/4 50 RA
FRL 400 1 1/2 5 RMSA
FRL 400 1 1/2 20 RMSA
FRL 400 1 1/2 50 RMSA
FRL 400 1 1/2 5 RA
FRL 400 1 1/2 20 RA
FRL 400 1 1/2 50 RA
FRL 400 2 5 RMSA
FRL 400 2 20 RMSA
FRL 400 2 50 RMSA
FRL 400 2 5 RA
FRL 400 2 20 RA
FRL 400 2 50 RA

FR+LUB

THREADED PORT G
A
B
C
E
F
L

FR+LUB 100
G 1/4

FR+LUB 200

G 3/8

G 1/4

G 3/8
149
245
63
134
36
M5 hole

121
199
50
106
26
M4 hole

FR+LUB 300
G 1/2

G 1/2

G 3/4
175
278
72
157
42
M5 hole

G 1
177

A
E

FR

LUB

DIMENSIONS

FR+L 300

C
F
Kg

FR+L 200

Flow rate at 6.3 bar


P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6.3 bar
P 1 bar
Fluid
Max temperature
at 10 bar
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Note on use

MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm

FR+L 100

1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 1


0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 8 0 to 12
0 to 8 0 to 12
5m 20m 50m
1.5
1.3
1.3
15
13
13
217
188
188
300
1200
2300
11
43
82
800
2400
4000
28
85
142
Compressed air
50
50
50
122
122
122
0.7
1.35
2.7
M4x50
M4x60
M5x70
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA
automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

100-200-300

3.1/61

KEY TO CODES
FR+L

100

ELEMENT

SIZE

FR+L

100
200

300

1/4
THREADED
PORT

5m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

08
SETTING
RANGE

RMSA
TYPE OF CONDENSATION RANGE

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1

5m
20m
50m

08 bar
012 bar

RMSA
SAC
RMSA
SAC
RA*
RMSA
RA

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain for sizes 100 and
200. Operates by depression
requires variable air take-offs.
RA:
Drain for size 300 and 400. Floattype operation irrespective of the
pressure and flow rate.
*

For SK200 with RA, please contact


our sales assistance department

ORDERING CODES
Code
3284007
3284008
3284009
3284010
3284011
3284012
3284107
3284108
3284109
3284110
3284111
3284112
3384007
3384008
3384009
3384010
3384011
3384012
3384107
3384108
3384109
3384110
3384111
3384112
3484007
3484008
3484009
3484010
3484011
3484012
3484107
3484108
3484109
3484110
3484111
3484112
3584007
3584008
3584009
3584010
3584011
3584012
3584107

3.1/62

Description
FR+L 100 1/4 5 08 RMSA
FR+L 100 1/4 20 08 RMSA
FR+L 100 1/4 50 08 RMSA
FR+L 100 1/4 5 012 RMSA
FR+L 100 1/4 20 012 RMSA
FR+L 100 1/4 50 012 RMSA
FR+L 100 1/4 5 08 SAC
FR+L 100 1/4 20 08 SAC
FR+L 100 1/4 50 08 SAC
FR+L 100 1/4 5 012 SAC
FR+L 100 1/4 20 012 SAC
FR+L 100 1/4 50 012 SAC
FR+L 100 3/8 5 08 RMSA
FR+L 100 3/8 20 08 RMSA
FR+L 100 3/8 50 08 RMSA
FR+L 100 3/8 5 012 RMSA
FR+L 100 3/8 20 012 RMSA
FR+L 100 3/8 50 012 RMSA
FR+L 100 3/8 5 08 SAC
FR+L 100 3/8 20 08 SAC
FR+L 100 3/8 50 08 SAC
FR+L 100 3/8 5 012 SAC
FR+L 100 3/8 20 012 SAC
FR+L 100 3/8 50 012 SAC
FR+L 200 1/4 5 08 RMSA
FR+L 200 1/4 20 08 RMSA
FR+L 200 1/4 50 08 RMSA
FR+L 200 1/4 5 012 RMSA
FR+L 200 1/4 20 012 RMSA
FR+L 200 1/4 50 012 RMSA
FR+L 200 1/4 5 08 SAC
FR+L 200 1/4 20 08 SAC
FR+L 200 1/4 50 08 SAC
FR+L 200 1/4 5 012 SAC
FR+L 200 1/4 20 012 SAC
FR+L 200 1/4 50 012 SAC
FR+L 200 3/8 5 08 RMSA
FR+L 200 3/8 20 08 RMSA
FR+L 200 3/8 50 08 RMSA
FR+L 200 3/8 5 012 RMSA
FR+L 200 3/8 20 012 RMSA
FR+L 200 3/8 50 012 RMSA
FR+L 200 3/8 5 08 SAC

Code
3584108
3584109
3584110
3584111
3584112
3684007
3684008
3684009
3684010
3684011
3684012
3684107
3684108
3684109
3684110
3684111
3684112
3684019
3684020
4484004
4484005
4484006
4484007
4484008
4484009
4484013
4484014
4484015
4484016
4484017
4484018
4584004
4584005
4584006
4584007
4584008
4584009
4584013
4584014
4584015
4584016
4584017
4584018

Description
FR+L 200 3/8 20 08 SAC
FR+L 200 3/8 50 08 SAC
FR+L 200 3/8 5 012 SAC
FR+L 200 3/8 20 012 SAC
FR+L 200 3/8 50 012 SAC
FR+L 200 1/2 5 08 RMSA
FR+L 200 1/2 20 08 RMSA
FR+L 200 1/2 50 08 RMSA
FR+L 200 1/2 5 012 RMSA
FR+L 200 1/2 20 012 RMSA
FR+L 200 1/2 50 012 RMSA
FR+L 200 1/2 5 08 SAC
FR+L 200 1/2 20 08 SAC
FR+L 200 1/2 50 08 SAC
FR+L 200 1/2 5 012 SAC
FR+L 200 1/2 20 012 SAC
FR+L 200 1/2 50 012 SAC
FR+L 200 1/2 5 08 RA
FR+L 200 1/2 20 08 RA
FR+L 300 1/2 5 08 RMSA
FR+L 300 1/2 20 08 RMSA
FR+L 300 1/2 50 08 RMSA
FR+L 300 1/2 5 012 RMSA
FR+L 300 1/2 20 012 RMSA
FR+L 300 1/2 50 012 RMSA
FR+L 300 1/2 5 08 RA
FR+L 300 1/2 20 08 RA
FR+L 300 1/2 50 08 RA
FR+L 300 1/2 5 012 RA
FR+L 300 1/2 20 012 RA
FR+L 300 1/2 50 012 RA
FR+L 300 3/4 5 08 RMSA
FR+L 300 3/4 20 08 RMSA
FR+L 300 3/4 50 08 RMSA
FR+L 300 3/4 5 012 RMSA
FR+L 300 3/4 20 012 RMSA
FR+L 300 3/4 50 012 RMSA
FR+L 300 3/4 5 08 RA
FR+L 300 3/4 20 08 RA
FR+L 300 3/4 50 08 RA
FR+L 300 3/4 5 012 RA
FR+L 300 3/4 20 012 RA
FR+L 300 3/4 50 012 RA

Code
4684004
4684005
4684006
4684007
4684008
4684009
4684013
4684014
4684015
4684016
4684017
4684018

Description
FR+L 300 1 5 08 RMSA
FR+L 300 1 20 08 RMSA
FR+L 300 1 50 08 RMSA
FR+L 300 1 5 012 RMSA
FR+L 300 1 20 012 RMSA
FR+L 300 1 50 012 RMSA
FR+L 300 1 5 08 RA
FR+L 300 1 20 08 RA
FR+L 300 1 50 08 RA
FR+L 300 1 5 012 RA
FR+L 300 1 20 012 RA
FR+L 300 1 50 012 RA

V3V+FIL+REG+LUB

DIMENSIONS
THREADED PORT G
A
B
C
E
F
L

VFRL 300

V3V+FIL+
REG+LUB 100
G 1/4
G 3/8
207
199
50
192
26
M4 hole

V3V+FIL+REG+LUB 200
G 1/4

G 3/8
260
245
63
245
36
M5 hole

V3V+FIL+REG+LUB 300

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 3/4

G 1
307

305
278
72
287
42
M5 hole

A
C

V3V

FIL

REG

LUB

C
F
Kg

VFRL 200

Flow rate at 6.3 bar


P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6.3 bar
P 1 bar
Fluid
Max temperature
at 10 bar
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Note on use

MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm

VFRL 100

1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 1


0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 8 0 to 12
0 to 8 0 to 12
5m 20m 50m
1.5
1.3
1.3
15
13
13
217
188
188
300
1300
2200
11
46
82
800
2500
4000
28
89
142
Compressed air
50
50
50
122
122
122
1
2
3.5
M4x50
M5x60
M5x70
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA
automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

100-200-300

3.1/63

V3V+FIL+REG+LUB
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

400

VFRL 400
G1

G11/4
G11/2
G2
Depending on pilot regulator
5m 20m 50m
MPa
1.3
bar
13
psi
188
Flow rate at 6.3 bar
VFRL 400 1: 9000 Nl/min = 320 scfm
P 0.5 bar
VFRL 400 2: 14.000 Nl/min = 500 scfm
Fluid
Compressed air
Max temperature
C
50
at 10 bar
F
122
Weight
Kg
12~
Wall fixing screws
M6x110
Mounting
Vertical
Bowl capacity
cm3
270
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA
Note on use
automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.
Notes: The end plates in the 400 series have a patented system with a rotary and sliding
end joint to adapt the unit perfectly to the pipe cutting distance. This unit does not include
a pilot regulator. The pilot regulator must be piloted at a pressure taken upstream of the
V3V, otherwise when the system is relieved, most of the air downstream will be relieved
by the regulator and not the V3V relief port.
For connecting instruction see page 3.1/15.

DIMENSIONS

V3V+FIL+REG+LUB 400

THREADED PORT G
A
B
C
E
F
L

G1

G11/4
541-571

G11/2

G2
599-629

461
116
457.5
80
M6 hole

L
REG 400

LUB 400

FIL 400

V3V 400

3.1/64

KEY TO CODES
VFRL

100

ELEMENT

SIZE

VFRL

100
200

300

400

1/4
THREADED
PORT

5m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

08
SETTING
RANGE

RMSA
TYPE OF CONDENSATE DRAIN

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

5m
20m
50m

08 bar
012 bar

RMSA
SAC
RMSA
SAC
RA*
RMSA
RA

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain for sizes 100 and
200. Operates by depression
requires variable air take-offs.
RA:
Drain for size 300 and 400. Floattype operation irrespective of the
pressure and flow rate.
*

For SK200 with RA, please contact


our sales assistance department

ORDERING CODES
Code
3273007
3273008
3273009
3273010
3273011
3273012
3273107
3273108
3273109
3273110
3273111
3273112
3373007
3373008
3373009
3373010
3373011
3373012
3373107
3373108
3373109
3373110
3373111
3373112
3473007
3473008
3473009
3473010
3473011
3473012
3473107
3473108
3473109
3473110
3473111
3473112
3573007
3573008
3573009
3573010
3573011
3573012
3573107

Description
VFRL 100 1/4 5 08 RMSA
VFRL 100 1/4 20 08 RMSA
VFRL 100 1/4 50 08 RMSA
VFRL 100 1/4 5 012 RMSA
VFRL 100 1/4 20 012 RMSA
VFRL 100 1/4 50 012 RMSA
VFRL 100 1/4 5 08 SAC
VFRL 100 1/4 20 08 SAC
VFRL 100 1/4 50 08 SAC
VFRL 100 1/4 5 012 SAC
VFRL 100 1/4 20 012 SAC
VFRL 100 1/4 50 012 SAC
VFRL 100 3/8 5 08 RMSA
VFRL 100 3/8 20 08 RMSA
VFRL 100 3/8 50 08 RMSA
VFRL 100 3/8 5 012 RMSA
VFRL 100 3/8 20 012 RMSA
VFRL 100 3/8 50 012 RMSA
VFRL 100 3/8 5 08 SAC
VFRL 100 3/8 20 08 SAC
VFRL 100 3/8 50 08 SAC
VFRL 100 3/8 5 012 SAC
VFRL 100 3/8 20 012 SAC
VFRL 100 3/8 50 012 SAC
VFRL 200 1/4 5 08 RMSA
VFRL 200 1/4 20 08 RMSA
VFRL 200 1/4 50 08 RMSA
VFRL 200 1/4 5 012 RMSA
VFRL 200 1/4 20 012 RMSA
VFRL 200 1/4 50 012 RMSA
VFRL 200 1/4 5 08 SAC
VFRL 200 1/4 20 08 SAC
VFRL 200 1/4 50 08 SAC
VFRL 200 1/4 5 012 SAC
VFRL 200 1/4 20 012 SAC
VFRL 200 1/4 50 012 SAC
VFRL 200 3/8 5 08 RMSA
VFRL 200 3/8 20 08 RMSA
VFRL 200 3/8 50 08 RMSA
VFRL 200 3/8 5 012 RMSA
VFRL 200 3/8 20 012 RMSA
VFRL 200 3/8 50 012 RMSA
VFRL 200 3/8 5 08 SAC

Code
3573108
3573109
3573110
3573111
3573112
3673007
3673008
3673009
3673010
3673011
3673012
3673107
3673108
3673109
3673110
3673111
3673112
4473004
4473005
4473006
4473007
4473008
4473009
4473013
4473014
4473015
4473016
4473017
4473018
4573004
4573005
4573006
4573007
4573008
4573009
4573013
4573014
4573015
4573016
4573017
4573018
4673004
4673005

Description
VFRL 200 3/8 20 08 SAC
VFRL 200 3/8 50 08 SAC
VFRL 200 3/8 5 012 SAC
VFRL 200 3/8 20 012 SAC
VFRL 200 3/8 50 012 SAC
VFRL 200 1/2 5 08 RMSA
VFRL 200 1/2 20 08 RMSA
VFRL 200 1/2 50 08 RMSA
VFRL 200 1/2 5 012 RMSA
VFRL 200 1/2 20 012 RMSA
VFRL 200 1/2 50 012 RMSA
VFRL 200 1/2 5 08 SAC
VFRL 200 1/2 20 08 SAC
VFRL 200 1/2 50 08 SAC
VFRL 200 1/2 5 012 SAC
VFRL 200 1/2 20 012 SAC
VFRL 200 1/2 50 012 SAC
VFRL 300 1/2 5 08 RMSA
VFRL 300 1/2 20 08 RMSA
VFRL 300 1/2 50 08 RMSA
VFRL 300 1/2 5 012 RMSA
VFRL 300 1/2 20 012 RMSA
VFRL 300 1/2 50 012 RMSA
VFRL 300 1/2 5 08 RA
VFRL 300 1/2 20 08 RA
VFRL 300 1/2 50 08 RA
VFRL 300 1/2 5 012 RA
VFRL 300 1/2 20 012 RA
VFRL 300 1/2 50 012 RA
VFRL 300 3/4 5 08 RMSA
VFRL 300 3/4 20 08 RMSA
VFRL 300 3/4 50 08 RMSA
VFRL 300 3/4 5 012 RMSA
VFRL 300 3/4 20 012 RMSA
VFRL 300 3/4 50 012 RMSA
VFRL 300 3/4 5 08 RA
VFRL 300 3/4 20 08 RA
VFRL 300 3/4 50 08 RA
VFRL 300 3/4 5 012 RA
VFRL 300 3/4 20 012 RA
VFRL 300 3/4 50 012 RA
VFRL 300 1 5 08 RMSA
VFRL 300 1 20 08 RMSA

Code
4673006
4673007
4673008
4673009
4673013
4673014
4673015
4673016
4673017
4673018
6173001
6173002
6173003
6173004
6173005
6173006
6273001
6273002
6273003
6273004
6273005
6273006
6373001
6373002
6373003
6373004
6373005
6373006
6473001
6473002
6473003
6473004
6473005
6473006

Description
VFRL 300 1 50 08 RMSA
VFRL 300 1 5 012 RMSA
VFRL 300 1 20 012 RMSA
VFRL 300 1 50 012 RMSA
VFRL 300 1 5 08 RA
VFRL 300 1 20 08 RA
VFRL 300 1 50 08 RA
VFRL 300 1 5 012 RA
VFRL 300 1 20 012 RA
VFRL 300 1 50 012 RA
VFRL 400 1 5 RMSA
VFRL 400 1 20 RMSA
VFRL 400 1 50 RMSA
VFRL 400 1 5 RA
VFRL 400 1 20 RA
VFRL 400 1 50 RA
VFRL 400 1 1/4 5 RMSA
VFRL 400 1 1/4 20 RMSA
VFRL 400 1 1/4 50 RMSA
VFRL 400 1 1/4 5 RA
VFRL 400 1 1/4 20 RA
VFRL 400 1 1/4 50 RA
VFRL 400 1 1/2 5 RMSA
VFRL 400 1 1/2 20 RMSA
VFRL 400 1 1/2 50 RMSA
VFRL 400 1 1/2 5 RA
VFRL 400 1 1/2 20 RA
VFRL 400 1 1/2 50 RA
VFRL 400 2 5 RMSA
VFRL 400 2 20 RMSA
VFRL 400 2 50 RMSA
VFRL 400 2 5 RA
VFRL 400 2 20 RA
VFRL 400 2 50 RA

3.1/65

V3V+FR+LUB
100-200-300
TECHNICAL DATA

V+FR+L 100

Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 1


0 to 8 0 to 12 0 to 8 0 to 12
0 to 8 0 to 12
5m 20m 50m
15
1.3
1.3
15
13
13
217
188
188
300
1200
2300
11
43
82
800
2400
4000
28
85
142
Compressed air
50
50
50
122
122
122
1
1.8
3.2
M4x50
M5x60
M5x70
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA
automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

Flow rate at 6.3 bar


P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6.3 bar
P 1 bar
Fluid
Max temperature
at 10 bar
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Note on use

MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
Nl/min

C
F
Kg

DIMENSIONS
THREADED PORT G
A
B
C
E
F
L

V+FR+L 200

V+FR+L 300

V3V+FR 100
G 1/4

V3V+FR+LUB 200

G 3/8

G 1/4

G 3/8
204.5
245
63
189.5
36
M5 hole

164
199
50
149
26
M4 hole

V3V+FR+LUB 300
G 1/2

G 1/2

G 3/4

G 1
242

240
278
72
222
42
M5 hole

A
C

FR

LUB

V3V

3.1/66

KEY TO CODES
VFR+L

100

ELEMENT

SIZE

VFR+L

100
200

300

1/4
THREADED
PORT

5m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

08
SETTING
RANGE

RMSA
TYPE OF CONDENSATE DRAIN

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1

5m
20m
50m

08 bar
012 bar

RMSA
SAC
RMSA
SAC
RA*
RMSA
RA

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain for sizes 100 and
200. Operates by depression
requires variable air take-offs.
RA:
Drain for size 300 and 400. Floattype operation irrespective of the
pressure and flow rate.
*

For SK200 with RA, please contact


our sales assistance department

ORDERING CODES
Code
3272007
3272008
3272009
3272010
3272011
3272012
3272107
3272108
3272109
3272110
3272111
3272112
3372007
3372008
3372009
3372010
3372011
3372012
3372107
3372108
3372109
3372110
3372111
3372112
3472007
3472008
3472009
3472010
3472011
3472012
3472107
3472108
3472109
3472110
3472111
3472112
3572007
3572008
3572009
3572010
3572011
3572012
3572107

Description
VFR+L 100 1/4 5 08 RMSA
VFR+L 100 1/4 20 08 RMSA
VFR+L 100 1/4 50 08 RMSA
VFR+L 100 1/4 5 012 RMSA
VFR+L 100 1/4 20 012 RMSA
VFR+L 100 1/4 50 012 RMSA
VFR+L 100 1/4 5 08 SAC
VFR+L 100 1/4 20 08 SAC
VFR+L 100 1/4 50 08 SAC
VFR+L 100 1/4 5 012 SAC
VFR+L 100 1/4 20 012 SAC
VFR+L 100 1/4 50 012 SAC
VFR+L 100 3/8 5 08 RMSA
VFR+L 100 3/8 20 08 RMSA
VFR+L 100 3/8 50 08 RMSA
VFR+L 100 3/8 5 012 RMSA
VFR+L 100 3/8 20 012 RMSA
VFR+L 100 3/8 50 012 RMSA
VFR+L 100 3/8 5 08 SAC
VFR+L 100 3/8 20 08 SAC
VFR+L 100 3/8 50 08 SAC
VFR+L 100 3/8 5 012 SAC
VFR+L 100 3/8 20 012 SAC
VFR+L 100 3/8 50 012 SAC
VFR+L 200 1/4 5 08 RMSA
VFR+L 200 1/4 20 08 RMSA
VFR+L 200 1/4 50 08 RMSA
VFR+L 200 1/4 5 012 RMSA
VFR+L 200 1/4 20 012 RMSA
VFR+L 200 1/4 50 012 RMSA
VFR+L 200 1/4 5 08 SAC
VFR+L 200 1/4 20 08 SAC
VFR+L 200 1/4 50 08 SAC
VFR+L 200 1/4 5 012 SAC
VFR+L 200 1/4 20 012 SAC
VFR+L 200 1/4 50 012 SAC
VFR+L 200 3/8 5 08 RMSA
VFR+L 200 3/8 20 08 RMSA
VFR+L 200 3/8 50 08 RMSA
VFR+L 200 3/8 5 012 RMSA
VFR+L 200 3/8 20 012 RMSA
VFR+L 200 3/8 50 012 RMSA
VFR+L 200 3/8 5 08 SAC

Code
3572108
3572109
3572110
3572111
3572112
3672007
3672008
3672009
3672010
3672011
3672012
3672107
3672108
3672109
3672110
3672111
3672112
4472004
4472005
4472006
4472007
4472008
4472009
4472013
4472014
4472015
4472016
4472017
4472018
4572004
4572005
4572006
4572007
4572008
4572009
4572013
4572014
4572015
4572016
4572017
4572018
4672004
4672005

Description
VFR+L 200 3/8 20 08 SAC
VFR+L 200 3/8 50 08 SAC
VFR+L 200 3/8 5 012 SAC
VFR+L 200 3/8 20 012 SAC
VFR+L 200 3/8 50 012 SAC
VFR+L 200 1/2 5 08 RMSA
VFR+L 200 1/2 20 08 RMSA
VFR+L 200 1/2 50 08 RMSA
VFR+L 200 1/2 5 012 RMSA
VFR+L 200 1/2 20 012 RMSA
VFR+L 200 1/2 50 012 RMSA
VFR+L 200 1/2 5 08 SAC
VFR+L 200 1/2 20 08 SAC
VFR+L 200 1/2 50 08 SAC
VFR+L 200 1/2 5 012 SAC
VFR+L 200 1/2 20 012 SAC
VFR+L 200 1/2 50 012 SAC
VFR+L 300 1/2 5 08 RMSA
VFR+L 300 1/2 20 08 RMSA
VFR+L 300 1/2 50 08 RMSA
VFR+L 300 1/2 5 012 RMSA
VFR+L 300 1/2 20 012 RMSA
VFR+L 300 1/2 50 012 RMSA
VFR+L 300 1/2 5 08 RA
VFR+L 300 1/2 20 08 RA
VFR+L 300 1/2 50 08 RA
VFR+L 300 1/2 5 012 RA
VFR+L 300 1/2 20 012 RA
VFR+L 300 1/2 50 012 RA
VFR+L 300 3/4 5 08 RMSA
VFR+L 300 3/4 20 08 RMSA
VFR+L 300 3/4 50 08 RMSA
VFR+L 300 3/4 5 012 RMSA
VFR+L 300 3/4 20 012 RMSA
VFR+L 300 3/4 50 012 RMSA
VFR+L 300 3/4 5 08 RA
VFR+L 300 3/4 20 08 RA
VFR+L 300 3/4 50 08 RA
VFR+L 300 3/4 5 012 RA
VFR+L 300 3/4 20 012 RA
VFR+L 300 3/4 50 012 RA
VFR+L 300 1 5 08 RMSA
VFR+L 300 1 20 08 RMSA

Code
4672006
4672007
4672008
4672009
4672013
4672014
4672015
4672016
4672017
4672018

Description
VFR+L 300 1 50 08 RMSA
VFR+L 300 1 5 012 RMSA
VFR+L 300 1 20 012 RMSA
VFR+L 300 1 50 012 RMSA
VFR+L 300 1 5 08 RA
VFR+L 300 1 20 08 RA
VFR+L 300 1 50 08 RA
VFR+L 300 1 5 012 RA
VFR+L 300 1 20 012 RA
VFR+L 300 1 50 012 RA

3.1/01
3.1/67

FIL+LUB
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar


P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6.3 bar
P 1 bar
Fluid
Max temperature
at 10 bar
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Note on use

MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

DIMENSIONS
THREADED PORT G
A
B
C
E
F
L

F+L 100

F+L 200

100-200-300

F+L 300

1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 1


5m 20m 50m
1.5
1.3
1.3
15
13
13
217
188
188
600
1800
3200
21
64
113
1200
3200
4500
42
113
160
Compressed air
50
50
50
122
122
122
0.5
1.1
2.2
M4x50
M5x60
M5x70
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA
automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

FIL+LUB 100
G 1/4

FIL+LUB 200

G 3/8

G 1/4

G 3/8
149
203.5
63
134
36
M5 hole

121
172.5
50
106
26
M4 hole

FIL+LUB 300
G 1/2

G 1/2

G 3/4

G 1
177

175
223.5
72
157
42
M5 hole

A
C

3.1/68

LUB

FIL

FIL+LUB

400

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar


P 0.5 bar
Fluid
Max temperature
at 10 bar
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Bowl capacity
Note on use

F+L 400
G1

MPa
bar
psi

C
F
Kg

cm3

G11/4
G11/2
G2
5m 20m 50m
1.3
13
188
F+L 400 1: 9000 Nl/min = 320 scfm
F+L 400 2: 14.000 Nl/min = 500 scfm
Compressed air
50
122
8~
M6x110
Vertical
270
The end plates in the 400 series have a patented system
with a rotary and sliding end joint to adapt the unit
perfectly to the pipe cutting distance.
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA
automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

DIMENSIONS

FIL+LUB 400

THREADED PORT G
A
B
C
E
F
L

G1

G11/4
330-360

G11/2

G2
388-418

349.5
116
247
80
M6 hole

A
C

LUB 400

FIL 400

3.1/69

KEY TO CODES
F+L

100

ELEMENT

SIZE

F+L

100
200

300

400

1/4
THAREADED
PORT

5m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

RMSA
TYPE OF CONDENSATE DRAIN

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

5m
20m
50m

RMSA
SAC
RMSA
SAC
RA*
RMSA
RA

3.1/70

Description
F+L 100 1/4 5 RMSA
F+L 100 1/4 5 SAC
F+L 100 1/4 20 RMSA
F+L 100 1/4 20 SAC
F+L 100 1/4 50 RMSA
F+L 100 1/4 50 SAC
F+L 100 3/8 5 RMSA
F+L 100 3/8 5 SAC
F+L 100 3/8 20 RMSA
F+L 100 3/8 20 SAC
F+L 100 3/8 50 RMSA
F+L 100 3/8 50 SAC
F+L 200 1/4 5 RMSA
F+L 200 1/4 5 SAC
F+L 200 1/4 20 RMSA
F+L 200 1/4 20 SAC
F+L 200 1/4 50 RMSA
F+L 200 1/4 50 SAC
F+L 200 3/8 5 RMSA
F+L 200 3/8 5 SAC
F+L 200 3/8 20 RMSA
F+L 200 3/8 20 SAC
F+L 200 3/8 50 RMSA
F+L 200 3/8 50 SAC
F+L 200 1/2 5 RMSA
F+L 200 1/2 5 SAC
F+L 200 1/2 20 RMSA
F+L 200 1/2 20 SAC
F+L 200 1/2 50 RMSA
F+L 200 1/2 50 SAC
F+L 300 1/2 5 RMSA
F+L 300 1/2 20 RMSA
F+L 300 1/2 50 RMSA
F+L 300 1/2 5 RA
F+L 300 1/2 20 RA
F+L 300 1/2 50 RA
F+L 300 3/4 5 RMSA
F+L 300 3/4 20 RMSA
F+L 300 3/4 50 RMSA
F+L 300 3/4 5 RA
F+L 300 3/4 20 RA
F+L 300 3/4 50 RA
F+L 300 1 5 RMSA

For SK200 with RA, please contact


our sales assistance department

NOTES

ORDERING CODES
Code
3285001
3285101
3285002
3285102
3285003
3285103
3385001
3385101
3385002
3385102
3385003
3385103
3485001
3485101
3485002
3485102
3485003
3485103
3585001
3585101
3585002
3585102
3585003
3585103
3685001
3685101
3685002
3685102
3685003
3685103
4485001
4485002
4485003
4485004
4485005
4485006
4585001
4585002
4585003
4585004
4585005
4585006
4685001

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain for sizes 100 and
200. Operates by depression
requires variable air take-offs.
RA:
Drain for size 300 and 400. Floattype operation irrespective of the
pressure and flow rate.

Code
4685002
4685003
4685004
4685005
4685006
6185001
6185002
6185003
6185004
6185005
6185006
6285001
6285002
6285003
6285004
6285005
6285006
6385001
6385002
6385003
6385004
6385005
6385006
6485001
6485002
6485003
6485004
6485005
6485006

Description
F+L 300 1 20 RMSA
F+L 300 1 50 RMSA
F+L 300 1 5 RA
F+L 300 1 20 RA
F+L 300 1 50 RA
F+L 400 1 5 RMSA
F+L 400 1 20 RMSA
F+L 400 1 50 RMSA
F+L 400 1 5 RA
F+L 400 1 20 RA
F+L 400 1 50 RA
F+L 400 1 1/4 5 RMSA
F+L 400 1 1/4 20 RMSA
F+L 400 1 1/4 50 RMSA
F+L 400 1 1/4 5 RA
F+L 400 1 1/4 20 RA
F+L 400 1 1/4 50 RA
F+L 400 1 1/2 5 RMSA
F+L 400 1 1/2 20 RMSA
F+L 400 1 1/2 50 RMSA
F+L 400 1 1/2 5 RA
F+L 400 1 1/2 20 RA
F+L 400 1 1/2 50 RA
F+L 400 2 5 RMSA
F+L 400 2 20 RMSA
F+L 400 2 50 RMSA
F+L 400 2 5 RA
F+L 400 2 20 RA
F+L 400 2 50 RA

FIL+DEP
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

MPa
bar
psi
Maximum suggested flow rate
Fluid
Max temperature
C
at 10 bar
F
Weight
Kg
Wall fixing screws
Note on use

DIMENSIONS
THREADED PORT G
A
B
C
E
F
L

100-200-300
F+D 100

F+D 200

F+D 300

1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 1


Filter: 5m - Depurator: 0.01m
1.5
1.3
1.3
15
13
13
217
188
188
Please look at the flow rate curves at page 3.1/33
Compressed air
50
50
50
122
122
122
0.6
1.3
2.2
M4x50
M5x60
M5x70
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA
automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

FIL+DEP 100
G 1/4

FIL+DEP 200

G 3/8

G 1/4

FIL+DEP 300

G 3/8
149
175
63
134
36
M5 hole

121
144
50
106
26
M4 hole

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 3/4
175
195
72
157
42
M5 hole

G 1
177

A
C

DEP

FIL

FIL

DEP

3.1/71

FIL+DEP
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

400

F+D 400
G1

MPa
bar
psi
Maximum suggested flow rate
Fluid
Max temperature
C
at 10 bar
F
Weight
Kg
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Bowl capacity
cm3
Note on use

G11/4
G11/2
G2
Filter: 5m - Depurator: 0.01m
1.3
13
188
Please look at the flow rate curves at page 3.1/35
Compressed air
50
122
7~
M6x110
Vertical
270
The end plates in the 400 series have a patented system
with a rotary and sliding end joint to adapt the unit
perfectly to the pipe cutting distance.
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA
automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

DIMENSIONS

FIL+DEP 400

THREADED PORT G
A
B
C
E
F
L

G1

G11/4
330-360

G11/2
320
116
247
80
M6 hole

FIL 400

FIL

3.1/72

DEP

G2
388-418

G
DEP 400

KEY TO CODES
F+D

100

ELEMENT

SIZE

F+D

100
200

300

400

1/4
THREADED
PORT

5m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

RMSA
TYPE OF CONDENSATE DRAIN

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

5m

RMSA
SAC

ORDERING CODES
Code
3289001
3289005
3289006
3389001
3389005
3389006
3489001
3489005
3489006
3589001
3589005
3589006
3689001
3689005
3689006
4489001
4489002
4589001
4589002
4689001
4689002
6189001
6189002
6289001
6289002
6389001
6389002
6489001
6489002

Description
F+D 100 1/4 5 RMSA-RMSA
F+D 100 1/4 5 SAC-RMSA
F+D 100 1/4 5 SAC-SAC
F+D 100 3/8 5 RMSA-RMSA
F+D 100 3/8 5 SAC-RMSA
F+D 100 3/8 5 SAC-SAC
F+D 200 1/4 5 RMSA-RMSA
F+D 200 1/4 5 SAC-RMSA
F+D 200 1/4 5 SAC-SAC
F+D 200 3/8 5 RMSA-RMSA
F+D 200 3/8 5 SAC-RMSA
F+D 200 3/8 5 SAC-SAC
F+D 200 1/2 5 RMSA-RMSA
F+D 200 1/2 5 SAC-RMSA
F+D 200 1/2 5 SAC-SAC
F+D 300 1/2 5 RMSA-RMSA
F+D 300 1/2 5 RA-RA
F+D 300 3/4 5 RMSA-RMSA
F+D 300 3/4 5 RA-RA
F+D 300 1 5 RMSA-RMSA
F+D 300 1 5 RA-RA
F+D 400 1 5 RMSA-RMSA
F+D 400 1 5 RA-RA
F+D 400 1 1/4 5 RMSA-RMSA
F+D 400 1 1/4 5 RA-RA
F+D 400 1 1/2 5 RMSA-RMSA
F+D 400 1 1/2 5 RA-RA
F+D 400 2 5 RMSA-RMSA
F+D 400 2 5 RA-RA

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain for sizes 100 and 200.
Operates by depression requires
variable air take-offs.
RA:
Automatic drain for size 300 and 400.
Float-type operation irrespective of the
pressure and flow rate.

RMSA
RA

NOTES

3.1/73

ACCESSOIRE
PRESSURE SWITCHES
This type of pressure switch features a high degree of
miniaturisation and a modern attractive design.
It can be installed in any position and also mounted onto
a wall by means of two transversal holes.
In order to reduce wiring times, it is supplied ready assembled with a 2-metre electric cable or an M8 connector with
a 300-mm cable.
The contact is the switching type, which means it can be
normally open or normally closed.
A knurled push-lock handle is provided for regulation

TECHNICAL DATA
Adjustable pressure interval
Hysteresis (not adjustable)
Maximum pressure

Operating temperature range at: 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi


Lower threaded port
Maximum current
Maximum voltage
Outside diameter of cable
Number of wires and cross section
Contacts
Protection
Number of switchings
Fluid
Mounting position
Weight

bar
bar
bar
MPa
psi
C
F
A
V
mm

Kg

0.5 10
from 0.4 to 0.8 (See diagram)
15
1.5
217
50
122
R 1/8
2
250
4.9
3x0.5 mm2
Normally-Open (NO) and Normally-Closed (NC)
IP65
5x106
Filtered lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
In any position
0.121

COMPONENTS
 Technopolymer adjusting push-lock handle
 Brass adjusting screw
 Steel piston spring
 Brass piston
 NBR gasket
 Body made of anodized aluminium
 Technopolymer pressure switch body
Resin finish for IP65

Electrical contact
Choke to reduce peaks in pressure

1
2

7
4

10
3.1/74

WIRING DIAGRAM

DIMENSIONS

BLACK

NC

BROWN

57

4.9

VERSION WITH CABLE

BLUE
foro x M3

20.5

R 1/8

VERSION WITH M8 CONNECTOR

13.4

16

24

29.2

M8

4
1

~300 mm

HYSTERESIS GRAPH
psi

bar

140

10

130

NO

~2 m

1 - 3 NO
1 - 4 NC

ORDERING CODES
Code
9000401
9000402

Description
ACC. - 1/8 2A NO/NC PRESSURE SWITCH, 2-METRE CABLE
ACC. - 1/8 2A NO/NC PRESSURE SWITCH, M8 CONNECTOR

120

High switching pressure

110
100
90
80

7
6

70

60

50
40

30

20
10
0

1
0
0

10

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100110120130140

bar
psi

Low switching pressure

ACCESSORIES
SECURITY KNOB

Code
9200703

NOTES

Description
ACC. SECURITY KNOB

NOTE: Pull outwards to remove the knob from the pressure switch on
the unit. Insert the security knob and regulate the pressure switch. Then
press the handle firmly to lock it in position. If the pressure switch
needs to be reset, remove the security knob by forcing it laterally with
a screwdriver.

3.1/75

ACCESSORIES
MOUNTING BRACKET FOR REG.

Code

Description

ELECTRIC CONNECTOR
FOR V3V-APR ELPN

COIL FOR APR and


V3V SOLENOID

Code

Description

9700101
9700102
9800101
9800102
9900101

ACC. M 40 1/8 12
ACC. M 40 1/8 04
ACC. M 50 1/8 12
ACC. M 50 1/8 04
ACC. M 63 1/4 12

Code

COIL FOR
V3V APR WITH CNOMO

Code

3.1/76

Code

Description

W0216001001
W0216001011
W0216001021
W0216001031

COIL 24 V CC
COIL 24V 50/60HZ
COIL 110V 50/60HZ
COIL 220V 50/60HZ

Code

Description

W0970520033 ACC. CONNECTOR


30 STD
W0970520034 ACC. CONNECTOR
30 LED 24V
W0970520035 ACC. CONNECTOR
30 LED 110V
W0970520036 ACC. CONNECTOR
30 LED 220V
W0970520037 ACC. CONNECTOR
30 LED VDR 24V
W0970520038 ACC. CONNECTOR
30 LED VDR 110V
W0970520039 ACC. CONNECTOR
30 LED VDR 220V
CONNECTOR KIT FOR SKILLAIR
CODE A

Description

W0210010100 COIL 30 D8
4W-24VDC
W0210011100 COIL 30 D8
4VA-24VAC 50/60 HZ
W0210012100 COIL 30 D8
4VA-110VAC 50/60 HZ
W0210013100 COIL 30 D8
4VA-220VAC 50/60 HZ

COIL FOR
CDV CDML LUBRICATOR

ELECTRIC CONNECTOR
FOR V3V APR WITH CNOMO

Description

W0215000101 Coil 22 8
BA 2W-24VDC
W0215000111 Coil 22 8
BA 3.5VA-24VAC
W0215000121 Coil 22 8
BA 3.5VA-110VAC
W0215000131 Coil 22 8
BA 3.5VA-220VAC

Description

W0970510011 ACC. CONNECTOR


STD
W0970510012 ACC. CONNECTOR
22 LED 24V
W0970510013 ACC. CONNECTOR
22 LED 110V
W0970510014 ACC. CONNECTOR
22 LED 220V
W0970510015 ACC. CONNECTOR
22 LED VDR 24V
W0970510016 ACC. CONNECTOR
22 LED VDR 110V
W0970510017 ACC. CONNECTOR
22 LED VDR 220V

9200701 SF100- BIT-ND1/4


9400701 SF200-ND-3/8 1/2
9400702 SF300

PRESSURE GAUGES

Code

INPUT/OUTPUT END PLATE KIT

Code

Description

9230301
9330301
9430301
9630301

ACC. CONNECTOR KIT 100


ACC. CONNECTOR KIT 200
ACC. CONNECTOR KIT 300
ACC. CONNECTOR KIT 400

Code

Description

9230401
9330501
9330601
9330701
9330801
9430701
9530901
9531001
9631001
9631101

ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 100 1/4


ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 100 3/8
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 200 1/4
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 200 3/8
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 200 1/2
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 300 1/2
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 300 3/4
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 300 1
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 400 1
ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 400
11/4
9631201 ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT
11/2
9631301 ACC. IN/OUT END PLATE KIT 2

KIT FOR COIL EEXM


FOR V3V-APR-LUB

Code

Description

0227606913

KIT FOR COIL 30


24 VDC EEXMT5
CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30
24 VDC EEXMT5
CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30
24 VAC EEXMT5
CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30
24 VAC EEXMT5
CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30
110 VAC EEXMT5
CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30
110 VAC EEXMT5
CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30
230 VAC EEXMT5
CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30
230 VAC EEXMT5
CABLE 5M

0227606915

0227608013
8.2

30

0227608015
9.2

29.5

0227608023

0227608025
14.4
66.5

12

0227608033

according to Atex 94/9 CE rule,


group 2, category 2 GD

0227608035

KIT COIL SIDE 22 IP65


FOR V3V-APR-LUB

Code

Description

0222100100

KIT FOR COILS 22 - IP65

Improved IP65 protection, even after


prolonged exposure to atmospheric
agents. Applicable to valves with a
technopolymer control.

NOTES

3.1/77

SPARES
FILTER BOWL

LUBRICATOR BOWL

FILTERING ELEMENTS

FILTERING/PURIFICATION
ELEMENTS

3.1/78

Code

Description

9253301
9255301
9353301
9355301
9453301
9453401
9653301
9653401

SPARES TF 100 RMSA


SPARES TF 100 SAC
SPARES TF 200 RMSA
SPARES TF 200 SAC
SPARES TF 300 RMSA
SPARES TF 300 RA
SPARES TF 400 RMSA
SPARES TF 400 RA

Code

Description

9253501
9202503
9202502
9202501
9353501
9302501
9302503
9302502
9453501
9202403
9202401
9202402
9653501
9653502
9653504
9653503

SPARES TL 100
SPARES TL 100 CA
SPARES TL 100 CD
SPARES TL 100 ML
SPARES TL 200
SPARES TL 200 CA
SPARES TL 200 CD
SPARES TL 200 ML
SPARES TL 300
SPARES TL 300 CA
SPARES TL 300 CD
SPARES TL 300 ML
SPARES TL 400
SPARES TL 400 CA
SPARES TL 400 CD
SPARES TL 400 ML

Code

Description

9251705
9251706
9251707
9351705
9351706
9351707
9451705
9451706
9451707
9651706
9651707
9651705

SPARES FP 100 5
SPARES FP 100 20
SPARES FP 100 50
SPARES FP 200 5
SPARES FP 200 20
SPARES FP 200 50
SPARES FP 300 5
SPARES FP 300 20
SPARES FP 300 50
SPARES FP 400 5
SPARES FP 400 20
SPARES FP 400 50

Code

Descrizione

9251711
9351711
9451711
9651711

SPARES FP DEP. 100


SPARES FP DEP. 200
SPARES FP DEP. 300
SPARES FP DEP. 400

VENTURI LUBRICATOR
DIAPHRAGM

Code

Description

9252001
9352001
9452001
9652601

SPARES MB 100 ND 1/4


SPARES MB 200 N/D 3/8-1/2
SPARES MB 300 1/2 3/4
SPARES MB 400

TRANSPARENT LUBRICATOR COVER Code

Description

9251302 SPARES CVL


100-200-300-400 BIT

SPRINGS FOR REDUCERS AND FRs

UPPER COVER FOR


REGULATOR AND FR

Code

Description

9250605
9250606
9250607
9250608
9350605
9350606
9350607
9350608
9450605
9450606
9450607
9450608

RIC.MO 100 02
RIC.MO 100 04
RIC.MO 100 08
RIC.MO 100 012
RIC.MO 200 02
RIC.MO 200 04
RIC.MO 200 08
RIC.MO 200 012
RIC.MO 300 04
RIC.MO 300 08
RIC.MO 300 012
RIC.MO 300 02

Code

Description

9250800
9250810
9250811
9250812
9350800
9350810
9350811
9350812
9450805
9450806
9450807
9450808

RIC.CS 100 02
RIC.CS 100 04
RIC.CS 100 08
RIC.CS 100 012
RIC.CS 200 02
RIC.CS 200 04
RIC.CS 200 08
RIC.CS 200 012
RIC.CS 300 04
RIC.CS 300 08
RIC.CS 300 012
RIC.CS 300 02

COMPLETE POPPET
FOR REGULATORS

Code

Description

9250704
9350704
9450704
9650704

SPARES OTR 100


SPARES OTR 200
SPARES OTR 300
SPARES OTR 400

POPPET DISASSEMBLY
SPANNER (FOR REG.)

Code

Description

9250902
9250903
9250904
9350902
9350903
9350904
9450902
9450903
9450904

SPARES OTFR 100 5


SPARES OTFR 100 20
SPARES OTFR 100 50
SPARES OTFR 200 5
SPARES OTFR 200 20
SPARES OTFR 200 50
SPARES OTFR 300 5
SPARES OTFR 300 20
SPARES OTFR 300 50

Description

9220501 SPARES R CAP DISASS.


WR. 100
9323501 SPARES R CAP DISASS.
WR. 200
9420501 SPARES R CAP DISASS.
WR. 300

POPPET DISASSEMBLY
SPANNER (FOR FR)

COMPLETE POPPET FOR FR

Code

Code

Description

9220801 SPARES FR CAP DISASS.


WR. 100
9320801 SPARES FR CAP DISASS.
WR. 200
9420801 SPARES FR CAP DISASS.
WR. 300

CAP DISASSEMBLY SPANNER

Code

Description

9220601 SPARES CAP DISASS. 100


9323601 SPARES CAP DISASS. 200
9420601 SPARES CAP DISASS. 300

UPPER COVER DISASSEMBLY


SPANNER

Code

Description

9220701 SPARES COVER SPANNER


PROVISION FOR SOLENOID CONTROL
TO CNOMO FOR APR-300 AND V3V 300

Code

Description

9454001 SPARES PCE TO CNOMO

REG and FR VISUAL DOME


DISASSEMBLY SPANNER

Code

Description

9220401 SPARES DOME


DIS. SPANNER 100
9323401 SPARES DOME
DIS. SPANNER 200
9420401 SPARES DOME
DIS. SPANNER 300

PROVISION FOR MICRO SOLENOID


CONTROL FOR APR-300 and V3V 300

Code

Description

9453601 SPARES PCE MICRO

3.1/01
3.1/79

PROVISION FOR PNEUMATIC CONTROL Code


FOR APR-300 and V3V 300

Description

INPUT/OUTPUT COVER PLATE

Code

Description

9453901
9453902
9453903
9453904

SPARES CEC CNOMO 24CC


SPARES CEC CNOMO 24V
SPARES CEC CNOMO 110V
SPARES CEC CNOMO 220V

INTERMEDIATE COVER PLATE

MICRO SOLENOID CONTROL


FOR APR-300 and V3V 300

Code

Description

9453801
9453802
9453803
9453804

SPARES CEM MICRO 24CC


SPARES CEM MICRO 24V
SPARES CEM MICRO 110V
SPARES CEM MICRO 220V

SK 200
Code

Code

Description

9152107 SPARES INTERMEDIATE


COVER PLATE 100
9152114 SPARES INTERMEDIATE
COVER PLATE 200
9152108 SPARES INTERMEDIATE
COVER PLATE 300
9152117 SPARES INTERMEDIATE
COVER PLATE 400

AUTODRAIN (RA)

V3V CONTROL 400

Description

9152103 SPARES OUTPUT


COVER PLATE 100
9152105 SPARES INPUT
COVER PLATE 100
9152115 SPARES OUTPUT
COVER PLATE 200
9152116 SPARES INPUT
COVER PLATE 200
9152104 SPARES OUTPUT
COVER PLATE 300
9152106 SPARES INPUT
COVER PLATE 300
9152118 SPARES OUTPUT
COVER PLATE 400
9152119 SPARES INPUT
COVER PLATE 400

9453701 SPARES PCP PNEUMATIC

CNOMO SOLENOID CONTROL


FOR APR-300 and V3V 300

Code

Code

SK 300-400

Description

Description

9000802 RIC. RA 300-400


9000805 RIC. RA 200-ONE

9455401 SPARES KIT C.C. 400

AUTODRAIN TAP (SAC)

Code

Description

9455601 SPARES KIT LOCKABLE 400


9000803 RIC. SAC 100-200

3.1/80

SUMMARY

CHAPTER 3.2

INTRODUCTION

PAGE 3.2/02

FILTER

PAGE 3.2/04

MICROREGULATOR

PAGE 3.2/06

LUBRICATOR

PAGE 3.2/08

FILTER-REGULATOR

PAGE 3.2/11

DEPURATOR

PAGE 3.2/13

AIR TAKE-OFF

PAGE 3.2/15

UNITS

PAGE 3.2/16

PRESSURE SWITCHES

PAGE 3.2/22

ACCESSORIES

PAGE 3.2/24

SPARES

PAGE 3.2/25

3.2/01

The units in the BIT range feature:


reduced dimensions
negligible load loss
long life
excellent quality-to-price ratio
Thanks to its technical features the BIT air treatment range
is particularly suitable for de-centralized use near the final
actuators.

TECHNICAL DATA

BIT 1/8

Threaded port
Degree of filtration
Degree of purification
Setting range
Max. inlet pressure

bar
MPa
bar
psi

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa 91 psi) P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi

C
F

Elements
Mounting
Compatibility with oils:

BIT 1/4

1/8
1/4
5m (yellow) 20m (white) 50m (blue)
99.97% a 0.01m
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
1.3
13
188
350 Nl/min=12 scfm
Compressed air
10-+50
14-122
Filter Regulator Lubricator Filter-regulator Depurator
Units: FRL, FR+L, F+L, F+D
By means of the bracket provided
please refer to page 6.1/08

GENERAL RULES - USE AND MAINTENANCE


1

MOUNTING THE GAUGE


1 The gauge must be mounted by hand
without using a spanner. Use fluid sealants
to provide a good seal.
N.B. Do not use Teflon.

SETTING THE PRESSURE


2 The air pressure must always be set
upwards. The knob can be locked so that
the set pressure cannot be altered (see fig.
2).

3.2/02

GENERAL RULES - USE AND MAINTENANCE

With the knob in the centre


position, the drain is semiautomatic. The drain operates
when the bowl is not pressurized
and closes when it is.

Press the button to drain


condensate when the bowl is
pressurized.

Turn the knob anticlockwise to


close the valve with bowl
pressurized or not pressurized.

To clean or replace the filter


element unscrew the screen of
the centrifuge assembly. Use a
no. 3 compass spanner to
unscrew the bowl.

ASSEMBLY
Use ASSEMBLY PLATES (code 9170201) to assemble the Bit
elements correctly.
Assembly procedure:
Fit the plates right into the slots under the body of the Bit element
Check that there O-rings round the threaded outlet
Assemble the elements, making sure that the flow run in the
direction of the arrows marked on the body.

3.2/03

FILTER
Mini-filter with different degrees of filtration and two types
of drain (semi-automatic, automatic).
Minimum load loss as the flow rate varies
All-round condensate level viewing.
The degree of filtration is shown by the colour of the
cartridge: yellow = 5m, white = 20m, blue = 50m.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa 91 psi) P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa 91 psi) P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Condensate drain
Bowl capacity

BIT 1/8
1/8
MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
Nl/min

C
F
gr

BIT 1/4

1/4
5m (giallo) 20m (white) 50m (blue)
1.3
13
188
860 Nl/min=30.5 scfm
1200 Nl/min=42.5 scfm
Compressed air
50
122
40
M4
Vertical
Manual/Semi-auto (RMSA)
Automatic (SAC)
16

cm3

BIT FILTER ELEMENTS


Technopolymer body with OT58 threaded element
Clear technopolymer bowl
Technopolymer baffle plug
Technopolymer centrifuge
Condensate drain (RMSA)
HDPE sintered filter cartridge
NBR gaskets

7
1

4
3
2
6

3.2/04

FLOW CHARTS
FIL
P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar

Flow rate

Chart referring to a filter with 1/4 ports

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.
A = 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi
D = 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi
B = 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
E = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
C = 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi

DIMENSIONS
40
31

KEY TO CODES
FIL

BIT

ELEMENT

SIZE

FIL

BIT

120

3
102

G 1/8-G 1/4

12

40

ORDERING CODES
1/8
THREADED
PORT

5 m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

1/8
1/4

5 m
20 m
50 m

RMSA
SAC

Code
5101001
5101004
5101002
5101005
5101003
5101006
5201001
5201004
5201002
5201005
5201003
5201006

Description
FIL BIT 1/8 5 RMSA
FIL BIT 1/8 5 SAC
FIL BIT 1/8 20 RMSA
FIL BIT 1/8 20 SAC
FIL BIT 1/8 50 RMSA
FIL BIT 1/8 50 SAC
FIL BIT 1/4 5 RMSA
FIL BIT 1/4 5 SAC
FIL BIT 1/4 20 RMSA
FIL BIT 1/4 20 SAC
FIL BIT 1/4 50 RMSA
FIL BIT 1/4 50 SAC

RMSA: Semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression requires variable air
take-offs.

3.2/05

MICRO-REGULATOR
Micro-regulator with rolling diaphragm.
Preset pressure stability as the upstream pressure varies.
High flow rates with reduced pressure drops
Quick overpressure exhaust
Versions available
Bit FC: controlled relief to allow greater accuracy in
regulation by means of slight continuous air relief.
Bit for water: used to regulate the pressure in water
circuits; without blowoff valve
Bit SR: for use when the downstream circuit needs to be
relieved quickly as the upstream pressure drops. Mount the
SR regulator between the power supply valve and the point
of use.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 Mpa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Gauge port
Notes:

MR BIT 1/8

MR BIT 1/4

1/8

MPa
bar
psi

C
F
gr

1/4
0 to 2 - 0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
1.3
13
188
340 Nl/min = 12 scfm
600 Nl/min = 21 scfm
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
50
122
80
M4
In any position
G 1/8
The regulator pressure must always be set upwards.
For increased sensitivity, use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure
as close as possible to the required value.

COMPONENTS
Technopolymer body with OT58 threaded elements
Technopolymer bell
Technopolymer fixing ring nut
Technopolymer knob
Rolling diaphragm
Technopolymer plug
Technopolymer anti-vibration screen
NBR relieving gasket
OT58 brass adjusting screws
OT58 valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
OT58 brass nut
Steel adjusting spring
Stainless steel valve compression spring
NBR gaskets

9
11
12

8
7
1
10

13
14

3.2/06

FLOW CHARTS
MR
Pm = 0,7 MPa; 7 bar; 102 psi
Inlet pressure
psi MPa bar

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.
Flow rate

DIMENSIONS
40
30x1.5

40

12

35

77

G 1/8-G 1/4

31

KEY TO CODES

ORDERING CODES

MR

BIT

FC

ELEMENT

SIZE

VERSION

MR

BIT
BIT
BIT
BIT

FC
SR

MRA

(for WATER)

FC: Controlled relief


SR:
Quickly relieved
MRA: Without relief (for water)

1/8
THREADED
PORT

02
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

1/8
1/4

02
04
08
012

Code
Description
MICROREGULATOR (MR)
5107001 MR BIT 1/8 02
5107002 MR BIT 1/8 04
5107003 MR BIT 1/8 08
5107004 MR BIT 1/8 012
5207001 MR BIT 1/4 02
5207002 MR BIT 1/4 04
5207003 MR BIT 1/4 08
5207004 MR BIT 1/4 012
MICROREGULATOR WITH
CONTROLLED RELIEF
5111001 MR BIT FC 1/8 02
5111002 MR BIT FC 1/8 04
5211001 MR BIT FC 1/4 02
5211002 MR BIT FC 1/4 04

Code
Description
MICROREGULATOR WITH QUICK RELIEF
5102001 MR BIT SR 1/8 02
5102002 MR BIT SR 1/8 04
5102003 MR BIT SR 1/8 08
5102004 MR BIT SR 1/8 012
5202001 MR BIT SR 1/4 02
5202002 MR BIT SR 1/4 04
5202003 MR BIT SR 1/4 08
5202004 MR BIT SR 1/4 012
WATER MICROREGULATOR
5108001 MRA BIT 1/8 02
5108002 MRA BIT 1/8 04
5108003 MRA BIT 1/8 08
5108004 MRA BIT 1/8 012
5208001 MRA BIT 1/4 02
5208002 MRA BIT 1/4 04
5208003 MRA BIT 1/4 08
5208004 MRA BIT 1/4 012

3.2/07

LUBRICATOR
Mini-lubricator with high lubrication stability.
Quantity of lubricant proportioned to air flow
Activates at low flow rates
Micrometric regulation of lubricant flow
All-round oil level viewing

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Type of lubrication
Bowl capacity
Lubricator version
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 Mpa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position

LUB BIT 1/8

LUB BIT 1/4

1/8

1/4
Oil mist
26.5
Manual filling with the bowl disassembled
1.3
13
188
400 Nl/min = 14 scfm
710 Nl/min = 25 scfm
Filtered compressed air
50
122
40
M4
Vertical

cm3
MPa
bar
psi

C
F
gr

COMPONENTS
Technopolymer body with OT58 threaded elements
Clear technopolymer bowl
Rilsan oil suction pipe
Filter
Technopolymer plug
Oil flow adjustment regulation needle made of OT58 brass
Clear technopolymer cover
NBR Venturi diaphragm
NBR gaskets

6
7

1
9
3
2
4
5

3.2/08

GENERAL RULES - USE AND MAINTENANCE


Use a no. 3 compass spanner to unscrew
the bowl.
Fit the lubricator as close as possible to
the point of use
Fill the bowl with oil before pressurizing
the system
Do not use cleaning oil, brake fluid or
solvents in general
For correct lubrication, set the drip rate
to approximately 1 drop every 300-600 Nl
via the adjusting screw.
Recommended lubricants:
ISO and UNI FD22
E.g. Energol HLP 22(BP) Spinesso 22
(Esso) - Mobil DTE 22 (Mobil) Tellus Oil
22 (Shell).

REGULATING LUBRICATION

FILLING THE BOWL WITH OIL

FLOW CHARTS
P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar

LUB

Flow rate

Pm
psi MPa bar

LUB 1/8-1/4

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.
A = 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi
D = 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi
B = 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
E = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
C = 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi

MINIMUM OPERATION FLOW CHARTS


Minimum flow tests were performed in compliance
with ISO/DP 6301/2.
Flow rate

3.1/01
3.2/09

DIMENSIONS

ORDERING CODES

3.2/10

G 1/8-G 1/4

78

135

122

NOTES

Code
5103001
5203001

40
31

40

NOTES

Description
LUB BIT 1/8
LUB BIT 1/4

FILTER REGULATOR
Filter regulator with rolling diaphragm.
High flow rate with reduced pressure drop
Excellent degree of condensate separation
Semi-automatic or automatic drain
All-round condensate level viewing
The degree of filtration is shown by the colour of the
cartridge: yellow = 5m, white = 20m, blue = 50m.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Gauge port
Bowl capacity
Condensate drain
Notes:

FR BIT 1/8

FR BIT 1/4

1/8

MPa
bar
psi

C
F
gr

cm3

1/4
0 to 2 - 0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
5m (yellow) 20m (white) 50m (blue)
1.3
13
188
290 Nl/min = 10 scfm
600 Nl/min = 21 scfm
Compressed air
50
122
110
M4
Vertical
G 1/8
16
Manual/semi-automatic (RMSA)
Automatic (SAC)
The regulator pressure must always be set upwards. For increased sensitivity, use a pressure
regulator with a rated pressure as close as possible to the required value.

COMPONENTS
Technopolymer body with OT58 threaded elements
Clear technopolymer bowl
Technopolymer knob
Technopolymer dell
Technopolymer fixing ring nut
OT58 brass nut
OT58 brass adjusting screw
Steel adjusting spring
NBR relieving gasket
Rolling diaphragm
OT58 valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
Stainless steel valve compression spring
Technopolymer centrifuge
Technopolymer baffle plug
Sintered HDPE filter cartridge
Condensate drain (RMSA)
NBR gaskets

10
1

13

11

14

17

15

12

16

3.2/11

FLOW CHARTS
FR
Pm = 0,7 MPa; 7 bar; 102 psi
Inlet pressure
psi MPa bar

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.
Flow rate

DIMENSIONS

KEY TO CODES
FR

156

BIT

ELEMENT

SIZE

FR

BIT

1/8
THREADED
PORT

5m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

1/8
1/4

5m
20m
50m

02
SETTING
RANGE
02
04
08
012

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN
RMSA
SAC

174

113

90

G1/8-G1/4

40
31

40
30x1.5

RMSA: Semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression requires variable air
take-offs.

ORDERING CODES
Code
5105001
5105013
5105002
5105014
5105003
5105015
5105004
5105016
5105005
5105017
5105006
5105018
5105007
5105019
5105008
5105020
5105009
5105021
5105010

3.2/12

Description
FR BIT 1/8 5 02 RMSA
FR BIT 1/8 5 02 SAC
FR BIT 1/8 20 02 RMSA
FR BIT 1/8 20 02 SAC
FR BIT 1/8 50 02 RMSA
FR BIT 1/8 50 02 SAC
FR BIT 1/8 5 04 RMSA
FR BIT 1/8 5 04 SAC
FR BIT 1/8 20 04 RMSA
FR BIT 1/8 20 04 SAC
FR BIT 1/8 50 04 RMSA
FR BIT 1/8 50 04 SAC
FR BIT 1/8 5 08 RMSA
FR BIT 1/8 5 08 SAC
FR BIT 1/8 20 08 RMSA
FR BIT 1/8 20 08 SAC
FR BIT 1/8 50 08 RMSA
FR BIT 1/8 50 08 SAC
FR BIT 1/8 5 012 RMSA

Code
5105022
5105011
5105023
5105012
5105024
5205001
5205013
5205002
5205014
5205003
5205015
5205004
5205016
5205005
5205017
5205006
5205018
5205007
5205019

Description
FR BIT 1/8 5 012 SAC
FR BIT 1/8 20 012 RMSA
FR BIT 1/8 20 012 SAC
FR BIT 1/8 50 012 RMSA
FR BIT 1/8 50 012 SAC
FR BIT 1/4 5 02 RMSA
FR BIT 1/4 5 02 SAC
FR BIT 1/4 20 02 RMSA
FR BIT 1/4 20 02 SAC
FR BIT 1/4 50 02 RMSA
FR BIT 1/4 50 02 SAC
FR BIT 1/4 5 04 RMSA
FR BIT 1/4 5 04 SAC
FR BIT 1/4 20 04 RMSA
FR BIT 1/4 20 04 SAC
FR BIT 1/4 50 04 RMSA
FR BIT 1/4 50 04 SAC
FR BIT 1/4 5 08 RMSA
FR BIT 1/4 5 08 SAC

Code
5205008
5205020
5205009
5205021
5205010
5205022
5205011
5205023
5205012
5205024

Description
FR BIT 1/4 20 08 RMSA
FR BIT 1/4 20 08 SAC
FR BIT 1/4 50 08 RMSA
FR BIT 1/4 50 08 SAC
FR BIT 1/4 5 012 RMSA
FR BIT 1/4 5 012 SAC
FR BIT 1/4 20 012 RMSA
FR BIT 1/4 20 012 SAC
FR BIT 1/4 50 012 RMSA
FR BIT 1/4 50 012 SAC

DEPURATOR
Coalescing mini-depurator
Space saving
Minimum load loss as the flow rate varies
All-round condensate level viewing

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

DEP BIT 1/8


1/8
MPa
bar
psi

Maximum suggested flow rate


Suggested flow at 6 bar
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Condensate drain
Bowl capacity
Notes:

DEP BIT 1/4

C
F
gr

cm3

1/4
99.97% 0,01m
1.3
13
188
please look at the flow rate curves at page 3.2/14

200 Nl/min = 7 scfm


Filtered 5m compressed air
50
122
65
M4
Vertical
Manual/semi-automatic (RMSA) - Automatic (SAC)
16
A It is advisable to mount a 5m filter upstream the depurator acting as a rough filter.

USE AND MAINTENANCE


When replacing the coalescing cartridge, unscrew the bowl and
then unscrew the screen of the cartridge assembly. Then replace
the cartridge. Use a no. 3 compass spanner to unscrew the bowl.

3.2/13

FLOW CHARTS
DEP
P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar

E
H

Flow rate

H = Maximum recommended flow for optimal operation

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.
A = 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi
D = 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi
B = 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
E = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
C = 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi

DIMENSIONS
40
31

KEY TO CODES

3.2/14

DED

BIT

ELEMENT

SIZE

DED

BIT

ORDERING CODES
1/8
THREADED
PORT

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

1/8
1/4

RMSA

Code
5112001
5212001

Description
DEP BIT 1/8 RMSA
DEP BIT 1/4 RMSA

120

102

G 1/8-G 1/4

12

40

TAKE-OFF
The air take-off takes air from the SKILLAIR FRL unit
irrespective of the assembly position.
It is necessary when air needs to be taken from the FRL
unit at any stage of the treatment (normal, filtered, regulated,
lubricated, etc.).

TECHNICAL DATA

PA

Maximum operating pressure

1.3
13
188
50
122

MPa
bar
psi
Maximum working temperature at C
at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
F

CONNECTION DIAGRAMS AND APPLICATION

Mounting the air take-off at the inlet: only use two screws and
the O-rings supplied in the PA kit.

DIMENSIONS

Mounting the air take-off at the outlet: only use two screws and
the O-rings supplied in the PA kit. Seal is provided by the contact
between O-rings.

ORDERING CODES
Code
9100401

Description
PA 1/8 - 1/4 BIT

35

G 1/8-G 1/4

3.5

31
40

G 1/8

3.2/15

FIL+REG+LUB
Complete mini-FRL unit with rolling diaphragm.
High flow rates with reduced pressure drop
Excellent degree of condensate separation
Quantity of lubricant proportioned to air flow
Activates at low flow rates

TECHNICAL DATA

F+R+L BIT 1/8


1/8

Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Type of lubrication
Max. inlet pressure

1/4
0 to 2 - 0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
5m (yellow) 20m (white) 50m (blue)
Oil mist
1.3
13
188
150 Nl/min = 5.3 scfm
280 Nl/min = 10 scfm
Compressed air
50
122
160
M4
Verticale
G1/8
See chapters regarding individual elements

MPa
bar
psi

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi

C
F
gr

Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Gauge port
Notes

DIMENSIONS
40

156

120

G 1/8 - G1/4

3.2/16

F+R+L BIT 1/4

KEY TO CODES
FRL

BIT

ELEMENT

SIZE

FRL

BIT

1/8
THREADED
PORT

5m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

02
SETTING
RANGE

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

1/8
1/4

5m
20m
50m

02
04
08
012

RMSA
SAC

ORDERING CODES
Code
5104001
5104013
5104004
5104016
5104007
5104019
5104010
5104022
5104002
5104014
5104005
5104017
5104008
5104020
5104011
5104023
5104003
5104015
5104006
5104018
5104009
5104021
5104012
5104024

Description
FRL BIT 1/8 5 02 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/8 5 02 SAC
FRL BIT 1/8 5 04 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/8 5 04 SAC
FRL BIT 1/8 5 08 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/8 5 08 SAC
FRL BIT 1/8 5 012 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/8 5 012 SAC
FRL BIT 1/8 20 02 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/8 20 02 SAC
FRL BIT 1/8 20 04 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/8 20 04 SAC
FRL BIT 1/8 20 08 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/8 20 08 SAC
FRL BIT 1/8 20 012 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/8 20 012 SAC
FRL BIT 1/8 50 02 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/8 50 02 SAC
FRL BIT 1/8 50 04 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/8 50 04 SAC
FRL BIT 1/8 50 08 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/8 50 08 SAC
FRL BIT 1/8 50 012 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/8 50 012 SAC

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression requires variable air take-offs.

NOTES
Code
5204001
5204013
5204004
5204016
5204007
5204019
5204010
5204022
5204002
5204014
5204005
5204017
5204008
5204020
5204011
5204023
5204003
5204015
5204006
5204018
5204009
5204021
5204012
5204024

Description
FRL BIT 1/4 5 02 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/4 5 02 SAC
FRL BIT 1/4 5 04 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/4 5 04 SAC
FRL BIT 1/4 5 08 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/4 5 08 SAC
FRL BIT 1/4 5 012 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/4 5 012 SAC
FRL BIT 1/4 20 02 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/4 20 02 SAC
FRL BIT 1/4 20 04 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/4 20 04 SAC
FRL BIT 1/4 20 08 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/4 20 08 SAC
FRL BIT 1/4 20 012 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/4 20 012 SAC
FRL BIT 1/4 50 02 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/4 50 02 SAC
FRL BIT 1/4 50 04 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/4 50 04 SAC
FRL BIT 1/4 50 08 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/4 50 08 SAC
FRL BIT 1/4 50 012 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/4 50 012 SAC

3.2/17

FR+LUB
Compact FR+L unit with rolling diaphragm.
High flow rates with reduced pressure drop
Excellent degree of condensate separation
Quantity of lubricant proportioned to air flow
Activates at low flow rates

TECHNICAL DATA

FR+L BIT 1/8


1/8

Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Type of lubrication
Max. inlet pressure

1/4
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
5m (yellow) 20m (white) 50m (blue)
Oil mist
1.3
13
188
140 Nl/min = 5 scfm
260 Nl/min = 9.2 scfm
Compressed air
50
122
170
M4
Vertical
G 1/8
See chapters regarding individual elements

MPa
bar
psi

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi

C
F
gr

Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Gauge port
Notes

DIMENSIONS
40

156

80

G 1/8 - G1/4

3.2/18

FR+L BIT 1/4

KEY TO CODES
FR+L

BIT

ELEMENT

SIZE

FR+L

BIT

1/8
THREADED
PORT

5m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

02
SETTING
RANGE

RMSA
CONSENDATE
DRAIN

1/8
1/4

5m
20m
50m

02
04
08
012

RMSA
SAC

NOTES

ORDERING CODES
Code
5106001
5106013
5106004
5106016
5106007
5106019
5106010
5106022
5106002
5106014
5106005
5106017
5106008
5106020
5106011
5106023
5106003
5106015
5106006
5106018
5106009
5106021
5106012
5106024

Description
FR+L BIT 1/8 5 02 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/8 5 02 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/8 5 04 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/8 5 04 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/8 5 08 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/8 5 08 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/8 5 012 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/8 5 012 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/8 20 02 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/8 20 02 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/8 20 04 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/8 20 04 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/8 20 08 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/8 20 08 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/8 20 012 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/8 20 012 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/8 50 02 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/8 50 02 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/8 50 04 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/8 50 04 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/8 50 08 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/8 50 08 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/8 50 012 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/8 50 012 SAC

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression requires variable air take-offs.

Code
5206001
5206013
5206004
5206016
5206007
5206019
5206010
5206022
5206002
5206014
5206005
5206017
5206008
5206020
5206011
5206023
5206003
5206015
5206006
5206018
5206009
5206021
5206012
5206024

Description
FR+L BIT 1/4 5 02 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/4 5 02 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/4 5 04 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/4 5 04 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/4 5 08 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/4 5 08 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/4 5 012 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/4 5 012 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/4 20 02 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/4 20 02 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/4 20 04 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/4 20 04 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/4 20 08 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/4 20 08 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/4 20 012 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/4 20 012 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/4 50 02 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/4 50 02 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/4 50 04 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/4 50 04 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/4 50 08 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/4 50 08 SAC
FR+L BIT 1/4 50 012 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/4 50 012 SAC

3.1/01
3.2/19

FIL+DEP
Compact filter + depurator unit for fine filtering followed
by purification by coalescence.
All-round condensate level viewing
Condensate drainage - manual/semi-auto (RMSA) or
automatic (SAC) on the filter
5 mm filter element.

TECHNICAL DATA

F+D BIT 1/8

MPa
bar
psi

Maximum suggested flow rate


Fluid
Max temperature
at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Mounting position
Condensate drain

C
F
gr

Notes

DIMENSIONS

1/8
1/4
5 filter 99.97% depurator at 0.01 m
1.3
13
188
please look at the flow rate curves
at page 3.2/14
Compressed air
50
122
110
Vertical
Manual Semi-auto (RMSA) Automatic (SAC)
See chapters regarding individual elements

80

G 1/8 - G1/4

FIL

KEY TO CODES
F+D

BIT

ELEMENT

SIZE

F+D

BIT

5m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

1/8
1/4

5m

RMSA
SAC

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression requires variable air
take-offs.

3.2/20

DEP

ORDERING CODES
1/4
THREADED
PORT

40

102

Threaded port
Degree of purification
Max. inlet pressure

F+D BIT 1/4

Code
5114001
5114002
5214001
5214002

Description
F+D BIT 1/8 5 RMSA-RMSA
F+D BIT 1/8 5 SAC-RMSA
F+D BIT 1/4 5 RMSA-RMSA
F+D BIT 1/4 5 SAC-RMSA

FIL+LUB
Compact filter + lubricator unit with different degrees of
filtration and high lubrication stability.
Excellent degree of condensate separation
Semi-automatic and automatic condensate drainage
Lubrication activates at low flow rates
All-round oil and condensate level viewing

TECHNICAL DATA

F+L BIT 1/8

MPa
bar
psi
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 MPa-87 psi) Nl/min
P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
scfm
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 MPa-87 psi) Nl/min
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
scfm
Fluid
Max temperature
C
at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
F
Weight
gr
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Notes

DIMENSIONS

1/8
1/4
5m (yellow) 20m (white) 50m (blue)
1.3
13
188
300
10.6
600
21.2
Compressed air
50
122
90
M4
Vertical
See chapters regarding individual elements

80

40

3
134

Threaded port
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

F+L BIT 1/4

G 1/8 - G1/4

KEY TO CODES
F+L

BIT

ELEMENT

SIZE

F+L

BIT

ORDERING CODES
1/8
THREADED
PORT

5m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

1/8
1/4

5m
20m
50m

RMSA
SAC

Code
5113001
5113004
5113002
5113005
5113003
5113006
5213001
5213004
5213002
5213005
5213003
5213006

Description
F+L BIT 1/8 5 RMSA
F+L BIT 1/8 5 SAC
F+L BIT 1/8 20 RMSA
F+L BIT 1/8 20 SAC
F+L BIT 1/8 50 RMSA
F+L BIT 1/8 50 SAC
F+L BIT 1/4 5 RMSA
F+L BIT 1/4 5 SAC
F+L BIT 1/4 20 RMSA
F+L BIT 1/4 20 SAC
F+L BIT 1/4 50 RMSA
F+L BIT 1/4 50 SAC

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression requires variable air
take-offs.

3.2/21

ACCESSOIRE
PRESSURE SWITCHES
This type of pressure switch features a high degree of
miniaturisation and a modern attractive design.
It can be installed in any position and also mounted onto
a wall by means of two transversal holes.
In order to reduce wiring times, it is supplied ready assembled with a 2-metre electric cable or an M8 connector with
a 300-mm cable.
The contact is the switching type, which means it can be
normally open or normally closed.
A knurled push-lock handle is provided for regulation

TECHNICAL DATA
Adjustable pressure interval
Hysteresis (not adjustable)
Maximum pressure

Operating temperature range at: 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi


Lower threaded port
Maximum current
Maximum voltage
Outside diameter of cable
Number of wires and cross section
Contacts
Protection
Number of switchings
Fluid
Mounting position
Weight

bar
bar
bar
MPa
psi
C
F
A
V
mm

Kg

0.5 10
from 0.4 to 0.8 (See diagram)
15
1.5
217
50
122
R 1/8
2
250
4.9
3x0.5 mm2
Normally-Open (NO) and Normally-Closed (NC)
IP65
5x106
Filtered lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
In any position
0.121

COMPONENTS
 Technopolymer adjusting push-lock handle
 Brass adjusting screw
 Steel piston spring
 Brass piston
 NBR gasket
 Body made of anodized aluminium
 Technopolymer pressure switch body
Resin finish for IP65

Electrical contact
Choke to reduce peaks in pressure

1
2

7
4

10
3.2/22

WIRING DIAGRAM

DIMENSIONS

BLACK

NC

BROWN

57

4.9

VERSION WITH CABLE

BLUE
foro x M3

20.5

R 1/8

VERSION WITH M8 CONNECTOR

13.4

16

24

29.2

M8

4
1

~300 mm

HYSTERESIS GRAPH
psi

bar

140

10

130

NO

~2 m

1 - 3 NO
1 - 4 NC

ORDERING CODES
Code
9000401
9000402

Description
ACC. - 1/8 2A NO/NC PRESSURE SWITCH, 2-METRE CABLE
ACC. - 1/8 2A NO/NC PRESSURE SWITCH, M8 CONNECTOR

120

High switching pressure

110
100
90
80

7
6

70

60

50
40

30

20
10
0

1
0
0

10

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100110120130140

bar
psi

Low switching pressure

ACCESSORIES
SECURITY KNOB

Code
9200703

NOTES

Description
ACC. SECURITY KNOB

NOTE: Pull outwards to remove the knob from the pressure switch on
the unit. Insert the security knob and regulate the pressure switch. Then
press the handle firmly to lock it in position. If the pressure switch
needs to be reset, remove the security knob by forcing it laterally with
a screwdriver.

3.1/75

ACCESSORIES
Code

PRESSURE GAUGE

Description

DOME DISASSEMBLY SPANNER

9700102 ACC.M 40 1/8 04


9700101 ACC.M 40 1/8 12

Code

R/FR FIXING BRACKET

Description

Code

Description

COVER DISASSEMBLY SPANNER

9170301 ACC SF 1/8 - 1/4 BIT

4.2

7.5

3.2/24

Description

Code

Description

9170401 ACC CS CS BIT

REDUCER PLUG
DISASSEMBLY SPANNER

9170201 ACC PA 1/8 - 1/4 BIT

WALL MOUNTING BRACKET (PAIR) Code

Description

9220701 ACC COVER LUB SPANNER

9200701 ACC. SF100 - BIT - ND 1/4

ASSEMBLY PLATE (PAIR)

Code

Code

Description

9170501 ACC CS OTR BIT

BOWL DISASSEMBLY SPANNER

Code

Description

9170601 ACC CS TF - TL BIT

SPARE PARTS
UPPER COVER FOR MR

UPPER COVER FOR MR FC

Code

Description

9250805
9250806
9250807
9250808

SPARES CS 1/8 1/4 BIT 02


SPARES CS 1/8 1/4 BIT 04
SPARES CS 1/8 1/4 BIT 08
SPARES CS 1/8 1/4 BIT 012

Code

Description

COMPLETE POPPET
FOR MR AND MRA

Code

Description

9250705 SPARES POPPET FOR MR


9250706 SPARES POPPET FOR MR-SR
(RAPID DRAIN)
9250708 SPARE POPPET FOR MRA

FILTER AND FILTER-REGULATOR


BOWL

9250817 SPARES CS FC 1/8 1/4 BIT 02


9250818 SPARES CS FC 1/8 1/4 BIT 04

Code

Description

9255001 SPARES TF 1/8 1/4 BIT RMSA


9255101 SPARES TF 1/8 1/4 BIT SAC

UPPER COVER FOR MRA

Code

Description

9250809
9250814
9250815
9250816

CSA 1/8 - 1/4 BIT 02


CSA 1/8 - 1/4 BIT 04
CSA 1/8 - 1/4 BIT 08
CSA 1/8 - 1/4 BIT 012

AUTOMATIC DRAIN

Code

Description

9000803 SPARES SAC BIT

3.2/25

LUBRICATOR BOWL

Code

Description

COMPLETE POPPET FOR FR

9251402 SPARES TL 1/8 1/4 BIT

FILTER ELEMENT

Code

Description

Code

Description

9251712 SPARES FP DEP. 1/8 1/4 BIT

3.2/26

Description

9250905 SPARES OTFR 1/8 1/4 BIT 5


9250906 SPARES OTFR 1/8 1/4 BIT 20
9250907 SPARES OTFR 1/8 1/4 BIT 50

TRANSPARENT LUBRICATOR COVER Code

9251708 SPARES FP 1/8-1/4 BIT 5


(YELLOW)
9251709 SPARES FP 1/8-1/4 BIT 20
(WHITE)
9251710 SPARES FP 1/8-1/4 BIT 50
(BLUE)

DEPURATOR FILTER ELEMENT

Code

Description

9251302 SPARES CVL


100-200-300-400 BIT

SPRING FOR MR AND FR

Code

Description

9250610
9250611
9250612
9250613

SPARES MO 02 BIT
SPARES MO 04 BIT
SPARES MO 08 BIT
SPARES MO 012 BIT

SUMMARY

CHAPTER 3.3

INTRODUCTION

PAGE 3.3/02

FILTER

PAGE 3.3/04

REGULATOR

PAGE 3.3/07

PILOT-ASSISTED REGULATOR

PAGE 3.3/10

REGULATOR 3/4 AND 1 REGULATOR WITH V3V

PAGE 3.3/11

NEWTRONIC ELECTRIC REGULATOR

PAGE 3.3/15

FILTER REGULATOR

PAGE 3.3/17

LUBRICATOR

PAGE 3.3/20

DEPURATOR

PAGE 3.3/23

CIRCUIT SHUT-OFF VALVE

PAGE 3.3/25

V3V 3/4 AND 1 CIRCUIT SHUT-OFF VALVE

PAGE 3.3/27

AIR TAKE-OFF

PAGE 3.3/29

SUB-BASE

PAGE 3.3/30

AUTOMATIC CONDENSATE DRAIN

PAGE 3.3/31

UNITS

PAGE 3.3/32

PRESSURE SWITCHES

PAGE 3.3/46

ACCESSORIES

PAGE 3.3/48

SPARE PARTS

PAGE 3.3/51

3.3/01

Newdeal is the forerunner of all air treatment units by Metal


Work.
The entire range is top quality, heavy-duty and reliable.
These units are designed for use at high pressures* and in
applications where the temperature and quality of the
ambient area are critical.
*For further details, refer to the Specification for the item in question.
N.B.: Compatibility with oils: please refer to page 6.1/08

GENERAL RULES - USE AND MAINTENANCE


1

1 The knob can be locked so that the set


pressure cannot be altered.

2 The air pressure must always be set


upwards.

With the knob in the centre


position, the drain is semiautomatic. The drain operates
when the bowl is not pressurized
and closes when it is.

3.3/02

Press the button to drain


condensate when the bowl is
pressurized.

Turn the knob anticlockwise to


close the valve with bowl
pressurized or not pressurized.

To clean or replace the filter


element unscrew the screen of
the centrifuge assembly. Use a
no. 3 compass spanner to
unscrew the bowl.

WALL MOUNTING

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM

ASSEMBLY TIE RODS

Elements that can


be assembled
F/L+R/FR
V3V+R/FR
V3V+F/L+R/FR
F/L/D+F/L/D

Type
A
A
A
B

1/4
3/8-1/2
3/4-1
Code
Ref.
Type Code
Ref.
Type Code
Ref.
9250001 CVA 1/4 4x40 A 9450001 CVA 1/2 5x55 A 9650001 CVA 1 6x70
9250001 CVA 1/4 4x40 A 9450002 CVA 1/2 5x60
9250002 CVA 1/4 4x82 A 9450003 CVA 1/2 5x120
9200901 F+L T 1/4
B 9400901 F+L T 3/8-1/2 B 9600901 F+L T 3/4-1

3.1/01
3.3/03

FILTER
Filter with different impurity filtration degrees.
Metal bowl with external viewing
Semi-automatic and condensate drainage

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Drain
Bowl capacity
Note on use

FIL. ND 1/4
1/4
MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

cm3

1300
46
1720
61

FIL. ND 3/8

FIL. ND 1/2

3/8
4m 20m 50m
1.8
18
261
3100
110
4100
146

1/2

FIL. ND 3/4

FIL. ND 1

3/4
1
4m; 20m; 50m
1.8
18
261
9100
324
11000
391

Compressed air
50
122
0.4
M4x40

0.9
M4x55

1.2
M6x75

Vertical
Manual - Semi-auto
Manual - Semi-auto
Automatic (SAC o RA)
Automatic (RA)
10
45
170
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

COMPONENTS
Zamak body
Aluminium bowl
Technopolymer centrifuge
Technopolymer baffle plug
Technopolymer screen
Clear technopolymer bowl
Drain (RMSA)
Sintered bronze filter cartridge
NBR gaskets

3
4
8

5
2
6
7

3.3/04

FLOW CHARTS
FIL 1/4
P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar

Flow rate

FIL 3/8 - 1/2

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.
(A) = 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi
(D) = 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi
(B) = 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
(E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi
FIL 3/4 - 1
P=(Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar

P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar

50 0.5

45
6

40 0.4

5 35
4

30 0.3
25

20 0.2

2 15
10 0.1
1
5
0

2000
0

Flow rate

50

100

4000
150

6000
200

8000
250

300

10000
350

12000
400

Nl/min

450 scfm
Portata
Flow
rate

DIMENSIONS

G 1/4

A
B
C
D
E
G
H
L
M

42
142
42
42
32
10
21
M4 hole
185

G 1/2
60
180
60
60
46
14
30
M4 hole
230

G 3/4

G 1
80
235
80
80
66
22
40
M6 hole
325

L
G

D
E

G 3/8

3.3/05

KEY TO CODES
FIL
ELEMENT
FIL

1/4
THREADED
PORT

4m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

RMSA
TYPE OF CONDENSATE DRAIN

1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1

4m
20m
50m

RMSA - SAC
RMSA - SAC - RA

ORDERING CODES
Code
1221005
1221013
1221006
1221014
1221008
1221016
1321005
1321009
1321013
1321006
1321010
1321014
1321008
1321012
1321016
1421005
1421009
1421013
1421006
1421010
1421014
1421008
1421012
1421016
1521005
1521009
1521006
1521010
1521008
1521012
1621005
1621009
1621006
1621010
1621008
1621012

3.3/06

Description
FIL 1/4 4 RMSA TMV
FIL 1/4 4 SAC TMV
FIL 1/4 20 RMSA TMV
FIL 1/4 20 SAC TMV
FIL 1/4 50 RMSA TMV
FIL 1/4 50 SAC TMV
FIL 3/8 4 RMSA TMV
FIL 3/8 4 RA TMV
FIL 3/8 4 SAC TMV
FIL 3/8 20 RMSA TMV
FIL 3/8 20 RA TMV
FIL 3/8 20 SAC TMV
FIL 3/8 50 RMSA TMV
FIL 3/8 50 RA TMV
FIL 3/8 50 SAC TMV
FIL 1/2 4 RMSA TMV
FIL 1/2 4 RA TMV
FIL 1/2 4 SAC TMV
FIL 1/2 20 RMSA TMV
FIL 1/2 20 RA TMV
FIL 1/2 20 SAC TMV
FIL 1/2 50 RMSA TMV
FIL 1/2 50 RA TMV
FIL 1/2 50 SAC TMV
FIL 3/4 4 RMSA TMV
FIL 3/4 4 RA TMV
FIL 3/4 20 RMSA TMV
FIL 3/4 20 RA TMV
FIL 3/4 50 RMSA TMV
FIL 3/4 50 RA TMV
FIL 1 4 RMSA TMV
FIL 1 4 RA TMV
FIL 1 20 RMSA TMV
FIL 1 20 RA TMV
FIL 1 50 RMSA TMV
FIL 1 50 RA TMV

RMSA
RA

NOTES

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression requires variable air take-offs.
RA:
Automatic drain. Float-type operation
irrespective of the pressure and flow
rate.

REGULATOR
Highly reliable, heavy-duty piston-operated regulator.
Stability of the set pressure as the upstream pressure
varies
Standard overpressure blowoff valve
Can be fixed to the wall using the holes is the sides of
the body.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Gauge port
Notes:

REG. ND 1/4

REG. ND 3/8

1/4

3/8

REG. ND 1/2

REG. ND 3/4

REG. ND 1

1/2
3/4
1
0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
1.8
18
261
200
1100
2500
7
39
89
650
2500
4500
23
89
160
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
C
50
F
122
Kg
0.3
0.8
1.5
M4x40
M4x55
M6x75
In any position
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/8
1/4
1/4
The regulator pressure must always be set upwards. For increased sensitivity, use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure
as close as possible to the required value. Do not take off air from gauge ports.

bar
MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm

COMPONENTS
Zamak body
Technopolymer bell
Technopolymer knob
Technopolymer piston rod
Technopolymer plug
OT58 brass adjusting screw
OT58 brass nut
Ring nut : technopolymer (ND 1/4-3/8-1/2)
brass (ND 3/4-1)
OT brass rod
Valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
NBR lip seal
NBR relieving seal
Steel adjusting spring
Steel valve compression spring
NBR gaskets

7
13
2

11
12
1

15

9
10

14

3.3/07

FLOW CHARTS
REG 1/4
Pm = 0,7 MPa; 7 bar; 102 psi
Inlet pressure
psi MPa bar

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.

Flow rate

REG 3/8 - 1/2

REG 3/4 - 1

Pm = 0,7 MPa; 7 bar; 102 psi


inlet pressure

Pm = 0,7 MPa; 7 bar; 102 psi


Inlet pressure

psi MPa bar

psi MPa bar

Flow rate

Flow rate

DIMENSIONS

G 1/4

D
E
F

C
I

3.3/08

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
I
L
M
N

42
94
42
42
32
30x1.5
10
25
M4 hole
49
1/8

G 3/8

G 1/2
60
130
60
60
46
38x2
14
35
M4 hole
70
1/8

G 3/4

G 1
80
184
80
80
66
55x2
22
47
M6 hole
94
1/4

KEY TO CODES
REG
ELEMENT
REG

NOTES

ORDERING CODES
1/4
THREADED
PORT

04
SETTING
RANGE

1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1

04
08
012

Code
1202001
1202002
1202003
1202004
1302001
1302002
1302003
1402001
1402002
1402003
1502001
1502002
1502003
1602001
1602002
1602003

Description
REG 1/4 04
REG 1/4 08
REG 1/4 012
REG 1/4 02
REG 3/8 04
REG 3/8 08
REG 3/8 012
REG 1/2 04
REG 1/2 08
REG 1/2 012
REG 3/4 04
REG 3/4 08
REG 3/4 012
REG 1 04
REG 1 08
REG 1 012

NOTES

3.3/09

PILOT-ASSISTED REGULATOR
Remote pilot-assisted piston regulator for heavy-duty use.
Stability of the set pressure as the upstream pressure
varies;
Can be fixed to the wall using the holes is the sides of
the body.

TECHNICAL DATA

REG. PIL. 3/8 1/2

Threaded port
Setting range
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)


P 0,5 bar (0,05 MPa7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)
P 1 bar (0,1 MPa14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi

C
F
Kg

Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Gauge port
Notes:

DIMENSIONS

ORDERING CODES
Code
1302004
1402004

60

60
35

4.5

14

1/8

3.3/10

85

60

G 1/4

46

3/8-1/2"
Depending on pilot
1.8
18
261
3500
124
4500
160
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air.
Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
50
122
0.8
M4x55
In any position
G 1/8
The regulator pressure must always be set upwards.
Overpressure relieving from the pilot.

bar
MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm

Description
RP 3/8 PILOT-ASSISTED REGULATOR
RP 1/2 PILOT-ASSISTED REGULATOR

REGULATORREGULATOR WITH V3V 3/4 and 1


Piloted regulator with integrated function, manual,
electropneumatic or pneumatic stop valve as required.
It performs two functions in the space usually occupied by
a single module, which ensures a high flow rate at all P
values including low ones.
Extremely quick responses in both discharge and feed.
The integrated pilot regulator is available with controlled
leak.

TECHNICAL DATA

3/4

Threaded port
Setting range
*Max. inlet pressure

G
bar
MPa
bar
psi
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) Nl/min
P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa7 psi)
scfm
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi) Nl/min
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa14 psi)
scfm
Fluid
Drain flow rate at 6 bar
(0.6 MPa87psi)
Temperature rage
(1 MPa145psi)
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Position of montage

Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

3/4
1
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
1.3
13
188
12000
423
13000
460
Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air.
If lubrication is used, it must be continous.
1800
64
-10+50C
14F122F
1.7
M6x75
In any position

*Version Reg+V3V Cnomo (1 Mpa - 10bar -145psi)


Version Reg with solenoid (0.8 Mpa - 8 bar - 116 psi)

FLOW CHARTS
Pressione
Regulated Regolata
pressure
Pm=7 bar - 0.7 MPa - 100 psi
psi MPa bar
100 0.7 7
90
0.6 6
80
70
60

0.5 5
0.4 4

50
40
30

0.3 3
0.2 2

20
10

0.1 1
0

2000
0

100

4000

6000
200

8000
300

10000

12000 Nl/min
400

scfm
Flow
rate
Portata

COMPONENTS
Pilot Reg. sub-assembly
Manual V3V control sub-assembly
Aluminium regulator body
Aluminium upper plate
Aluminium spacer
NBR lip seal
Aluminium 63 piston rod
Cap for OT 58 brass plain gasket
NBR plain gasket
OT 58 brass rod
OT 58 brass valve
Aluminium lower cap
Steel valve spring
NBR gaskets

4
9
5

8
6
7
10

3
1
14
13

11
12

3.3/11

ASSEMBLY OPTIONS

This modular system makes it possible to make the following combinations:


A) Regulator with pilot regulator or remote control , the end plate is mounted on the right-hand side .
B) V3V with manual lever-operated control or key control or solenoid CNOMO . the end plate is mounted on the left-hand
side .
C) Regulator + V3V is the result of the free combination of the versions specified above.

NOTES

TECHNICAL DATA

3.3/12

Code
9640501-02-03-04
9640401
9640301
9640101
9453922
9453920
9640001
9640201
9640101

Description
Pilot regulator kit
V3V manual lever-operated control kit
V3V manual key-operated control kit
End plate kit for V3V
V3V ELPN CNOMO bistable control kit
V3V ELPN CNOMO monostable control kit
Remote control plate kit
Plate kit to mount Cnomo rotated by 180
End plate kit for piloted regulator

REG P + V3V MANUAL

REG P + V3V KEY

80

80

80

80

94

70

123

22

G 1"

G 1/8"

200

70

22

123

94

G 1"

G 1/8"

209

30x1.5

30x1.5

6.5

6.5

G 3/8"

66

G 3/8"

66

REG P + V3V ELPN CNOMO

REG P

80

80

83
80

30x1.5

80

30x1.5

70

200
94

70

123

22

G 1"

G 1/8"

200
94

123

22

G 1"

G 1/8"

6.5

6.5
66

G 3/8"

66

G 3/8"

REG P 00

80

80

94
133
70

123

22

G 1"

G 1/8"

M5

6.5
66

G 3/8"

3.1/01
3.3/13

KEY TO CODES
RV3V
ELEMENT
RV3V
REGP

1
THREADED
PORT

02
SETTING
RANGE

ELPN
ELPN V3V
CONTROL

1
3/4

00
02
04
08
012

ELPN
KEY
MANUAL

RV3V: Regulator with built-in shut-off valve.


ELPN: CNOMO solenoid
REGP: Piloted regulator

ORDERING CODES
Code
1519001
1518001
1518002
1518003
1518004

Description
REGP 3/4 00
REGP 3/4 02
REGP 3/4 04
REGP 3/4 08
REGP 3/4 012

Code
1619001
1618001
1618002
1618003
1618004

Description
REGP 1 00
REGP 1 02
REGP 1 04
REGP 1 08
REGP 1 012

1517001
1517002
1517003
1516101
1516102
1516103
1516104
1516001
1516002
1516003
1516004

RV3V 3/4 02 ELPN


RV3V 3/4 04 ELPN
RV3V 3/4 08 ELPN
RV3V 3/4 02 KEY
RV3V 3/4 04 KEY
RV3V 3/4 08 KEY
RV3V 3/4 012 KEY
RV3V 3/4 02 MANUAL
RV3V 3/4 04 MANUAL
RV3V 3/4 08 MANUAL
RV3V 3/4 012 MANUAL

1617001
1617002
1617003
1616101
1616102
1616103
1616104
1616001
1616002
1616003
1616004

RV3V 1 02 ELPN
RV3V 1 04 ELPN
RV3V 1 08 ELPN
RV3V 1 02 KEY
RV3V 1 04 KEY
RV3V 1 08 KEY
RV3V 1 012 KEY
RV3V 1 02 MANUAL
RV3V 1 04 MANUAL
RV3V 1 08 MANUAL
RV3V 1 012 MANUAL

NOTES

3.3/14

NEWTRONIC
ELECTRONIC CONTROL REGULATOR
The Newtronic is an electronically-controlled pressure
regulator equipped with an 8-bit microcontroller. The control
signal can be analogic, digital via RS232 or digital from
the keyboard. It is converted into a proportional pressure
signal by means of high-rate solenoid valves. The regulator
can be used alone within the indicated flow values, or in
combination with a New deal 1-3/4 pilot-assisted pressure
regulator (power stage).
The advantages are:
Integration with analogic or digital control systems (PC,
PLC, etc.)
Extremely fast response times
Excellent repeatability and reliability
Low power absorption
Skilltronic comes in two basic versions:
- Version A, with analogic control via the mains or RS232
serial line.
- Version D, with control via RS232 serial line or keyboard
or mains, with display of the set and regulated pressures.
TECHNICAL DATA
Setting range

Control pressure

Temperature range
Degree of protection
Weight
Fluid
Supply voltage
Max. absorbed power
Control
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa, 91 psi)
P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa, 7 psi)

NEWTRONIC A e D 3/4-1
MPa
bar
psi
MPa
bar
psi
C
F
Kg
V
W
Nl/min
scfm

0.030.7
0.37
4100
0.10.8
18
15115
-10C+50C
14F122F
IP65
2.5
20 m filtered air, de-humidified and unlubricated.
24VDC
2
05V / 010 V / RS 232
12000
426

COMPONENTS
Connection for power supply and serial line
3-digit digital display
Led
Keys for equipment configuration and pressure setting.

1
2
3

4
MAX PRESS.
OUT PRESS.
VOLTAGE

8 bar
O - 7 bar
24 VDC

MADE IN ITALY

SKILLTRONIC
NEWTRONIC A

MAX PRESS.
OUT PRESS.
VOLTAGE

8 bar
O - 7 bar
24 VDC

MADE IN ITALY

SKILLTRONIC DD
NEWTRONIC

3.3/15

DIMENSIONS

ORDERING CODES

80

10 12

11

3
4

8 bar
O - 7 bar
24 VDC

7
6

Description
NEWTRONIC 3/4 A
NEWTRONIC 3/4 D
NEWTRONIC 1 A
NEWTRONIC 1 D

1- TX RS232
2- RX RS232
3- IN 0-10 V 0-5V
4- OUT 10V
5- PRW 24V
6- OUT 0-7V
11- GND
12-

6.5

94
70

123

22

G 1"

MADE IN ITALY

252

MAX PRESS.
OUT PRESS.
VOLTAGE

Code
1520001
1520002
1620001
1620002

80

1 9 8

G 3/8"
66

ACCESSORIES
CONNECTOR IP65
Code
W0214100200
W0214100000

Description
IP60 90-angle technopolymer connector, not shielded
IP60 straight metal connector, shielded

The above items are available in the pre-wired version on request.

NOTES

3.3/16

FILTER REGULATOR
Highly reliable piston-operated filter regulator.
Stability of the set pressure as the upstream pressure
varies
Standard overpressure blow-off valve
Can be fixed to the wall using the holes is the sides of
the body
Metal bowl with external viewing
Manual/semi-auto or automatic condensate drainage

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

FR ND 1/4

FR ND 3/8

FR ND 1/2

1/4

3/8
0 to 8 - 0 to 12
4m 20m 50m
1.8
18
261

1/2

bar

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi) P 0,5 bar (0,05 MPa7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi) P 1 bar (0.1 MPa14 psi)

MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm

Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi

C
F
Kg

Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Gauge port
Bowl capacity
Condensate drain
Notes:

cm3

260
9.2
700
25

1000
35.5
2500
88.5

Compressed air
50
122
0.5
M4x40

1
M4x55

Vertical
G 1/8
G 1/8
10
45
Manual Semi-automatic (RMSA) / Automatic (SAC or RA)
The regulator pressure must always be set upwards.
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage must
not exceed 10 bar.

COMPONENTS
Zamak body
Aluminium bowl
Technopolymer bell
Technopolymer knob
Technopolymer piston rod
Technopolymer plug
Technopolymer centrifuge
Technopolymer baffle plug
Technopolymer screen
Technopolymer bowl
Drain (RMSA)
OT 58 adjustind screw
OT 58 brass nut
Technopolymer ring nut
OT58 brass rod

Valve with NBR vulcanized


gasket
Steel adjusting spring
NBR lip seal
NBR relieving seal
Steel valve compression
spring

21 Sintered bronze filter


cartridge

22 NBR gaskets

4
17
14
3
16

12
13
5
18
19
1

20

15

21

8
9

22

2
11

10

3.3/17

FLOW CHARTS
FR 1/4
Pm = 0,7 MPa; 7 bar; 102 psi
Inlet pressure
psi MPa bar

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.

Flow rate

FR 3/8 - 1/2
Pm = 0,7 MPa; 7 bar; 102 psi
Inlet pressure
psi MPa bar

Flow rate

DIMENSIONS

G 1/4

D
E

A
F

3.3/18

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
I
L
M
N
P

42
190
42
42
36
30x1.5
10
121
M4 hole
145
1/8
233

G 3/8

G 1/2
60
245
60
60
52
38x2
14
150
M4 hole
185
1/8
295

KEY TO CODES
FR
ELEMENT
FR

1/4
THREADED
PORT

4m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

08
SETTING
RANGE

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

1/4
3/8
1/2

4m
20m
50m

08
012

RMSA
SAC
RA*

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain.


SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression - requires variable air take-offs.
RA:
Automatic drain. Float-type operation
irrespective of the pressure and flow
rate.
* For ND 3/8 and 1/2 with RA, please
contact our sales assistance department

ORDERING CODES
Code
1225029
1225509
1225053
1225513
1225030
1225510
1225054
1225514
1225032
1225511
1225056
1225516
1325029
1325509
1325053
1325513
1325030
1325510
1325054
1325514
1325032
1325512
1325056
1325516
1425029
1425509
1425053
1425513
1425030
1425510
1425054
1425514
1425032
1425512
1425056
1425516

Description
FR 1/4 4 08 RMSA TMV
FR 1/4 4 08 SAC TMV
FR 1/4 4 012 RMSA TMV
FR 1/4 4 012 SAC TMV
FR 1/4 20 08 RMSA TMV
FR 1/4 20 08 SAC TMV
FR 1/4 20 012 RMSA TMV
FR 1/4 20 012 SAC TMV
FR 1/4 50 08 RMSA TMV
FR 1/4 50 08 SAC TMV
FR 1/4 50 012 RMSA TMV
FR 1/4 50 012 SAC TMV
FR 3/8 4 08 RMSA TMV
FR 3/8 4 08 SAC TMV
FR 3/8 4 012 RMSA TMV
FR 3/8 4 012 SAC TMV
FR 3/8 20 08 RMSA TMV
FR 3/8 20 08 SAC TMV
FR 3/8 20 012 RMSA TMV
FR 3/8 20 012 SAC TMV
FR 3/8 50 08 RMSA TMV
FR 3/8 50 08 SAC TMV
FR 3/8 50 012 RMSA TMV
FR 3/8 50 012 SAC TMV
FR 1/2 4 08 RMSA TMV
FR 1/2 4 08 SAC TMV
FR 1/2 4 012 RMSA TMV
FR 1/2 4 012 SAC TMV
FR 1/2 20 08 RMSA TMV
FR 1/2 20 08 SAC TMV
FR 1/2 20 012 RMSA TMV
FR 1/2 20 012 SAC TMV
FR 1/2 50 08 RMSA TMV
FR 1/2 50 08 SAC TMV
FR 1/2 50 012 RMSA TMV
FR 1/2 50 012 SAC TMV

NOTES

3.3/19

LUBRICATOR
Lubricator with high lubrication stability.
Quantity of lubricant proportioned to air flow
Micrometric regulation of lubricant flow
Activates at low flow rates
All-round oil level viewing

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Type of lubrication
Bowl capacity
Max. inlet pressure
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)
P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Notes:

cm3
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm

Kg

On request:

LUB ND 1/4

LUB ND 3/8

LUB ND 1/2

LUB ND 3/4

LUB ND 1

1/4

3/8

1/2
mist

3/4

50

150
380
1.8 MPa - 18 bar - 261 psi
700
3000
12800
25
107
452
1100
4300
16000
39
153
565
Filtered compressed air
50C - 122F
0.4
0.9
1.3
M4x40
M4x55
M6x75
Vertical
Use the screw provided to set the drip rate to drop every 300-600 Nl.
Fit the lubricator as close as possible to the point of use
Fill the bowl with oil before pressurizing the system
Do not use cleaning oil, brake fluid or solvents in general
Recommended lubricants:
ISO and UNI FD22 - E.g. Energol HLP 22 (BP) - Spinesso 22 (Esso) - Mobil DTE 22 (Mobil) - Tellus Oil 22 (Shell)
Automatic filling lubricator and minimum level lubricator.

COMPONENTS:
Zamak body
Rilsan oil suction pipe
Aluminium bowl
Clear technopolymer bowl
Filter
Technopolymer plug
Venturi NBR diaphragm
OT 58 brass oil flow regulation needle
Clear technopolymer cover
NBR gaskets

8
7
9
10
1
2
3

4
5
6

3.3/20

FLOW CHARTS
Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin
Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.
(A) = 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi
(D) = 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi
(B) = 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
(E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi

LUB 1/4
Pm

P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar

psi MPa bar

MINIMUM
ACTIVATION FLOW
CHARTS
The minimum activation
flow charts were carried
out in compliance with
ISO/DP 6301/2

Flow rate

Flow rate

LUB 3/8 - 1/2


P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar

Pm
psi MPa bar

MINIMUM
ACTIVATION FLOW
CHARTS
The minimum activation
flow charts were carried
out in compliance with
ISO/DP 6301/2

Flow rate

Flow rate

LUB 3/4 - 1"

Pm

P=(Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar
7

psi MPa bar

45
6

MINIMUM
ACTIVATION FLOW
CHARTS
The minimum activation
flow charts were carried
out in compliance with
ISO/DP 6301/2

50 0.5

40 0.4

5 35
4

30 0.3
25

20 0.2

2 15
10 0.1
1

Flow rate

5
0

1000
0

50

3000
100

5000
150

7000
200

250

9000
300

11000
350

400

13000 15000 Nl/min

450

500

scfm

Portata
Flow
rate

3.3/21

DIMENSIONS

G 1/4
A
B
C
D
E
G
I
L
M

B
M

ORDERING CODES
Code
1223001
1323001
1423001
1523001
1623001

3.3/22

Description
LUB 1/4 N TMV
LUB 3/8 N TMV
LUB 1/2 N TMV
LUB 3/4 N TMV
LUB 1 N TMV

NOTES

42
156
42
42
32
10
107
M4 hole
176

G 3/8

G 1/2
60
195
60
60
46
14
136
M4 hole
220

G 3/4

G 1
80
260
80
80
66
22
182
M6 hole
290

DEPURATOR
Oil-proof depurator with coalescing cartridge
Metal bowl with external viewing
Manual/semi-auto or automatic condensate drain

TECHNICAL DATA

DEP ND 3/8

Threaded port
Degree of depuration
Max. inlet pressure
Maximum suggested flow rate
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi

DEP ND 1/2

3/8

C
F
Kg

Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting position
Condensate drain
Bowl capacity
Notes:

cm3

Note on use

1/2
99,97% at 0,01m
1.8 MPa - 18 bar - 261 psi
please look at the flow rate curves at page 3.2/24
Filtered 4m compressed air
50
122
0.9
M4x55
Vertical
Manual/semi-automatic (RMSA) - Automatic (RA o SAC)
45
It is advisable to mount a 4 filter upstream the
depurator acting as a rough filter.
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage
must not exceed 10 bar.

DIMENSIONS

G 3/8
A
B
C
D
E
G
H
L
M

G 1/2
60
180
60
60
46
14
30
4M hole
230

L
G

D
E

3.1/01
3.3/23

FLOW CHARTS
D 3/8 - 1/2
P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar

Flow rate

(H) Maximum flow rate recommended for optimal operation.

KEY TO CODES
DEP
ELEMENT
DEP

Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin


Polytechnic, using the computerized test bench following CETOP
RP50R recommendations (ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO
5167 diaphragm gauge.
(A) = 2 bar - 0,2 MPa - 29 psi
(D) = 8 bar - 0,8 MPa - 116 psi
(B) = 4 bar - 0,4 MPa - 58 psi
(E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0,6 MPa - 87 psi
ORDERING CODES

3/8
THREADED
PORT

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

3/8
1/2

RMSA
RA
SAC

Code
1322002
1322003
1322004
1422002
1422003
1422004

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


RA:
Automatic drain. Float-type operation irrespective of the pressure
and flow rate.
SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression requires variable air
take-offs.

NOTES

3.3/24

NOTES

Description
DEP 3/8 RMSA TMV
DEP 3/8 RA TMV
DEP 3/8 SAC
DEP 1/2 RMSA TMV
DEP 1/2 RA TMV
DEP 1/2 SAC

CIRCUIT SHUT-OFF VALVE


Manually-operated circuit shut-off valve.
Poppet seat system to ensure high flow rate
Quick-actuation knob
Possible triple locking
The valve is actuated by pressing the actuation disk until
it clicks. Press the knob downwards to relieve pressure. In
this position you can extract the shim and fit a lock to avoid
accidental operation.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Flow rate on relieving at 6 bar (0.6 MPa 87 psi)
with direct rilieving into the atmosphere
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting
Type of control

V3V ND 1/4

V3V ND 3/8-1/2

1/4

3/8 - 1/2
1.8
18
261

MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm

1100
2200
38.8
78
1500
2900
53
103
1600
2900
56.5
103
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air.
Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
50
50
122
122
0.35
0.8
M4x40
M4x55
In any position
Manual

C
F
Kg

COMPONENTS
Zamak body
Actuation disk
Technopolymer knob
Stainless steel safety shim
Clutching unit
OT brass rod
Upper OT 58 brass plug
V3V valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
Stainless steel valve compression spring
Lower OT58 brass plug
NBR gaskets

3
4
5

6
7
1
11

10

3.3/25

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
To assemble the V3V to the regulator filter 1/4, or depurator
3/8-1/2, use the adopter provided (see the assembly diagram
at the left)
Adaptor V3V + FR 1/4 - code 9201001
Adaptor V3V + D 3/8 - code 9401001
Adaptor V3V + D 1/2 - code 9401002

DIMENSIONS

NOTES

3.3/26

42
105
42
42
32
10
42
32
M4 hole
G 1/8

E
D

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
I
L
M

G 1/4

NOTES

G 3/8

G 1/2

60
126
60
60
46
14
60
43
M4 hole
G 1/4

ORDERING CODES
Code
1270001
1370001
1470001

Description
V3V ND 1/4
V3V ND 3/8
V3V ND 1/2

V3V 3/4 and 1


CIRCUIT SHUT-OFF VALVE
Circuit cut-off valve with three different controls:
CNOMO electropneumatic
Manual key-operated
Manual lever-operated

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Max. inlet pressure*

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa14 psi)
Flow rate on relief at 6 bar (0.6 MPa; 87 psi)
Fluid
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Mounting

V3V ND 3/4

V3V ND 1

3/4

MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
Kg

1
1.3
13
188
7600
268
10200
360
1800
64
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
2.2
M6x75
In any position

* VERSION V3V CNOMO (1 MPa - 145 psi)

COMPONENTS
V3V plate
V3V manual sub-assembly control
V3V aluminium body
Aluminium top plate
Aluminium spacer
NBR lip seal
Aluminium 63 piston rod
Cap for OT 58 brass plain gasket
NBR plain gasket
OT 58 brass rod
OT 58 brass valve
Aluminium bottom cap
Steel valve spring
NBR gaskets

1
4
9
5

8
6
7
10

3
1
14
13

11
12

3.3/27

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM V3V+F

DIMENSIONS OF V3V 3/4 and 1 ELPN CNOMO


83
80

80

94

155

70

123

22

G 1"

6.5

DIMENSIONS OF V3V 3/4 and 1


KEY-OPERATED CONTROL

DIMENSIONS OF V3V 3/4 and 1 - MANUAL CONTROL


80

DIMENSIONS OF V3V 3/4 and 1 PNEUMATIC

KEY TO CODES
RV3V

80

ELEMENT

80

V3V

94
133

70

123

22

G 1"

M5

6.5
G 3/8"

G 3/8"

66

G 3/8"

66

3.3/28

94
70

22
70

6.5

6.5

66

195

G 1"

94

G 1"
123

22

80

208

80

123

80

G 3/8"

66

A= V3V ADAPTER + FIL 1 code 9601001


to be used with filters not having o-ring seat

1
THREADED
PORT

ELPN
CONTROL
V3V

1
3/4

ELPN
KEY
MANUAL
PNEUMATIC

ORDERING CODES
Code
1575001
1574101
1574001
1576001
1675001
1674101
1674001
1676001

Description
V3V 3/4 ELPN CNOMO
V3V 3/4 KEY
V3V 3/4 MANUAL
V3V 3/4 PNEUMATIC
V3V 1 ELPN CNOMO
V3V 1 KEY
V3V 1 MANUAL
V3V 1 PNEUMATIC

AIR TAKE-OFF
The air take-off has the job to take off the air from the
Newdeal FRL unit irrespective of the position where it is
assembled.
It is required whenever you need to take off air from the
FRL unit at different stages of the treatment (normal, filtered,
filtered regulated, lubricated, etc.)

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Maximum working temperature
at 1 Mpa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Maximum admissible pressure

PA ND 1/4

PA ND 3/8-1/2

PA ND 3/4-1

G 1/8
50
122
1.8
18
261
0.068

G 1/4
50
122
1.8
18
261
0.181

G 1/2
50
122
1.8
18
261
0.413

C
F
MPa
bar
psi
[kg]

Weight

DIMENSIONS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H (n 2 pos.)
L

A
D

G 3/8-1/2

G 3/4-1

42
42
15
34
34
8.5
8.5
G 1/8
M4 hole

60
60
20
49
49
14
14
G 1/4
M5 hole

80
80
30
64
64
16
16
G 1/2
M6 hole

G 1/4

ORDERING CODES
L

Code
9200401
9400401
9600401

Description
ACC.PA 1/4 TAKE-OFF
ACC.PA 1/2 TAKE-OFF
ACC.PA 3/4 TAKE-OFF

3.3/29

SUB-BASE
With the Newdeal sub-base, more than one regulators can
be mounted in parallel using a single pressure supply
source.

DIMENSIONS

L
G

ND 1/4
ND 3/8-1/2
ND 3/4-1
2 positions 3 positions 2 positions 3 positions 2 positions 3 positions
50
50
60
60
80
80
A
34
34
49
49
64
64
B
113
165
155
230
190
280
C
52
52
75
75
90
90
D
G 1/4
G 1/4
18
18
31
31
E
G 1/2
G 1/2
G 3/4
G 3/4
G 1 1/4 G 1 1/4
F
30
30
40
40
50
50
G
128
180
170
245
210
300
L
0.4
0.6
0.9
1.4
1.5
1.7
Weight (kg]

3.3/30

ORDERING CODES
Code
9200201
9400201
9600201
9200301
9400301
9600301

Description
ACC.SB 1/4 SUB-BASE
ACC.SB 1/2 SUB-BASE
ACC.SB 3/4 SUB-BASE
ACC.SB 1/4 SUB-BASE
ACC.SB 1/2 SUB-BASE
ACC.SB 3/4 SUB-BASE

2 POS.
2 POS
2 POS
3 POS
3 POS
3 POS

AUTOMATIC CONDENSATE DRAIN


System supply condensate drain:
All-round condensate level viewing
Automatic drain from inside the bowl
Axial coupling

Threaded port
Maximum working temperature
at 1 Mpa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Maximum admissible pressure

C
F
MPa
bar
psi
[kg]

DIMENSIONS

G 1/2
50
122
1.3
13
188
M6x75
0.5

60
G1/2

CH 28

160

Wall fixing screws


Weight

SCAL ND 1/2

190

TECHNICAL DATA

G 1/8

ORDERING CODES
Code
4589003

NOTES

Description
AUTOM. COND. DRAIN 1/2 IN LINE

3.3/31

FIL+REG+LUB
Highly reliable heavy-duty piston-operated FRL unit.
Stability of the set pressure as the upstream pressure varies
Metal bowl with external sight glass
Semi-automatic and automatic condensate drain
Lubrication proportional to flow rate
Micrometric lubrication regulation
Activation guaranteed with low flow rates

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

bar

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa-91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa 14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Note on use

MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

FRL ND 1/4

FRL ND 3/8

1/4

3/8

FRL ND 1/2

G 1/4
A
B
D
E
G
L

D
A

F
B

FRL ND 1

1/2
3/4
1
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
4m 20m 50m
1.8
18
261
140
1300
1900
2000
5
46
68
71
400
2000
3600
3700
14.2
71
128
132
Compressed air
50
122
1
2.5
4
M4x40
M4x55
M6x75
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

DIMENSIONS

3.3/32

FRL ND 3/4

42
190
126
116
20
M4 hole

G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4


60
245
180
166
28
M4 hole

G 1

80
332
240
226
44
M6 hole

KEY TO CODES
FRL
ELEMENT
FRL

1/4
THREADED
PORT

4m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

08
SETTING
RANGE

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

1/4
3/8
1/2

4m
20m
50m

08
012

RMSA SAC
RMSA
SAC
RA
RMSA
RA

3/4
1

ORDERING CODES
Code
1224029
1224409
1224030
1224410
1224032
1224412
1224053
1224413
1224054
1224414
1224056
1224416
1324029
1324033
1324409
1324030
1324034
1324410
1324032
1324036
1324412
1324053
1324057
1324413
1324054
1324058
1324414
1324056
1324060
1324416
1424029
1424033
1424409
1424030
1424034
1424410
1424032
1424036
1424412
1424053
1424057
1424413
1424054

Description
FRL 1/4 4 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1/4 4 08 SAC N TMV
FRL 1/4 20 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1/4 20 08 SAC N TMV
FRL 1/4 50 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1/4 50 08 SAC N TMV
FRL 1/4 4 012 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1/4 4 012 SAC N TMV
FRL 1/4 20 012 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1/4 20 012 SAC N TMV
FRL 1/4 50 012 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1/4 50 012 SAC N TMV
FRL 3/8 4 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 3/8 4 08 RA N TMV
FRL 3/8 4 08 SAC N TMV
FRL 3/8 20 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 3/8 20 08 RA N TMV
FRL 3/8 20 08 SAC N TMV
FRL 3/8 50 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 3/8 50 08 RA N TMV
FRL 3/8 50 08 SAC N TMV
FRL 3/8 4 012 RMSA N TMV
FRL 3/8 4 012 RA N TMV
FRL 3/8 4 012 SAC N TMV
FRL 3/8 20 012 RMSA N TMV
FRL 3/8 20 012 RA N TMV
FRL 3/8 20 012 SAC N TMV
FRL 3/8 50 012 RMSA N TMV
FRL 3/8 50 012 RA N TMV
FRL 3/8 50 012 SAC N TMV
FRL 1/2 4 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1/2 4 08 RA N TMV
FRL 1/2 4 08 SAC N TMV
FRL 1/2 20 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1/2 20 08 RA N TMV
FRL 1/2 20 08 SAC N TMV
FRL 1/2 50 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1/2 50 08 RA N TMV
FRL 1/2 50 08 SAC N TMV
FRL 1/2 4 012 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1/2 4 012 RA N TMV
FRL 1/2 4 012 SAC N TMV
FRL 1/2 20 012 RMSA N TMV

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression - requires variable air take offs.
RA:
Automatic drain. Float-type operation
irrespective of the pressure and flow.

NOTES
Code
1424058
1424414
1424056
1424060
1424416
1524017
1524021
1524018
1524022
1524020
1524024
1524029
1524033
1524030
1524034
1524032
1524036
1624017
1624021
1624018
1624022
1624020
1624024
1624029
1624033
1624030
1624034
1624032
1624036

Description
FRL 1/2 20 012 RA N TMV
FRL 1/2 20 012 SAC N TMV
FRL 1/2 50 012 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1/2 50 012 RA N TMV
FRL 1/2 50 012 SAC N TMV
FRL 3/4 4 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 3/4 4 08 RA N TMV
FRL 3/4 20 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 3/4 20 08 RA N TMV
FRL 3/4 50 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 3/4 50 08 RA N TMV
FRL 3/4 4 012 RMSA N TMV
FRL 3/4 4 012 RA N TMV
FRL 3/4 20 012 RMSA N TMV
FRL 3/4 20 012 RA N TMV
FRL 3/4 50 012 RMSA N TMV
FRL 3/4 50 012 RA N TMV
FRL 1 4 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1 4 08 RA N TMV
FRL 1 20 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1 20 08 RA N TMV
FRL 1 50 08 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1 50 08 RA N TMV
FRL 1 4 012 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1 4 012 RA N TMV
FRL 1 20 012 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1 20 012 RA N TMV
FRL 1 50 012 RMSA N TMV
FRL 1 50 012 RA N TMV

3.1/01
3.3/33

UNITS - FRPL 3/4


and 1
TECHNICAL DATA

FRPL ND 3/4

FRPL ND 1

3/4
1
Threaded port
08 - 012
Setting range
50C-122F
Max. temperature at 1 MPa, 10 bar, 145 psi
4m; 20m; 50m;
Degree of filtration
1.3
Max. inlet pressure
MPa
13
bar
188
psi
7500
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi) Nl/min
265
P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa7 psi)
scfm
8500
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)Nl/min
300
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa14 psi)
scfm
Compressed air
Fluid
5.2
Weight
Kg
M6x75
Wall fixing screws
Manual Semi-automatic
Drain
170
Bowl capacity
cm3
The maximum inlet pressure for the version
Note on use
with RA automatic condensate drainage
must not exceed 10 bar.

DIMENSIONS
240
226

325

44

G 1"

6.5

80

KEY TO CODES
FRPL
ELEMENT
FRPL

ORDERING CODES

1
THREADED
PORT

4
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

02
SETTING
RANGE

TYPE OF DRAIN

1
3/4

4 m
20 m
50 m

08
012

RMSA
RA

RMSA

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


RA:
Automatic float-type drain, operating irrespective of the pressure
and flow rate.
FRPL: Filter + pilotable regulator + lubricator

3.3/34

Code
1528007
1528019
1528010
1528022
1528008
1528020
1528011
1528023
1528009
1528021
1528012
1528024

Description
FRPL 3/4 4 08 RMSA
FRPL 3/4 4 08 RA
FRPL 3/4 4 012 RMSA
FRPL 3/4 4 012 RA
FRPL 3/4 20 08 RMSA
FRPL 3/4 20 08 RA
FRPL 3/4 20 012 RMSA
FRPL 3/4 20 012 RA
FRPL 3/4 50 08 RMSA
FRPL 3/4 50 08 RA
FRPL 3/4 50 012 RMSA
FRPL 3/4 50 012 RA

Code
1628007
1628019
1628010
1628022
1628008
1628020
1628011
1628023
1628009
1628021
1628012
1628024

Description
FRPL 1 4 08 RMSA
FRPL 1 4 08 RA
FRPL 1 4 012 RMSA
FRPL 1 4 012 RA
FRPL 1 20 08 RMSA
FRPL 1 20 08 RA
FRPL 1 20 012 RMSA
FRPL 1 20 012 RA
FRPL 1 50 08 RMSA
FRPL 1 50 08 RA
FRPL 1 50 012 RMSA
FRPL 1 50 012 RA

FR+LUB UNITS
Heavy duty and reliable piston-operated FR+L unit.
Stability of the set pressure as the upstream pressure
varies
Metal bowl with external sight glass
Semi-automatic and automatic condensate drain
Quantity of lubricant proportioned to air flow
Micrometric lubrication regulation
Activation guaranteed with low flow rates

TECHNICAL DATA

FR+L ND 1/4

Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

FR+L ND 3/8

FR+L ND 1/2

G 1/4

bar
MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa14 psi)
Fluid
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi

C
F
Kg

Weight
Wall fixing screws
Note on use

G 3/8
G 1/2
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
4m 20m 50m
1.8
18
261
150
1300
5.3
46
500
2200
18
78
Compressed air
50
122
0.9
2
M4x40
M4x55
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage
must not exceed 10 bar.

DIMENSIONS

G 1/4
A
B
D
E
G
L

D
A

G 1/2

60
245
120
109
14
M4 hole

42
190
84
76
10
M4 hole

G 3/8

3.3/35

KEY TO CODES
FR+L
ELEMENT
FR+L

1/4
THREADED
PORT

4m
DEGREE OF
FILTERING

08
SETTING
RANGE

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

1/4

4m
20m
50m

08
012

RMSA
SAC
RMSA
SAC
RA

3/8
1/2

ORDERING CODES
Code
1226029
1226409
1226053
1226413
1226030
1226410
1226054
1226414
1226032
1226412
1226056
1226416
1326029
1326409
1326053
1326413
1326030
1326034
1326410
1326054
1326058
1326414
1326032
1326412
1326056
1326416
1426029
1426409
1426053
1426413
1426030
1426034
1426410
1426054
1426058
1426414
1426032
1426412
1426056
1426416

3.3/36

Description
FR+L 1/4 4 08 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 1/4 4 08 SAC N TMV
FR+L 1/4 4 012 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 1/4 4 012 SAC N TMV
FR+L 1/4 20 08 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 1/4 20 08 SAC N TMV
FR+L 1/4 20 012 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 1/4 20 012 SAC N TMV
FR+L 1/4 50 08 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 1/4 50 08 SAC N TMV
FR+L 1/4 50 012 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 1/4 50 012 SAC N TMV
FR+L 3/8 4 08 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 3/8 4 08 SAC N TMV
FR+L 3/8 4 012 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 3/8 4 012 SAC N TMV
FR+L 3/8 20 08 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 3/8 20 08 RA N TMV
FR+L 3/8 20 08 SAC N TMV
FR+L 3/8 20 012 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 3/8 20 012 RA N TMV
FR+L 3/8 20 012 SAC N TMV
FR+L 3/8 50 08 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 3/8 50 08 SAC N TMV
FR+L 3/8 50 012 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 3/8 50 012 SAC N TMV
FR+L 1/2 4 08 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 1/2 4 08 SAC N TMV
FR+L 1/2 4 012 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 1/2 4 012 SAC N TMV
FR+L 1/2 20 08 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 1/2 20 08 RA N TMV
FR+L 1/2 20 08 SAC N TMV
FR+L 1/2 20 012 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 1/2 20 012 RA N TMV
FR+L 1/2 20 012 SAC N TMV
FR+L 1/2 50 08 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 1/2 50 08 SAC N TMV
FR+L 1/2 50 012 RMSA N TMV
FR+L 1/2 50 012 SAC N TMV

NOTES

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression - requires variable air take-offs.
RA:
Automatic drain. Float-type operation
irrespective of the pressure and flow
rate.

V3V+FIL+REG+LUB UNITS
Highly reliable heavy-duty piston-operated FRFL unit.
Stability of the set pressure as the upstream pressure
varies
Metal bowl with external sight glass
Semi-automatic and automatic condensate drain
Quantity of lubricant proportionate to the air flow
Micrometric lubrication regulation
Activation guaranteed at low air flows
Quick filling and drainage of the downstream circuit with
the V3V element

TECHNICAL DATA

VFRL ND 1/4

Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

VFRL ND 3/8

VFRL ND 1/2

G 1/4

bar
MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa14 psi)
Fluid
Max. temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi

C
F
Kg

Weight
Wall fixing screws
Note on use

G 3/8
G 1/2
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
4m 20m 50m
1.8
18
261
130
800
4.6
28
390
1700
14
60
Compressed air
50
122
1.5
3.3
M4x40
M4x55
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage
must not exceed 10 bar.

DIMENSIONS

G 1/4
A
B
D
E
G
L

D
E

42
190
168
158
20
M4 hole

G 1/2

60
245
240
226
28
M4 hole

G 3/8

3.3/37

KEY TO CODES
VFRL
ELEMENT
VFRL

1/4
THREADED
PORT

4m
DEGREE OF
FILTERING

08
SETTING
RANGE

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

1/4

4m
20m
50m

08
012

RMSA
SAC
RMSA
SAC
RA

3/8
1/2

ORDERING CODES
Code
1273029
1273409
1273053
1273413
1273030
1273410
1273054
1273414
1273032
1273412
1273056
1273416
1373029
1373033
1373409
1373053
1373057
1373413
1373030
1373034
1373410
1373054
1373058
1373414
1373032
1373036
1373412
1373056
1373060
1373416
1473029
1473033
1473409
1473053
1473057
1473413
1473030
1473034
1473410
1473054
1473058
1473414
1473032

3.3/38

Description
VFRL 1/4 4 08 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 1/4 4 08 SAC N TMV
VFRL 1/4 4 012 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 1/4 4 012 SAC N TMV
VFRL 1/4 20 08 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 1/4 20 08 SAC N TMV
VFRL 1/4 20 012 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 1/4 20 012 SAC N TMV
VFRL 1/4 50 08 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 1/4 50 08 SAC N TMV
VFRL 1/4 50 012 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 1/4 50 012 SAC N TMV
VFRL 3/8 4 08 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 3/8 4 08 RA N TMV
VFRL 3/8 4 08 SAC N TMV
VFRL 3/8 4 012 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 3/8 4 012 RA N TMV
VFRL 3/8 4 012 SAC N TMV
VFRL 3/8 20 08 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 3/8 20 08 RA N TMV
VFRL 3/8 20 08 SAC N TMV
VFRL 3/8 20 012 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 3/8 20 012 RA N TMV
VFRL 3/8 20 012 SAC N TMV
VFRL 3/8 50 08 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 3/8 50 08 RA N TMV
VFRL 3/8 50 08 SAC N TMV
VFRL 3/8 50 012 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 3/8 50 012 RA N TMV
VFRL 3/8 50 012 SAC N TMV
VFRL 1/2 4 08 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 1/2 4 08 RA N TMV
VFRL 1/2 4 08 SAC N TMV
VFRL 1/2 4 012 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 1/2 4 012 RA N TMV
VFRL 1/2 4 012 SAC N TMV
VFRL 1/2 20 08 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 1/2 20 08 RA N TMV
VFRL 1/2 20 08 SAC N TMV
VFRL 1/2 20 012 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 1/2 20 012 RA N TMV
VFRL 1/2 20 012 SAC N TMV
VFRL 1/2 50 08 RMSA N TMV

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression requires variable air take-offs.
RA:
Automatic drain. Float-type operation
irrespective of the pressure and flow
rate.

NOTES
Code
1473036
1473412
1473056
1473060
1473416

Description
VFRL 1/2 50 08 RA N TMV
VFRL 1/2 50 08 SAC N TMV
VFRL 1/2 50 012 RMSA N TMV
VFRL 1/2 50 012 RA N TMV
VFRL 1/2 50 012 SAC N TMV

UNITS - FRPVL 3/4


and 1
TECHNICAL DATA

FRPVL ND 3/4

FRPVL ND 1

3/4
1
Threaded port
08 - 012
Setting range
50C-122F
Max. temperature at 1 MPa, 10 bar, 145 psi
4m; 20m; 50m;
Degree of filtration
1.3
Max. inlet pressure
MPa
13
bar
188
psi
7500
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi) Nl/min
265
P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa7 psi)
scfm
8500
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)Nl/min
300
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa14 psi)
scfm
Compressed air
Fluid
3.8
Weight
Kg
M6x75
Wall fixing screws
Manual Semi-automatic
Drain
170
Bowl capacity
cm3
The maximum inlet pressure for the
Note on use
version with RA automatic condensate
drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

DIMENSIONS
240
226

G 1"

325

44

6.5

80

KEY TO CODES
FRPVL
ELEMENT
FRPVL

ORDERING CODES

1
THREADED
PORT

4
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

02
SETTING
RANGE

RMSA

1
3/4

4 m
20 m
50 m

08
012

RMSA
RA

TYPE OF DRAIN

Code
1529007
1529019
1529010
1529022
1529008
1529020
1529011
1529023
1529009
1529021
1529012
1529024

Description
FRPVL 3/4 4 08 RMSA
FRPVL 3/4 4 08 RA
FRPVL 3/4 4 012 RMSA
FRPVL 3/4 4 012 RA
FRPVL 3/4 20 08 RMSA
FRPVL 3/4 20 08 RA
FRPVL 3/4 20 012 RMSA
FRPVL 3/4 20 012 RA
FRPVL 3/4 50 08 RMSA
FRPVL 3/4 50 08 RA
FRPVL 3/4 50 012 RMSA
FRPVL 3/4 50 012 RA

Code
1629007
1629019
1629010
1629022
1629008
1629020
1629011
1629023
1629009
1629021
1629012
1629024

Description
FRPVL 1 4 08 RMSA
FRPVL 1 4 08 RA
FRPVL 1 4 012 RMSA
FRPVL 1 4 012 RA
FRPVL 1 20 08 RMSA
FRPVL 1 20 08 RA
FRPVL 1 20 012 RMSA
FRPVL 1 20 012 RA
FRPVL 1 50 08 RMSA
FRPVL 1 50 08 RA
FRPVL 1 50 012 RMSA
FRPVL 1 50 012 RA

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


RA:
Automatic float-type drain, operating irrespective of the pressure
and flow rate.
FRPVL: Filter + pilotable regulator with cut-off valve + lubricator
N.B.:

The V3V in the unit is manually operated.

3.3/39

V3V+FR+LUB UNITS
Highly reliable heavy-duty piston-operated VRF+L
Stability of the set pressure depending on the upstream
pressure
Metal bowl with external sight glass
Semi-automatic and automatic condensate drain
Quantity of lubricant proportionate to the air flow
Micrometric lubrication regulation
Activation guaranteed at low air flows
Quick filling and drainage of the downstream circuit with
the V3V element

TECHNICAL DATA

VFR+L ND 1/4

Threaded port
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

VFR+L ND 3/8

G 1/4

bar
MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa14 psi)
Fluid
Max. temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi

C
F
Kg

Weight
Wall fixing screws
Note on use

G 3/8
G 1/2
02 - 04 - 08 - 012
4m 20m 50m
1.8
18
261
140
1000
5
35.5
480
1900
17
67.5
Compressed air
50
122
1.1
1.8
M4x40
M4x55
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage
must not exceed 10 bar.

DIMENSIONS

G 1/4
A
B
D
E
G
L

D
A

3.3/40

VFR+L ND 1/2

42
190
126
116
20
M4 hole

G 3/8

G 1/2

60
245
180
166
28
M4 hole

KEY TO CODES
VFR+L
ELEMENT
VFR+L

1/4
THREADED
PORT

4m
DEGREE OF
FILTERING

08
SETTING
RANGE

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

1/4

4m
20m
50m

08
012

RMSA
SAC
RMSA
SAC
RA

3/8
1/2

ORDERING CODES
Code
1272029
1272509
1272053
1272513
1272030
1272510
1272054
1272514
1272032
1272512
1272056
1272516
1372029
1372509
1372053
1372513
1372030
1372034
1372510
1372054
1372060
1372514
1372032
1372512
1372056
1372516
1472029
1472509
1472053
1472513
1472030
1472034
1472510
1472054
1472060
1472514
1472032
1472512
1472056
1472516

Description
VFR+L 1/4 4 RMSA 08 N TMV
VFR+L 1/4 4 SAC 08 N TMV
VFR+L 1/4 4 RMSA 012 N TMV
VFR+L 1/4 4 SAC 012 N TMV
VFR+L 1/4 20 RMSA 08 N TMV
VFR+L 1/4 20 SAC 08 N TMV
VFR+L 1/4 20 RMSA 012 N TMV
VFR+L 1/4 20 SAC 012 N TMV
VFR+L 1/4 50 RMSA 08 N TMV
VFR+L 1/4 50 SAC 08 N TMV
VFR+L 1/4 50 RMSA 012 N TMV
VFR+L 1/4 50 SAC 012 N TMV
VFR+L 3/8 4 RMSA 08 N TMV
VFR+L 3/8 4 SAC 08 N TMV
VFR+L 3/8 4 RMSA 012 N TMV
VFR+L 3/8 4 SAC 012 N TMV
VFR+L 3/8 20 RMSA 08 N TMV
VFR+L 3/8 20 RA 08 N TMV
VFR+L 3/8 20 SAC 08 N TMV
VFR+L 3/8 20 RMSA 012 N TMV
VFR+L 3/8 20 RA 012 N TMV
VFR+L 3/8 20 SAC 012 N TMV
VFR+L 3/8 50 RMSA 08 N TMV
VFR+L 3/8 50 SAC 08 N TMV
VFR+L 3/8 50 RMSA 012 N TMV
VFR+L 3/8 50 SAC 012 N TMV
VFR+L 1/2 4 RMSA 08 N TMV
VFR+L 1/2 4 SAC 08 N TMV
VFR+L 1/2 4 RMSA 012 N TMV
VFR+L 1/2 4 SAC 012 N TMV
VFR+L 1/2 20 RMSA 08 N TMV
VFR+L 1/2 20 RA 08 N TMV
VFR+L 1/2 20 SAC 08 N TMV
VFR+L 1/2 20 RMSA 012 N TMV
VFR+L 1/2 20 RA 012 N TMV
VFR+L 1/2 20 SAC 012 N TMV
VFR+L 1/2 50 RMSA 08 N TMV
VFR+L 1/2 50 SAC 08 N TMV
VFR+L 1/2 50 RMSA 012 N TMV
VFR+L 1/2 50 SAC 012 N TMV

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression requires variable air take-offs.
RA:
Automatic drain. Float-type operation
irrespective of the pressure and flow
rate.

NOTES

3.3/41

FIL+LUB UNITS
Filter+lubricator unit offering various degrees of filtration
and high lubrication stability.
Metal bowl with external sight glass
Semi-automatic and automatic condensate drain
Micrometric lubrication regulation
Activation guaranteed at low air flows

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port
Lubrication
Degree of filtration
Max. inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)


P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 MPa14 psi)
Fluid
Max. temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi
Weight
Wall fixing screws
Note on use

bar
MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
C
F
Kg

F+L ND 1/4

F+L ND 3/8

1/4

3/8

F+L ND 1/2

F+L ND 1

1/2
3/4
1
mist
4m 20m 50m
1.8
18
261
600
2500
8000
21
89
282
1000
3500
9500
35.5
124
335
Compressed air
50
122
0.8
1.8
2.5
M4x40
M4x55
M6x75
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.

DIMENSIONS

G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4


A
B
D
E
G
L

D
A

3.3/42

F+L ND 3/4

42
170
84
74
10
M4 hole

60
209
120
106
14
M4 hole

G 1

80
273
160
146
22
M6 hole

KEY TO CODES
F+L
ELEMENT
F+L

1/4
THREADED
PORT

4m
DEGREE OF
FILTERING

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

1/4

4m
20m
50m

RMSA
SAC
RMSA
SAC
RA
RMSA
RA

3/8
1/2
3/4
1

ORDERING CODES
Code
1233005
1233213
1233006
1233214
1233008
1233216
1333005
1333009
1333213
1333006
1333010
1333214
1333008
1333012
1333216
1433005
1433009
1433213
1433006
1433010
1433214
1433008
1433012
1433216
1533005
1533009
1533006
1533010
1533008
1533012
1633005
1633009
1633006
1633010
1633008
1633012

Description
F+L 1/4 4 RMSA N TMV
F+L 1/4 4 SAC N TMV
F+L 1/4 20 RMSA N TMV
F+L 1/4 20 SAC N TMV
F+L 1/4 50 RMSA N TMV
F+L 1/4 50 SAC N TMV
F+L 3/8 4 RMSA N TMV
F+L 3/8 4 RA N TMV
F+L 3/8 4 SAC N TMV
F+L 3/8 20 RMSA N TMV
F+L 3/8 20 RA N TMV
F+L 3/8 20 SAC N TMV
F+L 3/8 50 RMSA N TMV
F+L 3/8 50 RA N TMV
F+L 3/8 50 SAC N TMV
F+L 1/2 4 RMSA N TMV
F+L 1/2 4 RA N TMV
F+L 1/2 4 SAC N TMV
F+L 1/2 20 RMSA N TMV
F+L 1/2 20 RA N TMV
F+L 1/2 20 SAC N TMV
F+L 1/2 50 RMSA N TMV
F+L 1/2 50 RA N TMV
F+L 1/2 50 SAC N TMV
F+L 3/4 4 RMSA N TMV
F+L 3/4 4 RA N TMV
F+L 3/4 20 RMSA N TMV
F+L 3/4 20 RA N TMV
F+L 3/4 50 RMSA N TMV
F+L 3/4 50 RA N TMV
F+L 1 4 RMSA N TMV
F+L 1 4 RA N TMV
F+L 1 20 RMSA N TMV
F+L 1 20 RA N TMV
F+L 1 50 RMSA N TMV
F+L 1 50 RA N TMV

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression requires variable air take-offs.
RA:
Automatic drain. Float-type operation
irrespective of the pressure and flow
rate.

NOTES

3.1/01
3.3/43

FIL+DEP UNITS
Filter+depurator unit for fine filtering followed by purification
by coalescence
Metal bowl with external sight glass
Semi-automatic condensate drain

TECHNICAL DATA

F+D ND 3/8

F+D ND -1/2

3/8

Threaded port
Degree of filtration
Degree of purification
Max. inlet pressure

MPa
bar
psi

Maximum suggested flow rate


Fluid
Max. temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi

C
F
Kg

Weight
Wall fixing screws
Note on use

1/2
4m
99.97% 0.01m
1.8
18
261
please look at the flow rate curves at page 3.3/24
Compressed air
50
122
1.8
M4x55
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage
must not exceed 10 bar.

DIMENSIONS

G 3/8
A
B
D
E
G
L

D
A

FIL

3.3/44

DEP

G 1/2
60
180
120
106
14
M4 hole

ORDERING CODES
F+D
ELEMENT
F+D

3/8
THREADED
PORT

4m
DEGREE OF
FILTRATION

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

RMSA
CONDENSATE
DRAIN

3/8
1/2

4m

RMSA
SAC
RA

RMSA
RA

ORDERING CODES
Code
1327004
1327007
1327104
1427004
1427007
1427104

Description
F+D 3/8 4 RMSA-RMSA TMV
F+D 3/8 4 RA-RA TMV
F+D 3/8 4 SAC-RMSA TMV
F+D 1/2 4 RMSA-RMSA TMV
F+D 1/2 4 RA-RA TMV
F+D 1/2 4 SAC-RMSA TMV

RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain


SAC: Automatic drain. Operates by depression requires variable air take-offs.
RA:
Automatic drain. Float-type operation
irrespective of the pressure and flow
rate.

NOTES

3.3/45

ACCESSOIRE
PRESSURE SWITCHES
This type of pressure switch features a high degree of
miniaturisation and a modern attractive design.
It can be installed in any position and also mounted onto
a wall by means of two transversal holes.
In order to reduce wiring times, it is supplied ready assembled with a 2-metre electric cable or an M8 connector with
a 300-mm cable.
The contact is the switching type, which means it can be
normally open or normally closed.
A knurled push-lock handle is provided for regulation

TECHNICAL DATA
Adjustable pressure interval
Hysteresis (not adjustable)
Maximum pressure

Operating temperature range at: 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi


Lower threaded port
Maximum current
Maximum voltage
Outside diameter of cable
Number of wires and cross section
Contacts
Protection
Number of switchings
Fluid
Mounting position
Weight

bar
bar
bar
MPa
psi
C
F
A
V
mm

Kg

0.5 10
from 0.4 to 0.8 (See diagram)
15
1.5
217
50
122
R 1/8
2
250
4.9
3x0.5 mm2
Normally-Open (NO) and Normally-Closed (NC)
IP65
5x106
Filtered lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
In any position
0.121

COMPONENTS
 Technopolymer adjusting push-lock handle
 Brass adjusting screw
 Steel piston spring
 Brass piston
 NBR gasket
 Body made of anodized aluminium
 Technopolymer pressure switch body
Resin finish for IP65

Electrical contact
Choke to reduce peaks in pressure

1
2

7
4

10
3.3/46

WIRING DIAGRAM

DIMENSIONS

BLACK

NC

BROWN

57

4.9

VERSION WITH CABLE

BLUE
foro x M3

20.5

R 1/8

VERSION WITH M8 CONNECTOR

13.4

16

24

29.2

M8

4
1

~300 mm

HYSTERESIS GRAPH
psi

bar

140

10

130

NO

~2 m

1 - 3 NO
1 - 4 NC

ORDERING CODES
Code
9000401
9000402

Description
ACC. - 1/8 2A NO/NC PRESSURE SWITCH, 2-METRE CABLE
ACC. - 1/8 2A NO/NC PRESSURE SWITCH, M8 CONNECTOR

120

High switching pressure

110
100
90
80

7
6

70

60

50
40

30

20
10
0

1
0
0

10

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100110120130140

bar
psi

Low switching pressure

ACCESSORIES
SECURITY KNOB

Code
9200703

NOTES

Description
ACC. SECURITY KNOB

NOTE: Pull outwards to remove the knob from the pressure switch on
the unit. Insert the security knob and regulate the pressure switch. Then
press the handle firmly to lock it in position. If the APR/pressure switch
needs to be reset, remove the security knob by forcing it laterally with
a screwdriver.

3.3/47

ACCESSORIES
MOUNTING BRACKET FOR REG.

Code

Description

REGULATOR CONNECTION BLOCK Code

9200701 ACC.SF 1/4


9400701 ACC.SF 1/2

PRESSURE GAUGE

TIE RODS

Code

Description

9700102
9700101
9800102
9800101
9900101

ACC.M 40 1/8 04
ACC.M 40 1/8 12
ACC.M 50 1/8 04
ACC.M 50 1/8 12
ACC.M 63 1/4 12

Code

Description

Description Weight [g]

90
9200501 ACC.BC
1/4 BLOCK
244
9400501 ACC.BC
1/2 BLOCK
428
9600501 ACC.BC
3/4 BLOCK

SPACERS FOR FRL WALL


MOUNTING

Code

Description

9200601 ACC.DF 1/4 SPACER


9400601 ACC.DF 1/2 SPACER
9600601 ACC.DF 3/4 SPACER

DISASSEMBLY TOOL FOR BOWL

9200901 ACC.T 1/4 F+L TIE RODS


9400901 ACC.T 1/2 F+L TIE RODS
9600901 ACC.T 3/4 F+L TIE RODS

Code

Description

9601501 ACC. DISASSEMBLOY KEY

9604402 ACC. T 3/4-1


V3V+F+R TIE RODS

ADAPTER FOR V3V

3.3/48

Code

Description

9201001
9401001
9401002
9601001

ACC. ADAPT. X V3V+FR 1/4


ACC. ADAPT. X V3V+D 3/8
ACC. ADAPT. X V3V+D 1/2
ACC. ADAPT. X V3V+F 1

ASSEMBLY SCREWS (2 PIECES)

Code

Description

9250001 ACC.CVA 1/4 SCREW M4x40


9250002 ACC.CVA 1/4 SCREW M4x82
V3V+F+R
9450001 ACC.CVA 1/2 SCREW M5x55
9450002 ACC.CVA 3/8 1/2 SCREW
M5x60 V3V+R
9450003 ACC.CVA 3/8 1/2 SCREW
M5x120 V3V+F+R
9650001 ACC.CVA 3/4 SCREW M6X70

REVERSE PLATE CNOMO CONTROL Code


FOR V3V 3/4-1

Description

Weight [g]

CNOMO CONTROL
FOR V3V 3/4-1

Code

9640201 REVERSE PLATE KIT 86


V3V CNOMO
CONTROL

Description

9453920 ELPN CNOMO CONTROL KIT,


MANUAL MONOSTABLE
9453922 ELPN CNOMO CONTROL KIT,
MANUAL BISTABLE

0
1

PLATE FOR REMOTE CONTROL


FOR V3V 3/4-1

Code

Description

Weight [g]

0
1

PILOT REGULATOR

9640001 REMOTE CONTROL 84


PLATE KIT

REG OR V3V END PLATE

Code

Description

9640101 END PLATE KIT


FOR REGULATOR
OR V3V

Code

Description

Description

9640501 02 PILOT
REGULATOR KIT
9640502 04 PILOT
REGULATOR KIT
9640503 08 PILOT
REGULATOR KIT
9640504 012 PILOT
REGULATOR KIT

Weight [g]
220
220
220
220

Weight [g]

82

REEL FOR CNOMO CONTROL V3V

KEY CONTROL FOR V3V 3/4-1

Code

Code

Description

W0210010100 REEL 30 4W 24VDC


W0210011100 REEL 30
4VA 24VAC 50/60HZ
W0210012100 REEL 30
4VA 110VAC 50/60HZ
W0210013100 REEL 30
4VA 220VAC 50/60HZ

Weight [g]

9640301 KEY CONTROL KIT 364


FOR V3V

ELECTRIC CONNECTOR FOR


CNOMO CONTROL V3V

MANUAL CONTROL
FOR V3V 3/4-1

Code

Description

9640401 MANUAL
CONTROL
KIT FOR V3V

Weight [g]
340

Code

Description

W0970520034 CONNECTOR
30 LED 24V
W0970520035 CONNECTOR
30 LED 110V
W0970520036 CONNECTOR
30 LED 220V
W0970520037 CONNECTOR
30 VDR 24V
W0970520038 CONNECTOR
30 VDR 110V
W0970520039 CONNECTOR
30 VDR 220V

3.3/49

KIT COIL EEXM

Code

Description

0227606913

KIT FOR COIL 30


24 VDC EEXMT5
CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30
24 VDC EEXMT5
CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30
24 VAC EEXMT5
CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30
24 VAC EEXMT5
CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30
110 VAC EEXMT5
CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30
110 VAC EEXMT5
CABLE 5M
KIT FOR COIL 30
230 VAC EEXMT5
CABLE 3M
KIT FOR COIL 30
230 VAC EEXMT5
CABLE 5M

0227606915

0227608013
8.2

30

0227608015

0227608023

29.5

9.2

0227608025
14.4
66.5

according to Atex 94/9 CE rule,


group 2, category 2 GD

NOTES

3.3/50

12

0227608033

0227608035

KIT FOR COIL SIDE 22 IP65

Code

Description

0222100100

KIT FOR COILS 22 - IP65


(WITH TECHNOPOL
CONTROL)

Improved IP65 protection, even after


prolonged exposure to atmospheric
agents. Applicable to valves with a
technopolymer control.

SPARE PARTS
F and FR FILTERING ELEMENT

FILTERING ELEMENT
FOR DEPURATOR

Code

Description

9450103
9450102
9450101
9250103
9250102
9250101
9650103
9650102
9650101

SPARES FP 1/2 4
SPARES FP 1/2 20
SPARES FP 1/2 50
SPARES FP 1/4 4
SPARES FP 1/4 20
SPARES FP 1/4 50
SPARES FP 3/4 4
SPARES FP 3/4 20
SPARES FP 3/4 50

Code

Description

RA AUTOMATIC DRAIN

Code

Description

9000801 SPARES RA 3/8-1/2-3/4-1

SAC AUTOMATIC DRAIN

9450105 SPARES KIT FP DEP. 3/8

Code

Description

9000803 SAC 1/4 3/8 1/2

3
METAL FILTER BOWL

Code

Description

9450301
9455201
9250301
9255201
9650301

SPARES TMVF 1/2 RMSA


SPARES TMVF 1/2 SAC
SPARES TMVF 1/4 RMSA
SPARES TMVF 1/4 SAC
SPARES TMVF 3/4 1 RMSA

VENTURI LUBRICATOR DIAPHRAGM Code

Description

9252001 SPARES MB 100 1/4


9352001 SPARES MB 200 1/4 3/8 1/2
9652002 SPARES MB 3/4-1

SPRINGS FOR REGULATORS AND FR

METAL LUBRICATOR BOWL

Code

Description

9250601
9250602
9250603
9250604
9450601
9450602
9450603
9650601
9650602
9650603

SPARES MO 02 1/4
SPARES MO 04 1/4
SPARES MO 08 1/4
SPARES MO 12 1/4
SPARES MO 04 1/2
SPARES MO 08 1/2
SPARES MO 12 1/2
SPARES MO 04 3/4
SPARES MO 08 3/4
SPARES MO 12 3/4

Code

Description

9251201 SPARES TMVL 1/4


9451201 SPARES TMVL 1/2
9651201 SPARES TMVL 3/4

3.3/51

TRANSPARENT LUBRICATOR
COVER

Code

Description

9251301
9651301
9251302*

SPARES CVL 1/4


SPARES CVL 3/4
SPARES CVL
100-200-300-400 BIT

DOME DISASSEMBLY SPANNER

Code

Description

9250901 SPARES OTFR 1/4


9450901 SPARES OTFR 1/2

COMPLETE POPPER
FOR REGULATOR

Code

Description

9250701 SPARES OTR 1/4


9450701 SPARES OTR 1/2
9650701 SPARES OTR 3/4

UPPER COVER FOR


REGULATOR AND FR

3.3/52

Code

Description

9250801
9250802
9250803
9250804
9450801
9450802
9450803
9650801
9650802
9650803

SPARES CS 1/4 02
SPARES CS 1/4 04
SPARES CS 1/4 08
SPARES CS 1/4 012
SPARES CS 1/2 04
SPARES CS 1/2 08
SPARES CS 1/2 12
SPARES CS 3/4 04
SPARES CS 3/4 08
SPARES CS 3/4 012

Description

9220701 ACC COVER LUB SPANNER

*SOSTITUTE CODE:
9251301-9651301

COMPLETE POPPET FOR FR

Code

NOTES

SUMMARY

CHAPTER 3.4

LEARNING ABOUT ONE

PAGE 3.4/02

SPECIFICATIONS

PAGE 3.4/06

HOW TO ORDER ONE

PAGE 3.4/10

ACCESSORIES

PAGE 3.4/12

SPARE PARTS

PAGE 3.4/13

3.4/01

LEARNING ABOUT
In the world of pneumatics, which is considered mature, it is rare
to encounter completely new and different products.
ONE a compressed air treatment unit with a high degree of
integration, that encompassed numerous pneumatic functions.
In fact, it contains so many innovations that a single patent is not
enough to safeguard it against imitation three separate patent
applications have been registered with a total of 39 claims. This
unit is so innovative that it won the international novelty award
at Fluidtrans Compomac.
ONE has a single high-performance valve on the main flow that
handles all the functions from regulation to relief. It is controlled
by a high-precision pilot regulator with controlled relief, in series
with the manual on-off valve, the electric valve and the progressive
actuator. Unification of the valve has led to a significant reduction
in overall dimensions, enhanced capacity, precision and response
speed.

INTEGRATION
One single unit houses the threaded ports, filter, condensate drain, pressure regulator, shut-off valve, soft start valve, pressure switch
and three supplementary air intakes.

MINIATURISATION

140 mm

180 mm

Extremely reduced dimensions, considering


the extra-high performance and flow rate
reachable.

3.4/02

No clearance is required above and below


it to make adjustments or change the filter
or other components. The actual space
occupied is thus further reduced.

It weighs slightly more than one kilo instead


of the 48 kilos of conventional units.

EASY ADJUSTMENTS AND LITTLE MAINTENANCE


The entire user interface is at the front, which means that everything
is visible and easy to reach.
All the adjustments are made using the push-lock knobs (no need
for wrenches or screwdrivers), thus preventing accidental operations
or manoeuvres.

CONFIGURABILITY
Considering that ONE is reduced in size but highly performing, and it can integrate tenths of functions, a single unit can cover the
entire range of applications, with cut-clear advantages in terms of standardisation and reduction of the number of codes handled
and goods in stock.
With a single size there are thousands of different configurations. For example, there is choice between 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 or
1 threaded ports, manual and/or electric on-off or progressive valves, etc.
The customer decides the configuration he wants and creates the code, using the key-to-coding table shown below in this catalogue.
He will receive the unit he wants marked with its code and the correct pneumatic diagram.

WHAT YOU CAN SEE FROM THE OUTSIDE





















Air intake, with swivel threaded port


2
Fixing hole
Access to filter cartridge
Pressure regulation
Shut-off valve (manual)
Manual override (shut-off valve electrical)
19
Soft start valve regulation
Switching pressure regulation
Air outlet, with swivel threaded port
1
LED signalling unit ON
LED signalling pressure below the value set on pressure switch
LED signalling pressure over the value set on pressure switch
5-pin M12x1 electrical connector
Pressure gauge
1/4 air intake. Another regulated air intake and a filtered
non-regulated air intake are situated on the top
Air exhaust with a G1/4silencer
Condensate tank
Condensate drain with G1/8 thread (for RA only)
Clogged filter signal

10
11
12
13

14

18

17

16

15

3.4/03

THREADED PORTS

FILTER CHANGE

The threaded ports at the air intake and outlet are the swivel
type to facilitate coupling with the supply and delivery pipes. In
this way, the unit can be mounted or removed without dismounting
the pipes.
A range of 5 different threads, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 and 1
is also available.
The thread for the supply pipe may differ from that of the delivery
one.

CONDENSATE DRAIN

If the filter gets so clogged up that it causes an excessive drop


in pressure as the air passes through, the optical filter blockage
indicator will project (see detail A) to indicate that the filter
cartridge must be replaced.
The cartridge can be replaced by unscrewing a plug at the
front. This system is functional and, unlike conventional filters,
does not require manoeuvring space below the unit.
An automatic stop on-off valve is incorporated in the unit: when
the filter plug is unscrewed, the valve closes automatically. This
means there is not need to a tap upstream and there is no risk
of the plug being ejected violently.

SINGLE AIR EXHAUST

Condesate
drain
The condensate drain is located downstream of the filter and
thus uses cleaner air. This prevents the known problem of air
leaks due to the deposit of dirt on the condensate discharge valve.
You can request ONE with two types of condensate drain:
- semi-automatic, type RMSA
- automatic, of the floating type RA

3.4/04

Air exhaust

The air in the circuit is relieved via one outlet situated below the
unit and fitted with silencer. If you want to convey air relief to
prevent the emission of polluted air into the atmosphere, you can
replace the silencer and install a fitting. ( a pipe with a diameter
of at least 6 mm is recommended)
Next to the air outlet there is the condensate drain, which in the
RA version can be connected to the thread with a 1/8 fitting.

SUPPLEMENTARY PORTS

PANEL MOUNTING

A
1/4

B
1/4

1/4

B
In addition to the main outlet, there are three supplementary air
ports with a 1/4 thread.
- one for filtered non-regulated air (A) for use, for example, with
a compressed air gun.
- two for filtered regulated air (B).
The unit comes complete with supplementary plugged ports for
use with A7 fittings.

ONE can be mounted inside the guard of the machine leaving


only the front visible. This is a considerable advantage in terms
of functionality and aesthetics as the user interface is entirely at
the front. Among the accessories to be ordered separately, there
is the kit of brackets for panel mounting.

3
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

SOFT START VALVE


Pressure

Conventional unit

ON

Time

Regulation for
: does not change with flow rate!
Initial regulation of conventional unit
Low flow rate: activation too abrupt
High flow rate: activation too slow
Even higher flow rate: never cuts in!

A standard five-pin M12x1 connector, with


IP67 protection is used for the opening
solenoid valve and the pressure switch.
One cable only is required, thus improving
reliability and reducing wiring times.

The soft start valve is an absolutely innovative feature among the functions provided
by ONE. Soft start valve available from the trade are generally based on the principle
of leaving the passage of a small amount of air until the downstream pressure reaches
a set value, and then opening the passage fully. In this way, the rate at which the
pressure increases depends on the flow rate of the utilities, which often feature a
continuous flow rate, for example a blow, and thus the starter can hardly activate. The
solution offered by One is such that the pressure increases gradually and it is independent
of the flow rate of the utilities. Pressure increase can be regulated precisely via the knob
at the front.
Another piece of news, among the several possible configurations you can have the
soft start valve operated by the manual V3V
3.4/05

SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DATA
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.6 Mpa; 91 psi) P 0.5 bar (0.05 Mpa; 7 psi)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.6 Mpa; 91 psi) P 1 bar (0.1 Mpa; 14 psi)
Flow rate on discharge at 6 bar (0.1 Mpa; 14 psi)
1/4 port flow rate of non-regulated filtered air
at 6.3 bar (0.6 Mpa; 91 psi) P 1 bar
*Flow rate of each supplementary 1/4 filtered
and regulated air port at 6.3 bar (0.6 Mpa; 91 psi) P 1 bar
Fluid
Setting range
Degree of filtration
Maximum inlet pressure
Operating temperature range

Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm
Nl/min
scfm

1/4

3/8

2200
78
2400
85

2900
102
3300
116

3/4

3600
127
4000
141

1600
56
1800
64
2400
85
compressed air
0,5 2
0,5 4
0,5 8
5 m (yellow) or 20 m (white)
10 bar 1 Mpa 145 psi
-10 50
14 122
IP 65 with connector
F155
100% ED
M12 x 1.5-pin to CEI IEC 60947-5-2
1,2
24 VDC 10%
0,5 10
bar 0,4 to 0,8 (see diagram)
0,5
330 AC/DC
normally open (NO) and normally closed (NC)
5 x 106
from 1,15 to 1,25 according to configurations
Front, with M5 x 75 screws or back, with M6 x 70 screws
The screws are included in the supply
vertical
from left to right

bar

C
F

Class of protection
Insulation class of the solenoid valve
Switching time
Electrical connector
Solenoid valve power
Solenoid valve voltage
Pressure interval settable on the pressure switch
Pressure switch hysteresis (not adjustable)
Maximum pressure switch current
Maximum pressure switch voltage
Pressure switch contacts
Number of switching
Weight
Wall fixing (max. panel thickness 10 mm):

1/2

W
V
bar
bar
A
V

kg

Mounting position
Direction of flow

* total flow rate from two supplementary outlets and the main one cannot exceed
4000 Nl/min at 6.3 bar with P=1

FLOW CHARTS

1/4

3/8

Pm= 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi

Pm= 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi

PRESET PRESSURE
psi
100
90

MPa
0.7

bar

psi

100

6.5
0.6

80
70

PRESET PRESSURE

90

0.6

70

0.4

50
40

0.5

0.2

20
0.1
10
0

40

4
3.5

0.3

3
2.5

30

1.5

20

0.2

0.1

0
0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

Nl/min

2
1.5

10

0.5
0

0.4

50

2.5
30

4.5
60

3.5
0.3

5.5

4.5
60

bar
6.5

80

5.5
0.5

MPa
0.7

1
0.5

Nl/min
0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

scfm
0

20

40

60

FLOW RATE

3.4/06

scfm
0

80

20

40

60

80

100

120

FLOW RATE

1/2 - 3/4 - 1

Pm= 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi


PRESET PRESSURE
bar

MPa

psi

0.7

100

7
6.5

90

0 .6

80

5.5
5

0.5

70

4.5
60

0.4

3.5

50

0.3

40

2.5
30

0.2

1.5

20

0.1
10

0.5
0

0
0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

Nl/min

4500

scfm
0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

FLOW RATE

WIRING DIAGRAM
Version with solenoid valve
and pressure switch

Version with pressure switch

Version with solenoid valve

3
2 (NC)

2 (NC)

3 (NO)

3 (NO)

4 +24V DC
5 0V DC

4 +24V DC
5 0V DC

PRESSURE SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM

PRESSURE SWITCH HYSTERESIS CHART


psi

bar

140

10

130

120

110

RED

2
3 / 30 Vac-dc
0.5 A max

YELLOW

High switching pressure

+/~

100
90
80

LOAD

6
5

60

50
40

30

10
0

-/~

70

20

LOAD

1
0
0

10

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100110120130140

bar
psi

Low switching pressure

3.4/07

DIMENSIONS

P N E U M A T I C

1/4"

3.4/08

A
CH

19

3/8"
180
22

B
C
D

RA
12.2
144
15

RMSA
16.4
148
15

1/2"

3/4"

1
195

27

32

36

Code:533211171100

EXTERNAL DESIGN
You can get thousands of different configurations. The external design differs according on the versions chosen.

CLOGGED FILTER
SIGNAL

V3V MANUAL

V3V ELECTRICAL
PRESENT

STANDARD

Manual
control

PRESENT

PRESENT

SOFT START VALVE

Led

LOCKABLE

in course of
signalling

NOT PRESENT
in some versions holes are present

NOT PRESENT

NOT PRESENT

holes

NOT PRESENT
plug

plug

CONDENSATE
DRAIN

PRESSURE SWITCH

ONE NON-ELECTRICAL

PRESENT
Led

AUTOMATIC (RA)

12.2

G1/8

15

NOT PRESENT
in some versions holes are present
plug

holes

RMSA

16.4

15

plug

3.4/09

HOW TO ORDER
ORDERING CODES
You can choose among numerous variants and options. The product code so personalised is made up by compiling the diagram
below. The code so compiled must be specified on the order. A label showing the code and its pneumatic diagram is affixed onto
the product.

ONE electrical or
ONE non-electrical

Air
intake

Degree
of
filtration

Clogged
filter
signal

Condensate
drain

Pressure
regulation

54

EXAMPLE

53

ONE
non-electric

54 ONE electric*

Valves

Pressure
switch

Air
outlet

Varie,
versioni speciali

1/4

2 20m

NO

0 RMSA

2 0,52
bar

None

NO

1/4

3/8

YES

4 0,54
bar

V3V manual

YES

3/8

1/2

8 0,58
bar

V3V manual
with padlock

1/2

3/4

V3V manual
and
soft start valve

3/4

V3V manual
with
padlock and
soft start valve

V3V manual
and
V3V electric

V3V manual
with
padlock and
V3V electric

V3V manula
and APR electric

V3V manual
with
padlock and
APR electric

only V3V
electric

only APR
electric

5m

automatic
(RA)

* a pressure switch version and/or electric V3V and/or electric


progressive actuator.

NB: versions valid only for the electric ONE (code 54)

3.4/10

00

0
Standard

A ONE electric or non-electric

ONE non-electric: there is no component actuated electrically: select code 53. In this case, the unit comes without any M12x1
connector, LED, pressure switch,or electric V3V.
ONE electric: there is at least one component actuated electrically, and thus the pressure switch and/or electric V3V (and/or
the electrical soft start valve) select code 54. In this case, the unit comes with the M12x1 connector and 3 LEDs. Only the LEDs
associated with the functions installed will be active.

B Air intake
There are 5 different gas cylindrical threads: 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 and 1.

C Degree of filtration

A cartridge with a degree of filtering of 5 m (yellow) or 20 m (white) is available. This value is marked on the plug .

D Clogged filter signal

If the filter gets so clogged up that it causes an excessive drop in pressure as the air passes through, the orange indicator will
project from the body by a few millimetres.

E Condensate drain
RMSA: the condensate is drained out automatically only by relieving the air pull the knurled knob for having the same result.
Automatic (RA): a floating system that automatically drains the condensate out whenever the level of water in the bowl reaches
the set value.

F Pressure regulation
There are three possible regulation fields.
The value is marked on the regulation knob.

G Valves
There are 11 different combinations. The electric valves are clearly selectable only if the initial code is 54, i.e. ONE electric.
0 - No valves present
1 - V3V manual: is a 3/2 valve that in a set position allows the air to flow and in the other it closes the passage and discharges
the pressure downstream.
2 - V3V manual with padlock: like the previous one, with the possibility of inserting a padlock (included in the supply with
2 keys) in the valve closed position.
3 - V3V manual and soft start valve: when the manual V3V valve is operated, the pressure starts to increase slowly, with a
fine adjustable ramp, and when it reaches about 30-40% of the set value, the valve opens completely and the pressure
rises to the set value.
4 - V3V manual with padlock and soft start valve: like the previous, with the padlock device on the manual V3V in OFF
position.
5 - V3V manual and V3V electric: two V3V in series are present, one is manual the other electrical. By operating both the
valve the air flow is allowed. If one or two are switched OFF, the air downstream is relieved. The electrical one can also
be operated manually by reefing pushed the TEST button
6 - V3V manual with padlock and V3V electric: like the previous, with the padlock device in OFF position.
7 - V3V manual and APR electric: One manual V3V and one soft start valve are present. When both are operated, the
pressure starts to increase slowly, with a fine adjustable ramp, and when it reaches about 30-40% of the set value, the
valve opens completely and the pressure rises to the set value.
8 - V3V manual with padlock and APR electric: like the previous, with the padlock device on the manual V3V in OFF
position.
9 - V3V elettric:Its present only the electrical V3V. The valve will open if it is powered on. When the power supply is switched
off, the valve closes and air downstream is relieved. The valve can also be operated manually by keeping pushed the test
button.
A -APR elettric:Its present only the electric soft start valve. Whent it is powered ON, the pressure
starts to increase slowly,with a fine adjustable ramp, and when it reaches about 30-40% of the set value, the valve opens
completely and the pressure rises to the set value.

H Pressure switch

The pressure switch has a switching contact, which means you can have a normally-open signal or a normally-close signal. It
is also connected to the NC and NO LEDs which come on if the actual pressure is less or greater than the set pressure, respectively.
The LEDs only come on if an electric charge is connected to them.

Air outlet
Five different gas cylindrical threads are available: 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 and 1. It is possible to choose a thread other than
the one on the inlet port.

L Free positions for special executions.

3.4/11

ACCESSORIES
STRAIGHT CONNECTOR

5.4

58

5.4

70

56

14

PANEL MOUNTING BRACKETS

Code
W0970513001

Description
ACC. 5-PIN M12x1 STRAIGHT CONNECTOR

189

Minimum dimensions of the


window for the assembly
on the panel

Code
9200702

10.5

STRAIGHT CONNECTOR WITH WIRE

6.8

168

105

10.5
6.8

204.5

Description
ACC. KIT PANEL MOUNTING BRACKETS
NB: fixing screws included

COVER DISASSEMBLY WRENCH

1 - brown
2 - white
3 - blue
4 - black
5 - gray

Code
Description
W0970513002 ACC. 5-PIN M12x1 STRAIGHT CONNECTOR WITH WIRE L=5 m

90 CONNECTOR

Code
9170401

Description
ACC. COVER DISASSEMBLY WRENCH

SECURITY KNOB
Code
Description
W0970513003 ACC. M12x1 5-PIN 90 CONNECTOR

90 CONNECTOR WITH WIRE

Code
9200703

Description
ACC. SECURITY KNOB APR/PRESSURE SWITCH

NOTE: Pull outwards to remove the knob from the APR/pressure switch
on the unit. Insert the security knob and regulate the APR/ pressure
switch. Then press the handle firmly to lock it in position. If the
APR/pressure switch needs to be reset, remove the security knob by
forcing it laterally with a screwdriver.

9
3.4/12

1 - brown
2 - white
3 - blue
4 - black
5 - gray

Code
Description
W0970513004 ACC. M12X1 5-PIN 90 CONNECTOR WITH WIRE L=5M

SPARE PARTS
PRESSURE GAUGE

Code

Description

THREADED PORT

9700106 ACC. M 39 1/8 0-4


9700107 ACC. M 39 1/8 0-12

FILTER ELEMENT

Code

Description

FILTER PLUG WITH


FILTER ELEMENT

9251720 SPARE FILTER ELEMENT


5 m for ONE
9251721 SPARE FILTER ELEMENT
20 m for ONE

Code

Description

9232001
9232002
9232003
9232004
9232005

1/4 SPARE THR. PORT FOR ONE


3/8 SPARE THR. PORT FOR ONE
1/2 SPARE THR. PORT FOR ONE
3/4 SPARE THR. PORT FOR ONE
1 SPARE THR. PORT FOR ONE

Code

Description

9251723 SPARE PLUG + FILTER ELEMENT


5 m for ONE
9251724 SPARE PLUG + FILTER ELEMENT
20 m for ONE

PILOT REGULATOR

Code

Description

9250820 SPARE PILOT REG. 0.52 bar


for ONE
9250821 SPARE PILOT REG. 0.54 bar
for ONE
9250822 SPARE PILOT REG. 0.58 bar
for ONE

POPPET

Code

Description

9250707 SPARE POPPET for ONE

3.4/13

SPARE PARTS
SOLENOID VALVE

Code

Description

PRESSURE SWITCH

W4005001150 SPARE SOL. VALVE for ONE

Code

Description

9000500 SPARE PRESS. SWITCH for ONE


Note: with this kit we suggest you should
order also the gauge, as it could get
damaged during the disassembly.

ELECTRIC BOARD

Code

Description

9232010 SPARE ELECTRIC BOARD for ONE


Note: with this kit we suggest you should
order also the gauge, as it could get
damaged during the disassembly.

NOTES

3.4/14
9

AUTOMATIC
CONDENSATE DRAIN

Code

Description

9000805 SPARE AUT. CONDENSATE DRAIN

FITTINGS
ACCESSORIES

FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES

FITTINGS

CHAPTER 4.1

INTRODUCTION PUSH-IN FITTINGS

PAGE 4.1/02

PUSH-IN FITTINGS

PAGE 4.1/06

SERIES F PUSH-IN FITTINGS FOR USE IN THE FOOD INDUSTRY

PAGE 4.1/26

STANDARD ADAPTORS A

PAGE 4.1/30

COMPRESSION FITTINGS B

PAGE 4.1/35

QUICK FITTINGS C

PAGE 4.1/38

BANJO FITTINGS D

PAGE 4.1/42

4.1/01

PUSH-IN FITTINGS
Push-in fittings by Metal Work are the best elements for
connecting pipes and actuators.
Quick and easy to use, the Metal Work push-in fitting can
be re-used thousands of times without affecting the
pneumatic and mechanical seal in any way. It comes in
various configurations and guarantees a virtually unlimited,
highly flexible use. The clamping spring with its special
shape grips the pipe without scratching or deforming it,
which facilitates release.
In the fittings, the release bushing has patented screwdriver
slots to facilitate release in applications not accessible to
the fingers. Configurations RL19, RL21, RL22, RL23, RL23M,
RL24, RL44, and RL49 (except for 5), have a ring for fixing
to the wall asymmetrically in order to contain the head of
a screw within the overall dimensions of the fitting.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded coupling
Diameter
Temperature range for brass fittings
Temperature range for technopolymer fittings

mm
C
F
C
F

Pressure range for brass fittings


Pressure range for technopolymer fittings
Recommended pipe
Fluid

M3 - M5 - M7 - 1/8 - 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2


 3 -  3,17 -  4 -  5 -  6 -  8 -  10 -  12 -  14
20C +80C
4F162F
20C +60C
4F132F
0,99 bar ... 16 bar / 0,099 MPa ... 1,6 MPa
0,99 bar ... 12 bar / 0,099 MPa ... 1,2 MPa
RilsanPA 11 - Nylon 6 - Polyamide 12 - Polypropylene
Vacuum - Compressed air

COMPONENTS

Ring or release bushing: technopolymer


Locking bushing: brass or technopolymer
Body: brass or technopolymer
Clamping spring: stainless steel (for pipes  3 and  3,17 and R31
and R32: brass gripper)
Spring supporting ring: technopolymer
Seal: NBR

2
3

4.1/02

FOR 8 PUSH-IN FITTINGS ONLY


NOT
Serie R
SerieCOMPATIBLE
R NON COMPATIBILE

R7 8

Serie miniaturizzata
Miniature
metal/plastic
Serie
FOX
metallica/tecnopolimero
only
soloper
per

R8 8 - ...

R9 8
The new series of 8 miniature push-in fittings, identified in the code by a letter L and visually by the screwdriver slot on the release
ring, are not compatible with fittings R7, R8 and R9 8 in the old series.

O-ring BELOW R FITTINGS


Thread
M3
M5 (for 3- 3.17)
M5
M7
M12x1,5

Initials
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................

Dimensions of O-ring
2.6x1
3x1.2
3.5x1.2
5x1.5
9.75x1.78

Thread
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

Initials
2031
2043
2056
3068

Dimensions of O-ring
7.66x1.78
10.82x1.78
14x1.78
17.13x2.62

SCREWING METHOD

Thread
M3
M5
M7
M12x1,5
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2

Max. Torque [Nm]


0.4
1.8
2.5
8
6
8
10
15

CH [mm]
1.5
2
2.5
3
4
5
Over 5

Max. Torque [Nm]


0.4
0.7
1.2
2.5
5
8
See the values concerning threads

NB: When using a socket spanner, the torque must not exceed that of the thread
(e.g. fitting RL1 6 M7, with a 4 mm thread, has a maximum torque of 2.5 Nm).

4.1/03

GENERAL FEATURES

All fittings have cylindrical threading and


incorporate a O-ring (Metal Work patent).
The use of an O-ring considerably improves
the seal of angled, rough, and slightly
convex surfaces. Teflon (PTFE) is no longer
used.

Mounting fittings with an Allen wrench or


pneumatic tool. All the elbows and tees are
rotary. Drastic reduction in assembly times.

A single tee can give central tees and lateral


tees.

The pipe is easy to assemble by pressing


lightly on the pusher ring. To remove the
fitting, merely push radially on the key.

FROM AN IDEA, A SYSTEM


Four basic fittings can be used to make all possible connections in a pneumatic circuit.
Sharp drop in the number of fittings to be stocked and hence reduced operating costs.

4.1/04

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM

Pre-assembling fittings on the workbench


with pneumatic tool even with very close
centre distances.

Pre-assembling fittings and pipe sections


on the workbench. Pre-assembled
configurations can be stocked for assembly
in series.

Quick connection and completion of the


pneumatic circuit.

FROM A SYSTEM, INNOVATION

An Allen wrench is used to assemble rotary


fittings even with very close centre distances.

The special configuration with two O-rings


allows maximum orientation so as to follow
pipe movement in the specific application.

Fittings with a built-in gasket and reduced


height (H) with the same threaded coupling
and pipe diameter.

4.1/05

BRASS FITTINGS
STRAIGHT, CYLINDRICAL, MALE (R1)

Ch

Ch1
D
F

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2001B01
2001B02
2001A01
2001A02
2L01001
2L01020
2L01002
2L01003
2001004
2001005
2001006
2L01000
2L01021
2L01101
2L01007
2L01008
2L01102
2L01009
2L01010
2L01011
2L01012
2L01013
2L01018
2001019
2001014
2001015
2001016
2001017

R1
R1
R1
R1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1
R1
R1
R1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1
RL1

3
3
3.17
3.17
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
14
14

M3
M5
M3
M5
M5
M7
1/8
1/4
M5
1/8
1/4
M5
M7
M12x1,5
1/8
1/4
M12x1,5
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2

 5.8
 5.8
 5.8
 5.8
9
9
10
10
 12
13
12
 11
 11
12
12
12
14
13
14
14
16
16
16
19
19
19
22
22

1.5
2
1.5
2
2.5
3
3
3
2.5
3
3
2.5
4
4
4
4
6
5
6
6
7
8
8
7
10
10
10
12

3
3.5
3
3.5
4
5
6
8
4
6
8
4
5
8
6
8
8
6
8
9
8
9
11
8
9
11
9
11

12.6
13
12.6
13
20.3
18.9
18
19.8
22.5
22
24
21.9
23
23.2
21.6
20.3
24.5
25.4
24.4
22.8
29.2
26.5
29.8
30.5
28.1
29.3
33.8
31.5

1.5
2
1.5
2
2.6
3.1
3.1
3.1
2.6
3.1
3.1
2.6
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
6.2
5.2
6.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
8,2
7.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
12.2

5.8
5.8
5.8
5.8
9
9.8
14
18
12
15
18
11
11
17
14
18
17
14
18
22
18
22
26
21
22
26
24.6
26

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2L01C02
2L01C07
2L01C08
2001Z07
2001Z08
2L01C09
2L01C10
2L01C11
2L01C13
2L01C14
2001C15
2001C16

RL1C
RL1C
RL1C
RL1Z
RL1Z
RL1C
RL1C
RL1C
RL1C
RL1C
RL1C
RL1C

4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12

1/8
1/8
1/4
12x1 con.
12x1,25 con.
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2

10
12
12
12
12
13
14
14
16
16
19
19

3
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
7
8
10
10

3.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
6.2
6.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
10.2
10.2

11.3
13.5
13.2
13.2
13.2
14.3
15.8
16.6
17.7
17.7
21
21.3

18.5
22.5
22.3
23.5
23.5
26
25.5
24.9
28.9
26
28.5
26.6

6.2
6.2
8.5
9
9
6.2
8.5
9
8.5
9
9
11

STRAIGHT, CONICAL, MALE (R1C)

Ch

Ch1
D
F
E

4.1/06

STRAIGHT, FEMALE (R2)

Ch

Code

Ref.

Ch

2002B02
2002A02
2L02001
2L02002
2002003
2002004
2L02005
2L02006
2L02007
2L02008
2L02009
2L02010
2L02011
2L02012

R2
R2
RL2
RL2
R2
R2
RL2
RL2
RL2
RL2
RL2
RL2
RL2
RL2

3
3.17
4
4
5
5
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
12

M5
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2

7
7
10
10
12
12
12
12
13
14
16
16
19
19

4.5
4.5
7
8
7
8
7
8
7
8
8
10
10
11

15.7
15.7
26.2
28.6
27
29.5
27.1
29.3
28.1
30
31.8
36.8
37
40.5

2.5
2.5
3
3
4
4
5
5
7
7
8
8
10
10

7.8
7.8
14
17
14
17
14
17
14
17
17,7
20,8
20,8
23,8

Code

Ref.

1

2

2003A02
2003A01
2L03001
2003002
2L03003
2L03004
2L03005
2003006
2003007

R3
R3
RL3
R3
RL3
RL3
RL3
RL3
RL3

3
3.17
4
5
6
8
10
12
14

3
3.17
4
5
6
8
10
12
14

M8x0.75
M8x0.75
M11x1
M14x1
M13x1
M15x1
M17x1
M20x1
M24x1

18.4
18.4
30.6
33.5
33
35.7
39.2
40.7
45.9

2
2
2.5
4
4.5
6.5
8
10
12

2L03301
2L03302
2L03303
2L03304
2L03306
2L03305
2L03307
2L03308

RL3
RL3
RL3
RL3
RL3
RL3
RL3
RL3

4
4
6
6
6
8
8
10

6
8
8
10
12
10
12
12

M13x1
M15x1
M15x1
M17x1
M20x1
M17x1
M20x1
M20x1

32.7
34.4
35
37.5
39
37.8
40.1
40.8

2.5
2.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6
8

F
E

STRAIGHT, INTERMEDIATE (R3)

2
F

4.1/07

ELBOW, INTERMEDIATE (R4)

Code

Ref.

2004A02
2004A01
2L04001
2004002
2L04003
2L04004
2L04005
2004006
2004007

R4
R4
RL4
R4
RL4
RL4
RL4
RL4
RL4

3
3.17
4
5
6
8
10
12
14

10.4
10.4
16.7
19.2
19
21.3
23.3
26
29.3

2
2
2.5
3
4.5
6.5
8
10
12

6.3
6.3
9.5
13.5
11.5
13.5
16
20.5
22

Code

Ref.

L1

2005A02
2005A01
2L05001
2005002
2L05003
2L05004
2L05005
2005006
2005007

R5
R5
RL5
R5
RL5
RL5
RL5
RL5
RL5

3
3.17
4
5
6
8
10
12
14

10.4
10.4
16.7
19.2
19
21.3
23.3
26
29.3

20.8
20.8
33.4
38.4
38
42.6
46.6
52
58.6

2
2
2.5
3
4.5
6.5
8
10
12

6.3
6.3
9.5
13.5
11.5
13.5
16
20.5
22

Code

Ref.

Ch

2006A02
2006A01
2006001
2006020
2006002
2006003
2006004
2006005
2006006
2006000
2006021
2006007
2006008
2006009
2006010
2006011
2006012
2006013
2006022
2006019
2006014
2006015
2006016
2006017
2006101
2006102

R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6
R6

3
3.17
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
14
14
6
8

M5
M5
M5
M7
1/8
1/4
M5
1/8
1/4
M5
M7
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
M12X1.5
M12X1.5

5
5
8
8
13
14
8
13
14
9
8
13
14
13
14
17
14
17
19
14
17
22
17
22
13
13

3.5
3.5
4
5
6
8
4
6
8
4
5
6
8
6
8
9
8
9
11
8
9
11
9
11
8
8

17.1
17.1
25.2
26.5
28.9
32.4
25.2
28.9
32.4
25.7
27
29.4
32.9
30.6
34
35.4
38.2
38.7
41
40.7
42.2
44.2
46.2
48.2
33
33.7

2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.2
2.7
3
3
2.7
4
4
4
5.5
6
6
7.8
8
8
7.8
10
10
10
12
4
6

5.8
5.8
9
9.8
15
18
9
15
18
10
9.8
15
18
15
18
22
18
22
26
18
22
26
22
26
17
17

TEE, INTERMEDIATE (R5)

THREADED ADAPTER (R6)

Ch

F
E

4.1/08

EXTENDED THREADED
ADAPTER (R18)
E1

Ref.

Ch

L1

L2

E1

2018002
2018007
2018008
2018009
2018010
2018011
2018012
2018013

R18
R18
R18
R18
R18
R18
R18
R18

4
6
6
8
8
8
10
10

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8

13
13
14
13
14
17
14
17

6
6
8
6
8
9
8
9

40.4
43.4
46.9
46.5
50
51.4
57.2
58.7

18.2
20.7
22.2
22.7
24.2
24.7
27.2
27.7

6.7
6.7
8.2
6.7
8.2
8.7
8.2
8.7

15
15
18
15
18
22
18
22

7
9
9
11
11
13
12
12

Code

Ref.

2007001
2007002
2007003
2L07004
2007005
2007006
2007007

R7
R7
R7
RL7
R7
R7
R7

4
5
6
8
10
12
14

34
34
37.5
37.5
45
48
58

2
3
4
6
8
10
12

Code

Ref.

1

2

2008A01
2008A02
2008001
2L08002
2008003
2L08004
2008005
2L08006
2L08007
2L08008
2008009
2008010
2008011
2008015
2008014
2008017
2008018

R8
R8
RL8
RL8
R8
RL8
R8
RL8
RL8
RL8
RL8
RL8
RL8
RL8
RL8
RL8
RL8

4
4
5
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
12
12
14
14
14

3
3.17
4
4
5
4
5
6
6
8
4
6
8
10
8
10
12

26
26
32.2
29.9
36
28.7
34.5
31.9
36.2
40.8
36.7
42
40.1
44.3
44.1
44.3
50

2
2
3
2.8
4
2.8
4
4.5
5
7
3
5
7
8.2
7
8.2
10

6.3
6.3
9.5
9.5
12
9.5
12
11.5
11.5
14
13
13
14
16
15.5
16
19.5

34.5

2.5

11.5

Ch

Code

F
E

EXTENSION (R7)

REDUCER (R8)

E
1

ADDITION
2009001 RL8/M 4

4.1/09

PLUG (R9)

MAX

2
F

SINGLE RING (R13)

Ref.

2010A02
2L10A01*
2L10001*
2010002
2L10003*
2L10004*
2L10005*
2L10006*
2010007

R9
RL9T
RL9T
R9
RL9T
RL9T
RL9T
RL9T
R9

3
3.17
4
5
6
8
10
12
14

20
19.6
27
27
29.8
33.6
36.8
39
39.5

* MADE OF TECHNOPOLYMER

STRAIGHT, INTERMEDIATE,
BULKMTAD (R10)

Ch

Code

Code

Ref.

Ch

Imax

2011A02
2011A01
2L11001
2011002
2L11003
2L11004
2L11005
2011006
2011007

R10
R10
RL10
R10
RL10
RL10
RL10
RL10
RL10

3
3.17
4
5
6
8
10
12
14

3
3.17
4
5
6
8
10
12
14

M8x0.75
M8x0.75
M11x1
M14x1
M13x1
M15x1
M17x1
M20X1
M24x1

10
10
13
17
16
17
20
24
27

18.4
18.4
30.6
33.5
33
35.7
39.2
40.7
45.9

2
2
2.5
4
4.5
6.5
8
10
12

5
5
11
8
12
13.5
17
20.3
21.9

2L11301
2L11302
2L11303
2L11304
2L11306
2L11305
2L11307
2L11308

RL10
RL10
RL10
RL10
RL10
RL10
RL10
RL10

4
4
6
6
6
8
8
10

6
8
8
10
12
10
12
12

M13x1
M15x1
M15x1
M17x1
M20x1
M17x1
M20x1
M20x1

16
17
17
20
24
20
24
24

32.7
34.4
35
37.5
39
37.8
40.1
40.8

2.5
2,5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6
8

11
12
13
14.5
16
15
17.5
19

Code

Ref.

L1

E1

2012A02
2012A01
2012001
2012002
2012003
2012004
2012005
2012006
2012007
2012008
2012009
2012010
2012011
2012013
2012012
2012014

R13
R13
RL13
RL13
R13
R13
RL13
RL13
RL13
RL13
RL13
RL13
RL13
RL13
RL13
RL13

3
3.17
4
4
5
5
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
12

M5
M5
M5
1/8
M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

12.9
12.9
20.2
21.3
23.8
24.8
23
24.5
24.8
26.5
28.5
31.4
32.8
33
35.3
37

9
9
9
15
9
15
15
17
15
17
20
17
20
17
20
24

9
9
9.5
14
9.5
14
14
18
14
18
21
18
21
18
21
26

7
7
9.5
9.5
12
12
11.5
11.5
13.8
13.8
13.8
16.5
16
19.5
19.5
19.5

L
For the rods series D, see page 4.1/37

4.1/10

DUAL RING (R14)

Code

Ref.

L1

E1

2013001
2013002
2013003
2013004
2013005
2013006
2013007
2013008
2013009
2013010
2013011

RL14
RL14
R14
R14
RL14
RL14
RL14
RL14
RL14
RL14
RL14

4
4
5
5
6
6
8
8
8
10
10

M5
1/8
M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8

40.4
42.6
48
49.5
46
49
49.6
53
57
62.8
65.6

9
15
9
15
15
17
15
17
20
17
20

9.5
14
9.5
14
14
18
14
18
21
18
21

9.5
9.5
12
13.5
11.5
11.5
13.8
13.8
13.8
16.5
16

For the rods series D, see page 4.1/43

ROD, MALE
SINGLE ROTARY RING (R15)

E1

L1

CH

Code

Ref.

CH

L1

E1

2014101
2014102
2014103
2014104
2L14001
2L14020
2L14002
2014003
2014004
2L14106
2L14021
2L14005
2L14007
2L14006
2L14008
2L14013
2L14009
2L14014
2014010
2014011
2014012

R15
R15
R15
R15
RL15
RL15
RL15
R15
R15
RL15
RL15
RL15
RL15
RL15
RL15
RL15
RL15
RL15
RL15
RL15
RL15

3
3.17
3
3.17
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
12

M3
M3
M5
M5
M5
M7
1/8
M5
1/8
M5
M7
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

1.5
1.5
2
2
2
3
3
2
3
2
3
3
4
3
4
5
4
5
4
5
8

3
3
3.5
3.5
4
5
6
4
6
4
5
6
8
6
8
9
8
9
8
9
11

12.2
12.2
12.7
12.7
20.2
20.2
21.3
24
25
23.5
23.5
23
24.5
24.8
26.5
28.5
31.4
32.8
33
35.3
37

13.2
13.2
13.7
13.7
18.4
18.5
24.9
19
27
18.4
18.5
24.9
29.4
24.9
29.4
35.6
29.4
35.6
29.4
35.6
40.8

5.8
5.8
5.8
5.8
9.5
9.8
14
9.9
14
9.5
9.8
14
18
14
18
22
18
22
18
22
26

5.8
5.8
7
7
9.5
9.5
9.5
12
12
11.3
11.3
11.5
11.5
13.8
13.8
13.8
16.5
16
19.5
19.5
19.5

4.1/11

ROD, MALE
DUAL ROTARY RING (R16)

E1

L1

CH

Code

Ref.

CH

L1

E1

2L15001
2L15020
2L15002
2015003
2015004
2L15106
2L15021
2L15005
2L15007
2L15006
2L15008
2L15013
2L15009
2L15014
2015010
2015011
2015012

RL16
RL16
RL16
R16
R16
RL16
RL16
RL16
RL16
RL16
RL16
RL16
RL16
RL16
RL16
RL16
RL16

4
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
12

M5
M7
1/8
M5
1/8
M5
M7
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

2
3
3
2
3
2
3
3
4
3
4
5
4
5
4
5
8

4
5
6
4
6
4
5
6
8
6
8
9
8
9
8
9
11

40.4
40.4
42.6
47.6
49.5
47
47
46
49
49.6
53
57
62.8
65.6
66
70.6
74

18.4
18.5
24.9
18.8
27
18.4
18.5
24.9
29.4
24.9
29.4
35.6
29.4
35.6
29.4
35.6
40.8

9.5
9.8
14
9.9
14
9.5
9.8
14
18
14
18
18
22
22
18
22
26

9.5
9.5
9.5
12
13.5
11.3
11.3
11.5
11.5
13.8
13.8
13.8
16.5
16
19.5
19.5
19.5

Code

Ref.

CH

E1

L1

2L31001
2L31002
2L31003
2031004
2031005
2031006
2L31007
2L31008
2L31009
2L31010
2L31011
2L31012
2L31013
2L31014
2031015
2031016
2031017
2031018
2031019

RL31
RL31
RL31
R31
R31
R31
RL31
RL31
RL31
RL31
RL31
RL31
RL31
RL31
RL31
RL31
RL31
RL31
RL31

4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
14

M5
1/8
1/4
M5
1/8
1/4
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2

9
12
14
9.9
12
14
9
12
14
12
14
17
14
17
22
14
17
22
22

9.9
14
18
9.9
14
18
9.9
14
18
14
18
22
18
22
26
18
22
26
26

9.5
9.5
9.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
11.8
11.8
11.8
13.5
13.5
13.8
16
16
16
20
20
20
21.3

18.6
18.6
18.6
22.8
23
23
21.9
21.9
21.9
25.4
25.4
23.6
27.2
27.2
27.2
30
30
30
33

15.3
19.1
21.1
15.3
19.1
21.1
15.3
19.1
21.1
19.1
21.1
27.1
24.8
27.1
30.7
25.6
27.1
30.7
32.3

4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
6
8
9
8
9
11
8
9
11
11

ROTARY ELBOW, MALE,


CYLINDRICAL (R31)

L1

CH

F
E

4.1/12

E1

ROTARY ELBOW, MALE,


CONICAL (R31C)

L1

CH

E1

Code

Ref.

Ch

E1

L1

2L31C02
2L31C03
2L31C08
2L31C09
2L31C10
2L31C11
2L31C12
2L31C13
2L31C14
2031C15
2031C16

RL31/C
RL31/C
RL31/C
RL31/C
RL31/C
RL31/C
RL31/C
RL31/C
RL31/C
RL31/C
RL31/C

4
4
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12

1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2

12
14
12
14
12
14
17
14
17
17
22

13.3
15.4
13.3
15.4
13.3
15.4
19.2
15.4
19.2
19.2
24.6

9.5
9.5
11.8
11.8
13.5
13.5
13.8
16
16
20
20

18.6
18.6
21.9
21.9
25.4
25.4
23.6
27.2
27.2
30
30

19.8
22.6
19.8
22.6
19.8
23.6
27.1
26.3
27.1
27.1
31.9

6.2
8.5
6.2
8.5
6.2
8.5
9
8.5
9
9
11

Code

Ref.

CH

E1

L1

2L32001
2L32002
2L32003
2032005
2L32004
2L32008
2L32009
2L32010
2L32011
2L32012
2L32013
2L32014
2032017
2032018
2032019

RL32
RL32
RL32
R32
RL32
RL32
RL32
RL32
RL32
RL32
RL32
RL32
RL32
RL32
RL32

4
4
4
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
14

M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2

9
12
14
12
9
12
14
12
14
17
14
17
17
22
22

9.9
14
18
14
9.9
14
18
14
18
22
18
22
22
26
26

9.5
9.5
9.5
13.5
11.8
11.8
11.8
13.5
13.5
13.8
16
16
20
20
21.3

37.2
37.2
37.2
45.6
43.8
43.8
43.8
50.8
50.8
47.2
44.4
44.4
60
60
66

15.3
19.1
21.1
19.1
15.3
19.1
21.1
19.1
21.1
27.1
21.8
27.1
27.1
30.7
32.3

4
6
8
6
4
6
8
6
8
9
8
9
9
11
11

F
E

CENTRAL TEE, MALE,


CYLINDRICAL, ROTARY (R32)

E1

L1

CH

F
E

CENTRAL TEE, MALE, CONICAL,


ROTARY (R32C)

L1
P

CH

E1

Code

Ref.

CH

2L32C02
2L32C03
2L32C08
2L32C09
2L32C10
2L32C11
2L32C12
2L32C13
2L32C14

RL32/C
RL32/C
RL32/C
RL32/C
RL32/C
RL32/C
RL32/C
RL32/C
RL32/C

4
4
6
6
8
8
8
10
10

1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8

12
14
12
14
12
14
17
14
17

13.3
15.4
13.3
15.4
13.3
15.4
19.2
15.4
19.2

E1
9.5
9.5
11.8
11.8
13.5
13.5
13.8
16
16

L1

37.2
37.2
43.8
43.8
50.8
50.8
47.2
44.4
44.4

19.8
22.6
19.8
22.6
19.8
23.6
27.1
26.3
27.1

6.2
8.5
6.2
8.5
6.2
8.5
9
8.5
9

F
E

4.1/13

LATERAL TEE, MALE,


CYLINDRICAL, ROTARY (R38)

E1

CH
P

L1

Code

Ref.

Ch

E1

L1

2L38002
2038005
2L38008
2L38009
2L38010
2L38011
2L38013
2L38014
2038015
2038016

RL38
R38
RL38
RL38
RL38
RL38
RL38
RL38
RL38
RL38

4
5
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
12

1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2

12
12
12
14
12
14
14
17
17
22

14
14
14
18
14
18
18
22
22
26

9.5
13.5
11.5
11.5
13.5
13.5
16
16
20
20

18.6
22.8
21.9
21.9
25.4
25.4
27.2
27.2
30
30

19.1
19.1
19.1
21.1
19.1
22.1
21.8
27.1
27.1
30.7

6
6
6
8
6
8
8
9
9
11

Code

Ref.

2L39C02
2L39C08
2L39C09
2039Z07
2039Z08
2L39C10
2L39C11
2L39C13

RL39/C
RL39/C
RL39/C
RL39/Z
RL39/Z
RL39/C
RL39/C
RL39/C

4
6
6
6
6
8
8
10

1/8
1/8
1/4
12x1 con.
12x1.25 con.
1/8
1/4
1/4

Code

Ref.

2L40001
2L40003
2L40004

RL40
RL40
RL40

4
6
8

Code

Ref.

2L50001
2L50002
2033002
2L50007
2L50008
2L50009
2L50010
2L50011
2L50013

RL50
RL50
R33
RL50
RL50
RL50
RL50
RL50
RL50

F
E

ELBOW, MALE, CONICAL (R39C)

E1

L1

CH

CH

E1

L1

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
14

9.5
11.8
11.8
11.8
11.8
13.5
13.5
16

18.6
21.9
21.9
21.9
21.9
25.4
25.4
27.2

16
16
18.5
17.5
17.5
16
18.5
22

6.2
6.2
8.5
7
7
6.2
8.5
8.5

L1

3
4.5
6.5

9.5
11.3
14

37.2
43.8
50.8

18.6
21.9
25.4

CH

E1

L1

L2

L3

4
4
5
6
6
6
8
8
10

M5
1/8
1/8
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4

2
3
5
2
3
4
3
4
4

9.5
14
14
9.5
14
18
14
18
18

9.5
9.5
12
11.3
11.3
11.5
13.8
13.8
16.5

20.2
20.2
25
23.5
23.5
23
24.8
26.5
31.4

30.3
40.9
42
30.3
40.9
47
40.9
47
47

11.5
15.5
15
11.5
15.5
17.2
15.5
17.2
17.2

6.8
9.1
10.5
6.8
9.1
10.2
9.1
10.2
10.2

4
6
6
4
6
8
6
8
8

CROSS FITTING (RL40)

L1

DUAL ROD
SINGLE ROTARY RINGS (R50)

L3

L1

L2
F
E

4.1/14

E1

CH

DUAL ROD
DUAL ROTARY RINGS (RL51)

Ref.

Ch

E1

L1

L2

L3

2L51001
2L51002
2L51007
2L51008
2L51009
2L51010
2L51011
2L51013

RL51
RL51
RL51
RL51
RL51
RL51
RL51
RL51

4
4
6
6
6
8
8
10

M5
1/8
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4

2
3
2
3
4
3
4
4

9.5
14
9.5
14
18
14
18
18

9.5
9.5
11.3
11.3
11.5
13.8
13.8
16.5

40.4
40.4
47
47
46
49.6
53
62.8

30.3
40.9
30.3
40.9
47
40.9
47
47

11.5
15.5
11.5
15.5
17.2
15.5
17.2
17.2

6.8
9.1
6.8
9.1
10.2
9.1
10.2
10.2

4
6
4
6
8
6
8
8

Code

Ref.

Ch

E1

L1

L2

L3

2L52002
2L52008
2L52009
2L52010
2L52011
2L52013

RL52
RL52
RL52
RL52
RL52
RL52

4
6
6
8
8
10

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4

3
3
4
3
4
4

14
14
18
14
18
18

9.5
11.3
11.5
13.8
13.8
16.5

20.2
23.5
23
24.8
26.5
31.4

56.7
56.7
64.3
56.7
64.3
64.3

15.5
15.5
17.2
15.5
17.2
17.2

9.1
9.1
10.2
9.1
10.2
10.2

6
6
8
6
8
8

Code

Ref.

Ch

E1

L1

L2

L3

2L53002
2L53008
2L53009
2L53010
2L53011
2L53013

RL53
RL53
RL53
RL53
RL53
RL53

4
6
6
8
8
10

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4

3
3
4
3
4
4

14
14
18
14
18
18

9.5
11.3
11.5
13.8
13.8
16.5

40.2
47
46
49.6
53
62.8

56.7
56.7
64.3
56.7
64.3
64.3

15.5
15.5
17.2
15.5
17.2
17.2

9.1
9.1
10.2
9.1
10.2
10.2

6
6
8
6
8
8

L3

L1

L2

E1

CH

Code

F
E

TRIPLE ROD
SINGLE ROTARY RINGS (RL52)

E1

L3

L2

L1

L2

CH

F
E

TRIPLE ROD
DUAL ROTARY RINGS (RL53)

E1

L3

L2

L1

L2

CH

F
E

4.1/15

MALE ROD,
SINGLE SWIVEL RING (RL54)

CH

E1

L1

F
E

MALE ROD,
DUAL SWIVEL RING (RL55)

E1

L1

CH

F
E

DUAL ROD, MALE


SINGLE SWIVEL RINGS (RL56)

P L3

L1

L2

E1

CH

F
E

DUAL ROD, MALE


DUAL SWIVEL RINGS (RL57)
L

P L3

L1

L2
F
E

4.1/16

E1

CH

Code

Ref.

Ch

E1

L1

2L54001
2L54002
2L54007
2L54008
2L54009
2L54010
2L54011
2L54012
2L54013
2L54014
2L54018
2L54016
2L54017

RL54
RL54
RL54
RL54
RL54
RL54
RL54
RL54
RL54
RL54
RL54
RL54
RL54

4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
12

M5
1/8
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

9
13
9
13
16
13
16
20
16
20
16
20
25

9.5
14
9.5
14
18
14
18
21
18
21
18
21
26

9.5
9.5
11.3
11.5
11.5
13.8
13.8
13.8
16.5
16
19.5
19.5
19.5

20.2
21.3
23.5
23
24.5
24.8
26.5
28.5
31.4
32.8
33
35.3
37

18.7
25.3
18.7
25.3
29.2
25.3
29.2
35.4
29.2
35.4
29.2
35.4
40

4.5
6.2
4.5
6.2
8
6.2
8
9
8
9
8
9
11

Code

Ref.

Ch

E1

L1

2L55001
2L55002
2L55007
2L55008
2L55009
2L55010
2L55011
2L55012
2L55013
2L55014
2L55018
2L55016
2L55017

RL55
RL55
RL55
RL55
RL55
RL55
RL55
RL55
RL55
RL55
RL55
RL55
RL55

4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
12

M5
1/8
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

9
13
9
13
16
13
16
20
16
20
16
20
25

9.5
14
9.5
14
18
14
18
21
18
21
18
21
26

9.5
9.5
11.3
11.5
11.5
13.8
13.8
13.8
16.5
16
19.5
19.5
19.5

40.4
42.6
47
46
49
49.6
53
57
62.8
65.6
66
70.6
74

18.7
25.3
18.7
25.3
29.2
25.3
29.2
35.4
29.2
35.4
29.2
35.4
40

4.5
6
4.5
6
8
6
8
9
8
9
8
9
11

Code

Ref.

Ch

E1

L1

L2

L3

2L56001
2L56002
2L56007
2L56008
2L56009
2L56010
2L56011
2L56012
2L56013
2L56014
2L56016
2L56017

RL56
RL56
RL56
RL56
RL56
RL56
RL56
RL56
RL56
RL56
RL56
RL56

4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12

M5
1/8
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2

9
13
9
13
16
13
16
20
16
20
20
25

9.5
14
9.5
14
18
14
18
21
18
21
21
26

9.5
9.5
11.3
11.5
11.5
13.8
13.8
13.8
16.5
16
19.5
19.5

20.2
21.3
23.5
23
24.5
24.8
26.5
28.5
31.4
32.8
35.3
37

30.2
41
30.2
41
46.4
41
46.4
56.8
46.4
56.8
56.8
64

11.5
15.5
11.5
15.5
17.2
15.5
17.2
21.4
17.2
21.4
21.4
24

5.8
7.8
5.8
7.8
8.6
7.8
8.6
10.7
8.6
10.7
10.7
12

4.5
6
4.5
6
8
6
8
9
8
9
9
11

Code

Ref.

Ch

E1

L1

L2

L3

2L57001
2L57002
2L57007
2L57008
2L57009
2L57010
2L57011
2L57012
2L57013
2L57014
2L57016
2L57017

RL57
RL57
RL57
RL57
RL57
RL57
RL57
RL57
RL57
RL57
RL57
RL57

4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12

M5
1/8
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2

9
13
9
13
16
13
16
20
16
20
20
25

9.5
14
9.5
14
18
14
18
21
18
21
21
26

9.5
9.5
11.3
11.5
11.5
13.8
13.8
13.8
16.5
16
19.5
19.5

40.4
42.6
47
46
49
49.6
53
57
62.8
65.6
70.6
74

30.2
41
30.2
41
46.4
41
46.4
56.8
46.4
56.8
56.8
64

11.5
15.5
11.5
15.5
17.2
15.5
17.2
21.4
17.2
21.4
21.4
24

5.8
7.8
5.8
7.8
8.6
7.8
8.6
10.7
8.6
10.7
10.7
12

4.5
6
4.5
6
8
6
8
9
8
9
9
11

TECHNOPOLYMER FITTINGS
STRAIGHT, INTERMEDIATE,
TECHNOPOLYMER (R19)

Ref.

2019001
2019002
2019003
2019004
2019005
2019006

RL19
R19
RL19
RL19
RL19
RL19

4
5
6
8
10
12

9.2
14
11.3
13.8
16
19.5

30.4
33.5
33
36.2
38
40

3
4
5
6.5
8.5
10.5

3.3

3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3

Code

Ref.

Ch

L1

L2

E1

2020001
2020002
2020003
2020004
2020016
2020005
2020007
2020006
2020008
2020009
2L20017
2020010
2020011
2020012

RL20
RL20
R20
R20
RL20
RL20
RL20
RL20
RL20
RL20
RL20
RL20
RL20
RL20

4
4
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
12
12

M5
1/8
M5
1/8
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

2
3
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
4
5
4
5
8

4
6
4
6
4
6
8
6
8
8
9
8
9
11

18.7
21
21.5
23
20.8
22.3
24.3
25.6
27.2
28.6
30.5
31
32.4
34

18.4
24.9
18.8
27
18.4
24.9
29.4
24.9
29.4
29.4
35.6
29.4
35.6
40.8

9.1
12.3
8.5
10.5
9.1
12.3
14.3
12.3
14.3
14.3
15.3
14.3
17.5
19.2

8
14
9.9
14
8
14
18
14
18
18
22
18
22
26

9.2
9.2
13.5
13.5
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
16
16
19.5
19.5
19.5

Code

Ref.

Ch

L1

L2

E1

2020A01
2020A02
2020A03
2020A04
2020A05
2020A07
2020A06
2020A08
2020A09
2020A10
2020A11
2020A12

R20/A
R20/A
R20/A
R20/A
R20/A
R20/A
R20/A
R20/A
R20/A
R20/A
R20/A
R20/A

4
4
5
5
6
6
8
8
10
12
12
12

M5
1/8
M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2

2
3
2
3
3
4
3
4
4
4
5
8

4
6
4
6
6
8
6
8
8
8
9
11

40
45
43
46
45
48
51
54
64
64
68
72

16.8
27
18.8
27
27
31.5
27
31.5
31.5
31.5
36
42

6.5
10.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
11.5
10.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
13.5
16.2

9.9
14
9.9
14
14
18
14
18
18
18
22
26

10.9
12.5
13.5
13.5
15
15
16.3
16.3
18.5
21
21
21

Code

Ref.

2L21001
2021002
2L21003
2L21004
2021005
2021006

RL21
R21
RL21
RL21
RL21
RL21

4
5
6
8
10
12

16.7
20
19
21.4
24
25.8

2.5
3.5
4.2
6.2
8.5
10.5

9.2
13.5
11.3
13.8
16
19.5

7.2

8.2
9.6
10.9
12.5

3.3

3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3

Code

MALE ROD, SINGLE ROTARY RING,


TECHNOPOLYMER (R20)
L

Ch

F
E

MALE ROD, DUAL ROTARY RING,


TECHNOPOLYMER (R20/A)
L

F
E

ELBOW, INTERMEDIATE,
TECHNOPOLYMER (R21)

Ch

F
E
I

4.1/17

INTERMEDIATE TEE,
TECHNOPOLYMER (R22)

Ref.

L1

I1

2L22001
2022002
2L22003
2L22004
2022005
2022006

RL22
R22
RL22
RL22
RL22
RL22

4
5
6
8
10
12

16.7
20
19
21.4
24
25.8

33.4
40
38
42.8
48
51.6

2.5
3.5
4.2
6.2
8.5
10.5

9.2
13.5
11.3
13.8
16
19.5

7.2

8.2
9.6
10.9
12.5

14.4

16.4
19.2
21.8
25

3.3

3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3

Code

Ref.

L2

L1

E1

E2

2023001
2023002
2023003
2023004
2L23005
2L23006

RL23
R23
RL23
RL23
RL23
RL23

4
5
6
8
10
12

4
5
6
8
10
12

32.9
35.5
35.5
39.5
43.1
48

19.2
26.5
22.8
28.2
32.6
39.5

5
6.5
5.8
7.2
8.3
10

9.2
13.5
11.3
13.8
16
19.5

9.2
13.5
11.3
13.8
16
19.5

14.8

15
15.8
17.4
18

3.3

3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3

2L23301
2L23303
2L23306
2L23309

RL23
RL23
RL23
RL23

6
8
10
12

4
6
8
10

34.2
37.8
40.4
44.2

19.2
22.8
28.2
32.6

5
5.8
7.2
8.3

11.3
13.8
16
19.5

9.2
11.3
13.8
16

14.8
15
15.8
17.4

3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3

Code

E
I1

WYE (R23)
L

E2

Y TECHNOPOLYMER,
THREADED INPUT (RL23/M)
L

1
1

F1

Ch

Code

Ref.

L1

L2

Ch

F1

2L23401
2L23402
2L23403
2L23406
2L23407
2L23409
2L23410
2L23412
2L23413
2L23415
2L23419
2L23420

RL23/M
RL23/M
RL23/M
RL23/M
RL23/M
RL23/M
RL23/M
RL23/M
RL23/M
RL23/M
RL23/M
RL23/M

4
4
4
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12

M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2

38.7
42.6
46.6
44.9
47.9
48.4
52.8
54.4
53.8
56
62
62.3

5
5
5
5.75
5.75
7.2
7.2
7.2
8.3
8.3
10
10

19.2
19.2
19.2
22.8
22.8
28.2
28.2
28.2
32.6
32.6
39.5
39.5

14.8
14.8
14.8
15
15
15.8
15.8
15.8
17.4
17.4
18
18

9
12
14
12
14
14
14
17
16
17
19
22

4
6
8
6
8
6
8
9
8
9
9
11

9.9
14
18
14
18
15
18
22
18
20
22
26

3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3

F
E

Y BRANCH WITH ADAPTER,


TECHNOPOLYMER (R24)

Ref.

L1

L2

E1

E2

2024001
2024003
2L24004
2L24005
2L24006

RL24
RL24
RL24
RL24
RL24

4
6
8
10
12

4
6
8
10
12

46.9
49.7
55.1
63.1
70.5

5
5.75
7.2
8.3
10

29.7
32
35.9
39.2
44

9.2
11.3
13.8
16
19.5

9.2
11.3
13.8
16
19.5

14.8
15
15.8
17.4
18

3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3

2L24301
2L24303
2L24306
2L24309

RL24
RL24
RL24
RL24

6
8
10
12

4
6
8
10

48.4
53.4
60.4
66.7

5
5.75
7.2
8.3

30.7
34.2
36.6
40.2

9.2
11.3
13.8
16

11.3
13.8
16
19.5

14.8
15
15.8
17.4

3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3

E
2
L1L1

Code

4.1/18

TECHNOPOLYMER PARALLEL Y,
THREADED INPUT (RL25)

Ref.

L1

L2

L3

E1

Ch

2L25001
2L25002
2L25003
2L25004
2L25005
2L25008
2L25009

RL25
RL25
RL25
RL25
RL25
RL25
RL25

4
4
4
6
6
8
8

M5
M7
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8

17.7
17.7
17.7
23
23
25.8
25.8

13.1
14.6
16.5
18.3
21.2
22.2
23.8

5
5
5
5.75
5.75
7.2
7.2

19.2
19.2
19.2
22.8
22.8
28.2
28.2

8
9.8
13
14
16.4
18
20

9.2
9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8

2
3
3
3
4
4
5

4
5
6
6
8
8
9

L
L

Code

SINGLE RING,
TECHNOPOLYMER (R28)

Code

DUAL RING,
TECHNOPOLYMER (R29)

Code

ROTARY ELBOW, MALE,


TECHNOPOLYMER (RL 34)

F
E

Ch

1/8
4
R28
2012102
1/8
5
R28
2012104
1/8
6
R28
2012106
1/4
6
R28
2012107
1/8
8
R28
2012108
1/4
8
R28
2012109
3/8
8
R28
2012110
1/4
10
R28
2012111
3/8
10
R28
2012112
1/4
12
R28
2012113
3/8
12
R28
2012114
1/2
12
R28
2012115
For the rods series D, see page 4.1/43

Ref.

Ref.

1/8
4
R29
2013102
1/8
5
R29
2013104
6
1/8
R29
2013106
6
1/4
R29
2013107
8
1/8
R29
2013108
8
1/4
R29
2013109
8
3/8
R29
2013110
10
1/4
R29
2013111
10
3/8
R29
2013112
12
1/4
R29
2013113
12
3/8
R29
2013114
12
1/2
R29
2013115
For the rods series D, see page 4.1/43

L1

E1

22.5
23
22.5
24
25.5
27
29
32
32
32
34
36

17
17
17
19
17
19
22
19
22
19
22
24

15
15
15
18
15
18
21.5
18
21.5
18
21.5
26

12.5
13.5
15
15
16.5
16.5
16.5
18.5
18.5
21
21
21

L1

E1

45
46
45
48
51
54
58
64
64
64
68
72

17
17
17
19
17
19
22
19
22
19
22
24

15
15
15
18
15
18
21.5
18
21.5
18
21.5
26

12.5
13.5
15
15
16.5
16.5
16.5
18.5
18.5
21
21
21

Code

Ref.

Ch

L1

E1

2L34001
2L34020
2L34002
2L34003
2L34006
2L34021
2L34007
2L34008
2L34009
2L34010
2L34011
2L34013
2L34014
2L34016
2L34017

RL34
RL34
RL34
RL34
RL34
RL34
RL34
RL34
RL34
RL34
RL34
RL34
RL34
RL34
RL34

4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12

M5
M7
1/8
1/4
M5
M7
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2

8
8
12
14
8
9
12
14
12
14
17
14
17
17
19

4
5
6
8
4
5
6
8
6
8
9
8
9
9
11

16.4
16.4
16.4
16.4
18
19
19
19
20.2
20.2
20.2
23.3
23.3
25.2
25.2

15.2
16.2
17.2
20.1
16.3
17.5
18.3
21.2
19.5
22.4
24.4
23.5
25.6
27.3
30.3

9
9.8
14
18
9
9.9
14
18
14
18
22
18
22
22
26

9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
13.8
16
16
19.5
19.5

4.1/19

ELBOW, FEMALE, ROTARY,


TECHNOPOLYMER (RL34/F)
L

Ch

F
E

CENTRAL TEE, MALE,


TECHNOPOLYMER (RL35)

Ch

F
E

CENTRAL TEE, FEMALE, ROTARY,


TECHNOPOLYMER (RL35/F)

Ch

Code

Ref.

CH

E1

L1

2L34F01
2L34F05
2L34F06
2L34F07
2L34F08
2L34F09
2L34F10
2L34F13
2L34F14
2L34F16
2L34F17

RL34/F
RL34/F
RL34/F
RL34/F
RL34/F
RL34/F
RL34/F
RL34/F
RL34/F
RL34/F
RL34/F

4
4
6
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
12

M5
1/8
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2

8
12
8
12
14
12
14
14
17
17
19

9
14
9
14
17
14
17
17
21
21
23.8

9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
16
16
19.5
19.5

16.4
16.4
18
19
19
20.2
20.2
23.3
23.3
25.2
25.2

15.3
20.9
16.4
26.5
28.2
27.7
29.4
33
38
40.3
42.8

4
7
4
7
8
7
8
8
10
10
11

Code

Ref.

Ch

L1

E1

2L35001
2L35020
2L35002
2L35003
2L35006
2L35007
2L35008
2L35009
2L35010
2L35011
2L35013
2L35014
2L35016
2L35017

RL35
RL35
RL35
RL35
RL35
RL35
RL35
RL35
RL35
RL35
RL35
RL35
RL35
RL35

4
4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12

M5
M7
1/8
1/4
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2

8
8
12
14
8
12
14
12
14
17
14
17
17
19

4
5
6
8
4
6
8
6
8
9
8
9
9
11

31
31
31
31
34.2
36.2
36.2
38.6
38.6
38.6
46.6
46.6
50.4
50.4

32.8
32.8
32.8
32.8
36
38
38
40.4
40.4
40.4
23.5
25.6
27.3
30.3

9
9.8
14
18
9
14
18
14
18
22
18
22
22
26

9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
13.8
16
16
19.5
19.5

Code

Ref.

CH

E1

L1

2L35F01
2L35F06
2L35F07
2L35F08
2L35F09
2L35F10
2L35F13
2L35F14
2L35F16
2L35F17

RL35/F
RL35/F
RL35/F
RL35/F
RL35/F
RL35/F
RL35/F
RL35/F
RL35/F
RL35/F

4
6
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
12

M5
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2

8
8
12
14
12
14
14
17
17
19

9
9
14
17
14
17
17
21
21
23.8

9.2
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
16
16
19.5
19.5

32.8
36
38
38
40.4
40.4
46.6
46.6
50.4
50.4

15.3
16.4
26.5
28.2
27.7
29.4
33
38
40.3
42.8

4
4
7
8
7
8
8
10
10
11

Code

Ref.

Ch

L1

E1

2L36001
2L36020
2L36002
2L36006
2L36021
2L36007
2L36008
2L36009
2L36010
2L36012

RL36
RL36
RL36
RL36
RL36
RL36
RL36
RL36
RL36
RL36

4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
10

M5
M7
1/8
M5
M7
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4

8
8
12
8
9
12
14
12
14
14

4
5
6
4
5
6
8
6
8
8

16.4
16.4
16.4
18
18
19
19
20.2
20.2
23.3

26.7
27.7
25.3
27.8
29.3
30.9
33.2
32.1
34.4
38

9
9.8
14
9
9.9
14
18
14
18
18

9.2
9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
16

ROTARY ELBOW, MALE, EXTENDED,


TECHNOPOLYMER (RL 36)

Ch
P

F
E

4.1/20

CENTRAL TEE, MALE, ROTARY,


EXTENDED, TECHNOPOLYMER (RL37)

Ref.

Ch

L1

E1

2L37001
2L37020
2L37002
2L37006
2L37007
2L37008
2L37009
2L37010
2L37012

RL37
RL37
RL37
RL37
RL37
RL37
RL37
RL37
RL37

4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
10

M5
M7
1/8
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4

8
8
12
8
12
14
12
14
14

4
5
6
4
6
8
6
8
8

32.8
32.8
32.8
36
38
38
40.4
40.4
46.6

26.7
27.5
25.3
27.8
30.9
33.2
32.1
34.4
38

9
9.8
14
9
14
18
14
18
18

9.2
9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
16

Code

Ref.

E1

E2

L1

L2

I1

2L42001
2L42002
2L42004
2L42005

RL42
RL42
RL42
RL42

4
4
6
6

4
6
6
8

9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3

9.2
11.3
11.3
14

28.8
31.3
33.4
34.8

17.9
17.9
22.6
22.6

8.7
8.7
11.3
11.3

8
8
9.5
9.5

21.3
21.3
25.6
25.6

3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3

Code

Ref.

E1

Ch

L1

L2

I1

F1

2L43001
2L43002
2L43003
2L43008
2L43009

RL43
RL43
RL43
RL43
RL43

4
4
4
6
6

M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4

9.2
9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3

8
14
18
14
18

9
12
14
12
14

4
6
8
6
8

35.5
41.6
44.6
43.7
46.7

17.9
17.9
17.9
22.6
22.6

8.7
8.7
8.7
11.3
11.3

8
8
8
9.5
9.5

21.3
21.3
21.3
25.6
25.6

3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3

Ch

Code

F
E

DUAL Y BRANCH
TECHNOPOLYMER (RL42)

F
E

DUAL Y BRANCH TECHNOPOLYMER,


THREADED INPUT (RL43)

Ch
F1

F
E
I

MULTIPLE MANIFOLD,
TECHNOPOLYMER (RL44)
L

Code

Ref.

E1

E2

L1

L2

I1

2L44001
2L44003

RL44
RL44

6
8

4
6

11.3
14

9.2
11.3

53.2
61.4

17.2
19.6

9.4
11.5

4.3
5

9.4
11.5

3.3
3.3

4.1/21

MULTIPLE MANIFOLD, INPUT,


THREADED, TECHNOPOLYMER (RL45) Code

Ch

I
L
1

E1

E2

Ch

P L

L1

L2

L3

I1

F1

2L45001
2L45002
2L45007
2L45008
2L45009

RL45
RL45
RL45
RL45
RL45

1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8

6
6
8
8
8

4
4
6
6
6

11.3
11.3
14
14
14

9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3
11.3

14
18
15
18
22

12
14
14
14
17

6
8
6
8
9

17.2
17.2
19.6
19.6
19.6

9.4
9.4
11.5
11.5
11.5

21.5
22.5
23
25.4
26

4.3
4.3
5
5
5

9.4
9.4
11.5
11.5
11.5

3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3

Code

Ref.

L1

L2

E1

2L46001
2L46002
2L46003
2L46004

RL46
RL46
RL46
RL46

4
6
8
10

4
6
8
10

16
18.5
21.2
23.3

22.5
24
28.5
32

8.1
8.4
11.3
13.3

6.8
8
10
12.5

9.2
11.3
13.8
16

Code

Ref.

L1

L2

E1

2L47001
2L47002
2L47003

RL47
RL47
RL47

4
6
8

4
6
8

15.5
18.1
19.3

36.9
40.6
44.9

23.4
25.9
28.8

7.7
9.3
9.7

9.2
11.3
13.8

Code

Ref.

L1

L2

E1

2L48001
2L48002
2L48003
2L48004

RL48
RL48
RL48
RL48

4
6
8
10

4
6
8
10

32
37
42.4
46.6

22.5
32
28.5
46

8.1
16.4
11.3
27.7

6.8
9.7
10
14

9.2
11.3
13.8
16

Code

Ref.

L1

I1

D1

2L49001
2L49003
2L49004
2L49005
2L49006

RL49
RL49
RL49
RL49
RL49

4
6
8
10
12

16.7
19
21.4
24.1
25.8

47.4
52.5
58.4
68.2
74.1

7.2
8.2
9.6
10.9
12.5

14.4
16.4
19.2
21.8
25

9.2
11.3
13.8
16
19.5

2.5
4.2
6.2
8.5
10.5

4
6
8
10
12

3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3

63.5
66.5
71.2
75.6
77.2

F1

Ref.

PLUG-IN ELBOWS (RL46)


E

EXTENDED PLUG-IN ELBOWS


(RL47)
E

2
E1

DOUBLE ELBOW (RL48)

DOUBLE LATERAL
ELBOW (RL49)
1

E
I

4.1/22

CARTRIDGES AND ACCESSORIES


BRASS CARTRIDGE
WITH THREAD (R26)

CARTRIDGE SLOT R26


3-3.17-4-6-8
A

45

B
C

Brace of serration
on metallic centers (Nm)

0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
1
0.8
0.8

0.8
0.8
1
1.5
1.2
1.8
2
2

Ref.

SERIES R
2026A02
2026A01
2026001
2026002
2026003
2026004
2026005
2026006

R26
R26
R26
R26
R26
R26
R26
R26

3
3.17
4
5
6
8
10
12

Ref.

C1

SE.CA. R26
SE.CA. R26
SE.CA. R26
SE.CA. R26

3-3.17
4
6
8

M7x0,75
M9,5x0,75
M11,5x0,75
M13,5x0,75

6.5 0,1
9 +0,10
0
11 +0,10
0
13 +0,10
0

4.5 +0,12
0
4,1+0,10
0
6,1+0,10
0
8,1+0,10
0

4 max
3 max
5 max
7 max

10.5 +0,3
0
12 +0
0,20
12 0,1
15 +0
0,20

9,5 +0,1
0,3
9,5 +0,15
0,05
9,5 0,1
10,5 +0,15
0,05

70,20
7,5 0,20
7,5 0,20
8,5 0,20

0,5
0,4
0,4
0,4

0,6
0,6
0,6

Ref.

SE.CA. R26
SE.CA. R26
SE.CA. R26

5
10
12

M10,5x0,75 10 +0,1
0
M15,5x0,75 15 +0,1
0
17,5 +0,05
M18x1
0,1

R 0.1 max

30

Brace of serration on centers


in plastic material (Nm)

Code

Hx45

0.8

C1

CARTRIDGE SLOT R26 5-10-12


L
A

45

C1

5,1+0,15
0
10,1+0,15
0
12,1+0,05
+0,15

4 max
9 max
11 max

11,8 0,1
15,6 0,1
18 0,1

8,9 +0,10
5,8 +0,3
0
0
0,05
11-0
7,5 +0,3
0
12 0,05 6,8 +0,3
0

0,3
0,3
0,6

0,9 +0
0,3
1,3 +0
0,3
1,3 +0
0,3

Gx45

R 0.1 max

45

11,2 +0,12
+0,02
16,2 +0,1
0,05
18,8 +0,1
0

0,1 7,8 0,05


0,2 90,05
0,2 9,75+0
0,15

Mx45

E
N
F

0.8

C1

9,7 0,05
14,9 +0,10
0
17 +0,1
0

C
P

TOOL FOR SLOT R26

MALE FOR CARTRIDGE SLOT R26

Code

Ref.

2025010
2025011
2025012
2025013
2025014
2025015
2025016

UT.SE. R26 3-3.17


UT.SE. R26 4
UT.SE. R26 5
UT.SE. R26 6
UT.SE. R26 8
UT.SE. R26 10
UT.SE. R26 12

4,5
4,1
5,1
6,1
8,1
10,1
12,1

10
12
15
16
16
18
15

10
15
19
19
21
25
25

Code

Ref.

2025020
2025021
2025022
2025023
2025024
2025025
2025026

MA R26 3-3.17
MA R26 4
MA R26 5
MA R26 6
MA R26 8
MA R26 10
MA R26 12

3-3.17
4
5
6
8
10
12

M7x0,75
M9,5x0,75
M10,5x0,75
M11,5x0,75
M13,5x0,75
M15,5x0,75
M18x1

4.1/23

BRASS COMPRESSION
CARTRIDGE (R27)

CARTRIDGE SLOT R27 4-6-8


A
45

30

0.6x45

R 0.1 max

CARTRIDGE SLOT R27 5-10-12

30

+0
-0.15

R 0.1 max

0.8

0.1X45

0.5

30

C
D

TOOL FOR SLOT R27

SERIES R
2027001
2027002
2027003
2027004
2027005
2027006

R27
R27
R27
R27
R27
R27

4
5
6
8
10
12

Ref.

C1

Aluminium
SE.CA. R27 4
SE.CA. R27 6
SE.CA. R27 8

4
6
8

9,2 +0
0,10
11,3 +0
0,08
13,3 +0
0,08

9 +0,10
0
11 +0,10
0
13 +0,10
0

4,1+0,10
0
6,1+0,10
0
8,1+0,10
0

3 max
5 max
7 max

12 +0
0,20
12 +0
0,20
15 +0
0,20

9,3 +0
6,7 +0,10
0,10
0
9,3 +0
6,7 +0,10
0
0,10
+0,10
10,3 +0
0,10 7,7 0

0,5
0,5
0,5

Technopolymer
SE.CA. R27 4 4
SE.CA. R27 6 6
SE.CA. R27 8 8

+0
* 9,2 0,10
+0
* 11,2 0,10
+0
* 13,2 0,10

9 +0,10
0
11 +0,10
0
13 +0,10
0

4,1+0,10
0
6,1+0,10
0
8,1+0,10
0

3 max
5 max
7 max

12 +0
0,20
12 +0
0,20
15 +0
0,20

9,3 +0
6,7 +0,10
0,10
0
9,3 +0
6,7 +0,10
0,10
0
+0,10
10,3 +0
0,10 7,7 0

0,5
0,5
0,5

Ref.

Technopolymer
SE.CA. R27 5
SE.CA. R27 10
SE.CA. R27 12

12,1 +0,15
0
17,1 +0,15
0
19,7 +0,15
0

Aluminium
SE.CA. R27
SE.CA. R27
SE.CA. R27

12,1 +0,15
0
17,1 +0,15
0
19,7 +0,15
0

5
10
12

+0
MAX
5,1 +0,15
9,7 0,05 6 +0,2
1,2 -0-0,2 8,75 -0-0,1 11,8 0,10
0
-0
* 10,2 0,10 4
+0
MAX
10,15 +0,1
14,9 0,05 8 +0,2
1,5 -0-0,2 10,9 -0-0,1 15,6 0,10
0
-0
* 15,15 0,08 9
+0
+0,1
0,05
MAX
+0,2
12,15 0 17,1
9 -0 1,5 -0-0,2 11,85-0-0,1 18 0,10
* 17,55 0,08 11

10,3 +0
0,08
15,4 +0
0,08
17,8 +0
0,08

4 MAX 5,1 +0,15


9,7 0,05 6 +0,2
1,2 -0-0,2 8,75 -0-0,1 11,8 0,10
0
-0
9 MAX 10,15 +0,1
14,9 0,05 8 +0,2
1,5 -0-0,2 10,9 -0-0,1 15,6 0,10
0
-0
0,05
+0,2
11 MAX 12,15 +0,1
17,1
9
1,5 -0-0,2 11,85-0-0,1 18 0,10
0
-0

* N:B.: the diameter in interference is purely an indication and depends on the type of plastic material used and
on its thickness. We suggest you should effect practical assembling tests.

4.1/24

Ref.

* N:B.: the diameter in interference is purely an indication and depends on the type of plastic material used and
on its thickness. We suggest you should effect practical assembling tests.

C1

A
B

Code

Code

Ref.

Aluminium
2027021
2027022
2027023
2027024
2027025
2027026

UT.SE. R27 AL. 4


UT.SE. R27 AL. 5
UT.SE. R27 AL. 6
UT.SE. R27 AL. 8
UT.SE. R27 AL. 10
UT.SE. R27 AL. 12

4,1
5,1
6,1
8,1
10,1
12,1

10
12
12
12
16
16

11.5
16
13.5
15.5
20
22

Plastic
2027011
2027012
2027013
2027014
2027015
2027016

UT.SE. R27 P. 4
UT.SE. R27 P. 5
UT.SE. R27 P. 6
UT.SE. R27 P. 8
UT.SE. R27 P. 10
UT.SE. R27 P. 12

4,1
5,1
6,1
8,1
10,1
12,1

10
12
12
12
16
16

11.5
16
13.5
15.5
20
22

Code

Ref.

TUBE

NOTES

2L17001
2017001

RL40
R40

140
95.0

from 3 to 10
from 4 to 14

FOR R FITTING AND FOX FITTING


ONLY FOR R FITTING

Code

Ref.

2041001
2041002
2041003
2041004
2041005
2041006

R41
R41
R41
R41
R41
R41

4-5-6-8

10-12-14

R17 DISASSEMBLY KEY

R41 CARTRIDGE KEY R26

4
5
6
8
10
12

NOTES

4.1/25

SERIES F PUSH-IN FITTINGS


FOR USE IN THE FOOD INDUSTRY
The materials of which these fittings are made can be used
in the food industry. The brass parts are chemically treated
with phosphorus nickel-plating according to the
NSF/ANSI 51 standard of the food programme. The seals
are made of FDA-approved FKM/FPM . There is no
technopolymer in the fitting, which solves the problems of
incompatibility with detergents and other chemicals. With these
materials, the fittings can be used up to 150C, which make
them suitable for high-temperature applications other than
the food industry.
The threads are cylindrical and under-head O-rings provide
a pneumatic seal. This avoids the need for sealants (e.g.
Teflon), which could release solid fragments during screwing
and unscrewing that would contaminate the environment or
the fluid. Our fittings can be screwed and unscrewed any
number of times and still remain clean and pneumatically
sealed.
This choice of materials and treatments make these fittings
suitable for use in the chemical, pharmaceutical, medical and
electronics industry.
A standard range of fittings is available, but other designs can
be developed on specific request.

TECHNICAL FEATURES
Threaded port
Pipe diameter
Temperature range

M5 - G1/8 - G1/4 -G 3/8 - G1/2


4 - 6 - 8 - 10
20 +150
4302
0,99 bar 16 bar / 0,099 MPa 1,6 MPa
RilsanPA 11 - Nylon 6 - Polyamide 12 - Polypropylene

mm
C
F

Pressure range
Recommended pipe

ADVANTAGES

COMPONENTS

Body: chemically nickel-plated brass to


NSF/ANSI 51 standards
Gripper: chemically nickel-plated brass
to NSF/ANSI 51 standards
Fitting seal: FKM/FPM
Port seal: FKM/FPM

4.1/26

Under-head O-ring
Can be screwed and unscrewed any number of times; no fragments of Teflon or sealant
will contaminate the fluid.
Corrosion proof
Chemical nickel-plating + FKM/FPM compatible with numerous substances
No plastic parts
No risk of incompatibility

STRAIGHT, CYLINDRICAL, MALE


R1 NSF

Ch

P
D

Ch 1

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2F01001
2F01002
2F01003
2F01000
2F01007
2F01008
2F01009
2F01010
2F01011
2F01012
2F01013
2F01022

R1 NSF
R1 NSF
R1 NSF
R1 NSF
R1 NSF
R1 NSF
R1 NSF
R1 NSF
R1 NSF
R1 NSF
R1 NSF
R1 NSF

4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10

M5
1/8
1/4
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

9.9
11
12
12.9
13
13
14
15
15
17
17
17

2.5
3
3
2.5
4
4
5
6
6
7
8
10

4
6
8
4
6
8
6
8
9
8
9
11

21.5
20.5
22.5
25
27.5
26.5
28.5
27
28
33.5
30.5
31.5

2.6
3.1
3.1
2.6
4.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
10.2

9.9
15
18
12.9
15
18
15.6
18
21
20
21
26

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch 1

2F01C02
2F01C07
2F01C08
2F01C09
2F01C10
2F01C11
2F01C13
2F01C14

R1C NSF
R1C NSF
R1C NSF
R1C NSF
R1C NSF
R1C NSF
R1C NSF
R1C NSF

4
6
6
8
8
8
10
10

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8

10
12
14
14
14
17
17
17

2.5
4
4
5
6
6
7
7

6.2
6.2
8.5
6.2
8.5
9
8.5
9

20.5
24
25.5
27.5
27.5
27
34.5
30.5

3.1
4.2
4.2
5.2
6.2
6.2
7.2
7.2

11.5
13.8
16
16
16
19.6
19.6
19.6

Code

Ref.

Ch

2F02001
2F02005
2F02006
2F02007
2F02008
2F02011

R2 NSF
R2 NSF
R2 NSF
R2 NSF
R2 NSF
R2 NSF

4
6
6
8
8
10

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4

10
13
13
14
14
17

7
7
8
7
8
8

27
30
32
30
32
35

3
5
5
7
7
9

14
15
17
17
17
20

STRAIGHT, CONICAL, MALE


RL1C NSF
E

Ch

L
Ch1
P
D
F

STRAIGHT, FEMALE R2 NSF

Ch

D
F
E

STRAIGHT, INTERMEDIATE R3 NSF

Code

Ref.

2F03001
2F03003
2F03004
2F03005

R3 NSF
R3 NSF
R3 NSF
R3 NSF

4
6
8
10

M13X1
M15X1
M17X1
M20X1

33
40
41
47

4.1/27

ELBOW, INTERMEDIATE R4 NSF

Ref.

2F04001
2F04003
2F04004
2F04005

R4 NSF
R4 NSF
R4 NSF
R4 NSF

4
6
8
10

2.5
4.5
7
9

9.5
13.5
14
17

18
22
26
30

Code

TEE, INTERMEDIATE R5 NSF

L1

Code

Ref.

L1

2F05001
2F05003
2F05004
2F05005

R5 NSF
R5 NSF
R5 NSF
R5 NSF

4
6
8
10

21
24
26
30

42
48
52
60

3.5
5
7
9

9.5
12.5
14
17

THREADED ADAPTER R6 NSF

Ch
L

Code

Ref.

Ch

2F06001
2F06002
2F06003
2F06000
2F06007
2F06008
2F06009
2F06010
2F06011
2F06012
2F06013

R6 NSF
R6 NSF
R6 NSF
R6 NSF
R6 NSF
R6 NSF
R6 NSF
R6 NSF
R6 NSF
R6 NSF
R6 NSF

4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10

M5
1/8
1/4
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8

8
13
14
9
13
14
13
14
17
14
17

4
6
8
4
6
8
6
8
9
8
9

25.2
28.9
32.4
25.7
29.4
32.9
30.6
34
35.4
35.6
37.1

2.5
2.5
2.2
2.7
4
4
5.5
6
6
7.8
8

9
15
18
10
15
18
15
18
22
18
22

Code

Ref.

2F11001
2F11003
2F11004
2F11005

R10 NSF
R10 NSF
R10 NSF
R10 NSF

4
6
8
10

F
E

STRAIGHT, INTERMEDIATE,
BULKHEAD UNIONS R10 NSF
Ch

MAX

4.1/28

M13x1
M15x1
M17x1
M20x1

Ch

Imax

16
17
20
24

33
40
41
47

11
16
19
21

ROTARY ELBOW, MALE,


CYLINDRICAL R31 NSF
L

E1
Ch
L1
P
F
E

ROTARY ELBOW, MALE,


CONICAL R31C NSF
L

E1
Ch
L1

P
F
E

CENTRAL TEE, MALE,


CYLINDRICAL, ROTARY R32 NSF
L

E1
Ch

L1
P

Code

Ref.

Ch

E1

L1

2F31001
2F31002
2F31003
2F31007
2F31008
2F31009
2F31010
2F31011
2F31012
2F31013
2F31014
2F31015

R31 NSF
R31 NSF
R31 NSF
R31 NSF
R31 NSF
R31 NSF
R31 NSF
R31 NSF
R31 NSF
R31 NSF
R31 NSF
R31 NSF

4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10

M5
1/8
1/4
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

9
13
16
9
13
16
13
16
19
16
19
22

9
15
18
8
15
18
15
18
22
18
22
26

10
10
10
11.8
12.5
12.5
14
14
14
16.5
16.5
16.5

21
21
21
24
24
25.5
26
26
27.5
30
30
31

19
21
25
17.5
21
25
22.5
25
30.5
27
30.5
32

4
6
8
4
6
8
6
8
9
8
9
11

Code

Ref.

Ch

E1

L1

2F31C02
2F31C03
2F31C08
2F31C09
2F31C10
2F31C11
2F31C12
2F31C13
2F31C14

R31C NSF
R31C NSF
R31C NSF
R31C NSF
R31C NSF
R31C NSF
R31C NSF
R31C NSF
R31C NSF

4
4
6
6
8
8
8
10
10

1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8

12
16
12
16
12
16
19
16
19

13.3
17.7
13.3
17.7
13.3
17.7
22
17.7
22

10
10
11.8
12.5
14
14
14
16.5
16.5

21
21
24
25.5
26
26
27.5
30
30

22
27
22
27
23.5
27
31
29
31

6.2
8.5
6.2
8.5
6.2
8.5
9
8.5
9

Code

Ref.

Ch

E1

L1

2F32002
2F32008
2F32009
2F32010
2F32011
2F32012
2F32013
2F32014

R32 NSF
R32 NSF
R32 NSF
R32 NSF
R32 NSF
R32 NSF
R32 NSF
R32 NSF

4
6
6
8
8
8
10
10

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8

13
13
16
13
16
19
16
19

15
15
18
15
18
22
18
22

10
12.5
12.5
14
14
14
16.5
16.5

41.5
47.5
50.5
52
52
56
60.5
60.5

21
21
25
22.5
25
30.5
27
30.5

6
6
8
6
8
9
8
9

Code

Ref.

Ch

E1

L1

2F38002
2F38008
2F38009
2F38010
2F38011
2F38013
2F38014

R38 NSF
R38 NSF
R38 NSF
R38 NSF
R38 NSF
R38 NSF
R38 NSF

4
6
6
8
8
10
10

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8

13
13
16
13
16
16
19

15
15
18
15
18
18
22

9.5
12.5
12.5
14.5
14.5
17
17

22.5
24.5
26
27.5
27.5
31.5
31.5

21
21
25
22.5
25
27
30.5

6
6
8
6
8
8
9

LATERAL TEE, MALE,


CYLINDRICAL, ROTARY R38 NSF
L

E1
Ch
L1

P
F
E

ELBOW, MALE, CONICAL R39 NSF


L
Ch
E1

L1
P

Code

Ref.

Ch

E1

L1

2F39C02
2F39C08
2F39C09
2F39C10
2F39C11
2F39C12
2F39C13

R39 NSF
R39 NSF
R39 NSF
R39 NSF
R39 NSF
R39 NSF
R39 NSF

4
6
6
8
8
8
10

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4

10
10
10
12
12
14
14

9.5
11.8
11.8
14
14
14
17

21
23.5
24
26
26
27.5
30.5

16
16
18.5
17
20
22.5
22

6.2
6.2
8.5
6.2
8.5
9
8.5

4.1/29

FITTINGS

Series A

STANDARD FITTING
Body: OT58 brass
Maximum pressure 870 psi,
6000 KPa 60 bar

OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES


NIPPLE, PARALLEL (A1)

 WASHER D11 CAN BE USED

NIPPLE, CONICAL (A2)

SLEEVE (A3)

4.1/30

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

P1

2101A00
2101000
2101001
2101002
2101003
2101004
2101005
2101006
2101007
2101008
2101009
2101010
2101011

A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1

M5
M5
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4

M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4

8
14
14
17
20
17
20
25
20
25
25
30
30

4.0
4.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
9.0
9.0
10.0
10.0
11.0

4.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
9.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
9.0
10.0
10.0
11.0
11.0

11.5
14.5
17.0
19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0
24.0
24.0
25.5
26.5
27.0
28.0

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

P1

2102001
2102002
2102003
2102004
2102005
2102006
2102007
2102008
2102009
2102010
2102011

A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2

1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4

12
14
17
14
17
22
17
22
22
27
27

8.0
8.0
8.0
11.0
11.0
11.0
11.5
11.5
14.0
14.0
16.5

8.0
11.0
11.5
11.0
11.5
14.0
11.5
14.0
14.0
16.5
16.5

21.0
24.0
25.0
27.0
28.0
32.0
29.0
32.5
35.0
37.5
40.0

Code

Ref.

Ch

2103000
2103001
2103002
2103003
2103004

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3

M5
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

8
14
17
22
27

11.0
15.0
22.0
24.0
30.0

REDUCER, CONICAL (A4)

REDUCER, PARALLEL (A4/Z)

 WASHER D11
CAN BE USED

REDUCER, CONICAL (A5)

REDUCER, PARALLEL (A5/Z)

 WASHER D11 CAN BE USED

REDUCER A6

PLUG WITH EXAGON


EMBEDEDDED (A7)

O-RING
(NBR)

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

P1

2104001
2104002
2104003
2104004
2104005
2104006

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4

1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2

14
17
17
22
22
27

11.0
11.5
11.5
14.0
14.0
16.5

7.0
7.0
8.0
8.0
10.0
11.0

16.0
17.0
17.0
20.0
20.0
23.5

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

2151000
2151001
2151002
2151003
2151004
2151005

A4/Z
A4/Z
A4/Z
A4/Z
A4/Z
A4/Z

1/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2

M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8

14
17
20
20
25
25

6.0
8.0
9.0
9.0
10.0
10.0

10.0
13.0
14.0
14.0
15.5
15.5

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

P1

2105001
2105002
2105003
2105004
2105005
2105006
2105007

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2

1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2

14
17
17
22
22
24
24

8.0
8.0
11.0
11.0
11.5
11.5
14.0

7.0
8.0
8.0
10.0
10.0
11.0
11.0

20.0
22.5
25.0
28.5
28.5
32.0
34.0

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

P1

2152001
2152002
2152003
2152004
2152005
2152006
2152007
2152008

A5/Z
A5/Z
A5/Z
A5/Z
A5/Z
A5/Z
A5/Z
A5/Z

M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2

12
14
17
17
22
22
24
25

4.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
8.0
9.0
9.0
10.0

7.0
7.0
8.0
8.0
10.0
10.0
11.0
11.0

17.0
18.5
21.5
22.5
26.0
26.5
29.5
29.5

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

P1

2106001
2106002
2106003
2106004
2106005

A6
A6
A6
A6
A6

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8

1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2

17
22
22
24
24

8.0
7.0
9.0
9.0
11.0

8.0
10.0
10.0
11.0
11.0

21.5
23.5
25.5
28.5
29.5

Code

Ref.

Ch

O ring

2107000
2107001
2107002
2107003
2107004

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7

M5
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

2.5
3
6
8
10

4.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
11.0

6.5
9.5
11.0
12.5
14.5

8
15
18
21
26

3.5x1.2
2031
2043
2056
3068

4.1/31

NUB (A8)

ELBOW, FEMALE (A9)

ELBOW, MALE-FEMALE (A10)

TEE, FEMALE (A11)

TEE, CENTRAL MALE (A12)

TEE, LATERAL MALE (A13)

4.1/32

Code

Ref.

Ch

P1

2108001
2108002
2108003
2108004

A8
A8
A8
A8

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

14
17
20
24

7.0
8.0
10.0
11.0

13.0
15.0
17.5
20.0

Code

Ref.

Ch

2109001
2109002
2109003
2109004

A9
A9
A9
A9

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

10
13
15
20

7.0
8.0
10.0
11.0

20.5
26.0
30.0
36.0

13.5
17.0
20.5
25.5

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

P1

L1

2110001
2110002
2110003
2110004

A10
A10
A10
A10

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

10
13
15
20

8.0
10.5
11.0
13.0

7.0
8.0
10.0
11.0

16.5
24.5
26.0
30.0

20.5
26.0
30.0
36.0

13.5
17.0
20.5
25.5

Code

Ref.

Ch

2111001
2111002
2111003
2111004

A11
A11
A11
A11

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

10
13
15
20

7.0
8.0
10.0
11.0

20.5
26.0
30.0
36.0

13.5
17.0
20.5
25.5

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

P1

L1

2112001
2112002
2112003
2112004

A12
A12
A12
A12

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

10
13
15
20

8.0
10.5
11.0
13.0

7.0
8.0
10.0
11.0

16.5
24.5
26.0
30.0

20.5
26.0
30.0
36.0

13.5
17.0
20.5
25.5

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

P1

L1

2113001
2113002
2113003
2113004

A13
A13
A13
A13

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

10
13
15
20

8.0
10.5
11.0
13.0

7.0
8.0
10.0
11.0

37.0
50.5
56.0
66.0

20.5
26.0
30.0
36.0

13.5
17.0
20.5
25.5

EQUAL FEMALE CROSS (A14)

ELBOW, MALE (A15)

TEE, MALE (A16)

TEE, CENTRAL FEMALE (A17)

Code

Ref.

Ch

2114001
2114002
2114003

A14
A14
A14

1/8
1/4
3/8

10
13
15

7.0
8.0
10.0

20.5
26.0
28.0

13.5
17.0
20.5

Code

Ref.

Ch

2115001
2115002
2115003
2115004

A15
A15
A15
A15

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

10
13
15
20

8.0
10.5
11.0
13.0

16.5
24.5
26.0
30.0

Code

Ref.

Ch

2116001
2116002
2116003
2116004

A16
A16
A16
A16

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

10
13
15
20

8.0
10.5
11.0
13.0

16.5
24.5
26.0
30.0

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

P1

L1

2117001
2117002
2117003
2117004

A17
A17
A17
A17

1/4
1/8
3/8
1/2

1/4
1/8
3/8
1/2

13
10
15
20

10.5
8.0
11.0
13.0

8.0
7.0
10.0
11.0

26.0
20.5
30.0
36.0

24.5
16.5
26.0
30.0

17.0
13.5
20.5
25.5

TEE, LATERAL FEMALE (A18)

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

P1

L1

L2

2118000
2118001
2118002
2118003

A18
A18
A18
A18

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

10
13
15
20

8.0
10.5
11.0
13.0

7.0
8.0
10.0
11.0

20.5
26.0
30.0
36.0

16.5
24.5
26.0
30.0

13.5
17.0
20.5
25.5

37.0
50.5
56.0
66.0

4.1/33

HOSE ADAPTER, PARALLEL (A19)

O-RING
(NBR)

MALE-FEMALE EQUAL CROSS (A20)

TEE CROSS (A21)


Technopolymer

Code

Ref.

Ch

O ring

2119001
2119002
2119003
2119004
2119005
2119006
2119007
2119008
2119009
2119010
2119011

A19
A19
A19
A19
A19
A19
A19
A19
A19
A19
A19

7
7
8
9
9
9
12
12
12
17
17

1/8
1/4
1/8
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2

15
18
15
15
18
21
18
21
26
21
26

6.0
8.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
9.0
8.0
9.0
11.0
9.0
11.0

31.0
33.0
31.0
31.0
33.0
34.0
33.0
34.0
36.0
34.0
36.0

2031
2043
2031
2031
2043
2056
2043
2056
3068
2056
3068

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

P1

L1

2120001
2120002

A20
A20

1/8
1/4

1/8
1/4

10
13

8.0
10.5

7.0
8.0

16.5
24.5

20.5
26.0

13.5
17.0

Code

Ref.

spess.

2121001
2121002
2121003
2121004

A21
A21
A21
A21

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

4.5
5.5
5.5
5.5

8.0
9.0
12.0
12.0

31.0
40.0
50.0
50.0

17.5
24.0
28.0
34.0

Maximum operating conditions for the A21s are different from other A-series fittings, namely
max P13 bar, max T 50C
Brass

Y, FEMALE 90 (A23)

Y, MALE 90 (A24)

EXTENSION (A25)

4.1/34

Cod.

Ref.

Ch

L1

2123001
2123002
2123003
2123004

A23
A23
A23
A23

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

13
17
20
25

8
11
11.5
14

26.5
32.0
36.5
44.5

14.5
18.0
20.5
26.5

Cod.

Ref.

F1

Ch

P1

L1

2124001
2124002
2124003
2124004

A24
A24
A24
A24

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

13
17
20
25

8.0
11.0
11.5
14.0

8.0
11.0
11.5
14.0

32.0
38.0
42.0
53.0

14.5
18.0
20.5
26.5

Cod.

Ref.

Ch

P1

2150003
2150004
2150005
2150006
2150007

A25
A25
A25
A25
A25

1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4

14
14
14
17
17

6.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
8.0

22.0
42.0
51.0
35.0
51.0

8.0
8.0
8.0
11.0
11.0

FITTINGS

Series B

BICONICAL FITTINGS
Body: OT58 brass
Maximum pressure 870 psi,
6000 kPa 60 bar

OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES


STRAIGHT, MALE CONICAL (B1)

STRAIGHT, FEMALE (B2)

STRAIGHT, CONNECTOR (B3)

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

Ch1

2201001
2201002
2201003
2201004
2201005
2201006
2201007
2201008
2201009
2201010
2201011
2201012

B1
B1
B1
B1
B1
B1
B1
B1
B1
B1
B1
B1

4/2
6/4
6/4
8/6
8/6
8/6
10/8
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10
15/12

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2

10
12
14
12
14
17
17
17
22
19
22
22

10
12
12
14
14
14
19
19
19
22
22
27

8.0
8.0
11.0
8.0
11.0
11.5
11.0
11.5
14.0
11.5
14.0
14.0

27.5
28.0
31.0
30.0
33.0
33.5
38.5
39.0
42.5
38.5
42.0
43.5

16.0
14.5
17.5
16.5
19.5
20.0
20.0
20.5
24.0
20.5
24.0
25.0

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

Ch1

2202001
2202002
2202003
2202004
2202005
2202006
2202007

B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2

6/4
6/4
8/6
8/6
8/6
10/8
10/8

1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8

14
17
14
17
22
17
22

12
12
14
14
14
19
19

7
8
7
8
10
8
10

28.5
31.5
29.5
32.0
36.0
37.5
41.0

15.0
18.0
16.0
18.5
22.5
19.0
22.5

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2203001
2203002
2203003
2203004
2203005
2203006

B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3

4/2
6/4
8/6
10/8
12/10
15/12

10
12
14
17
19
24

10
12
14
19
22
27

35
36
39
50
50
53

12.0
9.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
16.0

4.1/35

BULKHEAD CONNECTOR (B4)

ELBOW, MALE (B5)

ELBOW, FEMALE (B6)

TEE, CENTRAL MALE (B7)

4.1/36

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2204001
2204002
2204003
2204004
2204005

B4
B4
B4
B4
B4

6/4
8/6
10/8
12/10
15/12

14
16
19
22
25

12
14
19
22
27

53.0
56.0
66.5
67.0
73.5

26
29
29.5
31
36.5

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

Ch1

L1

2205001
2205002
2205003
2205004
2205005
2205006
2205007
2205008
2205009
2205010
2205011
2205012

B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5

4/2
6/4
6/4
8/6
8/6
8/6
10/8
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10
15/12

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2

9
9
11
11
11
13
13
13
20
15
20
20

10
12
12
14
14
14
19
19
19
22
22
27

8.0
8.0
11.0
8.0
11.0
12.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
11.5
13.0
13.0

16.0
16.0
20.0
17.0
20.0
23.5
22.5
23.5
30.0
24.0
30.0
30.0

21.5
22.0
23.5
24.0
24.0
27.0
32.0
32.0
39.0
33.5
38.0
38.5

10.0
8.5
10.0
10.5
10.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
20.5
15.5
20.0
20.0

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2206001
2206002
2206003
2206004
2206005
2206006

B6
B6
B6
B6
B6
B6

4/2
6/4
8/6
10/8
12/10
15/12

9
9
11
13
15
20

10
12
14
19
22
27

21.5
22.0
24.0
32.0
33.5
38.5

10.0
8.5
10.5
13.5
15.5
20.0

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

L1

2207001
2207002
2207003
2207004
2207005
2207006
2207007
2207008
2207010
2207011
2207012

B7
B7
B7
B7
B7
B7
B7
B7
B7
B7
B7

4/2
6/4
6/4
8/6
8/6
8/6
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10
15/12

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2

9
9
11
11
11
13
13
13
15
20
20

10
12
12
14
14
14
19
19
22
22
27

8.0
8.0
11.0
8.0
11.0
12.0
11.0
12.0
11.5
13.0
13.0

16.0
16.0
20.0
17.0
20.0
23.5
22.5
23.5
24.0
30.0
30.0

21.5
22.0
23.5
24.0
24.0
27.0
32.0
32.0
33.5
38.0
38.5

10.0
8.5
10.0
10.5
10.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
15.5
20.0
20.0

TEE, LATERAL MALE (B8)

TEE, MALE (B9)

NUT (B10)

OLIVE (B11)

INTERNAL BUSH (B12)

Code

Ref.

F1

Ch

Ch1

L1

2208000
2208001
2208002
2208003
2208004
2208005
2208006
2208007
2208009
2208010
2208011

B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8

4/2
6/4
6/4
8/6
8/6
8/6
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10
15/12

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2

9
9
11
11
11
13
13
13
15
20
20

10
12
12
14
14
14
19
19
22
22
27

8.0
8.0
11.0
8.0
11.0
12.0
11.0
12.0
11.5
13.0
13.0

37.5
38.5
43.5
41.0
44.0
50.5
54.5
55.5
57.5
68.0
68.5

21.5
22.0
23.5
24.0
24.0
27.0
32.0
32.0
33.5
38.0
38.5

10.0
8.5
10.0
10.5
10.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
15.5
20.0
20.0

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2209001
2209002
2209003
2209004
2209005
2209006

B9
B9
B9
B9
B9
B9

4/2
6/4
8/6
10/8
12/10
15/12

9
9
11
13
15
20

10
12
14
19
22
27

21.5
22.0
24.0
32.0
33.5
38.5

10.0
8.5
10.5
13.5
15.5
20.0

Code

Ref.

Ch1

2210001
2210002
2210003
2210004
2210005
2210006

B10
B10
B10
B10
B10
B10

4/2
6/4
8/6
10/8
12/10
15/12

10
12
14
19
22
27

11.0
11.5
13.0
15.5
15.5
17.0

M8x1
M10x1
M12x1
M16x1.5
M18x1.5
M22x1.5

Code

Ref.

2211001
2211002
2211003
2211004
2211005
2211006

B11
B11
B11
B11
B11
B11

4/2
6/4
8/6
10/8
12/10
15/12

6
7
7
10
10
10

Code

Ref.

2212001
2212002
2212003
2212004
2212005

B12
B12
B12
B12
B12

6/4
8/6
10/8
12/10
15/12

3
5
7
9
11

12.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0

4.1/37

Series C

FITTINGS
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
Body: OT58 brass
Maximum pressure 261 psi,
1800 kPa 18 bar

OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES


STRAIGHT, MALE CONICAL (C1)

STRAIGHT, MALE PARALLEL WITH


O-RING (C1/Z)

O-RING
(NBR)

4.1/38

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2301017
2301001
2301002
2301003
2301004
2301005
2301020
2301006
2301007
2301008
2301009
2301010
2301015

C1
C1
C1
C1
C1
C1
C1
C1
C1
C1
C1
C1
C1

5/3
6/4
6/4
8/6
8/6
8/6
10/8
10/8
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10
15/12.5

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2

12
12
14
12
14
17
14
14
17
22
17
22
22

9
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
19
19
22

9.0
8.0
11.0
8.0
11.0
11.5
8.0
11.0
11.5
14.0
11.5
14.0
14.0

26.0
26.5
30.0
26.5
30.0
31.0
29.0
32.0
33.0
36.0
35.0
38.0
39.5

2.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
6.8
6.8
6.8
8.5
8.5
11.0

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

O ring

2351001
2351002
2351003
2351004
2351005
2351006
2351007
2351008
2351009
2351010
2351011
2351012

C1/Z
C1/Z
C1/Z
C1/Z
C1/Z
C1/Z
C1/Z
C1/Z
C1/Z
C1/Z
C1/Z
C1/Z

4/2
6/4
6/4
6/4
8/6
8/6
8/6
10/8
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10

M5
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2

9
9
13
16
14
16
19
16
19
24
19
24

9
9
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
16
19
19

4.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
6.0
8.0
9.0
8.0
9.0
11.0
9.0
11.0

23.0
23.0
25.0
27.0
25.0
27.0
29.0
29.0
31.0
33.0
33.0
35.0

1.5
2.3
3.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
6.8
6.8
6.8
8.5
8.5

4x1.5
4x1.5
2031
2043
2031
2043
2056
2043
2056
3068
2056
3068

STRAIGHT, MALE METRIC


THREAD (C1/C)

STRAIGHT, FEMALE (C2)

STRAIGHT, CONNECTOR (C3)

BULKHEAD CONNECTOR (C4)

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2356001
2356002
2356003
2356004
2356005

C1/C
C1/C
C1/C
C1/C
C1/C

5/3
6/4
6/4
6/4
8/6

M5
M6
M12x1.5
3/8
M12x1.5

9
9
17
19
17

9
9
12
12
14

4
5
8
9
8

23
24
27
27
27

2
3
3
3
5

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2302001
2302002
2302003
2302004
2302005
2302006
2302007
2302008

C2
C2
C2
C2
C2
C2
C2
C2

6/4
6/4
8/6
8/6
8/6
10/8
10/8
10/8

1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

14
17
14
17
20
17
20
24

12
12
14
14
14
16
16
16

7.0
8.0
7.0
8.0
10.0
8.0
10.0
11.0

26.5
29.5
26.5
29.0
33.0
31.0
35.0
38.0

3.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
6.8
6.8
6.8

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2303001
2303002
2303003
2303004

C3
C3
C3
C3

6/4
8/6
10/8
12/10

12
12
14
17

12
14
16
19

33.0
33.0
37.0
42.0

3.0
5.0
6.8
8.5

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2304001
2304002
2304003
2304004

C4
C4
C4
C4

6/4
8/6
10/8
12/10

14
16
17
19

12
14
16
19

47.0
48.0
49.0
53.0

3.0
5.0
6.8
8.5

11.0
12.0
9.0
9.0

M10x1
M12x1
M14x1
M16x1

4.1/39

ELBOW, MALE CONICAL (C5)

ELBOW FEMALE (C5/F)

ELBOW, MALE METRIC


THREAD (C5/C)

ELBOW CONNECTOR (C6)

TEE, CENTRAL MALE (C7)

4.1/40

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

L1

2305016
2305001
2305002
2305003
2305004
2305005
2305006
2305007
2305008
2305009
2305010
2305017

C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5

5/3
6/4
6/4
8/6
8/6
8/6
10/8
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10
15/12.5

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2

8
9
9
12
12
12
12
12
17
17
17
17

9
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
16
19
19
22

8.0
8.0
11.0
8.0
11.0
12.0
11.0
12.0
14.0
12.0
14.0
14.0

17.0
17.0
20.0
17.0
20.0
22.0
20.5
21.5
26.0
24.0
26.0
28.0

22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
21.5
25.0
25.0
28.5
31.0
31.0
32.8

2.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
6.8
6.8
6.8
8.5
8.5
10.7

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

L1

2352001
2352002

C5/F
C5/F

6/4
8/6

1/8
1/4

9
12

12
14

21.0
24.0

22.0
23.5

3.0
5.0

7.0
7.0

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

L1

2357001
2357002

C5/C
C5/C

6/4
8/6

M12x1.5
M12x1.5

10
10

12
14

9
9

22
22

22.5
22.5

3
5

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2306001
2306002
2306003
2306004
2306006

C6
C6
C6
C6
C6

6/4
8/6
10/8
12/10
15/12.5

9
12
12
17
18

12
14
16
19
22

22.0
22.0
25.0
31.0
32.8

3.0
5.0
6.8
8.5
10.7

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

L1

2307015
2307001
2307002
2307003
2307004
2307005
2307006
2307007
2307008
2307009
2307010
2307016

C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7

5/3
6/4
6/4
8/6
8/6
8/6
10/8
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10
15/12.5

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2

9
9
9
12
12
12
12
12
17
17
17
18

9
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
16
19
19
22

8.0
8.0
11.0
8.0
11.0
12.0
11.0
12.0
14.0
12.0
14.0
14.0

17.0
17.0
20.0
17.0
20.0
22.0
21.0
22.0
26.0
24.0
26.0
28.0

22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
23.0
25.0
25.0
28.5
31.0
31.0
32.8

2.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
6.8
6.8
6.8
8.5
8.5
10.7

TEE, LATERAL MALE (C8)

TEE CONNECTOR (C9)

NUT (C10)

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

L1

2308012
2308001
2308002
2308003
2308004
2308005
2308006
2308007
2308008
2308009
2308010

C8
C8
C8
C8
C8
C8
C8
C8
C8
C8
C8

5/3
6/4
6/4
8/6
8/6
8/6
10/8
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2

9
9
9
12
12
12
12
12
17
17
17

9
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
16
19
19

8.0
8.0
11.0
8.0
11.0
12.5
11.5
12.5
13.5
11.5
13.5

39.0
39.0
42.0
39.0
42.0
45.0
46.0
47.0
54.5
55.0
57.0

22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
23.0
25.0
25.0
28.5
31.0
31.0

2.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
6.8
6.8
6.8
8.5
8.5

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2309001
2309002
2309003
2309004
2309007

C9
C9
C9
C9
C9

6/4
8/6
10/8
12/10
15/12.5

9
12
12
17
18

12
14
16
19
22

22.0
22.0
25.0
31.0
32.8

3.0
5.0
6.8
8.5
10.7

Code

Ref.

Ch1

2310001
2310009
2310002
2310003
2310004
2310005
2310006
2310011

C10
C10
C10
C10
C10
C10
C10
C10

4/2
5/3
6/4- M5
6/4
8/6
10/8
12/10
15/12.5

M7x0.5
M7x0.5
M8x0.5
M10x1
M12x1
M14x1
M16x1
M20x1

9
9
9
12
14
16
19
22

9.0
9.0
9.0
11.0
11.0
12.0
12.0
16.0

EQUAL CROSS CONNECTOR (C11)

Code

Ref.

Ch

Ch1

2311001
2311002
2311003

C11
C11
C11

6/4
8/6
10/8

10
10
12

12
14
16

21.5
22.0
24.5

3.0
5.0
6.8

4.1/41

Series D

FITTINGS
ADJUSTABLE PUSH-IN FITTINGS
Body: OT58 brass
Maximum pressure 261 psi,
1800 kPa 18 bar

OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES


SINGLE BANJO BODY (D5)

DOUBLE BANJO BODY (D6)

4.1/42

Code

Ref.

Ch1

L1

2405000
2405013
2405018
2405001
2405002
2405003
2405005
2405006
2405007
2405009
2405010
2405011
2405012
2405017

D5
D5
D5
D5
D5
D5
D5
D5
D5
D5
D5
D5
D5
D5

4/2
5/3
5/3
6/4
6/4
6/4
8/6
8/6
8/6
10/8
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10

M5
1/8
M5
M5
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8

9
9
9
9
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
16
19
19

9.0
15.0
9.0
9.0
15.0
17.0
15.0
17.0
20.0
17.0
20.0
24.0
24.0
20.0

20.5
24.3
20.7
20.5
24.5
26.5
24.0
26.0
28.5
28.0
29.0
30.5
33.5
31.0

1.5
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
6.8
6.8
6.8
8.5
8.5

9.5
14.0
9.5
9.5
14.0
18.0
14.0
18.0
21.0
18.0
21.0
26.0
26.0
21.0

Code

Ref.

Ch1

L1

2406001
2406002
2406004
2406005
2406006
2406008
2406009
2406010
2406011

D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6

6/4
6/4
8/6
8/6
8/6
10/8
10/8
10/8
12/10

1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2

12
12
14
14
14
16
16
16
19

15.0
17.0
15.0
17.0
20.0
17.0
20.0
24.0
24.0

24.5
26.5
24.0
26.0
28.5
28.0
29.0
30.5
33.5

3.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
6.8
6.8
6.8
8.5

14.0
18.0
14.0
18.0
21.0
18.0
21.0
26.0
26.0

BANJO STEM SINGLE (D7)

Code

Washer
OR

Version with washer D11 for models R13-R14-D12-D17-D5-D6


3
18.0
8
M5
D7
2407001
6
28.0
14
1/8
D7
2407002
8
33.0
17
1/4
D7
2407003
9
37.0
20
3/8
D7
2407004
10
42.0
27
1/2
D7
2407005
8
33.0
17
M12x1.5
D7
2407006
Version with O-ring for models R28-R29
14
D7 con OR 1/8
2407102
17
D7 con OR 1/4
2407103
20
D7 con OR 3/8
2407104

BANJO STEM DOUBLE (D8)

Cod.

Washer

OR

Washer

Version with washer D11 for models R13-R14-D5-D6-D12-D17


6
44.5
14
1/8
D8
2408001
8
51.5
17
1/4
D8
2408002
9
58.5
20
3/8
D8
2408003
10
67.5
27
1/2
D8
2408004

Cod.

OR

6
8
9

28.0
33.0
37.0
L

Ch

Ref.

Version with O-ring for models R28-R29


14
D8 con OR 1/8
2408102
17
D8 con OR 1/4
2408103
20
D8 con OR 3/8
2408104

BANJO PASSING TROUGHT


SINGLE (D9)

Ch

Ref.

Ref.

F1

6
8
9

44.5
51.5
58.5

Ch

P1

Version with washer D11 for models R13-R14-D5-D6-D12-D17


D9
1/8
1/8
14
36.5
6
2409001
D9
1/4
1/4
17
42.5
8
2409002
D9
3/8
3/8
20
49.5
9
2409003
D9
1/2
1/2
27
56.5
10
2409004

7
8
10
11

Version with O-ring for models R28-R29


2409102
D9
1/8
1/8
14
2409103
D9
1/4
1/4
17
2409104
D9
3/8
3/8
20

7
8
10

36.5
42.5
49.5

6
8
9

4
BANJO PASSING TROUGHT
STEM DOUBLE (D10)

Code

OR
Washer

Ref.

F1

Ch

P1

Version with washer D11 for models R13-R14-D5-D6-D12-D17


6
53.0
14
1/8
D10
1/8
2410001
8
61.0
17
1/4
D10
1/4
2410002
9
71.0
20
3/8
D10
3/8
2410003
10
82.0
27
1/2
D10
1/2
2410004

7.0
8.0
10.0
11.0

Version with O-ring for models R28-R29


1/8
2410102
D10 con OR 1/8
1/4
2410103
D10 con OR 1/4
3/8
2410104
D10 con OR 3/8

7.0
8.0
10.0

14
17
20

53.0
61.0
71.0

6
8
9

4.1/43

WASHER (D11)

SINGLE BANJO PASSING


TROUGHT BODY (D12)

SINGLE BANJO WITH B


INTERFACE (D17)

NOTES

4.1/44

Code

Ref.

2411001
2411002
2411003
2411004
2411005

D11
D11
D11
D11
D11

M5
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

9
13.8
17.8
21.0
26.0

1.5 (nylon)
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

Code

Ref.

L1

2412001
2412002
2412003

D12
D12
D12

1/8
1/4
3/8

1/8
1/4
3/8

14
18
21

13.5
17.0
20.5

15
17
20

21.5
25.5
31.0

7
8
10

Code

Ref.

Ch1

L1

2417006
2417002
2417003
2417004
2417005

D17
D17
D17
D17
D17

4/2
6/4
6/4
8/6
8/6

1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4

10
12
12
14
14

15
15
17
15
17

24.5
26.0
28.0
26.0
28.0

14
14
18
14
18

SUMMARY

CHAPTER 4.2

INTRODUCTION

PAGE 4.2/02

LINE-MOUNTED MICRO FLOW REGULATOR SERIES RFL-R

PAGE 4.2/04

MINIATURE REDUCER SERIES RML-RMS-RMC

PAGE 4.2/08

IN-LINE QUICK-EXHAUST VALVES SERIES VSR L

PAGE 4.2/12

IN-LINE CHECK VALVE SERIES VNR L

PAGE 4.2/15

IN-LINE SHUTOFF VALVES SERIES V2V LV3V L

PAGE 4.2/18

IN-LINE PRESSURE GAUGE SERIES MAN L

PAGE 4.2/22

IN-LINE PRESSURE INDICATOR SERIES LAM L

PAGE 4.2/24

IN-LINE SOLENOID VALVES SERIES SOV L

PAGE 4.2/26

LINE-ON-LINE ACCESSORIES

PAGE 4.2/29

4.2/01

LINE OF PRODUCTS ON LINE


Line on Line is an exclusive range of products for mounting
on pneumatic circuits. With these small, highly efficient
components it is possible to perform all pneumatic functions
at any point of the circuit.
Line on Line is ultra-modular - the components can be
connected in parallel, in series or combined parallel/series.
All Line on Line products are available for pipe-pipe
connection with two push-in fittings, or for thread-pipe
connection with a brass nickel-plated male thread and a
push-in fitting.
The body is made of technopolymer, giving a product that
is extremely lightweight and compact.
One side of the body is marked with an indelible pneumatic
symbol to facilitate identification and indicate the direction
of flow.

CONNECTION FREE
PARALLEL LINES

SERIAL LINE PARALLEL FITTING

SERIAL LINE IN-LINE FITTING

FIXING FREE
WALL FIXING

4.2/02

PLATE FIXING

PANEL FIXING

UNDER WALL FIXING

ALL THE PNEUMATIC FUNCTIONS WITH THE SAME EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS

PIPE-PIPE

THREAD-PIPE

APPLICATION EXAMPLE

4.2/03

LINE-MOUNTED FLOW MICROREGULATOR WITH PUSH-IN FITTING

Serie RFL R
The RLF R flow micro-regulator belongs to the LINE ON
LINE family and can be connected in series or in parallel
with all the other products.
The RFL R regulates the air input and thus the speed in
pneumatic actuators. Two versions are available:
Type U (unidirectional) regulates the flow only in one of
the two directions of air flow. The following types of fitting
can be mounted:
- Push-in input and output fitting
- Push-in input fitting and threaded port on the exhaust
(cylinder type)
- Input threaded port and push-in fitting on the exhaust
(valve type)
Type B (bidirectional) regulates the flow in both directions
of air flow. The following types of fitting can be mounted:
- Push-in input and output fitting
- Threaded port and push-in fitting
There are four possible types of assembly (see example on
the following page).
TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure

Temperature range
Max flow rate on regulation at 6.3 bar
Flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 bar
Adjustment
Internal system
Recommended pipe
Fluid
Compatibility with oils:

MPa
bar
psi
C
F
Nl/min
Nl/min

155
160

1
10
145
20C+60C
4F+140F
450
550
Manual or using a screwdriver
Tapered needle
Rilsan PA 11 Nylon 6 Polyamide 12 - Polypropylene
Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air
please refer to page 6.1/08

850
950

COMPONENTS

Technopolymer body
Nickel-plated brass seal support
NBR gasket
Brass adjusting needle
Nickel-plated brass needle ring nut
Wall fixing ring nut
NBR seal
Technopolymer spring ring
Stainless steel clip-on spring
Technopolymer stop bushing
Technopolymer release bushing

UNIDIREZIONALE
UNIDIRECTIONAL

11 10 8

4.2/04

BIDIREZIONALE
BIDIRECTIONAL

FLOW RATE CHARTS AT 6.3 bar DEPENDING ON THE TURNS EFFECTED


BY THE REGULATION SCREW
RFL R 6

200

500

180

450

160

400

140

350

P (Nl/min)

P (Nl/min)

RFL R 4

120
100
80

300
250
200

60

150

40

100

20

50

9 10 11

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Turns no.

Turns no.

RFL R 8
900
800
700

P (Nl/min)

600
500
400
300
200
100
0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Turns no.

ASSEMBLY OPTIONS

How to mount the RFL R:


Fig. A: With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the RFL R straight onto the actuator or the control valve.
Fig. B: Fixing to the plate with the special SQU L bracket.
Fig. C: There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the RFL R straight onto the wall.
Fig. D: The ring nut is screwed onto the threaded metal part of the RFL R body for panel mounting.
4.2/05

RFL R PIPE-PIPE UNIDIRECTIONAL

9041301 RFL R U 4-4 4


9041316 RFL R U 6-6 6
9041324 RFL R U 8-8 8

I1
H

Ref.

Code

Ch Nmax

I1

17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11


33.536.5 10.7 5.6 10
42
M12x0.75 14.6 20 15
14.7 6.4 11.4 20
49.4 3641
18.7 24 20
M15x1
18.7 9.1 13.8 26
57.3 4449

4
4
4.5

MAX

Ch

B
N

3.3

C
E

RFL R THREAD-PIPE UNIDIRECTIONAL


CYLINDER VERSION
I1
H

MAX

Ch

Ref.

A1

E1

9041401
9041402
9041408
9041409
9041410
9041411
9041412

RFL R U M5-4
RFL R U 1/8-4
RLF R U 1/8-6
RFL R U 1/4-6
RFL R U 1/8-8
RFL R U 1/4-8
RFL R U 3/8-8

M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8

4
4
6
6
8
8
8

4
6
6
8
6
8
9

47.7
51.6
58.5
61.5
66.2
70.6
72.2

22.7
24.6
27.8
28.8
31.8
34.2
34.8

33.536.5
33.536.5
3641
3641
4449
4449
4449

10.7
10.7
14.7
14.7
18.7
18.7
18.7

5.6
5.6
6.4
6.4
9.1
9.1
9.1

9.9
14
14
18
15
18
22

10
10
11.4
11.4
13.8
13.8
13.8

B
N

3.3

Code

I1

Ch

Ch1

Nmax

17.5
17.5
20
20
26
26
26

M9x0.75
M9x0.75
M12x0.75
M12x0.75
M15x1
M15x1
M15x1

12.8
12.8
14.6
14.6
18.7
18.7
18.7

16
16
20
20
24
24
24

11
11
15
15
20
20
20

9
12
12
14
14
14
17

4
4
4
4
4.5
4.5
4.5

E1
C

E
F

Ch 1

RFL R PIPE-THREAD UNIDIRECTIONAL


VALVE VERSION
I1
H

MAX

Ch

Ref.

A1

E1

9041501
9041502
9041508
9041509
9041510
9041511
9041512

RFL R U 4-M5
RFL R U 4-1/8
RFL R U 6-1/8
RFL R U 6-1/4
RFL R U 8-1/8
RFL R U 8-1/4
RFL R U 8-3/8

4
4
6
6
8
8
8

M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8

4
6
6
8
6
8
9

47.7
51.6
58.5
61.5
66.2
70.6
72.2

22.7
24.6
27.8
28.8
31.8
34.2
34.8

33.536.5
33.536.5
3641
3641
4449
4449
4449

10.7
10.7
14.7
14.7
18.7
18.7
18.7

5.6
5.6
6.4
6.4
9.1
9.1
9.1

9.9
14
14
18
15
18
22

10
10
11.4
11.4
13.8
13.8
13.8

B
N

3.3

Code

I1

Ch

Ch1

Nmax

17.5
17.5
20
20
26
26
26

M9x0.75
M9x0.75
M12x0.75
M12x0.75
M15x1
M15x1
M15x1

12.8
12.8
14.6
14.6
18.7
18.7
18.7

16
16
20
20
24
24
24

11
11
15
15
20
20
20

9
12
12
14
14
14
17

4
4
4
4
4.5
4.5
4.5

A
A

Ch 1

4.2/06

P
F
E

C
E1

RFL R PIPE-PIPE BIDIRECTIONAL

9041601 RFL R B 4-4 4


9041616 RFL R B 6-6 6
9041624 RFL R B 8-8 8

I1
H

Ref.

Code

Ch Nmax

I1

17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11


33.536.5 10.7 5.6 10
42
M12x0.75 14.6 20 15
14.7 6.4 11.4 20
49.4 3641
18.7 24 20
M15x1
18.7 9.1 13.8 26
57.3 4449

4
4
4.5

MAX

Ch

B
N

3.3

C
E

RFL R THREAD-PIPE BIDIRECTIONAL


I1
H

MAX

Ch

Ref.

A1

E1

9041701
9041702
9041708
9041709
9041710
9041711
9041712

RFL R B M5-4
RFL R B 1/8-4
RFL R B 1/8-6
RFL R B 1/4-6
RFL R B 1/8-8
RFL R B 1/4-8
RFL R B 3/8-8

M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8

4
4
6
6
8
8
8

4
6
6
8
6
8
9

47.7
51.6
58.5
61.5
66.2
70.6
72.2

22.7
24.6
27.8
28.8
31.8
34.2
34.8

33.536.5
33.536.5
3641
3641
4449
4449
4449

10.7
10.7
14.7
14.7
18.7
18.7
18.7

5.6
5.6
6.4
6.4
9.1
9.1
9.1

9.9
14
14
18
15
18
22

10
10
11.4
11.4
13.8
13.8
13.8

B
N

3.3

Code

I1

Ch

Ch1

Nmax

17.5
17.5
20
20
26
26
26

M9x0.75
M9x0.75
M12x0.75
M12x0.75
M15x1
M15x1
M15x1

12.8
12.8
14.6
14.6
18.7
18.7
18.7

16
16
20
20
24
24
24

11
11
15
15
20
20
20

9
12
12
14
14
14
17

4
4
4
4
4.5
4.5
4.5

A
1

Ch 1

NOTES

E1
C

E
F

4.2/07

MINIATURE REDUCER/ECONOMIZER,
Series RML, RMC and RMS
The RML R miniature pressure regulator belongs to the
LINE ON LINE family and can be connected in series or
in parallel with all the other products.
The miniature pressure regulator is available in five different
types:
In-line with push-in input and output fitting
In-line with threaded input port and push-in output fitting
In-line with push-in input fitting and threaded output port
At an angle with threaded input port and push-in output
fitting
Cartridge type for direct assembly in suitably worked slot
The miniature pressure regulator is fitted with a relief valve
for over-pressure exhaust.
Particularly suitable for use between the valve and actuator
and as a pressure regulator in secondary branches of the
pneumatic system.
The data in brackets refer to the angle version.

TECHNICAL DATA

RML 6

RMC 1/8

Threaded ports
Pipe coupling
Regulation range
Inlet pressure

1/8-1/4
6

1/8
4-6-8

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi) P 1 bar


Flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa91 psi)
Fluid
Max. temperature at 1 MPa, 10 bar, 145 psi

MPa
bar
psi

C
F

Assembly position
Comments

RMS 1/8

RML 8

RMC 1/4

1/8
1/8-1/4-3/8
1/4

8
6 - 8 - 10
18 bar - 0.10.8 MPa - 14.5116 psi
0.21 MPa
210 bar
29145 psi
1/8: 150 Nl/min
1/4: 260 Nl/min
1/8: 400 Nl/min
1/4: 600 Nl/min
lubricated or unlubricated filtered air
20C+60C
4F+140F
available
In the miniature regulator the pressure must always be set upwards.

RMS 1/4
1/4

COMPONENTS
Technopolymer body (brass)
Nickel-plated brass insert
Nickel-plated brass adjusting screw
Steel adjusting spring
Brass piston rod
NBR shutter
Stainless steel shutter spring
Adjusting screw ring nut
Nickel-plated brass wall ring nut
Technopolymer release bushing
Technopolymer stop bushing (brass)
Stainless steel crimping spring
Technopolymer spring ring
NBR gasket
Nickel-plated brass rotating ring
In brackets data relevant RMC version

RMC

8
9
2

5
1
IN

OUT

OUT

15
10 11 12 13 14 6

4.2/08

RML

IN

ASSEMBLY OPTION
A

How to assembly RML/RMC


Fig. A: Thanks to the male threaded part its possible to assembly directly on the actuator or on the valve.
Fig. B: By using the ring nut screwed on the threaded body its possible the assembling on panels
Fig. C: On the plastic body there are two strong ring for the direct wall assembly
Fig. D: Fixing on plate trought the proper small square SQU L
Fig. E: For maintaining the tube the most parallel possible to the system , had been designed a specific version (RMC) with inlet
and outlet at 90.

POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS
ECONOMIZER

CARTRIDGE REDUCER,
SERIE RMS

REMOTE REDUCER
1

2
P1

1/8= 15.5 min


1/4= 19.5 min

P2

5 1

P2

P2
P2
P2

P1

P2<P1
5 1

P1

P1>P2

P1 > P2

If in a cylinder you require a thrust in one


direction only, e.g. piston rod extension,
and a lower thrust and pressure is sufficient
in the other direction, you can save a lot
of energy by mounting an economizer
valve.

P1

P1>P2
P >P
1

P1>P2

The cartridge regulator can be used:


Fitted directly into the structure or along
the air supply ducting, or
Package with common feed and separate
regulated outlets.

Example
Cylinder 80 mm, stroke 200 mm, 6 bar,
12 cycles/min, 16 hours a day, 230 days
a year.
Consumption: 144 Nl/min => 3460
kWh/year =>880 litres of oil => 2428
kg of CO2 => 346/year.
If you install an economizer that reduces
the pressure from 6 to 2 bar, you SAVE:
115 a year.

4.2/09

LINE-MOUNTED MINIATURE REDUCER, SERIES RML


I

Ref.

9061316
9061324

RML 6-6
RML 8-8

6
8

49.4
57.3

4652
5258

14.7
18.7

6.4
9.1

11.4
13.8

I1

Ch

Nmax

24.8
27.4

M9x0.75
M11x1

14.6
18.7

20
24

11
13

4.5
3.8

Code

Ref.

A1

9061408
9061409
9061410
9061411
9061412

RML 1/8-6
RML 1/4-6
RML 1/8-8
RML 1/4-8
RML 3/8-8

1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8

6
6
8
8
8

6
8
6
8
9

58.5
61.5
66.2
70.6
72.2

27.8
28.8
31.8
34.2
34.8

4652
4652
5258
5258
5258

14.7
14.7
18.7
18.7
18.7

6.4
6.4
9.1
9.1
9.1

MAX

Ch

Code

H
B

3.3

C
OUT

IN

LINE-MOUNTED R/F MINIATURE REDUCER


SERIES RML
I

MAX

Ch
H
B

3.3

Ch 1

E1

I1

Ch

Ch1

Nmax

14
18
15
18
22

11.4
11.4
13.8
13.8
13.8

24.8
24.8
27.4
27.4
27.4

M9x0.75
M9x0.75
M11x1
M11x1
M11x1

14.6
14.6
18.7
18.7
18.7

20
20
24
24
24

11
11
13
13
13

12
14
14
14
17

4.5
4.5
3.8
3.8
3.8

E
F

A
OUT

IN

LINE-MOUNTED F/R MINIATURE REDUCER,


SERIES RML
I

Ref.

A1

9061508
9061509
9061510
9061511
9061512

RML 6-1/8
RML 6-1/4
RML 8-1/8
RML 8-1/4
RML 8-3/8

6
6
8
8
8

1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8

6
8
6
8
9

58.5
61.5
66.2
70.6
72.2

27.8
28.8
31.8
34.2
34.8

4652
4652
5258
5258
5258

14.7
14.7
18.7
18.7
18.7

6.4
6.4
9.1
9.1
9.1

MAX

Ch

Code

H
B

3.3

Ch 1

D
A

A
IN

4.2/10

E1

I1

Ch

Ch1

Nmax

14
18
15
18
22

11.4
11.4
13.8
13.8
13.8

24.8
24.8
27.4
27.4
27.4

M9x0.75
M9x0.75
M11x1
M11x1
M11x1

14.6
14.6
18.7
18.7
18.7

20
20
24
24
24

11
11
13
13
13

12
14
14
14
17

4.5
4.5
3.8
3.8
3.8

G
F
E

OUT

MINIATURE REDUCER, SERIES RMC


B

Ch

Code

Ref.

E1

Ch

9061102
9061108
9061110
9061109
9061111
9061112

RMC 1/8-4
RMC 1/8-6
RMC 1/8-8
RMC 1/4-6
RMC 1/4-8
RMC 1/4-10

4
6
8
6
8
10

5157
5157
5157
5763
5763
5763

20.4
23.7
25.6
25.1
27
32.2

6
6
6
8
8
8

12.7
12.7
12.7
11
11
11

14
14
14
18
18
18

9.5
11.3
13.8
11.3
13.8
16.5

14
14
14
17
17
17

OUT
F
E

IN

CARTRIDGE REDUCER, SERIES RMS


C

Code

Ref.

Ch

9061001
9061002

RMS 1/8
RMS 1/4

1/8
1/4

5157
5763

24.3
27.8

15
19

14
17

Ch

OUT

IN

MIN

MAX

C
OUT

1.6

30

1/8
1/4

9.8 +0.1/-0
13.5 +0.1/-0

11.2 0.05
14.4 0.05

0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5

15.6 0.07
17.5 0.07

24.6
28

0.3
0.4

27
31.2

18.1 0.2
20.8 0.2

15.4
19.4

3.5
3.5

12
13.5

IN

45

SE.RMS 1/8
SE.RMS 1/4

MIN

1.6

Gx45

L
B

SEAT OF A MINIATURE CARTRIDGE REDUCER

Code

Ref.

9062001
9062002

UT.SE 1/8
UT.SE 1/4

16
20

12
15

TOOL FOR RMS SEAT

4.2/11

IN-LINE QUICK-EXHAUST
VALVES

Series VSR L
The VSR L quick-exhaust valve belongs to the LINE ON
LINE family, which means it can be connected to all the
other components in series or in parallel.
Available in the version for pipe-pipe connection with two
push-in fittings, and in the version for thread-pipe connection
with a brass nickel-plated male thread and a push-in fitting.
Exhaust can be silenced using a STAINLESS steel wire
silencer, or conveyed using a push-in fitting.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure

Temperature range
Inlet Flow rate at 6.3 bar P 1 bar
Exhaust Flow rate at 6.3 bar
Recommended pipe
Fluid
Compatibility with oils

4
MPa
bar
psi
C
F
Nl/min
Nl/min

0.1 to 1
1 to 10
7.2 to 145
20C to +60C
4F to +140F
50
270
400
100
700
1000
Rilsan PA 11 Nylon 6 Polyamide 12 Polypropylene
lubricated or unlubricated filtered compressed air; if used, must be continuous
please refer to page 6.1/08

COMPONENT PARTS

2
1
IN

8 7

4.2/12

9
EXH

Technopolymer body
Nickel-plated brass insert
NBR valve
NBR gasket
Technopolymer spring ring
Stainless steel folding spring
Brass or technopolymer locking bushing
Technopolymer release bushing
Stainless steel wire silencer

EXH

OUT

ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A

How to mount the VSR L:


Fig. A: With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the RFL R straight onto the actuator.
Fig. B: Fixing to the plate with the special SQU L bracket.
Fig. C: There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the RFL R straight onto the wall.

OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES


VSR L PIPE-PIPE,
CONVEYED EXHAUST
I1
E1

EXH

Code

Ref.

E1

I1

9063001
9063016
9063024

VSR L 4-4-4
VSR L 6-6-6
VSR L 8-8-8

4
6
8

42
49.4
57.3

25.8
30.2
35.9

10.7
14.7
18.7

5.6
6.4
9.1

10
11.4
13.8

9.7
13
15

12.8
14.6
18.7

16
20
24

Code

Ref.

E1

I1

9063101
9063116
9063124

VSR L 4-4-SIL
VSR L 6-6-SIL
VSR L 8-8-SIL

4
6
8

42
49.4
57.3

19.8
25.5
31.5

10.7
14.7
18.7

5.6
6.4
9.1

10
11.4
13.8

10
14
18

12.8
14.6
18.7

16
20
24

3.3

OUT

IN

E
C

IN

EXH

OUT

VSR L PIPE-PIPE,
SILENCED EXHAUST
I

EXH

3.3

OUT

IN

E
C

EXH
IN
OUT

4.2/13

VSR L PIPE-THREAD,
CONVEYED EXHAUST
I1
E1

EXH

Ref.

A1

E1

E2

I1

Ch

9063201
9063202
9063208
9063209
9063210
9063211
9063212

VSR L 4-M5-4
VSR L 4-1/8-4
VSR L 6-1/8-6
VSR L 6-1/4-6
VSR L 8-1/8-8
VSR L 8-1/4-8
VSR L 8-3/8-8

4
4
6
6
8
8
8

M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8

4
6
6
8
6
8
9

47.7
51.6
58.5
61.5
66.2
70.6
72.2

22.7
24.6
27.8
28.8
31.8
34.2
34.8

25.8
25.8
30.2
30.2
35.9
35.9
35.9

10.7
10.7
14.7
14.7
18.7
18.7
18.7

5.6
5.6
6.4
6.4
9.1
9.1
9.1

9.9
14
14
18
15
18
22

10
10
11.4
11.4
13.8
13.8
13.8

9.7
9.7
13
13
15
15
15

12.8
12.8
14.6
14.6
18.7
18.7
18.7

16
16
20
20
24
24
24

9
12
12
14
14
14
17

Code

Ref.

A1

E1

E2

I1

Ch

9063301
9063302
9063308
9063309
9063310
9063311
9063312

VSR L 4-M5-SIL
VSR L 4-1/8-SIL
VSR L 6-1/8-SIL
VSR L 6-1/4-SIL
VSR L 8-1/8-SIL
VSR L 8-1/4-SIL
VSR L 8-3/8-SIL

4
4
6
6
8
8
8

M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8

4
6
6
8
6
8
9

47.7
51.6
58.5
61.5
66.2
70.6
72.2

22.7
24.6
27.8
28.8
31.8
34.2
34.8

19.8
19.8
25.5
25.5
31.5
31.5
31.5

10.7
10.7
14.7
14.7
18.7
18.7
18.7

5.6
5.6
6.4
6.4
9.1
9.1
9.1

9.9
14
14
18
15
18
22

10
10
11.4
11.4
13.8
13.8
13.8

10
10
14
14
18
18
18

12.8
12.8
14.6
14.6
18.7
18.7
18.7

16
16
20
20
24
24
24

9
12
12
14
14
14
17

3.3

Code

OUT

IN

A
A

IN

F
E

C
E1

Ch

EXH

OUT

VSR L PIPE-THREAD,
SILENCED EXHAUST
I

EXH

3.3

OUT

IN

A
A

EXH
IN
OUT

NOTE

4.2/14

P
F
E

C
E1

Ch

IN-LINE CHECK VALVE

Series VNR L
The VNR L check valve belongs to the LINE ON LINE
family, which means it can be connected to all the other
components in series or in parallel.
Available in the version for pipe-pipe connection with two
push-in fittings, and in the version for thread-pipe connection
with a brass nickel-plated male thread and a push-in fitting.
It is still the only check valve with holes for wall mounting.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure

Temperature range
Flow rate at 6.3 bar P 1 bar
Recommended pipe
Fluid

4
MPa
bar
psi
C
F
Nl/min

80

0.05 to 1.2
0.5 to 12
7.2 to 174
20C to +60C
4F to +140F
320
Rilsan PA 11 Nylon 6 Polyamide12 Polypropylene
lubricated or unlubricated filtered compressed air

480

COMPONENT PARTS

Technopolymer body
Nickel-plated brass insert
NBR valve
Stainless steel valve compression spring
NBR gasket
Technopolymer spring ring
Stainless steel folding spring
Technopolymer locking bushing
Technopolymer release bushing

IN

9 8

OUT

4.2/15

ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A

How to mount the VNR L:


Fig. A: With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the VNR L straight onto the female thread.
Fig. B: Fixing to the plate with the special SQU L bracket.
Fig. C: There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the VNR L straight onto the wall.

OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES


VNR L PIPE-PIPE
I

Ref.

I1

9064001
9064016
9064024

VNR L 4-4
VNR L 6-6
VNR L 8-8

4
6
8

42
49.4
57.3

17.5
20
25.5

10.7
14.7
18.7

5.6
6.4
9.1

10
11.4
13.8

12.8
14.6
18.7

16
20
24

3.3

Code

OUT

IN

E
C

IN

OUT

VNR L THREAD-PIPE
I

3.3

OUT

IN

A
A

E
F
IN

4.2/16

E1
C

OUT

Ch 1

Code

Ref.

A1

E1

I1

Ch

9064101
9064102
9064108
9064109
9064110
9064111
9064112

VNR L M5-4
VNR L 1/8-4
VNR L 1/8-6
VNR L 1/4-6
VNR L 1/8-8
VNR L 1/4-8
VNR L 3/8-8

M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8

4
4
6
6
8
8
8

4
6
6
8
6
8
9

47.7
51.6
58.5
61.5
66.2
70.6
72.2

22.7
24.6
27.8
28.8
31.8
34.2
34.8

17.5
17.5
20
20
25.5
25.5
25.5

10.7
10.7
14.7
14.7
18.7
18.7
18.7

9.9
14
14
18
15
18
22

10
10
11.4
11.4
13.8
13.8
13.8

12.8
12.8
14.6
14.6
18.7
18.7
18.7

16
16
20
20
24
24
24

9
12
12
14
14
14
17

VNR L PIPE-THREAD
I

3.3

Code

Ref.

A1

E1

I1

Ch

9064201
9064202
9064208
9064209
9064210
9064211
9064212

VNR L 4-M5
VNR L 4-1/8
VNR L 6-1/8
VNR L 6-1/4
VNR L 8-1/8
VNR L 8-1/4
VNR L 8-3/8

4
4
6
6
8
8
8

M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8

4
6
6
8
6
8
9

47.7
51.6
58.5
61.5
66.2
70.6
72.2

22.7
24.6
27.8
28.8
31.8
34.2
34.8

17.5
17.5
20
20
25.5
25.5
25.5

10.7
10.7
14.7
14.7
18.7
18.7
18.7

9.9
14
14
18
15
18
22

10
10
11.4
11.4
13.8
13.8
13.8

12.8
12.8
14.6
14.6
18.7
18.7
18.7

16
16
20
20
24
24
24

9
12
12
14
14
14
17

OUT

IN

A
A

IN

F
E

C
E1

OUT

Ch 1

NOTES

4.2/17

IN-LINE SHUTOFF VALVE

Series V2V L and V3V L


V2V L and V3V L shutoff valves belong to the LINE ON
LINE family which means they can be connected to all the
other components in series or in parallel.
Available in the version for pipe-pipe connection with two
push-in fittings, and in the version for thread-pipe connection
with a brass nickel-plated male thread and a push-in fitting.
V2V is a two-way unidirectional valve, while V3V is a threeway valve with free discharge in the area around the control
knob.
The locked version is probably the smallest available on
the market. A lock is provided to ensure the valve is kept
in the closed position during machine maintenance. The
valve is supplied complete with a lock and two keys.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure

Temperature range
Inlet Flow rate at 6.3 bar P 1 bar
Exhaust Flow rate 6.3 bar
Recommended pipe
Fluid

6
MPa
bar
psi
C
F
Nl/min
Nl/min

8
1
10
145
20C to +60C
4F to +140F

280
110

470
110

Rilsan PA 11 Nylon 6 Polyamide 12 Polypropylene


lubricated or unlubricated filtered compressed air; if used, must be continuous

COMPONENT PARTS

Technopolymer body
Nickel-plated brass insert
Brass rod
Technopolymer knob
NBR valve
Stainless steel valve compression spring
Nickel-plated brass wall-mount ring nut
NBR gasket
Technopolymer spring ring
Stainless steel folding spring
Technopolymer locking bushing
Technopolymer release bushing

4
EXH

2
3

1
IN

12 11 10 9

4.2/18

EXH

OUT

ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A

How to mount the V2V/V3V L:


Fig. A: With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the V2V/V3V L straight onto the female thread.
Fig. B: Fixing to the plate with the special SQU L bracket.
Fig. C: There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the V2V/V3V L straight onto the wall.
Fig. D: the rig nut is screwed onto the threaded metal part of the V2V/V3V L body for panel mounting.

OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES


V2V/V3V L PIPE-PIPE
I1
H

EXH

Ref.

I1

Ch

Nmax

9065016
9066016
9065024
9066024

V2V L 6-6
V3V L 6-6
V2V L 8-8
V3V L 8-8

49.4

41

14.7

6.4

11.4

21

M15x1

14.6

20

17

5.5

57.3

46

18.7

9.1

13.8

26

M15x1

18.7

24

17

5.5

MAX

Ch

Code

B
N

3.3

OUT

IN

E
C

EXH
IN

OUT IN

OUT

4.2/19

V2V/V3V L PIPE-PIPE
PADLOCKED
I1
H

EXH

Ref.

I1

Ch

Nmax

9065116
9066116
9065124
9066124

V2V L 6-6 KEY


V3V L 6-6 KEY
V2V L 8-8 KEY
V3V L 8-8 KEY

49.4

41

14.7

6.4

11.4

21

M15x1

14.6

20

17

5.5

57.3

46

18.7

9.1

13.8

26

M15x1

18.7

24

17

5.5

MAX

Ch

Code

B
N

3.3

OUT

IN

C
E

EXH
IN

OUT IN

OUT

V2V/V3V L PIPE-THREAD
I1
H

EXH

MAX

Ch

B
N

3.3

IN

I1 Ch Ch1 Nmax

9065208
9066208
9065209
9066209
9065210
9066210
9065211
9066211
9065212
9066212

V2V L 6-1/8
V3V L 6-1/8
V2V L 6-1/4
V3V L 6-1/4
V2V L 8-1/8
V3V L 8-1/8
V2V L 8-1/4
V3V L 8-1/4
V2V L 8-3/8
V3V L 8-3/8

6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 41 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 12

5.5

6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 41 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 14

5.5

8 1/8 6 66.2 31.8 46 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14

5.5

8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 46 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14

5.5

8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 46 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 17

5.5

Code

Ref.

9065308
9066308
9065309
9066309
9065310
9066310
9065311
9066311
9065312
9066312

V2V L 6-1/8 KEY


V3V L 6-1/8 KEY
V2V L 6-1/4 KEY
V3V L 6-1/4 KEY
V2V L 8-1/8 KEY
V3V L 8-1/8 KEY
V2V L 8-1/4 KEY
V3V L 8-1/4 KEY
V2V L 8-3/8 KEY
V3V L 8-3/8 KEY

6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 41 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 12

5.5

6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 41 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 14

5.5

8 1/8 6 66.2 31.8 46 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14

5.5

8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 46 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14

5.5

8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 46 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 17

5.5

A1

F
E

C
E1
OUT IN

Ch 1

OUT

V2V/V3V L PIPE-THREAD
PADLOCKED
I1
H

EXH

MAX

Ch

B
N

3.3

IN

OUT

A
A

P
F
E

C
E1

EXH

4.2/20

G H

EXH
IN

IN

E1

Ref.

OUT

P A

Code

OUT IN

OUT

Ch 1

P A

A1

E1

G H

I1 Ch Ch1 Nmax

V2V/V3V L THREAD-PIPE
I1
H

EXH

MAX

Ch

B
N

3.3

IN

I1 Ch Ch1 Nmax

9065408
9066408
9065409
9066409
9065410
9066410
9065411
9066411
9065412
9066412

V2V L 1/8-6
V3V L 1/8-6
V2V L 1/4-6
V3V L 1/4-6
V2V L 1/8-8
V3V L 1/8-8
V2V L 1/4-8
V3V L 1/4-8
V2V L 3/8-8
V3V L 3/8-8

1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 41 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 12

5.5

1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 41 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 14

5.5

1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 46 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14

5.5

1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 46 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14

5.5

3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 46 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 17

5.5

Code

Ref.

9065508
9066508
9065509
9066509
9065510
9066510
9065511
9066511
9065512
9066512

V2V L 1/8-6 KEY


V3V L 1/8-6 KEY
V2V L 1/4-6 KEY
V3V L 1/4-6 KEY
V2V L 1/8-8 KEY
V3V L 1/8-8 KEY
V2V L 1/4-8 KEY
V3V L 1/4-8 KEY
V2V L 3/8-8 KEY
V3V L 3/8-8 KEY

1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 41 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 12

5.5

1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 41 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 14

5.5

1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 46 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14

5.5

1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 46 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14

5.5

3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 46 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 17

5.5

A1

G H

OUT

A
A

E1

Ref.

E
F

E1
C

P A

Code

EXH

Ch 1
IN

OUT IN

OUT

V2V/V3V L THREAD-PIPE
PADLOCKED
I1
H

EXH

MAX

Ch

B
N

3.3

IN

A1

E1

G H

I1 Ch Ch1 Nmax

OUT

E
F

E1
C

P A

EXH

Ch 1
IN

NOTES

OUT IN

OUT

4.2/21

IN-LINE PRESSURE GAUGE

Series MAN L
The MAN L pressure gauge belongs to the LINE ON LINE
family, which means it can be connected to all the other
components in series or in parallel.
Available in the version for pipe-pipe connection with two
push-in fittings, and in the version for thread-pipe connection
with a brass nickel-plated male thread and a push-in fitting.
Though small in size, this pressure gauge, which is supplied
in a metal casing, ensures accurate reading. It can be
angled in any direction simply by rotating manually.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure

Temperature range

4
MPa
bar
psi
C
F

1.2
12
174
20C to +60C
4F to +140F
4% full scale
Rilsan PA 11 Nylon 6 Polyamide 12 Polypropylene
lubricated or unlubricated filtered compressed air

Precision
Recommended pipe
Fluid

ASSEMBLY OPTIONS

How to mount the MAN L:


Fig. A: With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the MAN L straight onto the female thread.
Fig. B: Fixing to the plate with the special SQU L bracket.
Fig. C: There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the MAN L straight onto the wall.
Fig. D: Use the SQL L bracket for panel mounting the MAN L.
4.2/22

OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES


MAN L PIPE-PIPE
I

Code

Ref.

9067001
9067016
9067024

MAN L 4-4
MAN L 6-6
MAN L 8-8

4
6
8

42
49.4
57.3

36.1 10.7
14.7
35
18.7
41

E1

I1

5.6
6.4
9.1

10
11.4
13.8

23
23
23

12.8
14.6
18.7

16
20
24

3.3

E
C

12

MAN L THREAD-PIPE
I

Ref.

A1

E1

E2

I1

Ch

9067101
9067102
9067108
9067109
9067110
9067111
9067112

MAN L M5-4
MAN L 1/8-4
MAN L 1/8-6
MAN L 1/4-6
MAN L 1/8-8
MAN L 1/4-8
MAN L 3/8-8

M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8

4
4
6
6
8
8
8

4
6
6
8
6
8
9

47.7
51.6
58.5
61.5
66.2
70.6
72.2

26.7
30.6
27.8
28.8
31.8
34.2
34.8

36.1
36.1
35
35
41
41
41

10.7
10.7
14.7
14.7
18.7
18.7
18.7

5.6
5.6
6.4
6.4
9.1
9.1
9.1

9.9
14
14
18
15
18
22

10
10
11.4
11.4
13.8
13.8
13.8

23
23
23
23
23
23
23

12.8
12.8
14.6
14.6
18.7
18.7
18.7

16
16
20
20
24
24
24

9
12
12
14
14
14
17

3.3

Code

A
P

1
2

E
F

E1
C

12

Ch

NOTES

4.2/23

IN-LINE PRESSURE INDICATOR

Series LAM L
The LAM L pneumatic light indicator belongs to the LINE
ON LINE family, which means it can be connected to all
the other components in series or in parallel.
Available in the version for pipe-pipe connection with two
FOX push-in fittings, and in the version for thread-pipe
connection with a brass nickel-plated male thread and a
push-in fitting.
When there is no pressure, the clear technopolymer bell
looks empty. When there is pressure, a red signal appears.
The clear bell can be cleaned using normal detergents or
ethyl alcohol, as the technopolymer used is fully compatible.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure

Temperature range
Flow rate at 6.3 bar P1 bar
Colour with pressure
Recommended pipe
Fluid

6
MPa
bar
psi
C
F
Nl/min

8
0.2 to 1
2 to 10
29 to 145
20C to +60C
4F to +140F

420

800
orange - green
Rilsan PA 11 Nylon 6 Polyamide 12 Polypropylene
lubricated or unlubricated filtered compressed air; if used, must be continuous

ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A

How to mount the LAM L:


Fig. A: With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the LAM L straight onto the female thread.
Fig. B: Fixing to the plate with the special SQU L bracket.
Fig. C: There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the LAM L straight onto the wall.
Fig. D: The ring nut is screwed onto the threaded metal part of the LAM L body for panel mounting.
4.2/24

OVERALL DIMENSIONS AN ORDERING CODES


LAM L PIPE-PIPE
I1
H
E1

Code

Ref.

E1

I1

Ch

Nmax

9068016
9068216
9068024
9068224

LAM L 6-6-A
LAM L 6-6-V
LAM L 8-8-A
LAM L 8-8-V

49.4

37

14.7

6.4

11.4

10.6

21

M15x1

14.6

20

17

4.5

57.3

41

18.7

9.1

13.8

10.6

26

M15x1

18.7

24

17

4.5

MAX

Ch
A = ORANGE
V = GREEN

B
N

3.3

E
C

LAM L THREAD-PIPE

I1
H
E2

MAX

Ch

Code

Ref.

A1

E1

E2

9068108
9068308
9068109
9068309
9068110
9068310
9068111
9068311
9068112
9068312

LAM L 1/8-6-A
LAM L 1/8-6-V
LAM L 1/4-6-A
LAM L 1/4-6-V
LAM L 1/8-8-A
LAM L 1/8-8-V
LAM L 1/4-8-A
LAM L 1/4-8-V
LAM L 3/8-8-A
LAM L 3/8-8-V

1/8

58.5

27.8

37

14.7

6.4

14

11.4

10.6

21

M15x1

1/4

61.5

28.8

37

14.7

6.4

18

11.4

10.6

21

M15x1

1/8

66.2

31.8

41

18.7

9.1

15

13.8

10.6

26

M15x1

1/4

70.6

34.2

41

18.7

9.1

18

13.8

10.6

26

M15x1

3/8

72.2

34.8

41

18.7

9.1

22

13.8

10.6

26

M15x1

Code

Ref.

I1

Ch

Ch1 Nmax

9068108
9068308
9068109
9068309
9068110
9068310
9068111
9068311
9068112
9068312

LAM L 1/8-6-A
LAM L 1/8-6-V
LAM L 1/4-6-A
LAM L 1/4-6-V
LAM L 1/8-8-A
LAM L 1/8-8-V
LAM L 1/4-8-A
LAM L 1/4-8-V
LAM L 3/8-8-A
LAM L 3/8-8-V

14.6 20

17

12

4.5

14.6 20

17

14

4.5

18.7 24

17

14

4.5

18.7 24

17

14

4.5

18.7 24

17

17

4.5

B
N

3.3

A
1

E1
C

E
F

Ch 1

A = ORANGE
V = GREEN

NOTES

4.2/25

IN-LINE SOLENOID VALVE

Series SOV L
SOV L solenoid valves belong to the LINE ON LINE family,
which means they can be connected to all the other
components in series or in parallel.
Available in the version for pipe-pipe connection with two
push-in fittings, and in the version for thread-pipe connection
with a brass nickel-plated male thread and a push-in fitting.
Though small in size, SOV L valves are solenoid-piloted
and feature very high performance.
The spool distributor is fitted with special polyurethane
gaskets to ensure a very long working life.
Each valve comes complete with a monostable manual
control and LED.
Exhaust can be damped with an annular silencer or conveyed
via a pipe fitting. The fitting for conveyed exhaust can be
oriented freely.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure

Temperature range
Flow rate at 6.3 bar P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6.3 bar P 1 bar
Conductance C
Coefficient b
Voltage
Power
Recommended pipe
Fluid

6
MPa
bar
psi
C
F
Nl/min
Nl/min
Nl/min*bar
bar/bar
VDC
W

8
0.25 to 0.7
2.5 to 7
36 to 101
10C to +60C
+14F to +140F

270
380
95.8
0.145

500
700
178.1
0.129

24
1.2
Rilsan PA 11 Nylon 6 Polyamide 12 Polypropylene
lubricated or unlubricated filtered compressed air

ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A

How to mount the SOV L:


Fig. A: With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the SOV L straight onto the actuator.
Fig. B: Fixing to the plate with the special SQU L bracket.
Fig. C: There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the SOV L straight onto the wall.
4.2/26

OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES


SOV L 3/2 NC-NO PIPE-PIPE
SILENCED EXHAUST

B
12

I1

9069016
9069116
9069024
9069124

SOV L 3/2 NC 6-6


SOV L 3/2 NO 6-6
SOV L 3/2 NC 8-8
SOV L 3/2 NO 8-8

49.4

57.5

14.7

6.4

11.4

14.6

20

57.3

63.5

18.7

9.1

13.8

18.7

24

12

1
A

Ref.

3.3

Code

SOV L 3/2 NC-NO PIPE-PIPE


CONVEYED EXHAUST
I

I1 L

Code

Ref.

9069216
9069316
9069224
9069324

SOV L 3/2 NC 6-6-6


SOV L 3/2 NO 6-6-6
SOV L 3/2 NC 8-8-8
SOV L 3/2 NO 8-8-8

6 49.4 57.5 14.7 6.4 11.4 6 14.6 20 27

8 57.3 63.5 18.7 9.1 13.8 8 18.7 24 30

F
B

3.3

A
2

12

12

3 1

3 1

SOV L 3/2 NC-NO PIPE-THREAD


SILENCED EXHAUST

3.3

A
12

12

9069408
9069508
9069409
9069509
9069410
9069510
9069411
9069511
9069412
9069512

SOV L 3/2 NC 6-1/8


SOV L 3/2 NO 6-1/8
SOV L 3/2 NC 6-1/4
SOV L 3/2 NO 6-1/4
SOV L 3/2 NC 8-1/8
SOV L 3/2 NO 8-1/8
SOV L 3/2 NC 8-1/4
SOV L 3/2 NO 8-1/4
SOV L 3/2 NC 8-3/8
SOV L 3/2 NO 8-3/8

1/8 6 58.5 27.8 57.5 14.7 6.4 14

1/4 8 61.5 28.8 57.5 14.7 6.4 18

1/8 6 66.2 31.3 63.5 18.7 9.1 15

1/4 8 70.6 34.2 63.5 18.7 9.1 18

3/8 9 72.2 34.8 63.5 18.7 9.1 22

Code

Ref.

E1

I1

Ch1

9069408
9069508
9069409
9069509
9069410
9069510
9069411
9069511
9069412
9069512

SOV L 3/2 NC 6-1/8


SOV L 3/2 NO 6-1/8
SOV L 3/2 NC 6-1/4
SOV L 3/2 NO 6-1/4
SOV L 3/2 NC 8-1/8
SOV L 3/2 NO 8-1/8
SOV L 3/2 NC 8-1/4
SOV L 3/2 NO 8-1/4
SOV L 3/2 NC 8-3/8
SOV L 3/2 NO 8-3/8

11.4

14.6

20

12

11.4

14.6

20

14

13.8

18.7

24

14

13.8

18.7

24

14

13.8

18.7

24

17

P A

A1

Ch

Ref.

Code

4.2/27

SOV L 3/2 NC-NO PIPE-THREAD


CONVEYED EXHAUST

F1

3.3

Ch

2
A

A
2

12

3 1

12

2
3 1

Code

Ref.

9069608
9069708
9069609
9069709
9069610
9069710
9069611
9069711
9069612
9069712

SOV L 3/2 NC 6-1/8-6


SOV L 3/2 NO 6-1/8-6
SOV L 3/2 NC 6-1/4-6
SOV L 3/2 NO 6-1/4-6
SOV L 3/2 NC 8-1/8-8
SOV L 3/2 NO 8-1/8-8
SOV L 3/2 NC 8-1/4-8
SOV L 3/2 NO 8-1/4-8
SOV L 3/2 NC 8-3/8-8
SOV L 3/2 NO 8-3/8-8

1/8 6 58.5 27.8 57.5 14.7 6.4

1/4 8 61.5 28.8 57.5 14.7 6.4

1/8 6 66.2 31.8 63.5 18.7 9.1

1/4 8 70.6 34.2 63.5 18.7 9.1

3/8 9 72.2 34.8 63.5 18.7 9.1

Code

Ref.

E1

F1

I1

Ch1

9069608
9069708
9069609
9069709
9069610
9069710
9069611
9069711
9069612
9069712

SOV L 3/2 NC 6-1/8-6


SOV L 3/2 NO 6-1/8-6
SOV L 3/2 NC 6-1/4-6
SOV L 3/2 NO 6-1/4-6
SOV L 3/2 NC 8-1/8-8
SOV L 3/2 NO 8-1/8-8
SOV L 3/2 NC 8-1/4-8
SOV L 3/2 NO 8-1/4-8
SOV L 3/2 NC 8-3/8-8
SOV L 3/2 NO 8-3/8-8

14

11.4

14.6

20

27

12

18

11.4

14.6

20

27

14

15

13.8

18.7

24

30

14

18

13.8

18.7

24

30

14

22

13.8

18.7

24

30

17

ACCESSORIES

SPARES

PLUG-IN CONNECTOR

PLUG-IN PILOT

Description
Code
W0970512000 PLUG-IN CONNECTOR MACH 11 L=300

NOTES

4.2/28

Description
Code
722213541100 PLT-10 722213541100

P A

A1

ACCESSORIES
FIXING SQUARE KIT

Code

Description

I1

I2

I3

I4

I5

9062110

SQU L

30

22

14.5

4.2

6.8

4.8

5.9

9.1

6.5

1.2

NOTE: comes with two m3x16 screws (for L.O.L. 6 - 8), two m3 hexagonal nuts, 2 groovers, 4 washers.

I
F

I
I

U-BOLT

NOTES

Code

Description

9062216
9062224

TUB L 6-6
TUB L 8-8

4.2/29

ACCESSORIES

CHAPTER 4.3

QUICK COUPLING IAC

PAGE 4.3/02

QUICK COUPLING ICS

PAGE 4.3/06

FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES MRF COMPACT N AND O

PAGE 4.3/12

FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES MRF HIGH-FLOW

PAGE 4.3/22

FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES MRF PUSH-LOCK

PAGE 4.3/25

FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES MRF N

PAGE 4.3/29

FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES MRF O

PAGE 4.3/34

IN-LINE FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES RFL

PAGE 4.3/37

REDUCER WITH GAUGE FOR VALVES SERIES RMV

PAGE 4.3/38

QUICK EXHAUST VALVES SERIES VSR

PAGE 4.3/39

STOP VALVES SERIES STP

PAGE 4.3/40

SLIDE VALVES SERIES VCS

PAGE 4.3/43

CIRCUIT SELECTOR VALVES SERIES VOR

PAGE 4.3/44

CHECK VALVE SERIES VNR

PAGE 4.3/45

PNEUMATIC LOGIC

PAGE 4.3/46

DISTRIBUTION FRAMES AND ROTARY JOINTS

PAGE 4.3/50

PNEUMO-BUS

PAGE 4.3/55

SILENCERS

PAGE 4.3/58

4.3/01

COUPLINGS

Series IAC

COMPRESSED AIR QUICK-FIT COUPLINGS


The compressed air quick-fit coupling
b y M e t a l Wo r k a l l o w s q u i c k
replacement of pneumatic equipment
(drills, milling machines, screwers and
actuators in general) without having to
set the line pressure to zero each time.
Rapid tool changeover can be easily
obtained by fitting a female body on
the branch under pressure and the
male coupling on the actuator. The
presence of a female coupling with a
safety valve on the branch under
pressure prevents air dispersion during
disconnection.

MINI

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded coupling
Maximum inlet pressure

Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 MPa - 87 psi)


P = 1 bar (0.1 MPa - 14 psi)
Maximum temperature

1/8
MPa
bar
psi

1/4
3 MPa
30 bar
435 psi
480 Nl/min

C
F

100

200

300

1/4

3/8
3 MPa
30 bar
435 psi
1450 Nl/min

1/2

750 Nl/min

1750 Nl/min

80
176

80
176

COMPONENTS





Body: nickel-plated brass


Ring nut: nickel-plated brass
Valve: nickel-plated brass
Coupling: carbonitrured and zinc-plated
steel
 Ball: stainless steel
 Ring nut spring: AISI 302
 Valve spring: AISI 302

The actual male couplings dont have lateral


holes. They cannot be coupled with the
manual ports old production.

NEW

AUTOMATIC COUPLING
(AFTER 1992)

OLD

MANUAL COUPLING
(BEFORE 1992)
HOLES

4.3/02

FLOW CHARTS
CURVE WITH P = 1 bar

CURVE WITH FREE EXHAUST

FLOW TEST DIAGRAMS

TYPICAL ASSEMBLIES

4.3/03

OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES


QUICK-FIT PORT, MALE

Ch1

Code

Ref.

Mod.

Ch1

O-ring

0101001
0101002
0201101
0301201
0300202
0401301

01
02
101
201
201/A
301

mini
mini
100
200
200
300

1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/4
1/2

16
16
21
23
23
30

6.0
8.0
8.0
9.0
8.0
11.0

38.0
40.0
50.0
57.6
56.6
70.8

18.8
18.8
24.4
26.4
26.4
33.0

2031
2043
2043
2056
2043
3068

Code

Ref.

Mod.

Ch1

0101003
0101004
0201102
0301202
0401302

03
04
102
202
302

mini
mini
100
200
300

1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2

16
16
21
23
30

7.0
8.0
8.0
10.0
11.0

40.5
42.0
52.0
60.7
73.8

18.8
18.8
24.4
26.4
33.0

Code

Ref.

Mod.

Ch1

Ch3

0101005
0101006

05
06

mini
mini

6/4
8/6

16
16

12
14

14.0
14.0

46.0
46.0

18.8
18.8

Code

Ref.

Mod.

Ch1

Ch3

0101007
0101008

07
08

mini
mini

6/4
8/6

16
16

12
14

18.8
18.8

Code

Ref.

Mod.

Ch1

O-ring

0102011
0102012
0202111
0302211
0303205
0402311

11
12
111
211
211/A
311

mini
mini
100
200
200
300

1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/4
1/2

13
14
14
17
16
22

6.0
8.0
8.0
9.0
8.0
11.0

29.3
32.7
42.2
45.8
46.2
55.2

15
18
18
20
18
26

2031
2043
2043
2056
2043
3068

Code

Ref.

Mod.

Ch1

0102013
0102014
0202112
0302212
0402312

13
14
112
212
312

mini
mini
100
200
300

1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2

14
17
17
20
24

7.0
8.0
8.0
10.0
11.0

29.5
30.5
42.0
48.0
55.0

QUICK-FIT PORT, FEMALE

Ch1

P
L

QUICK-FIT PORT, NYLON PIPE


Ch1
E

Ch3

P
L

QUICK-FIT PORT,
NYLON PIPE WITH SPRING
Ch1

Ch3

QUICK-FIT COUPLING, MALE

CH1

QUICK-FIT COUPLING, FEMALE


Ch1

4.3/04

QUICK-FIT COUPLING, NYLON PIPE

Ref.

Mod.

Ch1

Ch2

0102015
0102016

15
16

mini
mini

6/4
8/6

12
14

12
14

35.5
35.5

Code

Ref.

Mod.

Ch1

Ch2

0102017
0102018

17
18

mini
mini

6/4
8/6

12
14

12
14

Code

Ref.

Ch1

Ch2

0010001
0010002
0010003
0010004
0010005

C1/Z
C1/Z
C1/Z
C1/Z
C1/Z

1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8

8
8
10
10
12

18
21
18
21
21

14
14
17
17
19

8
9
8
9
9

Code

Ref.

Ch1

Ch2

2601001
2601002
2601003
2601004

40
41
42
43

1/4
1/4
1/4
1/2

6x14
8x17
10x19
13x23

18
21
23
27

16
16
17
24

8.0
8.0
8.0
11.0

29.0
31.0
31.0
35.5

23.0
25.0
27.0
31.0

Code

Ref.

Ch1

Ch2

Ch3

O-ring

2501010
2501011
2501012
2501013

50
51
52
53

1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8

6/4
8/6
10/8
12/10

16
16
19
19

14
14
17
17

12
14
17
19

8.0
8.0
9.0
9.0

2043
2043
2056
2056

Ch 1

Ch 2

Code

QUICK-FIT COUPLING,
NYLON PIPE WITH SPRING

Ch 1

Ch2

NYLON PIPE FITTING WITH SPRING

Ch1

Ch2

HOSE FITTING

Ch1

Ch2

SWIVEL NYLON PIPE FITTING


WITH SPRING
Ch2

Ch1

Ch3

4.3/05

COUPLINGS

Series ICS

QUICK-FIT COUPLINGS FOR MOULD CONDITIONING


The mould conditioning coupling was
specifically designed to speed up and
facilitate the replacement of moulds in
injection moulding machines. Rapid
mould changeover can be easily
obtained by fitting a female body at
the end of the pipes conveying the
thermoregulating fluid and a male
coupling to the moulds. With this
configuration, each mould can be
connected and disconnected from the
thermoregulation circuit rapidly. The
presence of a female coupling with a
safety valve on the pipework prevents
the outflow of fluid when coupling with
or releasing from the mould.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded coupling
Maximum temperature at: 1.8 MPa; 18 bar; 261 psi
Minimum temperature at: 1.8 MPa; 18 bar; 261 psi
Maximum pressure

501 V
with valve

401 V
with valve

1/8

1/4

F
C
F
C
MPa
bar
psi

503 V
without valve

403 V
without valve

1/8

1/4

+248
+120
68
20
1,8
18
261
FKM/FPM

Type of gasket

COMPONENTS








4.3/06

Body: nickel-plated brass


Ring nut: nickel-plated brass
Valve: nickel-plated brass
Coupling: nickel-plated brass
Ball: stainless steel
Ring nut spring: AISI 302
Valve spring: AISI 302.

ICS WATER FLOW CHARTS WITH SAFETY VALVE


ICS/500 1/8
P - Pressure

Flow rate

ICS/400 1/4
P - Pressure

WITH SAFETY VALVE - The female body with safety valve prevents
the outflow of thermoregulator fluid when coupling with or
releasing from the mould.

Flow rate

ICS WATER FLOW CHARTS WITHOUT SAFETY VALVE


ICS/500 1/8
P - Pressure

Flow rate

ICS/400 1/4
P - Pressure

WITHOUT SAFETY VALVE - A version having a female body


without a safety valve is available for when a high flow rate is
required. This version allows a greater thermoregulator fluid flow
rate but does not act as a fluid check valve when coupling with
or releasing from the mould.

Flow rate

4.3/07

GENERAL FEATURES
Female body plus conventional hose fitting
(pipe locked with metal circlip).

Female body plus self-locking hose fitting


patented by Metal Work. When the outer
ring nut is tightened, the gripper locks on
the pipe.

The male fitting should be coupled with


the mould so that it remains embedded
(Fig. 2-4). This saves space and protects
the coupling. The mould has no projecting
parts, which would occupy more space on
the storage shelving (Fig. A).

fig. A

fig. 1

fig. 2

H1

ch

4/6
7/9

1/8
1/4

7
9

13
14

20
26

23
30

The Extension (see A25 fittings) is available


as an accessory. It is extremely useful when
parts inside the moulds need to be
thermoregulated or when the presence of
trucks makes it impossible to connect the
moulds to the rubber pipe. (Fig. B).

fig. B
4.3/08

fig. 3

fig. 4

H1

ch

D1

4/6
7/9

1/8
1/4

7
9

13
14

20
26

23
30

17
21

OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES


FEMALE PORT

Ref.

Safety
valve

CH1

0601040
0501040
0600040
0500040

501V
401V
503V
403V

1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4

yes
yes
no
no

16
21
16
21

7.0
8.0
7.0
8.0

45.0
56.0
45.0
56.0

19.0
25.0
19.0
25.0

Code

Ref.

CH1

O-ring FKM/FPM

0602001
0502001

511
411

1/8
1/4

13
14

6.0
8.0

28.5
37.0

15.0
18.0

2031
2043

Code

Ref.

CH1

0602002
0502002

512
412

1/8
1/4

12
14

7.0
8.0

28.0
37.5

14
17

Code

Ch1
L

MALE COUPLING

Ch 1

P
L

FEMALE COUPLING

Ch 1

NOTES

4.3/09

FLOW MICROREGULATORS

NEW SERIES
The job of flow microregulators is to regulate speed in the
pneumatic cylinders.
The configuration of both type C (to be mounted on the
cylinder inlet) and type V (to be mounted on the valve port)
is such as to ensure full flow on feed and regulated flow
on discharge. Type B (bidirectional) can be used to regulate
the flow both on feed and discharge.
Flow microregulators are divided into 4 series:
MRF COMPACT O: can be adjusted using a screwdriver;
the regulation pin is lubrified with a particular antivivration
grease; it has reduced dimensions and fine adjustment in
the first turns; adjustgment can be prevented by assembling
a disposable cap (supplied separately) that can be removed
using a tool.
MRF COMPACT N: can be adjusted using the knob
and/or screwdriver; adjustment can be prevented by
tightening the ring nut; it has the same regulation curve as
those in series O.
MRF HIGH-FLOW: can be adjusted using the knob
and/or screwdriver; adjustment can be prevented by
tightening the ring nut; it is ideal for use in installations
requiring high flow rates both on regulation and discharge.
Available in 1/8 and 1/4 and with a technopolymer ring.
MRF PUSH-LOCK: it is the only one in the MRF series
with a PUSH-LOCK knob, that can be replaced by an antitampering knob (supplied separately). Available in 1/8
and 1/4 and with a technopolymer ring.

All the MRF with a pipe engage-release system of the latest


generation that facilitates detachment of the pipe even under
difficult operating conditions.

Special focus has been placed on miniaturisation of the components


(mainly for COMPACT MRF series O), which saves considerable
space.
4.3/10

The rings can be rotated even with the MRF installed, which means
that they can be mounted with the pipe facing towards any
direction.

The regulation curve in the MRF series COMPACT N, COMPACT


O and PUSH-LOCK takes place in two sections: in the first half
of the flash pin stroke for very fine regulation and relatively low
flow rates; in the second half, the flash pin quickly opens the
passage so as to reach the maximum flow rate quickly.

450

Flow rate (Nl/min)

400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0

10

11

10

11

12

13

14

Turns no.

The regulation curve in the MRF series HIGH-FLOW is divided


into 3 sections: regulation is particularly accurate along the entire
flash pin stroke and the maximum flow rate is reached at a good
steady rate; in this way, the user can choose the solution which
best fits the specific application.

800

Flow rate (Nl/min)

700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0

12

13

14

Turns no.

A major innovative aspect of the new MRF is the possibility of


using the PUSH-LOCK series that can be mounted with either a
push-lock (A) or an anti-tampering knob (B). The push-lock knob
prevents decalibration of the MRF due to vibration or incorrect
torque. With the anti-tampering knob there is no way to change
the position unless you remove the knob using a special tool.

All the new MRF can be fixed from the top using a universal
wrench, a pipe wrench or an automatic screwer.
THREAD

MAXIMUM TORQUE (Nm)*

M5
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2

max 1,8
max 6
max 8
max 10
max 15

* measured on a metal female thread

4.3/11

FLOW MICROREGULATOR

Series COMPACT N and O


FLOW MICROREGULATOR
Main features:
reduced dimensions
excellent regulation
regulation with a screwdriver and disposable anti-tampering
cap (COMPACT O)
regulation with either a screwdriver and/or a knob, can
be fixed with a ring nut (COMPACT N)
available in all sizes (from M5 to 1/2) with a brass or
a technopolymer ring
can be mounted with an automatic screwdriver
comes with a ring that can rotate even with the MRF
mounted in position.

TECHNICAL DATA
Pipe
Max input pressure

Temperature range: technopolymer ring


Brass ring
Max flow rate on regulation at 6.3 bar
Max flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 bar with closed pin
Max flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 bar with open pin
Regulation
Internal system
Fluid

M5

MPa
bar
psi
C
F
C
F
Nl/min
Nl/min
Nl/min

1/8

4

 5*

6

4

150
140
240

155
145
245

155
150
245

350
300
450

1/4

3/8
 10

 6  8  10  12
1
10
145
10+50
+14+122
10+70
+14+158
360 380 400 750 850 950 1000
320 350 390 450 475 500 550
510 600 650 850 1050 1150 1250
Manual (COMPACT N only) or using a screwdriver
Tapered pin
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air
 5*

6

8

1/2

 12  12

1300 1400 2000


1050 1250 1750
1700 2100 2700

* Pipe 5 is only available with a brass ring

TYPE N COMPONENTS - M5 THREAD


Nichel-plated brass knob
Nickel-plated brass securing ring nut
Brass pin
Nickel-plated brass bush
Nickel-plated brass body
Nickel-plated brass retaining ring
NBR gasket
Nickel-plated or technopolymer brass revolving ring
NBR gasket
Technopolymer spring supporting ring
Stainless steel grabbing spring
Technopolymer retaining bush
Technopolymer release bush

7
1

10 11 12

2
3

13

VALVE
VALVOLA

4
5
BIDIREC.
BIDIREZ.

4.3/12

CYLINDER
CILINDRO

TYPE O COMPONENTS - M5 THREAD


 Brass pin
 Nickel-plated brass bush
 Nickel-plated brass body
 Nickel-plated brass retaining ring
 NBR gasket
 Nickel-plated or technopolymer brass revolving ring
 NBR gasket
Technopolymer spring supporting ring

Stainless steel grabbing spring


Technopolymer retaining bush
Technopolymer release bush

CYLINDER
CILINDRO

5
6

10

1
11

VALVE
VALVOLA

2
3

BIDIREC.
BIDIREZ.

TYPE N COMPONENTS - THREAD 1/8 TO 1/2










Nickel-plated brass knob


Nickel-plated brass securing ring nut
Brass pin
Nickel-plated brass body
Nickel-plated brass retaining ring
Brass gasket holding insert
NBR gasket
Nickel-plated or technopolymer brass revolving ring
NBR gasket
Technopolymer spring supporting ring
Stainless steel grabbing spring
Technopolymer retaining bush
Technopolymer release bush

1
8

10 11 12

CYLINDER
CILINDRO

2
3

13
VALVE
VALVOLA

BIDIREC.
BIDIREZ.

TYPE O COMPONENTS - THREAD FROM 1/8 TO 1/2










Brass pin
Nickel-plated brass body
Nickel-plated brass retaining ring
Brass gasket holding insert
NBR gasket
Nickel-plated or technopolymer brass revolving ring
NBR gasket
Technopolymer spring supporting ring
Stainless steel grabbing spring
Technopolymer retaining bush
Technopolymer release bush

6
1

10

CYLINDER
CILINDRO

11
VALVE
VALVOLA

2
5

BIDIREC.
BIDIREZ.

4.3/13

FLOW RATE CHARTS AT 6.3 bar DEPENDING ON THE TURNS EFFECTED


BY THE REGULATION SCREW
MRF M5 - PIPE 4 - 6
175
6
4

Flow rate (Nl/min)

150
125
100
75
50
25
0
0

10

11

12

13

12

13

14

Turns no.

MRF 1/8" - PIPE 4 - 6 - 8


450
8

400

Flow rate (Nl/min)

350

300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0

10

11

14

Turns no.

MRF 1/4" - PIPE 6 - 8 - 10 - 12


1200
12
10

Flow rate (Nl/min)

1000

8
800

600

400

200

0
0

Turns no.
4.3/14

10

11

12

13

14

MRF 3/8" - PIPE 10 - 12


1600
12

1400

10

Flow rate (Nl/min)

1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
0

10

11

12

13

14

10

11

12

13

14

Turns no.

MRF 1/2"
1/2" - PIPE 12
MRF
2500

Flow rate (Nl/min)

2000

1500

1000

500

0
0

Turns no.

KEY TO CODING
M

ELEMENT
N
O

with knob and


ring nut
flash pin

MR

RING

TYPE
M

Nickel-plated
brass with
push-in fitting
Technopolymer
with push-in
fitting
Nickel-plated
brass with
female thread

C
V
B

M5

FUNCTION

PIPE

THREAD

4: 4
5: 5
6: 6
8: 8
10: 10
12: 12
1/8: G 1/8 F
1/4: G 1/4 F
3/8: G 3/8 F

M5:M5
1/8: G 1/8
1/4: G 1/4
3/8: G 3/8
1/2: G 1/2

for cylinder
for valve
bidirectional

4.3/15

MRF COMPACT O BRASS RING


B

A1

* CH

F
cylinder
versione
version
cilindro

valve
versione
version
valvola

bidirectional
versione
version
bidirezionale

* OPTIONAL ANTI-TAMPERING CAP


CODE
9001001C
9001110V
9001601B
9001002C
9001113V
9001603B
9001007C
9001105V
9001612B
9001011C
9001111V
9001602B
9001012C
9001112V
9001604B
9001003C
9001101V
9001605B
9001005C
9001103V
9001607B
9001004C
9001102V
9001606B
9001006C
9001104V
9001608B
9001008C
9001106V
9001609B
9001014C
9001123V
9001623B
9001009C
9001114V
9001610B
9001015C
9001124V
9001624B
9001016C
9001125V
9001625B

4.3/16

DESCRIPTION
MRF O M C 4 M5
MRF O M V 4 M5
MRF O M B 4 M5
MRF O M C 5 M5
MRF O M V 5 M5
MRF O M B 5 M5
MRF O M C 6 M5
MRF O M V 6 M5
MRF O M B 6 M5
MRF O M C 4 1/8
MRF O M V 4 1/8
MRF O M B 4 1/8
MRF O M C 5 1/8
MRF O M V 5 1/8
MRF O M B 5 1/8
MRF O M C 6 1/8
MRF O M V 6 1/8
MRF O M B 6 1/8
MRF O M C 8 1/8
MRF O M V 8 1/8
MRF O M B 8 1/8
MRF O M C 6 1/4
MRF O M V 6 1/4
MRF O M B 6 1/4
MRF O M C 8 1/4
MRF O M V 8 1/4
MRF O M B 8 1/4
MRF O M C 10 1/4
MRF O M V 10 1/4
MRF O M B 10 1/4
MRF O M C 12 1/4
MRF O M V 12 1/4
MRF O M B 12 1/4
MRF O M C 10 3/8
MRF O M V 10 3/8
MRF O M B 10 3/8
MRF O M C 12 3/8
MRF O M V 12 3/8
MRF O M B 12 3/8
MRF O M C 12 1/2
MRF O M V 12 1/2
MRF O M B 12 1/2

F
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2

4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12

CH
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
19
19
19
19
19
19
22
22
22

A min
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
42.7
42.7
42.7
42.7
42.7
42.7
50.6
50.6
50.6

A max
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
42.7
42.7
42.7
42.7
42.7
42.7
51.4
51.4
51.4

A1
26.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
49.5
49.5
49.5
49.5
49.5
49.5
55.3
55.3
55.3

B
20.2
20.2
20.2
23.8
23.8
23.8
23.5
23.5
23.5
21.3
21.3
21.3
24.8
24.8
24.8
23
23
23
24.8
24.8
24.8
24.5
24.5
24.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
31.4
31.4
31.4
33
33
33
32.8
32.8
32.8
35.3
35.3
35.3
37
37
37

C
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
11
11
11

D
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
15.9
15.9
15.9

E
9.5
9.5
9.5
12
12
12
11.3
11.3
11.3
9.5
9.5
9.5
12
12
12
11.5
11.5
11.5
13.8
13.8
13.8
11.5
11.5
11.5
13.8
13.8
13.8
16.5
16.5
16.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
16
16
16
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5

MRF COMPACT O TECHNOPOLYMER RING


B

A1

* CH

F
cylinder
versione
version
cilindro

bidirectional
versione
version
bidirezionale

valve
versione
version
valvola

* OPTIONAL ANTI-TAMPERING CAP


CODE
9011001C
9011110V
9011601B
9011007C
9011105V
9011612B
9011011C
9011111V
9011602B
9011003C
9011101V
9011605B
9011005C
9011103V
9011607B
9011004C
9011102V
9011606B
9011006C
9011104V
9011608B
9011008C
9011106V
9011609B
9011014C
9011123V
9011623B
9011009C
9011114V
9011610B
9011015C
9011124V
9011624B
9011016C
9011125V
9011625B

DESCRIPTION
MRF O T C 4 M5
MRF O T V 4 M5
MRF O T B 4 M5
MRF O T C 6 M5
MRF O T V 6 M5
MRF O T B 6 M5
MRF O T C 4 1/8
MRF O T V 4 1/8
MRF O T B 4 1/8
MRF O T C 6 1/8
MRF O T V 6 1/8
MRF O T B 6 1/8
MRF O T C 8 1/8
MRF O T V 8 1/8
MRF O T B 8 1/8
MRF O T C 6 1/4
MRF O T V 6 1/4
MRF O T B 6 1/4
MRF O T C 8 1/4
MRF O T V 8 1/4
MRF O T B 8 1/4
MRF O T C 10 1/4
MRF O T V 10 1/4
MRF O T B 10 1/4
MRF O T C 12 1/4
MRF O T V 12 1/4
MRF O T B 12 1/4
MRF O T C 10 3/8
MRF O T V 10 3/8
MRF O T B 10 3/8
MRF O T C 12 3/8
MRF O T V 12 3/8
MRF O T B 12 3/8
MRF O T C 12 1/2
MRF O T V 12 1/2
MRF O T B 12 1/2

F
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2

4
4
4
6
6
6
4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12

CH
9
9
9
9
9
9
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
19
19
19
19
19
19
22
22
22

A min
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
29.8
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
35.4
42.7
42.7
42.7
42.7
42.7
42.7
50.6
50.6
50.6

A max
25
25
25
25
25
25
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
30.9
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
42.7
42.7
42.7
42.7
42.7
42.7
51.4
51.4
51.4

A1
26.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
38.9
49.5
49.5
49.5
49.5
49.5
49.5
55.3
55.3
55.3

B
19.1
19.1
19.1
20.8
20.8
20.8
21
21
21
22.3
22.3
22.3
25.6
25.6
25.6
24.3
24.3
24.3
27.2
27.2
27.2
28.6
28.6
28.6
31
31
31
30.3
30.3
30.3
32.4
32.4
32.4
34
34
34

C
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
11
11
11

D
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
20.1
20.1
20.1

E
9.2
9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3
11.3
9.2
9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
13.8
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
13.8
16
16
16
19.5
19.5
19.5
16
16
16
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5

4.3/17

MRF COMPACT O THREADED BRASS RING

F2

A1

* CH

F
cylinder
versione
version
cilindro

valve
versione
version
valvola

bidirectional
versione
version
bidirezionale

* OPTIONAL ANTI-TAMPERING CAP


CODE
9001020C
9001120V
9001620B
9001021C
9001121V
9001621B
9001022C
9001122V
9001622B

DESCRIPTION
MRF O F C 1/8 1/8
MRF O F V 1/8 1/8
MRF O F B 1/8 1/8
MRF O F C 1/4 1/4
MRF O F V 1/4 1/4
MRF O F B 1/4 1/4
MRF O F C 3/8 3/8
MRF O F V 3/8 3/8
MRF O F B 3/8 3/8

F
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8

F2
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8

CH
12
12
12
15
15
15
19
19
19

A min
29.8
29.8
29.8
35.4
35.4
35.4
42.7
42.7
42.7

A max
30.9
30.9
30.9
37
37
37
42.7
42.7
42.7

A1
34
34
34
38.9
38.9
38.9
49.5
49.5
49.5

B
21.4
21.4
21.4
25.5
25.5
25.5
31.5
31.5
31.5

C
6
6
6
8
8
8
9
9
9

D
9.8
9.8
9.8
11.1
11.1
11.1
13.4
13.4
13.4

E
13.3
13.3
13.3
16.7
16.7
16.7
20.2
20.2
20.2

I
6.7
6.7
6.7
8
8
8
10
10
10

ACCESSORIES MRF COMPACT O


ANTI-TAMPERING CAP
CODE
9090001
9090002
9090003

DESCRIPTION
CAP MRF O M5
CAP MRF O 1-8/1-4
CAP MRF O 3-8/1-2

NOTE: Adjust the flow rate via the regulating pin.


Apply the anti-tampering cap and press on firmly to prevent access to the regulation pin.
If the MRF needs to be recalibrated, remove the cap using the grippers provided.
IMPORTANT: The cap cannot be re-used after it has been removed.

4.3/18

MRF COMPACT N BRASS RING

CH

F
cylinder
versione
version
cilindro

CODE
9031001C
9031101V
9031201B
9031003C
9031103V
9031203B
9031005C
9031105V
9031205B
9031002C
9031102V
9031202B
9031004C
9031104V
9031204B
9031006C
9031106V
9031206B
9031008C
9031108V
9031208B
9031007C
9031107V
9031207B
9031009C
9031109V
9031209B
9031011C
9031111V
9031211B
9031014C
9031114V
9031214B
9031012C
9031112V
9031212B
9031015C
9031115V
9031215B
9031016C
9031116V
9031216B

DESCRIPTION
MRF N M C 4 M5
MRF N M V 4 M5
MRF N M B 4 M5
MRF N M C 5 M5
MRF N M V 5 M5
MRF N M B 5 M5
MRF N M C 6 M5
MRF N M V 6 M5
MRF N M B 6 M5
MRF N M C 4 1/8
MRF N M V 4 1/8
MRF N M B 4 1/8
MRF N M C 5 1/8
MRF N M V 5 1/8
MRF N M B 5 1/8
MRF N M C 6 1/8
MRF N M V 6 1/8
MRF N M B 6 1/8
MRF N M C 8 1/8
MRF N M V 8 1/8
MRF N M B 8 1/8
MRF N M C 6 1/4
MRF N M V 6 1/4
MRF N M B 6 1/4
MRF N M C 8 1/4
MRF N M V 8 1/4
MRF N M B 8 1/4
MRF N M C 10 1/4
MRF N M V 10 1/4
MRF N M B 10 1/4
MRF N M C 12 1/4
MRF N M V 12 1/4
MRF N M B 12 1/4
MRF N M C 10 3/8
MRF N M V 10 3/8
MRF N M B 10 3/8
MRF N M C 12 3/8
MRF N M V 12 3/8
MRF N M B 12 3/8
MRF N M C 12 1/2
MRF N M V 12 1/2
MRF N M B 12 1/2

valve
versione
version
valvola

F
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2

4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12

CH
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
19
19
19
19
19
19
22
22
22

bidirectional
versione
version
bidirezionale

A min
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
47.2
47.2
47.2
47.2
47.2
47.2
53
53
53

A max
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
52
52
52
52
52
52
59.8
59.8
59.8

B
20.2
20.2
20.2
23.8
23.8
23.8
23.5
23.5
23.5
21.3
21.3
21.3
24.8
24.8
24.8
23
23
23
24.8
24.8
24.8
24.5
24.5
24.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
31.4
31.4
31.4
33
33
33
32.8
32.8
32.8
35.3
35.3
35.3
37
37
37

C
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
11
11
11

D
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.1
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
15.9
15.9
15.9

E
9.5
9.5
9.5
12
12
12
11.3
11.3
11.3
9.5
9.5
9.5
12
12
12
11.5
11.5
11.5
13.8
13.8
13.8
11.5
11.5
11.5
13.8
13.8
13.8
16.5
16.5
16.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
16
16
16
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5

4.3/19

MRF COMPACT N TECHNOPOLYMER RING


B

CH

F
cylinder
versione
version
cilindro

CODE
9021001C
9021101V
9021201B
9021005C
9021105V
9021205B
9021002C
9021102V
9021202B
9021006C
9021106V
9021206B
9021008C
9021108V
9021208B
9021007C
9021107V
9021207B
9021009C
9021109V
9021209B
9021011C
9021111V
9021211B
9021014C
9021114V
9021214B
9021012C
9021112V
9021212B
9021015C
9021115V
9021215B
9021016C
9021116V
9021216B

4.3/20

DESCRIPTION
MRF N T C 4 M5
MRF N T V 4 M5
MRF N T B 4 M5
MRF N T C 6 M5
MRF N T V 6 M5
MRF N T B 6 M5
MRF N T C 4 1/8
MRF N T V 4 1/8
MRF N T B 4 1/8
MRF N T C 6 1/8
MRF N T V 6 1/8
MRF N T B 6 1/8
MRF N T C 8 1/8
MRF N T V 8 1/8
MRF N T B 8 1/8
MRF N T C 6 1/4
MRF N T V 6 1/4
MRF N T B 6 1/4
MRF N T C 8 1/4
MRF N T V 8 1/4
MRF N T B 8 1/4
MRF N T C 10 1/4
MRF N T V 10 1/4
MRF N T B 10 1/4
MRF N T C 12 1/4
MRF N T V 12 1/4
MRF N T B 12 1/4
MRF N T C 10 3/8
MRF N T V 10 3/8
MRF N T B 10 3/8
MRF N T C 12 3/8
MRF N T V 12 3/8
MRF N T B 12 3/8
MRF N T C 12 1/2
MRF N T V 12 1/2
MRF N T B 12 1/2

bidirectional
versione
version
bidirezionale

valve
versione
version
valvola

F
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2

4
4
4
6
6
6
4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12

CH
9
9
9
9
9
9
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
19
19
19
19
19
19
22
22
22

A min
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
33.5
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
38.8
47.2
47.2
47.2
47.2
47.2
47.2
53
53
53

A max
31
31
31
31
31
31
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
43.7
52
52
52
52
52
52
59.8
59.8
59.8

B
19.1
19.1
19.1
20.8
20.8
20.8
21
21
21
22.3
22.3
22.3
25.6
25.6
25.6
24.3
24.3
24.3
27.2
27.2
27.2
28.6
28.6
28.6
31
31
31
30.3
30.3
30.3
32.4
32.4
32.4
34
34
34

C
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
11
11
11

D
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
20.1
20.1
20.1

E
9.2
9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3
11.3
9.2
9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
13.8
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
13.8
16
16
16
19.5
19.5
19.5
16
16
16
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5

MRF COMPACT N THREADED BRASS RING


B

F2

CH

F
cylinder
versione
version
cilindro

CODE
9031301C
9031401V
9031501B
9031302C
9031402V
9031502B
9031303C
9031403V
9031503B

DESCRIPTION
MRF N F C 1/8 1/8
MRF N F V 1/8 1/8
MRF N F B 1/8 1/8
MRF N F C 1/4 1/4
MRF N F V 1/4 1/4
MRF N F B 1/4 1/4
MRF N F C 3/8 3/8
MRF N F V 3/8 3/8
MRF N F B 3/8 3/8

valve
versione
version
valvola

F
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8

F2
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8

CH
12
12
12
15
15
15
19
19
19

bidirectional
versione
version
bidirezionale

A min
33.5
33.5
33.5
38.8
38.8
38.8
47.2
47.2
47.2

A max
37.6
37.6
37.6
43.7
43.7
43.7
52
52
52

B
21.4
21.4
21.4
25.5
25.5
25.5
31.5
31.5
31.5

C
6
6
6
8
8
8
9
9
9

D
9.8
9.8
9.8
11.1
11.1
11.1
13.4
13.4
13.4

E
13.3
13.3
13.3
16.7
16.7
16.7
20.2
20.2
20.2

I
6.7
6.7
6.7
8
8
8
10
10
10

NOTES

4.3/21

MICROREGULATOR

Series HIGH-FLOW
Main features:
high flow rate during regulation and discharge
excellent regulation features
regulation using a screwdriver and/or a knob and fixing
using a ring nut
available in sizes 1/8 and 1/4 only with a technopolymer
ring
can be mounted with an automatic screwdriver
fitted with a swivel ring with the MRF mounted in position.

TECHNICAL DATA
Pipe
Max input pressure

Temperature range: technopolymer ring


Max flow rate on regulation at 6.3 bar
Max flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 bar with closed pin
Max flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 bar with open pin
Regulation
Internal system
Fluid

1/4

1/8
4
MPa
bar
psi
C
F
Nl/min
Nl/min
Nl/min

500
400
500

8
6
1
10
145
10+50
+14+122
900
650
600
850
850
600
500
700
1250
900
750
1000
Manual or via screwdriver
Tapered pin
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air
6

8

 10

 12

1150
875
1350

1200
950
1450

COMPONENTS

Nickel-plated brass knob


Nickel-plated brass securing ring nut
Brass pin
Nickel-plated brass bush
Nickel-plated brass body
Nickel-plated brass retaining ring
NBR gasket
Technopolymer swivel ring
NBR gasket
Technopolymer spring supporting ring
Stainless steel grabbing spring
Technopolymer retaining bush
Technopolymer release bush

3
4

CYLINDER
CILINDRO

10 11 12
13

VALVE
VALVOLA

5
BIDIREC.
BIDIREZ.

4.3/22

FLOW RATE CHARTS AT 6.3 bar DEPENDING ON THE TURNS EFFECTED


BY THE REGULATION SCREW
MRF 1/8- PIPE 4 - 6 - 8

Flow rate (Nl/min)

700
600

8
6

500

400
300
200
100
0
0

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

Turns no.

MRF 1/4- PIPE 6 - 8 - 10 - 12


1400
12

1200

10

Flow rate (Nl/min)

1000
8
6

800

600
400
200
0
0

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

Turns no.

NOTES

4.3/23

MRF HIGH-FLOW
B

CH

F
cylinder
versione
version
cilindro

valve
versione
version
valvola

DESCRIPTION
MRF H T C 4 1/8
MRF H T V 4 1/8
MRF H T B 4 1/8
MRF H T C 6 1/8
MRF H T V 6 1/8
MRF H T B 6 1/8
MRF H T C 8 1/8
MRF H T V 8 1/8
MRF H T B 8 1/8
MRF H T C 6 1/4
MRF H T V 6 1/4
MRF H T B 6 1/4
MRF H T C 8 1/4
MRF H T V 8 1/4
MRF H T B 8 1/4
MRF H T C 10 1/4
MRF H T V 10 1/4
MRF H T B 10 1/4
MRF H T C 12 1/4
MRF H T V 12 1/4
MRF H T B 12 1/4

CODE
9025002C
9025102V
9025602B
9025006C
9025106V
9025606B
9025008C
9025108V
9025608B
9025007C
9025107V
9025607B
9025009C
9025109V
9025609B
9025011C
9025111V
9025611B
9025014C
9025114V
9025614B

F
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4

4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12

CH
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

bidirectional
versione
version
bidirezionale

A max
43.3
43.3
43.3
43.3
43.3
43.3
43.3
43.3
43.3
49.8
49.8
49.8
49.8
49.8
49.8
49.8
49.8
49.8
49.8
49.8
49.8

A min
38.5
38.5
38.5
38.5
38.5
38.5
38.5
38.5
38.5
44.3
44.3
44.3
44.3
44.3
44.3
44.3
44.3
44.3
44.3
44.3
44.3

B
21
21
21
22.3
22.3
22.3
25.6
25.6
25.6
24.3
24.3
24.3
27.2
27.2
27.2
28.6
28.6
28.6
31
31
31

C
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

D
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

E
9.2
9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
13.8
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
13.8
16
16
16
19.5
19.5
19.5

KEY TO CODING
M

TYPE

ELEMENT
H

4.3/24

high flow

TR

RING
T

technopolymer
with push-in
fitting

FUNCTION
C
V
B

for cylinder
for valve
bidirectional

1/8

PIPE

THREAD

4:
6:
8:
10:
12:

4
6
8
10
12

1/8: G 1/8
1/4: G 1/4

MICROREGULATOR

Series PUSH-LOCK
Main features:
excellent regulation
regulation with a push-lock knob: when the desired
position has been reached, the knob can moved to the
lock position to maintain the set regulation
possibility of purchasing the anti-tampering cap that,
when pushed into the lock position, prevents the MRF
from being operated and any undesired regulation.
available in the sizes 1-8 and 1/4 only with a
technopolymer ring
can be fitted with an automatic screwdriver
come with a swivel ring with the MRF mounted in position.

TECHNICAL DATA
4

Pipe
Max. input pressure

Temperature range:

technopolymer ring
brass ring

Max. flow rate on regulation at 6.3 bar


Max. flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 with closed pin
Max. flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 with open pin
Regulation
Internal system
Fluid

1/4

1/8

MPa
bar
psi
C
F
C
F
Nl/min
Nl/min
Nl/min

350
300
450

 10
8
6
1
10
145
10+50
+14+122
10+70
+14+158
950
850
400
380
750
500
475
390
350
450
1150
1050
650
600
850
Manual with Push-Lock knob
Tapered pin
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air
6

8

 12

1000
550
1250

COMPONENTS
Technopolymer knob
Brass pin
Nickel-plated brass body
Nickel-plated brass retaining ring
Brass gasket holder insert
NBR gasket
Technopolymer revolving ring
NBR gasket
Technopolymer spring supporting ring
Stainless steel grabbing spring
Technopolymer retaining bush
Technopolymer release bush

1
6

2
3

CYLINDER
CILINDRO

10 11
12

VALVE
VALVOLA

BIDIREC.
BIDIREZ.

7
4
5

4.3/25

FLOW RATE CHARTS AT 6.3 bar DEPENDING ON THE TURNS EFFECTED


BY THE REGULATION SCREW
MRF 1/8- PIPE 4 - 6 - 8
450
8

400

Flow rate (Nl/min)

350

300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0

10

11

12

13

14

Turns no.

MRF 1/4- PIPE 6 - 8 - 10 - 12


1200
12
10

Flow rate (Nl/min)

1000

8
800

600

400

200

0
0

Turns no.

NOTES

4.3/26

10

11

12

13

14

MRF PUSH-LOCK
B

CH

F
cylinder
versione
version
cilindro

CODE
9026002C
9026102V
9026602B
9026006C
9026106V
9026606B
9026008C
9026108V
9026608B
9026007C
9026107V
9026607B
9026009C
9026109V
9026609B
9026011C
9026111V
9026611B
9026014C
9026114V
9026614B

valve
versione
version
valvola

DESCRIPTION
MRF P T C 4 1/8
MRF P T V 4 1/8
MRF P T B 4 1/8
MRF P T C 6 1/8
MRF P T V 6 1/8
MRF P T B 6 1/8
MRF P T C 8 1/8
MRF P T V 8 1/8
MRF P T B 8 1/8
MRF P T C 6 1/4
MRF P T V 6 1/4
MRF P T B 6 1/4
MRF P T C 8 1/4
MRF P T V 8 1/4
MRF P T B 8 1/4
MRF P T C 10 1/4
MRF P T V 10 1/4
MRF P T B 10 1/4
MRF P T C 12 1/4
MRF P T V 12 1/4
MRF P T B 12 1/4

F
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4

4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12

bidirectional
versione
version
bidirezionale

CH
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

A max
43.4
43.4
43.4
43.4
43.4
43.4
43.4
43.4
43.4
48.8
48.8
48.8
48.8
48.8
48.8
48.8
48.8
48.8
48.8
48.8
48.8

A min
41.2
41.2
41.2
41.2
41.2
41.2
41.2
41.2
41.2
46.6
46.6
46.6
46.6
46.6
46.6
46.6
46.6
46.6
46.6
46.6
46.6

B
21
21
21
22.3
22.3
22.3
25.6
25.6
25.6
24.3
24.3
24.3
27.2
27.2
27.2
28.6
28.6
28.6
31
31
31

C
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

D
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

E
9.2
9.2
9.2
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
13.8
11.3
11.3
11.3
13.8
13.8
13.8
16
16
16
19.5
19.5
19.5

KEY TO CODING
M

P
TYPE

ELEMENT
P

push-lock

TR

RING
T

technopolymer
with push-in
fitting

C
V
B

1/8

FUNCTION

PIPE

THREAD

for cylinder
for valve
bidirectional

4:
6:
8:
10:
12:

4
6
8
10
12

1/8: G 1/8
1/4: G 1/4

4.3/27

ACCESSORIES MRF PUSH-LOCK


ANTI-TAMPERING KNOB
CODE
9200703

DESCRIPTION
ANTI-TAMPERING KNOB

NOTE: Remove the knob on the Push-Lock MRF by pulling outwards. Fit on the antitampering knob and make the necessary settings.
When the MRF has been set, press the knob firmly until it locks in position. If the MRF needs
to be recalibrated, remove the anti-tampering knob and push laterally using a screwdriver.

NOTES

4.3/28

FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR

Series MRF N
FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR
The flow micro-regulator regulates the
speed of the piston rod in the pneumatic
cylinders.
The configuration of micro-regulators
type C (to mount on the cylinder inlet)
and type V (to mount on the valve ports)
gives full flow during supply and
regulated flow during exhaust. With
type B (bidirectional) both the supply
and exhaust flow rates can be adjusted.
The adjusting knobs on Metal Work
MFRs allows triple adjustment: manual
operation on the milled section,
screwdriver inserted in the relevant slot,
and using a hex. spanner. The MRF
ring can be orientated even when
mounted.

TECHNICAL DATA

M5
4

Pipe
Threaded ring
Max. inlet pressure

Max. flow rate during regulation at 6 bar


Fluid
Temperature range: technopolymer ring
brass ring

MPa
bar
psi
Nl/min

5
M5

1/8
6

4

5 6
1/8

1/4
8

6

 8  10
1/4

 12

3/8

1/2

 10  12
3/8

 12
1/2

870

1400

1
10
145
340
600
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or unlubricated
10 to +50
+14 to +122
10 to +70
+14 to +158

95

C
F
C
F

COMPONENTS
 Brass knob
 Ring nut for securing knob or ring
(brass)
 Brass body
 Brass plunger
 Technopolymer insert with progressive
flow window
 Brass or technopolymer rotary ring.
 NBR gasket

8
2

3
4
5

B
4.3/29

FLOW CHARTS
MRF M5
110
100
90
80
P (Nl/min)

70
60
50
40
30

Flow rate tests carried out by the Department of Mechanics at


the Turin Polytechnic using a computerized test station and in
compliance with CETOP RP50R recommendations (approved by
ISO DIS 6358-2) with ISO 5167 diaphragm gauge.

20
10
0

FLOW RATE FOR 6 PIPE

MRF G 1/4"

350

700

300

600

250

500
P (Nl/min)

P (Nl/min)

MRF G 1/8"

200
150

400
300

100

200

50

100

10

11

7
n

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
n

MRF G 3/8"

10 11 12 13 14

MRF G 1/2"

900

1600

800

1400

700

1200

P (Nl/min)

600
P (Nl/min)

FLOW RATE FOR 10 PIPE

FLOW RATE FOR 6 PIPE

500
400

1000
800
600

300

400

200

200

100
0
0

FLOW RATE FOR 12 PIPE

4.3/30

7
n

9 10 11 12 13 14

FLOW RATE FOR 12 PIPE

OVERALL DIMENSIONS: BRASS RING


B

Ch1

Ch

Ch1

M5
M5
M5
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 3/8
G 1/2

4
5
6
4
5
6
8
6
8
10
12
10
12
12

9
9
9
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
18
21
21
26

9
9
9
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
17

10.9
12
13.5
11.5
12.0
13.5
15.5
13.5
15.5
18
20.2
18
20.2
20.2

23.5
24.5
24.5
25
25
25
30
27.5
32
34.3
37.5
36.3
40.5
40.5

28.2
28.2
28.2
42
42
42
42
48
48
48
48
53
53
60.5

9.3
9.3
9.3
13.7
13.7
13.7
13.7
16
16
16
16
19
19
22

4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
9
9
11

Ch

Ch1

M5
M5
M5
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 3/8
G 1/2

4
5
6
4
5
6
8
6
8
10
12
10
12
12

9
9
9
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
18
21
21
26

9
9
9
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
17

10.9
13.5
15
12.5
13.5
15
16.3
15
16.3
18.5
21
18.5
21
21

20
21.5
22
22.5
23
22.5
25.5
24
27
31
32
31
33
35

28.2
28.2
28.2
42
42
42
42
48
48
48
48
53
53
60.5

9.3
9.3
9.3
14.7
14.7
14.7
14.7
17
17
17
17
20
20
22

4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
9
9
11

Ch

OVERALL DIMENSIONS: TECHNOPOLYMER RING


B

Ch1

Ch

OVERALL DIMENSIONS: THREADED RING

F2

G 1/8 G 1/8
G 1/4 G 1/4
G 3/8 G 3/8

B
Ch1

Ch

Ch1

15
18
21

12
12
14

13.3
16.7
20.2

21.4
25.5
31.5

42
48
53

13.7
16
19

6
8
9

6.7
8
10

F2
E

Ch

4.3/31

ORDERING CODES
MRF/C

(BRASS RING)

MRF/V

(BRASS RING)

MRF/B

(BRASS RING)

4.3/32

Code

Ref.

9031001
9031002
9031003
9031004
9031005
9031006
9031007
9031008
9031009
9031011
9031012
9031014
9031015
9031016

MRF/C 4 M5
MRF/C 4 1/8
MRF/C 5 M5
MRF/C 5 1/8
MRF/C 6 M5
MRF/C 6 1/8
MRF/C 6 1/4
MRF/C 8 1/8
MRF/C 8 1/4
MRF/C 10 1/4
MRF/C 10 3/8
MRF/C 12 1/4
MRF/C 12 3/8
MRF/C 12 1/2

Code

Ref.

9031101
9031102
9031103
9031104
9031105
9031106
9031107
9031108
9031109
9031111
9031112
9031114
9031115
9031116

MRF/V 4 M5
MRF/V 4 1/8
MRF/V 5 M5
MRF/V 5 1/8
MRF/V 6 M5
MRF/V 6 1/8
MRF/V 6 1/4
MRF/V 8 1/8
MRF/V 8 1/4
MRF/V 10 1/4
MRF/V 10 3/8
MRF/V 12 1/4
MRF/V 12 3/8
MRF/V 12 1/2

Code

Ref.

9031201
9031202
9031203
9031204
9031205
9031206
9031207
9031208
9031209
9031211
9031212
9031214
9031215
9031216

MRF/B 4 M5
MRF/B 4 1/8
MRF/B 5 M5
MRF/B 5 1/8
MRF/B 6 M5
MRF/B 6 1/8
MRF/B 6 1/4
MRF/B 8 1/8
MRF/B 8 1/4
MRF/B 10 1/4
MRF/B 10 3/8
MRF/B 12 1/4
MRF/B 12 3/8
MRF/B 12 1/2

MRFT/C

(TECHNOPOLYMER RING)

MRFT/V

(TECHNOPOLYMER RING)

MRFT/B

(TECHNOPOLYMER RING)

Code

Ref.

9021001
9021002
9021003
9021004
9021005
9021006
9021007
9021008
9021009
9021011
9021012
9021014
9021015
9021016

MRFT/C 4 M5
MRFT/C 4 1/8
MRFT/C 5 M5
MRFT/C 5 1/8
MRFT/C 6 M5
MRFT/C 6 1/8
MRFT/C 6 1/4
MRFT/C 8 1/8
MRFT/C 8 1/4
MRFT/C 10 1/4
MRFT/C 10 3/8
MRFT/C 12 1/4
MRFT/C 12 3/8
MRFT/C 12 1/2

Code

Ref.

9021101
9021102
9021103
9021104
9021105
9021106
9021107
9021108
9021109
9021111
9021112
9021114
9021115
9021116

MRFT/V 4 M5
MRFT/V 4 1/8
MRFT/V 5 M5
MRFT/V 5 1/8
MRFT/V 6 M5
MRFT/V 6 1/8
MRFT/V 6 1/4
MRFT/V 8 1/8
MRFT/V 8 1/4
MRFT/V 10 1/4
MRFT/V 10 3/8
MRFT/V 12 1/4
MRFT/V 12 3/8
MRFT/V 12 1/2

Code

Ref.

9021201
9021202
9021203
9021204
9021205
9021206
9021207
9021208
9021209
9021211
9021212
9021214
9021215
9021216

MRFT/B 4 M5
MRFT/B 4 1/8
MRFT/B 5 M5
MRFT/B 5 1/8
MRFT/B 6 M5
MRFT/B 6 1/8
MRFT/B 6 1/4
MRFT/B 8 1/8
MRFT/B 8 1/4
MRFT/B 10 1/4
MRFT/B 10 3/8
MRFT/B 12 1/4
MRFT/B 12 3/8
MRFT/B 12 1/2

MRF/CF

(BRASS RING)

Code

Ref.

9031301
9031302
9031303

MRF/CF 1/8 1/8


MRF/CF 1/4 1/4
MRF/CF 3/8 3/8

Code

Ref.

9031401
9031402
9031403

MRF/VF 1/8 1/8


MRF/VF 1/4 1/4
MRF/VF 3/8 3/8

Code

Ref.

9031501
9031502
9031503

MRF/BF 1/8 1/8


MRF/BF 1/4 1/4
MRF/BF 3/8 3/8

NOTES

MRF/VF

(BRASS RING)

MRF/BF

(BRASS RING)

4.3/33

FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR

Serie MRF O
FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR
This type of MRF, which can be adjusted
using a screwdriver only, prevents
unintentional modifications to the
setting.
Due to their special configuration, they
can be mounted using an automatic
screwer, which reduces assembly times.
Once the ring is mounted, it remains
fixed in the required position.
As MRF N (see pag. 4.3/10), there are
three types:
C = cylinder
V = valve
B = bidirectional

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. pressure
Max. temperature
Max. flow rate during regulation at 6 bar
Actuation
Internal system

M5
bar
MPa
C
F
Nl/min

1/8

1/4

10
1
70
158
500
Screw with frictioning
Tapered needle

105

1150

COMPONENTS

Body: nickel-plated brass


Regulation needle: brass
Gasket: NBR
Rotary ring: nickel-plated brass

C
4.3/34

FLOW CHARTS
MRF M5

MRF 1/8"
FLOW RATE FOR 6 PIPE
550

100

500

90

450

80

400

70

350

60
50
40

100

10

50

0
3

800

200

20

1000

250

150

1200

300

30

FLOW RATE FOR 8 PIPE

P (Nl/min)

110

P (Nl/min)

P (Nl/min)

FLOW RATE FOR 5 PIPE

MRF 1/4"

9 10 11

600

400

200

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

10

12

14

16

18

Flow rate tests carried out by the Department of


Mechanics at the Turin Polytechnic using a
computerized test station and in compliance with
CETOP RP50R recommendations (approved by ISO
DIS 6358-2) with ISO 5167 diaphragm gauge.

OVERALL DIMENSIONS:
MRF R RING
Ch

CH

M5
1/8
M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4

4
4
5
5
6
6
8
8
10

28
37
28
37
37
50
37
50
50

24
25
25
25
26
28
31
31
36

5
7
5
7
7
9
7
9
9

5.5
11.5
5.5
11.5
11.5
15
11.5
15
15

10
11
11
12
13
13
15
15
18

10
14
10
14
14
18
14
18
18

9
12
9
12
12
16
12
16
16

F
G

OVERALL DIMENSIONS:
THREADED RING
Ch

F2

CH

1/8
1/4

1/8
1/4

37
50

20.5
24.5

7
9

11.5
15

13.5
17

14
18

7
8

12
16

F2
E

F
G

4.3/35

ORDERING CODES
UNIDIRECTIONAL CYLINDER
VERSION WITH PUSH-IN FITTING

UNIDIRECTIONAL VALVE
VERSION WITH PUSH-IN FITTING

BIDIRECTIONAL VERSION
WITH PUSH-IN FITTING

4.3/36

Code

Ref.

9001001
9001011
9001002
9001012
9001003
9001004
9001005
9001006
9001008

MRFO C 4 M5
MRFO C 4 1/8
MRFO C 5 M5
MRFO C 5 1/8
MRFO C 6 1/8
MRFO C 6 1/4
MRFO C 8 1/8
MRFO C 8 1/4
MRFO C 10 1/4

Code

Ref.

9001111
9001112
9001101
9001102
9001103
9001104
9001106

MRFO V 4 1/8
MRFO V 5 1/8
MRFO V 6 1/8
MRFO V 6 1/4
MRFO V 8 1/8
MRFO V 8 1/4
MRFO V 10 1/4

Code

Ref.

9001601
9001602
9001603
9001604
9001605
9001606
9001607
9001608
9001609

MRFO B 4 M5
MRFO B 4 1/8
MRFO B 5 M5
MRFO B 5 1/8
MRFO B 6 1/8
MRFO B 6 1/4
MRFO B 8 1/8
MRFO B 8 1/4
MRFO B 10 1/4

UNIDIRECTIONAL CYLINDER
VERSION WITH FEMALE PORT

Code

Ref.

9001020
9001021

MRFO CF 1/8 - 1/8


MRFO CF 1/4 - 1/4

Code

Ref.

9001120
9001121

MRFO VF 1/8 - 1/8


MRFO VF 1/4 - 1/4

Code

Ref.

9001620
9001621

MRFO BF 1/8 - 1/8


MRFO BF 1/4 - 1/4

UNIDIRECTIONAL VALVE
VERSION WITH FEMALE PORT

BIDIRECTIONAL VERSION
WITH FEMALE PORT

IN-LINE FLOW
MICRO-REGULATOR

Series RFL
IN-LINE FLOW REGULATOR

The in-line flow regulator regulates the speed of the piston


rod in the pneumatic cylinders.
Two versions are available:
type U (unidirectional) regulates the flow only in one of
the two directions of air flow.
type B (bidirectional) regulates the flow in both directions
of air flow.
Regulation: manual or with a screwdriver.
Max. temperature 70C (158F)
Max. pressure: 10 bar (1MPa-145 psi)

COMPONENTS

Aluminium block
Brass knob locking ring nut
Brass wall locking ring nut
Brass nipple
Brass adjusting knob
Technopolymer gasket insert
NBR gasket
Brass regulation needle
Part of needle
Flow window

2
9

3
4

10

8
Versione
UNIDIREZ.

8
35
M12x1
5
45
53.5
20
33
22
30
24.5
16
6.5

10
35
M15x1
7.5
50
59
25
34
22
30
25.5
20
6.5

11
44
M15x1
7.5
59
67
30
43.5
24
40
35
20
6.5

E
Ch
L

H
B

1/2

3/8

4.2
7
15
25
M10x0.75 M12x1
3.3
5.5
21
31
37
48
14
16
18
25
11.6
15
16
22
12.5
18.2
12
16
4.2
4.2

1/4

MAX

1/8

P
E
H
Nmax
A
B
C
G
I
D
M
CH
L

M5

F
G

OVERALL
DIMENSIONS

Versione
BIDIREZ.

P
A

4.3/37

FLOW CHARTS
RFL M5

RFL G 1/8"

110

RFL G 1/4"

350

700

300

600

250

500

90
80
P (Nl/min)

P (Nl/min)

70
60
50

P (Nl/min)

100

200
150

400
300

40
30
20

100

200

50

100

10
0

10

11

RFL G 3/8"

7
n

10 11 12 13 14

RFL G 1/2"

900

1600

800

1400

700

1200

P (Nl/min)

P (Nl/min)

600
500
400

1000
800
600

300
200

400

100

200

0
0

9 10 11 12 13 14

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
n

ORDERING CODES
RFL U (UNIDIRECTIONAL)

RFL B (BIDIRECTIONAL)
Code
9041001
9041002
9041003
9041004
9041005

Ref.
RFL U M5
RFL U 1/8
RFL U 1/4
RFL U 3/8
RFL U 1/2

REDUCER WITH GAUGE FOR VALVES, SERIES RMV


The RMV-series miniature pressure regulator with pressure gauge for valves
is specifically conceived for mounting on the outlets of valves with a 1/8 port.
With limited cross dimension, it can be fitted to a series of small valves. The
body is 16.5 mm wide and fits exactly on the valves of the Mach 16 series
for multiple electrical connection.
Using the RMV, it is possible to differentiate the pressure of each single output
of the valves. For example, if you mount it on port 2 and not on port 4, the
pressure can be reduced on port 2 only. If you mount one for each port, the
pressure on port 2 will differ from that on port 4, which in turn is less than
the feed pressure (outlet 1).
There are three 1/8 threaded RMV ports that are pneumatically connected
in parallel. A small pressure gauge is mounted in one port; another port is
plugged by an A7-type fitting and a third can take a fitting. The user, however,
can decide whether the layout of components is to be modified or not. He
might, for example, decide to mount three fittings to create a three-port
reduced-pressure distributor.
For information please see pag. 2.1/108.
4.3/38

Code
9041201
9041202
9041203
9041204
9041205

Ref.
RFL B M5
RFL B 1/8
RFL B 1/4
RFL B 3/8
RFL B 1/2

QUICK EXHAUST VALVES

Series VSR
QUICK EXHAUST VALVES
New, more compact and lighter version.
Used to evacuate air in the cylinder quickly, which increases
cylinder speed.
Temperature 0-80C (32-176F)
Max. pressure 12 bar (1200 KPa)
Min. pressure 0.5 bar (50 KPa)
Nominal flow rate (P  A)) P = 1 bar [Nl/min]:
Pm [bar]
2.5
4
6.3

1/8
550
700
900

1/4
800
1200
1400

1/2
2400
2800
3600

Empty flow rate (A  R) [Nl/min]:


P [bar]
2.5
4
6.3

1/8
800
1200
1800

1/4
1500
2450
3500

1/2
4400
6300
8000

COMPONENTS
Cap: nickel-plated brass for 1/8-1/4
anodised aluminium for 1/2
O-ring: NBR
Lip-seal: Adiprene
Body: nickel-plated brass

1
2
3

OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES

SPARE GASKETS

D
F

CH

L1

CH

P
F

CH
B

Code

Ref.

CH

L1

Weight [g]

Code

Ref.

9101201
9201201
9401201

VSR 1/8
VSR 1/4
VSR 1/2

1/8
1/4
1/2

18.5
23.3
35

29.5
34
47

14
17
27

32.5
40.5
45.7

13.4
16.9
16.2

80
115
230

9151501
9251501
9451501

MBVSR 1/8
MBVSR 1/4
MBVSR 1/2

4.3/39

STOP VALVES

Series STP
STOP VALVES
Stop valves mounted on the cylinder
inlets allow a flow of air only in the
presence of an pneumatic pilot.
Unidirectional and bidirectional versions
are available.
This item is mainly used as a safety
valve. When pressure drops in the
pneumatic pilot, all cylinder movement
is halted.

TECHNICAL DATA

1/8

1/4

3/8

1/2

1/8

1/4

3/8

UNIDIRECTIONAL
Operating pressure

bar
MPa
C
F

Operating temperature
Fluid
Flow rate (6 bar)
Type
Installation

Nl/min

250

350

UNIDIRECTIONAL STOP VALVE COMPONENTS

2
3

Body: nickelplated brass


Piston rod: steel
Rotary ring:
nickel-plated
brass
Valve: steel
Gasket:
technopolymer

BIDIRECTIONAL
0,5 to 10
0,05 to 1
10 to 60
14F to 148
Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air
950
1450
320
700
1060
Female threaded ports - R automatic cartridge
In any position

1/2

BIDIRECTIONAL STOP VALVE COMPONENTS


1

2
3

5
4

4.3/40

1700

Pilot ring: nickelplated brass


Piston rod:
nickel-plated
brass
Rotary ring:
nickel-plated
brass
Stem with valve:
brass
Body: nickelplated brass
Seals: NBR

STARTING PRESSURE
BIDIRECTIONAL VALVE

3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5

10

Pressione
di azionamento
Minimummin
starting
pressure (bar)(bar)

Minimum
starting
pressure (bar)
Pressione
min
di azionamento
(bar)

STARTING PRESSURE
UNIDIRECTIONAL VALVE

5
4
Pressure alla
at port
2 2
Pressione
bocca

3
2

Pressure alla
at port
1 1
Pressione
bocca

Working pressure
(bar)
Pressione
di utilizzo
(bar)

10

Working pressure
(bar)
Pressione
di utilizzo
(bar)

DIMENSIONS
BIDIRECTIONAL THREADED
STOP VALVE

Code

1-2

F1

F2

E1 G

W6001101001 STP-B 1/8 108 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 57.5 21.5 6.9 16
7 7
W6001111011 STP-B 1/4 104 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/8 65.7 25.5 8
19.5 8 7
W6001121021 STP-B 3/8 138 G 3/8 G 3/8 G 1/8 70.9 31
8
22.3 10 7

CH

21.5 41.9 14
21.5 48.1 17
21.5 53.3 22

F1

F2

E1

Description

E
CH

F
B

THREAD + PIPE BIDIRECTIONAL


STOP VALVE
G

Description

F1

2

CH

W6001101002
W6001111012
W6001121022

STP-BX 1/8-1/8 04
STP-BX 1/4-1/4 04
STP-BX 3/8-3/8 04

G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8

G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8

4
4
4

57.5
65.7
70.9

21.5
25.5
31

6.9
8
8

16
19.5
22.3

7
8
10

25
25
25

41.9
48.1
53.3

14
17
22

F1

1-2

Code

CH

F
B

4.3/41

PIPE BIDIRECTIONAL STOP VALVE


G

Description

1

2

CH

W6001101106
W6001111106
W6001111108
W6001121108
W6001121110
W6001131112

STP-B 1/8 006


STP-B 1/4 006
STP-B 1/4 008
STP-B 3/8 008
STP-B 3/8 010
STP-B 1/2 012

G 1/8
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 3/8
G 1/2

6
6
8
8
10
12

4
4
4
4
4
4

57.5
65.7
65.7
70.9
70.9
83.5

25
27.5
32
31.5
36.5
41.5

6.9
8
8
8
8
12

16
19.5
19.5
22.3
22.3
27

25
25
25
25
25
25

41.9
48.1
48.1
53.3
53.3
71.5

14
17
17
22
22
27

Code

Description

F2

F1

CH

W6001001001
W6001011011
W6001021021

STP-U 1/8 108


STP-U 1/4 114
STP-U 3/8 138

G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8

G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8

43.5
49.5
54.9

21.5
25.5
31

6
7
9

13
13.5
15

7
8
10

M5
G 1/8
G 1/8

14
17
19

1-2

Code

CH
2

F
B

12

UNIDIRECTIONAL THREADED
STOP VALVE
1-2

F1

12

F2

CH

E
B
2

UNIDIRECTIONAL PIPE STOP VALVE

1-2

F1

2
12

CH

2
F

4.3/42

Code

Description

F1

CH

W6001001106
W6001011106
W6001011108
W6001021108
W6001021110
W6001031112

STP-U 1/8 006


STP-U 1/4 006
STP-U 1/4 008
STP-U 3/8 008
STP-U 3/8 010
STP-U 1/2 012

G 1/8
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 3/8
G1/2

6
6
8
8
10
12

43.5
49.5
49.5
54.9
54.9
61.4

25
27.5
32
31.5
36.5
41.5

6
7
7
9
9
10

13
13.5
13.5
15
15
17

M5
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/8

14
17
17
19
19
24

SLIDE VALVES,

Series VCS

SLIDE VALVES
The 3/2 slide valve is normally used as a circuit on-off
valve. When the ring nut is moved back, the system
downstream is relieved; when the ring nut is moved forward,
the system is supplied with compressed air.

TECHNICAL DATA

1/8

Operating pressure
Operating temperature range
Fluid
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa91 psi) P 0.5 bar
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa91psi) P 1bar
Conductance C
Critical ratio b

Nl/min
Nl/min
[Nl/min bar]
bar/bar

1/4

3/8

1/2

010 bar (01 MPa)


1080C
Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air
680
1400
1040
2070
247
537
0.3
0.1

430
630
170
0.2

2200
3330
833
0.2

DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES

COMPONENTS

L
1

CH

Body: chromium-plated brass


Ring nut: anodized aluminium
Seals: NBR

Code

Description

CH

W0970050001
W0970050002
W0970050003
W0970050004

SLIDE VALVES 3/2


SLIDE VALVES 3/2
SLIDE VALVES 3/2
SLIDE VALVES 3/2

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2

25
30
35
40

10
12
12
15

48
58
68
80

11
19
22
27

4.3/43

CIRCUIT SELECTOR VALVES

Series VOR
CIRCUIT SELECTOR VALVES
Circuit selector valves select two separate input signal
without creating reciprocal interference, giving a single
output signal.

TECHNICAL DATA

1/8

Nominal flow rate at 6.3 bar P 1 bar


Operating temperature range
Operating pressure

Nl/min
C
bar
MPa

1/4

400

1300
10 to 80
14 to 176
2 to 10
0,2 to 1
Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air

Fluid

DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES

COMPONENTS

A
1

2
1

4.3/44

Body: passivated aluminium


Insert: brass
Seal: NBR
Ball: stainless steel

Code

Descript.

W3603000001
W3603000002

VOR 1/8
VOR 1/4

36
43

20
25

15
20

7.5
8.5

4
6.5

25
25

G 1/8
G 1/4

4.5
4.5

CHECK VALVES

Series VNR
CHECK VALVES
This allow air flow in only one of the two directions.

TECHNICAL DATA
Ports
Nominal diameter
Nominal flow rate
Operating temperature range

mm
Nl/min
C
F
bar
MPa
bar

Operating pressure
Opening pressure
Fluid

COMPONENTS

1/8

1/4

G 1/8
5.2
900

G 1/4
7
1100
10 to 70
14 to 158
2 to 10
0,2 to 1
0,05 (5 KPa)
Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air

DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES

CH
2

5
F

Body: OT58 brass


Valve spring: steel
Seal: NBR for 1/8 valve - FKM/FPM for 1/4 valve
Stem with OT58 brass valve
Stem insert: OT58 brass

Code

Descript.

CH

W3601000001
W3601000002

VNR 1/8
VNR 1/4

1/8
1/4

35
41

13
17

4.3/45

PNEUMATIC LOGIC
Metal Work logic elements are available
with 5 different functions: OR, AND,
NOT, YES, MEMORY.
Main features common to all elements:
Adaptor for bar (DIN EN 50022)
integral with the body.
Built-in pressure indicator.
Pipe locking system using 4 builtin fittings.

TECHNICAL DATA

AND - OR - YES - NOT - MEMORY

Operating temperature
Valve fitting
Pressure range

10+60C (14140F)
Push-in fitting for  4 pipe
OR - AND: from 1.5 to 8 bar
YES-NOT -MEMORY: from 0 to 8 bar, pilot pressure from 1.5 to 8 bar
NOT: 6 bar switching thereshold = 0.4
2.7
100 Nl/min

bar

Nominal diameter
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 MPa87 psi)
P 1 bar (0.1 Mpa14.5 psi)
Fluid
Recommended lubricant
Actionament
Reset

mm
Nl/min

Lubricated or unlubricated filtered compressed air; must be uninterrupted when lubricated


ISO e UNI FD22
Via compressed air
AND-OR: via compressed air/YES-NOT via mechanical spring
MEMORY: via compressed air.
In any position
On Omega bar (DIN EN 50022) size 35x7 or 35x15
Wall-mounted with  4.2 holes
Technopolymer
Aluminium
NBR (FKM/FPM on request)

Installation
Mounted
Body
Spool
Seal

LOGIC ELEMENT: OR

LOGIC ELEMENT: AND


29

29
18

18
7

13
b

Code
W3604000001

4.3/46

AND

Description
OR - LOGIC PRODUCT

A
a

W3604000002

&

Code
W3604000002

25

25

A
W3604000001

40

30.5
32.1
35

38.5
35
12
10

&

OR

40

13

38.5
35
12
10

30.5
32.1
35

15.9

15.9

Description
AND - LOGIC SUM

LOGIC ELEMENT: NOT

LOGIC ELEMENT: YES

48.2

48.2
29

29
18

18
7

15.9

55.2

13
b

55.2

38.5
35
12
10

b
X

15.9

2
13

&

NOT

38.5
35
12
10

YES

W3604000003

Code
W3604000003

Description
NOT - NEGATION

W3604000004

&

A
b

Code
W3604000004

30.5
32.1
35
40
25

30.5
32.1
35
40

=
A

Description
YES - AFFIRMATION

NOTES

LOGIC ELEMENT: MEMORY


89.5
81.4
67.4

15.9

22

35
39.2

12
10

28.2
X

X0

X X

X X
X

X1

28
31.3
32.9
35.8
40.8

X1

X0

X0

X1

W3604000005

X1

X0
P

4
Code
W3604000005

Description
MEMORY

NOTES

4.3/47

TIMER
The Timer is part of Metal Work range of logic elements,
which also includes OR, AND, NOT, YES, MEMORY.
The value of the signal output delay is set by rotating a
knob. It can work both as 3/2 NC and 3/2 NO, depending
on whether feeding is through port a or port b.
The maximum delay time can be increased by unscrewing
a plug and connecting the port to an external auxiliary
tank.
Adaptor for bar (DIN EN 50022) integrated in the
body.
Pressure indicator via an orange pin
Pipe clamping system using 4 built-in push-on fittings.

TECHNICAL DATA
-10 +60
Push-in fitting for 4 pipe
from 2.5 to 8
2.7
100
from 0 to 30, at 6 bar
<0.1
0.4
Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. If used, must be continuous
By compressed air
By mechanical spring
In any direction
On bar (DIN EN 50022) size 35x7 o 35x15 - Wall mounting using 4.2 holes

Temperature range
C
Valve coupling
mm
Pressure range
bar
Nominal diameter
mm
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 Mpa, 87 psi) P 1 bar (0.1 Mpa, 14.5 psi) Nl/min
Delay setting range
s
Signal shutoff time
s
Repeatability
s
Fluid
Operating
Repositioning
Installation
Assembly
MATERIALS

Anodised aluminium / Technopolymer


Brass / Technopolymer
NBR
Spring steel

Body
Internal parts
Gaskets
Spring

NORMALLY OPEN AND NORMALLY


CLOSED OPERATION

DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES

NO
50.5
4

Timer
T= 0 - 30 sec

107

16.5

OUT
3.3

NC

29

18
12

66

42

10

13

15.9

4.5

IN

IN

OUT

Pressure range
2.5-8 bar
a

A NO

30

A NC
b

Timer
T= 0 - 30 sec

x
30

A NO

A NC

M5

Code W3604000006

A NO

35

49.3

Timer
T= 0 - 30 sec

Pressure range
2.5-8 bar

9.5

20

Pressure range
2.5-8 bar
a

A NC
b

Code W3604000006

Code
W3604000006

4.3/48

Description
TIMER

A NO
b
x

A NC
b

Code W3604000006

CHANGE IN THE DELAY WITH CHANGE IN PRESSURE


8.5
8
7.5

Pressure at X (bar)

7
6.5
6
5.5
5
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
0
0

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

Delay Time (sec)

HOW TO INCREASE THE DELAY

400
2.5 bar

380

4 bar

360
340

6.3 bar

320

8 bar

300

Tank volumeo (cm3)

280

260

A= coupling (plugged) for external additional


tanks
B= external tank

240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80

Bit Filter Bowl Volume ( used as a tank)

60

40
20
0
0

25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450 475 500 525 550 575 600

Time (sec)

NOTES

4.3/49

DISTRIBUTION FRAMES
ROTARY JOINTS
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded ports
Max pressure

1/8

bar
MPa
C

Operating temperature
Fluid
Body
Gaskets

1/4

3/8
1/2
012
01.2
1080 (14176F)
Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air
Nickel-plated brass
NBR

4-WAY DISTRIBUTION FRAME

W0501101001
W0501111002
W0501121003
W0501131004

G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2

17
26
34
34

4.5
5.5
5.5
5.5

25
40
50
50

15
20
25
30

Code

DISTRIBUTION FRAME WITH 2 STRAIGHT 1/8 OUTLETS

Code
W0502111001
W0502121002
W0502131002

E
M

K
F

4.3/50

INLETS
N
A
2 G 1/4
2 G 3/8
2 G 1/2

OUTLETS
N
B
2 G 1/8
2 G 1/4
2 G 1/4

15 30 60 4.5 5.3 30 20
18 36 72 6
6.5 40 20
22 36 80 6
6.5 40 30

DISTRIBUTION FRAME
DISTRIBUTION FRAME WITH MULTIPLE
STRAIGHT 1/4 OUTLETS

Code
W0502121006
W0502121008
W0502121010
W0502121012
W0502131006
W0502131008
W0502131010
W0502131012

F
D

INLETS
N A
2 G 3/8
2 G 3/8
2 G 3/8
2 G 3/8
2 G 1/2
2 G 1/2
2 G 1/2
2 G 1/2

OUTLETS
N B
3 G 1/4
4 G 1/4
5 G 1/4
6 G 1/4
3 G 1/4
4 G 1/4
5 G 1/4
6 G 1/4

G H K

18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

108
144
180
216
108
144
180
216

36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

19
19
19
19
24
24
24
24

11
11
11
11
16
16
16
16

30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40

20
20
20
20
30
30
30
30

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5

DISTRIBUTION FRAME WITH MULTIPLE STRAIGHT


1/8 OUTLETS

W0502111005
W0502111007
W0502111009
W0502111011

F
D

INLETS
N A
2 G 1/4
2 G 1/4
2 G 1/4
2 G 1/4

OUTLETS
N B
3 G 1/8
4 G 1/8
5 G 1/8
6 G 1/8

15
15
15
15

30
30
30
30

90
120
150
180

30
30
30
30

4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5

5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3

30
30
30
30

20
20
20
20

15
18
22

30
36
36

60
72
80

4.5
6
6

5.3
6.5
6.5

30
40
40

20
20
30

E
M

Code

K
G

DISTRIBUTION FRAME WITH 2 OPPOSED OULETS

Code
W0503111013
W0503121014
W0503131014

OUTLETS
N
B
2+2 G 1/8
2+2 G 1/4
2+2 G 1/4

E
B

INLETS
N A
2 G 1/4
2 G 3/8
2 G 1/2

4.3/51

DISTRIBUTION FRAME WITH 1/8-1/4


OPPOSED OUTLETS

Code
W0503111015
W0503111017
W0503111019
W0503121016
W0503121018
W0503121020
W0503131016
W0503131018
W0503131020

F
D

OUTLETS
N
B
3+3 G 1/8
4+4 G 1/8
5+5 G 1/8
3+3 G 1/4
4+4 G 1/4
5+5 G 1/4
3+3 G 1/4
4+4 G 1/4
5+5 G 1/4

15
15
15
18
18
18
22
22
22

30
30
30
36
36
36
36
36
36

90
120
150
108
144
180
116
152
188

30
30
30
36
36
36
40
40
40

4.5
4.5
4.5
6
6
6
6
6
6

5.3
5.3
5.3
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5

30
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
40

20
20
20
20
20
20
30
30
30

INLETS
N A
2 G 1/4
2 G 1/4
2 G 1/4
2 G 3/8
2 G 3/8
2 G 3/8
2 G 1/2
2 G 1/2
2 G 1/2

K
G

DISTRIBUTOR,  4-6-8 mm

D
P

A
L

4.3/52

Code

N. positions

7304106
7304112
7306206
7306212
7308306
7308312

6
12
6
12
6
12

4
4
6
6
8
8

1/8

12

20

12

4.2

3.7

3.1

29

3.7

8.5

11.4

25

1/4

14

20

14.6

4.2

21.3

3.1

34

3.7

10

11

30

3/8

18

25

16.6

4.2

26.3

4.2

39

84
156
101
188.6
119
218.6

14

14

35

ROTARY JOINT
SINGLE ROTARY JOINT

B
I
G

CH
C

Code

CH

r.p.m.

W0511101101
W0511121121
W0511131131
W0511141141
W0511151151
W0511161161

32
32
39
55
70
80

30
30
40
65
65
80

G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 3/4
G1

G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 3/4
G1

16
16
20
30
40
45

22
22
26
35
45
52.5

G 1/8
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 3/4

16
16
25
40
40
50

8
8
12.5
20
20
26

16
16
24
30
36
45

550
550
300
200
160
140

MULTIPLE ROTARY JOINT

A
120

120

D
N

CH

B
Fig.1

Code

Figure

W0513131101
W0512131121

1
2

40
40

50
50

N
1
1

INLET
C
G 3/8
G 3/8

OUTLET
N
D
6 G 1/8
3 G 1/4

30

30

Fig.1
Fig.
2

CH

r.p.m.

20
20

26
26

42
42

4.2
4.2

G 1/8
G 1/4

4
4

35
35

16
19

23.7
23

24
24

300
300

4.3/53

2 INDEPENDENT WAY ROTARY JOINTS

A
L

I
V

V E

S
Q
120

E
D

B
T

CH

Code

W0514101101
W0514121121

97.5
132

64
64

INLETS
N
C
2 G 1/8
2 G 1/4

OUTLETS
N
D
2 G 1/8
2 G 1/4

CH

r.p.m.

9.5
15

25
30

2
2

5
5

43
60

44
60

3.5
5

15
24.5

25
40

25
40

6.3
6.3

50
50

10
10

12.5
20

9
15

25
30

30
36

300
200

3 INDEPENDENT WAY ROTARY JOINTS

S
Q

A
L
E

120

30

B
T

CH

4.3/54

Code

W0515121121

128

64

INLETS
N
C
3 G 1/4

OUTLETS
N
D
3 G 1/4

CH

r.p.m.

16

27

30

86

24.5

50

54

40

6.3

50

10

36

200

PNEUMO-BUS
Pneumo-bus is an integrated connection system between
compressed air treatment units, valves and accessories.
The system includes a Skillair 200 air treatment unit version and
one for the Multimach valve islands arranged for direct fitting to
the Teseo.
AP 25 profile pipe. These Teseo patented aluminium profile pipes
are known for their rapid installation time, for the numerous
accessories. The profile is symmetrical, can be used on all sides
and is easy to cut and bend. The new arrangement system for
Metal Work products therefore reaches interesting objectives:
Valves and units fitted directly to the pipe which acts both as
a robust mechanical support and an air supply.
The elimination of all polyamide pipes and their fittings and
assembly.
The 25 mm. passage hole guarantees valve supply with reduced
pressure drop and also acts as a pneumatic tank.
It is possible to install a second pipe, parallel and adjacent to
the first one, to convey air to the exhaust, connected directly to
the Multimach exhaust port.
It is also possible to fix a conduit for electric cables to the pipe.
FROM THE TRADITIONAL SYSTEM

TO THE PNEUMO-BUS

  

   


 ELECTRICAL WIRES

MULTIMACH

 PNEUMATIC SUPPLY

 VALVE SUPPORT

 PNEUMATIC EXHAUST

SKILLAIR 200

4.3/55

24.5 11.6

X
11
1

46

MULTIMACH END PLATE FOR PNEUMO-BUS

18

3/5

21

82/84

61

105.5

81

73.5

M5

10 max
4

43.4

Code
Description
PNEUMO-BUS END PLATE KIT
0227300203
N.B. When ordering a Multimach unit with this end plate, specify the identification number 21:M51-21

81

73.5

22

11.6

3/5

82/84

61

105.5

M5

X
11
1

24.5

46.2

MULTIMACH END PLATE FOR PNEUMO-BUS + CONVEYED EXHAUST

Code
Description
0227300204
PNEUMO-BUS END PLATE KIT + CONVEYED EXHAUST
N.B. When ordering a Multimach unit with this end plate, specify the identification number 22:M51-22

4.3/56

10 max

G 3/8

SKILLAIR 200 END PLATE FOR PNEUMO-BUS

30.4
55.2

84.5

60

22

11.4

10 max

46

Code
9330901

Description
PNEUMO-BUS SK 200 END PLATE KIT

THE ACCESSORIES FOR AP 25 BY

(www.teseoair.com)

4.3/57

SILENCERS
Materials:
Nickel-plated brass
Sintered nickel-plated bronze

SILENCER MW SC

Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: 10C+80C

A
B

SILENCER MW SCQ
Materials:
Nickel-plated brass
Sintered nickel-plated bronze

CH

Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: 10C+80C

A
B

SILENCER MW SE
Materials:
Nickel-plated brass
Sintered nickel-plated bronze
L

CH

Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: 10C+80C

HIGH-CAPACITY SILENCER MW SL
Materials:
Nickel-plated brass
Sintered nickel-plated bronze
L

CH
A

Materials:
Nickel-plated brass
Sintered nickel-plated bronze
F L

Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: 10C+80C

SILENCER MW SFE
Materials:
Nickel-plated brass
Stainless steel wire

CH

4.3/58

B0.2

L3%

Code

M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1

6
12
15
19
23
29
36

4.5 0.5
6 0.5
6.7 0.5
8.5 0.5
8.7 0.5
11 1
11.5 1

10
15
19
28.5
33
40.5
50.5

W 097053 0001
W 097053 0002
W 097053 0003
W 097053 0004
W 097053 0005
W 097053 0006
W 097053 0007

B0.2

L3%

CH

Code

G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1

12
15
19
23
29
36

6
7.5
8.5
9
10
12

15
19
29.2
31.5
41.5
51.2

7
8
10
14
17
23

W 097053 0012
W 097053 0013
W 097053 0014
W 097053 0015
W 097053 0016
W 097053 0017

B0.5

L5%

CH

Code

M5
M7
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1

4
5
7
8.5
11
15
21.5
27

4 0.5
5 0.5
6 0.5
8 0.5
8 0.5
10 0.5
10 1
11.5 1

13
21
21
23.5
33
37
43.5
56

8
10
13
16
19
24
30
36

W 097053 0021
W 097053 0020
W 097053 0022
W 097053 0023
W 097053 0024
W 097053 0025
W 097053 0026
W 097053 0027

0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
1

B1

L5%

CH

Code

G3/4
G1
G1 1/4
G1 1/2
G2

37
37
37
37
37

12 1
12 1
15 1.5
15 1.5
17 1.5

215
215
215
215
220

50
50
50
50
65

W 097053 0036
W 097053 0037
W 097053 0038
W 097053 0039
W 097053 0040

Code

Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: 10C+80C

SILENCER MW STT
B
C

Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: 10C+80C

B0.2

L3%

G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1

9.5
12.6
16.2
20.5
26
33

6.50.5
6 0.5
7.50.5
10 0.5
11 1
13 1

6
7
8.5
9.6
12
11

2
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5

L3%

CH

Code

M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1

3.7 0.5
6.2 0.5
7.7 0.5
8 0.5
10.3 0.5
10 1
12 1

4.7
8.2
11.3
11.5
13
15
18

8
13
16
19
24
30
36

W 097053 0051
W 097053 0052
W 097053 0053
W 097053 0054
W 097053 0055
W 097053 0056
W 097053 0057

W 097053 0042
W 097053 0043
W 097053 0044
W 097053 0045
W 097053 0046
W 097053 0047

DYNAMIC SILENCER MW SPL


Materials:
Black acetal resin
Acoustic insulation

Features:
Pmax: 6 bar
Temp.: 10C+60C

SILENCER MW SPL-F
Materials:
Black acetal resin
Felt

CH

L
F

Materials:
Nickel-plated brass
Sintered nickel-plated bronze
Stainless steel spring
Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: 10C+80C

SILENCED EXHAUST REGULATOR MW SVL

CH1

Materials:
Nickel-plated brass
Sintered nickel-plated bronze

CH

Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: 10C+80C

EXHAUST REGULATOR MW DSN


Materiali:
Nickel-plated brass

CH1

B0.2

L3%

Code

G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1

15.4
19.6
24.7
24.7
48
48

6.2 0.5
8 0.5
11.3 0.5
10.7 0.5
18 1
18 1

27
35
47
47
96
97

W 097053 0062
W 097053 0063
W 097053 0064
W 097053 0065
W 097053 0066
W 097053 0067

B0.2

F0.5

L3%

CH

Code

G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2

16.3
20
24.8
24.8

5.5
7.4
11
11

29
36.5
47
47

10
13
17
17

W 097053 0072
W 097053 0073
W 097053 0074
W 097053 0075

L0.5

CH

Code

G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1

6.7 0.5
7.4 0.5
9.7 0.5
10.6 0.5
12 1
13.8 1

19-23
21-24.5
23.5-29.5
23-28
29-35
27-34

13
15
22
22
30
36

W 097052 0001
W 097052 0002
W 097052 0003
W 097052 0004
W 097052 0005
W 097052 0006

Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: 10C+60C

SILENCED EXHAUST REGULATOR MW SVE

CH

CH

L0.5

CH CH1

M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1

4 0.5
7 0.5
7.5 0.5
10.5 0.5
12.4 0.5
12.4 1
12.4 1

17-27
31-40
30-37.5
37.5-51.5
39.5-47.5
56.5-81
58.5-84.5

8
16
16
22
22
30
36

CH

CH1

G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2

G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4

12
14
19
24

12
16
17
22

L3%

CH

Code

G1/8
G1/4

7.50.5
10 0.5

16.8-20
21.5-29

14
17

W 097052 0031
W 097052 0032

6
9
9
9
9
13
13

Code
W 097052 0010
W 097052 0011
W 097052 0012
W 097052 0013
W 097052 0014
W 097052 0015
W 097052 0016

Code

W 097052 0021
W 097052 0022
W 097052 0023
W 097052 0024

Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: 10C+80C

EXHAUST REGULATOR MW DSE

Materiali:
Nickel-plated brass

CH

Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: 10C+80C

4.3/59

SILENCER: FLOW CHARTS


SILENCER MW SC
12.000

1.500

SC 1"
SC 1/4"
1.250

10.000

1.000

8.000
SC 1/8"

500

6.000

Nl/min

Nl/min

SC 3/4"
750

SC 1/2"

4.000

SC 3/8"
2.000

250
SC M5
0

bar

bar

SILENCER MW SCQ
4.500

18.000
SCQ 3/8"

3.750
3.000

12.000
SCQ 1/4"

2.250
1.500

SCQ 3/4"

9.000

Nl/min

Nl/min

SCQ 1"

15.000

SCQ 1/2"
6.000

SCQ 1/8"
750
0

3.000

bar

bar

SILENCER MW SE
16.500

3.000

SE 1"

13.750

2.500
2.000

11.000

1.500

8.250

Nl/min

Nl/min

SE 1/4"

1.000

SE 3/4"
SE 1/2"

5.500

SE 1/8"
500
0

SE 3/8"

2.750

SE M7
SE M5

bar

bar

SILENCER MW STT
3.000

900
750

2.500

600

2.000
STT 1/4"

450

Nl/min

Nl/min

STT 3/8"

300

STT 1"
STT 3/4"

1.500
1.000
STT 1/2"

STT 1/8"
500

150
0

bar

4.3/60

bar

SILENCER MW SFE
12.000

2.100

10.000

1.750

SFE 1/4"
SFE 3/4"

8.000
SFE 1"

1.050
SFE 1/8"

700

Nl/min

Nl/min

1.400

SFE 1/2"

4.000
2.000

350

SFE 3/8"
SFE M5

6.000

bar

bar

SILENCER MW SPL
3.000

9.000
SPL 1"

SPL 3/8"
2.500

7.500
SPL 1/4"

1.500
SPL 1/8"
1.000
500
0

SPL 3/4"

6.000

Nl/min

Nl/min

2.000

4.500
SPL 1/2"

3.000
1500

bar

bar

SILENCER MW SPL-F
3.600
SPL-F 3/8"

3.000
SPL-F 1/2"

Nl/min

2.400
SPL-F 1/4"

1.800
1.200

SPL-F 1/8"

600
0

bar

SILENCER MW SVE
1.200

2.400

1.000

2.000
SVE 1"
1.600

SVE 3/8"

600
SVE 1/4"
400

Nl/min

Nl/min

800

SVE 3/4"

1.200
800

SVE 1/2"

SVE 1/8"
400

200
0

bar

bar

4.3/61

SILENCER MW SVL
4.500

900

SVL 3/4"=1"

3.750

750
600

3.000

450

2.250

Nl/min

Nl/min

SVL 1/8"=1/4"

300

SVL 1/2"=3/8"

1.500

SVL M5
750

150
0

0
1

bar

NOTES

4.3/62

bar

EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE
94/9/EC (ATEX)

PNEUMATICS AND POTENTIALLY


EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES:
EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE 94/9/EC (ATEX)
st
As from 1 July 2003, all products marketed in the European Union and intended for use in potentially explosive
atmospheres must be approved in compliance with European Directive 94/9/EC, also known as ATEX.
This new directive also applies to non-electrical components, such as pneumatic controls, for which approval is
mandatory.
The main innovations introduced by the new directive 94/9/EC are:
Inclusion of non-electrical equipment and devices, such as pneumatic cylinders.
Each device is assigned a category associated to certain potentially explosive atmospheres.
All products must bear the CE marking.
Instructions for use and declarations of conformity must be supplied for each product sold for use in potentially
explosive atmospheres.
Products intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres due to the presence of dust come under this directive,
as do products destined for areas in which hazardous gases are present.
A potentially explosive atmosphere may contain gases, mists, vapours or dust that form in factories or other areas in
which flammable substances are continuously or occasionally present.
An explosion can occur when flammable substances and a source of ignition are present simultaneously in a potentially
explosive atmosphere.
A source of ignition can be:
of electrical origin (electric arcs, induced currents, heat generated by the Joule effect)
of mechanical origin (hot surfaces generated by friction, sparks generated by impact between metal bodies, electrostatic
discharge, adiabatic compression)
of chemical origin (exothermic reactions between materials)
a naked flame
Products subject to approval are all those which, during normal use or due to a malfunction, present one or more
sources of ignition for potentially explosive atmospheres.
Responsibility lies both with the manufacturer of the device and whoever installs it in equipment that is to operate in a
hazardous atmosphere.
This requires co-operation between the parties to ensure correspondence between the category of device and the
hazardous area in which it is to operate.
The manufacturer of the device must comply with the specifications and classify the product according to directive
94/9/EC. The manufacturer of the equipment, who knows the area in which the device will be operating, must select
a suitable device according to the category, pursuant to directive 99/92/EC.

THE COMBINATION OF ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL PARTS


According to Directive 94/9/EC, both electrical and
mechanical devices are subject to approval.
It is important to note that the component which is classified
in the lowest category defines the category of the entire
device of which it is a part.
If, for example, the coil is marked Ex II 2 and the valve
is marked Ex II 3 the coil+valve assembly must not be
put into service in zone 1 or 21, only in zone 2 or 22.

Coil marking

Valve marking

5.1/02

GROUPS AND CATEGORIES


Devices for use in potentially explosive areas are divided into the following groups:
GROUP I: devices used in mines
GROUP II: devices used in surface installations

DEVICES FOR MINES GROUP I


Explosive gas content
CATEGORY OF DEVICE TO
BE USED ACCORDING TO
94/9/EC

No limit

Below a set limit

M1

M2

DEVICES FOR SURFACE INSTALLATIONS GROUP II


ZONES
TYPE OF ATMOSPHERE
PRESENCE OF
HAZARDOUS
ATMOSPHERE
Category of devices to
use according to
94/9/EC
*indicative

0
G
GAS

20
D
DUST

Continuously
(>1000 h/year)*

1
21
G
D
GAS
DUST
Not present during
normal operation
(>10 <1000 h/year)*

2
22
G
D
GAS
DUST
Accidental presence
(>0,1<10 h/year)*

CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN ZONES AND CATEGORIES ACCORDING TO 94/9/EC.


ZONE 0/ZONE 20
CATEGORY 1: devices in this category ensure an adequate degree of safety even in the
presence of rare malfunctions. These devices are used in zones in which an explosive atmosphere is present continuously
for long periods.
ZONE 1/ZONE 21
CATEGORY 2: devices in this category ensure an adequate degree of safety even in the
presence of a probable malfunction. These devices are used in zones in which an explosive atmosphere is present
occasionally.
ZONE 2/ZONE 22
CATEGORY 3: devices in this category ensure an adequate degree of safety during normal
operation. These devices are used in zones in which an explosive atmosphere is rarely present and only for brief periods.

5.1/03

EXAMPLE

MARKING: HOW TO READ IT

CE

Ex

II

GD

T4

T120C

20C<aT<60C

A = Ce mark
B = This means the device can be used in a hazardous area
C = Group to which the device belongs (mines or surface installations)
D = Category: indicates use in different hazardous areas
E = The type of explosive atmosphere: G=gas; D=dust
F = Type of protection against sources of ignition
G = Temperature class: maximum surface temperature
H = Max temperature for use in areas that are hazardous due to dust
L = Temperature range within which the device can be used in a hazardous atmosphere

TYPE OF PROTECTION AGAINST SOURCES OF IGNITION


Protection
symbol

20

ZONES
1
21
X

2
X

22
X

Flameproof enclosure
Type of protection of an electrical apparatus that contains parts capable of
triggering an explosion in an enclosure able to withstand the pressures
generated by internal explosions.

Enhanced safety
Electrical appliance with a high safety coefficient.

Encapsulation
Special casing in which the parts that could trigger an explosion
are immersed in a substance that prevents contact with the explosive atmosphere.

Type of protection for electrical appliances designed so that they


do not ignite the surrounding explosive atmosphere during normal operation
and in specific conditions of malfunction. There are 5 categories:
nA ( non-scintillating); nC (hermetic seal);
nR (limited respiration ); nL (limited energy);
nP (pressurisation).

ia

i
ib

5.1/04

DESCRIPTION
Protection through constructional safety
(PrEN13463-5).

Intrinsic safety
Electrical circuit in which neither sparks nor temperatures
can trigger an explosion during normal operation or a malfunction.

Immersion
Electrical appliance immersed in oil.
Pressurised enclosure
Pressurisation with respect to the external pressure is maintained
by means of an inert gas.
Enclosure containing filling powder

TEMPERATURE CLAS
GROUP I: Temperature =150 C or =450 C according to the layer of dust accumulated on the device.

GROUP II
Temperature classes for gas (G)

Admissible surface temperature

T1

450 C

T2

300 C

T3

200 C

T4

135 C

T5

100 C

T6

85 C

USER AND SUPPLIER: OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES


It is important to highlight the need for the user and supplier to collaborate and to exchange all the information required
to define the types of products that can be used in full compliance with the safety standards.
USER: after performing a company-wide risk analysis (pursuant to directive 99/92/EC) and identifying the risk zone
in which the purchased part will be operating, the user must inform the SUPPLIER, who must check that the products
supplied are compatible with the zone indicated and that the environmental conditions are within the set operating
range for the parts.
It is also important to make sure that the operating instructions are always attached to the products supplied.

5.1/05

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

5.1/06

5.1/07

TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION

PRINCIPLES OF PNEUMATICS
Pressure:

The ratio between a force and the surface on which it acts.

F (N)
P= = Pa
S (m )
2

Atmospheric pressure:
Absolute pressure:
Gauge pressure:

Equivalent to the pressure exerted on a surface at sea level at 20C and with
65% humidity: 10.33 m H2O; 760 mm Hg; 1.013 x 105 Pa.
The pressure above the absolute zero value - pressure 0 = absolute vacuum.
The pressure referring to ambient atmospheric pressure: it is normally indicated
by the pressure gauges used in pneumatic circuits.

Absolute pressure
(7 bar)

Atmospheric pressure

Gauge pressure
(6 bar)

Pressure read
on gauge (6 bar)

Absolute vacuum
Gauge pressure = (absolute P) - (atmospheric P.)
Upstream pressure:
Downstream pressure:
P pressure drop:
FLOW RATE:

Pressure of the compressed air at the pneumatic component inlet


Pressure of the compressed air at the pneumatic component outlet
Difference between upstream and downstream pressure
The volume of air passing through a given section in a unit of time. In pneumatics,
the volume unit of measurement is Nl (Normal litre). In practice it represents
the volumetric capacity of the air referring to ambient atmospheric pressure.
E.g. in a conduit of a given section, there is a mass flow of 1 litre of air (1 dm3)
at 7 bar absolute pressure. This value expressed as volume of air corresponds
to 7 litres of air (7 dm3) at the ambient atmospheric pressure (1 bar).

1 dm3
7 bar
absolute

1 dm3
1 bar
absolute

1 dm3
1 bar
absolute

1 dm3
1 bar
absolute

1 dm3
1 bar
absolute

1 dm3
1 bar
absolute

1 dm3
1 bar
absolute

1 dm3
1 bar
absolute

Mass flow

Volumetric flow rate


(referring to absolute pressure)
With the same pressure, the flow rate is directly proportional to the port cross section.
With the same cross section, the pressure is directly proportional to the flow rate.
Without a P (difference between upstream and downstream pressure), there can be no flow rate.
Pascals law:

Density of air, measured to


20C to the atmospheric pressure:
kg
1.275 3
m
6.1/02

A confined fluid transmits externally applied pressure uniformly in all directions.

CALCULATING THE FLOW RATE OF A VALVE USING FLOW COEFFICIENT KV


Coefficient k V gives approximate values when used for compressed air.
The flow rate QN at a normal volume through a valve is:
P
P
Supersonic flow: P2 < 1
Subsonic flow: P2 > 1
2
2
QN = 28,6 kv
P2 P

293

273 + t

Q*N = 14,3 kv P1

293

273 + t

where
QN = flow rate at a normal volume [Nl/min]
QN* = critical flow rate at a normal volume [Nl/min]
1
/2
l
kg
kV = hydraulic coefficient in
3
min dm bar

P1 = absolute upstream pressure [bar]


P2 = absolute downstream pressure [bar]
P = difference in pressure P1 P2 [bar]
t = input air temperature [C]
CALCULATING THE FLOW RATE OF A VALVE USING FLOW COEFFICIENTS C and b
The flow rate QN at a normal volume through a valve is:
Subsonic flow: P2 > b P1
QN = C P1

Supersonic flow: P2 < b P1

293
1 (r b )

1b
273 + t
2

QN* = C P1

293

273 + t

where
QN = flow rate at a normal volume [Nl/min]
QN* = critical flow rate at a normal volume [Nl/min]
C = conductance in [Nl/min bar]
P1 = absolute upstream pressure [bar]
P2 = absolute downstream pressure [bar]
r = upstream pressure : downstream pressure ratio P2 /P1
b = critical pressure ratio b = P2* /P1
t = input air temperature [C]

CALCULATING THE FLOW RATE OF A VALVE USING FLOW COEFFICIENTS CV


The flow rate QN at a normal volume through a valve is:
Subsonic flow: P2 > 0,528 P1
QN = 400 CV
P2P

273

273 + t

where
QN = flow rate at a normal volume [Nl/min]
QN* = critical flow rate at a normal volume [Nl/min]
CV = coefficient of flow [US GPM / p.s.i.]
P1 = absolute upstream pressure [bar]
P2 = absolute downstream pressure [bar]
t = input air temperature [C]

Supersonic flow: P2 < 0,528 P1


QN* = 200 CV P1

273

273 + t

6.1/03

CALCULATING THE NOMINAL FLOW RATE


The nominal flow rate QNm of a valve, i.e. the flow at normal volume passing through a valve with P1 = 6[bar] (P1 =
7 [bar] absolute) and P = 1 [bar], can be obtained from the previous formula as follows:
QNn = 66 kv
QNn = 943,8 CV
QNn = 7 C

1 (0,857 b)

1b

Equalising the first two formulae gives: kv = 14,3 CV


REACTIONS BETWEEN QNn - CV - kv - KV - S - de2

Cv

0.785
1.273

1.259

0.794

0.001

0.
01
9

0
07
0.

QNn

kv

66
0.0151

16.66
0.060

QNn = flow rate in [Nl/min] with p1 = 6 [bar] (P1=7 [bar] absolute) and P = 1 [bar]
1
/2
l
kg
3
min dm bar

(
)
/
kg
m
h (dm bar )

kv

hydraulic coefficient in

KV

hydraulic coefficient in

CV

coefficient of flow [US GPM / p.s.i.]

Se

equivalent cross section [mm2]

4 through diameter2 in [mm2] obtained from the equivalent cross section


de2 = S

6.1/04

de

52
.4
5

18

.3
14

943.8

Se

0.055

Kv

CONVERSION TABLES
TABLE 1 CONVERSION BETWEEN SYSTEMS OF MEASUREMENT

Length

Technical system and


CGS system
m

Multiply by

International system

Multiply by

British system

0,0254
0,3048
1
0,000645
0,0929
16,39104
0,02832
0,3048
0,3048
0,4536
14,594
4,4483

in (inch)
ft (foot)
s
in2
ft2
in2
ft2
fts1
fts2
lb (pound)
slug = lb s2ft1
lb (pound)

1,356
16,02
157,16
1,356

lb ft
lbft3
lb ft3
lb ft

1055,1
1,3558
745,7
6,894810

BTU
lb fts1
HP
p.s.i.=lb in2

0,4536
0,02832
0,000472
6,896

lbs2
fts1
SCFM
lb sin2

0,0929

ft2s1

Divide by

British system

Time
Area

s
m2

1
1

Volume

m3

Speed
Acceleration
Mass

ms1
ms2
kgs2m1

1
1
9,81

Force

kg o kp
kg
kgm
kgs2m1
kgm1
kgm

9,81
0,981
9,81
9,81
9,81
9,81

Cal
kgms1
CV
kgm2
kgcm2
kgcm2
kgsm1
m3s1
Nl/min1
kgsm2
Po (poise-system CGS)
m2s2
St (stokes-system CGS)

4186
9,81
735
9,81
9,8110
0,981
9,81
1
0,0000167
9,81
0,1
1
104

m
m
s
m2
m2
m3
m3
ms1
ms2
kg
kg
N
da N = 10 N
Nm
kgm3
Nm3
J
KWh=3,6106J
J
W
W
Pa
Pa
bar = 105Pa
kgs1
m3s1
Nm3 S1
Pas
Pas
m2s2
m2s2

Technical system and


CGS system

Divide by

International system

Torque
Density
Specific weight
Work, energy
Heat
Power
Pressure

Mass flow
Volume flow
Dynamic viscosity
Kinematic viscosity

TABLE 2 TEMPERATURE CONVERSION

TABLE 3 MULTIPLES AND SUB-MULTIPLES

F = [1,8 C] + 32
C = [F - 32] 0,55
K = C + 273

Name
tera
giga
mega
kilo
etto
deca
deci
centi
milli
micro
nano
pico

C = degrees Celsius
K = degrees Kelvin
F = degrees Fahrenheit

Symbol
T
G
M
k
h
da
d
c
m

n
p

Value
1012
109
106
103
102
10
101
102
103
106
109
1012

TABLE 4 PRESSURE UNIT CONVERSION FACTORS


To obtain the pressure for the following units, multiply the number given for the source units by the coefficient shown.
Source units
Pa
kPa
MPa
bar
mbar
kp/cm2
cm H2O
mm H2O
mm Hg
p.s.i.

Pa
1
103
106
105
100
98.066,5
98,0665
9,80665
133,322
6.894,76

kPa
103
1
103
102
0,1
98,0665
98,0665103
9,80665103
133,322103
6,89476

MPa
105
103
1
101
104
98,0665103
98,0665106
9,80665106
133,322103
6,89476103

bar
mbar
105
102
102
10
104
10
1
103
1
103
0,989665
980,665
0,98665103
0,98665
98,0665106 98,0665103
1,33322103
1,33322
68,9476103
68,9476

cm H2O
kp/cm2
p.s.i.
mm H2O
mm Hg
10,1972106 10,1972103 101,972103 7,50062103 0,145038103
10,1972103
10,1972
101,972
7,50062
0,145038
10,1972103 101,972103 7,50062103 0,145038103
10,1972
1,01972
1,01972103 10,1972103
750,062
14,5038
1,01972
10,1972
1,01972103
0,750062
14,5038103
1
14,2233
1000
10.000
735,559
103
14,2233103
1
10
0,735559
104
0,1
1
73,5559103 14,2233103
1,35951103
1
19,3368103
1,35951
13,5951
70,307103
1
51,7149
70,307
703,07

6.1/05

TABLE 5 AIR CONSTANTS


Entity
Dynamic viscosity
Kinematic viscosity
Density
Specific heat at constant pressure
Speed of sound
Gas constant

Symbol

Value
Pa s
m2s1
kg m3
KJ kg1 K1
m s1
J kg1 K1

17,89106
14,61106
1,225
1,004
340,29
287,1

Cp
a
R

TABLE 6 CONTENT OF WATER VAPOUR IN SATURATED COMPRESSED AIR


Grams of water vapour per cubic metre (g / m3) of air at ambient atmospheric pressure 1.013 bar (0 bar gauge pressure), saturated and compressed at the given pressures and temperatures.
Pressure - bar
Temperature C
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50

0
4,82
6,88
9,41
12,7
17,4
23,6
30,5
39
49,6
63,5
81

0,4
3,45
4,93
6,74
9,08
12,5
16,9
21,8
27,9
35,5
45,45
58

0,63
2,97
4,24
5,80
7,83
10,7
14,6
18,8
24
30,6
39,2
49,9

1
2,42
3,46
4,73
6,39
8,75
11,9
15,3
19,6
24,9
31,9
40,7

1,6
1,87
2,68
3,66
4,94
6,77
9,18
11,9
15,2
19,3
24,7
31,5

2,5
1,39
1,99
2,72
3,67
5,02
6,82
8,81
11,3
14,3
18,3
23,4

4
0,97
1,39
1,90
2,56
3,51
4,77
6,16
7,87
10
12,8
16,4

6,3
0,67
0,95
1,30
1,76
2,41
3,27
4,22
5,40
6,87
8,79
11,2

8
0,54
0,77
1,06
1,43
1,95
2,65
3,43
4,38
5,57
7,13
9,10

10
0,44
0,63
0,87
1,17
1,60
2,17
2,81
3,59
4,55
5,84
7,45

12,5
0,36
0,52
0,70
0,95
1,30
1,77
2,29
2,92
3,72
4,76
6,07

16
0,29
0,41
0,56
0,76
1,04
1,40
1,81
2,32
2,95
3,77
4,82

20
0,23
0,33
0,45
0,61
0,84
1,14
1,47
1,88
2,39
3,06
3,90

TABLE 7 VOLUME FLOW UNIT CONVERSION FACTORS


To obtain volume flow for the following units, multiply the number given for the source units by the coefficient shown.
Source units
m3/s
l/s
cm3/s
m3/h
m3/min
l/h
l/min
ft3/min
UK gallon/min
US gallon/min

6.1/06

m3/s

l/s

cm3/s

1
103
106
1
103
103
103
106
1
0,277778103 0,27778 0,277778103
16,667103
16,667
16,667103
0,27778106 0,27778103
0,27778
16,667106 16,667103
16,6676
0,47195103
0,47195
0,47195103
75,768106
75,768
75,7683
63,090
63,090106 63,090103

m3/h

m3/min

l/h

l/min

3600
3,6
3600106
1
60
103
60103
1,6990
0,27276
0,22712

60
60103
60106
16,667103
1
16,667106
103
28,317103
4,5461103
3,7854103

3,6103
3,6103
3,6
103
6104
1
603
1,6990103
272,76
227,12

60103
60
60103
16,667
103
16,667103
1
28,317
4,5461
3,7854

ft3/min
gallone/
(scfm)
min UK
2,1188103 13,198103
2,1188
13,198
2,1188103 13,198103
0,58856
3,6661
35,313
219,97
0,58856103 3,6661103
35,313103 219,97103
1
6,2288
0,16054
1
0,13368
0,83266

gallone/
min USA
15,850103
15,850
15,850103
4,4028
264,173
4,4028103
264,17103
7,4804
1,2009
1

TABLE 8 - RECOMMENDED FLOW RATE


Maximum recommended flow rate in Nl/min for pneumatic circuit piping. Flow rate values are calculated as follows:
pipes 2 to 12 with a pressure drop equal to 0.3% of operating pressure per metre of pipe.
pipes 15 to 40 with a pressure drop equal to 0.15% of the operating pressure per metre of pipe.
Inside diameter in mm - Nominal diameter in gas inches
Pressure
bar
2
4
6
8
10

2
3,5
6,2
9
11,8
14,5

4
19
35
50
66
82

1/8
6
53
97
140
185
230

1/4
8
110
200
290
380
470

3/8
10
190
350
500
660
820

12
300
550
800
1050
1300

1/2
15
370
700
1000
1300
1600

3/4
20
750
1400
2000
2600
3250

1
25
1350
2400
3500
4500
5700

1 1/4
32
2500
4500
6500
8500
10500

1 1/2
40
4300
7800
11500
15000
18500

TABLE 9 - INDICATIVE AIR CONSUMPTION FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF EQUIPMENT


Type of equipment
6 mm drill
12 mm drill
20 mm drill
45 mm drill
M6 screwdriver or bolt screwer
M10 screwdriver or bolt screwer
M16 impulse screwer
M25 impulse screwer
1 wheel grinder
6 disk grinder
9 disk grinder
Polishing machine
1000 kg hoist
Spot welder

Consumption
at full load Nl/min.
300
500
1150
1650
300
400
1150
1650
350
1500
2100
1200
2150
300

Consumption
at full load Nl/min.
350
700
450
1000
380
500
160
500
65
250
1600
4200
500
2500
1650
1850
2850

Type of equipment
Bench tamper
8 kg tamper
10 mm riveting machine
20 mm riveting machine
4 kg chisel
6 kg chisel
Small paint-spray gun
Industrial paint-spray gun
1 mm cleaning bellows
2 mm cleaning bellows
5 mm nozzle sandblasting machine
8 mm nozzle sandblasting machine
Plaster sprayer
Heavy-duty concrete vibrator
35 kg concrete breaker
18 kg breaker
30 kg breaker

DEGREE OF PROTECTION
Norma EN 60529 e CEI 529

IP 6 5
DEGREE OF
PROTECTION
AGAINST THE
PENETRATION OF
LIQUIDS

DEGREE OF PROTECTION
AGAINST THE PENETRATION
OF FOREIGN BODIES
COMING INTO CONTACT
WITH LIVE PARTS.

1st No.

DESCRIPTION

2nd No.

DESCRIPTION

Not protected

Not protected

Protected against solid bodies


greater than 50 mm

Protected against water falling


vertically (condensate)

Protected against solid bodies


greater than 12 mm

Protected against drops of water


falling up to 15 off the vertical

Protected against solid bodies


greater than 2.5 mm

Protected against rain water up


to 60 off the vertical

Protected against solid bodies


greater than 1 mm

Protected against sprays of water


from any direction.

Protected against dust

Protected against jets of water


fired from any direction

Totally protected against dust

Protected against sea waves or


the like

Protected against the effects of


immersion

6.1/07

CHECK COMPATIBILITY
Pneumatic products include elastomer gaskets that are made of acryl-nitrile butadiene (NBR), polyurethane or fluorocarbon
rubber (FKM/FPM).
It is important for them not to come into contact with incompatible substances, which could cause them to swell or crack
and subsequently malfunction.
In particular, it is necessary to check compatibility of:
the oil used in the air compressor
any oil used in the lubricator
the oil or cutting fluids used on the machine, which could get into the cylinders and from there the valves.
We have drawn up a compatibility table containing a list of chemicals and elastomers, and also Hostaform, the
technopolymer most commonly used in our products. Please refer to the English webpage
www.metalwork.it/eng/materiali_compatibilit.html or the Italian webpage
www.metalwork.it/ita/materiali_compatibilit.html
The website www.parker.com/o-ring/fcg/fcg.asp of Parker Pradifa, one of our gasket suppliers, contains an interactive
table defining incompatibility.
Below are some the oils that are definitely compatible with all the elastomers used with our products:
UNI and ISO FD 22 lubricants (Energol HPL, Spinesso, Mobil DTE, Tellus Oil).
low pressure compressor oil: SHELL CORENA OIL D 46
high pressure compressor oil: SHELL RIMULA X OIL 40.
Please note that some ester-based synthetic oils used in compressors are extremely incompatible with NBR and
polyurethane. ROTOROIL 8000 F2 is one of them.
Metal Work can provide you with further information or carry out research and tests if required.

6.1/08

PNEUMATIC SYMBOLS
DISTRIBUTION AND REGULATION
2

1
2

1
2

1
2

1
2

1
4

5 1
4

5
3
1
4
2

5 1 3
4
2

5 1 3

3
2

2-way/
2 positions valve(2/2)
normally closed

Sequence valve

2-way/
2 positions valve(2/2)
normally open

Pressure reducer
without blowoff valve

3-way/
2 positions valve(3/2)
normally closed

Pressure reducer
with blowoff
relief valve

3-way/
2 positions valve(3/2)
normally open

Pressure piloted
reducer with
blowoff relief valve

3-way/
2 positions valve(3/2)
NC-NO

Shutoff valve

5-way /2 positions
valve(5/2)

Dual pressure valve


(AND element)

5-way/
3 positions valve(5/3)
pressurized centres

Progressive
pneumatic
starter (APR)

5-way/
3 positions valve(5/3)
open centres

Progressive
solenoid
starter (APR)

5-way
/3 positions valve(5/3)
closed centres

Progressive
pneumatic starter
(APR) (SK 100 only)

Unidirectional valve

Progressive
solenoid starter
(APR) (SK 100 only)

Check valve
with spring

3-way shutoff
valve (V3V)
with lockable control

Circuit
selector valve
(OR element)

3-way shutoff
valve (V3V)
with pneumatic control

Quick-release valve

3-way shutoff
valve (V3V)
with solenoid control

Flow regulator
with variable choke

2/2 progressive
pneumatic valve
(VAP) (SK 100 only)

Unidirectional
flow regulator with
variable throat

2/2 progressive
solenoid valve
(VAP) (SK 100 only)

6.1/09

CONTROLS

6.1/10

Manual control

Mechanical control with


sensitive roller lever

Manual pushbutton
control

Mechanical control with


unidirectional roller lever

Manual lever
control

Mechanical control
with drawer

Manual control
with 2-position lever

Electrical control

Manual control
with 3-position lever

Solenoid control

Manual
pedal-operated control

Solenoid,
pilot-assisted control

Mechanical control
with ferrule

Piezoelectric control

Mechanical control
with sensitive ferrule

Pneumatic control

Mechanical control
with spring

Mechanical stop

Mechanical control
with roller lever

Release device

TRANSMISSION AND PREPARATION


Pneumatic
pressure source

Quick-fit
(de-coupling with closed
terminal section)

Operating line

1-way swivel
coupling

Pilot line

3-way swivel
coupling

Discharge line

Silencer

Flexible line
connection

Tank

Electric cable

Filter

Line connection
(welding, screwing)

Condensate separator
with manual discharge

Line connection
(welding, screwing)

Condensate separator
with automatic discharge

Crossing of
unconnected lines

Filter with condensate


separator with
manual discharge

Discharge point

Filter with condensate


separator with
automatic discharge

Discharge hole
without connection

Lubricator

Discharge hole
with connection

Pressure gauge

Power pick-up point


with closing cap

Pressure switch

Power pick-up
point with port

Optical tester

Quick-fit coupling without


unidirectional valve

FRL+pressure gauge
maintenance unit

Quick-fit coupling with


unidirectional valve

FRL+pressure gauge
simplified
maintenance unit

Quick-fit coupling
(de-coupling with open
terminal section)

FR+pressure gauge
maintenance unit

6.1/11

TRANSFORMATION
DE magnetic cylinder
with adjustable
bilateral cushioning

SE magnetic cylinder

DE magnetic twin-rod
cylinder with adjustable
bilateral cushioning

Hydraulic brake with


adjustment in one
direction only

DE magnetic twin-rod
cylinder with adjustable
bilateral cushioning
DE magnetic twin-rod
cylinder with adjustable
bilateral cushioning-single
through rod
DE magnetic cylinder with
adjustable bilateral cushioning
+ DZB mechanical lock

Hydraulic brake
with adjustment
in both directions

DE magnetic cylinder with


adjustable bilateral cushioning
+ DZBA mechanical lock

6.1/12

Cushion

Pressure multiplier
for fluids with
identical characteristics
Pressure multiplier
for fluids with
different characteristics

DE cylinder with
adjustable bilateral
cushioning, through-rod

Pneumatic/hydraulic
transducer

DE through-rod cylinder

Constant volume
compressor

DE magnetic cylinder
with adjustable bilateral
cushioning, through-rod

Constant volume
pneumatic motor,
unidirectional flow

DE magnetic cylinder,
through-rod

Constant volume
pneumatic motor,
bidirectional flow

DE cylinder

Variable volume
pneumatic motor,
unidirectional flow

DE cylinder with cushioning

Variable volume
pneumatic motor,
bi-directional flow

DE magnetic cylinder

Rotary pneumatic motor

SE cylinder

Cylinder with adjustable


single cushioning

01Energia:Layout 6

27-05-2008

9:20

Pagina 1

ENVIRONMENT AND ENERGY SAVING

01Energia:Layout 6

27-05-2008

9:20

Pagina 2

01Energia:Layout 6

27-05-2008

9:20

Pagina 3

Energy saving and


environment

Metal Work SpA has always placed great emphasis


on environmental issues, and now following
creation of the Environmental Management System
and receipt of UNI EN ISO 14001 certification in
2000 we wish to make our commitment public.
Metal Work is fully committed to:
A. complying with all the applicable laws and
regulations
B. continuously seeking to reduce emissions and
waste
C. continuously seeking to reduce the consumption
of water, energy and raw materials
D. adopting technological processes having the
lowest environmental impact
E. training all employees in order to encourage
the adoption of measures to safeguard the
environment.
Metal Work products are sold all over the world.
Being pneumatic products, they intrinsically
consume large amounts of energy. We are aware of
this and we feel it our responsibility to provide our
customers with information to help them reduce
energy wastage.
At the end of their working life, our products have
to be disposed of. Even at this final stage, it is
important to note that most of their parts can be
recycled, which is why we provide you with
information to help you to dispose of them correctly.

01Energia:Layout 6

27-05-2008

9:20

Pagina 4

Materials used in Metal Work products


Nearly all Metal Work products are designed so that at the end of their working life they can be taken apart to
separate the constituents. Only certain small subassemblies are difficult to dismantle, so they have to be disposed of
still assembled.
The materials of which our products are made are listed in detail on the first page of the catalogue for each family,
under the heading Component Parts. There is a full list and a cutaway drawing of a typical product in each
family.
The choice of using selected materials and lubricants has contributed to position Metal Work products in the class of
NON-HAZARDOUS SPECIAL WASTE at the end of their useful life, in accordance with Directive 91/689/CE. This
condition only applies if the products have not been contaminated during operation by pollutants included in the list
of hazardous substances.
Product packaging adopts the following criteria:
Each product comes in a cardboard box. The cardboard is corrugated and made of recycled material.
The printed words cover a small area to save as much ink as possible.
When cardboard boxes cannot be used as they do not provide enough protection or the right shape is
unavailable, some products are protected by sheets of polyethylene bubble wrap.
Small products are contained in clear polyethylene bags.
Gaskets are contained in black polyethylene bags as they are sensitive to light.
Pneumatic cylinders are protected by polyethylene mesh.
The single products are then placed in larger boxes, which are also made of recycled corrugated cardboard and
have a white paper film on the outside.
The boxes and loose products are held in position inside the larger box by means of crumbled sheets of paper
which are fully recycled and can be reused.
As a result of this policy, 95% of the packaging material is comprised of cardboard, and 80% of this is obtained
from recycled paper.

Metal Work is a member of CONAI, the Italian Packaging Consortium, set up to promote the
recovery and recycling of packaging material. It must be highlighted that Metal Work is required by
law to pay CONAI an environmental contribution of 30/tonne for paper and cardboard, and 72.30/tonne for
plastic packaging (2008 figures). Clearly, it is in the interest of all of us to reduce the weight of packaging, recycle
it and prefer paper to plastic.
Below is a list of materials and general indications on how to dispose of them.
METAL
Aluminium
Cast aluminium alloy
Cast zamak
Steel
Brass
Sintered bronze
These materials can be taken to a recycling plant as scrap.

01Energia:Layout 6

27-05-2008

9:20

Pagina 5

PLASTIC
POM Acetal Polyoxymethylene Copolymer: Hostaform and others
PA Polyamide polymer / Nylon: Grilamid, Durethaned, Zytel and others
ABS - Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene polymer: Novodur and others
PET Polyester resin: Rynite and others
PPS Poly-Phenylene Sulphide: Fortron
PTFE - Polytetrefluoroethene
These materials can be taken to a recycling plant.
ELASTOMERS
NBR
Polyurethane
FKM/FPM
Since they are only used in our products in small quantities, are greasy and, after long use, are also covered in
metal filings, these materials are not taken to a recycling plant but are classified as non-hazardous special
waste.
OTHERS
Magnets (neodymium, plastoferrite, plasto-neodymium)
PC boards
Magnetic sensors
Coils (PA+steel+copper)
Power cables (PA or PU + copper)
These materials, which are generally present in our products in small quantities, are classified as non-hazardous
special waste and are normally accepted as urban waste.
Large amount of power cables and coils can be sold as scrap to companies specialised in recycling power cables.
PACKAGING
Cardboard
Polyethylene bubble wrap LDPE
Polyethylene mesh LDPE
Clear or black polyethylene bags
These materials can be fully recycable and can be taken to disposal centres for paper and plastic.

01Energia:Layout 6

27-05-2008

9:20

Pagina 6

Symbols labelling of materials


and packaging
Labelling to identify the packaging material is optional, and is a self-declared statement by the manufacturer.
The normative reference for handling used packaging is Directive 94/62/CE as revised by Directive 2004/12/CE.
Other interesting international standards are:
EN ISO 1043:2002: Plastics Symbols and abbreviations
EN ISO 11469:2001: Plastics Identification and marking of plastic products
EN ISO 14021:2002: Environmental labels and declarations Self-declared environmental claims.
Mobius cycle. This means the material can be recycled.

X%

This means that the material, which can be recycled, contains X % by mass of recycled material.
The RESY symbol, together with the manufacturers identification code,
certifies that the cardboard packaging possesses the requirements to be recycled by the
Paper Mills Association.
Marks indicating the material used for packaging and liquid containers.
NO LONGER USED.

01Energia:Layout 6

27-05-2008

9:21

Pagina 7

Material identification abbreviation and number (Resolution 97/129/CE)


+ graphic symbol (CR 14311:2002)
MATERIAL

ABBREVIATION

NUMBER

Polyethylene terephthalate
High-density polyethylene
Polyvinyl chloride
Low-density polyethylene
Polypropylene
Polystyrene
Other technopolymers

PET
HDPE
PVC
LDPE
PP
PS

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Corrugated cardboard
Non-corrugated cardboard
Paper

PAP
PAP
PAP

20
21
22

Steel
Aluminium
Other metals

FE
ALU

40
41
42

Wood

FOR

50

Colourless glass
Green glass
Brown glass

GL
GL
GL

70
71
72

Paper and cardboard/various metals


Paper and cardboard/plastic
Paper and cardboard/aluminium
Paper and cardboard/tin
Paper and cardboard/plastic/aluminium
Paper and cardboard/plastic/aluminium/tin
Plastic/aluminium
Plastic/tin
Plastic/various metals
Glass/plastic
Glass/aluminium
Glass/tin
Glass/various metals

C/*
C/*
C/*
C/*
C/*
C/*
C/*
C/*
C/*
C/*
C/*
C/*
C/*

80
81
82
83
84
85
90
91
92
95
96
97
98

SYMBOL

*: Abbreviation of predominant material. Examples:


C/PAP 84: material comprised of paper or cardboard, plastic and aluminium, with a predominance of paper or cardboard (brick).
C/LPDE 90: material comprised of plastic and aluminium, with a predominance of plastic (coffee pack)

01Energia:Layout 6

27-05-2008

9:21

Pagina 8

01Energia:Layout 6

27-05-2008

9:21

Pagina 9

Energy saving
Compressed air is clean energy but producing it requires electricity, which costs money and consumes
environmental resources.
Below are some indicative averages of the energy ratio of compressed air to its sources.
The values vary as a function of the output of the compressor and other factors.
Specific power:

6.5

W/Nl/min

Oil factor:

0.254

lit oil/kWh

0.00165

lit oil/Nl/min/h

0.702

kg/kWh

0.00456

kg/Nl/min/h

0.00065

/Nl/min/h

CO2 factor:

Cost of air

i.e. it takes 6.5 W to generate 1 normal litre per minute of


compressed air.
i.e. 0.254 litres of oil are burnt to produce
1 kW/h.
i.e. 0.00165 litres of oil are burnt to produce
1 Nl/min of compressed air.
i.e. 0.702 kg of carbon dioxide is dispersed into the
environment to produce 1 kWh.
i.e. 0.00456 kg of carbon dioxide is dispersed into the
environment to produce 1 Nl/min. for 1 hour.
i.e. it cost 0.00065 to generate 1 normal litre/minute
of compressed air for one hour.

Example:
Flow rate 100 Nl/min, for 10 hours a day for 230 days a year:
Power:
6.5 x 100 Nl/min = 650 W
Electricity consumption: 650 W x 10 hours/day x 230 days/year = 1495,000 Wh = 1495 KWh/year
Oil burnt equivalent:
0.254 l/kWh x 1495 kWh = 380 litres/year
Carbon dioxide emissions: 0.702 kg/kWh x 1495 kWh = 1050 kg/year

01Energia:Layout 6

27-05-2008

9:21

Pagina 10

Choose the correct


cylinder size

Use economizers

Pneumatic actuators, especially cylinders, consume at each


stroke an amount of air that depends on the pressure and the
bore. Using the right cylinder at the right pressure allows
considerable saving. A cylinder that requires a smaller flow
enables you to associate valves, fittings and pipes of a
smaller size, thereby saving on the cost of the products.
Example
Cylinder 80mm, stroke 200mm, 6 bar, 12 cycles/min,
16 hours a day, 230 days a year.
Consumption: 144 Nl/min => 940 W => 3460 kWh/year
=>880 litres of oil => 2428 kg of CO2
If you pay 0.10/kWh: => 346/year.
If the cylinder has been oversized by mistake and a 63-mm
cylinder could be used in its place, the figure would be:
Consumption: 90 Nl/min=>584W =>2140 kWh/year =>
546 litres of oil => 1502 kg of CO2
If you pay 0.10/kWh: => 214/year.
SAVE: 132 a year.

If in a cylinder you require a thrust in one direction only,


e.g. piston rod extension, and a lower thrust and pressure
is sufficient in the other direction, you can save a lot of
energy by mounting an economizer valve. It reduces feed
pressure to the cylinder chamber and allows air to flow
freely during discharge.
Example
If, in the previous example, you install on one of the ports
of the 80 cylinder an econimizer that reduces the
pressure from 6 to 12 bar, you SAVE 115 a year.

provides easy-to-use software called


EASY SIZER...

proposes a series of miniature economizers...

1
2
P1

P2

5 1

P1

...for sizing pneumatic cylinders, valves, pipes and units. You


can download it from www.metalwork.it

P1 > P2

...to mount straight onto the cylinder port or in line on the pipe.
See the line-on-line catalogue, series RML-RMS-RMC.

01Energia:Layout 6

27-05-2008

9:21

Pagina 11

The 4 pillars of saving


Considerable energy savings can be achieved by
following four simple rules

Eliminate air leaks

Design and operate the air


distribution system correctly

Compressed air leaks in the system waste a large amount


of money. The problem is that, besides electricity
consumption, the compressor undergoes more stress than
necessary, even when the machine is not in operation.
Two things can be done to reduce this wastage.
Periodically check for air leaks. This should be done
when the machinery is not running, so that the leaks can
be heard. So-called sniffers can be bought from the trade
to help you detect even small leaks.
Fit solenoid valves on each machine. These cutout
devices seal off the flow of air when the machine is off.
This prevents accidental leaks and wastage for production
requirements when cleaning using compressed air.
Example
In a system operating at 6 bar, there is a leak equivalent
to that of a 2 mm hole.
The air flow, in this case, is 220 Nl/min. The leak is 24
hours a day all year round.
Consumption: 220 Nl/min => 1430 W => 12526
kWh/year => 3180 litres of oil => 8.8 tonnes CO2
If electricity costs 0.10/kWh =>
you WASTE 1252 a year

The rules of good practice must be followed when designing,


developing and operating a pneumatic system. The followings
aspects should be taken into consideration.
Size pipes so as not to have excessive load losses.
See Table 8 RECOMMENDED FLOW RATE on page
6.1/07 in the catalogue.
Size the compressor and the system for the minimum
required pressure pressure that is too high requires additional energy, which is then lost. If a system contains a few
components requiring a higher pressure, you can use a
pressure multiplier, or booster, for them only.
Deactivate compressors when not used. Even when not in
use, they consume 30-40% of the full power.
Example
A system operates at 7 bar. The average air consumption is
10 Nm3/min for 16 hours a day for 230 days a year.
But it would be enough to use air at 6 bar. Reducing the
pressure from 7 to 6 bar gives the following:
Air saving of 142 Nm3/min. => 929 kWh => 34100
kWh/year => 8680 litres of oil => 24 tonnes CO2
If electricity costs 0.10 /kWh: =>
you SAVE 3410 a year

offers shut-off solenoid valves...

proposes high-efficiency pressure multipliers


boosters...

...of the V3V type, with instant opening, or the APR type, with
progressive start up.
Refer to the catalogue of Skillair, New Deal and One units.

...that can be used to increase the air pressure only for components that effectively require it.

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

13-11-2008

16:28

Pagina 1

ALPHANUMERIC INDEX

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
0010001
0010002
0010003
0010004
0010005
009___0001
009___0005
009___0006
009___0010
009___0011
009___0015
009___0021
009___0023
009___0031
009___0033
009___0101
009___0101F
009___0110
009___0110F
009___0111
009___0304
009___0305
009___0502
009___0602
009___0604
009___0702
009___0704
009___0704F
009___0800
009___7001
009___7001F
009___7060
009___7101
009___7101F
009___7160
009___7201
009___7260
009___7401
009___7460
009___7501
009___7901
009___7901F
009___7960
009___8101
009___8101F
009___8160
009___8201
009___8260
009___8901
009___8901F
009___8960
0090165010
0090165011
0090165012
0090165013
0090165022
0090165023
0090165080
0090165081
0090165082
0090165083
0090165084
0090165085
0090166___
0090255010
0090255011
0090255012
0090255013

02

Page
4.3/05
4.3/05
4.3/05
4.3/05
4.3/05
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/84
1.1/102
1.1/84
1.1/102
1.1/84
1.1/84
1.1/84
1.1/84
1.1/84
1.1/84
1.1/84
1.1/84
1.1/102
1.1/84
1.1/53
10
1.1/62
1.1/53
10
1.1/62
1.1/53
1.1/62
1.1/53
1.1/62
1.1/53
1.1/53
10
1.1/62
1.1/53
10
1.1/62
1.1/53
1.1/62
1.1/53
10
1.1/62
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134

Code
0090255022
0090255023
0090255060
0090255080
0090255081
0090255082
0090255083
0090255084
0090255085
0090256___
0090325010
0090325011
0090325012
0090325013
0090325014
0090325022
0090325023
0090325060
0090325080
0090325081
0090325082
0090325083
0090325084
0090325085
0090326___
0090327101
0090327101F
0090327201
0090327901
0090327901F
0090405010
0090405011
0090405012
0090405013
0090405022
0090405023
0090405080
0090405081
0090405082
0090405083
0090405084
0090405085
0090406___
0090635010
0090635011
0090635012
0090635013
0090635022
0090635023
0090635060
0090635080
0090635081
0090635082
0090635083
0090635084
0090635085
0090636___
0101001
0101002
0101003
0101004
0101005
0101006
0101007
0101008
0102011
0102012
0102013

13-11-2008

Page
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/142
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/142
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/53
10
1.1/53
1.1/53
10
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/142
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
1.1/134
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04

16:29

Code
0102014
0102015
0102016
0102017
0102018
0201101
0201102
0202111
0202112
0221000190
0221000191
0221000192
0221000200
0221000300
0221000400
0221000500
0221000600
0221000700
0222000190
0222000191
0222000192
0222000200
0222000300
0222000400
0222000500
0222000600
0222000700
0222100100
0223000201
0223000301
0223000401
0223000501
0223000601
0223000701
0223000801
0223000901
0223001001
0223100201
0223100401
0223100601
0223100801
0223101001
0223106301
0223106302
0223106303
0223106500
0224000201
0224000301
0224000401
0224000501
0224000601
0224000701
0224000801
0224000901
0224001001
0225000201
0225000401
0225000601
0225000801
0225001001
0225001201
0225004500
0225004502
0225004600
0225100401
0225100601
0225100801
0225101001

Pagina 2

Page
4.3/04
4.3/05
4.3/05
4.3/05
4.3/05
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
2.1/37
2.1/37
2.1/37
2.1/37
2.1/37
2.1/37
2.1/37
2.1/37
2.1/37
2.1/38
2.1/38
2.1/38
2.1/38
2.1/38
2.1/38
2.1/38
2.1/38
2.1/38
2.1/36
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/50
2.1/50
2.1/50
2.1/50
2.1/50
2.1/50
2.1/52
2.1/50
2.1/52
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/43
2.1/93
2.1/93
2.1/93
2.1/93
2.1/93
2.1/93
2.1/92
2.1/107
2.1/93
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/100

Code
0225101201
0225110401
0225110601
0225110801
0225111001
0225111201
0225200401
0225200601
0225200801
0225201001
0225201201
0225210401
0225210601
0225210801
0225211001
0225211201
0225300401
0225300601
0225300801
0225310401
0225310601
0225310801
0225400401
0225400601
0225400801
0225401001
0225401201
0225410401
0225410601
0225410801
0225411001
0225411201
0225500401
0225500601
0225500801
0225501001
0225501201
0225510401
0225510601
0225510801
0225511001
0225511201
0226004000
0226004001
0226004150
0226004200
0226004201
0226004300
0226004500
0226004600
0226004701
0226005000
0226005001
0226005150
0226005200
0226005201
0226005300
0226005500
0226005600
0226005701
0226006600
0226007001
0226007003
0226107000
0226107001
0226107102
0226107201
022613____

Page
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/101
2.1/101
2.1/101
2.1/101
2.1/100
2.1/101
2.1/101
2.1/101
2.1/101
2.1/100
2.1/102
2.1/102
2.1/102
2.1/102
2.1/102
2.1/102
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/100
2.1/101
2.1/101
2.1/101
2.1/101
2.1/100
2.1/101
2.1/101
2.1/101
2.1/101
2.1/100
2.1/41
2.1/42
2.1/40
2.1/40
2.1/40
2.1/41
2.1/42
2.1/41
2.1/43
2.1/41
2.1/42
2.1/40
2.1/40
2.1/40
2.1/41
2.1/42
2.1/41
2.1/43
2.1/42
2.1/93
2.1/93
2.1/106
2.1/106
2.1/116
2.1/105
2.1/105

Code
0226140200
0226140500
0226141000
0226141500
0226142000
0226143000
022615____
0226150022
0226170001
0226170002
0226180001
0226180002
0226180003
0226180004
0226180005
0226180101
0226180102
0226180105
0226180106
0226180107
0226180201
0226180202
0226180399
0226180400
0226180401
0226200401
0226200601
0226200801
0226210401
0226210601
0226210801
0226300401
0226300601
0226300801
0226310401
0226310601
0226310801
0226400401
0226400601
0226400801
0226401001
0226401201
0226410401
0226410601
0226410801
0226411001
0226411201
0226500401
0226500601
0226500801
0226501001
0226501201
0226510401
0226510601
0226510801
0226511001
0226511201
0226900100
0226900250
0226900500
0226910100
0226910250
0226910500
0226920100
0226920250
0226920500
0226930100
0226930250

Page
2.1/106
2.1/106
2.1/106
2.1/106
2.1/106
2.1/106
2.1/105
2.1/105
2.1/105
2.1/105
2.1/114
2.1/114
2.1/115
2.1/115
34
2.1/116
2.1/115
2.2/11
2.2/12
2.1/126
2.1/118
2.1/118
2.1/116
2.1/116
2.1/116
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/104
2.1/117
2.1/117
2.1/117
2.1/117
2.1/117
2.1/117
2.1/117
2.1/117
2.1/117
2.1/117
2.1/117

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
0226930500
0226940000
0226950150
0226950151
0226960100
0226960250
0226960500
0227000150
0227000200
0227100000
0227100001
0227100150
0227100200
0227100201
0227100301
0227100302
0227200150
0227200300
0227200500
0227300200
0227300201
0227300203
0227300204
0227300300
0227300301
0227300302
0227300303
0227300500
0227300600
0227300800
0227301200
0227301201
0227301202
0227301203
0227301204
0227301205
0227301206
0227301207
0227301208
0227301209
0227301210
0227301211
0227301212
0227301213
0227301214
0227301215
0227301216
0227301217
0227301218
0227301219
0227301230
0227301231
0227301232
0227301233
0227301234
0227301235
0227301236
0227301237
0227301238
0227301239
0227301240
0227301241
0227301242
0227301243
0227301244
0227301245
0227301246
0227301247

Page
2.1/117
2.2/10
2.1/139
2.2/140
2.1/127
2.1/127
2.1/127
2.1/157
2.1/157
2.1/78
2.1/93
2.1/91
2.1/78
2.1/78
2.1/91
2.1/91
2.1/78
2.1/78
2.1/78
2.1/112
2.1/112
4.3/37
4.3/37
2.1/112
2.1/113
2.1/113
2.1/114
2.1/113
2.1/78
2.1/118
2.1/124
2.1/124
2.1/133
2.1/133
2.1/136
2.1/136
35
35
2.1/133
2.1/133
2.1/136
2.1/136
2.1/134
2.1/134
2.1/135
2.1/135
2.1/136
2.1/135
2.1/134
2.1/133
25
25
2.1/133
2.1/133
2.1/133
2.1/134
2.1/134
2.1/134
2.1/135
2.1/135
2.1/135
2.1/136
2.1/136
2.1/136
2.1/136
2.1/136
2.1/133
2.1/133

Code
0227301301
0227301302
0227301303
0227301500
0227301800
0227400000
0227400100
0227400101
0227400200
0227400201
0227400301
0227400401
0227400500
0227400501
0227400503
0227400504
0227400600
0227400601
0227606913
0227606915
0227608013
0227608015
0227608023
0227608025
0227608033
0227608035
0227700000
0228000100
0228000110
0228000150
0228000155
0228000200
0228000201
0228000210
0228000300
0228000301
0228000400
0228000500
0228000700
0228000804
0228000814
0228001100
0228001110
0228001150
0228001155
0228001200
0228001201
0228001210
0228001300
0228001301
0228001400
0228001500
0228001700
0228001804
0228001814
0240003001
0240003007
0240004002
0240004012
0240004022
0240004032
0240004051
0240004053
0240004054
0240004055
0240008001
0240008002
0240009001

13-11-2008

Page
2.1/125
2.1/125
2.1/125
2.1/124
2.1/127
2.1/84
2.1/83
2.1/83
2.1/83
2.1/83
2.1/83
2.1/83
2.1/83
2.1/83
2.1/83
2.1/84
2.1/84
2.1/83
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/10
2.1/70
2.1/70
2.1/67
2.1/67
2.1/67
2.1/68
2.1/68
2.1/68
2.1/69
2.1/69
2.1/69
2.1/70
2.1/71
2.1/71
2.1/70
2.1/70
2.1/67
2.1/67
2.1/67
2.1/68
2.1/68
2.1/68
2.1/69
2.1/69
2.1/69
2.1/70
2.1/71
2.1/71
2.2/03
2.2/03
2.2/07
2.2/07
2.2/08
2.2/08
2.2/09
2.2/09
2.2/09
2.2/10
2.2/14
29
2.2/16

16:29

Code
0240009002
0240009003
0240009009
0240009010
0240009021
0240009022
0240009023
0240009031
0240009032
0240009033
0240009034
0240009035
0240009036
0240009037
0240009038
0240009039
0240009040
0300202
0301201
0301202
0302211
0302212
0303205
0351000050
0401301
0401302
0402311
0402312
0500040
0501040
0502001
0502002
0600040
0601040
0602001
0602002
0950002001
0950002002
0950002003
0950002004
0950002006
0950003000
0950003001
0950003002
0950004001
0950004002
0950004003
0950004004
0950004005
0950004006
0950004007
0950004008
0950004009
0950004010
0950004011
0950080010
0950080011
0950120010
0950120011
0950123060
0950164001
0950164002
0950164003
0950200010
0950200011
0950203060
0950253060
0950254002

Pagina 3

Page
2.2/16
2.2/16
31
31
2.2/16
2.2/16
2.2/16
2.2/16
2.2/16
2.2/17
2.2/17
2.2/17
2.2/17
28
2.2/05
2.2/139
2.1/139
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
2.1/06
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/04
4.3/09
4.3/09
4.3/09
4.3/09
4.3/09
4.3/09
4.3/09
4.3/09
1.1/70
1.1/70
1.1/70
1.1/70
1.1/70
1.1/51
1.1/83
1.1/83
1.4/30
1.4/30
1.1/124
1.1/124
1.1/124
1.1/124
1.1/124
1.3/17
1.3/23
1.3/23
1.3/23
1.1/11
1.1/11
1.1/11
1.1/11
1.1/49
1.1/123
1.1/124
1.1/108
1.1/11
1.1/11
1.1/49
1.1/49
1.1/124

Code
0950254004
0950322007
0950322010
0950322090
0950322107
0950323060
0950324002
0950324004
0950402007
0950402010
0950402090
0950402107
0950403060
0950403061
0950404002
0950404004
0950502007
0950502010
0950502090
0950502107
0950503060
0950503061
0950632007
0950632010
0950632090
0950632107
0950633060
0950633061
0950634004
0950636092
0950802007
0950802010
0950802090
0950802107
0950803060
0950803061
0951002007
0951002090
0951002107
0951003060
0951003061
0951252007
0951252010
0951252090
0951252107
0951602093
101_________
102_________
104_________
104_32______
104_40______
104_50______
106_________
109_________
109_32______
109_40______
109_50______
110_________
110_32______
110_40______
110_50______
111_________
111_32______
111_40______
111_50______
112_________
112_32______
112_40______

Page
1.1/141
1.1/69
1.1/11
1.1/69
1.1/78
1.1/49
1.1/124
1.1/141
1.1/69
1.1/82
1.1/69
1.1/78
1.1/49
1.1/49
1.1/124
1.1/141
1.1/69
1.1/83
1.1/69
1.1/78
1.1/49
1.1/49
1.1/69
1.1/82
1.1/69
1.1/78
1.1/49
1.1/49
1.1/141
17
1.1/69
1.1/83
1.1/69
1.1/78
1.1/49
1.1/49
1.1/69
1.1/69
1.1/78
1.1/49
1.1/49
1.1/69
1.1/83
1.1/69
1.1/78
1.1/108
1.1/10
1.1/10
1.1/10
1.1/21
1.1/21
1.1/21
1.1/10
1.1/10
1.1/21
1.1/21
1.1/21
1.1/10
1.1/21
1.1/21
1.1/21
1.1/10
1.1/21
1.1/21
1.1/21
1.1/10
1.1/21
1.1/21

Code
112_50______
113_________
113_32______
113_40______
113_50______
114_________
114_32______
114_40______
114_50______
115_________
115_32______
115_40______
115_50______
116_________
117_________
1200________
1200______FP
120160______
120200______
1202001
1202002
1202003
1202004
120G________
120G______FP
120SA3______
120SA4______
120S________
120S______FP
1210011
1210012
1210013
1210014
1210________
1210______FP
121160______
121200______
121A________
121A______FP
121B________
121B______FP
121C________
121C______FP
121G________
121G______FP
121SA3______
121SA4______
121S________
121S______FP
1220________
1220______FP
1221005
1221006
1221008
1221013
1221014
1221016
122160______
122200______
1223001
1224029
1224030
1224032
1224053
1224054
1224056
1224409
1224410

Page
1.1/21
1.1/10
1.1/21
1.1/21
1.1/21
1.1/10
1.1/21
1.1/21
1.1/21
1.1/10
1.1/21
1.1/21
1.1/21
1.1/10
1.1/10
1.1/68
1.1/91
1.1/105
1.1/105
3.3/09
3.3/09
3.3/09
3.3/09
1.1/68
1.1/91
1.1/105
1.1/105
1.1/68
1.1/91
49
49
49
49
1.1/68
1.1/91
1.1/105
1.1/105
1.1/77
1.1/96
1.1/77
1.1/96
1.1/77
1.1/96
1.1/68
1.1/91
1.1/105
1.1/105
1.1/68
1.1/91
1.1/68
1.1/91
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
1.1/105
1.1/105
3.3/22
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33

03

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
1224412
1224413
1224414
1224416
1225029
1225030
1225032
1225053
1225054
1225056
1225509
1225510
1225511
1225513
1225514
1225516
1226029
1226030
1226032
1226053
1226054
1226056
1226409
1226410
1226412
1226413
1226414
1226416
122A________
122A______FP
122B________
122B______FP
122C________
122C______FP
122G________
122G______FP
122SA3______
122SA4______
122S________
122S______FP
123_________
1233005
1233006
1233008
1233213
1233214
1233216
1240________
124160______
124200______
124A________
124B________
124C________
124G________
124SA3______
124SA4______
124S________
1250________
125A________
125B________
125C________
125G________
125S________
1260________
126A________
126B________
126C________
126G________

04

Page
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
1.1/77
1.1/96
1.1/77
1.1/96
1.1/77
1.1/96
1.1/68
1.1/91
1.1/105
1.1/105
1.1/68
1.1/91
1.1/68
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
1.1/68
1.1/105
1.1/105
1.1/77
1.1/77
1.1/77
1.1/68
1.1/105
1.1/105
1.1/68
1.1/68
1.1/77
1.1/77
1.1/77
1.1/68
1.1/68
1.1/68
1.1/77
1.1/77
1.1/77
1.1/68

Code
126S________
1270________
1270001
1272029
1272030
1272032
1272034
1272053
1272054
1272056
1272509
1272510
1272512
1272513
1272514
1272516
1273029
1273030
1273032
1273053
1273054
1273056
1273409
1273410
1273412
1273413
1273414
1273416
127A________
127B________
127C________
127G________
127S________
129_________
130_________
1302001
1302002
1302003
1302004
1310012
1310013
1310014
131_________
1321005
1321006
1321008
1321009
1321010
1321012
1321013
1321014
1321016
1322002
1322003
1322004
1323001
1324029
1324030
1324032
1324033
1324034
1324036
1324053
1324054
1324056
1324057
1324058
1324060

13-11-2008

Page
1.1/68
1.1/68
3.3/26
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
1.1/77
1.1/77
1.1/77
1.1/68
1.1/68
1.1/77
1.1/77
3.3/09
3.3/09
3.3/09
3.3/10
49
49
49
1.1/68
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/24
3.3/24
3.3/24
3.3/22
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33

16:29

Code
1324409
1324410
1324412
1324413
1324414
1324416
1325029
1325030
1325032
1325053
1325054
1325056
1325509
1325510
1325512
1325513
1325514
1325516
1326029
1326030
1326032
1326034
1326053
1326054
1326056
1326058
1326409
1326410
1326412
1326413
1326414
1326416
1327004
1327007
1327104
1333005
1333006
1333008
1333009
1333010
1333012
1333213
1333214
1333216
1340________
134A________
134B________
134C________
134G________
134S________
1360________
136A________
136B________
136C________
136G________
136S________
1370________
1370001
1372029
1372030
1372032
1372053
1372054
1372056
1372060
1372509
1372510
1372512

Pagina 4

Page
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/45
3.3/45
3.3/45
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
1.1/68
1.1/77
1.1/77
1.1/77
1.1/68
1.1/68
1.1/68
1.1/77
1.1/77
1.1/77
1.1/68
1.1/68
1.1/68
3.3/26
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41

Code
1372513
1372514
1372516
1373029
1373030
1373032
1373033
1373034
1373036
1373053
1373054
1373056
1373057
1373058
1373060
1373409
1373410
1373412
1373413
1373414
1373416
137A________
137B________
137C________
137G________
137S________
1402001
1402002
1402003
1402004
1410012
1410013
1410014
1421005
1421006
1421008
1421009
1421010
1421012
1421013
1421014
1421016
1422002
1422003
1422004
1423001
1424029
1424030
1424032
1424033
1424034
1424036
1424053
1424054
1424056
1424057
1424058
1424060
1424409
1424410
1424412
1424413
1424414
1424416
1425029
1425030
1425032
1425053

Page
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
1.1/76
1.1/76
1.1/76
1.1/68
1.1/68
3.3/09
3.3/09
3.3/09
3.3/10
49
49
49
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/24
3.3/24
3.3/24
3.3/22
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19

Code
1425054
1425056
1425509
1425510
1425512
1425513
1425514
1425516
1426029
1426030
1426032
1426034
1426053
1426054
1426056
1426058
1426409
1426410
1426412
1426413
1426414
1426416
1427004
1427007
1427104
1433005
1433006
1433008
1433009
1433010
1433012
1433213
1433214
1433216
1470001
1472029
1472030
1472032
1472034
1472053
1472054
1472056
1472060
1472509
1472510
1472512
1472513
1472514
1472516
1473029
1473030
1473032
1473033
1473034
1473036
1473053
1473054
1473056
1473057
1473058
1473060
1473409
1473410
1473412
1473413
1473414
1473416
1502001

Page
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/19
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/36
3.3/45
3.3/45
3.3/45
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/26
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/41
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/38
3.3/09

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
1502002
1502003
1516001
1516002
1516003
1516004
1516101
1516102
1516103
1516104
1517001
1517002
1517003
1518001
1518002
1518003
1518004
1519001
1520001
1520002
1521005
1521006
1521008
1521009
1521010
1521012
1523001
1524017
1524018
1524020
1524021
1524022
1524024
1524029
1524030
1524032
1524033
1524034
1524036
1528007
1528008
1528009
1528010
1528011
1528012
1528019
1528020
1528021
1528022
1528023
1528024
1529007
1529008
1529009
1529010
1529011
1529012
1529019
1529020
1529021
1529022
1529023
1529024
1533005
1533006
1533008
1533009
1533010

Page
3.3/09
3.3/09
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/16
3.3/16
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/22
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43

Code
1533012
1574001
1574101
1575001
1576001
1602001
1602002
1602003
1616001
1616002
1616003
1616004
1616101
1616102
1616103
1616104
1617001
1617002
1617003
1618001
1618002
1618003
1618004
1619001
1620001
1620002
1621005
1621006
1621008
1621009
1621010
1621012
1623001
1624017
1624018
1624020
1624021
1624022
1624024
1624029
1624030
1624032
1624033
1624034
1624036
1628007
1628008
1628009
1628010
1628011
1628012
1628019
1628020
1628021
1628022
1628023
1628024
1629007
1629008
1629009
1629010
1629011
1629012
1629019
1629020
1629021
1629022
1629023

13-11-2008

Page
3.3/43
3.3/28
3.3/28
3.3/28
3.3/29
3.3/09
3.3/09
3.3/09
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/14
3.3/16
3.3/16
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/06
3.3/22
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/33
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/34
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39
3.3/39

16:29

Code
1629024
1633005
1633006
1633008
1633009
1633010
1633012
1674001
1674101
1675001
1676001
2001004
2001005
2001006
2001014
2001015
2001016
2001017
2001019
2001101
2001A01
2001A02
2001B01
2001B02
2001C13
2001C14
2001C15
2001Z07
2001Z08
2002003
2002004
2002A02
2002B02
2003002
2003006
2003007
2003A01
2003A02
2004002
2004006
2004007
2004A01
2004A02
2005002
2005006
2005007
2005A01
2005A02
2006000
2006001
2006002
2006003
2006004
2006005
2006006
2006007
2006008
2006009
2006010
2006011
2006012
2006013
2006014
2006015
2006016
2006017
2006019
2006020

Pagina 5

Page
3.3/39
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/43
3.3/28
3.3/28
3.3/28
3.3/28
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08

Code
2006021
2006022
2006101
2006102
2006A01
2006A02
2007001
2007002
2007003
2007004
2007005
2007006
2007007
2008001
2008003
2008005
2008009
2008010
2008011
2008014
2008015
2008017
2008018
2008A01
2008A02
2009001
2010002
2010007
2010A02
2011002
2011006
2011007
2011A01
2011A02
2012002
2012003
2012004
2012005
2012006
2012007
2012008
2012009
2012010
2012011
2012012
2012013
2012014
2012102
2012104
2012106
2012107
2012108
2012109
2012110
2012111
2012112
2012113
2012114
2012115
2012A01
2012A02
2013001
2013002
2013003
2013004
2013005
2013006
2013007

Page
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11

Code
2013008
2013009
2013010
2013011
2013102
2013104
2013106
2013107
2013108
2013109
2013110
2013111
2013112
2013113
2013114
2013115
2014003
2014004
2014010
2014011
2014012
2014101
2014102
2014103
2014104
2015003
2015004
2015010
2015011
2015012
2017001
2018002
2018007
2018008
2018009
2018010
2018011
2018012
2018013
2019001
2019002
2019003
2019004
2019005
2019006
2020001
2020002
2020003
2020004
2020005
2020006
2020007
2020008
2020009
2020010
2020011
2020012
2020016
2020A01
2020A02
2020A03
2020A04
2020A05
2020A06
2020A07
2020A08
2020A09
2020A10

Page
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/25
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17

05

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
2020A11
2020A12
2021002
2021005
2021006
2022002
2022005
2022006
2023001
2023002
2023003
2023004
2024001
2024003
2025010
2025011
2025012
2025013
2025014
2025015
2025016
2025020
2025021
2025022
2025023
2025024
2025025
2025026
2026001
2026002
2026003
2026004
2026005
2026006
2026A01
2026A02
2027001
2027002
2027003
2027004
2027005
2027006
2027011
2027012
2027013
2027014
2027015
2027016
2027021
2027022
2027023
2027024
2027025
2027026
2031004
2031005
2031006
2031015
2031016
2031017
2031018
2031019
2031C15
2031C16
2032005
2032017
2032018
2032019

06

Page
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/23
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/24
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13

Code
2033002
2038015
2038016
2041001
2041002
2041003
2041004
2041005
2041006
208_________
209_________
210_________
2101000
2101001
2101002
2101003
2101004
2101005
2101006
2101007
2101008
2101009
2101010
2101011
2101A00
2102001
2102002
2102003
2102004
2102005
2102006
2102007
2102008
2102009
2102010
2102011
2103000
2103001
2103002
2103003
2103004
2104001
2104002
2104003
2104004
2104005
2104006
2105001
2105002
2105003
2105004
2105005
2105006
2105007
2106001
2106002
2106003
2106004
2106005
2107000
2107001
2107002
2107003
2107004
2108001
2108002
2108003
2108004

13-11-2008

Page
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/25
4.1/25
4.1/25
4.1/25
4.1/25
4.1/25
1.1/31
1.1/31
1.1/31
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/30
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32

16:29

Code
2109001
2109002
2109003
2109004
211_________
2110001
2110002
2110003
2110004
2111001
2111002
2111003
2111004
2112001
2112002
2112003
2112004
2113001
2113002
2113003
2113004
2114001
2114002
2114003
2115001
2115002
2115003
2115004
2116001
2116002
2116003
2116004
2117001
2117002
2117003
2117004
2118000
2118001
2118002
2118003
2119001
2119002
2119003
2119004
2119005
2119006
2119007
2119008
2119009
2119010
2119011
212_________
2120001
2120002
2121001
2121002
2121003
2121004
2123001
2123002
2123003
2123004
2124001
2124002
2124003
2124004
213_________
214_________

Pagina 6

Page
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
1.1/31
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/32
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/33
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
1.1/31
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
1.1/31
1.1/31

Code
215_________
2150003
2150004
2150005
2150006
2150007
2151000
2151001
2151002
2151003
2151004
2151005
2152001
2152002
2152003
2152004
2152005
2152006
2152007
2152008
217_________
218_________
219001200
219001600
219002500
219003200
219004000
219005000
219008000
219010000
2201001
2201002
2201003
2201004
2201005
2201006
2201007
2201008
2201009
2201010
2201011
2201012
2202001
2202002
2202003
2202004
2202005
2202006
2202007
2203001
2203002
2203003
2203004
2203005
2203006
2204001
2204002
2204003
2204004
2204005
2205001
2205002
2205003
2205004
2205005
2205006
2205007
2205008

Page
1.1/31
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/34
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
4.1/31
1.1/31
1.1/31
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/32
1.1/32
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/35
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36

Code
2205009
2205010
2205011
2205012
2206001
2206002
2206003
2206004
2206005
2206006
2207001
2207002
2207003
2207004
2207005
2207006
2207007
2207008
2207010
2207011
2207012
2208001
2208002
2208003
2208004
2208005
2208006
2208007
2208009
2208010
2208011
2209001
2209002
2209003
2209004
2209005
2209006
221_________
2210001
2210002
2210003
2210004
2210005
2210006
2211001
2211002
2211003
2211004
2211005
2211006
2212001
2212002
2212003
2212004
2212005
222_________
223_________
230_________
23_______FP
2301001
2301002
2301003
2301004
2301005
2301006
2301007
2301008
2301009

Page
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/36
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
1.1/31
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
4.1/37
1.1/31
1.1/31
1.1/46
5
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
2301010
2301015
2301017
2302001
2302002
2302003
2302004
2302005
2302006
2302007
2302008
2303001
2303002
2303003
2303004
2304001
2304002
2304003
2304004
2305001
2305002
2305003
2305004
2305005
2305006
2305007
2305008
2305009
2305010
2305016
2305017
2306001
2306002
2306003
2306004
2306006
2307001
2307002
2307003
2307004
2307005
2307006
2307007
2307008
2307009
2307010
2307015
2307016
2308001
2308002
2308003
2308004
2308005
2308006
2308007
2308008
2308009
2308010
2308012
2309001
2309002
2309003
2309004
2309007
231_________
2310001
2310002
2310003

Page
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
1.1/46
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41

Code
2310004
2310005
2310006
2310009
2310010
2310011
2311001
2311002
2311003
232_________
233_________
234_________
235_________
2351001
2351002
2351003
2351004
2351005
2351006
2351007
2351008
2351009
2351010
2351011
2351012
2352001
2352002
2356001
2356002
2356003
2356004
2356005
2357001
2357002
236_________
23A_________
23B0200015XP
23B0320020XP
23B0500030XP
23BS200015XP
23BS320020XP
23BS500030XP
23C0200015XP
23C0320020XP
23C0500030XP
23C0800030XP
23C0800040XP
23CS200015XP
23CS320020XP
23CS500030XP
23CS800030XP
23CS800040XP
240_________
24_______FP
2405000
2405001
2405002
2405003
2405005
2405006
2405007
2405009
2405010
2405011
2405012
2406001
2406002
2406004

13-11-2008

Page
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
4.1/41
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/38
4.1/40
4.1/40
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/39
4.1/40
4.1/40
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/57
1.1/57
1.1/57
1.1/57
1.1/57
1.1/57
1.1/58
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/58
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/46
5
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42

16:29

Code
2406005
2406006
2406008
2406009
2406010
2406011
2407001
2407002
2407003
2407004
2407005
2407006
2407102
2407103
2407104
2408001
2408002
2408003
2408004
2408102
2408103
2408104
2409001
2409002
2409003
2409004
2409102
2409103
2409104
241_________
2410001
2410002
2410003
2410004
2410102
2410103
2410104
2411001
2411002
2411003
2411004
2411005
2412001
2412002
2412003
2417002
2417003
2417004
2417005
2417006
242_________
243_________
244_________
245_________
246_________
247_________
24A_________
250_________
25_______FP
2501010
2501011
2501012
2501013
251_________
252_________
253_________
254_________
255_________

Pagina 7

Page
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/42
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
1.1/46
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/43
4.1/44
4.1/44
4.1/44
4.1/44
4.1/44
4.1/44
4.1/44
4.1/44
4.1/44
4.1/44
4.1/44
4.1/44
4.1/44
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
5
4.3/05
4.3/05
4.3/05
4.3/05
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46

Code
256_________
25A_________
25B0320020XP
25B0500030XP
25BS320020XP
25BS500030XP
25C0320020XP
25C0500030XP
25C0800030XP
25C0800040XP
25CS320020XP
25CS500030XP
25CS800030XP
25CS800040XP
260_________
26_______FP
2601001
2601002
2601003
2601004
261_________
262_________
263_________
264_________
265_________
266_________
267_________
26A_________
270_________
271_________
272_________
273_________
275_________
276_________
277_________
278_________
2F01000
2F01001
2F01002
2F01003
2F01007
2F01008
2F01009
2F01010
2F01011
2F01012
2F01013
2F01022
2F01C02
2F01C07
2F01C08
2F01C09
2F01C10
2F01C11
2F01C13
2F01C14
2F02001
2F02005
2F02006
2F02007
2F02008
2F02011
2F03001
2F03003
2F03004
2F03005
2F04001
2F04003

Page
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/57
1.1/57
1.1/57
1.1/57
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/46
5
4.3/05
4.3/05
4.3/05
4.3/05
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/46
1.1/121
1.1/121
1.1/121
1.1/121
1.1/131
1.1/131
1.1/139
1.1/139
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/27
4.1/28
4.1/28

Code
2F04004
2F04005
2F05001
2F05003
2F05004
2F05005
2F06000
2F06001
2F06002
2F06003
2F06007
2F06008
2F06009
2F06010
2F06011
2F06012
2F06013
2F11001
2F11003
2F11004
2F11005
2F31001
2F31002
2F31003
2F31007
2F31008
2F31009
2F31010
2F31011
2F31012
2F31013
2F31014
2F31015
2F31C02
2F31C03
2F31C08
2F31C09
2F31C10
2F31C11
2F31C12
2F31C13
2F31C14
2F32002
2F32008
2F32009
2F32010
2F32011
2F32012
2F32013
2F32014
2F38002
2F38008
2F38009
2F38010
2F38011
2F38013
2F38014
2F39C02
2F39C08
2F39C09
2F39C10
2F39C11
2F39C12
2F39C13
2L01000
2L01001
2L01002
2L01003

Page
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/28
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/29
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06

07

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
2L01007
2L01008
2L01009
2L01010
2L01011
2L01012
2L01013
2L01018
2L01020
2L01021
2L01101
2L01102
2L01C02
2L01C07
2L01C08
2L01C09
2L01C10
2L01C11
2L01C13
2L01C14
2L02001
2L02002
2L02005
2L02006
2L02007
2L02008
2L03001
2L03003
2L03004
2L03005
2L03301
2L03302
2L03303
2L03304
2L03305
2L03306
2L03307
2L03308
2L04001
2L04003
2L04004
2L04005
2L05001
2L05003
2L05004
2L05005
2L07004
2L08002
2L08004
2L08006
2L08007
2L08008
2L10001
2L10003
2L10004
2L10005
2L10006
2L10A01
2L11001
2L11003
2L11004
2L11005
2L11301
2L11302
2L11303
2L11304
2L11305
2L11306

08

Page
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/06
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/07
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/08
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/09
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/10

Code
2L11307
2L11308
2L14001
2L14002
2L14005
2L14006
2L14007
2L14008
2L14009
2L14013
2L14014
2L14020
2L14021
2L14106
2L15001
2L15002
2L15005
2L15006
2L15007
2L15008
2L15009
2L15013
2L15014
2L15020
2L15021
2L15106
2L17001
2L20017
2L21001
2L21003
2L21004
2L22001
2L22003
2L22004
2L23005
2L23006
2L23301
2L23303
2L23306
2L23309
2L23401
2L23402
2L23403
2L23406
2L23407
2L23409
2L23410
2L23412
2L23413
2L23415
2L23419
2L23420
2L24004
2L24005
2L24006
2L24301
2L24303
2L24306
2L24309
2L25001
2L25002
2L25003
2L25004
2L25005
2L25008
2L25009
2L31001
2L31002

13-11-2008

Page
4.1/10
4.1/10
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/11
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/25
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/17
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/18
4.1/12
4.1/12

16:29

Code
2L31003
2L31007
2L31008
2L31009
2L31010
2L31011
2L31012
2L31013
2L31014
2L31C02
2L31C03
2L31C08
2L31C09
2L31C10
2L31C11
2L31C12
2L31C13
2L31C14
2L32001
2L32002
2L32003
2L32004
2L32008
2L32009
2L32010
2L32011
2L32012
2L32013
2L32014
2L32C02
2L32C03
2L32C08
2L32C09
2L32C10
2L32C11
2L32C12
2L32C13
2L32C14
2L34001
2L34002
2L34003
2L34006
2L34007
2L34008
2L34009
2L34010
2L34011
2L34013
2L34014
2L34016
2L34017
2L34020
2L34021
2L34F01
2L34F05
2L34F06
2L34F07
2L34F08
2L34F09
2L34F10
2L34F13
2L34F14
2L34F16
2L34F17
2L35001
2L35002
2L35003
2L35006

Pagina 8

Page
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/12
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/13
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/19
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20

Code
2L35007
2L35008
2L35009
2L35010
2L35011
2L35013
2L35014
2L35016
2L35017
2L35020
2L35F01
2L35F06
2L35F07
2L35F08
2L35F09
2L35F10
2L35F13
2L35F14
2L35F16
2L35F17
2L36001
2L36002
2L36006
2L36007
2L36008
2L36009
2L36010
2L36012
2L36020
2L36021
2L37001
2L37002
2L37006
2L37007
2L37008
2L37009
2L37010
2L37012
2L37020
2L38002
2L38008
2L38009
2L38010
2L38011
2L38012
2L38013
2L38014
2L39C02
2L39C08
2L39C09
2L39C10
2L39C11
2L39C13
2L40003
2L40004
2L42001
2L42002
2L42004
2L42005
2L43001
2L43002
2L43003
2L43008
2L43009
2L44001
2L44003
2L45001
2L45002

Page
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/20
4.1/21
4.1/21
4.1/21
4.1/21
4.1/21
4.1/21
4.1/21
4.1/21
4.1/21
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22

Code
2L45008
2L45009
2L46001
2L46002
2L46003
2L46004
2L47001
2L47002
2L47003
2L48001
2L48002
2L48003
2L48004
2L49001
2L49003
2L49004
2L49005
2L49006
2L50001
2L50002
2L50007
2L50008
2L50009
2L50010
2L50011
2L50013
2L51001
2L51002
2L51007
2L51008
2L51009
2L51010
2L51011
2L51013
2L52002
2L52008
2L52009
2L52010
2L52011
2L52013
2L53002
2L53008
2L53009
2L53010
2L53011
2L53013
2L54001
2L54002
2L54007
2L54008
2L54009
2L54010
2L54011
2L54012
2L54013
2L54014
2L54016
2L54017
2L54018
2L55001
2L55002
2L55007
2L55008
2L55009
2L55010
2L55011
2L55012
2L55013

Page
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/22
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/14
4.1/15
4.1/15
4.1/15
4.1/15
4.1/15
4.1/15
4.1/15
4.1/15
4.1/15
4.1/15
4.1/15
4.1/15
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
2L55014
2L55016
2L55017
2L55018
2L56001
2L56002
2L56007
2L56008
2L56009
2L56010
2L56011
2L56012
2L56013
2L56014
2L56016
2L56017
2L57001
2L57002
2L57007
2L57008
2L57009
2L57010
2L57011
2L57012
2L57013
2L57014
2L57016
2L57017
3202001
3202001A
3202002
3202002A
3202003
3202003A
3202004
3202004A
3202101
3202101A
3202102
3202102A
3202103
3202103A
3202104
3202104A
3206001
3206002
3206003
3206004
3208001
3208002
3208003
3208004
3210001
3210001A
3210002
3210002A
3210003
3210003A
3210004
3210004A
3240000A
3240001A
3267001
3267001A
3267051
3267051A
3267051AL
3267051L

Page
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
4.1/16
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/16
3.1/16
3.1/16
3.1/16
3.1/16
3.1/16
3.1/16
3.1/16
3.1/18
3.1/18
3.1/18
3.1/18
41
41
41
41
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
3.1/51
3.1/51
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
57
57

Code
3269000
3269000A
3269001
3269001A
3269001AL
3269001L
3269002
3269002A
3270001
3270001A
3271000
3271000A
3271500
3271500A
3271600
3271600A
3271600AL
3271600L
3271700
3271700A
3272007
3272008
3272009
3272010
3272011
3272012
3272107
3272108
3272109
3272110
3272111
3272112
3273007
3273008
3273009
3273010
3273011
3273012
3273107
3273108
3273109
3273110
3273111
3273112
3280001
3280001A
3280002
3280002A
3280003
3280003A
3280007
3280007A
3280008
3280008A
3280009
3280009A
3281001
3281001A
3281002
3281002A
3281005
3281005A
3282007
3282008
3282009
3282010
3282011
3282012

13-11-2008

Page
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
57
57
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/43
3.1/43
3.1/43
3.1/43
3.1/43
3.1/43
56
56
3.1/43
3.1/43
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60

16:29

Code
3282107
3282108
3282109
3282110
3282111
3282112
3283007
3283007A
3283008
3283008A
3283009
3283009A
3283010
3283010A
3283011
3283011A
3283012
3283012A
3283031
3283031A
3283032
3283032A
3283033
3283033A
3283034
3283034A
3283035
3283035A
3283036
3283036A
3284007
3284008
3284009
3284010
3284011
3284012
3284107
3284108
3284109
3284110
3284111
3284112
3285001
3285002
3285003
3285101
3285102
3285103
3288001
3288001A
3288002
3288002A
3288003
3288003A
3289001
3289005
3289006
3290001
3290001A
3291001
3291005
3291006
3302001
3302002
3302003
3302004
3302101
3302102

Pagina 9

Page
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/35
3.1/35
3.1/35
3.1/35
53
53
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.1/55
3.1/55
3.1/55
3.1/55
3.1/55
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/16
3.1/16

Code
3302103
3302104
3310001
3310002
3310003
3310004
3367001
3367051
3367051L
3369000
3369001
3369001L
3369002
3370001
3371000
3371500
3371600
3371600L
3371700
3372007
3372008
3372009
3372010
3372011
3372012
3372107
3372108
3372109
3372110
3372111
3372112
3373007
3373008
3373009
3373010
3373011
3373012
3373107
3373108
3373109
3373110
3373111
3373112
3380001
3380002
3380003
3380007
3380008
3380009
3381001
3381002
3381005
3382007
3382008
3382009
3382010
3382011
3382012
3382107
3382108
3382109
3382110
3382111
3382112
3383007
3383008
3383009
3383010

Page
3.1/16
3.1/16
39
39
39
39
3.1/47
3.1/47
57
3.1/41
3.1/41
57
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/43
3.1/43
3.1/43
56
3.1/43
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24

Code
3383011
3383012
3383031
3383032
3383033
3383034
3383035
3383036
3384007
3384008
3384009
3384010
3384011
3384012
3384107
3384108
3384109
3384110
3384111
3384112
3385001
3385002
3385003
3385101
3385102
3385103
3388001
3388002
3388003
3389001
3389005
3390001
3391001
3391005
3391006
3402001
3402001A
3402002
3402002A
3402003
3402003A
3402004
3402004A
3410001
3410001A
3410002
3410002A
3410003
3410003A
3410004
3410004A
3440000A
3440001A
3469000
3469000A
3469001
3469001A
3469001AL
3469001L
3469002
3469002A
3469004
3469004A
3469004AL
3469004L
3469005
3469005A
3470001

Page
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/35
3.1/35
53
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.1/55
3.1/55
3.1/55
3.1/55
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
3.1/51
3.1/51
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
59
59
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
58
58
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41

09

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
3470001A
3471000
3471000A
3471001
3471001A
3471001AL
3471001L
3471004
3471004A
3471004AL
3471004L
3472007
3472008
3472009
3472010
3472011
3472012
3472107
3472108
3472109
3472110
3472111
3472112
3473007
3473008
3473009
3473010
3473011
3473012
3473107
3473108
3473109
3473110
3473111
3473112
3480001
3480001A
3480002
3480002A
3480003
3480003A
3480007
3480007A
3480008
3480008A
3480009
3480009A
3481001
3481001A
3481002
3481002A
3481005
3481005A
3482007
3482008
3482009
3482010
3482011
3482012
3482107
3482108
3482109
3482110
3482111
3482112
3483007
3483007A
3483008

10

Page
3.1/41
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
59
59
3.1/47
3.1/47
58
58
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24

Code
3483008A
3483009
3483009A
3483010
3483010A
3483011
3483011A
3483012
3483012A
3483031
3483031A
3483032
3483032A
3483033
3483033A
3483034
3483034A
3483035
3483035A
3483036
3483036A
3484007
3484008
3484009
3484010
3484011
3484012
3484107
3484108
3484109
3484110
3484111
3484112
3485001
3485002
3485003
3485101
3485102
3485103
3488001
3488001A
3488002
3488002A
3488003
3488003A
3489001
3489005
3489006
3502001
3502002
3502003
3502004
3510001
3510002
3510003
3510004
3569000
3569001
3569001L
3569002
3569004
3569004L
3569005
3570001
3571000
3571001
3571001L
3571004

13-11-2008

Page
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/35
3.1/35
3.1/35
3.1/35
53
53
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
39
39
39
39
3.1/41
3.1/41
59
3.1/41
3.1/41
58
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/47
3.1/47
59
3.1/47

16:29

Code
3571004L
3572007
3572008
3572009
3572010
3572011
3572012
3572107
3572108
3572109
3572110
3572111
3572112
3573007
3573008
3573009
3573010
3573011
3573012
3573107
3573108
3573109
3573110
3573111
3573112
3580001
3580002
3580003
3580007
3580008
3580009
3581001
3581002
3581005
3582007
3582008
3582009
3582010
3582011
3582012
3582107
3582108
3582109
3582110
3582111
3582112
3583007
3583008
3583009
3583010
3583011
3583012
3583031
3583032
3583033
3583034
3583035
3583036
3584007
3584008
3584009
3584010
3584011
3584012
3584107
3584108
3584109
3584110

Pagina 10

Page
58
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62

Code
3584111
3584112
3585001
3585002
3585003
3585101
3585102
3585103
3588001
3588002
3588003
3589001
3589005
3589006
3602001
3602002
3602003
3602004
3610001
3610002
3610003
3610004
3669000
3669001
3669001L
3669002
3669004
3669004L
3669005
3670001
3671000
3671001
3671001L
3671004
3671004L
3672007
3672008
3672009
3672010
3672011
3672012
3672107
3672108
3672109
3672110
3672111
3672112
3673007
3673008
3673009
3673010
3673011
3673012
3673107
3673108
3673109
3673110
3673111
3673112
3680001
3680002
3680003
3680007
3680008
3680009
3681001
3681002
3681005

Page
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/35
3.1/35
53
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
39
39
39
39
3.1/41
3.1/41
59
3.1/41
3.1/41
58
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/47
3.1/47
59
3.1/47
58
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31

Code
3682007
3682008
3682009
3682010
3682011
3682012
3682019
3682020
3682107
3682108
3682109
3682110
3682111
3682112
3683007
3683008
3683009
3683010
3683011
3683012
3683031
3683032
3683033
3683034
3683035
3683036
3684007
3684008
3684009
3684010
3684011
3684012
3684019
3684020
3684107
3684108
3684109
3684110
3684111
3684112
3685001
3685002
3685003
3685101
3685102
3685103
3688001
3688002
3688003
3689001
3689005
3689006
4402000
4402000A
4402001
4402001A
4402002
4402002A
4402003
4402003A
4403003
4403003A
4403010
4403011
4410000
4410000A
4410001
4410001A

Page
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/35
3.1/35
53
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/19
3.1/19
3.1/21
3.1/21
39
39
39
39

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
4410002
4410002A
4410003
4410003A
4440000A
4440001A
4469000
4469000A
4469004
4469004A
4469004AL
4469004L
4469005
4469005A
4469006
4469006A
4469007
4469007A
4469008
4469008A
4469009
4469009A
4470001
4470001A
4471900
4471900A
4471901
4471901A
4471901AL
4471901L
4471906
4471906A
4471907
4471907A
4471908
4471908A
4471909
4471909A
4472004
4472005
4472006
4472007
4472008
4472009
4472013
4472014
4472015
4472016
4472017
4472018
4473004
4473005
4473006
4473007
4473008
4473009
4473013
4473014
4473015
4473016
4473017
4473018
4480001
4480001A
4480002
4480002A
4480003
4480003A

Page
39
39
39
39
3.1/51
3.1/51
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
58
58
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
58
58
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10

Code
4480004
4480004A
4480005
4480005A
4480006
4480006A
4481001
4481001A
4481002
4481002A
4481003
4481003A
4481005
4481005A
4481006
4481006A
4481007
4481007A
4481008
4481008A
4482004
4482005
4482006
4482007
4482008
4482009
4482013
4482014
4482015
4482016
4482017
4482018
4483004
4483004A
4483005
4483005A
4483006
4483006A
4483007
4483007A
4483008
4483008A
4483009
4483009A
4483013
4483013A
4483014
4483014A
4483015
4483015A
4483016
4483016A
4483017
4483017A
4483018
4483018A
4484004
4484005
4484006
4484007
4484008
4484009
4484013
4484014
4484015
4484016
4484017
4484018

13-11-2008

Page
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62

16:29

Code
4485001
4485002
4485003
4485004
4485005
4485006
4488001
4488001A
4488002
4488002A
4488003
4488003A
4489001
4489002
4502000
4502001
4502002
4502003
4503010
4503011
4510000
4510001
4510002
4510003
4569000
4569004
4569004L
4569005
4569006
4569007
4569008
4569009
4570001
4571900
4571901
4571901L
4571906
4571907
4571908
4571909
4572004
4572005
4572006
4572007
4572008
4572009
4572013
4572014
4572015
4572016
4572017
4572018
4573004
4573005
4573006
4573007
4573008
4573009
4573013
4573014
4573015
4573016
4573017
4573018
4580001
4580002
4580003
4580004

Pagina 11

Page
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/35
3.1/35
3.1/35
3.1/35
53
53
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/21
3.1/21
39
39
39
39
3.1/41
3.1/41
58
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/47
3.1/47
58
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10

Code
4580005
4580006
4581001
4581002
4581003
4581005
4581006
4581007
4581008
4582004
4582005
4582006
4582007
4582008
4582009
4582013
4582014
4582015
4582016
4582017
4582018
4583004
4583005
4583006
4583007
4583008
4583009
4583013
4583014
4583015
4583016
4583017
4583018
4584004
4584005
4584006
4584007
4584008
4584009
4584013
4584014
4584015
4584016
4584017
4584018
4585001
4585002
4585003
4585004
4585005
4585006
4588001
4588002
4588003
4589001
4589002
4589003
4602000
4602001
4602002
4602003
4603003
4603010
4603011
4610000
4610001
4610002
4610003

Page
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/35
3.1/35
53
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/19
3.1/21
3.1/21
39
39
39
39

Code
4669000
4669004
4669004L
4669005
4669006
4669007
4669008
4669009
4670001
4671900
4671901
4671901L
4671906
4671907
4671908
4671909
4672004
4672005
4672006
4672007
4672008
4672009
4672013
4672014
4672015
4672016
4672017
4672018
4673004
4673005
4673006
4673007
4673008
4673009
4673013
4673014
4673015
4673016
4673017
4673018
4680001
4680002
4680003
4680004
4680005
4680006
4681001
4681002
4681003
4681005
4681006
4681007
4681008
4682004
4682005
4682006
4682007
4682008
4682009
4682013
4682014
4682015
4682016
4682017
4682018
4683004
4683005
4683006

Page
3.1/41
3.1/41
58
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/47
3.1/47
58
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/67
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24

11

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
4683007
4683008
4683009
4683013
4683014
4683015
4683016
4683017
4683018
4684004
4684005
4684006
4684007
4684008
4684009
4684013
4684014
4684015
4684016
4684017
4684018
4685001
4685002
4685003
4685004
4685005
4685006
4688001
4688002
4688003
4689001
4689002
5101001
5101002
5101003
5101004
5101005
5101006
5102001
5102002
5102003
5102004
5103001
5104001
5104002
5104003
5104004
5104005
5104006
5104007
5104008
5104009
5104010
5104011
5104012
5104013
5104014
5104015
5104016
5104017
5104018
5104019
5104020
5104021
5104022
5104023
5104024
5105001

12

Page
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/24
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/62
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/35
3.1/35
53
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.2/05
3.2/05
3.2/05
3.2/05
3.2/05
3.2/05
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/10
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/12

Code
5105002
5105003
5105004
5105005
5105006
5105007
5105008
5105009
5105010
5105011
5105012
5105013
5105014
5105015
5105016
5105017
5105018
5105019
5105020
5105021
5105022
5105023
5105024
5106001
5106002
5106003
5106004
5106005
5106006
5106007
5106008
5106009
5106010
5106011
5106012
5106013
5106014
5106015
5106016
5106017
5106018
5106019
5106020
5106021
5106022
5106023
5106024
5107001
5107002
5107003
5107004
5108001
5108002
5108003
5108004
5110001
5110002
5110003
5110004
5111001
5111002
5112001
5113001
5113002
5113003
5113004
5113005
5113006

13-11-2008

Page
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
44
44
44
44
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/14
3.2/21
3.2/21
3.2/21
3.2/21
3.2/21
3.2/21

16:29

Code
5114001
5114002
5201001
5201002
5201003
5201004
5201005
5201006
5202001
5202002
5202003
5202004
5203001
5204001
5204002
5204003
5204004
5204005
5204006
5204007
5204008
5204009
5204010
5204011
5204012
5204013
5204014
5204015
5204016
5204017
5204018
5204019
5204020
5204021
5204022
5204023
5204024
5205001
5205002
5205003
5205004
5205005
5205006
5205007
5205008
5205009
5205010
5205011
5205012
5205013
5205014
5205015
5205016
5205017
5205018
5205019
5205020
5205021
5205022
5205023
5205024
5206001
5206002
5206003
5206004
5206005
5206006
5206007

Pagina 12

Page
3.2/20
3.2/20
3.2/05
3.2/05
3.2/05
3.2/05
3.2/05
3.2/05
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/10
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/17
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/12
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19

Code
5206008
5206009
5206010
5206011
5206012
5206013
5206014
5206015
5206016
5206017
5206018
5206019
5206020
5206021
5206022
5206023
5206024
5207001
5207002
5207003
5207004
5208001
5208002
5208003
5208004
5210001
5210002
5210003
5210004
5211001
5211002
5212001
5213001
5213002
5213003
5213004
5213005
5213006
5214001
5214002
53__________
54__________
5511200
5511300
5511400
5512200
5512300
5512400
6102001
6102001A
6102010
6102011
6169000
6169000A
6169004
6169004A
6169004AL
6169004L
6169005
6169005A
6169010
6169010A
6170001A
6170002
6170002A
6171002
6171002A
6171003

Page
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/19
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/07
44
44
44
44
3.2/07
3.2/07
3.2/14
3.2/21
3.2/21
3.2/21
3.2/21
3.2/21
3.2/21
3.2/20
3.2/20
3.4/10
3.4/10
77
77
77
77
77
77
3.1/15
3.1/15
3.1/21
3.1/21
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
58
58
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/47
3.1/47
3.1/47

Code
6171003A
6171003AL
6171003L
6173001
6173002
6173003
6173004
6173005
6173006
6180001
6180001A
6180002
6180002A
6180003
6180003A
6180004
6180004A
6180005
6180005A
6180006
6180006A
6181001
6181001A
6181002
6181002A
6181003
6181003A
6181004
6181004A
6181006
6181006A
6181007
6181007A
6181008
6181008A
6182001
6182002
6182003
6182004
6182005
6182006
6185001
6185002
6185003
6185004
6185005
6185006
6188001
6188001A
6188002
6188002A
6188003
6188003A
6189001
6189002
6202001
6202010
6202011
6269000
6269004
6269004L
6269005
6269010
6270002
6271002
6271003
6271003L
6273001

Page
3.1/47
58
58
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/35
3.1/35
3.1/35
3.1/35
53
53
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.1/15
3.1/21
3.1/21
3.1/41
3.1/41
58
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/47
3.1/47
58
3.1/65

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
6273002
6273003
6273004
6273005
6273006
6280001
6280002
6280003
6280004
6280005
6280006
6281001
6281002
6281003
6281004
6281006
6281007
6281008
6282001
6282002
6282003
6282004
6282005
6282006
6285001
6285002
6285003
6285004
6285005
6285006
6288001
6288002
6288003
6289001
6289002
6302001
6302010
6302011
6369000
6369004
6369004L
6369005
6369010
6370002
6371002
6371003
6371003L
6373001
6373002
6373003
6373004
6373005
6373006
6380001
6380002
6380003
6380004
6380005
6380006
6381001
6381002
6381003
6381004
6381006
6381007
6381008
6382001
6382002

Page
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/35
3.1/35
53
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.1/15
3.1/21
3.1/21
3.1/41
3.1/41
58
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/47
3.1/47
58
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/60
3.1/60

Code
6382003
6382004
6382005
6382006
6385001
6385002
6385003
6385004
6385005
6385006
6388001
6388002
6388003
6389001
6389002
6402001
6402010
6402011
6469000
6469004
6469004L
6469005
6469010
6470002
6471002
6471003
6471003L
6473001
6473002
6473003
6473004
6473005
6473006
6480001
6480002
6480003
6480004
6480005
6480006
6481001
6481002
6481003
6481004
6481006
6481007
6481008
6482001
6482002
6482003
6482004
6482005
6482006
6485001
6485002
6485003
6485004
6485005
6485006
6488001
6488002
6488003
6489001
6489002
7001000100
7001000110
7001000200
7001000210
7001000400

13-11-2008

Page
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/35
3.1/35
53
3.1/73
3.1/73
3.1/15
3.1/21
3.1/21
3.1/41
3.1/41
58
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/41
3.1/47
3.1/47
58
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/65
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/10
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/31
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/60
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/70
3.1/35
3.1/35
53
3.1/73
3.1/73
2.1/20
2.1/20
2.1/22
2.1/22
2.1/22

16:29

Code
7001000410
7001000500
7001000510
7001000600
7001000610
7001000700
7001000710
7001000900
7001000910
7010000100
7010000200
7010000300
7010000400
7010000500
7010000600
7010000700
7010000900
7010001000
7010001100
7010001150
7010001160
7010001200
7010001300
7010001400
7010001500
7010001600
7010001700
7010001800
7010001900
7010010100
7010010200
7010010400
7010011100
7010011200
7010011300
7010012100
7010012200
7010012300
7010020100
7010020100L
7010020200
7010020200L
7010020300
7010020400
7010020400L
7010020500
7010021100
7010021100L
7010021200
7010021200L
7010021300
7010021500
7010021600
7010022100
7010022100L
7010022200
7010022200L
7010022300
7010022300L
7010022400
7010022500
7010022600
7011011100
7011011200
7011011300
7011012100
7011012200
7011012300

Pagina 13

Page
2.1/22
2.1/21
2.1/21
2.1/21
2.1/21
2.1/23
2.1/23
2.1/23
2.1/23
2.1/13
2.1/13
2.1/13
2.1/13
2.1/14
2.1/14
2.1/14
2.1/14
2.1/14
2.1/14
2.1/14
2.1/14
2.1/15
2.1/15
2.1/14
2.1/15
2.1/15
2.1/14
2.1/15
2.1/15
2.1/25
2.1/24
2.1/24
2.1/25
2.1/25
2.1/25
2.1/25
2.1/25
2.1/25
2.1/31
56
2.1/30
56
2.1/31
2.1/30
56
2.1/30
2.1/31
56
2.1/31
56
2.1/31
2.1/31
2.1/31
2.1/31
56
2.1/31
56
2.1/31
56
2.1/31
2.1/31
2.1/31
2.1/46
2.1/46
2.1/46
2.1/47
2.1/47
2.1/47

Code
7011021100
7011021100L
7011021200
7011021200L
7011021300
7011021500
7011021600
7011022100
7011022100L
7011022200
7011022200L
7011022300
7011022300L
7011022400
7011022500
7011022600
7020000100
7020000200
7020000300
7020000400
7020000500
7020000600
7020000700
7020000900
7020001000
7020001100
7020001400
7020001700
7020010100
7020010200
7020010400
7020011100
7020011200
7020011300
7020012100
7020012200
7020012300
7020020100
7020020100L
7020020200
7020020200L
7020020300
7020020400
7020020400L
7020020500
7020021100
7020021100L
7020021200
7020021300
7020021200L
7020021500
7020021600
7020022100
7020022100L
7020022200
7020022200L
7020022300
7020022300L
7020022400
7020022500
7020022600
7021010100
7021010110
7021010200
7021010210
7021020100
7021020100L
7021020110

Page
2.1/48
56
2.1/48
56
2.1/48
2.1/48
2.1/48
2.1/49
56
2.1/49
56
2.1/49
56
2.1/49
2.1/49
2.1/49
2.1/17
2.1/17
2.1/17
2.1/17
2.1/18
2.1/18
2.1/18
2.1/18
2.1/18
2.1/18
2.1/17
2.1/18
2.1/27
2.1/26
2.1/26
2.1/26
2.1/26
2.1/26
2.1/27
2.1/27
2.1/27
2.1/33
57
2.1/32
57
2.1/33
2.1/32
57
2.1/32
2.1/32
57
2.1/32
2.1/32
57
2.1/32
2.1/32
2.1/33
57
2.1/33
57
2.1/33
57
2.1/33
2.1/33
2.1/33
2.1/53
2.1/53
2.1/53
2.1/53
2.1/54
57
2.1/53

Code
7021020200
7021020200L
7021020210
7030000100
7030000200
7030000300
7030000400
7030000500
7030000600
7030000700
7030000900
7030001000
7030001100
7030010100
7030010200
7030010400
7030011100
7030011200
7030011300
7030012100
7030012200
7030012300
7030020100
7030020100L
7030020200
7030020200L
7030020300
7030020400
7030020400L
7030020500
7030021100
7030021100L
7030021200
7030021200L
7030021300
7030021500
7030021600
7030022100
7030022100L
7030022200
7030022200L
7030022300
7030022300L
7030022400
7030022500
7030022600
7051011100
7051011200
7051011300
7051012100
7051012200
7051012300
7051021100
7051021100L
7051021200
7051021200L
7051021300
7051021400
7051021500
7051021600
7051022100
7051022100L
7051022200
7051022200L
7051022300
7051022300L
7051022400
7051022500

Page
2.1/54
57
2.1/53
2.1/19
2.1/19
2.1/19
2.1/19
2.1/19
2.1/19
2.1/19
2.1/19
2.1/19
2.1/19
2.1/29
2.1/28
2.1/28
2.1/28
2.1/28
2.1/28
2.1/29
2.1/29
2.1/29
2.1/35
57
2.1/34
57
2.1/35
2.1/34
57
2.1/34
2.1/34
57
2.1/34
57
2.1/34
2.1/34
2.1/34
2.1/35
57
2.1/35
57
2.1/35
57
2.1/35
2.1/35
2.1/35
2.1/57
2.1/57
2.1/57
2.1/57
2.1/57
2.1/57
2.1/58
58
2.1/59
58
2.1/59
2.1/58
2.1/59
2.1/59
2.1/59
58
2.1/59
58
2.1/59
58
2.1/59
2.1/59

13

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
7051022600
7052011100
7052011200
7052011300
7052012100
7052012200
7052012300
7052021100
7052021100L
7052021200
7052021200L
7052021300
7052021400
7052021500
7052021600
7052022100
7052022100L
7052022200
7052022200L
7052022300
7052022300L
7052022400
7052022500
7052022600
7053021100
7053021100L
7053021200
7053021200L
7053021400
7053021500
7053022100
7053022100L
7053022200
7053022200L
7053022300
7053022300L
7053022400
7053022500
7053022600
7054021100
7054021200
7054021300
7054021400
7054021500
7054021600
7054022100
7054022200
7054022300
7054022400
7054022500
7054022600
7055021100
7055021200
7055021300
7055021400
7055021500
7055021600
7055022100
7055022200
7055022300
7055022400
7055022500
7055022600
7061010110
7061010130
7061010210
7061010310
7061010410

14

Page
2.1/59
2.1/57
2.1/57
2.1/57
2.1/57
2.1/57
2.1/57
2.1/58
58
2.1/59
58
2.1/59
2.1/58
2.1/59
2.1/59
2.1/59
58
2.1/59
58
2.1/59
58
2.1/59
2.1/59
2.1/59
2.1/60
59
2.1/60
59
2.1/60
2.1/60
2.1/61
59
2.1/61
59
2.1/61
59
2.1/61
2.1/61
2.1/61
2.1/63
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/63
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/63
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/63
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/64
2.1/81
2.1/81
2.1/81
2.1/81
2.1/81

Code
7061020112
7061020132
7061020212
7061020312
7061020412
7061030112
7061030132
7061030212
7061030312
7061030412
7062010100
7062010110
7062010130
7062010210
7062010310
7062010410
7062020102
7062020103
7062020104
7062020105
7062020112
7062020113
7062020114
7062020115
7062020132
7062020133
7062020134
7062020135
7062020212
7062020213
7062020214
7062020215
7062020312
7062020313
7062020314
7062020315
7062020412
7062020413
7062020414
7062020415
7062030112
7062030113
7062030114
7062030115
7062030132
7062030133
7062030134
7062030135
7062030212
7062030213
7062030214
7062030215
7062030312
7062030313
7062030314
7062030315
7062030412
7062030413
7062030414
7062030415
7062040102
7062040103
7062040112
7062040113
7062040132
7062040133
7062040212
7062040213

13-11-2008

Page
2.1/82
2.1/82
2.1/82
2.1/82
2.1/82
2.1/82
2.1/82
2.1/82
2.1/82
2.1/82
2.1/87
2.1/87
2.1/87
2.1/88
2.1/88
2.1/88
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/89
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/90
2.1/96
2.1/96
2.1/97
2.1/97
2.1/96
2.1/96
2.1/97
2.1/97

16:29

Code
7062040312
7062040313
7062040412
7062040413
7062060112
7062060113
7062060132
7062060133
7062060212
7062060213
7062060312
7062060313
7062060412
7062060413
7063010110
7063010130
7063010210
7063010310
7063010410
7063020112
7063020113
7063020114
7063020115
7063020132
7063020133
7063020134
7063020135
7063020212
7063020213
7063020214
7063020215
7063020312
7063020313
7063020314
7063020315
7063020412
7063020413
7063020414
7063020415
7063030112
7063030113
7063030114
7063030115
7063030132
7063030133
7063030134
7063030135
7063030212
7063030213
7063030214
7063030215
7063030312
7063030313
7063030314
7063030315
7063030412
7063030413
7063030414
7066040102
7066040103
7066040112
7066040113
7066040132
7066040133
7066040212
7066040213
7066040312
7066040313

Pagina 14

Page
2.1/98
2.1/98
2.1/99
2.1/99
2.1/97
2.1/97
2.1/96
2.1/96
2.1/98
2.1/98
2.1/98
2.1/98
2.1/99
2.1/99
2.1/75
2.1/74
2.1/74
2.1/74
2.1/74
2.1/77
2.1/77
2.1/77
2.1/77
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/77
2.1/77
2.1/77
2.1/77
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/76
2.1/96
2.1/96
2.1/97
2.1/97
2.1/96
2.1/96
2.1/97
2.1/97
2.1/98
2.1/98

Code
7066040412
7066040413
7067040102
7067040103
7067040112
7067040113
7067040132
7067040133
7067040212
7067040213
7067040312
7067040313
7067040412
7067040413
7068030112
7068030132
7068030212
7068030532
7068030632
7068030732
7069030112
7069030132
7069030212
7069030532
7069030632
7069030732
7070030112
7070030132
7070030212
7070030532
7070030632
7070030732
7071030110
7071030111
7071030130
7071030131
7071030132
7071030133
7071030210
7071030211
7071030530
7071030531
7071030630
7071030631
7071030730
7071030731
7072030110
7072030111
7072030130
7072030131
7072030132
7072030133
7072030210
7072030211
7072030530
7072030531
7072030630
7072030631
7072030730
7072030731
7073030110
7073030111
7073030130
7073030131
7073030132
7073030133
7073030210
7073030211

Page
2.1/99
2.1/99
2.1/96
2.1/96
2.1/97
2.1/97
2.1/96
2.1/96
2.1/97
2.1/97
2.1/98
2.1/98
2.1/99
2.1/99
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/111
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123

Code
7073030530
7073030531
7073030630
7073030631
7073030730
7073030731
7304106
7304112
7306206
7306212
7308306
7308312
9000401
9000402
9000500
9000600
9000601
9000602
9000603
9000801
9000802
9000803
9000805
9001001
9001002
9001003
9001004
9001005
9001006
9001008
9001011
9001012
9001020
9001021
9001101
9001102
9001103
9001104
9001106
9001111
9001112
9001120
9001121
9001601
9001602
9001603
9001604
9001605
9001606
9001607
9001608
9001609
9001620
9001621
9002100
9002180
9002190
9002200
9002300
9002380
9002390
9002600
9021001
9021002
9021003
9021004
9021005
9021006

Page
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
2.1/123
4.3/33
4.3/33
4.3/33
4.3/33
4.3/33
4.3/33
3.1/75
3.1/75
3.4/14
61
62
62
62
3.3/51
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
67
69
71
68
67
69
71
68
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
9021007
9021008
9021009
9021011
9021012
9021014
9021015
9021016
9021101
9021102
9021103
9021104
9021105
9021106
9021107
9021108
9021109
9021111
9021112
9021114
9021115
9021116
9021201
9021202
9021203
9021204
9021205
9021206
9021207
9021208
9021209
9021211
9021212
9021214
9021215
9021216
9031001
9031002
9031003
9031004
9031005
9031006
9031007
9031008
9031009
9031011
9031012
9031014
9031015
9031016
9031101
9031102
9031103
9031104
9031105
9031106
9031107
9031108
9031109
9031111
9031112
9031114
9031115
9031116
9031201
9031202
9031203
9031204

Page
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13

Code
9031205
9031206
9031207
9031208
9031209
9031211
9031212
9031214
9031215
9031216
9031301
9031302
9031303
9031401
9031402
9031403
9031501
9031502
9031503
9041001
9041002
9041003
9041004
9041005
9041201
9041202
9041203
9041204
9041205
9041301
9041316
9041324
9041401
9041402
9041408
9041409
9041410
9041411
9041412
9041501
9041502
9041508
9041509
9041510
9041511
9041512
9041601
9041616
9041624
9041701
9041702
9041708
9041709
9041710
9041711
9041712
9061001
9061002
9061102
9061108
9061109
9061110
9061111
9061112
9061316
9061324
9061408
9061409

13-11-2008

Page
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/13
4.3/14
4.3/14
4.3/14
4.3/14
4.3/14
4.3/14
4.3/14
4.3/14
4.3/14
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/07
4.2/07
4.2/07
4.2/06
4.2/06
4.2/07
4.2/07
4.2/07
4.2/07
4.2/07
4.2/11
4.2/11
4.2/11
4.2/11
4.2/11
4.2/11
4.2/11
4.2/10
4.2/10
4.2/10
4.2/10
4.2/10

16:29

Code
9061410
9061411
9061412
9061508
9061509
9061510
9061511
9061512
9061601
9062001
9062002
9062110
9062216
9062224
9063016
9063024
9063116
9063124
9063208
9063209
9063210
9063211
9063212
9063308
9063309
9063310
9063311
9063312
9064016
9064024
9064108
9064109
9064110
9064111
9064112
9064208
9064209
9064210
9064211
9064212
9065016
9065024
9065116
9065124
9065208
9065209
9065210
9065211
9065212
9065308
9065309
9065310
9065311
9065312
9065408
9065409
9065410
9065411
9065412
9065508
9065509
9065510
9065511
9065512
9066016
9066024
9066116
9066124

Pagina 15

Page
4.2/10
4.2/10
4.2/10
4.2/10
4.2/10
4.2/10
4.2/10
4.2/10
2.1/108
4.2/11
4.2/11
4.2/28
4.2/29
4.2/29
4.2/13
4.2/13
4.2/13
4.2/13
4.2/14
4.2/14
4.2/14
4.2/14
4.2/14
4.2/14
4.2/14
4.2/14
4.2/14
4.2/14
4.2/16
4.2/16
4.2/16
4.2/16
4.2/16
4.2/16
4.2/16
4.2/17
4.2/17
4.2/17
4.2/17
4.2/17
4.2/19
4.2/19
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/19
4.2/19
4.2/20
4.2/20

Code
9066208
9066209
9066210
9066211
9066212
9066308
9066309
9066310
9066311
9066312
9066408
9066409
9066410
9066411
9066412
9066508
9066509
9066510
9066511
9066512
9067016
9067024
9067108
9067109
9067110
9067111
9067112
9068016
9068024
9068108
9068109
9068110
9068111
9068112
9068216
9068224
9068308
9068309
9068310
9068311
9068312
9069016
9069024
9069116
9069124
9069216
9069224
9069316
9069324
9069408
9069409
9069410
9069411
9069412
9069508
9069509
9069510
9069511
9069512
9069608
9069609
9069610
9069611
9069612
9069708
9069709
9069710
9069711

Page
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/20
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/21
4.2/23
4.2/23
4.2/23
4.2/23
4.2/23
4.2/23
4.2/23
4.2/25
4.2/25
4.2/25
4.2/25
4.2/25
4.2/25
4.2/25
4.2/25
4.2/25
4.2/25
4.2/25
4.2/25
4.2/25
4.2/25
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/27
4.2/28
4.2/28
4.2/28
4.2/28
4.2/28
4.2/28
4.2/28
4.2/28
4.2/28

Code
9069712
9090001
9090002
9090003
9100401
9101201
9151501
9152103
9152104
9152105
9152106
9152107
9152108
9152114
9152115
9152116
9152117
9152118
9152119
9170201
9170301
9170401
9170501
9170601
9200201
9200202
9200301
9200302
9200401
9200402
9200402A
9200501
9200601
9200701
9200703
9200901
9201001
9201201
9201801
9202401
9202402
9202403
9202501
9202502
9202503
9220401
9220501
9220601
9220701
9220801
9230301
9230401
9232001
9232002
9232003
9232004
9232005
9232010
9250001
9250002
9250101
9250102
9250103
9250301
9250601
9250602
9250603
9250604

Page
4.2/28
4.3/18
4.3/18
4.3/18
3.2/15
4.3/20
4.3/20
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.2/24
3.2/24
3.2/24
3.2/24
3.2/24
3.3/30
3.1/57
3.3/30
3.1/57
3.3/29
3.1/49
3.1/49
3.3/48
3.3/48
3.1/76
3.1/51
3.3/48
3.3/48
4.3/20
3.1/57
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.1/76
3.1/76
3.4/13
3.4/13
3.4/13
3.4/13
3.4/13
3.4/14
3.3/48
3.3/48
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51

15

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
9250605
9250606
9250607
9250608
9250610
9250611
9250612
9250613
9250701
9250704
9250705
9250706
9250707
9250708
9250800
9250801
9250802
9250803
9250804
9250805
9250806
9250807
9250808
9250809
9250835
9250836
9250837
9250810
9250811
9250812
9250814
9250815
9250816
9250817
9250818
9250820
9250821
9250822
9250901
9250902
9250903
9250904
9250905
9250906
9250907
9251201
9251301
9251302
9251402
9251501
9251705
9251706
9251707
9251708
9251709
9251710
9251711
9251712
9251713
9251720
9251721
9251723
9251724
9252001
9253301
9253501
9255001
9255101

16

Page
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.2/26
3.2/26
3.2/26
3.2/26
3.3/52
3.1/79
3.2/25
3.2/25
3.4/13
3.2/25
3.1/78
3.3/52
3.3/52
3.3/52
3.3/52
3.2/25
3.2/25
3.2/25
3.2/25
3.2/25
77
77
77
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.2/25
3.2/25
3.2/25
3.2/25
3.2/25
3.4/13
3.4/13
3.4/13
3.3/52
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.2/26
3.2/26
3.2/26
3.3/51
3.3/52
3.1/78
3.2/26
4.3/20
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.2/26
3.2/26
3.2/26
3.1/78
3.2/26
54
3.4/13
3.4/13
3.4/13
3.4/13
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.2/25
3.2/25

Code
9255201
9255301
9300202
9300302
9300401
9300402
9300402A
9300403
9300404
9301801
9301802
9301803
9302501
9302502
9302503
9320801
9321801
9323401
9323501
9323601
9330301
9330501
9330601
9330701
9330801
9330901
9350605
9350606
9350607
9350608
9350704
9350800
9350810
9350811
9350812
9350902
9350903
9350904
9351705
9351706
9351707
9351711
9351713
9352001
9353301
9353501
9355301
9400201
9400202
9400301
9400302
9400401
9400402
9400402A
9400501
9400601
9400701
9400702
9400901
9401001
9401002
9401201
9401801
9420401
9420501
9420601
9420801
9430301

13-11-2008

Page
3.3/51
3.1/78
3.1/57
3.1/57
3.1/49
3.1/49
3.1/49
3.1/49
3.1/49
3.1/57
3.1/57
3.1/57
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/79
3.1/57
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.1/76
3.1/76
3.1/76
3.1/76
3.1/76
4.3/38
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/79
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
54
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.3/30
3.1/57
3.3/30
3.1/57
3.3/29
3.1/49
3.1/49
3.3/48
3.3/48
3.1/76
3.1/76
3.3/48
3.3/48
3.3/48
4.3/20
3.1/57
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.1/76

16:29

Code
9430701
9450001
9450002
9450003
9450101
9450102
9450103
9450301
9450601
9450602
9450603
9450605
9450606
9450607
9450701
9450704
9450801
9450802
9450803
9450805
9450806
9450807
9450901
9450902
9450903
9450904
9451201
9451501
9451705
9451706
9451707
9451711
9451713
9452001
9453301
9453401
9453501
9453601
9453701
9453802
9453803
9453804
9453901
9453902
9453903
9453904
9453920
9453922
9453922L
9454001
9455201
9455401
9455601
9500401
9500402
9530901
9531001
9600201
9600301
9600401
9600501
9600601
9600901
9601001
9601501
9604402
9630301
9631001

Pagina 16

Page
3.1/76
3.3/48
3.3/48
3.3/48
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.3/52
3.1/79
3.3/52
3.3/52
3.3/52
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.3/52
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.1/79
3.3/51
4.3/20
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
54
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/79
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/80
2.1/156
2.1/156
58
3.1/79
3.3/51
3.1/80
3.1/80
3.1/49
3.1/49
3.1/76
3.1/76
3.3/30
3.3/30
3.3/29
3.3/48
3.3/48
3.3/48
3.3/48
3.3/48
3.3/48
3.1/76
3.1/76

Code
9631101
9631201
9631301
9640001
9640101
9640201
9640301
9640401
9640501
9640502
9640503
9640504
9650001
9650101
9650102
9650103
9650301
9650601
9650602
9650603
9650701
9650704
9650801
9650802
9650803
9651201
9651301
9651705
9651706
9651707
9651711
9651712
9652002
9652601
9653301
9653401
9653501
9653502
9653503
9653504
9700101
9700102
9700106
9700107
9700401
9700401A
9700402
9700403
9700404
9800101
9800102
9900101
9001001C
9001002C
9001003C
9001004C
9001005C
9001006C
9001007C
9001008C
9001009C
9001011C
9001012C
9001014C
9001015C
9001016C
9001020C
9001021C

Page
3.1/76
3.1/76
3.1/76
3.3/12
3.3/12
3.3/12
3.3/12
3.3/12
3.3/12
3.3/12
3.3/12
3.3/12
3.3/48
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/51
3.3/52
3.1/79
3.3/52
3.3/52
3.3/52
3.3/51
3.3/52
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
54
3.3/51
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/78
3.1/76
3.1/76
3.4/13
3.4/13
3.1/49
3.1/49
3.1/49
3.1/49
3.1/49
3.1/76
3.1/76
3.1/76
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/18
4.3/18

Code
9001022C
9001101V
9001102V
9001103V
9001104V
9001105V
9001106V
9001110V
9001111V
9001112V
9001113V
9001114V
9001120V
9001121V
9001122V
9001123V
9001124V
9001125V
9001601B
9001602B
9001603B
9001604B
9001605B
9001606B
9001607B
9001608B
9001609B
9001610B
9001612B
9001620B
9001621B
9001622B
9001623B
9001624B
9001625B
9011001C
9011003C
9011004C
9011005C
9011006C
9011007C
9011008C
9011009C
9011011C
9011014C
9011015C
9011016C
9011101V
9011102V
9011103V
9011104V
9011105V
9011106V
9011110V
9011111V
9011114V
9011123V
9011124V
9011125V
9011601B
9011602B
9011605B
9011606B
9011607B
9011608B
9011609B
9011610B
9011612B

Page
4.3/18
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/18
4.3/18
4.3/18
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/18
4.3/18
4.3/18
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/16
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
9011623B
9011624B
9011625B
9021001C
9021002C
9021005C
9021006C
9021007C
9021008C
9021009C
9021011C
9021012C
9021014C
9021015C
9021016C
9021101V
9021102V
9021105V
9021106V
9021107V
9021108V
9021109V
9021111V
9021112V
9021114V
9021115V
9021116V
9021201B
9021202B
9021205B
9021206B
9021207B
9021208B
9021209B
9021211B
9021212B
9021214B
9021215B
9021216B
9025002C
9025006C
9025007C
9025008C
9025009C
9025011C
9025014C
9025102V
9025106V
9025107V
9025108V
9025109V
9025111V
9025114V
9025602B
9025606B
9025607B
9025608B
9025609B
9025611B
9025614B
9026002C
9026006C
9026007C
9026008C
9026009C
9026011C
9026014C
9026102V

Page
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/17
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/20
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27

Code
9026106V
9026107V
9026108V
9026109V
9026111V
9026114V
9026602B
9026606B
9026607B
9026608B
9026609B
9026611B
9026614B
9031001C
9031002C
9031003C
9031004C
9031005C
9031006C
9031007C
9031008C
9031009C
9031011C
9031012C
9031014C
9031015C
9031016C
9031101V
9031102V
9031103V
9031104V
9031105V
9031106V
9031107V
9031108V
9031109V
9031111V
9031112V
9031114V
9031115V
9031116V
9031201B
9031202B
9031203B
9031204B
9031205B
9031206B
9031207B
9031208B
9031209B
9031211B
9031212B
9031214B
9031215B
9031216B
9031301C
9031302C
9031303C
9031401V
9031402V
9031403V
9031501B
9031502B
9031503B
W0210010100
W0210011100
W0210012100
W0210013100

13-11-2008

Page
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/19
4.3/21
4.3/21
4.3/21
4.3/21
4.3/21
4.3/21
4.3/21
4.3/21
4.3/21
2.1/62
2.1/62
2.1/62
2.1/62

16:30

Code
W0214000000
W0214000100
W0214100000
W0214100200
W0215000001
W0215000011
W0215000021
W0215000031
W0215000051
W0215000101
W0215000111
W0215000121
W0215000131
W0215000151
W0216000001
W0216000011
W0216000021
W0216000031
W0216000101
W0216000111
W0216000121
W0216000131
W0216001001
W0216001011
W0216001021
W0216001031
W0217000101
W0217000111
W0217000121
W0217000131
W0217000151
W0351000011
W0351000013
W0351000014
W0351000015
W0351000016
W0351000017
W0351000018
W0351000021
W0351000030
W0351000031
W0351000032
W0351000033
W0351000034
W0351000035
W0351000036
W0351000037
W0351000049
W0351000050
W0351000056
W0400100101
W0400100102
W0400100103
W0400100104
W0400100105
W0400100106
W0400100107
W0400100108
W0400100109
W0400100110
W0400101001
W0400101002
W0400101003
W0400101004
W0400101005
W0400101006
W0400101007
W0400101008

Pagina 17

Page
3.1/21
3.1/21
3.1/21
3.1/21
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/35
2.1/35
2.1/35
2.1/35
2.1/35
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
56
56
56
56
56
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/06
2.1/142
2.1/142
2.1/142
2.1/142
2.1/142
2.1/142
2.1/142
2.1/142
2.1/142
2.1/142
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/144

Code
W0400101009
W0400101010
W0400101101
W0400101102
W0400101103
W0400101104
W0400101105
W0400101106
W0400101107
W0400101108
W0400101109
W0400101110
W0400101190
W0400101201
W0400101202
W0400101203
W0400101204
W0400101205
W0400101206
W0400101207
W0400101208
W0400101209
W0400102000
W0400102002
W0400111101
W0400111102
W0400111103
W0400111104
W0400111105
W0400111106
W0400111107
W0400111108
W0400111109
W0400111110
W0400111200
W0400111201
W0400111202
W0400112000
W0501101001
W0501111002
W0501121003
W0501131004
W0502111001
W0502111005
W0502111007
W0502111009
W0502111011
W0502121002
W0502121006
W0502121008
W0502121010
W0502121012
W0502131002
W0502131006
W0502131008
W0502131010
W0502131012
W0503111013
W0503111015
W0503111017
W0503111019
W0503121014
W0503121016
W0503121018
W0503121020
W0503131014
W0503131016
W0503131018

Page
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/148
2.1/148
2.1/148
2.1/148
2.1/148
2.1/148
2.1/148
2.1/148
2.1/148
2.1/148
2.1/149
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/151
2.1/144
2.1/145
2.1/149
2.1/149
2.1/149
2.1/149
2.1/149
2.1/149
2.1/149
2.1/149
2.1/149
2.1/149
2.1/149
2.1/149
2.1/149
2.1/149
4.3/31
4.3/31
4.3/31
4.3/31
4.3/31
4.3/32
4.3/32
4.3/32
4.3/32
4.3/31
4.3/32
4.3/32
4.3/32
4.3/32
4.3/31
4.3/32
4.3/32
4.3/32
4.3/32
4.3/32
4.3/33
4.3/33
4.3/33
4.3/32
4.3/33
4.3/33
4.3/33
4.3/32
4.3/33
4.3/33

Code
W0503131020
W0511101101
W0511121121
W0511131131
W0511141141
W0511151151
W0511161161
W0512131121
W0513131101
W0514101101
W0514121121
W0515121121
W0700121___
W0700122___
W0700123___
W0700161___
W0700162___
W0700163___
W0700201___
W0700202___
W0700203___
W0700251___
W0700252___
W0700253___
W0700321___
W0700322___
W0700323___
W0700401___
W0700402___
W0700403___
W0700501___
W0700502___
W0700503___
W0700631___
W0700632___
W0700633___
W0700801___
W0700802___
W0700803___
W0701001___
W0701002___
W0701003___
W0710010002
W0710010003
W0950000108
W0950000110
W0950000112
W0950000116
W0950000120
W0950000125
W0950000132
W0950000140
W0950000150
W0950000160
W0950000201
W0950000222
W0950000232
W0950000252
W0950000253
W0950000508
W0950000510
W0950000512
W0950000516
W0950000520
W0950000525
W0950000608
W0950000610
W0950000612

Page
4.3/33
4.3/34
4.3/34
4.3/34
4.3/34
4.3/34
4.3/34
4.3/34
4.3/34
4.3/35
4.3/35
4.3/35
1.1/18
1.1/17
1.1/17
1.1/18
1.1/17
1.1/17
1.1/18
1.1/17
1.1/17
1.1/18
1.1/17
1.1/17
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.1/88
1.2/30
1.2/30
1.1/12
1.1/12
1.1/12
1.1/12
1.1/12
1.1/12
1.1/23
1.1/23
1.1/23
1.1/52
1.1/12
1.1/12
1.1/12
1.1/33
1.1/33
1.1/12
1.1/12
1.1/12
1.1/12
1.1/12
1.1/12
1.1/14
1.1/14
1.1/14

17

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
W0950000616
W0950000620
W0950000625
W0950000711
W0950000712
W0950000713
W0950000715
W0950000716
W0950001001
W0950001100
W0950001103
W0950022180
W0950025390
W0950028184
W0950029394
W0950037391
W0950044180
W0950052185
W0950060000
W0950080001
W0950080002
W0950080005
W0950080020
W0950080025
W0950120001
W0950120002
W0950120005
W0950120020
W0950120025
W0950120030
W0950126001
W0950126002
W0950126004
W0950164004
W0950167001
W0950167031
W0950167033
W0950167034
W0950167035
W0950168001
W0950168037
W0950200001
W0950200002
W0950200005
W0950200020
W0950200025
W0950200030
W0950206001
W0950206002
W0950206004
W0950254004
W0950256001
W0950256002
W0950256004
W0950257001
W0950257031
W0950257033
W0950257034
W0950257035
W0950258001
W0950258037
W0950320002
W0950320005
W0950320010
W0950322001
W0950322002
W0950322003
W0950322004

18

Page
1.1/14
1.1/14
1.1/14
1.1/70
1.1/70
1.1/70
1.1/109
1.1/108
1.1/71
1.1/164
1.1/14
1.1/13
1.1/13
1.1/13
1.1/13
1.2/20
1.2/24
1.3/17
1.1/171
1.1/10
1.1/10
1.1/11
1.1/11
1.1/11
1.1/10
1.1/10
1.1/11
1.1/11
1.1/11
1.1/51
1.1/47
1.1/48
1.1/47
1.1/108
1.1/122
1.1/122
1.1/123
1.1/123
1.1/123
1.1/126
1.1/126
1.1/10
1.1/10
1.1/11
1.1/11
1.1/11
1.1/51
1.1/47
1.1/48
1.1/47
1.1/108
1.1/47
1.1/48
1.1/47
1.1/122
1.1/122
1.1/123
1.1/123
1.1/123
1.1/126
1.1/126
1.1/22
1.1/22
1.1/22
1.1/81
1.1/48
1.1/81
1.1/81

Code
W0950322006
W0950322008
W0950322009
W0950322020
W0950322025
W0950322030
W0950322108
W0950323001
W0950323002
W0950324004
W0950326021
W0950326302
W0950327001
W0950327032
W0950327033
W0950327034
W0950327035
W0950328035
W0950328036
W0950328037
W0950400002
W0950400005
W0950400010
W0950402001
W0950402002
W0950402003
W0950402004
W0950402006
W0950402008
W0950402009
W0950402012
W0950402020
W0950402025
W0950402030
W0950402108
W0950402111
W0950403001
W0950403002
W0950404004
W0950406001
W0950406001F
W0950406002
W0950406002F
W0950406003
W0950406021
W0950407001
W0950407032
W0950500002
W0950500005
W0950500010
W0950502001
W0950502002
W0950502003
W0950502004
W0950502006
W0950502008
W0950502012
W0950502020
W0950502025
W0950502030
W0950502108
W0950502111
W0950503001
W0950503002
W0950506001
W0950506001F
W0950506002
W0950506002F

13-11-2008

Page
1.1/81
1.1/82
1.1/69
1.1/11
1.1/11
1.1/23
1.1/82
1.1/113
1.1/114
1.1/108
1.1/50
1.1/59
1.1/122
1.1/122
1.1/123
1.1/123
1.1/123
1.1/126
1.1/126
1.1/126
1.1/22
1.1/22
1.1/22
1.1/81
1.1/82
1.1/81
1.1/81
1.1/81
1.1/82
1.1/69
1.1/170
1.1/22
1.1/23
1.1/23
1.1/82
1.1/170
1.1/113
1.1/114
1.1/108
1.1/47
5
1.1/48
6
1.1/47
1.1/50
1.1/122
1.1/122
1.1/22
1.1/22
1.1/22
1.1/81
1.1/82
1.1/81
1.1/81
1.1/81
1.1/82
1.1/170
1.1/22
1.1/23
1.1/23
1.1/82
1.1/170
1.1/113
1.1/114
1.1/47
5
1.1/48
6

16:30

Pagina 18

Code
W0950506003
W0950506021
W0950506302
W0950506312
W0950632001
W0950632002
W0950632003
W0950632004
W0950632006
W0950632008
W0950632009
W0950632012
W0950632108
W0950632111
W0950633001
W0950633002
W0950636001
W0950636001F
W0950636002
W0950636002F
W0950636003
W0950637001
W0950637032
W0950637034
W0950637035
W0950637036
W0950802001
W0950802002
W0950802003
W0950802004
W0950802006
W0950802008
W0950802012
W0950802020
W0950802025
W0950802030
W0950802108
W0950802111
W0950803001
W0950803002
W0950806001
W0950806002
W0950806002F
W0950806003
W0950806021
W0950806302
W0950806312
W0951002001
W0951002002
W0951002003
W0951002004
W0951002006
W0951002008
W0951002009
W0951002108
W0951003001
W0951003002
W0951006001
W0951006002
W0951006003
W0951252001
W0951252002
W0951252003
W0951252004
W0951252006
W0951252008
W0951252020
W0951252025

Page
1.1/47
1.1/50
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/81
1.1/82
1.1/81
1.1/81
1.1/81
1.1/82
1.1/69
1.1/170
1.1/82
1.1/170
1.1/113
1.1/114
1.1/47
5
1.1/48
6
1.1/47
1.1/122
1.1/122
1.1/123
1.1/123
1.1/132
1.1/81
1.1/82
1.1/81
1.1/81
1.1/81
1.1/82
1.1/170
1.1/83
1.1/83
1.1/83
1.1/82
1.1/170
1.1/113
1.1/114
1.1/47
1.1/48
6
1.1/47
1.1/50
1.1/59
1.1/59
1.1/81
1.1/82
1.1/81
1.1/81
1.1/81
1.1/82
1.1/69
1.1/82
1.1/113
1.1/114
1.1/47
1.1/48
1.1/47
1.1/81
1.1/82
1.1/81
1.1/81
1.1/81
1.1/82
1.1/83
1.1/83

Code
W0951602001
W0951602002
W0951602003
W0951602004
W0951602008
W0951602010
W0951602020
W0952002001
W0952002002
W0952002003
W0952002004
W0952002025
W0952022180
W0952022500
W0952025390
W0952025500
W0952028184
W0952029394
W0952029395
W0952128184
W095X120001
W095X120002
W095X120005
W095X120010
W095X120011
W095X120020
W095X200001
W095X200002
W095X200005
W095X200010
W095X200011
W095X200020
W095X320002
W095X320005
W095X320007
W095X320010
W095X320011
W095X320020
W095X322002
W095X322003
W095X322004
W095X322008
W095X322011
W095X322020
W095X322050
W095X400002
W095X400005
W095X400007
W095X400010
W095X400011
W095X400020
W095X402002
W095X402003
W095X402004
W095X402008
W095X402011
W095X402020
W095X402050
W095X500002
W095X500005
W095X500007
W095X500010
W095X500011
W095X500020
W095X502002
W095X502003
W095X502004
W095X502008

Page
1.1/106
1.1/106
1.1/106
1.1/106
1.1/107
1.1/107
1.1/107
1.1/106
1.1/106
1.1/106
1.1/106
1.1/107
1.1/13
1.1/140
1.1/13
1.1/140
1.1/13
1.1/13
1.1/140
1.1/140
1.1/151
1.1/151
1.1/152
1.1/152
1.1/152
1.1/152
1.1/151
1.1/151
1.1/152
1.1/152
1.1/152
1.1/152
1.1/156
1.1/156
1.1/157
1.1/157
1.1/157
1.1/157
1.1/163
1.1/162
1.1/162
1.1/162
1.1/163
1.1/163
1.1/162
1.1/156
1.1/156
1.1/157
1.1/157
1.1/157
1.1/157
1.1/163
1.1/162
1.1/162
1.1/162
1.1/163
1.1/163
1.1/162
1.1/156
1.1/156
1.1/157
1.1/157
1.1/157
1.1/157
1.1/163
1.1/162
1.1/162
1.1/162

Code
W095X502011
W095X502020
W095X502050
W095X630002
W095X630005
W095X630007
W095X632002
W095X632003
W095X632004
W095X632008
W095X632050
W095X802002
W095X802003
W095X802004
W095X802008
W095X802011
W095X802020
W095X802050
W095XA12002
W095XA12003
W095XA12004
W095XA12008
W095XA12050
W0970050001
W0970050002
W0970050003
W0970050004
W0970500011
W0970500012
W0970500013
W0970500015
W0970500016
W0970501021
W0970501022
W0970501025
W0970504021
W0970510011
W0970510012
W0970510013
W0970510014
W0970510015
W0970510016
W0970510017
W0970512000
W0970513001
W0970513002
W0970513003
W0970513004
W0970520001
W0970520002
W0970520003
W0970520004
W0970520005
W0970520006
W0970520010
W0970520011
W0970520012
W0970520013
W0970520014
W0970520015
W0970520016
W0970520021
W0970520022
W0970520023
W0970520024
W0970520031
W0970520032
W0970520033

Page
1.1/163
1.1/163
1.1/162
1.1/156
1.1/156
1.1/157
1.1/163
1.1/162
1.1/162
1.1/162
1.1/162
1.1/163
1.1/162
1.1/162
1.1/162
1.1/163
1.1/163
1.1/162
1.1/163
1.1/162
1.1/162
1.1/162
1.1/162
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
4.3/24
2.1/145
2.1/145
2.1/145
2.1/145
2.1/145
2.1/77
2.1/77
2.1/77
2.1/107
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/36
2.1/84
3.4/12
3.4/12
3.4/12
3.4/12
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
2.1/62

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code
W0970520034
W0970520035
W0970520036
W0970520037
W0970520038
W0970520039
W0970530001
W0970530002
W0970530003
W0970530004
W0970530005
W0970530006
W0970530007
W0970530012
W0970530013
W0970530014
W0970530015
W0970530016
W0970530017
W0970530020
W0970530021
W0970530022
W0970530023
W0970530024
W0970530025
W0970530026
W0970530027
W0970530036
W0970530037
W0970530038
W0970530039
W0970530040
W0970530042
W0970530043
W0970530044
W0970530045
W0970530046
W0970530047
W0970530051
W0970530052
W0970530053
W0970530054
W0970530055
W0970530056
W0970530057
W0970530062
W0970530063
W0970530064
W0970530065
W0970530066
W0970530067
W0970530072
W0970530073
W0970530074
W0970530075
W0970530084
W1000060005
W1000060010
W1000060015
W1000100005
W1000100010
W1000100015
W1000160005
W1000160010
W1000160015
W120_______
W121_______
W122_______

Page
2.1/62
2.1/62
2.1/62
2.1/62
2.1/62
2.1/62
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/39
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
4.3/40
2.1/117
1.1/25
1.1/25
1.1/25
1.1/25
1.1/25
1.1/25
1.1/25
1.1/25
1.1/25
1.1/105
1.1/105
1.1/105

Code
W124_______
W140_______
W141_______
W142_______
W143_______
W1440122___
W1440123___
W1440162___
W1440163___
W1440202___
W1440203___
W1440252___
W1440253___
W1440302___
W1440303___
W1450122___
W1450123___
W1450124___
W1450125___
W1450162___
W1450163___
W1450164___
W1450165___
W1450202___
W1450203___
W1450204___
W1450205___
W1450252___
W1450253___
W1450254___
W1450255___
W1450302___
W1450303___
W1450304___
W1450305___
W1460162___
W1460163___
W1460164___
W1460165___
W1460202___
W1460203___
W1460204___
W1460205___
W1460252___
W1460253___
W1460254___
W1460255___
W1460302___
W1460303___
W1460304___
W1460305___
W148B______
W148C______
W1471______
W1530320180
W1530320180
W1550200001
W1550320001
W1560500200
W1560640200
W1560800200
W1561000200
W1561250200
W1570060200
W1570100200
W1570160200
W1570160300
W1570200200

13-11-2008

Page
1.1/105
1.1/112
1.1/112
1.1/112
1.1/148
1.4/17
1.4/18
1.4/17
1.4/18
1.4/17
1.4/18
1.4/17
1.4/18
1.4/17
1.4/18
1.4/21
1.4/22
1.4/23
1.4/24
1.4/21
1.4/22
1.4/23
1.4/24
1.4/21
1.4/22
1.4/23
1.4/24
1.4/21
1.4/22
1.4/23
1.4/24
1.4/21
1.4/22
1.4/23
1.4/24
1.4/27
1.4/28
1.4/29
1.4/30
1.4/27
1.4/28
1.4/29
1.4/30
1.4/27
1.4/28
1.4/29
1.4/30
1.4/27
1.4/28
1.4/29
1.4/30
1.4/15
1.4/15
1.4/35
1.2/32
1.2/33
1.2/12
1.2/13
1.2/18
1.2/18
1.2/19
1.2/19
1.2/20
1.2/14
1.2/15
1.2/15
1.2/39
1.2/16

16:30

Code
W1570200300
W1570250200
W1570250300
W1570600300
W1580100200
W1580120200
W1580160200
W1580250200
W1580300200
W1590160200
W1590200200
W1590320200
W1590340201
W1590440201
W1590500200
W1590540201
W1590800201
W1610202090
W1610202180
W1610322090
W1610322180
W1610402090
W1610402180
W1620122090
W1620122180
W1620162090
W1620162180
W1620202090
W1620202180
W1620252090
W1620252180
W1630162180
W1630164090
W1630164180
W1630165180
W1630202180
W1630204090
W1630204180
W1630205180
W1630222180
W1630224090
W1630224180
W1630252180
W1630253180
W1630254090
W1630254180
W1630255180
W1630256180
W1630302180
W1630303180
W1630304090
W1630304180
W1630305180
W1630306180
W1630402180
W1630403180
W1630404090
W1630404180
W165_______
W166_______
W170001____
W170011____
W170021____
W170101____
W170111____
W170121____
W170201____
W170211____

Pagina 19

Page
1.2/39
1.2/23
1.2/39
1.2/40
1.2/21
1.2/22
1.2/22
1.2/22
1.2/23
1.2/26
1.2/27
1.2/27
1.2/35
1.2/35
1.2/27
1.2/36
1.2/36
1.3/19
1.3/19
1.3/19
1.3/19
1.3/20
1.3/20
1.3/10
1.3/10
1.3/10
1.3/10
1.3/11
1.3/11
1.3/11
1.3/11
1.3/14
1.3/20
1.3/20
1.3/14
1.3/14
1.3/20
1.3/20
1.3/14
1.3/15
1.3/21
1.3/21
1.3/15
1.3/15
1.3/21
1.3/21
1.3/15
1.3/15
1.3/16
1.3/16
1.3/22
1.3/22
1.3/16
1.3/16
1.3/16
1.3/16
1.3/22
1.3/22
1.3/08
1.3/08
1.1/169
1.1/169
1.1/169
1.1/169
1.1/169
1.1/169
1.1/169
1.1/169

Code
W170221____
W170301____
W170311____
W173________
W18__16____
W18__20____
W18__25____
W18__32____
W18__40____
W18__50____
W18__63____
W184_______
W185_______
W3120000001
W3120000011
W3120000212
W3120000301
W3120000311
W3120000321
W3120000331
W3120000401
W3120000411
W3501000100
W3501000101
W3501000110
W3501000111
W3501000200
W3501000201
W3501000210
W3501000211
W3501000300
W3501000311
W3501000400
W3501000411
W3501001100
W3501001101
W3501001110
W3501001111
W3501001200
W3501001201
W3501001210
W3501001211
W3501001301
W3501001311
W3501001401
W3501001411
W3601000001
W3601000002
W3603000001
W3603000002
W3604000001
W3604000002
W3604000003
W3604000004
W3604000005
W3604000006
W3605000001
W3606000002
W3606000004
W4005001000
W4005001100
W4005001150
W4015001000
W4015001010
W4015001020
W4015001030
W4015001100
W4015001110

Page
1.1/169
1.1/169
1.1/169
14
1.1/151
1.1/151
1.1/151
1.1/156
1.1/156
1.1/156
1.1/156
1.1/161
1.1/161
2.1/08
2.1/08
2.1/09
2.1/08
2.1/08
2.1/08
2.1/08
2.1/08
2.1/08
2.1/03
2.1/03
2.1/03
2.1/03
2.1/05
2.1/05
2.1/05
2.1/05
2.1/04
2.1/04
2.1/04
2.1/04
2.1/03
2.1/03
2.1/03
2.1/03
2.1/05
2.1/05
2.1/05
2.1/05
2.1/04
2.1/04
2.1/04
2.1/04
4.3/26
4.3/26
4.3/25
4.3/25
4.3/27
4.3/27
4.3/28
4.3/28
4.3/28
4.3/29
2.1/09
73
73
2.1/84
4.2/28
3.4/14
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/144

Code
W4015001120
W4015001130
W4015002000
W4015002010
W4015002020
W4015002030
W4015101000
W4015101010
W4015101020
W4015101030
W4015201000
W4015201010
W4015301000
W4015301010
W4015301020
W4015301030
W4015401000
W4015401010
W4017000100
W4017000101
W4017001100
W4017001200
W4017001201
W4017001300
W4017003100
W4017004100
W4017004200
W4017004201
W4018000200
W4018000300
W4018001200
W4018001300
W4025002000
W4025002001
W4025002100
W4025002101
W4025002300
W4025002301
W4025002500
W4025002501
W4026003000
W4026004000
W4026004001
W4026004010
W4026004020
W4026005000
W4026005001
W4026005010
W4026005020
W4026005100
W4026005101
W4026005110
W4026005111
W4026005120
W5010001099
W5010001100
W5010001101
W5010001102
W5010001103
W5010001104
W5010001106
W5010001107
W5010001108
W5010001109
W6001001001
W6001001106
W6001011011
W6001011106

Page
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/144
2.1/77
2.1/77
2.1/77
2.1/77
2.1/99
2.1/99
2.1/77
2.1/77
2.1/77
2.1/77
2.1/99
2.1/99
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/147
2.1/147
2.1/147
2.1/147
2.1/147
2.1/147
2.1/147
2.1/147
2.1/147
2.1/147
2.1/147
2.1/147
2.1/148
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
2.1/153
1.1/15
1.1/15
1.1/15
1.1/80
1.1/80
1.1/80
1.1/80
1.1/80
1.1/80
1.1/80
4.3/23
4.3/23
4.3/23
4.3/23

19

01 INDICE ALFANUMERICO 2008 (GB):Layout 1

Code

Page

W6001011108
W6001021021
W6001021108
W6001021110
W6001031112
W6001101001
W6001101002
W6001101106
W6001111011
W6001111012
W6001111106
W6001111108
W6001121021
W6001121022
W6001121108
W6001121110
W6001131112

20

Code

13-11-2008

Page

16:30

Code

Pagina 20

Page

Code

Page

Code

4.3/23
4.3/23
4.3/23
4.3/23
4.3/23
4.3/22
4.3/22
4.3/23
4.3/22
4.3/22
4.3/23
4.3/23
4.3/22
4.3/22
4.3/23
4.3/23
4.3/23

The dimensions shown in this catalogue are subject to variations at any time without prior notice

Page

GENERAL CATALOGUE

Cod. 9910204 - N. 2000 - IM12 - 09/2008


Stampa: Euroteam (Bs)

GENERAL CATALOGUE

You might also like